uranuate iexts
in Mathematics
Graduate Texts in Mathematics
170
S. Axler
F.W. Gehring
Editorial Board P.R. Halmos
Springer
New York
Berlin Heidelberg Barcelona Budapest Hong Kong London Milan Paris
Santa Clara
Singapore
Tokyo
Graduate Texts in Mathematics
I
TAKEUTI/ZARING. Introduction to
33
HIRSCH. Differential Topology.
2
3
Axiomatic Set Theory. 2nd ed. OXTOBY. Measure and Category. 2nd ed. SCHAEFER. Topological Vector Spaces.
HILTON/STAMMBACH. A Course in
34 SPITZER. Principles of Random Walk. 2nd ed. 35 WERMER. Banach Algebras and Several
4
5
Complex Variables. 2nd ed.
36
Homological Algebra. MAC LANE. Categories for the Working Mathematician.
HUGHES/PIPER. Projective Planes.
KELLEY/NAMIOKA et al. Linear
37
38
Topological Spaces. MONK. Mathematical Logic.
GRAUERT/FRITZSCHE. Several Complex
6
7 8
9
SERRE. A Course in Arithmetic. TAKEtrrI/ZARING. Axiomatic Set Theory. HUMPHREYS. Introduction to Lie Algebras
Variables. 39 ARVESON. An Invitation to C*Algebras. 40 KEMENY/SNELL/KNAPP. Denumerable
41
and Representation Theory.
10 COHEN. A Course in Simple Homotopy
Theory.
II
Markov Chains. 2nd ed. APosTOL. Modular Functions and Dirichlet Series in Number Theory.
2nd ed.
CONWAY. Functions of One Complex
Variable 1. 2nd ed. 12 BEALS. Advanced Mathematical Analysis.
13
42
43
SERRE. Linear Representations of Finite Groups.
GILLMAN/JERISON. Rings of Continuous Functions.
ANDERSON/FULLER. Rings and Categories
of Modules. 2nd ed.
14 GOLUBITSKY/GUILLEMIN. Stable Mappings
44
45
and Their Singularities.
15
16
17
KENDIG. Elementary Algebraic Geometry. LoEVE. Probability Theory I. 4th ed.
LoEVE. Probability Theory 11. 4th ed. MOISE. Geometric Topology in Dimensions 2 and 3. SACHS/Wu. General Relativity for
BERBERIAN. Lectures in Functional
46 47 48 49
Analysis and Operator Theory.
WINTER. The Structure of Fields.
ROSENBLATT. Random Processes. 2nd ed. HALMOS. Measure Theory.
18
Mathematicians.
GRUENBERG/WEIR. Linear Geometry.
19
HALMOS. A Hilbert Space Problem Book.
2nd ed.
20 HUSEMOLLER. Fibre Bundles. 3rd ed. 21 HUMPHREYS. Linear Algebraic Groups. 22 BARNES/MACK. An Algebraic Introduction
2nd ed.
50
51
EDWARDS. Fermat's Last Theorem.
KLINGENBERG A Course in Differential Geometry. HARTSHORNE. Algebraic Geometry.
to Mathematical Logic.
23
52
GREUB. Linear Algebra. 4th ed.
24 HOLMES. Geometric Functional Analysis and Its Applications.
25
HEWITT/STROMBERG. Real and Abstract
53 MANIN. A Course in Mathematical Logic. 54 GRAVER/WATKINS. Combinatorics with Emphasis on the Theory of Graphs. 55 BROWN/PEARCY. Introduction to Operator
Analysis.
26 27
28
MANES. Algebraic Theories. KELLEY. General Topology. ZARISKI/SAMUEL. Commutative Algebra.
Theory 1: Elements of Functional Analysis. 56 MASSEY. Algebraic Topology: An
57 58
Vol.l. 29 ZARISKJSAMUEL. Commutative Algebra.
VoLII. 30 JACOBSON. Lectures in Abstract Algebra I.
Introduction. CROWELL/Fox. Introduction to Knot Theory. KOBLITZ. padic Numbers, padic
Analysis, and ZetaFunctions. 2nd ed.
59 60
Basic Concepts.
31
JACOBSON. Lectures in Abstract Algebra
LANG. Cyclotomic Fields. ARNOLD. Mathematical Methods in
II. Linear Algebra.
32
Classical Mechanics. 2nd ed.
continued after index
JACOBSON. Lectures in Abstract Algebra 111. Theory of Fields and Galvis Theory.
Glen E. Bredon
Sheaf Theory
Second Edition
Springer
Glen E. Bredon Department of Mathematics Rutgers University New Brunswick, NJ 08903
USA
Editorial Board
S. Axler Department of Mathematics Michigan State University East Lansing, MI 48824
F.W. Gehring
USA
Department of Mathematics University of Michigan Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA
P.R. Halmos Department of Mathematics Santa Clara University
Santa Clara, CA 95053
USA
Mathematics Subject Classification (1991): 18F20, 32L10, 54B40
Library of Congress CataloginginPublication Data Bredon, Glen E. Sheaf theory / Glen E. Bredon.  2nd ed. p. cm.  (Graduate texts in mathematics ; 170) Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0387949054 (hardcover : alk. paper) 1. Sheaf theory. I. Title. 11. Series.
QA612.36.B74
1997
9644232
514'.224 dc20
The first edition of this book was published by McGraw Hill Book Co., New York Toronto, Ont.  London, © 1967.
© 1997 SpringerVerlag New York, Inc. All rights reserved. This work may not be translated or copied in whole or in part without the written permission of the publisher (SpringerVerlag New York, Inc., 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10010, USA), except for brief excerpts in connection with reviews or scholarly analysis. Use in connection with any form of information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter developed is forbidden. The use of general descriptive names, trade names, trademarks, etc., in this publication, even
if the former are not especially identified, is not to be taken as a sign that such names, as
understood by the Trade Marks and Merchandise Marks Act, may accordingly be used freely by anyone.
ISBN 0387949054 SpringerVerlag New York Berlin Heidelberg
Mainland China only and not for export therefrom.
SPIN 10424939
This reprint has been authorized by SpringerVerlag (Berlin/Heidelberg/New York) for sale in the
Preface
This book is primarily concerned with the study of cohomology theories of general topological spaces with "general coefficient systems." Sheaves play several roles in this study. For example, they provide a suitable notion of "general coefficient systems." Moreover, they furnish us with a common method of defining various cohomology theories and of comparison between different cohomology theories. The parts of the theory of sheaves covered here are those areas important to algebraic topology. Sheaf theory is also important in other fields of mathematics, notably algebraic geometry, but that is outside the scope of the present book. Thus a more descriptive title for this book might have been Algebraic Topology from the Point of View of Sheaf Theory. Several innovations will be found in this book. Notably, the con
cept of the "tautness" of a subspace (an adaptation of an analogous notion of Spanier to sheaftheoretic cohomology) is introduced and exploited throughout the book. The fact that sheaftheoretic cohomology satisfies
the homotopy property is proved for general topological spaces.' Also, relative cohomology is introduced into sheaf theory. Concerning relative
cohomology, it should be noted that sheaftheoretic cohomology is usually
considered as a "single space" theory. This is not without reason, since cohomology relative to a closed subspace can be obtained by taking coefficients in a certain type of sheaf, while that relative to an open subspace (or, more generally, to a taut subspace) can be obtained by taking cohomology with respect to a special family of supports. However, even in these cases, it is sometimes of notational advantage to have a relative cohomology theory. For example, in our treatment of characteristic classes in Chapter IV the use of relative cohomology enables us to develop the theory in full
generality and with relatively simple notation. Our definition of relative cohomology in sheaf theory is the first fully satisfactory one to be given. It is of interest to note that, unlike absolute cohomology, the relative cohomology groups are not the derived functors of the relative cohomology group in degree zero (but they usually are so in most cases of interest). The reader should be familiar with elementary homological algebra. Specifically, he should be at home with the concepts of category and functor, with the algebraic theory of chain complexes, and with tensor products and direct limits. A thorough background in algebraic topology is also nec1This is not even restricted to Hausdorff spaces. This result was previously known only for paracompact spaces. The proof uses the notion of a "relatively Hausdorff subspace" introduced here. Although it might be thought that such generality is of no use, it (or rather its mother theorem 1111.1) is employed to advantage when dealing with the derived functor of the inverse limit functor.
V
VI
Preface
essary. In Chapters IV, V and VI it is assumed that the reader is familiar with the theory of spectral sequences and specifically with the spectral sequence of a double complex. In Appendix A we give an outline of this theory for the convenience of the reader and to fix our notation. In Chapter I we give the basic definitions in sheaf theory, develop some basic properties, and discuss the various methods of constructing new sheaves out of old ones. Chapter II, which is the backbone of the book, develops the sheaftheoretic cohomology theory and many of its properties.
Chapter III is a short chapter in which we discuss the AlexanderSpanier, singular, de Rham, and Cech cohomology theories. The methods of sheaf theory are used to prove the isomorphisms, under suitable restrictions, of these cohomology theories to sheaftheoretic cohomology. In particular, the de Rham theorem is discussed at some length. Most of this chapter can be read after Section 9 of Chapter II and all of it can be read after Section 12 of Chapter II. In Chapter IV the theory of spectral sequences is applied to sheaf cohomology and the spectral sequences of Leray, Borel, Cartan, and Fary are
derived. Several applications of these spectral sequences are also discussed. These results, particularly the Leray spectral sequence, are among the most
important and useful areas of the theory of sheaves. For example, in the theory of transformation groups the Leray spectral sequence of the map to the orbit space is of great interest, as are the Leray spectral sequences of
some related mappings; see [15]. Chapter V is an exposition of the homology theory of locally compact spaces with coefficients in a sheaf introduced by A. Borel and J. C. Moore. Several innovations are to be found in this chapter. Notably, we give a
definition, in full generality, of the homomorphism induced by a map of spaces, and a theorem of the Vietoris type is proved. Several applications of the homology theory are discussed, notably the generalized Poincare duality theorem for which this homology theory was developed. Other applications are found in the last few sections of this chapter. Notably, three sections are devoted to a fairly complete discussion of generalized
manifolds. Because of the depth of our treatment of BorelMoore homology, the first two sections of the chapter are devoted to technical development
of some general concepts, such as the notion and simple properties of a
cosheaf and of the operation of dualization between sheaves and cosheaves. This development is not really needed for the definition of the homology
theory in the third section, but is needed in the treatment of the deeper properties of the theory in later sections of the chapter. For this reason,
our development of the theory may seem a bit wordy and overcomplicated to the neophyte, in comparison to treatments with minimal depth. In Chapter VI we investigate the theory of cosheaves (on general spaces) somewhat more deeply than in Chapter V. This is applied to Cech homology, enabling us to obtain some uniqueness results not contained in those of Chaper V. At the end of each chapter is a list of exercises by which the student
Preface
vii
may check his understanding of the material. The results of a few of the
easier exercises are also used in the text. Solutions to many of the exercises are given in Appendix B. Those exercises having solutions in Appendix B are marked with the symbol Q. The author owes an obvious debt to the book of Godement [40] and to the article of Grothendieck [41], as well as to numerous other works. The book was born as a private set of lecture notes for a course in the theory of sheaves that the author gave at the University of California in the spring
of 1964. Portions of the manuscript for the first edition were read by A. Borel, M. Herrera, and E. Spanier, who made some useful suggestions. Special thanks are owed to Per Holm, who read the entire manuscript of that edition and whose perceptive criticism led to several improvements. This book was originally published by McGrawHill in 1967. For this second edition, it has been substantially rewritten with the addition of over eighty examples and of further explanatory material, and, of course, the correction of the few errors known to the author. Some more recent discoveries have been incorporated, particularly in Sections 1116 and IV8 regarding cohomology dimension, in Chapter IV regarding the Oliver
transfer and the Conner conjecture, and in Chapter V regarding generalized manifolds. The Appendix B of solutions to selected exercises is also a new feature of this edition, one that should greatly aid the student in learning the theory of sheaves. Exercises were chosen for solution on the basis of their difficulty, or because of an interesting solution, or because of the usage
of the result in the main text. Among the items added for this edition are new sections on Cech cohomology, the Oliver transfer, intersection theory, generalized manifolds,
locally homogeneous spaces, homological fibrations and padic transformation groups. Also, Chapter VI on cosheaves and Cech homology is new to this edition. It is based on [12].
Several of the added examples assume some items yet to be proved, such as the acyclicity of a contractible space or that sheaf cohomology and singular cohomology agree on nice spaces. Disallowing such forward
references would have impoverished our options for the examples. As well as the common use of the symbol to signal the end, or absence, of a proof, we use the symbol 0 to indicate the end of an example, although that is usually obvious. Throughout the book the word "map" means a morphism in the particular category being discussed. Thus for spaces "map" means "continuous function" and for groups "map" means "homomorphism." Occasionally we use the equal sign to mean a "canonical" isomorphism, perhaps not, strictly speaking, an equality. The word "canonical" is often used for the concept for which the word "natural" was used before category
theory gave that word a precise meaning. That is, "canonical" certainly means natural when the latter has meaning, but it means more: that which might be termed "Godgiven." We shall make no attempt to define that concept precisely. (Thanks to Dennis Sullivan for a theological discussion
viii
Preface
in 1969.)
The manuscript for this second edition was prepared using the SCIENTIFIC WORD technical word processing software system published by TCI Software research, Inc. This is a "front end" for Donald Knuth's T X typesetting system and the LATIC extensions to it developed by Leslie Lamport. Without SCIENTIFIC WORD it is doubtful that the author would have had the energy to complete this project.
NORTH FORK, CA 93643 November 22, 1996
Contents
Preface
v
I
1
Sheaves and Presheaves
2 3
4
5 6 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definitions . Homomorphisms, subsheaves, and quotient sheaves Direct and inverse images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cohomomorphisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Algebraic constructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classical cohomology theories . . . . . . . . . . . Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
..
..
.. .. ..
. . . . . .
. .
1
1
8
12
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . . .
.
.
14
. . .
.
.
. .
. .
. .
. .
16 21 24 30
II
1
Sheaf Cohomology
2 3 4 5 6 7
Differential sheaves and resolutions . . . . . The canonical resolution and sheaf cohomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Injective sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acyclic sheaves . .
.. ..
.
.. ..
.
.
. . .
.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . .
. .
33
34 36
41
. . .
.
Flabby sheaves ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8
9
Connected sequences of functors Axioms for cohomology and the cup product Maps of spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4)soft and (Dfine sheaves Subspaces . . . . . .
. ... ..... .. .... .. .. ....
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. ..
. . . .
.
46 47
52
.
.
10
11
.. ..
.
.
.
. .
. .
. .
.
..
. .
.
.
. . . .
.
.
.. .. .. .. ..
. .
56
61
. .
65
71
12 13 14
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
The Vietoris mapping theorem and homotopy invariance Relative cohomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MayerVietoris theorems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Kiinneth and universal coefficient theorems . Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change of supports; local cohomology groups . . . . . The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences . Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Steenrod operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.
.
.
. . . .
..
.. ..
. . . .
.
.. .. ..
75 83 94 100 107 110 126 134 137 148 162 169
ix
. . . . . . . 281 . .. . . . 213 Extension of a support family by a family on the base space 219 . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. 246 Characteristic classes . . . . . . . 275 . 299 Maps of spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 335 .. . . . . . . . . 403 The transfer homomorphism in homology . . .. 251 The spectral sequence of a filtered differential sheaf . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 322 The basic spectral sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 The Fary spectral sequence . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change of rings . . . . .. . 407 . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 210 The Leray sheaf . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Sphere bundles with singularities . . . . . . . . . . . Poincare duality . . . . . 329 . . . homotopy. . .. . . . 303 The Vietoris theorem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homology theory . . . .. . . . . . . Subspaces and relative homology . . . . . . Uniqueness theorems for maps and relative homology . . 198 The fundamental theorems of sheaves . . . . AlexanderSpanier cohomology de Rham cohomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V BorelMoore Homology 1 Cosheaves . . . . . . .. . . . . . 358 . . . . . . . . . 324 . . . 344 . . . . . . . . 411 . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 279 . . . Cech cohomology . 317 The homology sheaf of a map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 The dual of a differential cosheaf . . . 179 185 187 189 194 IV Applications of Spectral Sequences 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 197 The spectral sequence of a differential sheaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 4 Singular cohomology . . . . . . . . 221 The Leray spectral sequence of a map . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . Exercises .. . . . . . . . . . . 202 Direct image relative to a support family .. .. . . . . . . . . Dimension . . . . . 237 The spectral sequences of Borel and Cartan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homological fibrations and padic transformation groups ..x Contents III Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories 1 179 . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith theory in homology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 . .. 292 . . . . .. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 . . . . . 394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 The Kiinneth formula . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 267 Exercises . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. and covering spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Generalized manifolds .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 . . . . . . Intersection theory . 264 The Oliver transfer and the Conner conjecture . . . . .. . . . . . Exercises . . . . . . 349 Uniqueness theorems . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 227 Fiber bundles . . . . The cap product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Locally homogeneous spaces . . . . . . . ..
. . . .. . . . . The reflector . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents xi VI Cosheaves and Cech Homology 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Theory of cosheaves . .. .. . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . Cech homology .. . 455 459 472 Bibliography List of Symbols 487 491 List of Selected Facts 493 495 Index . . . Exercises .. . . . . . . . . .. 486 . . Applications to maps . . . . . . 455 . . . .. . . . .. . . . . 418 . .. . . .... . . 420 . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. . ... .. . . . . . 449 . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . .. . . ... . . .. . . .. . 473 . . . . . ... . . . . . 480 .. BorelMoore homology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . Homomorphisms ... . . . . . .. .. . . . Spectral sequences . . . . . . . . . 424 . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . . Locally paracompact spaces . . . . .... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 453 . . . . 417 . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . Solutions for Chapter II Solutions for Chapter III Solutions for Chapter IV Solutions for Chapter V Solutions for Chapter VI . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . Relative Cech homology . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . Products . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . .. Acyclic coverings . Modified BorelMoore homology Singular homology . . . . . .. 454 B Solutions to Selected Exercises Solutions for Chapter I . . . . ... . . . . 421 . . . . .. .. . . ... Local triviality Local isomorphisms . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. ... .. .... . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . 451 . 449 .. . . . .. . Coresolutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 431 432 434 438 439 442 443 445 446 448 A Spectral Sequences 1 2 3 4 The spectral sequence of a filtered complex Double complexes . ... . . ... . . . . . . .. . . .. .
.
and this is the topic of Section 3. and de Rham cohomology theories can be described in terms of sheaves. In Section 4. Definition.w = ru. a homomorphism (called the restriction) ru. the classical singular. Let X be a topological space. AlexanderSpanier. A presheaf A on X is a function that assigns.w when U C V C W. in certain circumstances. in a natural way. In Sections 2 and 5 various algebraic operations on sheaves are introduced. to each pair U C V of open sets. then a sheaf on either space induces. Sheaves on a fixed space form a category whose morphisms are called homomorphisms. A "presheaf" A (of abelian groups) on X is a contravariant functor from the category of open subsets of X and inclusions to the category of abelian groups.v : A(V) in such a way that A(U) ru. a sheaf on the other space. using functorial terminology. we have the following definition: 1.Chapter I Sheaves and Presheaves In this chapter we shall develop the basic properties of sheaves and presheaves and shall give many of the fundamental definitions to be used throughout the book. an abelian group A(U) and that assigns.1. this fact is extended to the collection of sheaves on all topological spaces with morphisms now being maps f of spaces together with socalled fcohomomorphisms of sheaves on these spaces. 1 Definitions Of central importance in this book is the notion of a presheaf (of abelian groups) on a topological space X. If we are given a map between two topological spaces.u=1 and ru. In Section 6 the basic notion of a family of supports is defined and a fundamental theorem is proved concerning the relationship between a certain type of presheaf and the crosssections of the associated sheaf. 1 . This theorem is applied in Section 7 to show how. to each open set U C X.vrv. Thus.
For s fixed. for example. we also have the presheaf C. The set dx inherits a canonical group structure from the groups A(U). and so on. Consider the set fit of all elements s E A(U) for all open sets U C X with x E U. Fix an element s E A(U).v(t). if each A(U) is a ring and the ru. for example. The equivalence classes of 9)i under this equivalence relation are called the germs of A at x.B(U) are module homomorphisms [that is. but most global structure has been lost. In algebraic topology one has. with C(U) being the group of all continuous realvalued functions on U. We also have the presheaf B assigning to U the group (under pointwise addition) B(U) of all functions from U to M." Examples of presheaves are abundant in mathematics. Of course. where rU.U." If s E A(V) and U C V then we use the notation sJU for ru. Similarly.V is the canonical restriction. the set of all germs sx E dx for x E U is taken . the presheaf of singular pcochains of open subsets U C X. let A be a presheaf of rings on X and suppose that B is a presheaf on X such that each B(U) is an A(U)module and the ru v : B(V) .y = 1 for all U C V. if M is an abelian group. The equivalence class containing s E A(U) is called the germ of s at x E U. one has the notion of the germ of a continuous realvalued function f at any point of the domain of f. since we have discarded all relationships between the dx for x varying. = lirr A(U). In order to retrieve some global structure. The disjoint union 'd of the . of differential pforms on X.v(a)ru.2 I. a topology is introduced into the set 4 of germs of A. Then for each x E U we have the germ sx of s at x. We say that the elements s E A(U) and t E A(V) of 9)1 are equivalent if there is a neighborhood W C U f1 V of x in X with rw. the presheaf assigning to U its pth singular cohomology group. we refer to elements of A(U) as "sections of A over U. Thus. the set 4 of germs of A at x that we have constructed is none other than the direct limit . For instance. then there is the "constant presheaf" A with A(U) = M for all U and ru.v are ring homomorphisms.4x for x E X provides information about the local structure of A. where U ranges over the open neighborhoods of x in X.W:. one introduces the notion of a "germ" of A at the point x E X. of vector fields on X. the presheaf assigning to U the pth singular chain group of X mod X .Q E B(V) then ru. Sheaves and Presheaves In general. one may define a presheaf with values in an arbitrary category.v(af) = ru. It is often the case that a presheaf A on X will have a relatively simple structure "locally about a point x E X. Similarly.v(s) and call it the "restriction of s to U. then A is called a presheaf of rings.u(s) = rw." To make precise what is meant by this. If M is the group of real numbers. Occasionally. Thus. and so on. one has the presheaves of differentiable functions on (open subsets of) a differentiable manifold X. as follows. Then B is said to be an Amodule.v(i3)). for reasons to be explained later. if a E A(V).
a) ++ pa is continuous. a +.2. There is a natural map 7r : 4 X taking dx into the point x.4. the topology of 4 is highly nonHausdorff. 1 Example 1. for x varying. That is. 7r) where: (i) d is a topological space (not Hausdorff in general)...d + 4 is continuous.. By a sheaf of rings with unit we mean a sheaf of rings in which each stalk has a unit and the assignment to each x E X of the unit 1x E 9lx is continuous.. Then the function dL 4 + 4 taking (a.) With this topology. (ii) in : 4 + X is a local homeomorphism onto X. . and the map (a. are continuous in x. [Equivalently. )3) ++ a +)3 of .9 (A) or . /3) H a . (We shall describe this more precisely later in this section.. a sheaf of rings or a module (sheaf of modules) over a sheaf of rings. (The set {sx I x E U} for s E A(U) is such a set N.d./3 is continuous." and we denote this by .4.d0. (iv) the group operations are continuous. we always regard the map in as being understood and we speak of the sheaf .. (iii) each dx = 7r1(x).) Also it is the case that in a certain natural sense. The topology of d is taken to be the topology generated by these open sets.d is called "the sheaf generated by the presheaf A" or "the sheaf of germs of A. Definitions 3 to be an open set in 4. then 4 is called an Psmodule (or a module over 3) if the map R04 + . Definition. a) E X x . of course. A "sheaf" (of abelian groups) on X is a pair (.d given by (p.) The meaning of (iv) is as follows: Let 4 Ad be the subspace of 4 x 4 consisting of those pairs (a.4 = . /3) with 7r(a) = zr(f ).d =1/ (U A(U)). for example.a of 4 + d is continuous and (a.1 If R is a sheaf of rings and if 4 is a sheaf in which each stalk dx has a given 3xmodule structure. In general.13 shows that this latter condition is not superfluous. the group operations in .§1.] Similarly one may define. for x E X. (In practice.3) ..a/3 of R0J? + f is assumed to be continuous (in addition to (iv)). each stalk is assumed to have the (given) structure of a ring. It will be verified later in this section that 7r is a local homeomorphism. R&d = {(p. Thus. is an abelian group (and is called the "stalk" of 4 at x). for a sheaf 91 of abelian groups to be a sheaf of rings. . where.4 1 a(p) = 7r(a)}. These facts lead us to the basic definition of a sheaf on X: 1. each point t E 4 has a neighborhood N such that the restriction 7rjN is a homeomorphism onto a neighborhood of 7r(t).
(a) Tr is an open map.4 I. (e) For any two sections s E 4(U) and t E d(V). 3(Y) is a ring (with unit) if R is a sheaf of rings (with unit). It follows that s .2. Clearly. If d is a sheaf on X with projection 7r : 4 X and if Y C X.s is a section over U taking the value 0 in each stalk.dIY = i1(Y). We shall now list some elementary consequences of Definition 1. then the restriction 4IY of a is defined to be . the restriction 4(Y) 4(Y'). for open sets U C X. U and V open. is a homomorphism. (c) Any element of 4 is in the range of some section over some open set. Every point x E Y admits a section s over some neighborhood U of x by (ii).d over an open set is an open map. This presheaf is called the presheaf of sections of d. defines a presheaf on X. see Section 7. the set 4(Y) of sections over Y forms an abelian group. . It follows that for any Y C X. If 4 is a sheaf on X and if Y C X. 4(Y) is an J? (Y)module if 4 is an amodule. This shows that the zero section 0 : X 4. is indeed a section. (d) The set of all images of sections over open sets is a base for the topology of 4. That is generally false for sheaves. Thus. The reader may supply any needed argument. Thus (e) indicates the "strangeness" of the topology of 4. the set W of points x E U n V such that s(x) = t(x) is open. (b) Any section of . It is a consequence of part (ii) of Definition 1. Another common notation for the group of all sections of 4 is r(4) = 4(X). Sheaves and Presheaves For example. the assignment U '+ 4(U). and the sheaf V of germs of differential pforms on M'2 is an &I'module. and moreover.2. the sheaf 0° of germs of smooth realvalued functions on a differentiable manifold Mn is a sheaf of rings with unit. and so on) of two sections over Y is a section over Y. in particular. Clearly the pointwise sum or difference (or product in a sheaf of rings. Similarly. then a section (or cross section) of 4 over Y is a map s : Y 4 such that 7r o s is the identity. Note that if 4 were Hausdorff then the set W of (e) would also be closed in U n V. See Section 6 for an elaboration on this notation. which is a sheaf on Y. for Y' C Y.
Let A be a presheaf on X. Thus fo and 0o cannot be separated by open sets in W. Perhaps a more illuminating and more important example of a nonHausdorff sheaf is the sheaf '9 of germs of continuous realvalued functions on R. Consider the following equivalence relation R on E: If (x. . s)R(y.93 (A) or d _ . Example. The function f (x) = x for x > 0 and f (x) = 0 for x < 0 has a germ fo at 0 E IR that does not equal the germ Oo of the zero function.3. t) q (x = y and there exists an open neighborhood W of x with W C U n V and s1W = t1W). but a section through fo takes value 0 in the stalk at x for all x < 0 sufficiently near 0. Let d be the quotient space E/R and let . Form the topological sum E UtX (U x A(U)). where U has the subspace topology and A(U) has the discrete topology. Definitions 5 1. Recall that the topology of . As a topological space.d is called the sheaf generated by the presheaf A. and the two points in the stalk at 0 cannot be separated by open sets (sections over open sets in It). We have the E P \ 9 / Id \ / _ X. It is easy to see that the group operations in d are continuous since they are so in E. t) E V x A(V) then (x. Thus q is an open map. Clearly 4x = it1(x) is the direct limit of A(U) for U ranging over the open neighborhoods of x.r : . As we have noted.2. 0 1.?/ (U H A(U)). s) E U x A(U) and (y. Therefore d is a sheaf.§1. For each open set U C X consider the space U x A(U).4 jection induced by the map p : E commutative diagram X be the proX taking (x. There is only one topology consistent with Definition 1. Thus 7r is a local homeomorphism. A simple example of a nonHausdorff sheaf is the sheaf on the real line that has zero stalk everywhere but at 0. since p is locally onetoone and q is onto. this is the standard example of a nonHausdorff 1manifold. We now describe more precisely the construction of the sheaf generated by a given presheaf.5. this is denoted by d = . d is open a q1(Y) is open in E. Example. s) '4 x. 1. Thus the stalk dx has a canonical group structure. 7r is locally onetoone. The sheaf of germs of differentiable functions gives a similar example. since p is open and q is continuous. but the sheaf O of germs of real analytic functions is Hausdorff. . and has stalk Z2 at 0. d = E/R is defined by: Y C . the saturation R(E') = q lq(E') of E' is open. Now it is continuous. Note also that for any open subset E' of E.4.
Thus 9u is a monomorphism for all U C X t* the following condition holds: (Si) If U = U U.2 A presheaf satisfying condition (Si) is called a monopresheaf. then s = t. It is also bijective on each stalk. t) with (s . i. let t E . For this reason we shall usually not distinguish between a sheaf and its presheaf of sections and shall denote them by the same symbol. that is. 1..4.JUx n Ui.. Therefore A is a homeomorphism. A is open and continuous. sheaves are in onetoone correspondence with presheaves satisfying (Si) and (S2). Conversely.. If sa E A(U0) are given such that sa I Ua n Up = so I Ua n up for all a. then there exists an element s E A(U) with slUa = sa for all a.art + X is a local homeomorphism. of x. 0). Sheaves and Presheaves 1. Let A be a presheaf and 1 the sheaf that it generates. we could take t = 0 here. then it is said to be conjunctive for {Ua}. 9(sx) and t coincide in some neighborhood V.e. If it only satisfies (S2) for a particular collection {Ua}. By the definition of the topology of . Since it :. it follows that an element s E A(U) is in Ker 9U a s is "locally trivial" (that is. replace (s. /3.6. We may assume that Vx = Ux. When is 9U an isomorphism for all U? Recalling that . then 9(s) = t. and s. Any element of 4o lying over x E X has a local section about it. If A were a presheaf of sections (of any map).1 over x.4. It also preserves group operations. Thus do and . if there is an element s E A(U) with sIUU = sx for all x. . with conjunctive monopresheaves. t E A(U) are such that a slUa = tIUa for all a. Now 9(sxIUx fl Ui) = 9(s.6 I. Similarly. = syIUx n U. A presheaf satisfying (S2) is called conjunctive. However. and d = YAeql(A). then 9U is surjective for all U (and hence is an isomorphism) q the following condition is satisfied: (S2) Let {U.xl are essentially the same. for every x E U there is a neighborhood V of x such that sJV = 0). Thus.} be a collection of open sets in X and let U = UUa. For any open set U C X there is a natural map 9U : A(U) + d(U) (recall the construction of d) that is a homomorphism and commutes with restrictions (which is the meaning of "natural"). with Ua open to X.) so that if (Si) holds.t.A(U). = lira xEUA(U). of x and an element sx E A(Ux) with Ou (sx)(x) = t(x). then this condition would imply that the sx are restrictions to Ux of a section s E A(U).. we obtain that sxJUU n U. For this 20early. This gives a canonical func tion A : do + d. the condition is phrased so that it applies to presheaves of sets. and hence globally. A the presheaf of sections of . Let do be a sheaf.7.. For each x c U there is a neighborhood U. and this determines an element of . We have shown that if (Si) holds.do.
which is called the "pth local homology sheaf" of X. Let G be an abelian group. Definition. The "constant" sheaf on X with stalk G is the sheaf X x G (giving G the discrete topology). 1. It is constant if Mn is orientable. The reader would benefit by studying it for some simple spaces.p(X) _ (U Hp(X.8. this can be defined as the sheaf 6n = 9'h (U F. A(U)1II A(Ua) a (aJ3) fi A(UU. It is easy to see that this is a locally constant sheaf with stalks Z. If Mn has a boundary then On is no longer locally constant since its stalks are zero over points of the boundary. Mn . stalks 0 at the three end points. Definition. Definitions 7 reason it is common practice not to distinguish between sheaves and conjunctive monopresheaves.2 is not available and the other notion is used.§1. For example. It is also denoted by G when the context indicates this as a sheaf.y1 is a sheaf on X and s E 4(X) is a section. Definition 1. Z)). Definition.U. A sheaf d on X is said to be "locally constant" if every point of X has a neighborhood U such that IU is constant. 1. in certain generalizations of the theory. Then 441Y = 7r1(Y) is a sheaf on Y called the "restriction" of d to Y. Generally. for any space X and index p there is the sheaf. Let d be a sheaf on X and let Y C X. 1. X . This will not be of concern to us in this book. An important example of a sheaf is the orientation sheaf on an nmanifold Mn. (Si) and (S2) are equiva lent to the hypothesis that the sequence 0 .3 Note that with the notation Ua.. If . 1.p = Ua n Up. Example. Q) denotes ordered pairs of indices.solua. where f (s) _fl (sj Ua) and a 9 ( 11 sa) = fi (sal UU. Hn(M".3 . . The set Isl is closed since its complement is the set of points at which s coincides with the zero section. O and stalks Z elsewhere.U.11. More generally.9.O) is exact. the sheaf . Using singular homology.10. How do these stalks fit together? 3Indeed. Z)).1 1(1) has stalk Z G Z at the triple point.R) where (a.P). and that is open by item (e) on page 4. then the "support" of s is defined to be the closed set I sl = {x E X I s(x) 36 0}. a (a. it has a rather complicated structure.
1)) (the constant function with value 1) and the element x E P((2. the group P(U) of all realvalued polynomial functions on U.1.1)}. A homomorphism of presheaves h : B is a collection of homomorphisms hu : A(U) y B(U) commuting A with restrictions. subsheaves. A homomorphism of sheaves induces a homomorphism of the presheaves B be a homomorof sections in the obvious way. consider the basis X consisting of open arcs U of S1. 3).s1j Z for x = 0.V then let rv. The restriction 4](0. Example.14.By of h to stalks is a homomorphism for all x.. A sheaf can also be described as being generated by a "presheaf" defined only on a basis of open sets. Then P is a monopresheaf that is conjunctive for coverings of R. e. The sheaf . Consider the presheaf P on the real line lib that assigns to an open set U C R. For each .g. Example. if xo is in both U and V or in neither). in particular. Consider the presheaf A on X = [0.e.U = 1 if xo > y for all y E V.U = 1 if xo E V or if xo 0 U (i. nk) for 0 < t < 1. 1. but it is not conjunctive for arbitrary collections of open sets. on S1. y E U we write x > y if y is taken into x through U by a counterclockwise rotation. the element 1 E P((0. If xo E U . and with the projection [(t. (In the notation of 2. Example. That is. Important examples of this type of behavior are given in Section 7 and Exercise 12. Note. For example. k)] S1 = (1.. This generates an interesting sheaf fin.U = n (multiplication by the integer n) if xo < y for all y E V. V E JO with V C U let rv. A homomorphism of sheaves h : 4' + B is a map such that h(4') C 9x for all x E X and the restriction hx : dx . For U E 58 and for x.8 I.12. and rv. 1) x Z modulo the identification [t] to (t.) 0 1.4n. rd Z(01 ® Z(o.1] is constant. = A (P) has for 9(U) the functions that are "locally polynomials". h is a natural transformation of functors.13. 1)/{t N (t . It can be described directly (and more easily) as the quotient space (1. but can be arbitrary in . on the circle S1. Let d = 9 2 L e a f ( A ) . and quotient sheaves In this section we fix the base space X. 1] with A(U) = Z for all U # 0 and with rv. Thus 4' is a sheaf of rings but not a sheaf of rings with unit. Then A Z for all x. is Hausdorff for n 0 but not for n = 0.U : A(U) + A(V) equal to the identity if 0 E V or if 0 U but rvU = 0 if 0 E U . For example. let h : A phism of presheaves (not necessarily satisfying (Si) and (S2)). 1) U (2.3)).1) U (2. Sheaves and Presheaves 1. Conversely. However. 0 1.i1. 0 2 Homomorphisms. e) takes the value 0 E ax for x # 0. k) . The sheaf . the cases n = 0. do combine to give an element of '((0. Fix a point xo E S1. any section over [0.. 3)) do not come from any single polynomial on (0. as before. (t .V. 1 and x. For U E X let A(U) = Z and for U.6 and Section 5.
§2. 58). there exists a neighborhood V C U of x such that sIV = f (t) for some t E A(V ).dx =lim A(U) .3.4 and Im h is a subsheaf of B. Proposition. that is. there is a neighborhood V C U of x such that g(f(sIV)) = 0.1.2.. It will be used repeatedly. 2.+ 98 is a homomorphism of sheaves. JRx + `fix is exact. 4(Y) + 4"(Y) Proof. subsheaves. If 0 d' + d 0 is an exact sequence of sheaves. 4 is a subspace of X that is a sheaf on X with the induced algebraic structure. then Kerh={aEdIh(a)=0} is a subsheaf of . (That is.. Categorical readers might check that these definitions give notions equivalent to those based on the fact that sheaves and presheaves form abelian categories. Note that such a sequence of sheaves is exact a each 4x . x E U. and quotient sheaves 9 x E X. Definition. The fact that the sequence of sections over X has order two and the exactness at 4'(X) are obvious 4Caution: an exact sequence of sheaves is not necessarily an exact sequence of presheaves. it follows that the functor A H Aeaj(A). is exact. We define exact sequences of sheaves as usual. i. then the induced sequence 0 + 4'(Y) is exact for all Y C X. it suffices to prove the statement in the case Y = X. The group of all homomorphisms d 58 is denoted by Hom(. A "subsheaf " d of a sheaf 36 is an open subspace of X such that dx = d fl Bx is a subgroup of Xx for all x E X. and s E B'(U) such that g(s) = 0.) If h: d . that (g o f)(s) is "locally zero. .2 and Example 2. Since the restriction of this sequence to Y is still exact.e.lim B(U) = 58x xEU xEU and therefore a function h : 4 p X.d." 2. from presheaves to sheaves. Let h : A L* B 9 + C be homomorphisms of presheaves. This is an elementary fact resulting from properties of direct limits and from the fact that d + X W is exact 4* 4x + Bx + `Px is exact for all x E X. If s E A(U) then h maps the section 0(s) E 4(U) onto the section 0(h(s)) E B(U). Homomorphisms. The induced sequence d L X 9 W of generated sheaves will be exact if and only if 0 o g o f = 0 and the following condition holds: For each open U C X. h induces a homomorphism hx :.`9 of sheaves is exact if Im f = Ker g. the sequence d f 98 2. See Proposition 2." Since lira is an exact functor. Note that the condition 0 o g o f = 0 is equivalent to the statement that for each s E A(U) and x E U. Thus h is continuous (since the projections to U are local homeomorphisms and take this function to the identity map).
o 2. Then a section s E 4(X) going to 0 E .0 1 commutes.8(U) .d".5.) The canonical map 4 + 4" is onto (with kernel being the subsheaf 4' = (0.5 and Exercises 13. This sequence of stalks is exact since direct limits preserve exactness.4(U) + `f(U) of presheaves and hence a homomorphism of sheaves 5B/. by looking at stalks. Also see Example 2.`8(U) provides a monomorphism a(U)1. 0 ' d .. that (&1. But this just means that it comes from a section in 4'(X).4(U) + . so that 4(11) "(II) is not surjective. The "quotient sheaf " /4 is defined to be l/ d = .58 + V/4 + 0 is exact. (Note that Z is a constant sheaf.d"(1) Z2 ®Z2.) The polar angle 0 is locally defined (ambiguously) as a section of `P. On the unit interval II let 4 be the sheaf II X Z2 and 4" the sheaf with stalks Z2 at {0} and {1} and zero otherwise.d + 0. 1] x {0} C II X Z2). and 15.a" is onto.3.d . Consider the sheaf W of germs of continuous realvalued functions on X = R2 .{0}. 14.xt(U) in general. Let d be a subsheaf of a sheaf X. but it 5Note. This example shows that .1B .. Definition.d(U)) The exact sequence of presheaves 0 + 4(U) . that 5B/4 + W is an isomorphism. Example. 2. but 4(11) : Z2 while . however. We can assume that 4' is a subspace of M.4. as is seen by looking at stalks.d (Y) . It follows.JR(U) + JR(U)/4(U) + 0 (1) induces a sequence 0 .9i (U H J6(U)1. Therefore. 4"(Y) need not be onto even if .10 I. Then Z can be regarded as a subsheaf of W. On the stalks at x this is the direct limit of the sequences'(1) for U ranging over the open neighborhoods of x. (There is only one possible topology in .1) x Z2 U [0.d"(X) must take values in the subspace 4'. Example.. We may regard 4 as a subsheaf of JR.d II + 0 0 '' .4 + . 2. Let Z be the subsheaf of germs of locally constant functions with values the integer multiples of 2ir.4)(U) 0 5B(U)/.5 Suppose that 0 + d + 58 + `P + 0 is an exact sequence of sheaves. .:d +''. The exact sequence 0 + . Sheaves and Presheaves (look at stalks). and the diagram 0 II J6 + 5B/. 9/..
. Homomorphisms. and quotient sheaves 11 is not a global section. be the open disk of radius 1 . Set = 21 U 2ZU.6 In this notation. Note that for i > 1. the unit disk in 1R". put 9?1 = ZU. d be a sheaf on X and let A C X be locally closed. 2. . Thus RX is the unique sheaf on X inducing T on A and 0 on X A. Let A be a locally closed subspace of X and let X be a sheaf on A. A. With this topology and the canonical algebraic structure. This gives another example of an exact sequence 0 + Z + W + W/Z + 0 of sheaves for which the sequence of sections is not right exact.7. 0 is exact by covering space theory. Note also that Z(X) is the group of constant functions on X with values in 27rZ and hence is isomorphic to Z.4. the sheaf 4' of 2. = U. Example. It does define (unambiguously) a section of the quotient sheaf f/Z.§2. see [19]. X U (X x {0}) is a sheaf on X denoted by 5th = 58 U (X x {0}). Sn1 x (0. The sheaf RX is called the extension of B by zero. 1] is locally closed in X. Note that `P/Z can be interpreted as the sheaf of germs of continuous functions on X with values in the circle group S'. and 4" . X 4 5K is an exact functor. and so Coker j : Z.Ui_1 for i > 1. For U C X open.. Clearly.4/MXF If A = U fl F. Using the notation of 2. Now let . The sequence 0+Z(X)+`e(X) deg  z. then 4A = (4U)F = (4F)U.6. It is easily seen (since A is locally closed) that there is a unique topology on the point set XU (X x {0}) such that X is a subspace and the projection onto X is a local homeomorphism (we identify A x {0} with the zero section of 58). du is the subsheaf 7r1(U) U (X x {0}) of . .6. 23 = 92 U 4ZU3 6Note that any locally closed subspace is the intersection of an open subspace with a closed subspace.2' in X = IIDn. while for F C X closed 4F is the quotient sheaf 4F =. `'(X) is the group of continuous real valued functions X R. Let U.11 2. We define MA = (MIA)X.1). and (`P/Z)(X) is the group of continuous functions X + S'. Put Al = U1 and A.3 is 4(.4{0. subsheaves.
The presheaf U'+ . For the map e : X where * is the one point space.9. It is a counterexample to [40. b).d. Then the stalks of Y are 0 on eIY2 and are 2`Z on At. the direct image eM is just the group I'(4) = .d'+ fd is a generalization of the global section functor r. (3) defined by fz (b) = (x. It is easy to check that the group operations are continuous.:8 I f (x) = 7r(b)J. C Z. b) E f'S8 is precisely {(x'. the direct image functor . b) + x. This is an example of a fairly complicated subsheaf of the constant sheaf Z on D' even in the case n = 1. Remark II2. (4) .Y be a map and let d be a sheaf on X. Thus we have the canonical homomorphism fu : T(U) + (f'R)(f'(U)) defined by ff(s)(x) = f2 (s (f (x))). s f (x')) I x' E f '(U)} and hence maps homeomorphically onto f '(U). To check that f *. b) c X x . The direct image is not generally right exact.4(f '(U)) on Y clearly satisfies (Si) and (S2) and hence is a sheaf. d + f M is a left exact covariant functor. the theory of sheaves is largely concerned with the right derived functors of the direct image functor. X is a section.4(X) (regarded as a sheaf on *). This sheaf on Y is denoted by f4 and is called the direct image of . is an isomorphism. Sheaves and Presheaves Let T = UY.3).2 it is clear that . The projection f`'T + Y is given by (x.T over f '(U). s(f (x))) = fx (s(f (x))) is a section of f *.V is indeed a sheaf. then x H We have already remarked that if s : U (x. Consequently. we note that if U c Y is an open neighborhood of f (x) and s : U + B is a section of X with s(f (x)) = b. Now let X be a sheaf on Y. The inverse image f * of B is the sheaf on X defined by f* = {(x.7 Thus we have f4(U) = 4(f'(U)) (2) By 2. 7For a generalization of the direct image see IV3. then the neighborhood (f ' (U) x s(U)) fl f t of (x. where 7r : 5B + Y is the canonical projection. 0 3 Direct and inverse images Let f : X . and in fact..12 I.T)x. The group structure on (f *X)x is defined so that the onetoone correspondence fz : Vf() + (f'.
0 3.11.{0} '+ R.2. we have that i2(U) = 9'(U n (0. However. Note that f Z has both Z and Zt as subsheaves. for an inclusion i : F + X of a closed subspace and for any sheaf Y on F. Let X and Z be as in Example 3.5. i9 0 9'X in general.4 (e. For example.e.{0} and let i : JR. Example..1).l). The corresponding quotient sheaves are (f Z)/Z Zt and (f Z)/Zt : Z.§3.i)xfor x>0. Consider the constant sheaf d with stalks Z on 1[t . 1] and let 7r : X . is it true that 7r4 .3. as the reader can verify. Consider the constant sheaf 1 with stalks Z on X = S'.. f'Zt Z since it is the locally constant sheaf with stalks Z on X twisted twice. Then 7rd has stalks Z at 1 and at 1 but has stalks (7r4). Example. Then i. we have 56IX i'SB. e)) Z ® Z. Therefore. 1] x Z modulo the identifications (0 x n) N (1 x n)). Y be the projection.ld has stalk ZeZ at 0 and stalk Z elsewhere. 0 3. Example. f Z 96 Z ® Zt (defined in Section 5). 0 nontrivial automorphism of period 3. Then i2 : Z. Also. 3. 0 . Let i : (0. Also. which is no twist at all. let Y = [1. Then f Z is the locally constant sheaf with stalks Z ® Z ® Z twisted by the cyclic permutation of factors. it is true that iY essentially Exercise 2. Then zrZ is a twisted sheaf with stalks Z ® Z on projective space.d)xfor x<0and is mE(i. Thus f Z has the constant sheaf Z as a subsheaf (the "diagonal") with quotient sheaf the locally constant sheaf with stalks Z ® Z twisted by the. 3.4.1. Example. (This is 0 3. 1) .. Direct and inverse images 13 From (3) it follows that f' is an exact functor. m) E (id)o at 0is nE(i. because for U a small open interval about 0 or 1. a twisted integer sheaf. as the reader is asked to detail in Exercise 1.li. Let f : X X be the covering map of degree 2.d((e. Example. Zt = [0. Let Z be the constant sheaf with stalks Z on X = S' and let Zt denote the "twisted" sheaf with stalks Z on X (i. 1] and its restriction Y = ZI(0. YX = Zio. e) = . Let zr : S' RP" be the canonical double covering. so that RIP" is nonorientable. It contains the constant sheaf Z as a subsheaf with quotient sheaf Zt. Zt is just the orientation sheaf 6" of Example 1. Z ® Z for 1 < x < 1.4 but let f : X X be the covering map of degree 3.6. A local section over a connected neighborhood of 0 taking value (n.4. However. The reader should try to understand the topology connecting these stalks. If n is even. 0) U (0. i.:: Z ® Z(_l. analogous to the sheaf f Z of Example 3.) YX. as defined in Section 5? Is there a sheaf on Y that is "locally isomorphic" to 7rA but not isomorphic 0 to it? 3.1)) :zi Z. essentially unique. because. Then f Z is the sheaf on X with stalks Z ® Z twisted by the exchange of basis elements in the stalks. Note that for an inclusion i : X p Y and a sheaf B on Y. Consider the constant sheaf Z on X = [0. Example. for example.X be the inclusion.
compatible with restrictions. this function is continuous). Together. If d and . then an "f cohomomorphism" k : B .A is a collection of homomorphisms ku : B(U) + A(f1(U)). Definition. If A and B are presheaves on X and Y respectively. Conversely. an fcohomomorphism of presheaves k : B M A induces. the homomorphisms hx define a function 4. Sheaves and Presheaves 4 Cohomomorphisms Y be a given map. e. cohornomorphisms are the morphisms in the category of all sheaves on all spaces. together with the fact that the ft(s) form a basis for the topology of f *5V. For s E R (U).. . 4.14 1.1. we have 0(ku(s))(x) = kx(s(f(x))). X'u f *. Then for 0 : B(U) the canonical homomorphism and for s E B(U). the collection f * _ { fy } of (3) defines an fcohomomorphism f* . let hx : (f*. for x E X. Definition. since it is multiply valued unless f is onetoone. 8Note that an fcohomomorphism . M d is not generally a function. the equation h:f*X h(fu(s)(x)) = h(fx(s(f(x)))) = kx(s(f(x))). a homomorphism !Lnj !Lnj [where U ranges over neighborhoods of f (x)]. Throughout this section we let f : X 4.58 are sheaves on X and Y respectively.2.T. If k : B 4 is any fcohomomorphism. Thus any fcohomomorphism k admits a unique factorization k:XL1 f*x h being a homomorphism. )x + dx be defined by hx = kx o (f. For any sheaf l on Y. implies that h is continuous. for U open in Y. Of course.*)l.8 An fcohomomorphism of sheaves induces an fcohomomorphism of presheaves by putting ku(s)(x) = kx(s(f (x))) where U C Y is open and s E T (U). 'T(U) so that {kx} is an fcohomomorphism of sheaves XM d (generated by B and A). then an "f cohomomorphism" k : B + 4 is a collection of homomorphisms kx : 58 f(x) > dx for each x E X such that for any section s E X(U) the function x ++ kx(s(f (x))) is a section of d over f '(U) (z. d. and it is not defined everywhere unless f is onto.
Leaving out the middle term. the definition (2) provides an f4(f1(U)) is cohomomorphism f : f.. f f'JB) Hom(f'3. Since fu : an isomorphism. we obtain the homomorphism a=c1(1) : f*fed 4 4. p(h) = f (h) o w(1) = f (h) o Q. f.d). f*B) _4 Hom(B. we obtain the homomorphism (6) and taking 5B = fed.d) commutes. we shall let cp denote this natural isomorphism cp : Hom(f'SB." 0 f f' T f (h) fd . we have produced the following natural isomorphisms of functors: Hom(f'9. f. where j is a homomorphism.Id) of functors.f(h)) 4) ° + Hom(56.4) fcohom(X. then the naturality of cp implies that the diagram Hom(f*IX.h)Hom(f'B. This correspondence is additive and natural in d and B. That is. (7) If h : f'S8 . 9The existence of such a natural isomorphism means that f' and f are "adjoint .. for any sheaf a on X. Therefore. Cohomomorphisms 15 Similarly.d 4.9 (5) Taking d = f'1.§4.e. denoting the group of all fcohomomorphisms from X to 4 by fcohom(SB.. ku = fuju).d) Hom(X. f.d is any homomorphism..d). Thus to each fcohomomorphism k there correspond unique homomor phisms h : f'X + 4 and j :.B + f4. (8) which means that W(h) is the composition a functors. it is clear that any fcohomomorphism k admits a unique factorization k: X8 '+ fd f+ 'd (i.4) =+ Hom(X.. I lll I Hom(&.
f4 is any homomorphism. Let k : X 4 be an fcohomomorphism that takes X into . induces an fcohomomorphism X/X' ti+ 4/4' of the generated sheaves.+ 4(f '(U))l4. Let 4' be a subsheaf of a sheaf M on X and d a subsheaf of X on Y.. 5 Algebraic constructions In this section we shall consider covariant functors F(G1i G2. That is. .F1.d) commutes.. (More generally. the composition f'X .d) I 0 Hom(f4..(f1(U)) of presheaves. one may consider covariant functors from the category of "diagrams of abelian . it follows that ff'X is a monomorphism provided that f : X . Thus f * (/3) is a monomorphism.d) Hom(f'(j). In this case (ff*X)(U) = n Xx xEU is the group of "serrations" of X over U. which. whence 'P1\j) = W1(1) o f*(j) = a o f*(j) is the composition (9) f*X PW i f* f ". where Xd denotes X with the discrete topology.d ) 1Hom(7. where a serration is a possibly discontinuous cross section of TJU. and since (f *X)x = Xf(x).) of several variables from the category of abelian groups to itself. if j : X . f. In particular.16 I. applying (9) to j = /3 : X + f f*X..d'.. Sheaves and Presheaves Similarly. Then 0 : X(U) + (f f*X)(U) is just the inclusion of the group of (continuous) sections in that of serrations.3.4) 11 Hom(5B. then the diagram Hom(f * fd. 4.Y is surjective.Q:X f*ff*X f'X is the identity. in turn. In the next chapter we shall apply this to the special case in which f : Xd 4 X is the identity. Then k clearly induces an fcohomomorphism X(U)ld(U) ". f.fM Hom(f*9. we obtain that a o f * (/3) = p1(Q) = 1. We conclude this section with a remark on cohomomorphisms in quo tient sheaves.
d.4 and 58 denote the sheaves generated by the presheaves A and B respectively. Then for U ranging over the neighborhoods of x E X. B) sheaves and hence to a homomorphism Jr(A. Ham) + F(lirq G liar H0) is an isomorphism for direct systems {G. B) (U) = F(A(U).V(U))) ^ . V(U))). B(U)) I F(hh lir F(. . SO(U "+ F(4'(U).'(U).'° Now suppose that the functor F commutes with direct limits. naturally. B)x F'(4x. B) = 91eal(U '+ F(. suppose that the canonical map lira F(G. lid 5B(U)) commutes. The top homomorphism is the restriction of (11) to the stalks at x. lirr B(U)) + F(liQ. That is.dx.. ° x) so that we have the natural isomorphism 1(A. That is. X) (11) of the generated sheaves.) For general illustrative purposes we shall take the case of a functor of two variables. B(U))) 10Our notation in some of the specific examples to follow will differ from the notation we are using in the general discussion.d(U).4'(U) and B(U) X) of preX(U). B) 5r (. in this case. B) will be denoted by Jr(A. for presheaves A and B on X.d. lin B(U)) _ F(. The vertical maps are isomorphisms when F commutes with direct limits.§5. fix) (10) when F commutes with direct limits. B)(U) = lid F(A(U). Thus we see that (11) is an isomorphism of sheaves provided that F commutes with direct limits. That is. (U'' F(A(U).4.. then the diagram liar F(A(U). B(U)). These give rise to a homomorphism F(A. More generally..} and {H. Let . The sheaf generated by the presheaf F(A. If U ranges over the neighborhoods of x E X. consider the natural maps A(U) . In particular. X) (U) _ F(4'(U). B) = 9%ea1(F(A. Algebraic constructions 17 groups of a given shape" to the category of abelian groups.. B(U)) I A(U). We may also consider F as a functor from the category of presheaves on X to itself in the canonical way (since F is covariant). B(U)) : F(lirr A(U).. The bottom homomorphism is an isomorphism by definition of 4' and R. we have liar F(A.} of abelian groups. B)). if d and 58 are sheaves on X then V (. we let F(A.
. Thus this sequence of presheaves generates the exact sequence +. starting with the tensor product." Before passing on to other examples of our general considerations. .. 4''' + 0 splits for each x E X. This condition clearly implies that 0 M®R + 4"®6V . Since ® is right exact for abelian groups.0 is exact for every sheaf . Our second example concerns the torsion product. H). Since ® commutes with direct limits.d'(U)). Now sd" is canonically isomorphic to .d®58.4' + 4 . we shall introduce some further notation concerned with tensor and torsion is 1 'It should be noted that this is a special case of a general fact. Definition.d"®58 0 (12) of sheaves on X. } on the category of sheaves to itself is also exact and connected.:8x since the torsion product * commutes with direct limits. Sheaves and Presheaves We shall now discuss several explicit cases.18 I. then the induced sequence of functors { J r. We shall use G * H to denote Tor(G. We have that (4 * B)x 4x * . (U) * T(U) + 4(U) * T(U) + (4(U)/4'(U)) * JR(U) 4'(U) ®5B(U) + .11x0 Xx by (10). For sheaves 4 and X on X we let .1.. we have the natural isomorphism (4®Ax P. 4" + 0 be an exact sequence of sheaves. An exact sequence 0 + 4' + ld" + 0 of sheaves on X is said to be "pointwise split" if 0 + 4'x + dx .d *X=Y/ (U. we have the exact sequence 0 'd.d'*R+.. The following terminology will be useful: 5.d'®a.. Let 0 .d'(U)) ® X(U) 0 of presheaves on X. we let 1i(U)).T+.a». if an exact connected sequence of functors of abelian groups (as above).9'heq(U '+ .d"*.d (U) ® X (U) + (4(U)/.d(U)/. it will also be right exact for sheaves since exactness is a stalkwise property.d(U)*B(U))..d*. where B is any sheaf.1B on X. Namely.. If 4 and X are sheaves on X. Then for each open set U C X.
then for sheaves d on X and 56 on Y we define the total tensor product 4®B to be the sheaf .4 and B.1/. we let ®dn = 9Af(U'' ®(d.1B = (4 x R) IA. a In the case of the direct product. For two variables (for example) .d.1]. but (f fin){o} 0 since the sections sn E 58n (X) that are 1 at 1/n give a section s = fl sn of the product that is not zero in any neighborhood of 0 and hence has nonzero germ at 0. direct products do not generally commute with direct limits. (Note that d Z 5X 1 is the underlying topological space of .*)IA.. for locally finite families).). we have that d®. (fl. Then for U = [0.dn)x 96 fl(4 ) in general. = Zl0. [For example let 4.1) ® (ir ). Thus. direct sums and direct products of sheaves coincide.1/n). we have natural isomorphisms ®'Ty.) The notation 4 x . let n = Z{i/n} Then rj(58n){o} = 0. the countable direct sum of copies of Z.B is reserved for the cartesian product of tea? and 58. we have that o (Pici) x ®(d. which with coordinatewise addition is a sheaf on X x Y when d is a sheaf on X and 9 is one on Y.4 ®58. Similarly. whence (U d.(U)) = Zn. fl (4. and so 1J 1(.§5. the direct sum is denoted by 4 ®98.){o} liar Zn = ZO°. However. generally.(U) = 0 for i > n. we note that the presheaf U + fl (4"(U)) satisfies (Si) and (S2) on page 6 and therefore is a sheaf.d®58 = (ir 4) ® (n4e ) on X x Y. and similarly that d®B = A and d * JR = (. Note that for X = Y. For another example. Note that d x a = (irX. It is denoted by fi d. However.) {o} 11' Z. we have that 4.(U)))Since direct sums commute with direct limits. which is uncountable. Another special case of our general discussion is provided by the direct sum functor. where 0 is the diagonal of X xX. Algebraic constructions 19 products. If X and Y are spaces and TrX : X x Y * X. . the total torsion product is defined to be Clearly. . identified with X.) C Z for i > 1 on X = [0. 7ry : X x Y + Y are the projections. if {4 } is a family of sheaves on X. and in fact.1 For a finite number of variables (or.
7ra. However. That is. =Y (UH 1 a 1a(U)).. Consider direct systems {Ga.y = 7ra.d that are compatible in the sense that ho = ha o 7ra. U . Now suppose that d is another sheaf on X and that we have a family of homomorphisms ha : Ma + . we have that liar (wa)x. note that every homomorphism 1 . Now let define 7ra..A l a Ba and hence aa. Since direct limits commute with one another. then the homomorphisms da liar da and as lirrQ Ta induce compatible homomorphisms. Thus it a homomorphism liar (...p} (where 7ra. is defined for a > 3 in A and satisfies 7r.p whenever a > /3.. H) on abelian groups is covariant in only one of its variables. These induce compatible maps .Hom(. In turn this induces a homomorphism h:liarda + d of the generated sheaves such that h o Ira = ha for all a..X of sheaves induces a homomorphism 41U Thus we see that the functor 'VIU.da ®Ra .p} its direct limit F({Ga. (U) + lin a 1a(U) that induce canonical homomorphisms 7rp : do + liar such that 7rp = zra o7r p whenever a > )3.IJ1U. BIU) (14) ..d.p} be a direct system of sheaves based on A.p}) = liar G.Idea (9 M..7ra.. 7r.p : Go + Gc..1(U) of presheaves. the direct limit of sheaves satisfies the "universal property" of direct limits. In particular.. Let F be the (covariant) functor that assigns to each such direct system {Ga. There are the compatible maps .d.4a (U) + d(U) for all open U and hence a homomorphism liar (1a(U)) +.) of abelian groups based on the directed set A." Let A be a directed set. Then we liW. On stalks this is an isomorphism since tensor products and direct limits commute. so that the general discussion does not apply.) + liar te® ® follows that this is an isomorphism (13) The functor Hom(G. if {.. Sheaves and Presheaves Our next example is given by a functor on a category of "diagrams.da} and {58a} are direct systems based on the same directed set.p7ro.20 I.
98)(U) Hom(.A{o}. Definition. Z) : Z.. Supports 21 defines a presheaf on X. A `family of supports" on X is a family 4? of closed subsets of X such that: (1) a closed subset of a member of 4? is a member of 4i. [53] and [19]): Every paracompact space is normal.. A closed subspace of a paracompact space is paracompact. X{0}) ^ Horn (Z..76.} of X such that V... If is a sheaf of rings on X and if and 98 are 9'Lmodules. whence Hom(.§6. It is clear that the presheaf (14) satisfies (Si) and (S2). Qcompact subspaces.d. in a similar manner. If {U0 } is a locally finite open cover of a normal space X..)(U) Hom(41U. metric spaces are hereditarily paracompact. Hom(4 U. A space is called hereditarily paracompact if every open subspace is paracompact. `fix) in general.dx. e). so that £sn(. 6. locally finite. 1] and let d = 9B{0}.VJU).1. It is easily seen that this implies that every subspace is paracompact. X){0} = 0.d. For example.(. VDU)). A metric space is paracompact.AjU.'V) = 9 (U . let 98 be the constant sheaf with stalks Z on X = [0. and hence Vvm(. It is important to note that the last equation does not apply in general to sections over nonopen subspaces. refinement.WIU) = 0 for the open sets of the form Then U = [0. the sheaves 6 Supports A paracompact space is a Hausdorff space with the property that every open covering has an open. then there is an open cover {V. then one can define. Of course. and in particular that .d. The following facts are well known (see [34]. .. (5) A locally compact space is paracompact a it is a disjoint union of open. c U. whereas d{o} = Z = 9{0}. which has stalk Z over {0} and stalks 0 elsewhere. 98)= 9 Hom(. We define ( 1.
) = siUa. Note that E(4)) is open when 4) is paracompactifying. Let s E let U be an open neighborhood of Isl with U paracompact. . Add X . Then r4. Theorem. ' is said to be a "paracompactifying" family of supports if in addition: (3) each element of (D is paracompact. x V l sl 4* (sl U = 0 for some neighborhood U of X). I sl = {x E X I s(x) # 0} denotes the support of the section s. we put r4. and Proof.d)+0 is exact.(4") is exact. the sequence 0+Ao(X)+A4.I sl to the collection {Va}.} of U that is locally finite in X and such that there exist sa E A(Ua) with 9(s. Then for any paracompactifying family 4) of supports on X. where 0 : A(X) 4(X) is the canonical map.(X) a+r4.(4) r4. The only nontrivial part is that 0 is surjective.22 I.sd be the sheaf generated by A.2. Recall that for s E 4(X). 4 being the sheaf generated by A. and use the zero section for the corresponding sa.. 12The r notation will be used only for sheaves and not for presheaves. giving a locally finite covering of X. For apresheafAonXweputAt(X)={sEA(X)I IsI E t}. we can find a covering {U. (4) each element of 4' has a (closed) neighborhood which is in C We define the extent E(f) of a family of supports to be the union of the members of 4..12 6. It is customary to "denote" the family of all closed subsets of X by the absence of a symbol. It is paracompactifying if X is locally compact: We use 0 to denote the family of supports whose only member is the empty set 0. Note that for s E A(X).)={sE4(X)I IslEf}. (4) is a subgroup of 4(X). The family of all compact subsets of X is denoted by c. Similarly.(. Sheaves and Presheaves (2) 4? is closed under finite unions. If d is a sheaf on X.(. Let A be a presheaf on X that is conjunctive for coverings of X and let. and we shall also use cld to denote this family. we put Isl = 19(s)I.(4') r4. Now if A is a presheaf on X and s E A(X). we can find a covering { Va } of U with U (1 V a C Ua. By covering U and then restricting to U. and for an exact sequence 0 4 4" + 0. the sequence o r.
If X = R = Y. These cases are obvious. 6.4. cldx x cldy = cldxxy = 7rX'cldx For any map f : X Y. Then cldx n A = cldA and cldxIA = CA. 6. while cldxIA is the family of closed subsets of A bounded away from 1. Also. the family f Icy can be thought of as the family of (closed) "basewise compact" sets. and by definition. For the purposes of this example.§6. Also. a finite set. so that sxIW(x)nW(y) = sy[W(x)nW(y).1). In IV5 we shall define what O can be thought of as the family of "fiberwise compact" sets. Y are spaces with support families D and 41 respectively. Supports 23 For x E X let 1(x) = {a I x E Va}. then f W denotes the family on X of all closed subsets of sets of the form f1K for K E 1F. If t is a paracompactifying family of supports on X and if Y C X is locally closed. Suppose that x. Since A is conjunctive for coverings of X. cx n A = cldA and cxIA = CA. Clearly B(t) = s. cx n A is the family of closed subsets of A bounded away from 0. y E X and z E W(x)nW(y).) Let X = R and A = (0. Iti = 1s1 E'. we may further assume that W (x) is so small that sa IW (x) is independent of a E I (x) [since dx = liW A(N). Example. then f' x' denotes the family on X x Y of all closed subsets of sets of the form KxLwith KEcFandLEW. Proof. let us use the subscript Y on the family of supports cld or c to indicate the space to which these symbols apply. then 'F[Y is a paracompactifying family of supports on Y. For each x E X there is a neighborhood W(x) such that y E W(x) = I(y) C I(x) and such that W(x) C Va for each a E I(x). Note that Ao(U) = 0 for all open U C X e* A is a monopresheaf.5. This is the same as the family 7rX1cx. Since I(x) is finite. Proposition. then tnA denotes the family {K n A I K E 4t} of supports on A. then the family ex x cy = cxxy. Let a E I(z) C I(x)nI(y). 13Note that 'IF = o n F for F closed. X = (0. (In other places we let the context determine this. there is a t E A(X) such that tlW(x) = sx for all x E X. then 0(sa)(x) = s(x). we have that 'F[Y = ('FIU)I(U n F). For Y = U n F with U open and F closed. so that it suffices to consider the two cases Y open and Y 0 closed. Definition. Also. .3. 6. If a E I(x). while cx x cldy is the family of all closed subsets of X x Y whose projection to X is bounded (but the projection need not be closed). If A C X and mD is a family of supports on X. Then sx = salW(y). and t[A denotes the family {K I K C A and K E 4 } of supports on A or on X. N ranging over the neighborhoods of x].13 If X. If f : X Y and T is a family on Y. then cldx n A = cldA and CA. If instead.1]. Let sx E A(W(x)) be the common value of saIW(x) for a E I(x).
+1 + G are functions such that f.+1 and f (x) arbitrary if x UoP+1 for any a.1iA). so that v = siU. for a sheaf d on X. G)). G) is a conjunctive presheaf on X. Let A C X be locally closed. that vJ U fl A = tI U n A.. de Rham.. Let v E 58"(U) be a section of with v(x) = t(x) = s(x). 7 Classical cohomology theories As examples of the use of Theorem 6. and let a be a sheaf on A. there are at least two variations: rDnA(.A. by changing the open neighborhood U of x. and Cech cohomology theories.IA(. AlexanderSpanier cohomology Let G be a fixed abelian group. We may assume.AP(U. A(d I A) Proof. Since s coincides with the zero section on the open set X . sJA can be zero only if s is zero.9 ea/(U .. for the case of a support family 4) on X. 6. Now suppose that t E rdiA(g). For U C X open let AP(U. (.dP(X.. [For if f. and let s : X + R" be the extension of t by zero.X) + r(' IA) = r(B) induces an somorphism r.4').] Let . Thus Isl E (DIA. and fp agree on UU+1 n Up+1. The second statement is immediate from the identity (diA)x = IdA.6. Proposition.2 and also for future reference we will briefly describe the "classical" singular. Then the restriction of sections r(. the restriction of sections induces an isomorphism r4.A Similarly.4d on X is denoted by r(. by f (x) = fa (x) if x E UP. . Sheaves and Presheaves 6. A section s E ro (5iix) must have support in A since vanishes outside of A. G) be the group of all functions f : UP+1 + G under pointwise addition. Then the functor U + AP(U. but not here.. Moreover. Thus the group of sections over A C X of a sheaf .IIA).dIA) and r. But v must vanish on U . where U = U U. let 4D be a family of supports on X. In this book the r notation will be used only for the group of global sections.24 I. then define f : UP+1 G.ItI. Of course.v") ' r. AlexanderSpanier. it is often denoted by r(A. It suffices to show that s is continuous. In the literature.7. it suffices to restrict our attention to the neighborhood of any point x E tI. : UP... .(d1A) r. and this completes the proof of the first statement. Hence s is continuous on U. G) = .
This induces products U : dp(X. 14 Note that it is the taking of the quotient by the elements of empty support that brings the topology of X into the cohomology groups. where f : Up+1 . Note that Ao(X.xp+q) = f(xo. G1) ® d'(X.Xp+1)....(. G)). G)/Ao(X..dQ(X .G) + Ap+1(U.X. G1 (9 G2) In particular.G1 ®G2)).. G))). then there is a natural isomorphism AsH(X.(X. G1)))®H9 (r.G1))0 r. L)module. G1)®AQ(U.. G) = HP(A.. G1 ® G2).4°(X... d°(X. G) is an . G)/Ao(X.G) itself is totally independent of the topology.dp(X. G2) ..xp+1) = 1=0 (1) f(xo. G) Hp(r.§7. and Hp(r. G2) + Ap+9(U.p G. Classical cohomology theories 25 The differential (or "coboundary") d : AP(U. G1® G2)))... G. (.G2)) .. (15) There is a "cup product" U :AP(U... Thus two functions f. g : Xp+1 + G represent the same element of AP(X.. Now d is a homomorphism of presheaves and d2 = 0.. ASHH(X. The classical definition of AlexanderSpanier cohomology with supports in the family (D is ASHH(X.G) with d2 = 0..dp+q(X. G1) 0 ASH.dp(X. . G2) + ASH ny(X..Xp) ®g(Xp.(&G2) given by the AlexanderWhitney formula (f U g)(xo..(4*(X.r4n* (.dp+q(X.Xp+q). Thus d induces a differential d:." Thus Theorem 6. G2))) . with d(f U g) = df U g+(1)p f U dg and If u gI C If I n IgI... G) is the set of all functions Xp+1 + G that vanish in some neighborhood of the diagonal.Qy(X. L) is a sheaf of rings with unit. for a base ring L with unit and an Lmodule G.y(dQ(X.2 implies that if 4D is a paracompactifying family of supports. (4Q (X .e. G) a they coincide in some neighborhood of the diagonal.. and each d" (X.. since A*(X.p i..Hp+q (ron+l%(A* (X.G) is defined by p+1 df(xo. r4.G) + dp+1(X.
4) exact cochain sequence 0 + Ku p S` (X.4)) = 0 for all p. where Op denotes the standard psimplex. Then a subdivision argument shows that the surjection ju : S' (X. so that H* (So* (X. . (16) .*) + 0 of 6. (X. an element f E SP(U. then the exact sequence 0 So + S. 4) be the group of singular cochains based on itsmall singular simplices. Spt1(U.. It follows that we can define the coboundary operator d: S"(U.4 is called a "bundle of coefficients. However. Therefore. _d) _ U KK = lin Ku. it is a wellknown consequence of the operation of subdivision that H'(SS(X.") For U C X. if we let Ku = Ker ju. The presheaf is conjunctive since if {Ua} is a collection of open sets with union U and if f (a) is defined whenever v is a singular simplex in some U.*(X.26 I.4))). let SP(U. 4) SS (X.(.] Therefore. and this extends f to be an element of SP(U. Since d is locally constant and Op is simply connected. _d)).%eaj(U H SP(U. That is. (X. if 1 is paracompactifying.2 yields the isomorphism I oH4. Sheaves and Presheaves Singular cohomology Let 4 be a locally constant sheaf on X. then just define f (o) = 0 (or anything) if v Ua for any a. _4 r. 4).ai)) = H*(ln Ku) liar H`(KK) = 0.4) = HP (S. (Classically . 4) is a function that assigns to each singular psimplex v : Op p U of U. a cross section f (v) E r(o *(4)). with value that is independent of the particular index a.4) by df(r) = f(ar) E r(. [We indicate the proof: Let it = {Ua } be a covering of X by open sets and let SP(it. 4) induces a cohomology isomorphism.4) ^ HP(r. (. 4) = .4) . The classical definition of singular cohomology (with the local coefficients d and supports in (P) is AHOP (X. However.d) be the group of singular yo cochains of U with values in 4. r* Let 9"(X. S* (it. 4)) with the induced differential. then H*(Ku) = 0 by the long exact cohomology sequence induced by the short 0. c* (4) is a constant sheaf on Op (as v`(4) is just the induced bundle on Ap). 4) " S* (i[.
G) gives a presheaf on X. L) into a sheaf of rings and each Y' (X. an+1) _  n+1 (1)sc(ao. 4) be the complex of singular cochains based on C°° singular simplices. trivially... an) of members of I such that n Uan # 0 with value Uap... An open set V of X is covered by £tn V = {Ua nV.(X)) However. Jcl _ l9(c)I...1. .15 The de Rham cohomology group of X is defined to be nHH(X) = HP(SZ. = Ua0 n c(aoi . Thus.a. a similar discussion applies. 119.. . G) =1/. Then an ncochain c of it is a function defined on ordered (n + 1)tuples (ao. Thus it makes sense to speak of the support 1cl of a cochain. G). Classical cohomology theories 27 As with the case of AlexanderSpanier cohomology. The coboundary operator d : C (U.an ) These form a group denoted by Cn(. Cech cohomology Let it = {Ua. G) is defined by dc(ao.e..11. Thus we have the cochain group Cn(tin V. .. HP(r. Remark: If X is a differentiable manifold and we let S ' (U. where B : On (9. This defines the cochain group 0'3(U. and the assignment V On (1i n V. G).§7.. . an) E G(Uao. where 4 is a locally constant sheaf of Lmodules. i. G) for a family 4) of supports on X. z=0 15See. G)). G) + G)). and hence a sheaf 'Pn(f. a E I}.(H`)) for any family (17) of supports." (U. d) into an So°(X. we have nH (X) ..:. . the singular cup product makes go (X../(V H On (u n v. for example. G) + On.... L)module. a E I} be an open covering of a space X indexed by a set I and let G be a presheaf on X. Chapters II and V].. the presheaf U 4 Il"(U) is a conjunctive monopresheaf and hence is a sheaf.. . de Rham cohomology Let X be a differentiable manifold and let S2P(U) be the group of differential pforms on U with d : QP(U) + tlP+1(U) being the exterior derivative.
G) = lin uC. On .... Since the direct limit functor is exact. Sheaves and Presheaves It is easy to see that d2 = 0 and so there are the cohomology groups H (it. G). (91..A.. it is legitimate to restrict attention to coverings it = {Ux.G)). G) induced by cp* but independent of the particular refinement projection cp used to define it.. i. . then f induces ... If Li : J . there is a canonical isomorphism H'(01(X.. 000) I VO. We shall study this further in Chapter III. and so it is legitimate to pass to the limit and define the Cech cochain group C. for all x.u : H (il. G) given by Dc(/o.e. G) + C.. (X.(f2J. s=0 provide a chain homotopy between cp* and V)*.G is an AlexanderSpanier cochain and it = {Ux. Vx C U. G) by 'P*(C)(001 . (it. G). Since it does not affect the direct limit to restrict the coverings to a cofinal set of coverings. .H (!V. G) ..Nn) =C(V(130)1. .0. Therefore. /3 E J} together with a function (called a refinement projection) p : J I such that Vp C U'Pipl for all /3 E J. G) = Hn(C.. it commutes with cohomology.. G) p O (iZl. let us restrict attention to the case in which G is an abelian group regarded as a constant presheaf.G).... G) = linuHn (it.. Thus we can define the Cech cohomology group as H (X. V(01). If f : Xn+1 . then the functions D n C +1(U. pn) = E(1)'C(W (Q0). x E X} such that x E U.(it. A refinement of it is another open covering 21 = {V0. which we shall regard as equality. x(01). We wish to define a natural homomorphism from the AlexanderSpanier groups to the Cech groups. there is a homomorphism jn. for a refinement 0 = {Vx. G)). Thus there is a canonical chain map C. .. For the present. In this case there is a canonical refinement projection... x E X}.V(On))IVOO.X.. x E X J is a covering of X.28 I. . the identity map X . (il. This yields a chain map gyp' : O.. .G) .(it.I is another refinement projection.
. G). . induces an isomorphism An(X. ap I c(ao... G) = 0 for p > covdim X..xnEW q 3W. X E V and fuI V = 0 in C(it fl V.G) ti H (X.xEWE)x0.. G) of an ndimensional abstract simplicial complex.. Now. Therefore. . Classical cohomology theories 29 an element fu E On (U. G) by putting fu (X0.§7. I f... G) is the ordered simplicial cochain complex C` (N(il). G) = 0 for p > n. (19) "The covering dimension of X is the least integer n (or oo) such that every covering of X has a refinement for which no point is contained in more than n + 1 distinct members of the covering. G) I c(ao... . It follows that f i+ f... G) = 0 for p > n. which is a subcomplex of N(il). ap) = 0 ¢ K} =1KEi {c E C* (11. (it. G).. I = If 1. Finally.. G).. . NK (U). V.np V_ K} =1hKE.. . xn) = 0 3W..... ap) # 0}. whence HP (X... 17This has the members of I as vertices and the subsets {ao.. (it. .. I = 0 q f...17 For c E CP(it. if X is paracompact.. .. . namely the nerve N(it) of it.. we can restrict the coverings used to finite coverings. Also.. ap ¢ K}. ASHTZ(X. NK(U)..G)/Ao(X.. where NK (it) _ {{ao..G) whence O (X. ap) = 0 if U.. xn) = f (xo.. Therefore H. G) (18) for all spaces X and families 4D of supports on X. G). = 0.. Consequently... . C*(it.. G). . if X is compact... V. X V IfI Sit. . G) is chain equivalent to the corresponding oriented simplicial cochain complex that vanishes above degree n. x E W g f I W n+1 = 0 f(xo.. where Uao.xn)=0 q x V if I. g comes from some gu E Cn(it. an 0 0.. ASH4 (X. G) I JK E D c(ao.. since U is locally finite. and it is clear that gu extends arbitrarily to an Alexander Spanier cochain g. as the psimplices. ap} C I. . .a.. Now.. x 0. .C* (N(it). Consequently.. G) q 311. a E I} such that 0 for distinct ai.. we can restrict attention to locally finite coverings. given g E C* (X. if the covering dimension16 covdim X = n < oo then we can restrict attention to locally finite coverings it = {U. Similarly.. .. xn E V fu(xo. We claim that If. the Cech cohomology groups are not altered by restriction to any cofinal system of coverings. G) we have that Icl = U{U. xn) when U 0 .. Indeed. G)={c E C* (it. f induces liter fu E C* (X.. Now.. .. But C*(N(it). ap} E N(it) I Uao .. Thus C.. X E V 3 xo.
. Exercises 1. Qs A sheaf 9 on X is called projective if the following commutative diagram. Sheaves and Presheaves Singular homology Even though the definition of singular cohomology requires a locally constant sheaf as coefficients.. : I'(o".(X.d) can be defined by n Sn_.)'.p} be a direct system of presheaves [that is. 4.p(U)} is a direct system of groups such that the 1r . If F. see [75] for the definition of the latter. Let R.18 one can define singular homology with coefficients in an arbitrary sheaf 4. with exact row. {BQ(U). is equivalent to Steenrod's definition of (co)homology with "local coefficients". o".d) = I'((v o F. aQ.. define the group of singular nchains by ®I'(o"d). See. can always be completed as indicated: 9. and the case of cohomology. Exercise 12 for a different description of singular homology that has a closer relationship to the cohomology theories. show that (iB)I B ti X. and so it is not a presheaf.9's commute with restrictions]. (S If d is a sheaf on X and i : B # X. .4) . Thus it has a different nature than do the cohomology theories.. Show that 58 and lir . and so the boundary operator a: S.. To do this. (S If X is a sheaf on B and i : B ti X. however. Let {BQ. : On1 + On is the ith face map..d) is covariant. show that i" aT SIB.I'(F.TQ are canonically isomorphic. 2. a where the sum ranges over all singular simplices v : On X of X. then we have the induced homomorphism 77.7rQ.1) of Section 4. Let B = lirjr BQ denote the presheaf U ++ Mini BQ(U).(X.30 I.?he l(B). then this. = 9iieaj(BQ) and gB = . 3.?Ms) 1=o for s E When d is locally constant. for U C X.4) as = D1). 18This will be generalized by another method in Chapter III. The functor U F+ Sn(U.
b) E ad= x M. sQ Let A. Q Let f : X + Y and let 4 be a sheaf on X.U) of presheaves is an isomorphism. f where X is an 9imodule and 4 is an f " Rmodule. Show that the natural equivalence (5) of Section 4 restricts to a natural equivalence cp : Hom f.. Show that the functor Hom(. [Hint: For x E X find a neighborhood U such that . Show that 4 is also locally constant. X . ® I_ = (4 (9 X)_Treat the direct sum in a similar manner.d(f'U) . f 4). Q Let 0 + 4' + . B.0 be an exact sequence of sheaves on a locally connected Hausdorff space X.(.) is a monopresheaf and'that it is conjunctive for coverings of X.) More generally. [The 3module structure of is given by the composition (g.U) '.0.W)(f'U) 8..4. (X.all).X . show that the sequence 10.0 is an exact sequence of constant sheaves on X. (Thus there are not "sufficiently many projectives" in the category of sheaves. then there exists a unique homomorphism h :. ) of sheaves is left exact. [Also.] 9. 11. and T are sheaves on X and if is a map that commutes with the projections onto X and is bilinear on each stalk.ad"(U) is surjective and such that V(U) .U) (which generates A. is exact for any family of supports on X.18. finite) singular chains of X modulo those chains in A.) . 4 12. That is.4(f 9(U) (9 (fd)(U) + (f'.ad(U) . and 4"(U) + 4" are isomorphisms for every y E U. Show that the presheaf U + A*(X. where k : 4A58 + ®58 takes (a.Exercises 31 Show that the constant sheaf Z on the unit interval is not the quotient of a projective sheaf. 6. Show that the homomorphism of generated sheaves induced by the obvious homomorphism A '(X. ® If 0 + 4' sd" ..d. Show that rb (f sd) _ rf. under the defining equality (f4)(Y) = 4(X). 5.ad ..r(. 7. 0.V. = (4A58)x into a ® b E d. Let f : X Y and let R be a sheaf of rings on Y. Deduce that 0 : A.] SQ Show by example that Exercise 9 does not hold without the condition that the stalks of 4" are finitely generated. if 4.4) =+ Homjt(. A) [respectively. (X. X .+ .+ 4" . A)] be the chain complex of locally finite (respectively. Denote this generated sheaf by A. Suppose that ad' and d" are locally constant and that the stalks of ad" are finitely generated (over some constant base ring).sd ®9 + W such that f = hk. show that on a locally connected Hausdorff space without isolated points the only projective sheaf is 0. for any family 4i of supports on Y.p(f ` `.. see IV3. Show that the tensor product of two sheaves satisfies the universal property of tensor products. (x) . (X.
17. Q For a given point x in the Hausdorff space X. ®.tea). Prove or disprove that there is the following natural isomorphism of functors of sheaves .4.4). (r) .(X. (. +0 is exact.). Sheaves and Presheaves is an isomorphism when X is paracompact.U) is not fully conjunctive and hence is not itself a sheaf.\. (Compare 1118. a Hom (4'2fl) Hom( a . Show that (X) + 6(X) is surjective. 19. however. Let X be the complex line (real 2dimensional) and let C denote the constant sheaf of complex numbers.32 I. be the canonical inclusion. while Coker{r. X . and ' the sheaf of germs of continuous realvalued functions on X. ® Let X be the real line. For U C X open show that d : 4d(U) + d(U) need not be surjective. [Note. Show that 0+C p.(Li. B. Let W be the functions on X and let i : Z quotient sheaf of 4 by Z. where i is the canonical inclusion and d is differentiation. Show that 0 + R _' 11 d `6 + 0 is exact. (This provides another approach to the definition of singular homology with coefficients in a sheaf. Show that there are natural isomorphisms Hom and (4'A) r1Hom(. give an example showing that this is false for arbitrary sheaves A1 on X. 9 the sheaf of germs of continuously differentiable realvalued functions on X.(1. let x also denote the 18.f} of supports on X.r2.Yom(x. by putting 0. If f : A + X is a map with f (A) dense in X and off is a subsheaf of a constant sheaf on X.] Also show that 0 induces an isomorphism o. 16. Let IIt denote the constant sheaf of real numbers. Also..(X. Show that Coker{d : 9(X) + W(X)} is isomorphic to the group of real numbers. where d is differentiation.1' (w)} : z.(x) = r. that U 0.r (4 ®* e). Show that ASHT(X. then show that the canonical map Q : Ii + f f'i of Section 4 is a monomorphism.A) = r.d. Let 3 be the sheaf of germs of all integervalued .G) = 0 for all n > 0.) . w)) Pz . Q Let X be the unit circle in the plane. For which open sets U is it surjective? 14.) 13. 15. Let d be the sheaf of germs of complex analytic functions on X.. Qs family {{x}. and 4' on X: .
which 33 . A general Kiinneth formula is derived in Section 15. These sections are central to our treatment of many of the fundamental consequences of sheaf theory. The cohomology groups of a space with coefficients in a sheaf are defined in Section 2 using the canonical resolution of a sheaf due to Godement. and the important notion of "tautness" of a subspace is introduced there. The relationship between the cohomology of a subspace and that of its neighborhoods is investigated in Section 10. and 17 are concerned. In Section 16 we study the concept of cohomological dimension. A sheaf d is said to be acyclic if the higher cohomology groups with coefficients in d are zero. Relative cohomology theory is introduced into sheaf theory in Section 12. The cohomology homomorphism induced by a map is defined in Section 8.Chapter II Sheaf Cohomology In this chapter we shall define the sheaftheoretic cohomology theory and shall develop many of its basic properties. but the results of this section are used repeatedly in later parts of the book. the cup product in sheaf cohomology theory. satisfies the invariance under homotopy property for general topological spaces. both for spaces and for coefficient sheaves. Section 17 treats local connectivity in higher degrees. almost exclusively. such as invariance under excision. Sections 14. In Section 6 we prove a theorem concerning the existence and uniqueness of extensions of a natural transformation of functors (of several variables) to natural transformations of "connected systems" of functors. This section really has nothing to do with sheaf theory. This result is applied in Section 7 to define. with constant coefficients. are developed. 15. and its properties. and to give axioms for." and it follows from the results of Sections 4 and 5 that the sheaf cohomology groups are just the right derived functors of the left exact functor r that assigns to a sheaf its group of sections. Such sheaves provide a means of "computing" cohomology in particular situations. In Sections 5 and 9 some important classes of acyclic sheaves are defined and investigated. This property is an important feature of sheaftheoretic cohomology that is not satisfied for such theories as singular cohomology. In Section 13 we derive some exact sequences of the MayerVietoris type. In Section 11 we prove the Vietoris mapping theorem and use it to prove that sheaftheoretic cohomology. In Section 3 it is shown that the category of sheaves contains "enough injectives. In Section 14 we prove the "continuity" property. with locally compact spaces.
Since exact sequences and direct limits commute." If G is a finite group acting on a space X and if it : X + X/G is the . if 2* is generated by the differential presheaf L*. then P(9?`) = So1eal(U'~ HP(L"(U))) Note that in general. Sheaf Cohomology has important applications to other parts of the book. Smith relating the cohomology of the fixed point set of G to that of X (a general Hausdorff space on which G acts). the sheaf Ker g'/ Im f' is (naturally isomorphic to) the sheaf generated by the presheaf Ker g/ Im f : U Ker g(U)/ Im f (U). it follows that the functor 9%ea1. Most of Chapter III can be read after Section 9 of the present chapter. except for Sections 18 through 21. Section 18 contains definitions of "local cohomology groups" and of cohomology groups of the "ideal boundary.T') = Ker(d : SBP fB B 2P+1)/Im(d : 2P1 ' `2P) The preceding remarks show that ./q (U + HP(2''(U))). Definition.g' V is the two [i.C is a sequence of presheaves of order functor. In Sections 20 and 21 we define the Steenrod cohomology operations (the squares and pth powers) in sheaf cohomology and derive several of their properties. g(U) o f (U) = 0 for all U] and if d induced sequence of generated sheaves. where as usual.rP(2*) = . one can define graded and differential presheaves.'orbit map. VP(9?*)(U) 96 HP(2"(U)). then Im f' and Ker g' are generated respectively by the presheaves Im f and Ker g. This material is not used elsewhere in the book. [For example.e. a homomorphism from the cohomology of X/G to that of X. Similarly.34 II. as does any map. A. All of the sections of this chapter. if we let 2'° = 21 be the "twisted" sheaf with stalks Z on X = S1 and let . In Section 19 the "transfer map.i t 4 2P° d . A "resolution" of a sheaf d is a differential sheaf 2' with 2P = 0 for p < 0 together with an "augmentation" homomorphism c : d 9?0 such that the sequence 0 + ." then 7r induces. Je'(. Thus if A . assigning to a presheaf its associated sheaf. A "graded sheaf" 2' is a sequence {2P} of sheaves.1.. If 2* is a differential sheaf then we define its homology sheaf (or "derived sheaf") to be the graded sheaf . and in general. is defined. *(Y*). 1 Differential sheaves and resolutions 1. p ranging over the integers. 22 4 + 21 is exact. Similarly. A "differential sheaf" is a graded sheaf together with homomorphisms d : !P 2P+1 such that d2 : yP + yP+2 is zero for all p. is an exact ." which takes the cohomology of X into that of X/G. When G is cyclic of prime order we also obtain the exact sequences of P.. are used repeatedly in other parts of the book.
G) j . xp_1) _ f (x. where x is an arbitrary element of U.I... Note that this condition is implied by the condition HLCi .. This is the case a lira oH'(U. Obviously any locally contractible space.. G) provides a differential presheaf 0 + G + A°(U. .. In singular cohomology let G be the coefficient group (that is. G)) is trivial. when is 9" (X. The homology of (1) is just the reduced singular cohomology group aH'(U. there is a neighborhood V C U of x. (3) is the condition that the point x be "taut" with respect to singular cohomology with coefficients in G.. Thus (2) is exact t* the sheaf N k (X..... so that H2(1'(X)) : 7G2..9 eaf(U ++ of' (U.3.... In the terminology of Spanier.. ... G) + Sl (U.§1. 1... G) is the usual augmentation. However.Q) 54 0 for this space. xp) _ >(1)'f(x..xp) _ E(1)'g(xo. this is no loss of generality since we are interested here in local matters).Ye1(X. G) = 0 (3) for all x E X. We have the differential presheaf 0 + G + S°(U... is HLC.. Example.. This generates the differential sheaf 0+G+°°(X.. .Yep(.I. G) a resolution of G? Clearly this sequence is exact at G since (1) is.] 1. and at least in the case of rational coefficients. xo...a=..?*)(X) = 0 for all p. G) + A1(U. (1) where G + S°(U.xp)df(x. such that the homomorphism AHp(V. then 0 0 is exact. xp_1). depending on p... L) + AHp(U.. However. Here we regard G as the constant presheaf U G(U) = G. xp) = f(xo..G). so that .xo. and hence any manifold or CWcomplex. where U ranges over the neighborhoods of x. [A space X is said to be HLCi (homologically locally connected) if for each x E X and neighborhood U of x. the constant sheaf. L) is trivial for p < n. in this case (4) is already exact..91(X. 0 the sheaf o. G) = .xp).. °(X) = 0 = 21(X) and .. Differential sheaves and resolutions 35 9?2 . define g : Up + G by g(xo.xo. The AlexanderSpanier presheaf A*(*.] An example of a space that does not satisfy this condition is the union X of circles of radius 1/n all tangent to the xaxis at the origin. [For if f : Up+1 G and df = 0.G) (2) When is this exact? That is.G)..?2(X) Z2.. the constant sheaf with stalk G.. Example.. Then dg(xo. G) + (4) and hence a differential sheaf.. .2. .°° ?+ yl y2 = Z2..xp) = f(xo. .. It is clear that this is not HLC1.
we put coo (X. see [19. a terminology introduced by Bourgin [10].(`8°(X. this inclusion coincides with the monomorphism 0:9d>4 ff*4of (6)on page 15. as already mentioned in 14. Inclusion of the collection of sections of d in the collection of all ser rations gives an inclusion 4(U) . O 2 The canonical resolution and sheaf cohomology For any sheaf d on X and open set U C X we let C°(U.4)(U) and hence provides a natural monomorphism e:4 .C°(U. xEU Under pointwise operations. this is a group.' + X being the canonical projection. Example. Therefore. That is. 0 + R .) is a family of supports on X. The de Rham sheaf 11* on any differentiable manifold is a differential sheaf and has an augmentation R Sl° defined by taking a real number r into the constant function on X with value r.4)) . and the functor U ' + CO (U. C°(U..2]. which will be denoted by r8 (X. Note that if Xd denotes the point set of X with the discrete topology and if f : Xd + X is the canonical map.] Thus the AlexanderSpanier sheaf 4' (X.36 II. G) is always a resolution of G. d) f f *. O 1.d) be the collection of all functions (not necessarily continuous) f : U ' . (For f : Xd If X as above. 1 is a resolution of R.4.d) _ fl 4x. 7r :. as follows from the Poincare Lemma.4).4 such that n o f is the identity on U. d) = r. 4) is a conjunctive monoJresheaf on X. Such possibly discontinuous sections are called serrations. Moreover.d. then `P°(X. `P°(X. Sheaf Cohomology so that f = dg.4) = `'°(X.4). Hence this presheaf is a sheaf.. which states that every closed differential form on euclidean space is exact. 11° Ill is an exact sequence of sheaves. V9.
. d.. Let d = e o 8 be the composition W'(X. .d) = `8°(X.d") can be regarded as a serration f : X ..§2. [To see that the last map is onto. Thus.4) . inductively. Passing to the limit over neighborhoods of x... so that the sequence 0 +. 0 is exact.4) a.e o rlx (which is unambiguous). Wn(X. This resolution satisfies the stronger property of being naturally "pointwise homotopically trivial.. Moreover..d)) so that 0 ?..d).. 7n (X. `P'n(X. d)x by vx o e = 1 . a) = 71 (X. a) e . for any family 1 of supports. We also define.d E.4)}. V (X.dx.fix .. The canonical resolution and sheaf cohomology 37 is obviously exact. 4) 14 'en+1(X.d E..4".i) .C"t is exact. WO(X.4) Then the sequence  9 4 jZn+1(X.n(X.9" (X. d) .dx that assigns to a serration U + d its value at x. this induces a homomorphism `P (X. 4)x + .d) . for x E U C X consider the homomorphism C°(U. Clearly f is the image of a serration g of d that vanishes wherever f vanishes. we recall that f E C j (X." In fact. we obtain the pointwise splitting V.7n(X. ?'(X. Then If I is the closure of {x I j (x) = 0}. Thus IgI = If [ E 0... the sequence 0. 0 is exact. .d) d. 77x : defining vx : .... is the identity. It is called the canonical resolution of d and is due to Godement [40]. gl(X.d)) ryn+I (X. 0+. d..4) = Coker{e : a + W°(X.W°(X. Clearly 77x o e :. That is. n= .d) + . 4) a + jrn+I(X.1 Let '1(X. + W (X. is exact.d) is a resolution of 4..
dDx + Dxd = 1. and this is what we mean when we say that ''(X. so is 71(X. 4) is an amodule. Then `t7 °(X.d) is an exact functor of 4.e2x Now suppose that 52 is a sheaf of rings and that d is an R module.'d)x. R)module. 4) is a'°(X.. Proof.. Thus 3' 1(X. Definition. 4* = '' (X. all these sheaves are torsion free (i. For a family 4) of supports on X we put C(x. If mil' is a pointwise homotopically trivial resolution of a sheaf W on X (e. We remark. while on Y°(X. the Dx and 77x are natural in 4. ) are exact functors. For a family X we define of supports on X and for a sheaf d on I HH(X. it follows that `B"(X. 4)) is a '°(X. d)). 7"(X. 4)x we have Dxd = vxrlxea = v2a = 1 . Tensoring with 91 preserves these equations and the result follows immediately. Then on `P"(X. Also note that e : d W°(X. By induction it follows that r8"(X..d) and 1"(X.. Moreover. 4) = '°(X.g. on. Sheaf Cohomology [Note that as a consequence of these splittings.d. (W"(x.e. ) is an exact functor. a fortiori. Since '"(X.B for any sheaf 58 on X.d)) = c(x. 4)x is a homotopically trivial resolution of d.d)x n > 0. in degree zero..2. then it would turn out that the cohomology theory we are going to develop would all be trivial). 4) is an amodule.. (5) show that `e"(X. By induction.4)x for n > Owe have dDx + Dxd = eavxnx + vx77xea = eih + vxa = 1. .(X. g)module homomorphism (for if it were. 4) is an 'module homomorphism. These three equations.ei.d) are all exact functors of 4. 4) is pointwise homotopically trivial.d) is an Rmodule. 52)module and. : 4 4x satisfying (5)..38 II.. it follows that CC (X..d). . I . for `B"(X. r/xe=1. . it is an Rmodule. 2.) Let Dx = vxo?7x : `Pn1(X."(x.. . each ' (X.1.. Lemma.4)). Dxd = 1 . that d is not a 'e°(X. in positive degrees. when d is an amodule.4) = r. however.d) and Z"(X. and d is an Rmodule homomorphism. d) = H"(C. The hypothesis means that there are the homomorphisms Dx : dx1 for n > 0 and 71. ) and Z"(X. 4)). Since Y'0(X.e? 7.:. 2. Since C(X. have torsion free stalks) when d is torsion free. then 4 ®B is a resolution of 4 ®.
4)) obtain the natural isomorphism .('1(X. We shall now describe another type of canonical resolution. Denote by MP(X.4) p+1(X.. we r. which is of value in certain situations.d) = HP.(4) H0. Define F..(A.d) s F'(X. .4) by induction on p...d) = r(rp(X..djA). 4)) for any family 1D of supports on X. xp) = J (x0... . . We shall define an epimorphism 'Op : MP(X. xp) of points in X such that f (xo. then we shall often use the abbreviation Hq'. d.. d) into a resolution of ad.d)). The canonical resolution and sheaf cohomology 39 Since 0 r. xp). r. 4)) that is analogous to the definition of AlexanderSpanier cochains. The assignment x0 F Op1(fxo)(xo) E Srp is a serration of 4p1(X.3. x1. .4 is a sheaf on X and A C X. and if T is a family of supports on A. If Op1 has been defined.(A.d)) is exact. let fxa E MP1(X...D(.4'). From a short exact sequence 0 + 4' * 4 + d" + 0 of sheaves on X we obtain a short exact sequence 0H. mod) = '°(X.d) are exact functors of .4). Then both Srp(X. 4) = W°(X.. 9p1(X. .. 4) be defined inductively by 9°(X. and for each xo E X. (X. .d) .'p1(X..p (X. also due to Godement..H (X. We shall define a differential 6 : S'p(X. 4) that makes g' (X. To do this we first give a description of FP(X. Most of the details will be left to the reader since this resolution will play a minor role in this book. ...d) of functors of ..4) be defined by fxo (x1.. xp) E 4 .4) and hence defines an element of CO (X. 4) and Jr'(X.d)+HPp (X.4) and FP(X..r.(X. let f E Mp(X. xl. d ) . . . If ..1d. 4) the set of all functions defined on (p + 1)tuples (xo. d)) = FP (X.4.4") +0 of chain complexes and hence an induced long exact sequence L 2. 4) = rD(gp(X. 2. Let 1Go be the identity.§2.('°(X. Let S'p(X.
For these facts we refer the reader to [401.c%. we have that fx(xl.. .. One advantage of this resolution is that it has a semisimplicial structure. . .. .4) + . Put V (x1.d). xq) there is a neighborhood U(xo. whence Ey (f) = fx E Ker OPy1. xp) = f (X.. let Oi : MP(X......4).. xq) = U(x.. xp) = 0. Sheaf Cohomology We let Op(f) be this element. Specializing to x0 = x we can cut U down so that U = U(x). . let S(t) be any serration of 4 that is continuous in some neighborhood of x and with S(t)(x) = t. .. . Clearly.4).. 4) be defined by P s bf(xo.d) + FP(X. .. [Note that S induces the canonical inclusion e : 4 * W°(X.. To see this. xq1). : 4°(X. . we have produced a pointwise splitting of Jr*(X. d)x fpI(X. 4). By an induction on p it is easy to check that Ker 1/ip consists of all elements f E MP(X. 4) is in KerVip.Jd) = r(Srp(X. .. 4). The description above in terms of the AlexanderSpanier type of cochains has an analogue for W * (X. xq). . .d) with the restriction Fp(X. Op is surjective.4) we have that 66 = 0.M) = '°(X. We now define the differential 6.4). If t E dx. given by Ex (f) = fx... ... etc.. then f (xo. x1.. x2 E U(xo. and thus we obtain a differential 6 on VP(X. .xp+1) _ E(1)tf(x0i. We claim that this induces a homomorphism Dx : 9zp(X.xl).xl. . this implies that 5r'(X.. .. as claimed.xp) = 0.. 4)).4)x.. and the reader may check that Dx6 = 1 . Now. If f E KerOz then there exists a neighborhood U of x such that f I U E MP(U. then f(xo. x2..d) 4.. In particular..d).4 '(X.d) let b f E Mp+1(X.j For f E M'(X. we may define a differential 6 on FP(X. be the composition of iiip : MP(X.d) = A (U ....4) is a resolution We also have 17x of4.. 4) such that for each (q + 1)tuple (xo..x2). Then if x2 E V(x1). xp1)... xp E U(xo..d)) .Fp(U..4) .d) = ..xp+i)+(1)P+1S(f(xo. as before.MP1(X.. Thus there is a sequence of neighborhoods U(xo..4) by 9)p+lb = 611ip.40 II. Note that on FP(X. These definitions are natural with respect to inclusions of open sets U C X..... 6 does not depend on the particular choice function S.... Thus. for p > 0. On FP(X. Thus. whence Dx6+bDx = 1. xP))(xP+1) Z=0 The reader may check that 6(Ker V)p) C Ker Vip+1 and that 6b f E Ker Vip+2 for all f E MP(X.. Consider the homomorphism Ex MP(X. it is easy to compute that Ex6+6Ex = 1.rp(X.r°(X. xq) in U as above such that if each xq E U(xo. .xt.. X3 E V(xl. xq) of xq such that if xl E U(xo)... xp) = 0...
for any subsheaf 4 of a sheaf X on X and for any homomorphism h :. In this section we shall show that there are "enough" injective sheaves in the category of 9modules. But by IExercise 7. 9).0 on X is said to be injective (with respect to R) if. Injective sheaves 41 3 Injective sheaves Let R be a sheaf of rings with unit on X.. 3.. Thus 3. 1 We shall make use of this fact only in the case in which R is a constant sheaf. Then fY is an Rinjective sheaf on X. and it is clear that a sheaf . let I(x) be some injective Rxmodule containing dx as a submodule. Composing this with the provides a monomorphism W°(X. We must show that the functor Homx(.2. Any sheaf 4 on X is a subsheaf of some injective sheaf. homomorphisms will be Rmodule homomorphisms and so on.).w(. xEU (6) with the obvious restriction maps. . Here R and f * R have the same stalks. we need the following preliminary result: 3. Let f : W X be a map and let Y be an f *R injective sheaf on W.0 on X defined by d(U) = fl I (x).') is exact.. With the previous notation. Theorem. 9) is right exact and hence exact (see IExercise 6). then the sheaf. Theorem. which is exact since f * is exact and ' is f * Rinjective.Id .§3.J. the discrete space with the same underlying point set as X. Proof. .q (of Rmodules) there exists an extension X J of h. Proof. f.1.4 is injective if the contravariant functor Hom. is an injective sheaf on X. That is. it is naturally equivalent to the functor Hom f. 4) yields the desired monomorphism d r. An Rmodule .1 immediately yields the result that if I(x) is an injective Rxmodule for each x E X.d) canonical monomorphism 4 `B°(X. Then the inclusion xEU fl 4x 11 I (X) xEU J. since it is just the direct image of the sheaf on Xd whose stalk at x is I(x). We shall now apply this result to the case in which W = Xd. All sheaves on X in this section will be Rmodules. on Xd is injective r* each stalk 2ex is an injective Rxmodule. yt(f * (.' First.
For example. Let 0 + d + 9 be an exact sequence of sheaves on U and let 4 + SIU be any homomorphism.4. Proof. If S is an Linjective sheaf on X.2.. a commutative diagram 'I hl + ° I d +gi I d B + 5o d+ 'V1 d+ topic. Now if k E L. . we detail this and some other items we need about injective resolutions at the end of this section. then there such that di7 + i7d = h' .3.gyp injective and that X + Ker(5° + 51) is a given homomorphism.' Moreover. is a sequence of homomorphisms 5p1 3Recall that (11 U)x = SU C J. it factors to give a homomorphism h : LK + 5 such that s is the image of the unity section 1 of L via L + LK h J. .(5) is divisible (with respect to L) for any family 1 of supports on X. Let Q be the field of quotients of L and let s E . Since S is injective. Moreover.4X+ X V (5JU)X can be completed as indicated since S is injective. Proposition.2 Proof. Because of 3.42 II. "For the benefit of readers with deficient background in homological algebra. yielding the required homomorphism B = 5BX IU + SIU. then I'4.h". standard methods of homological algebra can be applied to the theory of sheaves.9 by g(A1) = axs(x). Then s defines a homomorphism g of the constant sheaf L into . 3. suppose that S"' is a differential sheaf with each . every sheaf has an injective resolution. any homomorphism h : 4 + X admits an extension to a chain map 2* + 9'. Since this kills the subgheaf LX_K. if h'. h" : 2* 77 : 9p 2Also see Exercise 6. The exact commutative diagram3 0 . Let L be an integral domain and suppose that 9l is the constant sheaf with stalks L. that is. Then for any resolution 9?* of a sheaf art. Proposition.4(X) with K = Isi E D. any two such chain maps 2* + J* extending h are chain homo 9' are chain maps extending h. If . then 1/k E Q gives a section of QK that is carried by h' to a section t E 5(X) with Its = K and kt = s. then so is SIU for any open set U C X. h can be extended to h' : QK + J. Sheaf Cohomology 3. that is.9 is an injective sheaf.
To obtain this we need only choose. T) and note that A A is an exact contravariant functor since T is injective as a Zmodule. J F+ r. we see that there is a canonical homomorphism h' : H`(rD(T*)) induced by h : d . 1 O B C 1 O A B C h . the functor B .(9?*) + Since a chain homotopy induces a chain homotopy. We now show how to do this.. The functor 9 HP(r . Now let J' be an injective resolution of & If Y' is also an injective resolution of d and if d = B. it is easily seen that the map A + A.I*)) is called the pth right derived functor of the left exact functor . B). X). (Jrm. for example. Since T is injective.:: Ext _V (5R. This dualizes to give the third diagram. and we let g be the composi tion C ). Since dromg(9l . consult the following diagrams O B t i C.5.§3.q(.+ Hp(I 4 ))) is the pth derived functor of the left exact functor X ' r4. Let L be a ring with unit and let A be an Lmodule. .O n`.d.?' V' induces a chain map of complexes r. (. To see this. V6. Let A denote the Lmodule Homz (A. since a map in the other direction exists and both compositions must be the identity because of the uniqueness. More generally.+ A. The map h exists since A is projective. is a monomorphism. 58) 58 (naturally) we will have that H. Recall that an abelian group is injective as a Zmodule 4* it is divisible. the injective module I(x).5 We let T denote the group of rationals modulo the integers. Injective sheaves 43 Any chain map . h being the identity. X) . taking a t+ a* where a* (f) = f (a).C . X).X)) and is denoted by Ext yr(d.8. [19. Sometimes it is convenient to have a canonical injective resolution of a sheaf.(. We claim that if A is projective then A is injective (as Lmodules). independent of all choices. we see that h* is an isomorphism.B. We shall show in Section 5 that this functor is precisely the functor BF+ Hp (X.21.(X. 3. The composition B >+ B + A is easily seen to be the 5See.v).A A in which we are to produce the map g. Thus H`(r'P(1')) depends only on J6 and not on the particular injective resolution. canonically.
Note.d) f"(X. Define. The discussion in 3.. (More accurately. let d°(X. dn(X.6 It will be called the canonical injective resolution of 4.4) + .4) = do(X. 1(X. it is not an exact functor.'d)1. F(B) should be considered as the free module on B as a basis modulo the cyclic submodule generated by 0 E B. as desired.44 II.d)).. . Sheaf Cohomology original map f.d.4).) as constructed above (for the ring fix). inductively.. and if e : ' d + Y* is a resolution and rl : X + . however.5 already indicated how one can construct an injective resolution of a sheaf just given the fact that any sheaf can be embedded in an injective sheaf. That is.4) +g"+1(X. however. . Then we have the exact sequences 0 +'' + d°(X.'d) = 1(X.. "(X.. f = g o i. Also. we indicate here the derivations of some of the statements we have made about injective resolutions and others we shall need later. which we shall regard as an inclusion.. let F(B) be the free Lmodule on the nonzero elements of B. Now.f (X.. 4) denote the sheaf J of (6) on page 41. where X is a sheaf of rings with unit. y. which concatenate to give the natural exact sequence 0 +.d is a sheaf of amodules. 3. If '.f is a degree zero map of '68 into an injective 6Unfortunately.. d) 0 0 'r(X. Although we discuss this subject in the language of sheaves. by commutativity of the third diagram. there is a natural surjection F(B) » B and hence a natural monomorphism B F(B).I'(X..q1(X. A ++ I(A) is a covariant functor. Moreover. For the benefit of readers who have insufficient background concerning resolutions. The proof of 3.. that is not an exact functor since F is not exact. The composition A >+ A >+ F(A) is then a natural monomorphism into the injective Lmodule I(A) = F(A). everything here can be done in general abelian categories. .d) = d°(X.d + J°(X.d.'d) and (X.4) +'2(X.') + J'(X.) Then F is a covariant functor. for an Lmodule B..2 gives a monomorphism 4 >+ d°(X.'d) is an injective resolution of 'd and is a covariant functor of 4. where I(x) is taken to be I(.d) _> 0. If h : 4 + " 8 is any homomorphism of sheaves on X. Readers already at home with this subject should skip to the next section. 4)). Thus.6..
k°) o e = 77 o 0 = 0. That is. Then 77 =(ic. there exists a map g2 : T2 01 such that d'g2 = hl . Finally. First.k° factors through 2°/4. (h1k1 d°g1)d° = (h' k1)d°d°(g'd°) = (h' k1)d°d°(h°k°) = 0 J1 by the commutativity of the diagram. Consider the diagram 0 . do ® W o and let j° : V° Wo be the projection. Jo such that g' odo = ho .X' + `?* + 0 extending the original sequence. We have the commutative diagram 0 4 'd + h°k° I n+ 0 ' d°4 Y1 q2 d2 hk=0j hlkl I 1 h2k2 1 d1 '%2 d2 'V° + . We wish to construct a chain homotopy g* between 'r1 with g° = 0 and them. Next.a? E+ 2° h1l h° 17 x T 0 in which the top row is exact.d°g1) : Y1 factors through 21 / Im d° _ T1 / Ker d1. The inductive step for the completion of the argument is now clear. 4 1+ 5B 3+ W + 0 of sheaves. Thus (h' . this is the desired equation d1go + gldo = h° . let us show how to construct an extension h* : T* +'Y' of h. This makes the diagram commute. ej) : 58 58° is a . which is exactly the equation we are after. given an exact sequence 0 .k' . since 91 is injective. Injective sheaves 45 differential sheaf. is extends to give a homomorphism g1 2 .V. Now suppose that h'.d°g1. Thus h° . let e : T '" be an injective resolution and let is : 58 >+. . and d° induces a monomorphism µ 2°/4 21. Put 58° _ . and W' of them and an exact sequence 0 + d' .k' . Since 6T° is injective. Now.§3. we wish to construct injective resolutions 4*. k* : W" + J` are two such extensions of the same map h : 4' + 9. The inductive step is now clear. Therefore..k° Since g° = 0 by definition. which has (h° .k".d° be a monomorphism into an injective sheaf. where d* stands for the differentials in both + 2'* and J'. we want homomorphisms g" : Tn do1gn gn+1d" = h" . 5B'. The map h° extending 77 o h exists since Jo is injective. the induced diagram can similarly be completed.
where d1 is W1 some injective sheaf.0 induces the connecting homomorphism H 1(X.D (2*)) . We shall see in Section 5 that injective sheaves are 4Dacyclic for all C Let W* be a resolution of the sheaf 4. and we let y be the composition HP(r. Thus we have: Now (7) and (8) are isomorphisms if each 2' is .. 4 Acyclic sheaves Let 4> be a family of supports on X and d a sheaf on X. which was chosen to consist of injective sheaves (and hence 58* also consists of injective sheaves). The sheaf d is said to be 4iacyclic if H.(d P1) + r.. which is an isomorphism when 2p1 is obacyclic.(2*)) + H (X..pr). Next.1* inherits a differential and is a resolution of a.(2') y r 4.. where 70 = 4. The exact sequence 0 . Moreover. Sheaf Cohomology monomorphism and j° o 7 = e o j.Hlp(X. (yP1) (Note that the next term is 0 if monomorphism 2P1 is (Dacyclic. jP1) (7) [since 0 + r'. a) =0. the exact sequence 0 2Pr P"+1 .16 (X. by looking at the quotient of J0° by Im r) there is a map K° : V0 + d1 with Ker k° = Im i. ..(7P)) 1) H(X. The inductive step should now be clear.(2p1) .4*) and a map j* : JR* W* of resolutions extending j.'p + 0 induces the exact sequence 0 + r.(2p1) ' r.(7') . 4) Let 7P = Ker(2P + . H (X. '.(7p) Im(F4. as follows by looking at the long exact homology sequence (of derived sheaves) associated with the short exact sequence 0 .. .pr+l) + H(X. 7p2) ..(7P) + r.) Thus we obtain the HP(r.r. Then define X1 = 41®W1. for allp> 0. j* is the projection and thus has kernel 4 . By a simple diagram chase. '70).p(Y*)) = r. with g 1 : Bl being do ®V the projection and with do = (tco d° jo) : Xo = W' = X1 Then j 1d° = d° j°. ? +l) = Im(YP1 2P).d* J6* + W* + 0 of differential sheaves.46 II.7pry1 + P1 . We shall describe a natural homomorphism 'Y : HP(r. and it gives a resolution B* = d * ® ` * of 58* (but the differential is not the direct sum d' of that on W* and the one to be put on . (8) H(X.p1) HI (X. Also. ( ' is exact].
4..1.nu(41U) is surjective for all open U C X. whence C (X. In particular. r'D(2'3) is exact. 0 5 Flabby sheaves In this section we define and study an important class of 1acyclic sheaves containing the class of injective sheaves. 5. But WO (X.r . we will show that injective sheaves are 4iacyclic for all 1). (X. . Proposition. (. Proof. . then r . A similar statement holds regarding connecting homomorphisms.e.(21) .d) H (x.3.(. If d is flabby on X and 4i is any family of supports on X. A sheaf d on X is "flabby" if 4(X) p 4(U) is sur3ective for every open set U C X.: H. If Y* is a resolution of d by 4 acyclic sheaves.1.2. then the corresponding sequence r1(2°) i r.(2')) = 0 for all p. Definition. We must show that HP(r.v) th )) also commutes. Flabby sheaves 47 4. 5. 4.1 we have Hp(r. 0) = 0.(W')) . then the induced map HP(re(`2*)) + HI(r..(`' )) HP(r.Hlb (X. but we shall not need it.(M*)) is an isomorphism. a chain map) then HP(r. 0) = 0. then the natural map y : HI(r.. Corollary. 0) since 2' is a 4iacyclic resolution of the zero sheaf 0.1 4 y2 r4.1 that if 2` i!!' is a homomorphism of resolutions by 4bacyclic sheaves of the same sheaf d. Naturality means that if the diagram If 1h commutes (h being a homomorphism of resolutions. and it follows that WT (X.2.§5.b (Y*)) . If 0 + 27° 0 2. 0) = 0 for all n. H (X.(22) is an exact sequence of Dacyclic sheaves. i.d) .. Theorem. d) 0 is an isomorphism for all p. 0) = 0 and H (X. Note that it follows from 4.. By 4.
We can extend tI U to some t' E . Theorem. Let S E J(U). such that t represents sJU E d"(U). tIV n W .e. are flabby.d"). Moreover. t) and shows that V = X.A'IU is flabby for U open in X. Proof..(4). Proof.J. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. Then Isl = K n U for some K E C Then s extends by 0 to the open set U U (X . Let W be the collection of all pairs (U.4'(U) .48 II. where px E Rx for x E U clearly extends to a homomorphism h :. t') E `6 for some t' E 4(W) (which clearly exists). 0 + r. This contradicts the maximality of (V. . a chain in W has an upper bound. it follows directly from the definitions that Y°(X.d + d" + 0 be exact and suppose that 4" is flabby. Therefore It . t) < (U'. We may consider d' as a subsheaf of mod. Every injective module 4 over a sheaf R of rings with unit is flabby. d). t E 4(U). For any sheaf Id on X.t'I = IsI E C The last statement follows from the exact commutative diagram 0 4'(X) . Suppose that V # X. Then Its C K and so t E r .(4") + 0 as exact. Extend this arbitrarily to t E r(id) using that 4 is flabby. 0 . 4(X) + 4"(X) + 0 1 0 .I s I and note that t I U E 4'(U). t') if U C U' and OU = t. Let x V V and let W be a neighborhood of x such that (W. Let s E r. since . Then for any family 4) of supports on X. U open in X.(4') .:d'(X) since is flabby.4. t). Since 9 is injective. say (V.. h extends to a homomorphism g : R . and hence W"(X.3.4'(U) + 'd(U) 1 1 'd"(U) . Thus the section x + g(lx) of 9 extends s to X. r.. Now put U = X . Let s E rtnu(MIU). Order `e by (U. 4 is flabby Gs is flabby. Then t and t' + t" agree on v n w.t'I V n W E 4'(V n W) and hence extends to some t" E M'(W) since 4' is flabby. 4(U) + 4"(U) # 0 is exact..3u J.4). Now. Let 0 + 4' . so that together they define an element of d (V U W) extending t and representing s on V U W.W) and g' (X.(. 5.t' represents s on X and is zero on U. 5.K). In particular. its union) and hence has a maximal element. Then t . 0 1 0 and a diagram chase. r4' (4) . Then '' is inductively ordered (i. Proposition. The map W I U + JIU defined by px'i px s(x). t).
9. 5. If f : X . then f4 is flabby on Y.10. 5.7. it follows from the last part of 5. Corollary.c (X. then iX = UT. then IIx 9?x is flabby. as was to be shown.(X. .'n(X. Thus if we apply the functor r1. If {2x 1 A E A} is a locally finite family of sheaves on X then H"(X.Y and d is a flabby sheaf on X.4 and of "flabby...d) are flabby when d is flabby.d) is flabby when 4 is flabby. This is immediate from the definition of f. Proposition.5.3 and 5. It follows immediately that the concatenated sequence o r. 1. all r (X.. (. to the exact sequences 0. A flabby sheaf is 4iacyclic for any 4?. Flabby sheaves 49 5. 4) is always flabby. we obtain exact sequences.. then &X is flabby on X.d) + jV+1(X. Theorem.. Proof. is exact. This follows from the definition (flx '. 5. Corollary.4) * 0 In = 0. Proof. Since `'°(X. The functor d F. Proof. . .)(U) = i jx(YA(U)). A family {Sea A E A} of sheaves on X is said to be locally finite if each point x E X has a neighborhood U such that 2' I U = 0 for all but a finite collection of indices A.d) . ." 5. 5. If i : F '. 4) .8. By induction.6.(X.4) is the pth right derived functor of the left exact functor r4.X is the inclusion. 2x). Proof.(X..1.5.. 4) = 4]. . 5. This follows immediately from 4. H.d) . If F C X is closed and 9 is a flabby sheaf on F.§5.d) . If {2x I A E A) is a family of flabby sheaves on X. If A is finite then this holds for arbitrary support families.4 that ?" (X. IIx 2x) 1x Hp(X.c.. and where 70(X. Proof. Corollary. Proposition..
due to the fact that the union of a finite collection of members of is a member of 5. This example shows that 5.10 does not hold for general support families. Il. If elf is constant with stalks M. HA Sea = ®a Sea. If we let 2a = W *(X. Let L be a principal ideal domain.d *L .. 7G{1.. Let L be a principal ideal domain.1/2.9. Then 2'. } is not.T.(2.(X. Then is locally finite.)) when A is finite. Corollary.50 II. d is flabby. (The unique serration of that is 1 at all the points 1/n is continuous over (0. Let Tn = Z{.ill) . Then with 4* = W*(X. 5. Let 9. which is countable..\ (rb(Se.t (flA i ) = [I.9. it suffices to consider the case of a cyclic Lmodule !! = Lk = L/kL for which 4 has no ktorsion. Example.14.. 2ea).i is flabby but 2 = ®.. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. then {tea} is also locally finite.){o} = 0... while rln(H°(X.. H)) for any family 1 of supports on X. H'(r. Proof. It is flabby by 5.4 since d ®L L .) ®.)) = Iln(I". 9?. Let x1 be a sheaf of Lmodules on X and let tf be a locally constant sheaf of Lmodules on X with finitely generated stalks such that d *L A1 = 0. Proposition.) Note that for this example.) {01 0. The last statement follows from the fact that I'. Z is uncountable.13. This example shows that 5. Z..1.. and it follows that (Ila 2a). Since HA is exact.)) Fl.9 does not hold for (infinite) direct sums instead of direct products. Since flabbiness is a local property by Exercise 10. 0 5. Since a direct product of flabby sheaves is flabby by 5. (Sen){o} = 0 for all n and ((Dn '..) = r. it suffices to treat the case in which </# is constant.12..} on X = IR.Y. 0 5.4). the fact that H. oo) but not at 0 since it does not coincide with the zero section in some neighborhood of 0.a is a resolution of [IA . commutes with r. The result then follows from 4. but (jl.. Clearly H°(X. there is a natural isomorphism ®L.4 ®L ) ^ H*(r.11. . If d is a flabby sheaf of Lmodules on X and 41 is a locally constant sheaf of Lmodules on X with finitely generated stalks and with . Then the exact sequence 0*14®LL k+d®LL4®LLk40 shows thatId ®LLk is flabby by 5. = 7G{1/. it follows that na.:. then d ®L IS flabby.A( = 0.(4 ®L. .} on X = R. and the fact that flx is exact. Example. then also FH.D (4') ®L M). = jlA(YI)y since locally near x. .a for locally finite collections.n (IIn Se. Y.
is a flabby resolution of 4 ®L elf by 5.13. Let 0 i d + X `8 . let 2'. Let p : H*(r4.'d*. Now rb(. and similarly for R. If M is a finitely generated Lmodule. Since .1. and let 2' + ' + d * extend 4 + 58 + W..1..(4* ®L M) Pt r4l(4*) ®L M.d*)) . Then it can be shown that p maps this induced sequence into the cohomology sequence of 0 JR + `P 0 so as to form a commutative ladder. 4' *L .3 and 5. Denote W*(X. 0 is exact. It follows that r4. it is clear that p is the identity. J' could be replaced by any tacyclic resolution. 1*.sd* has no torsion that 4 does not have. (Use the fact from 3. when 2' _ 'B'(X.5 the induced map H*(r1. It is easy to see that p does not depend on the choices made. Flabby sheaves 51 Proof.ill') .H*(rp(.§5. since it is just a finite direct sum of copies of rD (4*).ld*.(X. and . T' a resolution of 4. whence the second statement El follows from the first.A) + Et (.) . and A(* be resolutions of 4.r4. and `' respectively. Also. One can see without much difficulty that p = (1)p(p+1)/2. provided the indicated maps from 9?' and d' exist.4) be the composition (X. Assume further that 0 + r.(2') r.4) by d'.p(. We conclude this section with an improved version of the map ry of Section 4. 58.4).d) _ .2 together with 5.6 that a short 4 exact sequence can always be extended to a short exact sequence of injective resolutions and use Exercise 47.A( = 0.y where y is the isomorphism of Section 4. By 4.4* an injective resolution of 4.d')®LF..0 be an exact sequence of sheaves on X. The sequence o. see [24. Thus and so 4* ®L the first statement follows from 4. then there is an exact sequence 0 + R F + M + 0 with R and F free and finitely generated. It is of more importance that p is easier to work with. V7. We can find homomorphisms of resolutions (unique up to homotopy) Y* +Y* .11.(4* (&LR)'rP(M'(&LF)+rP(.t'®LF) rt(.(2*)) H. Let 4 be a sheaf on X. For example. 5.(. Note that p is an isomorphism when SE' is 45acyclic.13 and 2.d'(&LM)+ 0 is exact since d'®LR is flabby by 5. so that there is an induced long exact sequence in homology. but this is immaterial and will not be proved here.%*)) is an isomorphism.15.
where 91 is a fixed sheaf of rings with unit. Chapter XIII.Fn(d') . p.4)' WO (X.. 6) is a sequence of functors F" : 4 formations 6 : F' (4") Fn(4). I Fn+l(e).d 4" . 0 in ' such that the induced long sequence .Fn(4) . A basic reference is [58. I.. Remark: The class of pointwise split short exact sequences is admissible because there is a splitting d. Every pointwise splits short exact sequence is in 61. "'The results of this section remain true if we replace the category of all sheaves by that of *modules. .4')x . and such that a commutative diagram 0 1 . 367] is admissible provided it contains all pointwise split sequences. any "proper class" in the sense of Mac Lane [58. together with natural transFn+1(4') defined for all exact sequences 0 . Chapter III]. All functors will be additive covariant functors from the category of sheaves to that of abelian groups. (9) 0 1 1 0 'T 0 (the rows being in of) induces a commutative diagram F(4") L Fn+l(4') Fn(df) L 8See 15. 4" + 0 will be said to be admissible if the following three conditions hold: . Also.adz by definition and a splitting `'°(X. the sequence 0. Sheaf Cohomology 6 Connected sequences of functors In this section we prove an elementary theorem on functors of sheaves that will be basic in following sections. It will be useful in defining and proving the uniqueness of various homomorphisms involving cohomology groups. Fn(. n an integer... All sheaves in this section are sheaves on a fixed base space X. then regarding 4' as a subsheaf of 4.. ..dz as shown in Section 2.1.52 II. 0 is in 61. d) I'd' .WO (X.4'. An 'connected sequence of (covariant) functors (F*. If 0 a 4' 4 4" 0 is in 6'.d") L Fn+1(4') is of order two.9 is closed under isomorphisms of exact sequences. Also see [80. .7 A class ' of short exact sequences 0 + 4' 4 .
. ). FP(.. by a transformation bt' extending 6'.(X.. F°(4') is surjective for all d.. and 6' are compatible. for some admissible °' D 6'... j # i...t. ..... . of course. .xl) = 0 if p > 0 and 4 has the form '°(X. "'.dl. pn are fixed except for the ith...9 The standard examples are. (b) If for fixed indices pj..7b= for all i..Pn (. .d) for any given family 4) of supports on X. Theorem. Connected sequences of functors 53 "Connected" will stand for d'connected when G' consists of all short exact sequences. F* (. . and for fixed variables 43.d1) ®. . 9For one can resolve any sheaf by injective sheaves of the form W°(X.Jan).. b) fundamental if the following three conditions hold: FP(. the induced sequence (9) is exact... Jan) is G°'connected. then together with b we obtain an &connected sequence of functors of one variable. These conditions imply that FP is the pth right derived functor of the left exact functor F°.. 4n) that are compatible with respect to 6..... .. . For any short exact sequence 0 + d' + 4 + 4 + 0. bn) are fundamental connected sequences of functors and that (F'.d) H. J1 i . bl ). then TP is an isomorphism for all d and p.d1) (9 . (c) If n = 1 and (F*.. 6') is also fundamental..An are fixed except the ith. Suppose that (Fl .Pn to natural transformations : F11(.. bl. We shall call a connected sequence of functors (F*. then: (i) If TO : F°(.. Assume that we are given a natural transformation of functors T°..bi.0(4k.. An 6connected system of multifunctors is a system (F'. and b' for all i.fin) __+ Then: F°. the sequence of functors d t u+ F"'. where F* .. (see below for the meaning of "compatible").41i . then b. ®FnP" (Idn) + FPI.... = b.d) the TP.. ®Fn (.2.j when this is defined. then so are all (ii) If To is injective for all a and is an isomorphism ford flabby..* is a system of functors of n variables (where n is fixed) indexed by ntuples of integers.. (F.... 58) for some sheaf B.0 : F°(. (. bn). and we also require that btb... 6.... j 0 i. and all variables . with d' admissible.bn) is an e°connected system of multifunctors of n variables...`. (a) There exists a unique extension of TP1. .1. 6.§6. such that if all indices pl.. .d) = 0 if p < 0.
1 .4..F2(. .Pn (. then b.P".) for some c...1dn) ..* to the sequences  4p Fl(j'p1) . the kernel of this map contains the images of all of the induced  maps p. Similarly for FP'..P" (a1 ®.. Moreover..1(T(b1®.0 and F = F°' 0.. which is exact at the second term.(c.(9 bn)) = i1(T(bi®. E 1d.. .. (c.(9 bj ®... using the fact that 6'. E 7 P..®).. ®. n " ('ten) ` FP'......(9 bn)) = 0...Pn : F1' (41) ® . nn) ' FP".. . ® F .... Then the composition of the b...®bj (9 .® an) = Let us use the abbreviations J'p = 3'P(X. The "compatibility" of 6..Pa) (10) we obtain the sequence of homomorphisms F°(Wp1) F..) and 'p = reP(X...'n") in TP.. = 77(p.P.. + 0 (... and a. Now. and `' 1 = 0.(r7yPl r . .) whose kernel is the image of A. = 0. ®an). for brevity....P'i)....a. E F°(`8. Sheaf Cohomology Proof.) for j # i... _ F(d P' . if b.`(4t) :F0(reP. . so that r1(T(bi®. = A.P" (a1 ®.1 t nP") (the T term in only the ith variable) so that 77p.+1.. TP. d . .1) F0(3'P. Also.. Applying F. F.dt). and y3(bj) = 0 for some j..6' = the composition of the bt's of the sequences (10) in any order yields a canonical homomorphism: ry dn)..d1.4...54 II.(9 bn))) Therefore the map T : F°(ji') ® duces a unique compatible map ®F° (. and b' means that if 0 + dt is in 61 and if a. (& 6..)(& . where 70 = d. E FP` then b=TPI... 1 P.. 1 t P.. . let T = To . of the sequences (10) yields canonical surjections 'yt : F°(" P') ..1(7p) .n) P" .
F1+1(. (9 ryn (an))) It is clear from the definition of that the b's are compatible W°(.1(.... that bTP(a') = TP+1(bla'). able B = d.dn).d') ) b. But then it suffices to prove the case of one variable. d3...... The sequences (10) are of this form. .. and the transformation SP' (Q) = TP'.d' 4" 0 be in 8 and consider the commutative diagram with exact rows 4 0 4i 4 4 + 0 0 4' 4' II k T + W°('d)/. note that maps onto Fr(Wo(. .. (12) However.d')/(Imk*). For one variable. . + Fl T9 _'1...§6. (9 an) = rl(T ('Yl 1(ai) ®. we must show that if a E Fl (.. (b) is contained in (a). However.d') 11 0 and a map of this into the corresponding diagram for F.d) on the class of short exact sequences of the form 0 + d J' 1(.. . Thus it suffices to show.x') + 0 all of whose rows are in R... Applying F1 (respectively F) we obtain a commutative diagramlo Fl(d) Fi(d") FP+1(1Y/) I Fl (`. Flp+1(d') 4 0 F'i (`P' ° ('Y')) F'i (31(.. 0. we need only of one variconsider the functors F` and &7! FP' . Thus to complete the proof of (a) we need only prove (b).°('d)) I I  V if..p v) + 0... bTP(a) = bf*TP(a) = bTP(f"a) and TP+1(6ja) = TP+1(bl f*a).d)/.P' (a1.. d)/....) Thus it suffices to prove (12) for a' = g* (a") 10Note that for p > 0 the bottom two groups in the first column are zero.4') 1+ 3. Therefore we need only complete the proof of (a) for the case of one variable. then 6TP(a) = TP+1(61a). (Also note that the kernel is Im P.d').P (al ®. Connected sequences of functors 55 given by TPI... Denoting bi by b. an) FP'(V) B) .ld' T9 0 0 ce°(. for a' E Fl (W°(. E FP' (d. and ca. Let 0 + ..P.) for j # i.d").. for if we fix p..
Theorem 6. ) (additive and covariant from the category of sheaves on X to that of abelian groups) together with a natural isomorphism of functors TO : 2.(Y.3.X) .f*d)'H (X.j. gig') I in cohomology.f*X) of functors compatible with connecting homomorphisms. We have the natural transformation FO (X) = rj. B') I Hil. Section 8.Y and let ' and' be families of supports on X and Y respectively such that f 1 C D. Also. completing the proof of (a) and (b).)_. (9) rt141 (f*X) ..HN p(Y. (Y.(X.B) is a fundamental connected sequence of functors of sheaves T on Y. See [58. (Y.a") = TP+1(d1g*a") = Tp+1(bia') as was to be shown. Sheaf Cohomology for some a" E Fl (. We compute1' 5Tp(a') = 6T)(g*a") = 6g*TP(a") = bTP(a") =def TP+1(b. since X .(X.(f*T) = F2 Therefore.f*V")_+HOP+1(X. %") 1 .i')). but they are sufficient for our purposes. (Y.. "In this computation g* stands for both FP(g) and FP(g) and similarly for f*. T) . Example. Part (c) is an elementary application of the fivelemma. which will be left to the reader. (X. I H. " 0 of sheaves gives rise to a commutative ladder Hi. . This means that an exact sequence 0 X + .+1(y. .r4.56 II.f*. Chapter XII] in this regard.2 gives us a natural transformation f* : H.H.HP(X. F2 (M) = H. This will be generalized and discussed at more length in O 7 Axioms for cohomology and the cup product A cohomology theory (in the sense of Cartan) on a space X with supports in ' is a fundamental connected sequence of functors H. f *. Let f : X . Then Fi (58) = Hy. Remark: The conditions defining a fundamental connected sequence are more restrictive than is necessary.H4. 6. (X. is exact. f*T) is a connected system of functors of X. (X.71(. ).
q(ed". Similarly. d) ®II (X.d ® 3' 1 1 + all ®. Theorem.d) = H (X. Let e be the class of pointwise split short exact sequences. )The following theorem similarly defines and gives axioms for the cup product in sheaf cohomology. ). B') is taken to be (1)P6. B") + FP. and FP9(. and we take bi : FP. any cohomology theory is naturally isomorphic to H... u : r. 7.) FP+1 q(.9(.(X. (X.4®. Let Fl (. ®r* (B) + r tn* (d ®58) is the transformation induced by the canonical map 4(X) ®J6(X) (4 ®B)(X) (b)If0+ d' 0 4'®JR d®58 4" ®B + 0 are exact. Let 4D.d'®B 1 'd ®a . then for a E HH(X.2.. If El :0 + 4' +.3. then for a E HH(X. Proof.. .Q E H. then 4 ®B + 4" ® 66 + 0 is exact for all 58.(X. 9") we have b(a U. then applying C.d. if E2 : 0 X + .4. T) we have b(aU/3) = baU/3.d) and a E H. then 0 + .1. X) + Hpnw(X..d + 4" +0isin '. ) of this sequence. of ISection 5.T) to be the connecting homomorphism b on H4nq.'d ®a) (13) called the "cup product" and satisfying the following three properties: (a) For p = q = 0. d"®9 I 0 0 0 0+d'® I 0 I 0 . ' .d ®58' 4 ®58 + d ® 0' + 0 is exact. (c) If0 58' B+0"+0and 0®B'®8+d®B" 0 are exact. d) and F2 (58) = Hil. ' be families of supports on X. Then there exists a unique natural transformation of functors (on the category of sheaves on X to abelian groups) U : H4)' (X.(X. to the diagram 0 0 0 1 0 1 d' 1 . 4") and .9B" 0 is in of.X)=Hen*(X. If El and E2 are both in '.(X.q+I(4. Axioms for cohomology and the cup product 57 By Theorem 6.d. 58).41' .. and 62 : FP.§7.3) = (1)Pa U 6.. 0 1 0 .
Corollary.HH. one needs to show that the class of sequences 0 4' * d .3. This is immediate because the only thing needing proof is that WO a W°(X.2. 4' ® anticommutes. 4) ®. 4) splits pointwise.1 could be replaced by the commutativity formula of 7. 4) and (3 E Hy. Remark: Clearly either of the conditions (b) or (c) of 7.2 to the fconnected system of trifunctors (with 9 being the class of pointwise split short exact sequences) FP. .. is admissible. by definition.4' ®.'d) r?'(X. (b) and (c) can be restricted to sequences of the form 0. Proposition. 61162 = 6261.* ( .2.58 II. We are to show that the two ways of defining the map H.1. and the other tensor product by the tensor product over I'(91). the latter being a monomorphism because the canonical monomorphism 4 >> 'e°(X. and it is a wellknown algebraic fact that the induced square Hn (X.2. Thus. we have that aU(3= (_1)P9T*(0Ua). [To get the full (b). and so it must coincide with the cup product. Let T : B ®. Proof.(X. 4) is given by T(a (9 0) = (l)P9.4 ®B and .(X. Thus we apply Theorem 6.. Then for a E H(X.1p(X. then T"` o U o T is immediately seen to satisfy the hypotheses of 7. . The cup product is associative. r e ) = H nifne (X .] Remark: For uniqueness.d 4 ®X be the canonical isomorphism.(X.T)0He(X.. Sheaf Cohomology we obtain a commutative diagram of chain complexes. Remark: If we restrict attention to the category of Wmodules where 91 is a sheaf of rings. and this is just the composition of the monomorphisms 4' ®B >.4)®H9(X. for X given..4 W°(X. and similarly for (c).4" + 0 satisfying the conditions of (b). 4) 0 H..d ®B >> re°(X. The theorem now follows from 6.(X.Q.B) 0 H (X.A) +0. If T : H. .') 16 Jl H ng. This is an easy consequence of the following result. X). Proof. then in (13) 4 ®58 can be replaced by the tensor product over .0 ® a. 4) ®5B is a monomorphism.4®V® `8) agree. .) .(X. 7. `P') ' Hpn ne(X. Hence aU$= (T* oUoT)(aU)3) =r*((_l)P9/3Ua). M11 ®0") I6 HIn (X. 7. 4 0 V (9 ).Y1" H n°y(X.
z1' d®LIV by h d. a x 0 = irj(cx) U 7ry(0).e1 4 makes H.) = H°(X. Let /3 E r(. and ' and ' families of supports on X and Y respectively. Following 7rX and Try with the cup product.®R). 4) It follows from 6.. Note that c x II = (1P x Y) n (X x W). Therefore we have the induced homomorphism h'd. then we put 61 ' = 6.Q. 5B).3 we defined a natural homomorphism and Try aX : H4. We use the notation D x Y = :XxY irX1(D) and X x W = iry1(W). We shall allow the reader to develop the properties of this product. Then 0 induces a homomorphism h.d) H'xy(X x Y.d = . The result follows immediately. Moreover. Let L be a ring with unit and let d and 58 be sheaves of Lmodules on X.2 that H (X. 6 = (1)Pb.2.r'.d) called the cross product. Let 7rx : X x Y + X Y be the projections.R : H4(X.+ 4 ®L L and so h 1(a) = a. the map R ®. R) into a ring (with unit if R has a unit and 4 consists of all closed sets) called the cohomology ring of X. we obtain the homomorphism x : HP(X.p(a)(x) = a ® /3(x) for a E dx. (This also follows directly from 6.. whence aUl=a. then h. 4) into an for any W D C Let X and Y be spaces.(1)) and similarly with Try.(X. d and R sheaves on X and Y respectively. (The reader might investigate generalizing this to the case /3 E r (B).(X. Thus R) HX41 (X X Y.d.p:.) . Axioms for cohomology and the cup product 59 where if 6 is the ordinary connecting homomorphism of H. (14) hp(a)=aU/3.1 is the canonical isomorphism . d ®L 5B). for any Rmodule d.ir . 7.d. (X. and 63 = (1)p+Qb on Fp.n.) If 58 = L and /3 = 1 E r(L)..§7.4. then the product R OR + R together with the cup product makes H. In Example 6. If R is a sheaf of rings.vne.
' 4and . B are vector spaces over the field L.15 this becomes the cup product. xp+9) .0(x).3 HP(X. which will be left to the reader. A ®L B). ... Chapter VI]).ld(& V) defined by (f U g)(xo. Then we have the natural map which induces a product HP(rb(Y'(d))) ®H°(rk(A.4 .p(L) = Im{hL..b:H(X.(X. where 1 ®Q : a ®L L 4 ®L B is (1 0 0)(ax 0 Ax) = a® ® ax. This is just a matter of easy verification of the axioms for the cup product. Sheaf Cohomology Note that (14) factors as H. that we are given a functorial homomorphism of differential sheaves 9?* (. moreover. 7.. B) is the constant section with value b.60 II. which is given by hA.:: 58} of 58 is a direct summand.d) ® Y` (58) . if X is connected and A... Then any element 0 # b E B induces a monomorphism hA. Suppose. In particular.. For example. then 0$ a E HH(X.A(&L B). In particular.. A). then hip is a monomorphism..ll *) are exact functors carrying a sheaf d into a resolution of d by (Dacyclic (resp. if the subsheaf hL. with the usual sign convention (1(9b)(a(9 b) = (1)de$na(9 bb. B) * U.xp+4) = S(f(xo. We claim that under the isomorphisms p of 5. We conclude this section with remarks concerning the "computation" of the cup product by means of resolutions.A). [19...p : L L ®L 58 . the map U:Mp(X. see. where Q E H°(X. with the notation of Section 2..(_W))) . %Pacyclic and 4) n Wacyclic) sheaves.. dl' (4 (9 B) (where the source has the total degree and differential 1 ® b + b 0 1. Particularly note this in the case in which L is a field and the coefficient sheaves are the constant sheaves A and B (vector spaces over L)..14®L 9).(X.4) H.4' ®L L) (i®Q)' HPt(X.4)0MQ(X.xp))(xp+4) 0 g(xp) ... It follows that a U 0 54 0 when a 54 0inthis case. ?* (4) (respectively. 0# Q E H°(X.5. for example.B)+ Mp+a(X.b(a) = a U Q. Suppose that ..H(X.
2. aB))) which. put 9'(4) = 27' ® . 4 ®`J8) is induced by r.(X. In the preceding discussion. and let 2' be a resolution of L consisting of sheaves that are torsion free and both Dfine andfine (varieties of acyclic sheaves to be defined in Section 9). (W*(X.) Since Y* is torsion free.d ®.W) [with d(a U 0) = da U 0 + (1)pa U d0]. . Let 4) and IF be paracompactifying families of supports on X. and hence the preceding remarks apply to show that the cup product H (X. by 5. 4) ® W' (X. 9) H X 41 (X x Y. d) ®H. ®B. a) _. j6)) r. (2` ®2' (&d ®58) h®1®1. (2 * ®B) ' ron* (`e' ®d ®2' ®58) r4. . Maps of spaces 61 is easily seen to induce a functorial product U: jrp(X.d is exact in 4 and is fi. and #* (.nw(X.4) ® ('(x.§8.. 8 Maps of spaces Let f : X ' Y be a map and let k : 5B ti' d be an fcohomomorphism from the sheaf 58 on Y to d on X.. fp+q(X. (Y" We conclude this section with another description of the cup product via resolutions. (We shall see in Chapter III that this is the case for the AlexanderSpanier and the de Rham resolutions. 2' ® . rcnq.4)) ® ri. ). r.4) ®W'(X.4. It will be shown in Section 9 that 2' ®. Thus. when combined with the natural map H.cnq.k (B) _ Y* ®58.(V(x. X) is a resolution of .(and'P and P n W)acyclic.15 we have the map p : H*(r. (9 d ®58). Also see 21. which must induce the cup product in cohomology by the preceding remarks.4 is a resolution of 4 for any sheaf zt of Lmodules. yields a product satisfying the axioms for the cup product. Using the fact from Section 2 that V' (X.4) ®s4(X.rd ®X) _ T' ®58. )) (and the map HP(A*) ® H9 (B') ' Hp+9(A' ® B') from ordinary homological algebra).(V`(x.l2 Our next remarks will depend on some notions to be defined later in this book. We also consider L to be a constant sheaf on X.ni. and for which there is a homomorphism h : 2' ® Y* * 27' of differential sheaves. Let L be a principal ideal domain considered as a ground ring. 12 It is shown in [40] that a similar construction is possible with the canonical resolution `B°(X.4 (9 X). it follows that the total differential sheaf W' (X.nw(`e'(X. 4) is pointwise homotopically trivial. (2' (& d) ®r.
(Y. Thus k* induces the chain map k. we obtain an fcohomomorphism k` : W'(Y. (16) . X is a gcohomomorphism..B) and hence gives rise to a homomorphism k* : H.. we Noting that W see that if X + Y L Z are maps. It is clear that for any fcohomomorphism k : X 4.13 Thus the induced square in cohomology commutes. (15) is functorial with respect to cohomomorphisms. then in cohomology with suitable and j : `e supports we have that f (koj)*=k*oj'.: C. Consequently. This yields an fcohomomorphism of the quotient sheaves by 14. Sheaf Cohomology For U C Y..4) when f ' C D. B) ^+ `'°(X. Thus k* is determined by either of the natural transformations of functors f' : H. d factors in two ways: IT f+ f`J6 13 Ih f4 f+ Id where j and h are homomorphisms.(Y.62 II.) 13RecaII that homomorphisms are special cases of cohomomorphisms.(Y. (X. if I and 'Y are families of supports on X and Y respectively with f'W C then ky : r. W*(X.(X.d) and B + `'°(X.. 5B) + C. By induction.d) of resolutions (i. f'. B). k : 58 ti+ d is an f cohomomorphism. 5B) + C° (f defined by taking a serration s : U + into the serration (U). Recall that any fcohomomorphism k : 58 ..& (a) + nt(m). we have the induced map ku : C° (U.e.3. the induced map ky : B(Y) + 4(X) satisfies I ky(s)I C f'(js1). with composition k*. . a) ku(s) : f'(U) given by ku(s)(x) = kx(s(f(x))) These evidently form an fcohomomorphism `'°(Y.) . commuting with differentials). 4) com muting with k and the canonical monomorphisms d r+ `'°(X. V) + H.
and hence f * familiar to readers. and the righthand square commutes up to chain homotopy.1. (X. d* IV.ff`. f4) H.. it coincides with the version of f * defined in 6. Maps of spaces 63 and ft : Hj (Y. f'S8). the canonical f`=ft0/3'. we obtain the square rw(I`) . since f' is exact. f * (with 5 8 . and f'I` Y' of resolutions that are unique up to homotopy and where ry extends the canonical map h : f *X d induced by the fcohomomorphism k : R . Thus f f * B.d respectively. and we can construct homomorphisms B' i I'. Then f'l' is a resolution of f'SB.M) ° * H. That is. In case 4 = f' S B . I If(") in which the composition along the top is g'. 8. commuting with differentials and augmentations. the lefthand square commutes.2.!L4 UI.d).. [Of course.(X..B is exact.e. Taking sections.) ft H. (17) which are induced by the fcohomomorphisms f : X M f* J and f f .d. Suppose now that B' and d' are resolutions of X and d respectively and that is an fcohomomorphism of resolutions14 extending k : B ^+ d. 'd' 10 + Y*. which is the composition (18) f' H. Thus. we have h = 1 and j = a : X homomorphism of 14. we see easily from the definition that (16) commutes with connecting homomorphisms.3.d M .(Y. We have the diagram 'V* 1. Let J* be an injective resolution of B and SB' an injective resolution of d.T* h . . constant) is the one of these most Since the functor 58 H f'.. we have k'= h'0f'=ftoj*.(Y.] . f* . by 6.§8.
f* (A (9 582)(X) ' (f*A (9 f*A) (X) We wish to show that the diagram H..2. This is true in degree zero by (19) and follows in general from 6.64 II.. The latter homomorphism is fairly clearly an isomorphism on stalks. d) commutes. Then we have the commutative diagram T1(Y) ®A (Y) 1 f*T1(X) ®f*V2(X) 1 (19) (61 ®A)(1') . (Y. This gives the formula If* (01 U. (Y.f*(A ®582)) (20) commutes.15) from any fcohomomorphism g* :. cp and Vi induce the maps denoted by p in 5.d* = W*(X.2 (see the proof of 7.y2 (Y. The general case then shows that the diagram H*(r IP Hj(Y. We conclude this section by indicating the proof that (16) preserves cup products. 8. and let Bl and B2 be sheaves on Y. If .f* (IT1 ® 582) f * A ® f* A.d). and hence it is an isomorphism of sheaves.32) = f*(131) o f*(a2) .) C (D.1) where we take G° to be the class of pointwise split sequences so that the functors on the lower righthand side of (20) will be 8connected. be support families on Y and X respectively with f 1(WY.58). There is the factorization of this: A ® 582 . 58) k (1*)) JP HH(X.n. then the vertical maps in this diagram are isomorphisms. _V1 ® 582) f'®f* U If* H!.4* is bacyclic and 58* is 41acyclic.V. (Y.15. This shows that the canonical homomorphism k* of (15) can be "computed" (via the isomorphisms p of 5.' that extends the given fcohomomorphism k : 98 M d. 98) . (X. Let ' lb i = 1. H. 98* = W*(X.. induce a cohomomorphism of presheaves A(U) ®A(U) f*581(f1(U)) ® f*582(f1(U)) and hence a cohomomorphism of the induced sheaves 5B1 ® 582 M f * 5B1 ®f * 582. The cohomomorphisms B. 2. and g* k* shows that the map g induces the canonical homomorphism k' : H.nD. d) of (15). Sheaf Cohomology which commutes up to chain homotopy..:$* d* of acyclic resolutions of f and . 581) U H. M f *. The special case in which .(X. 582) Hs. By definition.
Assume (ii) and let s E r4. 58. Let D be paracompactifying on X.2. (ii) 41K is soft for every K E . 9. Let B be the boundary of K'. which converts immediately into fl* (al) X f (a2) = fl* (P1) X fa (02) for f. (Dsoft and 4'fine sheaves 65 for p. .§9. If 4d is a 4)soft sheaf on X. Statement (iii) implies (i) trivially. . the 4Dsoft sheaves. E Hi. .JF(4IF). " 9. see formula (41) on page 136.2. then the constant sheaf Z is xsoft on JR2 but is not xacyclic. the element of 4((K' fl F) U B) that is s on K' fl F and is 0 on B can be extended to some s' E . Proof. (For example if x E R2 and we let x denote the support family {{x}.. and 3.) We shall use the abbreviation 4(K) = (4IK)(K) = r(. Proposition. Z) Z. Then s' extends by zero to s" E 4(X) with Is"I C K'. IF(4IF) is surjective for all closed F C X.). If (D = cld then 4 is simply called "soft. (Yl.Y.d(K'). in general. A sheaf 4 on X is called "t'soft" if the restriction map 4(X) i 4(K) is surjective for all K E 1. 0}. 4Dacyclic unless 1 is paracompactifying. the class of flabby sheaves can be extended to an important larger class of Dacyclic sheaves. By (ii).. This is trivial. We define this notion for general support families but stress that they are not. A must be locally closed in order that 1DJA be paracompactifying on A when (D is paracompactifying on X. then 4jA is DIAsoft for any subspace A C X. Then the following three statements are equivalent: (i) 4 is (Psoft.).dIK) for arbitrary sets K and not just open sets.B. Hi(R2. but note that in general. Proposition.3. Indeed. Let K = Isi and let K' E be a neighborhood of K.. (iii) r'4 (4) r. 9. Definition. 9 (Dsoft and (Dfine sheaves When 0 is a paracompactifying family of supports. Proof. E H. and (i) implies (ii) by 9. (Y. and so s" is the desired extension of s. : X.1.
Then every x E X has a neighborhood N(x) such that J(y) C J(x).) 9.5. a finite set..) with s.6.'6 Proof. then every flabby sheaf on X is 4)soft. (Also note Exercises 6 and 37.}. for example. Sheaf Cohomology 9.. The restriction of this to A gives the desired extension of s. Thus W is open. Therefore t is the desired extension of s. Let A be a subspace of X having a fundamental system of paracompact neighborhoods. For a closed set K C M. Let {V0} be a covering of X with Va C UQ for all a. If D is paracompactifying. If X is hereditarily paracompact and 4 is a flabby sheaf on X. the sections sa for a E J(x) coincide in a neighborhood of x. By a smooth partition of unity argument. II10. Then there is an open subset V D U fl A of X and a section t E 4(V) with s = tIU n A. Let s E 4(U n A) for some open set U C X. an element of V (K) can be regarded as a realvalued function on K that extends locally about each point to a smooth function. Then t is welldefined by the definition of W. Let us call a subspace A C X relatively Hausdorff (in X) if any two points of A have disjoint open neighborhoods in X. 16The condition on A is satisfied for any closed subset of a paracompact space X. Corollary. since J(x) is finite. Thus it suffices to show that any section s E 4(A) extends to some neighbor hood of A. we may assume that X is paracompact and that {U. [19. A C W. Then t extends to X since d is flabby. Corollary. bsoft for c paracompactifying.4. Proof.. By passing to a neighborhood of A.} is a locally finite covering'of X. Now let t E 4(W) be defined by t(x) = s0(x) when x E V0. and it is continuous since it coincides with s0 on V0 n W. O The following result is basic. y E N(x) If X E W. on any paracompact topological space X.. n W. 9. where U ranges over the neighborhoods of A.6]. indeed.5. such a function extends globally to a smooth function on all of M. LetJ(x)_{a xEV.7. then 41A is flabby for every subspace A C X. such that there is an s0 E 4(U. 9. Then for any sheaf 4 on X. Put W = Ix EX xEV0nVp=s. By the same proof 15See. Consider the sheaf 9 of germs of smooth realvalued functions on a differentiable manifold M..66 II. I U. we have 4(A) _ li 4(U). The canonical map li 4(U) 4(A) is injective since two sections that coincide on A must coincide on an open set containing A.'5 This means that 5r is soft. Similarly. and also for an arbitrary subspace A of a hereditarily paracompact space X. by 9. Cover A by open sets U.. n A = s I U0 n A. the sheaf rB of germs of continuous realvalued functions is soft. . Example. Theorem. (x)=sp(x)}. Also.
8. relatively Hausdorff subspace of a space X..5 that we will find useful in dealing with the invariance of cohomology under homotopies. Dsoft andfine sheaves 67 that shows that a compact Hausdorff space is normal. Thus we may as well assume X to be paracompact and I to be the class cld of all closed subsets of X. n A such that A = UK. F0 is closed for all a.r.. 2. Let 4) be paracompactifying and suppose that 0 + ..9. we have that 4(A) = liar d(U). Then the sequence or. respectively.1" i 0 is exact with 4' being 1Dsoft. Then the sections t1fQ1i t11V = t2JV.art") and let K = Isi E (D. . We may consider 4' as a subsheaf of 4. 9. t1B E 4'(B) can be extended to 4'(K'). By a finite induction it suffices to prove the following assertion: If Pl and P2 are compact subsets of A with open neighborhoods V1 and V2. Theorem. notice that t1 coincides with t2 on some neighborhood V of Pl n P2 and that we may suppose that V C V1 n V2. we see that we may assume that tIB = 0. Theorem. Let {V0} be a covering of X with V0 C U0. and t2IQ2 coincide on their common domains and 0 thereby provide the desired section t on Q1 U V U Q2 : P1 U P2. Then for any sheaf d on X. Then on the boundary B of K'. But then t can be extended by zero to X..§9. 9.a. where U ranges over the neighborhoods of A in X. = s I A n U.d(F0) representing sIF0 such that t0IFp = tp for all . E . and since A is relatively Hausdorff. Let K' E D be a neighborhood of K. Let s E d"(X) and let {U0} be a locally finite covering of X with sQ E 4(U.d(V) coincide on P1 n P2. We can find compact sets K. a compact relatively Hausdorff subspace A of X has the property that any two disjoint closed sets in A have disjoint neighborhoods in X. D P.. Assume that the indexing set {a} is wellordered and put F. Suppose that we can find an element t E 4(K') representing sJK'..V and P2 .11 . To prove this. _ U Vp. then there is a section t over some neighborhood of P1 U P2 coinciding with t.V in X. Let s E r4. and if t. The sets P1.} of A in X and elements s. C U.) representing siU0. in X.(4').r.. E .(.. E .d). Given s E 4(A) we can find a finite open covering {U.4(U. IA n U. Proof.) with s.V are compact and disjoint.(.(4") . Since {U0 } is locally finite. Proof. they have disjoint open neighborhoods Q. We shall define inductively p« an element t. Let A be a compact. The following is a modification of 9.. Subtracting this from t. on P i = 1.o is exact.
. 0 9. This 13<a is continuous since each x E X has a neighborhood meeting only finitely many of the V0's.1(X..11.10.9. Since `'°(X.mod) = 0 by 9. Corollary.3iii.3 and 9. Theorem. 1 is 4)IAsoft on A a &X is Dsoft on X. can be extended to Fa representing be extended to sI Fa. Proof. H.IA(.) naturally by 16. we note that r.''°(X. so that the theorem follows by induction on n. and it follows from the associated cohomology sequence that H (X.68 II.(X.13.12.(") r.4') is flabby. By 9. rolF(") : r41IAnx(RIAnF). This follows from 9. The difference is a section of d' over Fa. completing the induction. Sheaf Cohomology /3 < a..9 by a simple diagram chase.10.d)). If a is a limit ordinal. 9. we have that H (X. n Va. Say that to has been defined for all 3 < a. Let be paracompactifying and A C X locally closed. Then for a sheaf 4' on X. For the part. for n > 1. Let oD be a paracompactifying family of supports on X and let A C X be locally closed. for F C X closed. ta. If a is the successor of a' then ta.1d be a 4Dsoft sheaf and consider the sequence 0 + 4 +''°(X. Then for a sheaf B on A.4)) = 0 for p > 0. d' _ 4 4" + 0 is exact with 4' being Dsoft. then 4" is also 4soft Gs 4 is 'Dsoft. Proposition. If (D is paracompactifying and 0 + . Proposition. A Dsoft sheaf is 4)acyclic if 1 is paracompactifying. Proof.4) + j' 1(X. and similarly.2 since 5B = &x IA.6. 9. 9.4) 0. Also. 1d is tsoft 4A is soft. Let . then Fa = U Fp and to is defined as the union of the previous tp's. Proof. nVa and hence can Therefore. Z1(X. and sa both represent s on Fa.d) is also 1Dsoft. The G part follows from 9. The result now follows from 9. d) HH1(X. .
rd. Since ®B is a . A sheaf d is said to be "4fine" if soft. We must extend s to X. But is an 9lmodule so that it suffices to show that every .d) is 4isoft. IF. By 9.3(ii). 0 The following result shows that softness is a "local" property.14. Let 4? be paracompactifying and ' a sheaf on X. 41A is 4?IAsoft by 9. Let {U0} be a locally finite open covering of X such that 9IU0 is soft. fl K = sI F0 n K and to I Ff = to for /3 < a.. 9. so that 4A = (4IA)x is 4isoft by 9.Amodule d is 4?soft.4(K) for some K E 4i. . 4)module. [The last statement of the theorem will follow since a 4?fine sheaf 5B is a module over the 4isoft sheaf of rings X. the 0 sheaf of germs of vector fields on M. can be extended to X. we have the following consequence . 4isoft and 4)fine sheaves 69 Proof.12. and so Jr is fine. Theorem.2.] Thus. This includes the sheaf of germs of differential pforms on M. Since 9l is 4?soft. then Se is 4>soft. The section ts' : x H t(x) s'(x) in 4(K') is zero on B and coincides with s on K. of 9. Well order the indexing set and let F0 = U V$ (a closed set). Example. and hence s. 9. If each point x E E(4i) has a closed neighborhood N such that YIN is soft. etc. Let 4> be paracompactifying.17. it suffices to consider the case in which X is paracompact and 4? = cld. Let 4 be an 5Amodule. Lemma. By an easy transfinite induction we can define t0 E 2'(F0) such that t.16: (. and any 4ifine sheaf is 4isoft Proof.16. there is a section t E 9 (K') that is zero on the boundary B of K' and 1 on K. a<a Let K C X be closed and s E 2'(K).§9. Consequently. let s E .5 there is a neighborhood K' E 4? of K and an s' E 4'(K') extending s. We must show that JYon(. Proof. 5B). Then any module over a 4isoft sheaf PA of rings urith unit is 4?fine. Let {V0} be an open covering of X with V0 C U0. Definition. Therefore ts'.4.4) is 4i The following is another basic result. any 9module is fine. 9. Recall that E(4i) = U{K I K E 4i1 9. as shown in Example 9.om(PA. In the end we have the desired extension.d. By 9.15. The sheaf Jr of germs of smooth realvalued functions on a differentiable manifold M'' is soft. This is a sheaf of rings with unit.
Using 9. 19This is a stalkwise assertion. Both s" and s vanish outside V and coincide on VnA. for A open and 4i = cld. Proposition. A).nu(4IU) i rtnA(dIA) (U ranging over the neighborhoods of A) is bijective. Then s'I (V . for any sheaf & 17 9. then I A is (4? n A)soft.L) = 0 and so s' on V and 0 on X . Thus A C V U (X . then there is a natural isomorphism H (X.70 II. let t E 4(A n K) for some K E 4?.nu(4IU) mapping to s under 9. Definition. d is 4i fine. and a fortiori to A. A) a 4i is paracompactifying. If . A family 4i of supports on X will be said to be "paracompactifying for the pair (X.19. Sheaf Cohomology 9.4 (9 9 is 4ifine.L).21. By 9. If 4i is paracompactifying and 2 is a torsion free 4?fine18 resolution of Z on X.19 It is Dsoft. Let A C X.18.sothatAVCXK'CXL. 4i is paracompactifying for the pair (X. NowVDK'nAandK'DL. 9 is clearly injective. A) " if 4? is paracompactifying and if each K n A.20.18. then . Proof. A) a both X and A are paracompact. Let L be the closure in X of Is'l. and hence 4isoft. .4!A) with Isi = K n A where K E 4?. Proof. For the last statement. Let K' E 44 be a neighborhood of K. Therefore. The result follows from 4. 180r just fisoft by 16.1. then 4i is paracompactifying for the pair (X. If it is paracompactifying for the pair (X.31.: . has a fundamental system of paracompact neighborhoods in X. 2' ®dl is a resolution of Z ®4 .5.L combine to form a section s" over the open set U = V U (X . By 9. proving the first statement.L) = U. Corollary. Corollary. Also note that if A is closed. 9. and so s"IA = s.dl) H (I'e(9E' ®4)). t can be extended to X since ld is flabby. Note that these conditions imply that 4i n A is a paracompactifying family of supports on A. so it follows from standard homological algebra. for K E 4?. and hence 4iacyclic.8 instead of 9. if 4d is flabby. Also. Let S E rDnA(. the map 9: l r.5 there is a neighborhood V of K' n A in K' and an element s' E 4(V) extending sf K' n A. then for any sheaf ld on X..5 in the last paragraph gives: 17Also see 16. Moreover. Is"I = Is'I C UnL E Un4i since L C K' E 4?. by 9. Moreover. s" induces an element of li r . Since 9?* is torsion free.31.?2. 9. 4i paracompactifying.
G) and . or that i is arbitrary and A C X is closed.G) for bparacompactifying and X HLC.(X. ASH.1.(X.15. by 4. We also take up the relative case there.23.n (X. Theorem. (X. If A is a compact relatively Hausdorfsubspace of X. 10 Subspaces In this section we study relationships between the cohomology of a space and that of a subspace. Similarly.22. and so nH. which preserves cup products. The main theorem 10. show they are natural in X as well as in the coefficients. As remarked in Section 1. if X is a smooth manifold then the de Rham sheaf SY (X) is a 45fine resolution of R.17. Also. Let L be a ring with unit.(X. Suppose either that 1D is a paracompactifying family of supports on X and that A C X is locally closed. that chapter can be read at this point. by 9.d" (X.(X. and off. and so they are also 4)soft. 9.d°(X. let G be an Lmodule. Proposition. and show that they preserve cup products.R) for 4D paracompactifying. and . This will be of central importance throughout the book. and let 4D be a paracompactifying family of supports on X. .G) for (Dparacompactifying. Subspaces 71 9. with coefficients in sheaves related to the subspace. G) is always a resolution of G.6 relates the cohomology of a subspace to that of its neighborhoods.(X. We shall extend them to more general coefficients. 0 then . Then the singular and Alexander Spanier sheaves 90(X.1 or 5. 10. d * (X. they are sheaves of rings.R) In Chapter III we shall study these isomorphisms in more detail. JR) of functors of sheaves on A. L) are the same as W°(X. L) and so they are 4Dsoft.I A(A. H.(X. VX) H.?* (X. G) is a resolution of G if X is HLC.4IA is soft for any flabby sheaf d on X.G) H. For more facts concerning soft sheaves see Section 16. Then there is a natural isomorphism H.G) : H.20 20Also see Exercise 1. L) and . Except for the latter. Therefore. and 9. G) are modules over them.§10.
u(`r(U.H U (U. (X. A (JR) is an isomorphism of functors by 16.3.H F(F.(58x) and F2 (58) = rbIA(..d + d F + 0 yields the fundamental exact cohomology sequence H u(U. Proof.. 4 I U). (X.72 II.dIU) for U open and ID paracompactifying.H. dIA) of functors of sheaves d on A.nA(A. Suppose that F C X is closed and U = X .1 for the cup product on the cohomology of A. . then 10.4u) I U = W * (U..(X. ex) and F2 = HJA(A. Thus we have the connected sequences of functors F l (B) = H (X.H (X.JF) . which preserves cup products. . and d a sheaf on X.6.pdpA)x In particular we have the most important cases: H.d) r4.(`e*(X.(X. By 6.2 the restriction of sections r.. Now. Note that W * (X. 4) any family of supports on X. H HIF (F. Proof. If ID is paracompactifying.du).F.12 and 5. Note that the functor 5 8 F°(58) = r. I This sequence will be generalized in Section 12.. d) . 'd) . 10. Let A C X be an arbitrary subspace. AI A) 21This uses the obvious natural isomorphism d® ®58® l.U(U. The fact that cup products are preserved follows immediately from the axioms 7. With the same hypotheses as in 10..nA(4 A) extends canonically to a homomorphism rA x : H...W). (58x) r4.B). I ) .(X. Sheaf Cohomology x is exact.o1) + . . Corollary.dIU) =r't.du + . which clearly induces the preceding isomorphism..d I F) for F closed and 1 arbitrary. This follows from the fact that 4A = (. d) . .4U)) =C.1 we have the natural isomorphism H.2..dIU)) r4.d (92)x . so that there is the chain map C.lu(U. and H. whence the first part of the result follows from Theorem 6.2 together with the exact coefficient sequence 0 + . both of which are fundamental by 9. The restriction map r : r. 10.AA) :: H JA(A.(.21 10.8.2.4.4u) H.
12. (e) (P = cld.8 and 9. Theorem.13. r* is none other than the homomorphism induced by i.DnA(. and Exercise 8.2. Let 4) be a family of supports on X and let A be a subspace of X. It will also be useful in the study of relative cohomology. A arbitrary. For a closed subspace F C X.A there is an N E . (e) follows from 9. Definition.(X. In particular (or directly from 7.j F(F.H. r* preserves cup products. This follows from the uniqueness portion of 6.1. X hereditarily paracompact (e. A closed. Also see 12.1I A). e. see Section 8.. The following five cases are examples of btaut subspaces A of X: (a) c arbitrary. A). is an isomorphism for every sheaf 4 on X. The following result is fundamental and will be used often in the remainder of the book.4IF) is the same as the homomorphism H.nA(A. Assume that for each K E 41 X . Let fi be a family of supports on X.14. NE. Then a subspace A C X is said to be "4 taut" if for every flabby sheaf F on X. but mainly in singular homology.. and the restriction map rFX : H. We also denote rA X (a) by aIA.K. Since D n A = i1(c) and 4jA = i'(4) where i : A 4 X. we make the following definition. Let . In order to deal with several cases at the same time.. 4t F) of 10.2. D n F = DI F.g.21. 10. Subspaces 73 called the restriction homomorphism. who uses it in situations analogous to 10. (c) 4D paracompactifying.Y1) .N be a collection of 4Dtaut subspaces of X containing A and directed downwards by inclusion. The term "taut" is borrowed from Spanier.A' induced by restriction. A compact and relatively Hausdorff in X. a point. Item (a) follows from 5.g. (d) fi paracompactifying. (c) and (d) are special cases of (b).§10. metric). the restriction r4 (g) I r. (b) follows from 9. 4F) =+ H. We wish to relate the cohomology of a subspace to that of its neighborhoods.6.(X..6. A open.4F) induced by thr pimorphism 4 . Then A is Dtaut a the map 0: lirnr HHnN (N. . 10.dF followed by the isomorphism HH(X.VjA) is surjective and VIA is (1 n A)acyclic. F(F.1).2. (b) 1D paracompactifying for the pair (X.15. 12.. 12.H.4) . d I N) + H.5./I' with N C X .(X.22.
by 10. suppose that 0 is an isomorphism and let 4 be flabby.dIN) and F2p(4) = H4tnA(A.A)). Consider the "topologist's sine curve.. Corollary.21 U [0. 41N is (tnN)acyclic. in particular. However.7.) If {Fa} is a downward directed family of closed subspaces of the locally compact Hausdorff space X." which is the union X = { (x. 0 This result will be generalized considerably in Section 14.(4) + liar I tnN(JdIN) =+ r1nA(. and the inclusion maps are homotopy equivalences.Z).8.7.21 or any of its variants.4) when f1(y) is 4taut. it is a decreasing intersection of spaces homeomorphic to an annulus. 0 < x < 1 } U {0} x [1. Example.Z) . However.. Remark: Let f : X + Y be lbclosed (meaning f (K) is closed for K E 4') where 4) is a family of supports on X. as we shall see.. It follows that djA is (1D fl N)acyclic. I' . y) I y = sin it/x. <4). 0 : liar renN (N. (The minimality principle. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. For G. in degree zero. Then putting A = f ' (y) for some y E Y. when 1 is paracompactifying. or when (D = cld and f1(y) is compact and relatively Hausdorff. Thus 10. the collection of closed subspaces F of X 0 such that 0 0 aIF E HH (F. then H. For z.r.K I K E (PI(X .: H*(S1.4IA). Moreover. 10. since N is 4taut.) This will be of importance in Chapter IV.9. Thus A is 4Dtaut. 4). Moreover. This space has the singular cohomology of a point.) Let X be a locally compact Hausdorff space and c the family of compact subsets of X.. The tautness of A and of each N E A implies that these are both fundamental connected sequences of functors. For N E ". 0 . 0 Remark: An important case of 10. we see that the family {f `(U) I U a neighborhood of y} of neighborhoods of A refines the family {X . Therefore.dIA) is surjective since each N is 4btaut. since A is 4Dtaut. suppose that A is taut and consider the functors Fl (4) _ liar HpnN(N. 4) li He (F. It follows from 6.6 is that for which A" is a fundamental system of neighborhoods of A.. Note that in general. {f'(U)} is not a fundamental system of neighborhoods of f ' (y). Corollary. (This holds. 4I F) has a minimal element. (Weak continuity. H*(X. the usefulness of this result is hardly limited to that case. (n F.6 implies that H f_'tv)(f1(y) ) = !jai H.11 x {2} U 11)x [0. Then for any nonzero class a E Hn(X.74 II.2(c) that 0 is an isomorphism in general.f_l(U)(f'(U). 10. 4I N) + rDnA(4IA) is clearly onetoone for sd arbitrary and is onto for 4 flabby. 10. This is a typical example of the difference between singular theory and "Cech type" theories such as sheaftheoretic cohomology.
The Vietoris mapping theorem and homotopy invariance 75 10.. Example. 10. for y E Y. Let M be any abelian group. 0 11 The Vietoris mapping theorem and homotopy invariance Let f : X . M) = 0 for p > n and any subspace A of 1[t". An open interval U in R is contractible.a). Assume further that each f 1(y).W'(X.'d))y = tLn HP(C*(f1(U).d) = HP(f1(y). Thus it will follow from 10. This holds.6 that HP(A. M) = 0 for all p > 0 and all subspaces A C R. Since an open subset of iR is a topological sum of open intervals. this also holds for any open set U C R. 4)) .4) `B'(X.28 and the solution to VExercise 26 the much more difficult fact is shown that HP(U. while the exact sequence 0+ f'd + f`8°(X. Then the derived sheaf of the differential sheaf f t`(X. Now. By 10.Z) ®Z.d) f w* (X. Example. since R is hereditarily paracompact.§11.10. is taut in X.4) has stalks 'VP(f`Brt(X.4) = 0 for all p > 0 and all y E Y. M) = 0 for p > n and any open set U C R'.4)) = IUWHP(f1(U). This is a decreasing intersection of spaces of the homotopy type of a finite onepoint union of spheres.'d) fW1(X. when X is paracompact or when each f(y) is compact and relatively Hausdorff in X.. for instance. and hence 00 H2(X. M) = 0 for all p > 0.11.4) = 0 by 10. see [3].6 for p # 0 (where U ranges over the open neighborhoods of y). t=1 O and Ht (X. In 16. f. f4) . assume that HP(f 1(y). which has the factorization w* (Y.6 it follows that HP(A.Y be a closed map. This contrasts with singular theory for which the cohomology of this space is nonzero in arbitrarily large degrees. 2. 7G) = 0 for i # 0. Let X be the union in R3 of spheres of radius 1/n all tangent to the xyplane at the origin.d).4) (since 4 H f4 is left exact) yields an isomorphism f4 Jre°(f `?* (X. . and it will be shown in the next section that this implies that HP(U.. Let d be a sheaf on X and T a family of supports on Y. The fcohomomorphism f : f4 " 4 induces an fcohomomorphism V (Y.
The composition ft13 : H.. d). (f cr (X. Let us specialize.rd) is flabby by 5.A.4.®_1.) .p(`r'(X. d) = 0 for all p > 0 and all y E Y.f 1) + HfI.7.1 = 4 . a general fact that we discussed in Section 8.A) is an isomorphism.d) is a resolution of fd. and that each f1(y) is taut in X. a covering map with finitely many sheets. f d) + rq. The fcohomomorphism 58 ^+ d induces the homomorphism Q : 58 + f. f e*(X.. by Exercise 18. induced by the f cohomomorphism f : f. Then (fd)v = xEf1(v) `fix= xEf1(v) 581.d(U1)®.76 II. = Vv ®.d)) + rfi.(X..g.d).d (Un) on the presheaf level. d a sheaf on X. Sheaf Cohomology It follows that f W'(X. ED Xy + 581.. n times (where n is the number of points in f1(y)).) Now suppose that f is a covering map with n sheets.(X.. fd) =+ is just f* : Hy. for the moment. defined by (f d )v = Xy @ ... Moreover. 11. Note the case of an inclusion i : F '+ X of a closed subspace. Theorem.) = d(U.. to the case of a closed map f : X + Y that is finitetoone (e.. Moreover. 5B) i Hf_.(Y.1. is the diagonal map R. 1)) induces an isomorphism in cohomology by 4. since it is induced from (fd) (U)=1 (f1U)=.... (Y.SO _ Esa. (Y..2.. where Q(s1i. and we retrieve 10.®. Let 58 be a sheaf on Y and put d = f' B. Xv ®. Suppose that HP (f 1(y)...y(X.2... and where 0 is the direct sum of the inverses of the isomorphisms (fIU=)' :'V(U) (f`T)(U.1.. we obtain the following very general version of the Vietoris mapping theorem: 11. Thus the chain map C. In this case i. Then the natural map ft : Hy(Y. of course. R) H.. which on the stalks at y.. Let f : X + Y be a closed map. Then the map a:fd 58. and' a family of supports on Y. is continuous.d . ® X1.. (Y. Combining these facts. the map I'y(fe'(X.. is an isomorphism. or the orbit map of a finite group of transformations).A)) = Cf_.. where U is a connected evenly covered neighborhood of y and the UU are the components of f1(U). (This is.
By 11. We have the inclusion Q : Z '+ 4 as the diagonal. duality gives H'(Rrn. Also. 0 < i < n. The Vietoris mapping theorem and homotopy invariance 77 Thus we have the homomorphisms with 8 = n. i odd. H. Z) H* (RP". H. This implies.(RP".6. and consider the sheaf f Z on I.(Rlpn. see 13. Zt) : Hn. Zt) Hn. In this case.1 we have H* (Illp".§11. which is Z for p = 0. Z). and so our calculations give these homology groups. 01. Z) H* (S1.Y is a covering map with n < oo sheets. giving another calculation of this. otherwise. ZIa1) HP(I. O 11. i = n even.01. (X.1. that if f : X . (X. d) ti H' (S". (Y. Z). Zt) Pe H"'(Rlpn. and the composition H* (RPn. k) '+ (k. we have HP(I.1. Z) For n odd. Let f : 5' . and Exercise 26 generalizes both. which induce. B) I' H. Poincare duality (see Chapter V or IV2. Consider the covering map f : S" Rlpn and let d _ f Z. which gives H* (I. This agrees with 11. f Z) 0 . 1] be the projection.4. Zt) Z2. 11.(RP". Z). f*X).. by 11. The map p is called the transfer. Z) ®H. see 13. with u f * (a) = na. The exact sequence 0 Z + d + Zt 0 and 11. via 11. Z) ® HP(I. Note that in case n is even. Z) is f * by the remarks in 11. Q) for each k. f Z) HP(I.3. Z. by 10. This has stalks Z ® Z and is "twisted" via the automorphism (n. Z) HP(*. (I .9) yields H'(IRP". 4) + H* (S". RPn is nonorientable and Zt is its orientation sheaf. then dim H (Y. A similar "transfer homomorphism" is considered in Section 19. The quotient sheaf 4/Z = V has stalks Z twisted by n i n. Zt)..3. It is not hard to check that f Z Z ®ZIal Hence. 0. 1 and is 0 otherwise.2 give H`(RPn.2.2 as will be seen later.1. Example. Example. Z) ® HP(I. for example. Q) < dim H f_. n). I = [1.
let X be a sheaf on Y. Let /3 : d <+ f Z be the "diagonal" subsheaf. Example. Proof. Now (f d)(Uk) = d (f'Uk) = d(U. d) °* H1(S'.5. which is multiplication by 3. Let d = (f Z)/d.T) is an isomorphism. particularly a constant sheaf. this is equivalent to the sheaf .f f *. which has stalks Z ® Z twisted by the essentially unique automorphism of period 3. and it follows that Hp(S1.1 is just the inverse subsequence given by this sequence of indices.. f`.. otherwise.0. H°(N.78 II. 0. Theorem.f Z d + 0 induces the exact sequence 0 = I'(.. .Y) p H1(S1.6. Let A.A2 ibe an inverse sequence of abelian groups.5. .) = A..S1. B) + Hf_l.. Sheaf Cohomology 11. )(U) .. Let 0 = io < it < i2 < be a sequence of integers and let f : N + N be given by f (n) = k for ik_1 < n < ik.... Then f is continuous and closed. i. Z) H1(S'. (Y. which is constant with stalk Z. According to the exercise.:.1 is that for which each f (y) is connected. This means that passage to a subsequence does not change Urn or Uiml. Consider the 3fold covering map f : S1 S'. 0 An important special case of 11.2.1 we have that H"(N. My) = 0 for p > 0 and all y E Y. d). By 11.7.d) = (im1A the derived functor of irrm. Then by 11..d(U. and let ' be a family of supports on Y. see Exercise 27. Let N be the positive integers with the nonHausdorff topology in which N and the initial segments U = {1. Consider the monomorphism /j : X >. f7G) ' H1(§1. n} are the open sets. The sheaf f Z has stalks Z ® Z T Z twisted by the cyclic automorphism. Z). and H1(N..H1(S1. In this case we have: 11.d) : H' (N.d) N f Z3. Each f1(k) is finite. Example. Then f" : H. By 11. of 14 which is induced by the f cohomomorphism a+ f * X via the composition X(U) + (f'X)(f1(U)) = (ff*. f Z) . and d = f *X for some sheaf X on Y. see 13.) Let f : X + Y be a closed surjection. Also assume that each f1(y) is connected and taut in X and that HP (f (y).. Also by the exercise. f.1. The exact coefficient sequence 0 d . 0 11.d on N where . so that f.. H' (. the composition H1(S1.) = A.1) . Z) is just f".d) = (imA. fZ) =+ H1(S1. (Vietoris mapping theorem.y(X. d) . and Exercise 58 shows that dI f 1(k) is acyclic for all sheaves d on N and that f1(y) is taut in N.. H* (S1. for p = 1.
Theorem. let K(a) = {t E T a E . By 10. since it (58 x T) = it (7r* B) = 1* B = 98. Then it (a . and since f1(y) is connected. t).V (X. so that t E K(a7r*Q).BxT)+ H. Corollary. for all s near t.22 Proof. Let T be a compact. (Y. f * 58) by (18) of Section 8. since T is connected. Note that the inverse image of a constant sheaf is constant. whence taut. in X x T. Proof. We now prove a strengthened version of 11.V is an isomorphism. The point is that here.9. t E K(a) al(X x N) = 0 for some neighborhood N of t E T.i= (a). Thus. Then with the notation of 11. For t E T. we have that s E K(a7r*Q).l) = 0.(f*3)(f'(y)) ' (ff*X)b since f '(y) # 0 is taut.1.5RxT)1H. it* :He* (X .(X Kerit }.8) is an isomorphism that is the inverse of 7r* and hence is independent of tET. which implies that 0 = is (a . and hence it = (7r*)1 is independent of t. .6. The Vietoris mapping theorem and homotopy invariance 79 On the stalks at y E Y this becomes 'TV .8.8.7. Then N C K(a).(X. Let 7r : X x T p X be the projection. since (f * B)lf 1(y) is constant with stalks X.(is 7r* )ii (a) = i8 (a) . put B x T = 7r* B. 58 x T). let If zr : X x T it : X + X x T be the inclusion x F' (x. (X. 22See. Then it :H. xT.8.1.B) is independent oft E T. Let X be a space and X a sheaf on X. connected Hausdorff space that is acyclic for any constant coef ficient sheaf [it suffices that HP(T. the theorem follows from 11. Example 14. In cohomology we have it o 7r* = (7r o it)* = 1* = 1. This makes sense.. Now let t E T and put it (a) = Q. however. X is the projection.xT(X xT. Each {x} x T is compact and relatively Hausdorff. 5i3) H. Since f * = f t o . Thus the value of it (a) is locally constant in t and hence is constant.a*Q) = is (a) . It follows that Q : 98 + f f *. a:y) = 0 for p > 0 and all x E XJ. T need not be acyclic.3* : H.§11. For any a E He* x T.8 valid for locally compact spaces: 11. Let X be a locally compact Hausdorff space and let T be a compact connected Hausdorff space. This is an isomorphism. and it follows that K(a) is open for any a. By 11. 11.7r*. 7r' is an isomorphism..
. see Section 12. Sheaf Cohomology 11. %F = cldjY . assuming the result for singular theory as known. If 1 and T are given families of supports on X and Y respectively.B. then G acts trivially on HH (X. Any two properly homotopic maps (with respect to 4) and %F) of a space X into a space Y induce identical homomorphisms H. 11. H*(II. called solenoids) that are not arcwise connected.10 can be proved in other ways. Theorem. (X) is defined. H` ( . For locally compact spaces. It also follows from 9. . A homotopy X x II Y is proper if it is so with respect to the families 4D x II and T. In this case.12. But p o it is : the identity map while p o 20 is the constant map to 0 E II. for example. B C Y. The foregoing results of this section will be considerably generalized in Chapter IV. 0 = c = T. then f * : Hj (Y) H. (a) 0 = cld = T. we shall say that a map f : X Y is proper (with respect to D and %F) if f 1 C ib. with the homotopy taking A through B. Corollary. Corollary.13..A. where G is any constant coefficient group. (e.' = cldIX . 11.G) Note the special cases: H.G). G). G) is an invariant of proper homotopy type for locally compact Hausdorff spaces and proper maps.10.g. By 11. we find it somewhat amusing to use a type of homotopy invariance to prove the acyclicity of I instead of the other way around. "properly homotopic" is the same as "homotopic. The unit interval II is acyclic for any constant coefficients. Exercise 2. Corollary. 11. H.80 II. "proper" means proper with respect to compact supports unless otherwise indicated.11. G) . and the result follows. If G is a compact connected topological group acting on the locally compact Hausdorff space X..t) = st.(X. See. However. Y locally compact Hausdorff.9 we have that (p o io)` = (p oil)' H*(II. Consider the map p : II x II II given by p(s. For constant coefficients in G. If that is the case. Thus such actions need not be homotopically trivial. Proof." (b) X.(Y. (c) A C X. Remark: Corollary 11. L) for any constant coefficient group L. G) is an invariant of homotopy type for arbitrary topological spaces and maps. We remark that there are compact connected groups (e. Also.23. inverse limits of circle groups.
15. for which it is a real line.L{1}) H1(II. L{O} by 10. Example. L{i}®d) a' H[ j (II X X.7 will not hold for any nontrivial constant sheaf of coefficients.2 and 11. for a E H (X.L(o.. L) L w e have. L®4) by 10. Let X be obtained from the square II x II by deleting the point (0.l)®. The first of these is equivalent to the cross product H°({1}.1)) is an isomorphism.L(O)&d induces an isomorphism Hix. which is an isomorphism taking 1 ® a H 1 U a = a...4) ' Hi (II x X.l)&d) is an isomorphism for all n. In particular. The Vietoris mapping theorem and homotopy invariance 81 11. H°(1[. d) H°(X. X has the homotopy type of a circle. even though they will follow trivially from later results.d + L(o..(X.d). Then the coefficient sequence 0 + L(o.1)®.. d) HH(X.t (11 x X. This example shows that the condition that f be closed in 11. L(o. In fact.. so that 11. . L) ®H (X. y) x.:d). L§d) Hl' . y = 0.l)®l) = 0 for all n.L{1}) ^ H°({1}..(II X X. Consider the product II x X and the constant sheaf L on II. H°({1}.p({1} x X. and this is equivalent to the composition L ®Hn.7 cannot be removed.L(o.L(o. Example.14.1)) ®Hn. Letting 1 denote the generator of H°(11. There are the cross products H°(1. Let L be a fixed base ring with unit and let d be a sheaf of Lmodules. 0 11.l)®d + L{1}®. Let us do some elementary calculations involving the cross product.0) and (0. L{1}®4).b (II x X.2. d) + Hix t(II x X. 1).8.D (II x X.§11. L(o. L) ®Hn(X. Moreover. L{1}) ® H (X. 2) and identifying the points (0.1i®d + L®d + L{o}®1 0 then shows that Hlx. b(1 xa)=cxa. The exact sequence induced by the coefficient sequence 0 + L(o.. The epimorphism Lad . Let X be an arbitrary space and D a family of supports on X.Y). The reader may verify the properties claimed for this example.d) Hex. f is an open map from a locally compact space to the unit interval. Let f : X + II be induced by (x. in this example. (X. H1(II.L) ..d + 0 shows that HiX. and each fiber f 1(y) is homeomorphic to the unit interval except at one point.
: H' x.i)) Consequently. = n. the exact L p L{... LU) is generated by t x is isomorphic to HP((0.Lv®A) . x t x 3.7. we have the isomorphism H (X. 1)n and where Hn(IIz.LU®YI) is an isomorphism for all p that carries an x /3 H t x . (f x 1). This H9(Rn. . f) =i HI (II x X.n. . L). n. (Sn X X. L) by 10. x E Sn. as the onepoint compactification of Rn. Q H t x x t x.d) HI x4.. L)  j L.4) takes an x /3 to un x /3.. Let an E Hn(Sn. Sheaf Cohomology where t = 6(1) E H1(1.4) + Hs x. ') HH z (Sn x X.0 induces the exact sequence Hs X. By naturality. L&4) + Hs x . L&. L) ~ H' (R'. L(11&4). L(o. 0 on Sn gives 0. an x /3.d + L{x}®1 .} HP(Sn. Hn(Sn. By 11.(Sn x X. Therefore we have the isomorphism H (X.1) given by a H t x a. by 11. is an isomorphism. Now consider the sheaf Lv on Sn where V = Sn . By the Ht X.LU) Let un = j*(an) E Hn(Sn.Lv®. 'r1) is an isomorphism. ll 0. (In x X.. . Regarding Sn. 0. LU®4) previous remarks.7.L)coefficient sequence 0 Lp.l3 of H (X. In particular we have the isomorphism Hp(II". L). Lv) be such that f *(an) = t x x t.(Sn x X. 1)n. Hs x"(Sn x X.Sn be the identification of 8IIn to the point x. L' pn.{x} for some point f* : Hn(Sn. ll 0. L(o. Lv) Hn(Sn.Lv®. p p54 0. (Sn x X. n > 0. p 34 n.Lv®l) given by /3 ' .. where j' Similarly. p # n.82 II. . so that x t. where U = (0. The exact coefficient sequence 0 i Lv®4 L®. the map HS xA (Sn x X.Lv) ' Hn(r.. (IIn x X.2. Let f : In . LU) NI L.
by 12. (Chapter III.. L®.(X.. L).3. (un. Consequently. in this case. F) by 10.. 7r.I rr'. that this cohomology theory agrees with singular theory on CWcomplexes. An induction shows that for all n. closed supports. and constant coefficients. since 1 x b = 7r* (b). The Milnor additivity axiom also holds obviously.L) AL(vn) ® H* (X. F. Relative cohomology 83 in which the last map can be identified with the map Hs X'D (Sn x X. . most of which can be read at this point. > 0. Let i : A + X and let '1 be a family of supports on X..4).d). and so we recommend that firsttime readers skip this somewhat technical section. For any sheaf . L®. It follows that the map rl : H p n(X. we can conclude. .41A). H* (Sn' x . AL(wl..) For most purposes this suffices. HH X (Sn X X. Equivalently.d) HP. where w. for closed paracompact pairs. we have the homomorphism i* : iW*(A. wn).:.d) induced by the inclusion ix : X + S' x X. This is also enough to conclude a very strong excision property....1 and 12.3. also establishes this in a different manner. .). we will have.b)=un xa+l x b is an isomorphism.3 for the purpose of understanding the relative notation.d) = HHIXF(X F.§12. L) is an algebra isomorphism for n > 0. Hence.d on X we have the natural icohomomorphism (see Section 8) c*(X.4IA) of sheaves on X. = rr. : Sn' x x Snk + Sn being the ith projection. 41X F) and so in this case. For a closed subspace F C X and for c paracompactifying. this gives us all the EilenbergSteenrod axioms for cohomology.d) ®HH(X. This sequence is split by rr* : H.d) . 0 12 Relative cohomology In this section. L) . where vn = un x 1 E Hn(Sn x X. that H...d. c?*(A. we already have the long exact cohomology sequence of the pair (X. since un = 0 for n > 0.. we establish a sheaftheoretic relative cohomology theory. (X. noting that L®.I) given by rl(a. L®. X Snk. d) + Hs X4. where AL(Vn) is the exterior algebra over L on vn.(X. (Sn x X. after making note of the formulas in 12. In particular. H*(Sn x X.
A.A.A._ xEUnA 58x . d) are exact functors23 of d. Sheaf Cohomology In order to define relative cohomology.d) s i'°(X.(X.4d) = H'(C. A...d)).A. the kernel of the surjection ' (X.d). We introduce the notation Keri` = W*(X.H (X.d X is an zcohomomorphism.d" 0 of sheaves will induce the long exact sequence A. d)H. that is.84 II.. and H. xEUnA It follows immediately that the induced icohomomorphism k° : W°(X..4) and CC (X. Thus kU : C°(U. if the induced homomorphism d jA X is surjective. (x.. .] Moreover. we shall show that i' is surjective and has a flabby kernel. A.. (23) compatible with (22). If k : d M T is surjective and U C X is open. T) is surjective. then we have the exact sequence 0 .dIA) 0 (21) and hence the long exact cohomology sequence .(X.4)).(X... so that a short exact sequence 0 a' + a + .A. We now proceed to verify our contention..4) = rb(W*(X.d) `C. we will obtain the induced short exact sequence 0 CC(X. V)) (U).. we shall say that k is surjective if each kx : d x + Vx is surjective for x E A.A.4) . Since Keri* is flabby and since r (ix) = rtnA(B) by IExercise 8.(X. JR) 23This follows from the exactness of the absolute versions by an easy diagram chase..' `'°(A..4)'`.d).C°(U n A. 4)(U) + (i`'°(A. d)HOnA(A. . (22) Now W* (X.C.56) is the flabby sheaf U fi 4x x xEUA 11 Ker(kx). C.d').nA(A. 0. vd) . .. If 4 and X are sheaves on X and A respectively and k : .. [Note that this is the map `Gi° X.. dl A)Hp ' (x A. A. 11 xEUA dx x 11 Ker(kx) + [j 4x xEUnA xEU fl k..
5 the following sequence. 4) to be the derived functors of Hg (X. By the 5lemma. Taking X = 41A yields our original contention. then there is a natural isomorphism H..4) is also surjective. 4). 71(A. Conversely.i3) are all surjective and have flabby kernels.C.(X.4).24 Proof.X) By induction. g induces an isomorphism in cohomology.§12. A. f also induces an isomorphism...(X. it follows that the homomorphisms W"(X. Thus we have a commutative diagram 0 + r.. 4). (X.A...1. The 24AIso see Exercise 18. Passing to quotient sheaves.d) i C. .4) .0.d) = r.dIA) + 0. We also have the natural map d ` IA + f* (A. By Definition 10.(X. (X. we see that 1(X. The following result shows that is a necessary and sufficient condition for the H.nA(A. ` * (A..A.A. 12.d). .(4) 1f 1 ronA(4`IA) 19 0 0 + C. 41 A). if HH (X.. whence 4* I A is 4 n Aacyclic.IXA(X. A. Let a* = r8*(X.XA(4) + r.. Since A is 4btaut. A.nA(d'IA) + 0. Relative cohomology 85 is surjective in our sense. is exact when A is ctaut: 0 + r. 4) are H. which is always left exact. If A is a 4taut subspace of X.d I A) induced by the natural cohomomorphism 4* . so that H°Ot(X.IXA(4) + x4. Theorem. A.d) ' iV"(A. IXA(X. lXA(d) = Thus the derived functors of H. then A is 'taut.IXA(4) i r4.d) H. 4) = 0 for p > 0 and every flabby sheaf 4 on X. Note that 0 + r4.(4) + r4fA(4IA) is always exact.
d) = C.T). (X. this gives a relative cup product U : H (X. then there is the cup product U : HPDIxA(X. if U D V are open in X and j' : H j (X. . and j3 E H.b n %F)taut. The cup product in relative cohomology will be discussed briefly at the end of this section.] Various compatibility formulas follow directly from 7.2. if a E HOP (U.d).U. A) is equivalent to the long exact sequence induced by the short exact sequence 0 .r4IxA(.IxA(X... i) = HHIxA(X. Similarly.1 is induced by inclusion of supports: HHIxA(X.d'IA) 0 We remark that by (21).d«) .. If and T are families of supports on X. (X. H4pn* (X.3. d) is the canonical map (induced. If F c X is closed. for example. [Such a product for A and B closed and arbitrary families can also be based on 12. B is %Ptaut.(X.d) ^ Hop (X..V. then aU j* (0) = aU(3 E HP. then there is a natural isomorphism Hop (X.86 II. 58) .r4. A. in some special cases it can be produced based on 12. and A U B is (. 12.d) .1 as follows. a E HH(X. HH(X. V. Many other such formulas are selfevident. . .1.dxF) ..F.A. relative cohomology has the following "single space" interpretation: 12.IxA(X. and that the isomorphism of 12.d). For example.3.d) ®H. .d ®B).d) H. V) HPngIxAUB(X. rD(.(X.1.') of cochain complexes. then b(aUO) =baU0EHen 1(X.. However.A (9 T). U).nA(. Proposition. by the inclusion of supports (DI X .nq. In particular. d) and 0 E Hq. the exact sequence of the pair (X. Therefore. . A. C. (X. and it also holds for paracompactifying families when A and B are closed. . (&..V '+ D). A U B.1. Sheaf Cohomology second statement follows directly from (22) and the definition of tautness.1 (g5B). if A is ftaut.xI) because (SIXA)nA = 0.. ). 5B) and 6 is the connecting homomorphism for the pair (X. For the case of closed subspaces. 0 Note that the proof also shows that in the situation of 12. this holds for arbitrary t and ' if A and B are open.i) ®HHrlxB(X. B.U. A.U. then by 12.
the last part of 12.F. B) be a relative homeomorphism such that WAX . To see that the condition is sufficient.B. The last statement is a special case of 10. This has the following two special cases as the main cases of interest: 25AIso see 12.g. . This follows directly from 12.4F) + H.4'IF) is an isomorphism by 10. A) (Y. B) such that A = f 1B and the induced map X A + YB is a homeomorphism. A) + (Y.(X..d) H. Let (X.(X. Let f : (X. Then K C f 1L for some L E 4' and so f (K) C L.(Y.3 except for the parenthetical condition. Clearly. (X.(X.dxF) is an isomorphism. 1 is paracompactifying.4) is an isomorphism. Let %P and 4 be paracompactifying families of supports on X and Y respectively. Corollary. F) with coefficients in 4xF shows that the map j*: H. B) be closed pairs. with d' _ 4'xF and 4" = 4s'. Since dxFIF = 0.. HP:IxF (X  Proof. Proof.§12.4.F. included here for the benefit of browsers. Thus j' and h* provide the required isomorphism.B..3 is a very strong type of "excision" isomorphism in cases where it applies.fF(F. in addition. that h* : H. It follows from the sequence (23).(X. let K E %IX .10. If. The converse is immediate.25 then s. it follows that f (K) E 4)IY . Thus the cohomology sequence of (X. Relative cohomology 87 valid for any sheaf 4' on X and any family 0 of supports.2.F.A.4'xF) The map HH(X. 12. the cohomology sequence of the pair (X..'F)=0.2. if T = f'4). A) and (Y. Then f* : H. Since f (K) is closed. In the case of locally compact Hausdorff spaces and compact supports this is often stated as "invariance under relative homeomorphism.f*4) is an isomorphism for any sheaf d on Y.A. H. F) with coefficients in d F shows that H.A = B) (e." A relative homeomorphism is a closed map of pairs (X.
Simple diagram chasing yields the fact that the first row is exact. then f' : H*(Y. B)": .nA(A) 1 + 0 CCnB(B) = I 0 C. B) is a map of pairs and d. Cj.d)' H IA(A.88 II.B.) .B.3 and coefficient sequence 0 + dxA + dxB 10. (24) Note that when A and B are closed then this is induced by the exact 4AB + 0 via 12.4) C. B) is a relative homeomorphism.(X. C.d)'HH(X. B) is a proper relative homeomorphism.nB(B. then fHH(Y.A. then there is the induced commutative diagram (assuming that f '%P C D) o .B.B. For the particular case of the inclusion (A. A) and (Y.A. 12.nA(A.M)"'Hp+i(X A.Cl(Y. B) are closed paracompact pairs and f : (X...f"4) as an isomorphism for any sheaf . A) and (Y.5.6. B) + 0 1 1 0 + CC(X. Most of the remainder of this section is devoted to generalizing the foregoing results. B) are closed locally compact Hausdorff pairs and f : (X.nA(A.f"d) is an isomorphism for any sheaf 4 on Y.A. Thus we have the induced exact "cohomology sequence of a triple (X. If f : (X...V) 1 1 C.(X. Corollary. A) + (Y.(Y. (X) 1 + C.. Corollary.B) II C.YI on Y.. If (X. we wish to see how much the "paracompactifying" assumption can be weakened in the last part of 12..3.Hl(X.B.d).4) 0 and hence a corresponding diagram of cohomology groups. Sheaf Cohomology 12.. A.nB(B) I 0 in which the columns and second row are exact. A) + C.) + 0 1 0 .4) + C. we have the commutative diagram (with coefficients in Jd understood) 0 1 0 1 0 { C..(X.A) + C. For example. B) ' + (X.A. B are sheaves on X and Y respectively with a given f cohomomorphism k : 58 M 4. If (X.2. We also .4) H*(X.7. A) + (Y.d)'H4(X. B) where B C A C X. 12.. A) + (Y.(X.
B) c+ (X. ..U. which is zero since (X .(X. Now g and h are isomorphisms on the stalk at any point x E X . spaces: 0 The following result is the basic excision theorem for nonclosed sub 12.d)+0 with exact rows.n(xU)(X . d) is zero on int(A). A) induces an isomorphism re*(X. this group is isomorphic to H. X .(X. we have the following "excision" theorem for arbitrary support families: 12.n(xU) (X ._d) +H.d) 19 + i`P*(A. F .B.B.d) +0 1h 0+iW'(X .F) n U =o. F.4) + W*(X. A.4 and 5.§12..B.dxF) is an isomorphism./d) is an isomorphism for any family of supports t on X.A.26 where i is used for all inclusion maps into X. W*(X B.. the rest of this section is rather technical and can be skipped with little loss.mod) is zero on int(A) . Consider the commutative diagram W*(X..B. but by 12.B.d ) is an isomorphism for any sheaf d on X and any family 4D of supports. and the same 26Exactness of the bottom row is by 5. Theorem. By (22) it suffices to show that H.. Relative cohomology 89 want to investigate more general types of subspaces.3. Consequently.ixF) + H.9.AB. dxF) = 0. Proof.8. Proof. It follows that i W * (X .B.. Theorem. if .d)+iW'(X .U.(X.AB. then the restriction i' : H.B.A.A . By 12. If A and B are subspaces of X with C int(A). For closed subspaces.B.3 it suffices to show that the homomorphism H.U.d) +ire*(X . d).d(xF)nu).. If F C X is closed and U C F is open in X.. _d)  H. Since is zero on int(A). then the inclusion of pairs i : (X .(X. and hence the restriction map i' : H.B.B.n(x_B)(X B.U.7.(X.A.d)+iV (A . A .B. A .
If A is Ttaut in X then f" HZ(X/A. A . for F closed and Dtaut in X. X ..B) by 12. if X is paracompact.fixA(X.el) ti H..A.B is ((DIX .d) . if A is compact and X is locally compact f * : HH (X/A.1. one can prove stronger excision theorems..B is (DIX . (X.ixB(X Thus. Let A C X be closed. Thus f is an isomorphism.. In some situations. Theorem.B) I (X .d) is an isomorphism. such as the following: 12. A. the first term is zero by 12.B can be replaced by any family IF on X .B) + HHixA(X) . 12. Similarly.B is IFtaut and SIX . then f' Hausdorff.A taut and since (4)X .90 II.B) .A)I B = 0. Let T = f1D where f : X + X/A is the collapsing map.H. e..g. if A is open and B is closed and 4'taut) then there is a natural isomorphism H. as claimed. If B C A C X and 1 is a family of supports on X such that A is'taut and X .(A .B such that A .f*4) is an isomorphism.DI X . Corollary.(X. the second term is isomorphic to HP. (X.. Since (41X . *.(X.H.. . let 4 be a sheaf on X/A.. p H.A.A.10.F.11. Since 4I X ._d) + HH (X. .B.1.IxA(X .*. and let ' be a family of supports on X/A such that {*} is taut in X/A where * = {A}. F. f%d) is an isomorphism.B is 4 IX .B).B) we have the exact sequence (coefficients in 4) . In particular.g. either some member of 4) is a neighborhood of * or {*} 1 I. 4). since both sheaves vanish on int(A) D B. Since A is Dtaut.A. `' ') ti H.10. the third term is isomorphic to HHlx_B(X .A = (41X . Proof.*.A = SIX .1.d) + H'(X. Since X .A) f1(X . f'.B) .. A) by 12.A) = (4I X . we have (by taking A = B = F) H.. Sheaf Cohomology fact follows for f by the 5lemma.B (e. then H`(X/A.A)taut in X and such that A .lxF(X ..B)taut in X . Note that in 12.
Then i4 is flabby by 5..n(U_B)(U .B)taut in X. A. then A is (.. But r4. the restriction H.B is open (hence taut) in A.1.nB(4IB) is surjective.B.§12.B) is an isomorphism by 12. for an open neighborhood U of A. But I7. l] x [0.11 (or the paracompactness assumption in the second part) is necessary. see Exercise 3. Let X = Y .4. Let Y = [0.A = f 1(4iIX/A *). The result now follows from 10.14. Proposition.vnU(U) + H. B. Relative cohomology 91 Proof.nA(A) i HS. and A are all acyclic while B has the cohomology of a circle.d) and dIB = so that renA(d) + r4. O We shall now show how to simplify the hypotheses of 12.B) is an isomorphism.DIX . Proof. If A and B are 4itaut subspaces of X with B C A. it is not hard to show. Y.n(A_B)(A .B)taut in X. Then AB is (4iIX B)taut in X B t* A is (4iIX . the restriction (arbitrary coefficients) H. Example. Z) = 0 while H2(X/A. Proof. that X. the result is an immediate consequence of the last part of 12.52] denote the compactified "long ray" in the compactified long line. Z) H2(Y/B. show that any neighborhood of A in X is the intersection with X of a neighborhood of B in Y. Standard argument.nA(4) + ronB(4IB) being surjective and d I B being (4 n B)acyclic for all flabby sheaves d on A is the definition of B being (4i n A)taut in A.12. with the aid of Exercise 3. Then (W n A) I B = 0 and. 52) x (0. Let [0. Since {*} is 4itaut. Proposition. If A and B are subspaces of X with B C A.15. It follows that H2(X. dIB = (id)IB is (t n B)acyclic since B is 4itaut in X and id is flabby. Z) zzi H2(Y. 1). However.{(52.6. where i : A + X is the inclusion. 1] and B = Y . . 12. Similarly. It follows from the proof of 12.4 that T I X . 27The second and third parts are also immediate consequences of the corollaries to 12. Assume that B is closed.27 12. 12. Z) Z. Let 1Y = 4iIX . Proposition.10. then B is (4i n A)taut in A.4) = r.(i. It follows that X/A Y/B.7.(0.10 in the case in which B is closed. Since B is 4itaut in X.nA(. Also. Let 4 be a flabby sheaf on A. the map r (i4) + renB(i4IB) is surjective. the "boundary" of Y. Let B C A C X and let 0 be a family of supports on X. since A .1)} and A = X n B. and if B is 4itaut in X. 12. This example shows that the tautness assumption in the first part of 12.13.
Let i : A .iX [so that rp(3r) = Kerkxj.dIB) with exact row and columns (since A is 4'taut).17.29) and total differential d = d'+d". 29) and d" is. and that kx : 1'O(Y') 4 is onto. then KnAnB = KnAnAnB = K n A n B = 0.A) H.: H. 4) = 0. Let X' be the kernel of the associated homomorphism 2* . B. HH (X.(X. see Exercise 48.4) = 0 = H.B. Note that B)nA= (.> (d) 1 r4>nA(4IA) 1 o r4. 2') is given the total gradation ` *(X.1 and since 4 is flabby. Similarly. But H. Here W * (X. that 2* consists of'acyclic sheaves and. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. Diagram chasing reveals that f is onto.AB. Now we will show that relative cohomology does not depend on the use of the canonical resolution in its definition. Suppose. By (24) it now suffices to show that H..IxB(X B.* be resolutions of d and 4[A respectively for which there is a surjective icohomomorphism k : 2* + . A. then H. the differential sheaf W*(X. where d' is the differential of W* (X. 4) by 12. Thus it suffices to show that 0 for p > 0..A.2*)n = ®p+q=n '.92 II. Let 2* and .4).d).A. 12. Theorem. (1)" times the homomorphism induced by the differential of 2'.JY' of resolutions. B. moreover. since B is (' n A)taut by 12. ' of (4?nA)acyclic sheaves.(X. .16.. Consider the commutative diagram 0 1 0 1 reIxB('d) f ' r(ejxB)nA(4I A) I I r. (X. This fact follows from the pointwise homotopy triviality of the canonical resolution W '(X.X and let 4 be a sheaf on X.14. The proof will rely on the fact that for any resolution 2' of a sheaf 4d.H.(X.nB(41B) r.t (**)) .4.d) for p > 0. 12.nB(.(X. Corollary. But this is isomorphic to HtnA(A.(X. 2*).1.. If B C A C X with B closed and A and B IDtaut in X. ). Let d be a flabby sheaf on X.A. Then there is a natural isomorphism H'(r.?nA)IAB since if KnA E (4 nA)IAB.I x_B(X. on W'(X. 4) = 0 by 12.4). 2' ) is also a resolution of d.
4).C.. A.A. (X.9p+a(X.A. d) C.§12.A. . Relative cohomology 93 Proof.V) .... ) defined at the end of Section 7 induces a homomorphism Jr'(X. Note that there are the homomorphisms of resolutions `e*(X. Then h E Ker Wp and f = g . The cup product on M*(X.. 4)). (X. etc. A. Let FP(X. Let F. 4) defined at the end of Section 2.Vp(X.. we see that the presheaf U + FP(U. We shall use the notation introduced in that section.d (9B). .dlA) 0 in which the rows are exact (hence defining K*). Let MP(X. 4).4) ®9°(X.`f*(X..(X. 0. (25) .17 to the case of the resolution Jr* (X.d)) Then it follows that 0+ F.(i*) I K* T r.4) = Ker{i` : F'(X. A. (X.4) = r. . 4). if g E M'(X.xp) _ F'(A. 4) . define h c Mp(X.. A. ..0 T CC(X. 4)] which is the kernel of the restriction g''(X.A..:. .(. if xi E A for all i otherwise. that HOP (X. 4) is a flabby sheaf [denoted by Jr'(X.?*) I C.. X) .ld) and similarly for ..]. . The vertical maps on the right and the middle induce isomorphisms in cohomology [since W*(X.d) = zlip(MP(X. Now we shall apply 12. xp). (X. F. A. Y*) T r4. 4) be the collection of all f E MP(X.nA(A. 2 *) is a flabby resolution of 4. A n U. and by 12. . We have the commutative diagram o 0 + 0 r .d) . 22*) .dIA)}. whence V'p(g) = iip(f) E FP(X..nA(X) 1 0 CCnA(A..d) and Op(g) E Keri*.4) h(x°i. A.djA). A. is exact.jY`. In fact. Passing to open subsets of X.(X.d)).4) iVP(A. A.d) by '(X0'..A.17.d) such that f (x°.h r= MP(X. A. By the 5lemma.. the vertical maps on the left also induce isomorphisms. xp) = 0 when all xs E A. A. We claim that F'(X.. HP(F.4)+F.(...
>+ a.1.d®B) and q U : HH(X. closed and arbitrary P) (A.2.M)®F. Thus. assume instead that 1 is paracompactifying and let U1 and U2 be open sets with U = U1 n U2 and X = U1 U U2.4U. Again the sequence 0+4U exact MayerVietoris sequence al.A.. Considering stalks.82. when A is Ttaut and (. A.1)+Fn°y(X. via 12. Second. : 4X.94 II.A) ® H. where a = (i1.4 0 `' ). First.'d ®1 ). i2) and )3 = jl . (26) since n X1 = 4IXl. : d » ''d X.j2. etc..'V) + H n4. we have the exact MayerVietoris sequence (for X. 5V) + Hpn* (X.®4U2 p+ 0 oju is exact.(X.d) ® H... We have the surjections r.4)+H4+'(X 9j.. Let Xl and X2 be closed subspaces of X with X = X1 U X2 and put A = X1 n X2. We shall return to this subject at the end of Section 13. where a = (rl. » 4 A. We shall then endeavor to generalize these sequences through the use of the relative cohomology groups introduced in the preceding section.°y(X. let 'd be a sheaf on X and 1 a family of supports on X. (X. Sheaf Cohomology which in turn induces U: F. by 10.IXA(X. The reader may develop properties of this product as well as show that it coincides with the "single space" cup product U : HP(X.. A.D n W)taut in X. We have the inclusions ik : 'dU ..A. and s. we see that the sequence +1dX1 is exact.IXA(X. Thus we obtain from 10.r2) and fl = sl .2 the (27) . and jk : d U. 13 MayerVietoris theorems In this section we shall first derive the two exact sequences of the MayerVietoris type that one encounters most frequently.
Then the sequence . One can generalize this to the case of arbitrary supports on a normal space X = U1 U U2 as follows. The MayerVietoris sequence (26) applies to show that Hk(EX) Hk1(X) for all k. If * E X is a base point.(4*).. U(4*IU) r4.§13. and taut (since it is compact and relatively Hausdorff in EX).r." that is. V C U2. then the disjoint closed sets A = X .lu. so that IgI c if l n (X . Example. This is the union along X x {z} of two cones. The claimed sequence will follow from this and the fact that H. We shall use the MayerVietoris sequence (26) to com pute a rather interesting cohomology group. MayerVietoris theorems 95 when D is paracompactifying. 28Compare Exercise 6. Conversely.d') is exact.(4iU1) and h E r. For an arbitrary space X. Let S = {0...al' I U)) etc.. Z) and let f E r4. Example. Let K = {(x. then EX contains the arc I.} on the xaxis of the plane. y) E R2 I X E S. Also.. say V D A is open and X .(4*IU1) ® r'blu2(4'lU2) °+ r4. The (unreduced) suspension of a space X is EX = CX/X x {1}. 1 < y < 1}. acyclic. let al = '°(X.1/2. (. X .IU (.. which is the image of * x II and is a closed subspace of EX.al) be the section that is the constant serration of Z with value 1.1/3.U2 can be separated.191 D A.U1 and B = X . that the base point is nondegenerate. so the Vietoris mapping theorem 11.4) :: H* (r .V) E 4DIU1. Thus f = g + h = 1(g.e. suppose and let h E r(4*) be an extension of f on V and 0 on that f E X(IfInV). O 13. To see this. h) is the desired decomposition. In fact it is enough to have a separation for the sets A = X . i. Note that this does not hold in this generality for singular theory where one must assume the space to be "well pointed.7 applies to show that Hk (SX) Hk (EX) : Hk1(X) for all k.lu(U. if we can show that a is surjective. Let 4* be a flabby resolution of al on X.1.2. Then X .(4IU2). we have H.IU(U.4IU) = 0. Then hi C IfInVEiDIU2. it is acyclic for any constant coefficients and closed supports. and this is equivalent to the sequence o . The reduced suspension of X is SX = EX/I. and so the assumed exactness of the sequence implies the existence of a decomposition f = g + h with g E r.211 13.V i B. .lu.lu.(. Now the collapsing map EX SX is closed and I is connected. if the sequence (27) always holds for ib = dd on a space X. g = fh is zero on V and on X . Since all U is flabby.Ihl D B and (XIgI)n(XIhI)=X(Ig1UIhI)cXIfl=0.U1 and B = X . r.1. For this. Since this is contractible.U2.If 1.. the cone CX on X is the quotient space X x II/X x {0}.
(X1 U X2. X2. are in X1 or all are in X2..:: [X. since [K. Proposition 13. and so H°(X1 n X2) : F1001 Z is uncountable.S1] . In order to characterize excisive pairs it will be convenient to work with the resolutions 9' (X. . X1 n X2) . and the reader is encouraged to construct some such homotopically nontrivial maps. Let X1 be the part of X with coordinate y > 0 and X2 that with y < 0. .X2.X1. Xl has S x {1} as a deformation retract and so H°(X1) H°(S) : ®O°1 Z since it is just the locally constant integervalued functions on S.n(x. Z).) In the remainder of this section we shall generalize these sequences to more general subspaces.4 will show that this property does not depend on the order in which we take X1 and X2. Let X = K .:d) could be employed in much the same way. (Note that they cannot 0 extend to all of K. The MayerVietoris sequence has the segment H°(XI) ® H°(X2) p H°(X1 n X2) ' H1(X ).X2. so we recommend that firsttime readers skip to the next section. X2) of subspaces of X will be said to be "4excisive" if the inclusion (X1. Let 4D be a family of supports on the space X.'d)) 29In V9.1/2. the group of homotopy classes of maps X + S'. Sheaf Cohomology which is compact. (X1. X1. However. The following terminology will be convenient: 13.1d) = Wp(Mp(X.{(0. there exist an uncountable number of homotopically distinct maps X + S'.Xi. Similarly for X2.3. another method is given for doing this computation. 4) for every sheaf d on X.) This group is countable..nx.X2. X2.4) n Mp(X. the set of all f E MP(X.7. X2) induces an isomorphism H. H1(X) .96 II. . 4) = MP(X. the resolutions t *(X. one may want such a sequence for a pair of subspaces.} is discrete. 0)}. Definition.ux2)(X 1 U X2. this is rare and the rest of this section is rather technical. Let F1 (X. This might seem quite unintuitive.1/3. xp) = 0 whenever all the x.. and it follows that H' (X) is uncountable. 4) of Section 2. However. 4) such that f (x°. For instance. A pair (X1.d).29 Note that by Exercise 40. S1]. Define MP (X. d)' H. However.: H1(K) = 0 because K ^_ S.13. one of which is open and the other closed. that is. Then X1 n X2 = {1. Xl n X2. . It shows that any subspace of the plane looking very roughly like this one has similar properties.X1. We wish to compute H'(X.. 10. (This also follows easily from weak continuity.. which is locally compact. Thus.
. E X2}.. Let F (X. if all x.p(g) =V.§13.d) = 0 for all p and all sheaves 4 on X1 U X2. X2i 4). 4) : U . 0 Taking X = X1 U X2 in (28) we obtain immediately.X2) is texcisiveaHil.Id) as claimed. d) = F'(X. E X1 or if all x..X2.d)) and HAP (X. 4) is the intersection of the subsheaves grp(X..X2) I F.nx.nx2 + F. E X1 or all x.(X. define h(x°i''''xp) _ g(x°. which has exact rows and columns (coefficients in d): 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 F.X2.. X. X2.nX. X1 n U. X2. the following criterion for excisiveness: 13. otherwise.. X 1 n U.4)) Consider the commutative diagram (28).h E Mp(X. so that V. .X1. X1.4) of V"(X.nx. where %F = n (X1 U X2). X1.X2. X2 n U. . X2 n U.d). and such an f extends to all of X.. MayerVietoris theorems 97 We claim that Fp(X. E X2.X2. and hence it is a sheaf. 4) is the image under V)p of if E M'(U. X1 n X2)4F.X1.xp) = 0 if all x. X1i X2. 4) n Fp(X.0 F.nX2 (X 1 nX2). (Xi) 131 '0 (28) I *2 12 (X2) 0 'FFnx2 (X2. . FP(U.(X1iX1 nX2).(X.X1. Then tip(h) = 0 and g .. 0. from the cohomology sequence of the first row.(X) I _214 F.X1) 1 *FF(X.4) = r41 (9p(X.. Proposition.(X. It is obviously flabby since FP(U. X1. if bip(g) is in the righthand side. In fact. (X1UX2iX1.X2)F.X1.4) = Hp(F.X1.4.X1.X2.(gh) E F"(X. xp).. a). The presheaf V'(X. (X1._d) I f(xoi.X2.
(Xi. X2) is Dexcisive for all 1: . Ai n A2) .(Xi U X2.X1. In both of the following cases.(Xl) ®F. A1nA2)+0 I 0+ 0+ G'(X1.:: H'(G. Al) ® F'(X2. X2.(X.(Xi U X2)/FF(Xi U X2.nx2(Xi n X2).4) ^ H.4): HPD(Xl U X2.(Xi.nx.4). nA2) 1 +0 0 0. there is a natural isomorphism H. XiUX2.nx2(XI n X2) 4 0. A1.98 II.. .(X.X2.22)_ (30) For the moment let G.X1.X1.nx. (31) induces the exact MayerVietoris sequence G.uA2)(Ai. A2) are both texcisive with A.4)''F. Al U A2) + HHnx. X2) .X2). Sheaf Cohomology For general X D X1 U X2 we also have the exact sequence F.nx.(X.nx2(X2) . where X = X1 U X2 and A = X1 n X2. A2)+F'(X1. A2) be a pair of subspaces of X with A. A2)+F'(X1nX2. X2) Dexcisive.:.(X) FFnx.X2) = F. (X. Now let (A1. Then for (Xi.n(A. 1d) . From this we derive that when (X1. X2.n(x.X1. Then H. X2) 4Dexcisive. C X. A2)) Consider the following commutative diagram with exact rows and columns (in which we have omitted the obvious supports): 0 1 0 1 0 I 0+G'(Xi.G.14) and it follows that for (X1.nx2 (X i n X2.(X1.X2)) for (X1. From (28) we derive the exact sequence (coefficients in d) (29) 0 + F.(Xi.d) .X1 JX2. Ai) ®H'nx2 (X2.Xz) G'(A1.4)+'F. the pair (X1. we have HH(X1 U X2i Al U A2. (26).(X.X2) F.H nx.(X1) ®F.X2. X2.A2) + F'(Xi)®F'(X2) I F'(A1)ED F'(A2) I 0 1 + F'(XinX2) 1 I +0 I I F'(A. A2) = Ker{G.ux2)(X1UX2. A2) . and from (30) we have the exact sequence G. A2)}. H*(G.F. A1.(Xi.(Xi. Ai. Let (31) For (X1.X2)'+ F. (21.X2. (X i.X1. X2) and (A1.nx2(X2) 1112 F... C X there is the following exact MayerVietoris sequence (with coefficients in . (32) This exact sequence generalizes both (26) and (27). X2) and (A1i A2) both Dexcisive. X2) Dexcisive.
are all closed. By 12.X1. we have that H. and X .)Ixxl(4*) = 0. If X = XI U int(X2) = int(XI) U X2 and if X1.DIX .. A. (b) X1 and X2 both closed in X1 U X2. The following result gives another sufficient condition for Fexcisiveness: 13. Its kernel is r(.4) =0. then (X1. and X1 n X2 are all 4Dtaut in X. as was to be shown.X2 C 0I int(Xi ). by 12.5. If c is a family of supports on X with and such that X2 is (Dtaut in X and A is (4D nA) taut in X1. 30This contrasts with singular theory.6.Ixx2 (X. 0 13.9. .30 In particular. Let X = X1 U X2 and A = X1 n X2.1 it follows that X1 is (DIXX2)taut. Let 4* be a flabby resolution of tea? on X.A) vanishes on int(Xi) and since .U are all taut (and X = U1 U U2).X2) = ((DIX . MayerVietoris theorems 99 (a) X1 U X2 = int(Xi) U int(X2).Ix_x2 (X. which by tautness and 12. (XI.X2 = (4 n Xl)IX1 . X2) is texcisive. Proof.(A*) i r.Ixx. where such a weak condition falls far short of sufficing. (32) is always valid when the X. then (X1.4) ' H4nxj)IxlA(X1.nx.'41X1). the restriction f: r.(X. XU2.Ixx2(4*IX1) is surjective.1 can be canonically identified with H.X2) n X1. and A.A. X2. Since (4IX . 4). X2. Since a*(X.8.ixx. (27) is valid by 12.§13. 4) ' H. Proposition. f induces an isomorphism f' : H.10 whenever the closed sets XU1. interiors relative to X1 U X2. X2) is Dexcisive. Consequently. Corollary.Xl. Since X1 is (SIX X2)taut and 4IX . by 12.
If A C X and B C Y and if 4P and %F are families of supports on X and Y.B.. = f>. A. d (9 X). (X.HP. B) respectively. Let A and B be subspaces of X and let d and B be sheaves on X.(X. when (A. Sheaf Cohomology Proof.(X. is defined for u > A and satisfies fa.).. A x B) . In particular. B) denotes the pair (X x Y. ) defined in Section 7 clearly induces a product MP(X.A. B.. B. A. ((X.5.4 ®5B) fp+' (X. 14 Continuity Let D = {A.X.B) and hence also . we obtain the cup product U:H (33) Also see Exercises 19 and 20 at the end of the chapter. A) and (X x Y.6.4) ® MQ(X. . A) x (Y.X) and H. .(4 where 4 is a flabby resolution of d. fa.B. TrX and Try being the projections (X x Y..B.. B.A.. For each A E D let 4A be a sheaf 31 Where (X.100 II. r4nA(4'IA)+o 13. such that (X x B. B.+. B) Thus. A x B) .(. respectively. The cup product on M* (X..(Y. F (X.t. We note that with the hypotheses of 13. A. A. d&X). . 4) ®g'9(X...9y(X. B. B) is (4 n 'Y)excisive..d®d8). the MayerVietoris sequence (26) can be derived directly as the cohomology sequence of the short exact sequence 0r.µ o fµ. B) .r) rMX. This follows easily from 12.. then the cup product (33) induces the cross prod UCt31 x : HH (X.i) (r. sd (9 B). A.14 and 13. A) x (Y. A x Y) is (4 x W)excisive. Hor+9y (X.µ : X1.7.A. fa. by a x 3 = TrX (a) U 7r4 (Q). by (29). X x B U A x Y). X) Mp+q(X. and let X = Jim Xa. d)®F*. Fr+. a) 0 H . (X. (X. the cross product is defined when either A or B is empty or when A and B are both closed or both open. B). A.µ} be an inverse system of spaces based on D (that is. d) ®HV. Let {Xa.B..V p(X.} be a directed set.
for x E X. Continuity 101 on XA..µ(sµ) = 0 on all of X. Thus we obtain the commutative diagram 1  4(X) 1 e2' Note that for suitable supports. Note that k. k. (That is... : dµ 4. there is a p > A such that sµ(fµ(x)) = 0 for all x E X...\.dµ (regard f. 0(s)(x) = 0. (lir sµ(f. H"(XA... Lemma.. because a section of a sheaf meets the zero section in an open set.\.1.a = h.\) a direct system of groups and that there are compatible maps H*(XA.... We have..d). Thus sµ vanishes in a neighborhood N of fµ(X) C X.cohomomorphism ka. then the canonical map 0: liW'iA(XA) + d(X) is an isomorphism.... and it follows that s. let sµ = kµ.da + f.. k. If each Xa (and hence X) is compact Hausdorff.a(sa) E . Let s c lir be the element defined by sa and assume that B(s) = 0.A...A} is a direct system of sheaves and cohomomorphisms.) Let f. : fa. .) forms (via k. such that for v > p > A. Since the X are compact..d)..).\)x + Mx.§14..) and for p > A. {4a.Rd 14.dµ(XO).. da) + so that 0 generalizes to a map 0 : liar H*(XA. for each x E X there is an element p > A of D such that sµ(fµ(x)) = 0.. there is a v > p such that C N (this follows from the fact that the inverse limit of nonempty compact sets is nonempty). But then sµ(fµ(y)) = 0 for all y sufficiently close to x. as fµ fa µ.\ : X + Xa be the canonical projection..a = k.R1) with h..a induces a homomorphism hµ.N. we show that 0 is onetoone. By the compactness of X and the directedness property of D. f.\ 14. = k. Thus.da) H'(X. The horizontal map on the lower right becomes an isomorphism upon pas sage to the limit over A (since 4 = liar fa. Let d f.d).µ o h..\.(x))) by 14.). Thus 0 is injective. Now.. Let sa E d.. Proof. the natural commutative diagram da(XA) + (fa4a)(X) 1 1 4(X) 1 (`'dA)fa(x) (fa4.da) + H'(X.µ o k. First. and for p >A assume that we are given an f.\(X.d..2.1.
and similarly for the restrictions of the sheaves to these sets.) (over p > A).\) coincides with s in some neighborhood of x.(X. it may even be assumed that the U. so that the fact that 0 is a monomorphism implies that there is a p = p(i.. 4(F) = liar ..\. IV.) cover X. we may assume that for some fixed A..(s..3. Passing to a larger A.d.) = sIfa 1(U. we see that we can assume that s. ) H " (X+. p varying.) = sofa 1(U. Therefore it suffices to treat the case in which each X. for all i. then d is soft. is soft. 14. j).) If each X.. F = lim(f. Let s E . to also denote the map ..... E . Hence k..) such that k.F)..s..tea) faixl mapping onto s(x) by 14.. then the homomorphism 0: is an isomorphism.µ is proper.. Then... where V.. by zero to a sheaf on X.Hc(X.1. and the result follows immediately...d) Proof.2.4(X). is compact.\) .... This does not alter the cohomology with compact supports because H (X. since 0 is U. maps s.(x) and let sa E . IV. X+) by 10.1.. for each pair (i.. .. there are a finite number of open subsets U1.). be a neighborhood of f.dN(U.... Now. For any closed set F C X.... IV. j). We may assume that k. such that V. Corollary.. cover XN.. Sheaf Cohomology We now show that 0 is onto. k.(s.\. so that by 14... 32AIso see 16.(s..30 and Exercise 29.\) be such that sa(f. Theorem. since sets of the form fu 1(Uµ). C Then.... n V. j. If each X..) (A large) restricting on U to s. (Continuity. in its onepoint compactification Xa and extend each . and replacing A by p.) for i = 1..s. . since X is compact. . liar Hc' (X. to zero. . coincide on V. (s. form a neighborhood basis in X.\ and hence X. is compact Hausdorff and each d. and such that the fa 1(U.. C X. d. there is a A = )(x) E D and an element of (. Embed each X...\(U. n} be an open covering of X.j) > A such that kµ. Let U.3 = U n V.) = We may assume that p is independent of (i.. . For each x E X. is locally compact Hausdorff and each fa. using k.d. 14. and by the directedness property of D.32 Proof.d. U of X.102 II.4.) _ Vim fa 1(V. k.da(Ua) (fa 1(Ua)}. Now fa 1(V.(x)) maps to s(x).. induced by the k. = s and the lemma follows.. . there are a finite number of such fa 1(Ua) that cover X. and s.. Thus there is an sa E 4...n.. and elements s.. Let {U I i = 1.
7. when each Xx = X.d* (X)) by 4.9a. and let X = im Xx.\) is an isomorphism.T* (X)) by 14. Corollary. 4) Second.. Let {X. 33 Hr* (X.5.\} be an inverse system of locally compact Hausdorff spaces and proper maps.3.\*2a is a resolution of UW fx4x = 4." By 14. . M. Then the space Ep = Jim Xn is called the "padic solenoid.6.2. Then for constant coefficients in G. if each dx is the constant sheaf G. Corollary.fix) W ' (X. G) H (X. There are two special cases of 14. Example.T' (X)) H' (.4'A Then the canonical map 0 : lid HH (X. the canonical map 0 : liM H (Xx. 14. 4) = 4 admits the factorization 91 inducing . By 14.4 of individual importance.x :fix . Continuity 103 Now let 21 = induces a cohomomorphism The cohomomorphism ko.H*(fa2x(X)) H'(4*(X)) = H*(X. G) is an isomorphism. The cohomomorphism ka : Ya = '' (XA. which induces 0 upon passage to the limit.)) = H*(l 2 (XA)) = H' (. First. j L r Q H*(fa(X. Y' =def jLrQ f. f* is soft. we obtain: 14.4x) = H*(2a(Xx)) .A:Yj'' Note that fat' is a resolution of fa4x since ff is an exact functor. .2. . since ' is soft.4* + H*(Xx.§14. Z) Q. and the homomorphism 9?' 4 of resolutions induces an isomorphism H' (. we obtain: 14. Thus. ado kµ.4).6 we see that H1(Ep. 33 Contrast Exercise 4. Let {4A} be a direct system of sheaves on a locally compact Hausdorff space X and let 4 = IL . the group of rational numbers with denominators a power of p. However. For each integer n > 0 let Xn = S1 and let irn : Xn+1 Xn be the covering map of degree p.
.X). It is easy to see that no such sequence of integers can exist.*(Y) = On It follows from continuity that in terms of generators and relations.8. which is compact and contains the compact subspace X = E3. b E Y be the points corresponding to the end points of the interval I.: H2 (I. Let Yn be the union of the unit circle C = S' with the line segment I = [1. The map g : Y Y/X C induces g* (y) = p. a2. 11 x {0}. Let gn : Yn » C be the projection collapsing Xn to a point and let y E H1 (C) be the class dual to the counterclockwise circle.K x I) of closed subspaces of K x Y. Take the Kronecker dual basis in H'(Yn). Put Y = dim Yn. a splitting map f : H'(Y) would have the form f(an) = sn. H1(Y) {N. . Sheaf Cohomology If instead. Since H2 (Y. which has the form 0 We W e claim that this does not split. Identifying the cohomology of K x I with that of K and that of K x {a. Ian = 3an+1 + Q}. 01) = 0 and H°(X) = 0. we take 7rn to be of degree n.X) . Example. Also let a. b} with the direct sum of two copies of that of K. a1. 0 14. Z f(3) = 1.H1(Y)+H1(X)+0.2 (Y . For a space K consider the MayerVietoris sequence (26) of the pair (K x X. Let j:KxX'+KxV be the inclusion. b} ti X. there is the exact sequence 0+ H1(Y.. for some integers sn. this sequence has a segment of the form (D H . then the solenoid E = Jim Xn has H1(E. X ) H.104 II. Let 7rn : Yn+1 + Yn be the covering map of degree 3 on Xn+1 = C together with the identity on I. Z) Q. Then one can compute that r(an) = 3an+1 + /Nn+1 7r(On) = /3n+1 g. Indeed. In simplicial homology with integer coefficients take the basis of H1(Yn) represented by the counterclockwise cycle in C and the cycle given by I in the direction from 1 to 1 followed by the counterclockwise lower semicircle in C. Then Y is just the mapping cone of the inclusion {a. and the relations imply that sn = 3sn+1 + 1.
0.10. Z) .C] . Continuity 105 and the homomorphism cp is given by cp(s. for n > 1.t) where ix : K K x X is the inclusion i. C] splits the surjection H'(Y) [Y. The direct system Z ? . Z) Z for p = n and is 0 otherwise. A .: H'(Sn1 x ([0. the epimorphisms iz : H'(K x X) + Hl (K) are not independent of x E X. : ZU. Z) . Z 3 H'(X. Z) ® Q .. with direct limit Y. Z) H. Q) = 0 while H2(X. Z) ® Q by 14. Consider Example 12. tensoring this with 4+ a group A gives that the limit of A 2 . If j is onto. Thus if A X is compact Hausdorf then 14.12. as in 11. and so we conclude that for K = Cx where X = E3. We wish to ask. 0 + Z 4 + . Q) HP (X.C] H1(X)..t) = 0. We have seen that such a splitting does not exist in the present example. For example. O 14. x).1]. CX] is onto. {0}). of which an increasing union is a special case. C] [Y. and retain the notation used there.HP(X. (k) = (k. such that cp(s. Example. we conclude that HP(X. By the exact cohomology sequence of the coefficient sequence 0 . then H2 (X.5.Yn) . Q) = jj H2(Xn. and since tensor products and direct limits commute. Now take K = CX. C] . C] being onto. whether it = it.2nl2n1) HldJ q.. By Exercise 40 this is equivalent to j# : [K x Y. if Xn is the mapping cone of the covering map S1 + S1 of degree n. Then A# : [X. is A ®Q.. By the exponential law in homotopy theory this implies that j : [K.Yn+1) is an isomorphism. HP(X. t) = (tic(s) + t. We wish to illustrate 14.9.3 by 11. HP(X.HP(X. (Sn1 x (0.: HP(X. and 2. ) by H1(An.. .9. lid Z) lid HP(X.2n+1/2n . namely t = it(s) = it(s).5 by calculating the cohomology of X with coefficients in Y. Zu. Note that 9?n/yn_1 : Za for n > 1. then for any s E HI (K x X) there is a t E HI (K).. . If this is the case.§14.[K x X. ) HH (Ul. The sheaves 2n there form a direct system. has limit Q. This H1(K x X)). This does not generally hold for a noncompact space. CY] [K. Yj) . By 14. Example. then there is a map A : CX .fin  2n+1 . Thus. 1]. 2') . and X = +Xn.CY such that the composition CX . Thus the condition implies that s E Im (j* : H'(K x Y) it = it implies that j" is surjective. Z) 0 since cldjAn = c homeomorphism by 12. which is metrizable and hence paracompact.7. (An. Z) HP (®n.5 we get HP(X. ib(s) . Sn1.[X. CY p CX is homotopic to the identity.
which will be generalized in Section 15. and clearly s E re(. ['). If 9 is a sheaf on X that is concentrated on A C X and if 5T is a torsion free sheaf on X.11. Let B = U Is«. 14. Theorem. then the canonical map lin H.9 (&9`)) HP(lire(9'(& 9`)) tim Hp (X.12.(9 ® 9). so that 9 is monomor Let s E r.u extend to some s. 9') y H (X. Since K is paracompact. represents a limitation on which 0 groups can appear as cohomology groups of compact spaces. 9) is an isomorphism.13.. Then by 9. and so B E 4i since K E 4?.9' ranges over the subsheaves of . (Y'(9 Y*)) which is obviously induced by the inclusions 9' <* 9. 9) Hp(rt(. 14. (9O®9) is monomorphic. By passing to a shrinking of this covering.12. Continuity does not extend to more general support families. If 9 is a sheaf on X that is concentrated on A C X and if 4? is a paracompactifying family of supports on X. Thus each re (..9' concentrated on members of 4iJA. Proof..9'®9) phic since limn is exact. such as the canonical resolution.. Lemma.. . Let 9' be a torsionfree 4?fine resolution of Z. 14. A sheaf .. Each 9' ® 9 p 9 0 9 is monomorphic since 9 is torsion free. then the canonical map (9: lii r4 (Y' ®9) r't (y®9). r.19 and 14." on X is said to be concentrated on a sub space ACX if9JXA=O. and that the sa. However.9'(U) and t..9'' (9 9). somewhat restricted continuity type results can be shown in more generality..u E 9(U). Sheaf Cohomology ({J Z. we have that H (X. we can cover Isl by a locally finite family {U} of such sets U. Thus the displayed formula.u for some s"u E . is an isomorphism for any paracompactifying family 4i of supports on X. Then Isl has a neighborhood K E 4i. UM Hp(r4. since fl Z.. where . Proof. The set B is closed since the collection {U} is locally finite. is not all torsion. as is shown by Exercise 4. Definition.u®t. as we shall now see. For X E (sl there is a neighborhood U C K of x such that s I U = E s. we can assume that {U} is locally finite..:.u E r(9jU). where 9' ranges over the subsheaves of 91 that are concentrated on members of 4?JA.106 II. The sections s.u generate a subsheaf 9' of 9 that is concentrated on B E 4IA.) ®Q 0 0.Pb (X..uI C K n A.
HP(U. Let X and Y be locally compact Hausdorff spaces.Z) = 0 for p > 0. Also. Then H (X. We have H2 (R2. for any sheaf Y concenHi dI {o} (X . trated on K C A with K closed in X. It might be thought that H. which induces an isomorphism dx ®58y (. and the contention follows from the cohomology sequence of (X. we shall compute H2(lit2. we have the cross product p : 4(U) ®V(V) ... This example shows that the condition that be paracompactifying in 14. Let X = [0. ZU) Z. Z) sequence of 0 Z Z{o} . as follows from 11.14. The Kunneth and universal coefficient theorems 107 This result means. 1).d®58)(x.d) of the pair (X. For example. 2') = 0. then H.(X. A. we have H. A.nA(A.15 or from the Kunneth formula in the next section or by noting that this is the same as H2(S2. Thus tensor and torsion products are over L throughout the section. (X. Z) = 0. Y) is also concentrated on K. Z) ti Z.djA). Example. since U is contractible. Important applications of this will be given in IV8.. 4) = 0 when 4 is concentrated on A.1. this is far from true when A is not closed.A. Z) . Z{o}) V * (X. (X. However.ZUIU) = HP(U. A).(X. However. However.15.23. X .. ZU) for the open unit ball U about the origin. whence C. U. then the canonical map p : rc(4) ® rc(I) ' rc(4®f) is an isomorphism. If 4 and JR are cfine sheaves on the locally compact Hausdorff spaces X and Y respectively. intuitively. 1]. (4®f)(U x V).A). This is true for A closed since then H.Z(o.1) = H. A = (0.(X. 15. in fact only on those sets B E 41 A. Z) and using the fact that this is isomorphic to the singular cohomology by 9. ZU) : H.ll) Z(o.44) : H. and 1 = HP(X. X . it is true that HP(X. so that the cohomology cldl{0}. 9) "depends" only on the subsets B C A that are closed in X. (X.0 shows that H1(X. d) when d is concentrated on A.. U. Example.§15.ib H ({0}.:: Z. HP (X. that when 9 is concentrated on a set A. If d and X are sheaves of Lmodules on X and Y respectively and if U C X and V C Y are open.. 2') = 0 since 0 14. . as follows immediately from the cohomology sequence 0 15 The Kunneth and universal coefficient theorems In this section a principal ideal domain L will be taken as the ground ring. 14. U) with coefficients in ZU shows that H2(R2.y) on stalks. Thus the exact sequence of (R2.13 is essential. Proposition.. (U.
d+IU. Thus (>gz(aic)) (>2h1(bk)) _>>g(ak)®h. then there is a natural exact sequence (over the principal ideal domain L as base ring) ®Hcl (X.V` is cfine by Exercise 14.ld+)(U) _ Hom(.} and {V. (This also follows from the algebraic KOnneth formula for differential sheaves. 4) and Hom(.d. whence i. I. Suppose that for i.4)*Hq(Y.(bk)). t. Then (g.(bk). = p(t. j..} and {h. followed by extension by zero defines a homomorphism .d+.) 4(X). E Let {g. Then. l®X) (34) . E 4(X) ®58(Y) with u(c. 15.)(s) = p(>kg. so that d+ is cfine since mod) is csoft by Exercise 15.4 a)(X x Y) is onto... If X+ is the onepoint compactification of X and if 4+ = .d*FD.108 II.(4) = P(. Let s E (.) for some element t.®h.. Now g. 58). Sheaf Cohomology Proof. Similarly.ldx then F.®h. For i : X ti X+. sd+IU) .(ak)(9h.) It follows that we may assume that X and Y are compact...d' can also be seen to be cfine by direct application of Exercise 12. `e`(X.d(U..} of X and {V } of Y such that sJU.2.(bk) an element c.. x V. p(c. since 4* and 5B` are pointwise homotopically trivial.(ak) ® h. = >k ak ®bk. (Kiinneth.d)(U fl X) _ (i74°orre( .ad).)(s)..JR) p+q=n+1 that splits nonnaturally.) ®58(V3).d)®H. Thus we obtain from > kg. . el))(U).) ® (bklV. then there are finite coverings {U} of X and {V. 4) and 58` = (`(Y..) = 0 in .®h. We shall first show that p : 4(X) ®B(Y) (.} and {h. It follows that s = E.) = p (>t c. Theorem.. The differential sheaf Proof. } respectively [in Hom(4.®h.)..1 p+q=n (X xY.(g. Again. so that p is onto.. let {g.) = (g.} be partitions of unity subordinate to these coverings. it follows that >k g. j fixed..(.76sn(4.d®`Jll)(X x Y).. There are finite coverings {U..(bk) ej k O.. (. E form a partition of unity subordinate to {U.. Let . if c = >2k(ak (9 bk) is an element of d(X) ®56(Y) with p(c) = 0.) and bk E V(V.d®v)»®Hi(X. X) respectively].). see Exercise 13.^s Hom(4jU fl X. we have .} of Y such that >k(akIU. It is also a resolution of .) Thus we have H (X x Y.(ak) 0 h3(bk) = 0 for all i. where ak E 4(U.. Then the induced endomorphisms g.V. see Exercise 42. x V.d and X are sheaves on X and Y respectively with = 0.4®58.4(U.)(s) = >.d+).} be partitions of unity subordinate to {U. since application of g.(ak) vanishes outside some compact subset of U so that it extends by zero to an element of d(X) and similarly f o r h.) If X and Y are locally compact Hausdorff spaces and if . 4I U fl X) = Hom(.
2. The Kunneth and universal coefficient theorems 109 Since rc(. IVExercise 18. However. when applied to the righthand side of (34). if X is the topological sum of the lens spaces L(p. Proof.Hc+1(X.. and VExercise 25 for further results of the Kunneth type on cohomology.4 * M = 0. With the notation of the proof of 15. there is a natural exact sequence 0+ H (X. Let .§15. Hn(r. 15. The following result is an immediate corollary of 15. Let d be a sheaf of Lmodules (L being a principal ideal domain) on the arbitrary space X and let M be a finitely generated Lmodule with . so that the result follows from the algebraic universal coefficient theorem applied to See IV7.d)*M. Z) ® Q : (rlp z) ® Q # 0 since f1p Zp is not all torsion..a * M = 0.A* ® M)) ^ H*(rc(. For example. the algebraic Kunneth formula (which we assume to be known. 15. then H2(X. see [54] or [75]).d (9 M) 4 Hn. Then there is a natural exact sequence (over the principal ideal domain L as base ring) 0. By 5. yields the result. Q) rjp(Z® ® Q) = 0.ld)) ®M.. Then for any family 1D of supports on X.14.td®M).a)®M. Chapter V contains analogous results on homology. Theorem. Q) while H2(X.1). 1). Theorem. by 15. this follows from the algebraic universal coefficient theorem applied to the formula Hc* (X.d*) ® M). d (9 M) : H'(rc(. [Except for the naturality in M of the splitting.d)) (gM). (Universal Coefficient Theorem.HH(X.) Let X be a locally compact Hausdorff space.(w*(X. the following gives one case of the universal coefficient theorem that is valid for general spaces.B') = 0 by Exercise 36.d*) * I. r 1p H2(L(p.2 by taking Y to be a point and 58 = M to be an Lmodule.] In general these results do not extend to more general spaces.4. this also follows directly from 15.0 which splits (naturally in M but not in X).ld (&M) the complex r.ji)*M.1 applied to the case in which Y is a point. (`i°'(X. (X.0 which splits (naturally in M but not in X).3.4 be a sheaf on X and let M be an Lmodule such that . p ranging over all primes.Hc(X.6. +1(X. H (X...d)®M+ Hk.2: . Proof.(.
the canonical map µ : r.1}). If d and X are sheaves on the locally compact Hausdorff spaces X and Y respectively. as well as its continuation in Section 8 of Chapter IV.5.i®58) is an isomorphism in any of the following three cases: (a) d arbitrary. p 0. p#0. For a paracompactifying family D and a sheaf .. L) Hp((0. with minor exceptions. {0. n.2 we deduce that Hp(R . essentially selfcontained. (d) H lu(U. and the proofs for it are often much simpler than for more general results. 0 16 Dimension In this section we study the notion of cohomological dimension. From the cohomology sequence of (S'. as follows from the cohomology sequence of ([0. which has a close relationship with the classical dimension theory of spaces. 16. then over a principal ideal domain as base ring.(. (b) Yu is Dacyclic for all open U C X. the following four statements are equivalent: (a) 2 is soft.6. Proposition. . Example. Thus we shall redundantly state and prove some results in the locally compact case even though more general results are given later in the section. He (R.(X. (c) H 4'. our formally stated results. This makes the present discussion. 11. fu) = 0 for all open U C X.n.V) rc(. (b) d and X both torsion free. The case of locally compact spaces is of the most importance to us. L) L for p = 1 and is zero otherwise.1). p # n.V = 0 and d and X both cacyclic.110 II. p = n.A) ®rc(. *) we also have that HP(S'. Also. 0.1. although we shall occasionally comment upon known items from classical dimension theory. (c) .PIU) = 0 for all open U C X. 9 torsion free and cacyclic. L) N r L. L) I L. Proposition. By 15. 15.' on X. Sheaf Cohomology 15.. l 0. are based solely upon the theory developed in this book.
2.13. Moreover.+SE" 0beas in (a).4u) = 0 for all open U C X. The following four statements are equivalent: (a) dim.2. .d has a 4>soft resolution of length n. (b) . (d) H4' +1(X. If (d) holds. then "4>acyclic" in (c) and (d) can be replaced by "4>soft.iU(U. r . [1n is also Dsoft. then the exact sequence ' 0 . Proof.4 4 9°+.''U) "_ H (X. (c) For every sheaf . Then for U C X open. (b) H +1(X. Zn(X..2IU) = 0 of 10. Thus O " is 4>soft by 16. 4) is Dacyclic.(2) .d on X. U 1) : jj 0. 16. Let 4) be a family of supports on X and let L be a fixed ground ring with unit.. Item (b) trivially implies (c). the following four statements are equivalent: Se"' + 0 of 4 of (a) For every resolution 0 + mil + Y0 + 9?1 + . 0 16.F.Y1IU) = 0 for all open U C X and all k > n.u) = H . The implications (a) r (b) = (c) (d) are clear..3. Item (a) implies (b) by 9. For a paracompactifying family 4) of supports on X and a sheaf . We let dime. rdIU(2IU) . F C X is closed and U = X .u(U. if 4> is paracompactifying. Definition..L X be the least integer n (or oo) such that H (X..reIF(YIF) + H. L e t Ker( P + 2'p+1). the exact sequences 0'3u ' SE'u '7u 1 '0 show that H. d) = 0 for all sheaves d of Lmodules.§16. 16.1. Theorem.L X < n.(X. Theorem.3 shows that Y is bsoft by 9. length n in which 2> is 4>soft for p < n. (c) H (X.4. Dimension 111 Proof.3. 4) = 0 for all sheaves 4 of Lmodules and all k > n." . which is equivalent to (d) by 10.."1 . (d) Every sheaf 4 of Lmodules has a 4>acyclic resolution of length n. Assume (d) and let 0+.d of Lmodules.
2. Proposition.L X. 16. If 4i and T are paracompactifying and E(4) C E(LY). Let X be locally paracompact (respectively. if each point x E X admits a locally closed (resp. since W is locally paracompact. 16.3 and 16. 3k1) = 0 for all k > 1. Then I'. then dimL X < n.L X = dim.. 1 W. Note that dimL X need not coincide with dim. hereditarily paracompact). (X. Therefore. an open set. Proposition.L X < dim. (B) = r. Such a space possesses a paracompactifying family 4i with E(4i) = X (and conversely). then dime. since each member of 4i has a neighborhood in 4?. the set of all closed K such that K has a closed paracompact neighborhood in X is such a family. then any 41soft sheaf is 4isoft and dim4. arbitrary) neighborhood N with dimL N _< n. where 4i is paracompactifying and E(4)) = X.7. so assume (b). Theorem.5) dimL X = dime.. Then as in the proof of 16.5.. If 4i is a paracompactifying family of supports on X. Definition.. Then dimL X > dimL A for any locally closed (resp.L X = supKEe{dimL K}. The following fact is an immediate consequence of 9. 7n) H +1(X. 16. 4) and 3'0 = 4] H.2(a). . proving (c).d) H Iw (W.d1 W ).L X. whence dimt. and E(4IW) = W.L X when X is not paracompact. Indeed. we have [for 7' = 3'p(X. Clearly (c) z (d) z (a) (b). The following is an immediate consequence of 9. If X is locally paracompact then we define (using 16. 45JW is paracompactifying. arbitrary) subspace A C X.. 16. .6.112 II. It follows that HH(X. 7n1) Hn+1(X. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. We say that a space X is locally paracompact if it is Hausdorff and each point has a closed paracompact neighborhood.id.8. Conversely.L X reduces to the study of dimL W for W locally paracompact. Suppose that 4i is paracompactifying on X and put W = E(D).L W = dimL W.y.14 and shows that softness and dimension with respect to a paracompactifying family 4i of supports depends only on the extent E(4?) of the family. when 1 is paracompactifying.I w (BI W) for any sheaf 58 on X. the study of dimD.
2 and the facts that CIA is 4isoft for a 4. X .L X < dimL X + 1. 16. Let i : A '+ X be the inclusion.3: 16.L X. we may assume that N is closed in the statement of the theorem.A is paracompact. Proposition. Then 2 N is GINsoft for p < n. id). Theorem. and recall that 4 (id) I A. X A. little can be said about dimD.A) shows that HP (X. Let 4i be paracompactifying on the locally paracompact space X and let A C X with X .§16. where U ranges over the open neighborhoods of A in X.L X when 4i is not paracompactifying. Corollary. whence IL This implies that dime.A.L F < dime. By 10. the last 34 By Exercise 25 this also holds when X is only locally hereditarily paracompact.d) = 0 for p > n. If F C X is closed. Note that r. Therefore HP(A.6 we have that HP(A.A is paracompactifying since X . For the converse. by the portion already proved. then dime.L X < dimL X + 1.IA is paracompactifying for A locally closed.g.a)=0forp>n+1.(4*) = hn r.HP(X.L X < dimL X + 1. Now dimL U < dimL X = n. paracompact..1. 4) lirz W r HP(U. 4) = 0 forp>n+1. Generally. and 44taut (e.4) = 0 for p > n and any sheaf d of Lmodules on X. By 16. The exact sequence of the pair (X. where K ranges over 4> and 4* is a flabby resolution of 4.2.A paracompact). We may assume that N E 4?.. in either case. Let n = dimL X.34 Proof. It will be used in Chapter V.9. By 12. so that H nX_A(X .IK. Thus 2n is 4isoft by 9. Note that 4? n X . An exception is the next result concerning families of the form I A and its corollary concerning arbitrary families. Let 4? be a paracompactifying family with E(4i) = X.XA.IK(4 ).14 and dimL X < n by 16. then dimDIF. so that rrIN is soft for p < n by 16. Dimension 113 Proof. let 4d be a sheaf on A. l whence X < n + 1 by definition. Let 4? be paracompactifying with E(4i) = X and let T' be a resolution of 4 of length n with 9p 4?soft for p < n. In the nonparacompact case one still has the following monotonicity property of cohomological dimension. Now suppose that X is hereditarily paracompact and A C X is arbitrary.A < n.10. . A closed and X .11. whence dimL A < n as claimed.. If X is hereditarily paracompact and 4i is an arbitrary family of supports on X.1 and Definition 16.2. which is an immediate consequence of 10.8 we have that dimL X . Then dime1 A.L X < supKE4.soft and that 4. Proof. Then the first part follows from 16. dim.A locally closed.H A(X. since A is taut in X. 16.4):.
d' E 6. where I is an ideal of L and U C X is open. it suffices to show that JA E 6 for J an ideal of L and But if A = U n F with U open and F closed.i E 6 q (b) If f d.d.. Now let J be a subsheaf of L. Lemma. Fork < n.114 II.12.. . Let U1. Consider the sequence 0C/ncj. The class of subsheaves (of Lmodules) of B that are in 6 has a maximal element 4' by (b).. L) = 0 Hn (X.. Thus we see that it suffices to show that any subsheaf (of ideals) of L is in 6.1. . .. . Sheaf Cohomology inequality resulting from 16. then JA = Ju/J(xF)nu E 6 by (a) and (c). . J) = 0 for all ideals J of L. 1C.10 and 16. Exercise 23 shows that the +1 in 16. If X is a locally compact Hausdorff space and L is a ring with unit. by (a).) U. and by (b). 35Also see Exercise 35. 16. U be open sets and Ii..d . not direct) of subsheaves of the form Iu. Thus I can be expressed as the sum (in I..0 is exact with . . The image of h is not in 6 by (a). then U a. . it suffices to show that every finite sum of sheaves of the form Iu is in 6. . . U. then . (c) For any ideal 1 of L and open set U C X we have I u E 6. then s defines a nontrivial homomorphism h : Lu S8/.35 Proof.d"E6. Assume that the sheaf X V 67.+1 is the direct sum of sheaves of the + I. let Vk be the set of points lying in at least k of the sets U. E 66.. Thus. Lemma. Then 6 consists of all sheaves of Lmodules. //v. } is an upwarddirected family of subsheaves of a with each .13. _ (Il)u1 + + (I. d" . 16. so that the kernel of h cannot be in 6 by (a) and (c).. We note that each quotient qv.10 since elK = cldI K and cld is paracompactifying on X. If 0 s E (JB/. of L and A is the form JA. A locally closed. .d)(U) for some open U C X.... I ideals of L. 1' .4.. Let 6 be a class of sheaves of Lmodules (L a ring with unit) on a space X satisfying the following three properties: (a) If 0 . U11 . + locally closed set consisting of those points in U.c/v1=J. Then any element of 4 is contained in a subsheaf of I of the form Iu. E 67. where typically J is the ideal I... but in no other U3. then HH (X.11 cannot be dropped. Let...
L) + He (X. Z) * L. Z)®L®LJ = 0 . Ju) = 0 for all open U C X. all ideals J of L. Now let 63 = {2 1 HH (X.5. Thus the universal coefficient theorem over Z implies that Hn(X. 16. whence He (X.u = G. 16. and X = U{W ( W E 6} by assumption.76)®J = Hn (X.13.17.12. Then dimL X < n q HH +1(U.5] and the result follows. Proof. The MayerVietoris diagram HH(U)®Hn (V) * HH(UUV) + 0 1 1 HH(X)®HH(X) HH(X) _0 shows that the union of two members of 6 is in 6. 2) = 0 for all k > n}. Let X be Hausdorff and locally compact with dimL X <n. Let X be locally compact Hausdorff and L a ring with unit.14.16.. Then dimL X < n. The part is trivial. L) + He (U. L) is trivial. Ju) Hn. L) be a subgroup such that every point x E X has a neighborhood U with Im{jX u : HH (U. Thus 66 is directed upwards.36 Proof. Then G=H2(X. (W.2 implies that HH (X. and Hn+1(X. Let G C H2 (X. But Hn. Hcn (X. Lw) = R HH (W. L) = U lm jX w for W ranging over 67 [since L = liW Lw. so that 16.§16.15.L). Z) ®L = 0 = HH +1(X. Condition (b) follows from 14. 36Also see 16.(X. 16. Dimension 115 Proof. L) by 14.3.25. L)} = G. then dimL X < dimz X for any ring L with unit. Corollary. Therefore. 0 16. and all k > n. Z) *L by the universal coefficient theorem 15.32. L) = 0 for all open sets U C X. L) = UM HC (X. Z) * J = 0 since the latter group injects into Hn+1(X. Suppose that for each open set U C X and x E U there is a neighborhood W C U of x such that jn.33.w : Hn. Thus 6 consists of all sheaves of Lmodules and this implies that dimL X = dim. Proposition. and 16. Let X be locally compact Hausdorff with dimL X < n. The following is an immediate consequence of the definition: 16. Thus suppose that the condition is satisfied. Then 6 clearly satisfies conditions (a) and (c) of 16. Then Hn +1(X. If X is locally paracompact. . We have HH (X. Proposition. J) = 0. Theorem.L X < n.+1(U. J) = 0 by 16. Let 67 be the collection of all open subsets U of X with Imjz.
116 II. For any point x E B there is a neighborhood A.{x.10. This has the form L H1(X . 16.20 obviously K is totally disconnected by 16. AnLet AO = K .(A) takes ry to zero. Let ry E Hc'.10 and 16. Example. If X is a connected space with at least two closed points. We will suppress coefficients in .9 and 16. y}) has the segment I'(L) + I'(LI{x. 16. Applying 16. Corollary. whence H' (K) dimLK=0. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. then dim.19. Then the exact sequence of the pair (X. and totally disconnected. 7G) = 0 for all subspaces A C X and all p > 2.. Let x # y be distinct closed points in X and put U = X . Proof. the singular cohomology of X is nonzero in arbitrarily high degrees.td. we have dimL K = 0 by Exercise 11 . Lemma. 0 This illustrates a fundamental difference between the two theories.6. of x such that H.1 be a sheaf on K. Let . . (U. y}) . L) = 0 for all open sets U. (K) and let the compact set B be the support of some cochain representative of ry. {x.3. and hence 16.14. Since X is metrizable. If the space K is locally compact. dag . (Ao) ® .s). Also. A locally compact Hausdorff space K has dimL K = 0 a K is totally disconnected. (Note that c n Ao = clAo and c n A. y}. The onepoint union X of a countably infinite number of 2spheres with radii tending to zero has dimZ X = 2 as follows from Example 10. Then y also restricts to 0 in H' (Ao). see 12. dimL K+ = 0 K+ is totally disconnected by 16.. Hausdorff. Lu). Lu). U A. Lu) 0..L ® L + H1 (X.) Since H..8 that HP(A.35. ® H. .20. we conclude that y = 0.17. computation of the singular groups is several orders of magnitude more difficult for such spaces than is sheaftheoretic cohomology.1 (K) Hc' . whence dimL X < n by 16..19. .16 to each open set U with G = 0 gives H. 37 Proof. Thus B is contained in a disjoint union of such open and compact sets &. (An).L X > 0 for any ring L with unit.(A1 U .. If K+ is the onepoint compactification of K. As remarked in 10.18. it follows from 16.21. however. Proposition.H' (X. dimL K = 0 37Also see 16.4 from our notation. 16. by 10. Proof. then dimL K = 0 for any ring L with unit. = cIA1 = cld for i > 0. which can be assumed to be open and compact.
L) = 0 for all k > n and all U in some basis for the open sets of X . L) and 12.21 that K be locally compact may not be discarded. k2}. suppose that Hek (U.19. L) ®Hn.9 we can also assume that K is connected and is not a single point.22. then dimL (X x K) > n.8 that dimL K = 1.ld. The "Knaster explosion set" K is an infinite subset of the plane that is connected but has a point x0 E K such that K .n (X x K. Also. k2 }. The exact sequence r(LI U) + r(L]A) + H1(U. L). By 16.L U > 0. Consider a as lying in H°(X x {kl}. then K is the set of points in X of rational height on rays from xo to end points of complementary intervals of the Cantor set together with the points of irrational height on the other rays. If dimL X = n and dimL K > 0. Corollary. (H. If dimL(X x K) < n then Hn+I(X x (K . Of course.) O 16.27. (The fact that dimL K = 1 follows from Exercise 11.§16.L) and let Q E H. L) correspond to a®0 in Hn (X x {kl }.{xo} > 0 by Exercise 11 for any ring L with unit. Lemma. Now. L) + Hn (X x {kl.{kl. and this provides a contradiction. and 16. Since K embeds in the plane and its closure k there has dimL K = 1. k2}). A.21 and 16. L) 0 is independent of k E K by 11.14. Let 0 # a E Hn.(X x {k2}. k2}). it follows from 16. (X x {kl.3 show that H1(U. By passing to an open subset and using 16. L) # 0. The fact that K is connected is an exercise on the Baire category theorem. we can assume that K is compact.{xo} C x (0. L) + Hr +1(X x (K . the fact that K .25. Then dimL X < it. totally disconnected Hausdorff space X containing a locally closed subspace A such that I'(LIU) + I'(LIA) is not surjective for any open U J A.8.20. A = U n F for some open U and closed F.. L) + Hn. 38If X is the union of line segments in the plane from xo = (0. L) # 0. Thus dim. Dimension 117 16. 16. (X. Lu_A)^s H1 (U. This shows that the condition in 16. . L) = 0 by 16.24.{kj. so dimL K . But the composition H. By passing to the onepoint compactification and using Exercise 11. dimL X = 0 by 16.{xo} is totally disconnected. 0 16. 1) to points in the Cantor set in the unit interval on the xaxis. while dimL U = dim. Example. (X. Example II16].L U = 0 by 16. see [49. Proof. L) and let k1 # k2 E K.19 and 16. 1] where C is a Cantor set. Cohen.) Let X and K be locally compact Hausdorff spaces. A. cld cannot be paracompactifying on U. and so the exact sequence He' (X x K. whence A is closed in U. For a locally compact Hausdorff space X. Example.38 Now dimL K > 0 by 16.14 we can assume that Hn(X. According to Exercise 37 there exists a compact. L) shows that 3 comes from some class ry E Hn (X x K. L). that is closed under finite intersections.9. L) =+ H. (X x {k}.23.
Let X and K be locally compact Hausdorff spaces. Proof. Y for which dimL(X x Y) < dimL X + dimL Y 1627. since R"+2 satisfies that hypothesis. and so Hn+ 1 (U. it follows from 16. 16.(U)®HH(V). L®zL) = 0 whenever n > p + q. Hp((0.27. Corollary. 16. the Hilbert cube II°° satisfies that hypothesis for any given n. Corollary..1). If dimL K = 1. dimL Rn = n. L) . L) = 0 by 14. (U x V. L) = 0 for k = n + 1 rather than for all k > n. of elements of the basis directed upwards. 39Also see IV8.: L for p = 1 and is zero otherwise. and so dimL X < n by 16. By the MayerVietoris sequence H.Hk: (UuV).118 II. and so Hn. Proof. Remark: It does not suffice in 16.5. L®LL. By 15. Then any open set U is a union U = (J Uc. : Z zL. Thus the result follows from 16.26.2.28. Let X and Y be locally compact Hausdorff spaces.. By 16.8. 811). Hn (U x V. Also. Now the composition L ... then dimL(X x K) = 1 + dimL X. Then Lu = lid Lu.14 that dimL R = 1.24 and dimL(X x K) < 1 + dimL X by 16. The sets U x V where U C X and V C Y are open form a basis for the topology of X x Y which is closed under finite intersections since (Ul x V1) n (U2 x V2) = (U1 n U2) x (V1 n V2 ).Hk+'(UnV) we can throw finite unions into the basis.39 Proof.26. Since an open subset of R is a disjoint union of open intervals.14. . We have dimL(X x K) > dimL X by 16.:L is the identity. By the cohomology sequence of the pair (II. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. L) = 0 whenever n > p + q. Let p = dimL X and q = dimL Y. Corollary. Then dimL(X x Y) < dimL X + dimL Y for any ring L with unit.25 that H' (U.L®zL.25. Examples have been constructed by Pontryagin of compact spaces X. If Mn is a topological nmanifold. The result now follows from 16.5. then dimL Mn = n for any L..
(b) If 0 # U C M is open. It follows that Im jM. Proof.3 it suffices to prove this in the case K = Z. . Dimension 119 16. If U # M. U n V MayerVietoris sequence H. Then continuity 14.30. 14. proving (b) in general. this map factors through H"(Sn . proving the contention. From the exact sequence of the pair (M.3: 0 Now we wish to extend 16. First we prove (a) for M = Sn. Then 2 = 2'a is also 1soft. Theorem.F be an open metric disk. } is an upwarddirected family of connected open sets such that each H' (U0) is either Z or Z2. A E A} be a direct system of 4?soft sheaves on X. then HH (F.16 we have G = Hn (M).0 shows that (c) is true for U U V since HC (U n V) is the direct sum of the cohomology of the components Up of U n V and each H2 (Up) + H' (U) ®H' (V) has an image that is the diagonal {(A. Liseikin [55].v = Imjnr.unv = Im jn . A)} C Z ® Z H. However. K) is onto.29. By 15. then jnr u : H (U.14 to general paracompactifying families of supports on general spaces. and the . and similarly for the case in which Hn(U) Z2. It follows that there is a maximal connected open set U satisfying part (c) (for U in place of M). Suppose that {U. M . we deduce that G = Im jM u is independent of U for U Rn By 16. By adding a point at infinity. .v = Imjnr. K) = 0.Hn (M.u If U and V are open sets each homeomorphic to litn and if u n v # 0.U) = 0 (since Sn .F) = 0 by the fact that dimSn = n. and so U=M. Then: (a) If F C M is a proper closed subspace.(V) + Hn:(U) is onto by the case of (b) just proved. K) .U) we see that (b) holds when M =Rn.n (U) ®H' (V) or the antidiagonal {(A. The exact sequence of the pair (M.U is contractible).) shows that the same is true for U = U Ua. (Kuz'minov. Then for any open V C U. This contradicts the maximality of U. Corollary. F) proves (a) in general.v : Hn.) Let 4b be a paracompactifying family of supports on X and let {2). K) :: K or K/2K.u.5 (applied to Zuo.§16. Suppose now that U C M and U Rn.Hn (U)®Hn (UuV). Now Hn(Sn) + Hn(F) is surjective since H'+1(Sn . then let V Rn be an open neighborhood of a point in the boundary of U. The main tool is the following extension of 16. Then U U V is connected.n (UnV) 0. (a) follows for the case M = Rn.. then it follows that Im jn . (c) Hn (M. jn. Let U C 5n . Since M is connected. A)}. Let M be a connected topological nmanifold and K any constant coefficient group.
aEF (3VF and note that CF1 nCF. and the ka(F). Let 6 be the collection of all sheaves d on X such that satisfied by 9. Because of (35). Any finite number of the sa coincide in the direct limit at a point of K.3 it suffices to treat the case in which X is paracompact and ib = cld. Proof.Uup. a E Al of X and sections sa E Yai"l(U) such that kaial(sa)IK n Ua = sJK n Ua. Since LU Xzz Xu is 4)soft by 9. Condition (a) is ®58 is exact.ial(sa) all coincide on K n I IIEF ULet {V. it can also be assumed that for any finite subset F C A there is an index A E A such that A > \(a) for all a E F and the ka .a(a)(sa) on K n CF for all a E F. the projections ka(F)(sF) E T(CF) fit together to give a section s' E 2(X). Then the sections k. there is an index A(F) such that A(F) > A(G) for all G (.12. F and such that the kaiFi.32. Corollary. alai is soft. LU E 6.L X < n. which is closed in CF. this extends to a section sF E ZXiFi(CF). Then we can find a locally finite open covering {U. for G g F. and so 6 satisfies condition (c) of 16. I a E A} be a shrinking of {Ua}. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. by passing to a refinement. Corollary. Condition (b) is satisfied by 16. C CF. and hence in a neighborhood of the point.a(a)(sa)IK n CF fit together to give a section of 2 (F) over U{Cc n CFI G g F} U (K n CF). This completes the inductive construction of the 5F. For a given subset F C A with n elements. .12. where the kA : 2a + 2 are the canonical homomorphisms. and s'IK = s by construction.' is a torsionfree 4)soft sheaf of Lmodules on X.31. If 4) is paracompactifying on X and L is a principal ideal domain. (35) For a given integer n > 0 and for all F C A with fewer than n elements. whence 6 consists of all sheaves of Lmodules by 16. since . put CF=nva.13. then the following four conditions are equivalent: (a) dimp..30.Alcl (sG). then ®L B is 4)soft for all sheaves a of Lmodules on X. Va C Ua for all a.10. If 4) is paracompactifying on X and . Let the base ring L be a principal ideal domain.e.. Since . suppose that we have defined an index A(F) E A and sections SF E SEA(F)(CF) such that A(F) > A(G) and SF = kaiFi. Therefore 16..120 II.\ 1Fi. Let K C X be closed and let s E 2(K). ®58 is Dsoft. i. is torsionfree. By 9. Therefore.. 16.Aiai(sa) all coincide on KnCF for a E F.nF. For F C A finite.a(G)(sa) on CF n Cc for all proper subsets G F and such that SF = ka(F).
L) 0 if (X. By definition.7"1(X.7'(X.(4F) = r ..2. (7n(X. (c) H. L) is 4isoft. Skljarenko. These combine to give the exact commutative diagram r.13. Corollary.L)F). Dimension 121 (b) L) = 0 for all open U C X. 70(X. L) Hn+1(X. L) is surjective for all closed F C X. Lu) by F.d+0 is a 4isoft resolution of 4. L)F +0 for 0 < i < n and closed subsets F C X. LF) Hg(X.. Since `)*(X. L)F) and the exact sequences .33.L)) (X.2 and since 'en1(X. and so (for tensor products over L) 0+L®4+r8°(X.(Wn1(X. L) is surjective for all closed F C X. then the following four conditions are equivalent over a principal ideal domain L :40 (a) dimL X < n. 1h Now. F. Ht (X. L) by 10.§16. The 5lemma implies that g is onto. Third. (b) = (c) because Hn+1(X. L) = L.'8"1(X. It is also torsion free. F. where 70(X. LF) + 0.0. Also..H.. L)F) + H (X. Proof.. F).. (d) H"(X.L) = 0 for all paracompactifying 4i on X.D+1(X. L) is 4isoft. for any sheaf d of Lmodules. L) p H"(F. since Hn j (U. L)F) + r .2.L)) 19 H.(X. Thus dim. L) = 0 for all closed F C X. (d) H. .3 since r.t (X..' (X.L X < n by 16.b (X. as remarked in Section 2. 7'a1(X.. showing that 3'"(X. 40The equivalence of (c) and (d) is due to E. (c) Hn+1(X. L)F is 4isoft by 9. consider the exact sequences 0 .L)®4.2 10. (a) = (b). If X is paracompact. L) and 12.'e'1(X. the cohomology sequences of these coefficient sequences give the natural isomorphisms H.'. (b) H. 16..3.'i1(X. (c) (d) by the exact sequence of the pair (X.''(X.. L) + H (F. f is onto by 9.L)®.L)F).L)®a r(X.4. The equivalence of these with (a) is new at least to the author.L)F)r.IF(4IF) by 10... L) = 0 for all closed F C X.(7"(X. G.+' (X. Also. F. L)F) = H. L)F +. H (X. L)F + W'1(X. To prove the final implication (d) (a). h is onto by assumption and 10.
16. suppose that Ind.. then Inde X = 0 a dime. 243] that if covdim X < oo. Also. Let A. The case in which = cld and X is metric is the classical case of the strong inductive dimension.122 II. As in the proof of 16. X = 0. Then we say. X n . it has one that is both open and closed. 16. see [62]. There is a recent example of Dranishnikov [33] of a compact metric space X of infinite covering dimension but with dimz X = 3. 8B < n. If Proof.32 for b = cld. which is known to coincide with covering dimension. Since B has a neighborhood N in 1D. C E Ind. and 16. Sheaf Cohomology Proof..L X = 0 then L is (Dsoft and so s must extend to some t E re(L). whence dimL X = dimcld. X < n with A c int C there exists a set B E 0 with A C int B and B C int C and with Ind. p.33(b). by 16. that Ind.33. let c E C . Thus Ind. the cases 1D = cldl U show that 1171'd u(U.35.(X.int C.d) for all sheaves d on X). inductively.d of Lmodules. Proof.5. X = 1 if X = 0. a) be a cocycle with cohomology class y and put B = Ici E 4D. That is just case (b) of 16. Let F = A U (X . Corollary. To do this we define the strong inductive dimension Inde X with respect to a paracompactifying support family 4D as follows: Put Ind. Thus we may assume that 4D = cld on a paracompact space X.21 to the case of paracompactifying supports on general spaces. Thus.L X < n by (b) (a) of 16.d IU) = rDIU(.39.1. Given (b). L) = 0 for all open U C X (since rbIU(. then we say that Inde X = n. Theorem.4) for all a. 9..21 (and since N is paracompact).L X < sup KElb {covdim K} for any ring L.. The result is then immediate from (19) on page 29. = 0 E H4.. Items (a).34.32 for 4) = cld. L) H ldJ . If Ind. and (d) are just those of 16.(X.. there is a locally finite covering {U. covdim X = dimZ X as long as covdim X < oo.23. We shall now generalize 16.32. C E is a paracompactifying family of supports on X and L is a ring with unit.7 it suffices to show that dimL K < covdim K for K E b. (c). By 16. 7G) is onto for all closed F C X and all k > n. 7L) + Hk (F. be as in the definition. X = 0.. Note that n Ua = 4>IUa since Ua is . (a) (b) by 16. Then B is both closed and open since L is a constant sheaf. Also see the remarks below 16. The long line (see Exercise 3) is a nonparacompact (hence of infinite covering dimension) space with dimZ X = 1.1 X < n and if for any two sets A. Conversely. If dime.b.} of N consisting of sets both open and closed such that yJU.L X = 0. If D is paracompactifying on X. It is a theorem of Alexandroff [62. then covdim X = n s Hk (X .int C) and let s E I'eIF(LIF) be 1 on A and 0 on X . Let B = Its. u (U0. then dim. For a sheaf .
e. 1 Aa.. where Aa is closed = and dimL Aa < n for each a.§16.37. there are examples for which dimL X depends on L.ff*d) H +1(X..41 41AIso see 16.b. Pol [67].d) shows that H +1(X.D. then r* is an isomorphism. i. XA) p > n.1 we have a Hn+1(X. Now. and also that the statement Indb X = 0 depends only on the extent E(Z) and not on 1 itself. Then dimL X < n. we can assume that the Ua are disjoint.f*. d) 11 for any sheaf d of Lmodules on X.(X. we have that H.ff*4) i Hf ' (+ Aa.. IV) = Ho' (X.v Aa n A0 and note that dim.1) and y restricts to 0 in all these sets. space X with Ind X = 0 but dim.2]. 16. (X.N.. there is a K E 4D with Aa C K for all but a finite number of a.58) Hpb (A.LX=0.98) 16.d) flH HO+1(X.. by Exercise 11.. Cohen. (H.i) [If there is a K E 1 with A. At least the first of these definitely does not extend to higher dimensions. Suppose that dim4. . 58) = 0 for H +1(X.36. Note that it follows that the statement dimD.40 and Exercise 60.L A < n.) Suppose that X is locally compact Hausdorff and that L is a ring with unit.(X . Let X = U. but not paracompact.. This is closed and finitetoone. Let X = f f Since X is concentrated on the closed set A and : dim4..3 d Y4 f f *4 . Then the exact cohomology sequence g H(X. and so we can just call this family 1 without fear of confusion.. d) = 0. (U.Aa X... Dimension 123 closed as well as open.. so that H. whence dim.. There is an example. Assume that each Aa has an arbitrarily small closed neighborhood Ba with dimL 8Ba < n.ld. Pol and R.8 and the fact that dim(B U C) = max{dim(B). dim(C . Just by passing to finite intersections. d) H+1(X.. Let monomorphism be a paracompactifying family of supports on X and let {Aa} be a locally finite closed covering of X.B)} for closed sets B and C. C K for all but a finite number of a.1) H. 4.L X = 0 is independent of the base ring L. see [72. Proof. Then the restriction maps induce a r* : H +1(X TT H +1(A0. due to E. By 11. Theorem.' (X. then this is clearly onto. of a normal. Let A = Ua. If.ff*. moreover. Theorem. Thus y = 0. Consider the identification map f : +.L Aa n A0 < n for all a # Q.) There is the canonical monomorphism .L X > 0 for any L.L A < n as follows from 16. H.1)' [JH +1(Aa. d) ® fl H.
. 1971. Throwing in the closure Co of the complement of Cl U .124 II. we have dim . 193]. Recall that the weak inductive dimension ind X is defined by ind 0 = 1 and ind X < n if each point x E X has an arbitrarily small neighborhood N with ind 8N < n . p. = 0 and Ind. we obtain a finite family Cl. Moreover. Because of the finiteness of the collection {Ba} in the foregoing proof.8 imply that dimL X < ind X for all separable metric X. By 16.').. we get a collection of sets satisfying the hypotheses of 16.37.36 and with yIC. and proceed as before.38. For a sheaf . Construct the Ca. 16. given y E H+1(X.. see [62. then dimL X < ind X. The following result is somewhat more general. . so that we will just indicate the necessary modifications. Since the interiors of the Ba cover K. and such sets Ba can be chosen so that dimL 8Ba < n. n C.L X < Indt X. Since 'ylAa = 0 we have that yl Ba = 0 for all sufficiently small closed neighborhoods Ba of Aa.. < n (since C.) It is known that covdim X < Ind X for X normal. . one could use a less sophisticated argument based on Exercise 11 rather than on 16.L 8Ba < n. Theorem. = 1. there is a locally finite closed covering {Ba} of X such that ylB. p.A of Lmodules let y E H'+' (X..37 we deduce: 16. By the inductive hypothesis. dimD. now just locally finite. this space is the union X = Fl U F2 of two closed subspaces with Ind F. U Cr.1. it follows from the sum theorem for Ind X on paracompact spaces that Ind X = Ind. Note that if X is paracompact. Assume that IndD X = n and that the result holds for smaller inductive dimensions. There is a compact (but not metrizable) space X with covdim X = 1 (whence dimz X = 1) but with Ind X = 2 = ind X. see [62. = 0 and dimL C. p. According to [49.36. From 16..yd ). = 0 for all i.Cr of closed sets whose interiors cover K and such that AC. there is a finite subcollection that does so. Let K E c be the support of some cocycle representative of y.39. The proof is very similar to that of 16. For a paracompactifying family D of supports on X and any ring L with unit. . X if E(ID) = X. Thus the corollary and 16.36 it follows that y = 0. C 8Ba for some a). p. 651 a separable metric space X can be embedded in a compact separable metric space X of the same inductive dimension. and it is clear that Ind X _< Ind X. 8Ba < n. then Ind X is defined. By taking the Aa to be the points of X in 16. Sheaf Cohomology Proof.8 we can assume that X is compact. n C. Then. (In fact. If X is locally compact Hausdorff and L is any ring with unit. It is well known that ind X = Ind X for separable metric spaces but not for general metric spaces. 1981.. By passing to the intersections and closures of differences of these Ba. Proof. Corollary. see [62.
The exact sequence of the pair (X.. Let 4i be a paracompactifying support family on X and put d* = n. bk E 1701U.IU0(4*) with a1 = ao . Therefore there exist elements a1 E reIx_B. so that 1 = dimL X X X < 2 dimL X = 2. but Ind X = 1 as shown in [49].zi HHnel (Bl. there is an open set U1 with U1 C X .d*). Also note that there must be an open set U C X with H.(d'IBl)) = 0.(d*)) (7'(X. Thus dimL X = 1 by 16. Since Ibk1 C Uk it follows that it makes sense to define b=bo+b1+ E re(. Suppose that X = Al U A2 U . Thus a = [ao] = 0. There are examples of countable connected Hausdorff spaces X. Example. Consequently. dimL Bk < and suppose that ao E I74. n Uk = n Uk = 0. Example.§16. Then X is totally disconnected.20.(_d.42. Hn+1(r41nB. An inductive argument along these lines (replacing 4) = (P[Uo with 4D[U1. (U. See [34. d)..dbo. < n.dbk. 4l Bl ). and so dimL X < n. On X .Uk. (4*).B1. 16.41.d') and bo E r . dimdd. 2.. and so any given point x E X has a neighborhood meeting only finitely many Uk. etc.35 and 16. B1) has the form Hn+1(r. Let X be the set of points in Hilbert space with all coordinates rational. (4 * IB1)) . Theorem.. For such a space. (The sum theorem.) gives a sequence of open sets Uk with Uk C Uk_1 . Vproblem I10] for one such example with a countable basis. Thus a1 E I7e1U.) Let X be locally paracompact and let L be any ring with unit. Let a E H+1(X.4') with ak+1 = ak . Now. b coincides with bo + + bk_1.) 34 0 by . Thus a result such as 0 16. whence H +1(X.B1 = Uo . 16.(d') is a cocycle representative of a. ao = db everywhere. are closed and dimL A. Dimension 125 There is also an example due to P. + bk_1) = ao .40 (without local paracompactness) cannot hold for X.)) . (. ak. which coincides with ao outside Uk. Roy [70] of a metric space (not separable) X for which ind X < Ind X. Let U0 = X and Bk = AlU UAk. Proof.L X > 0 by 16. C U1 and Since D is paracompactifying. 4) = 0. where the A. since H"+1(renB.40. Note that X x X X. d) = Hn+1(rblx_B. Then dimL X < n.ak. and so db coincides with d(bo + .(. 16.Bk and elements la.39 for any principal ideal domain L. By Exercise 11.
and that implies that X is locally connected. where lb = cldJU. It is clear that X is 0clcL if every point x E X has arbitrarily small connected neighborhoods (i. Now H. so that rM N = 0 for all n.. since H°(U. But if all quasicomponents of an open set are open then these quasicomponents must be connected. Z) ® H. there is a neighborhood M C N of x such that Im rM N is finitely generated.p (U x U. if X is 0clcL. L) = H9(X. Conversely.H"(M. X is said to be clcL if it is kclcL for all k < n and clcL if it is kclcL for all k.. Z) H .e. 17. where L is a principal ideal domain. X is said to be clcL if given x and N as above. Proposition. This means that the quasicomponent of N containing x is open.1.. The space X is nclcL $ given x E X and N as in 17. independently of n. and the cokernel is called the reduced cohomology group H°(X. : H"(N. see Exercises 11 and 2225 as well as IVSection 8. then given an open set N and a point x E N. (U. Thus the cross product H. L) = H°(X. Definition. L)/L. Z) is torsionfree by Exercise 28. M can be chosen. The space X is said to be nCICL (cohomology locally connected) if for each point x E X and neighborhood N of x. the definition is not affected if we require M and N to be taken from a given neighborhood basis. 17. L) is zero. 40ff. For p # 0 we let Hp(X. there is an open neighborhood M of x such that for any separation N = U U V into disjoint open sets with x E U we have M C U. There is the canonical inclusion L I.].32.j. Z) = 0 is not monomorphic in this example. 0 For further results concerning dimension. .(L) = H°(X. Of course.1. 17 Local connectivity In this section we take cohomology with coefficients in the constant sheaf L. there is a neighborhood M C N of x such that the restriction homomorphism rM. L) = F(LIU)/L = 0 a U is connected..2. L) . L). (U. L). pp.42 Thus we have shown: X is 0clcL * X is locally connected.(U. 42Also see 185.126 II. Sheaf Cohomology 16. X is "locally connected").
Put K = Ker j f . Also. if Im th and Im ks are small. L) Hn. Local connectivity 127 Proof. which is small. Lemma. then Im(jn V : He (V. i. relatively compact subspaces of X with V C U. Then the following implications are true: (rn) (r: ). Let "small" mean "zero" or `finitely generated. This follows from the fact that jjWfIn(N) = H' (x) = 0. Theorem. then there is a neighborhood K C M of x with ImrK M finitely generated. (j. whence A2/K is small. 17.) If U is an open neighborhood of x E X. Then g f (A2) = g f (K) + g f (S). " In both of these cases.B3.) If M is a neighborhood of x E X.3. L) . (jn) (ji ). (jn) If U and V are open. j f induces a monomorphism A2/K . (r. then Im(rK M : Hn(M..Hn(K. (jr) and (jn+l) . (r:) and (rn1) (jn) and (jn1) . 17. (Wilder. (rn). Consider a commutative diagram of Lmodules of the form S A3 Ik B1 I B2  B3 h C. L)) is finitely generated. then Im g f is also small.(U. and its image j f (A2) = ks(A2) is small. X is nclcL. then there is an open neighborhood V C U of x with Imja.) Let X be locally compact Hausdorff. Consider the following four conditions: (rn) If K and M are compact subspaces of X with K C int M.V finitely generated. Thus there is a small submodule S C A2 such that A2 = K + S.§17. (rn) and (rn1) = (jn). Proof. in which the middle row is exact.e. since a point is always taut. (jn) . (rn1).4. L)) is finitely generated. Then g f (K) C Im th and hence is small.
with K C L C M C U C V C W.' be an open neighborhood of V (i = 1. Condition (rn1) then follows from the diagram Hn1(M) + He (U . proving (rn). V.128 II. construct L compact and U.W) implies that condition (jn) holds. Suppose that (r') and (ri1) hold. Finally assume that X satisfies (jr) and (jn+l).L) 1 HH 1(W) . Then 6 contains a neighborhood of each point of int M by (r. (V .M) 1 1 HH1(V) 1 Hn1(L) + H. ). Given relatively compact open sets U." C int K. The MayerVietoris diagram Hn(M) ' H" (M) ®Hn(M) I Hn1(Ki n K2) I Hn1(K n K2) I Hn(K'l U K2) + Hn(KI') ®Hn(K2) I Hn(Kl U K2 ) together with 17.Hn1(K). Then 17. and M such that U C V C W C K C L C M.M is finitely generated and let K" be a compact neighborhood of K. Let V1i V2 E 6 and let V. 2) with Im jn . the closure of each being in the interior of the next. Now suppose that (jn) and (jn1) hold. Let U be a fixed open and relatively compact subset of X and let 6 be the collection of open subsets V of U such that V has an open neighborhood V' with V' C U and with Im jn v. The first two implications are trivial. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. let V. finitely generated.3 applied to the diagram He (U) + H"(M) H''(LV) Hn1(K . construct an open set V and compact sets K.3 shows that K1 U K2 E 6 and consequently that 6 contains all compact subsets of int M. I 1 He (V) + H"(L) I HH (W) I Now assume that X satisfies (r. K2 E C7 and let K. Given K and M. (i = 1. finitely generated.. Also. M finitely generated.) and (rn1). with the closure of each contained in the interior of the next. 2) such that Im rK. Let M be fixed and let 6 be the collection of compact subsets K of int M such that K has a neighborhood K' in int M with Im rn . Then 6 contains a neighborhood of each point in U by (j.' be a compact neighborhood of K. and W open and relatively compact." be an open . with K.). W with U C W. L.. Let K1.
(Vi)ED Hn(Vz) 1 H. In the diagram Hn1(X . proving (jn)..V) He (U) + H"(X) 1. (j k) u (r: k1) = clcL 1.6. . which is condition (jn). 17." etc. 17. It follows that Im jn is finitely generated. In particular (r. Then the MayerVietoris diagram H. and they are equivalent to (j. A closed subspace F of an nmanifold Mn satisfies property (rn).<) = clcL. Proof.3 shows that V1 UV2 E 6 and consequently that 1 contains all open sets V with V C U. L) is finitely generated for 0 < p < n. If X is compact Hausdorff and clcn. Proposition. If (r'k) stands for "(rn) for all n < k.<00)) = (j<O°) t* clcL .n (Vi' U U21) Hn+1(V.n Hr (U) Hn(X ) Im rn1 is finitely generated since clcL 1 =. Corollary. let U and V be open sets in X with U C V. 17. then F also satisfies property (r. If M .' n V2') 1 l H.<') provided that dimL X < 00. then HP(X. (r<°°) and (j<OO) are equivalent. For the implication =o. Theorem. (dimL X < oo and (j. Corollary.U) lr°1 Hn1(X .F has only finitely many components. take U = V = X in (jn). then the following implications are true: clck = (rte k) a (r <_k) (j<k) . Local connectivity 129 neighborhood of V with V" C V'. The proofs of all but the last implication are by an obvious induction on n < k.n (VII UVZ) 1 Hn +1(VII nU2) He(U)ED He (U)  H'n(U) together with 17. Proof.n. then Hn(X.§17. If X is compact Hausdorff and clcL 1. To see the implication G.8. L) is finitely generated q X satisfies condition (jn).7.5. (rn1).1). 17. The proof of the last implication is a similar downwards induction from dimL X.
(A n U) = 0 shows that Hn1(B n F) ' Hn1(A n F) has finitely generated image. Z) which is not finitely generated.11. Let X be the cone on K. X satisfies condition 0 17.(V V x (0. Let K be the union of kspheres with radii 1/n. The following is an immediate consequence of the MayerVietoris sequences: 17. (jk1) for X = (jk) for A n B. There fore X satisfies (j. the infinite product X = fl' O_1 S' satisfies (j. Example.Hn. then (jk) for A and B.130 II. Then the exact commutative diagram Hii1(B) I Hn1(A) Hii1(B n F) I He (B n U) = 0 I Hn'(A n F) .7. Then X is compact. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. but not clci. X = Iim(S1)n. Thus X does not satisfy 17. and with a single point in common. 43See Exercise 3. and so H' (X.9.5. (U n B) = 0 = Hn (U n A) by 16. 0 . But H. For the second part.29(a). Similarly. Then H. The compactified long line43 is an example of a space that is clcz but is not HLC. and similarly for (r.1]. Since M is clcL . since it is not locally arcwise connected at the point 11. (rk+1) for X = (rk) for A n B. If A and B are closed. Proposition.P x (0. Then every neighborhood of a point x E X contains an open neighborhood homeomorphic to . Example. °O). 1J) .10. contractible. the restriction Hll(B) + H"1(A) has finitely generated image. then neither is X.:: H*([0. 0 17. °°) because every point has a neighborhood homeomorphic to Rk x X for arbitrarily 7 G.) in place of (r). so small that it does not contain any component of U = M . large k. Let A C int B be another compact neighborhood of x. then (rk) for A and B. Example. However.1]) =0 for all p by the Kenneth theorem since HH ((0. If A and B are open.12. 1] for some locally compact subspace V. Let X = Y x II°° for some locally compact Hausdorff space Y.29(a). if Y is not locally connected. The first part is a trivial consequence of 16. and clci 1. by continuity. °O) (j<O°) in 17. let B be a compact neighborhood in M of a point x E F. Let X = A U B be locally compact Hausdorf. 0 17. n > 1 integral.F. By 17. On the other hand. This example shows that the finite dimensionality assumption is essential for the implication (j.6. This example shows that the implication (jlk) clci is false in general. {0}) = 0.
D of D onto T. Then the composition X x11DxIIDiX is a strong deformation retraction of X onto T. (D might be called a dunce necklace. S. then X would be the image of a finite O polyhedron. It is reasonable to ask whether this holds for higher connectivities such as clcL." Let Y = Bo U . (This is the onepoint union. p.] 17. and let f. : S. This gives retractions in : Xn » Xn_1 (n > 2) forming an inverse system of spaces. (The argument just given 44This means that for each point x E X and neighborhood U of x. 198]. il] x {z} in the set to be collapsed).. Note that dimL X = k + 1 by 16. Also. .44 and a fortiori. see [19. Let Y be the interval [O.) We will still use T to stand for the thread of D.+1 is its "bottom.+1 taking all of S.. . it is HLC and clcL. there is a neigh . between the base points form an ngon T called the "thread" of the strand Y. be the mapping cylinder of f.+1 be the base point preserving surjection of degree zero obtained by mapping S. That is one bead. be a ksphere with base point for i E Z. of a cone with a ksphere. X is locally arcwise connected (which is the reason for the inclusion of the interval [1.+1. * S. for the circle {0} x S' cannot bound a singular 2chain. to a kdisk by identifying the upper and lower hemispheres and then collapsing the boundary of the kdisk to a point. It is a slightly modified and generalized version of an example due to Wilder [85.14. which we shall call Wilder's necklace. Q] in the compactified long line. rather than B. and it is not.X. Local connectivity 131 17. The ksphere S.. then each point has arbitrarily small neighborhoods that are connected. Let X = W/A.§17.13. but we do not need that. of the cylinders B. analogous to X. made up of the beads C. I and these provide a retraction of the strand Yn onto its thread Tn. Example.. . let z E S'. Let Xn be the quotient space of the topological sum + Yn obtained by identification of the threads. But there is an obvious strong deformation retraction 9 : D x 11 .) This is a "strand" of the necklace.. X is not HLC in dimension 1. k > 1.. : B. Il] x {z} C W.D (restricting to cp. This example shows that this is false.) with homotopy inverse 0 : D . and on the thread T. However. 48). to the base point of 5. be the mapping cylinder of the map S. is its "top" and S. Let S.40. Then X is clcz (indeed it is a cohomology manifold with boundary. Example. which is the whole necklace. It follows that X is locally contractible. [If it did. Let W = Y x S1.) Let D be the necklace. U (Note that S = So. both being the identity map on the S. The n line segments made up of the generators I. Let the circle T be Y2 + the common thread. If a space is locally connected. This would imply that X is metrizable. . Then there is a homotopy equivalence w : X . Let B. and let A = {Il} x §1 U [1. there is an obvious retraction p. It can be seen that X embeds in Rk+2. Now. at the vertex. We think of X as the union of the Yn along T with a topology making Yn "thin" as it * oo. Now let C. We let X = jim Xn. : B. + C.. see V16). p. First we describe a bead of the necklace.
there are the restriction maps Hk(Yn .. L) = 0. of B. . L) is not even finitely generated..B1 as U was used. one obtains a compact. .. . U C...a be a variant of Tn in Yn that misses yn.. L) "' l=n Hk(S. Proof.{yn}. Raymond [69]. there are compact sets A2..+1(X .) is surjective.UNn1)®Hk(Nn)®. of Yn such that the top 5..+1 that is cptn+l on B. L) is surjective. A2 C int B2i and B1 n B2 = 0.. for m > n... Consequently. is completely inside N but the entire bead B.HP: +'(X . but not all beads.. Hk (N n T.. Similarly. the identity on B.B) 1= HP(X) 1rHP(A) He. Clearly there must be some bead Be....+1 .45 Thus.{yn}. (This is where the surjectivity of f. 45 For k = I this follows from 10. n and adding a 2disk spanning T.) Let yn E B. Suppose that X F is clcn+1 Then X is clci . Theorem. Local contractibility at points outside T is obvious. Tn U B.®Hk(Nm)®Hk(Nm+1U. Let B = Bl U B2 and A = Al U A2.11. .. and p_. of the strand Yn. Sheaf Cohomology proves local contractibility at points of T.. Then for n sufficiently large. }.) Suppose now that N is some neighborhood in X of a point x E T.{y. We assume that N is small enough so that it omits a neighborhood in X of some other point of the thread T. L) L whose composition is surjective.. on B.n+1. B2 with F ..A) 13 borhood V C U such that the inclusion V ti U is homotopic to a constant map. 17.U C int A2..) Let X be compact Hausdorff and let F C X be closed and totally disconnected. L) Hk(Nn. L) is finitely generated for each p < n. is used. Consideration of several cases shows that Tn' U S.. is not. whence of Yn . Then there is a compact neighborhood B1 C U containing U n F and there is a compact neighborhood Al C int B1 also containing U n F. a MayerVietoris argument shows that Hk(N) Hk(N2U. for j # in.n . Hk(N. Let x E F. and it follows that the map Hk(N.N and let T. HP(X. U C. In the commutative diagram HP(X) .15. N contains some bead..132 II. is a retract of Tn U B.. in + I. HP(B) .. There is a map Yn . Then any neighborhood of x contains an open neighborhood U such that UnF is open and closed in F. By taking a union along the threads T of Wilder's necklaces for k = 1. L) 0 not finitely generated for any 1 < k < n. L) Hk(5. contractible. Now. using X . Putting Nn = N n Yn. (F. . and locally contractible space of dimension n + 1 > 2 that has points x such that any sufficiently small neighborhood N of x has Hk (N.
Pfl F) and (Q.Hk+1(P . It is a result of Wilder [85. and an argument using 17.F) is a monomorphism (onto a direct summand).G) Hr +1(Q .17. but that is not needed here .K satisfies (jP+l) by 17. 17.465 First we need a lemma. Proof. We conclude this section by giving one application of 17. Let X be locally compact Hausdorff and F C X closed. H'(P) H'(Q) has finitely generated image for i = k. 17.5.U. The converse follows from 17. Local connectivity 133 we have that Imj* is finitely generated for p < n since X . and it follows that Hk+1(Q .8. showing that X is clc'. L) : HP(X.G) + V for some open set V.F) 1 HH+1(QG)  1 Hk+1(QF) it follows that Hk+1(PG) + has a finitely generated image. Q be compact subsets of X with Q C int P. Suppose that F C M is closed and . Corollary.5. This follows from the fact that HP(X+. Now. p. 17. From the commutative diagram  Hk+1(Q H. show that the restriction F) has finitely generated image.) Let M be an nmanifold. +1(P .18. Wilder also assumes that M has the cohomology of a sphere.7. X .5' and 17.16.F. k + 1 and Hk(P fl F) Hk(Q n F) has finitely generated image. By 17. 3251 in modern dress and slightly generalized." and that F is clcL. It follows that Im r* is finitely generated for p < n. (Wilder.3 (and a Hk+1(pF) set between P and Q). Then U and 8U are locally connected. L) is finitely generated for each p < n. Proof. L).F = U + V = (X . Let U be a union of some of the components of X . it follows that HP(B1) p H"(A1) has a finitely generated image for p < n. Q fl F).G) . Then the exact sequences of (P." but the present proof applies to that case. Since B is the disjoint union of B1 and B2.F and put G = X . Then the exact sequences of these pairs show that Hk(PnG) Hk(QnG) 0 has finitely generated image. Then G is also clcL . Let k < m. Let P. Let U C M be the union of a finite number of the components of M .§17. If X is locally compact Hausdorff and clci+l. then the one point compactification of X is clci a HP(X. clcn2 46Wilder states his result for "generalized manifolds. Suppose that X is clcL. Lemma. Theorem.
Corollary. Let U be the union of disjoint open disks in X = S2 converging to a point x E X. then for K E 4i.K(2') a r. Let W and W' be connected open neighborhoods of a given point x E U with W' c W. H. Then in the commutative diagram He'(W'nG) Hc(UnW') .9. local cohomology groups This section will not be used in other parts of this book. then V 1 U . Sheaf Cohomology Proof. Thus U is locally connected.. but U and 9U are not locally connected at x.1) . such as 7* (X. Let 4i and T be families of supports on X with D C IQ. Since 8U = G n "U.47) If M is a 2manifold and if F C M is a locally connected closed subset.'(WnG) Im f * a H'(W) Z2i is finite by property (j"') for G.IfxEV..Hop (X. then for any finite union U of the components of M . Define the groups II.d)'I1. By 16. Then F = X . Coefficients will be in Z2 throughout. for i <k0 and x V..17.Hn: (W') Z2 If.(.(X... d)' Hj(X. It is partially based on Raymond [68). d)/C. C.19.of UnWmeet W'.C (X.p1) = The exact sequence f)) ') 0 .U is locally connected.. Similar examples in higher O dimensions apply to Wilder's theorem.29.(X.Vk.F. U and 8U are also locally connected.(X..17 and 17. U Vko is a connected neighborhood of x in U. 17. Example. (Torhorst. this implies that only a finite number of components. .i) + o of cochain complexes yields the exact cohomology sequence . say V1.y. .C.134 II.K) 0 47Torhorst proved this in the case M = S2. fori>ko. it is also locally connected by 17..7) r4. It follows that Im j` is also finite.n(X_K)(7IX . This shows that the last result is false without the restriction to finite unions..8. As in 17. Then G is clccl by 17.r. 17. we see that the sequence o .7 is a flabby sheaf. let G = M U.20. 18 Change of supports. .(X.f ).D (36) If ...
g. (38) Note that when 4 = cld.U) . (39) W ranging over the neighborhoods of F.4).F. I. .H'ZnF(F) IF.K)) (37) KEG I. M 4) = Icld. Thus the sequence o rCIF( ) rt(y) roju(2') ronu(Yju) r. H4(X. we put I. then in [68]. But r.'d) = I n(XF). .dIX . We define IF.K) KE4D naturally. r41IF(2) .nu(2IU) .U) . then by (37) it follows that IF(X.K. Moreover. the subgroup rb1u(2) of ro(w) maps isomorphically onto rciu(2IU) C rpnu(2IU).irr! H... KEO In case 9 = cld.(X. Replacing 2' by 'e*(X.4>I(XF)(X .r.K.1.4) H*(I C.. and hence KEO rw(2)/rID(2) lir1) r41n(X_K)(2?Ix . we obtain the exact sequence (coefficients in d) .4).. rt(2) .$(X.F.irr rTIK(SE).. and passing to cohomology.Iu(2'IU) o is exact. (P paracompactifying) and let U = X .4) HP (W .4.(X) + HH+1(X.* (X) is denoted by I*(X) and is called the cohomology of the ideal boundary.. 18.n(x_K)(X ..Z. Applying this to 2 = `P*(X.(2') =1. the middle group is naturally isomorphic to rbnF(2'IF).K). Assume now that F is Dtaut (e..4) we have Iy.F. Let F C X be closed. Since F is (Ptaut. For a flabby sheaf SB on X we have the exact sequence o ..dIX ..1b(X.n(XK)(X .§18..0 (since U is always Otaut). Jd) If X is locally compact.4). local cohomology groups 135 is exact. Change of supports. where d is a sheaf on X.
4). When F in (39) consists of a single point. that if F is totally disconnected. Perhaps the most interesting case is that of the groups I1 (U. [This can....d and the isomorphisms lirj d(W .c1) Hp+1(X. so that (38) becomes .I If 4? = cld and if {x} is closed... 48 For an nmanifold and constant coefficients it is the cohomology of the (n1)sphere.F.d)ilrl (v.(X.{x}. then {x} is 45taut.. .2.3.4) = HH(X. furthermore. For any family containing {x} we have. W ranging over a neighborhood basis of F in X. be obtained directly by passing to the limit of the cohomology sequences of the pairs (W. The local cohomology group at the point x E X with coefficients in .M).IP(U. HP+1(x U.Hp+I Letting F = X .d) .4S We now consider a different... L) = I". so that (38) and (39) yield the exact sequence 0 .1) . i) where the subscript x denotes the family of supports consisting only of {x} and the empty set. . we have IF. U.i) +.4) .d). then it can be seen that Hi(X.* (X. H°(X.U.d) . then (40) implies that H'(X. . . x L. W . B.Hp(X. of course..{x} is connected for a fundamental system of neighborhoods U of x. by 12. where U is a dense open subspace of a compact space X.136 II. we obtain a type of local cohomology group. Then if x is not isolated. H. U .. d)... (X.d).I) 0 (40) H2(X. Then (36) becomes HI(U..Y).. notion of local cohomology. Finally.X . for p > 1 (41) (where W ranges over the neighborhoods of x).. . then If (U.. Hp(F. The latter sequence shows. If.{x}).1) for p > 0. (39) becomes Ip(U.U.d) lirr Hp1(W . L) = 0 also. but closely related. If X is an nmanifold with boundary B. ') = II (U. L) .1 (provided that {x} is closed)..d is defined to be Hy(X. 18.4) .: { 0 for p#n or for p = n and xEB.{x}.{x}) Hz(X. Sheaf Cohomology 18. for example. (L) = 0.] Assume now that d = L is constant..: lir}r HP(W . we have H.
However. Note that the map a is both open and closed. d) of 11. Moreover. ird. The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences 137 Also. See Raymond [68] in this regard.3* and HW. the canonical homomorphism p : B 7rd = Jr7r*Jg of 14 is a monomorphism onto the subsheaf (7r. then Ip(X . (42) so that there is the canonical isomorphism p* : H. L) = If (X . (XIG. The situation in homology is considerably simpler because of the fact that the local homology groups form a sheaf (see Chapter V). The local cohomology groups introduced here have some pleasant prop erties. Then there is a canonical action of G as a group of automorphisms of ir.1. ir4) coincides with that on H (X.Y1.) with Q* = c*.B.§19. Let 9 be any sheaf on X/G and let d be the sheaf 7r*. 19. the problem of "comparing" the local groups at different points is quite difficult." To see this. (ir. 19 The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences In this section let X be any topological space and let G be a finite group of transformations of X. where t : (7r.d)G) zr* = 7rfQ*.P y ( X / G .d)G ' .T)G X.(X/G. X/G is the set of orbits {G(x) I x E X} given the quotient topology via the canonical map a : x . if X is a compact nmanifold with boundary B. 7rd) HOP (X.1..(X/G. Let IQ be any family of supports on X/G and let 4i = 7r1WI/. L) at HP(B. G(x)]. L).B. mainly because the limit in (41) is a direct limit..X/G the orbit map [that is. L) and apply (38).g.d)G of Ginvariant elements.V on X. Let X/G be the orbit space and a : X . We shall assume that each orbit is relatively Hausdorff in X (e. whence (ir4)G = (irir*. note that I' (X. X Hausdorff). whence the term "ideal boundary. The induced action o f G on H.4) via the isomorphism 7rt : Hip. . Theorem.
then we obtain the induced commutative diagram (ir'')(U) 9u .X.d _. Therefore we have the gcohomomorphism g' :. If U C X/G is open.') H.138 II. Jd (43) 0 of cohomomorphisms commutes. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. Thus we have the commutative diagram 9. we have 7rg = 7r. The equation zr` = 7rtQ' has already been noted in Section 8. On stalks.' such that the diagram g.'g'.d) . regarded as a map g : X .(ir4)(U) _! d(i'U)~ d(7r'U) where g t is defined by commutativity. 7r4') rtI WtI H.(X.d 9 b ir4 x of homomorphisms of sheaves on X/G and the commutative diagram lrJl ir4 (44) of cohomomorphisms.. Thus g'.(X. The equation 3* = i*/3* is by definition. (X/G. The diagram (44) induces the commutative diagram Hj(X/G. (43) is the commutative diagram `^'7r( x) of isomorphisms.d = g*7r* B = (7rg)'SB = d. ir4) 2 *4 H. For g E G..1 1= 7r.
Theorem._. 4..ld)y . Then 7r* : Hy(X/G.y(X.d)G. The image of 7r* clearly consists of invariant elements. where L is a field of characteristic relatively prime to ord G. If X is Hausdorff and nclcL.d be the endomorphism of 7r.3..3* = 7r* we see that together with the isomorphism 7rt.ad)y permutes the factors X.e.7r*B) (46) with p*7r*(b) = ord(G)b and 7r*. n times : where n = #(7r1(y)). we have the homomorphisms B17r4 µ (45) with /. 0 19.ld(7r1(y)) ti Xy ®. then X/G is also nclcL. Therefore.*.14.u : 7rd (7rM)G zt. (D Xy. 7r.1 and the horizontal maps are also isomorphisms since each g : X + X is a homeomorphism.*r_.3µ = a = `9EG g* and 1A/3 = ord G (i. Let H. where L is a field of characteristic relatively prime to ord G. The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences 139 in which the vertical maps are isomorphisms by 11. The homomorphism f3y 58y (7rl')y is the diagonal map.u*(a) _ E g*(a). For y E X/G. .d defined by a = Let a : E9EG g*.. The following result is immediate from (47): 19. Let B be a sheaf of Lmodules. Since the image of a is invariant under G. (7r.7r*J6)G is an isomorphism. we have (7r.2. a induces a homomorphism. Thus we see that /9 0 B 7rd is a monomorphism onto (7r.H. the homomorphisms (45) induce the homomorphisms R) H*(X. and gy : (7r. Theorem.49 49Also see 19.§19.d)y =1 yEU d(7r1U) = . SO) . (X. 9EG (47) The map u* is called the transfer homomorphism.. as g'1 7r1(y) 7r1(y) permutes the points of 7r1(y). Since 7rt. B. 7r* JB)G denote the subgroup of invariant elements. multiplication by the integer ord G).
d)H = (rG/H7rH7rll7rC/H T) H 7rG/H ((7rH7rH7rG/H_V)H (48) 7rG/H(7rC/H'T)e . we can assume that Wg fl Wh = 0 if g # h. L) r i Hn(7r1(V ). L) is zero by the definition of nclcL. L) is zero.Aa = Ker(1a).J1 1 M is exact. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. Let U C X/G be a given open neighborhood of i. Also.: (7rd)ia>. let 7r = 7rG factor as X "y X/H cI X/G. . Lemma. so that {g(x) I g E S} is an enumeration of the orbit G(x). L) + Hn(7r1(V).L) Hn(7r1(U). From the diagram Hn(U. The case n = 0 is clear. For any g E S there is an open neighborhood W9 C 7r1(U) of g(x) so small that Hn(Wg. 19.4. whence s' = 0 since the characteristic of L is relatively prime to ord(G). First we need a lemma: X/G. Returning to the main discussion. and 7r1(V) is the disjoint union of the V. Since X is Hausdorff.d(7r1U) "+ .) Then V. Let S C G be a set of representatives of the left cosets of Gx in G. Therefore the restriction r' Hn(7r1(U). so assume that n > 0.d. (Recall that 7r is an open map. The composition (7r d)(U) = . L) we have ord(G)s* = u47rus* = uvr*7r. Put v = n 7r(Wg) and Vg = 7r1(V) fl Wg. C W9. so that the sequence 0+4a. We wish to generalize the transfer to the case of the map X/H where H is a subgroup of G. Let a : W d be an endomorphism of a sheaf d on any space X and put da = Is E d I a(s) = s}. If 7r : X + Y.140 II.L) 9+ Hn(V). = 0. Let x E X and let x E X/G be its image. Then the lemma and (42) provide the isomorphism (7r.d(7r1U) = (7r d)(U) gives the endomorphism 7r(a). L) Hn(7r1(U). which shows that 7r(4a) . Applying the left exact functor 7r to this gives the exact sequence 0 + 17r(a) 7r. then a induces an endomorphism 7r(a) : 7r4 # 7rd and there is a canonical isomorphism 7r(4a) P (7r Proof.
We shall now restrict our attention to the case in which G is cyclic of prime order p. Let L be a field of characteristic p and let 5B be a sheaf of Lmodules on X/G. where the operation of L(G) is via the regular representation on the factor L(G). The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences 141 whence H. Since 58.'..1.7rc/HX) i H.i)H) Hil. are sheaves of Lmodules. gzi H*(XIG. .1y(X/H. Let g E G be a generator. We shall also consider F to be a subset of X/G. we have that µG = PC/HJUH. (aM)G). where {gt } C G is a set of representatives of the right cosets of H in G. Consider the sequence 0 p(lrM) t ' 7r4' v®3 . Thus it suffices to show that 0 pL(G) + L(G) pL(G) 0 501t is immediate that uGIH is independent of the choice of the representatives g whence its image is Ginvariant.W) such that µG/H7rG/H = ord(G/H). Let F C X be the fixedpoint set of G on X and note that F is closed. chosen once and for all.d + 7r d. *Fwhere i is the inclusion and j is the canonical map 7r1 We claim that the sequence (49) is exact. giving the transfer homomorphism . For y V F. On the stalk at y E F this is clear since p(7r. Since >gEG 9* = E. let p denote the other. T. (7r.(XIG.5° This induces a map H.. Let p(7rd) denote the image of ir4 under p : zr. (ir.5. v=1+g+g2+.'y(X/G.d = 7r*.7rG/HV) by 11.LL c/H : Hpc1N(X/H. 19.(X/G.V and 7r4. If p denotes either o or T. EhEH(hgi)* = >: Z EhEH h*.1y(X/G.il. Let r and or denote the elements T=19..0.F .d)H + (7rM)G. and note that a = Tp1 since char(L) = p.§19. There is the homomorphism µG/H = g.7rG/H(nc/Hi)) H. L(G) operates on 7r. and hence .* : (zr.+gp1 of the group ring L(G). giving the relationship µG = µ'C/HP'H.4 )y XV ®L(G). (49) (7rM)F ..p(7r4) ®.f1)y = 0 for both p = o.
i. we have . That is. 2." More generally. whence dimcL(G) +dimTL(G) = 1 + (p .i) ®JBF . Consider the homomorphisms L(G) 'r+ TL(G) 7'+ T2L(G) L T'L(G) = 0. T).1.1. p . Note that by (50) and 12. . M) Note that there is the commutative diagram 0 + JR(X _F)IC + 58 + ' T®j F j0®1 0 0 i Io(Trod) t+ irk to T(Tr. d) ~ Hq. we have the exact Smith sequences p ®''pH(X. . Similarly..M) 6 .. Now Ker{T : L(G) + L(G)} consists of the invariant elements and hence has dimension one.. put TkH (X.3.4)®HIF.F. 4) = (X/G. 10. and 4i = 7r'W).(X/G. (X. (X/G..i) = p = dim L(G) as claimed.HO' (X.(F.0.d = 7r*.d) = H . (where . using (50) we derive the exact sequences +Tk+1HO1 (X. . Since it has order two (because OT = TO = 1 . d) TkH4 (X. p(ir )). d) (53) .2. a .142 II.F)/G and is zero on F.. and 11. . This discussion also shows that Ker{T 7rd ir1} on (X . but the composition Tp has kernel L(G) of dimension p. d) (52) . (51) By (49).. (50) We define pH. Sheaf Cohomology is exact. The kernel of each of these homomorphisms has dimension at most one. It follows that dimr'L(G) = p.. It is easy to check that j' is the usual restriction map.A:+1 Hob+I (V.gp = 0) it suffices to show that dim L(G) = dim pL(G) + dim pL(G) as vector spaces over L.Tk(a4)). PHA+i (X. called the "Smith special cohomology group. for i = 1. 7'(7r4)/7s+1(7rd) U(7rd) IV(X_F)IC for 1 < i < p.
').y jo i I.H (X.d) ( 1 ) 0. Smith and E. Theorem.W) Similarly.!) . and X(X) = X(F) +px(X/G. 00 00 dimL Hr.') + o(7r. Then and dim.i  1_P_2 T (7r. Let W be a paracompactifying family of supports on X/G and put 4) = 7r141..') .V)+H (X/G. r. Z2) # 0.7.7rd IrPz o'(7r..H°(X. E. Since r = o for p = 2. which yields a relationship between the sequences (52) for p = o. Also. 0 o'(7r.(X.) Let X be a Hausdorff space with an action of G = Zp with fixed point set F. I .1) .. t=r t=r Moreover.') of X is defined.. then so are those of F and of X/G. Then H'(X. which is also F<n paracompactifying.d)®H. Proof.Z2) by (51).L X/G < n. Let X be a Hausdorff space that has a connected double covering space X.4 = 7r* a.4). if the Euler characteristic x(X) = >(1)t dimL H..F. (P. and put .6.. (X/G.Z2) ' H°(X. Floyd. Theorem.b (F.L X = n < oo.1) ®5BF 11®0 (55) 0 7r.. Let L = Zp and let . F). for each r. SO) + E dimL HDlF(F. A..1B be a sheaf of Lmodules on X/G.TH.Z2) ' H°(X. we have the following commutative diagram for p > 2.y. (54) P off (X. Here are some applications of our general considerations: 19. The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences which induces the diagram +H"(X/G. T) . Assume that dimj.. 4') < r dimL Ho (X.  143 HIVIF(F.7r d 11 11 + T (7r. and the result follows. F.Z2) + H1(X.. 0 19.b (X. the exact sequence (52) has the segment 0 . using the fact that o = TTp2.§19.A2) ®IVF 1 TP_$®1 0 0 0 T(7r1) .
m .144 II. x(r) = X(T2) + x(o).7Lp) for some 1 < r < m.4) and Ht(rk) = r.p on X. Let us use the shorthand notation H'(X) = H (X. . mil) H*(S'. F # 0.9. Under the hypotheses of 19. Sheaf Cohomology Proof. lip = 2 then H*(X/G. etc. suppose that H. Z) ^ A(u) 0 Zp[v] where deg u = 1 and deg v = 2. Let X be a paracompact space with dimz. dim Hr+1(F) + dim H"+' (p) < dim Hr+1(X) + dim Hr+2(p).d).dIF) Moreover.. Also. The statements on dimension of F and X/G follow immediately from Exercise 11 and the local nature of dimension from 16.8.r is even if p is odd. Corollary. where deg u = 1.IF(F. Adding these inequalities gives 00 00 dim H'(p) + t=r dim Ht (F) < E dim Ht (X ). 0 19. Corollary. Then H. 0 Then so are F and X/G.7Lp).H4. X(r2) = X(T3) + x(a). X(TP2) = X(Tp1) + x(o) Since rP1 = a in the present situation. Then.10. Under the hypotheses of 19. Zp) . 19. If p is an odd prime. adding these and cancelling gives 0 the desired result. suppose that X is acyclic.: H*(Sn. /(v(n+1)/2). and a downwards induction shows that all terms are finite if those for X are finite. H*(Sr.. from (52) and (53) we derive the inequalities (with p = r or P=a) dim Hr(F) + dim Hr (p) < dim H'(X) + dim Hr+1(p).7. Z2) ^ Z2[u]/(un+1).7. X < oo and with H* (X. t=r which gives the inequality of the theorem upon application of (51). Corollary.Zp). These eventually become totally zero by the dimension assumption. then n must be odd and H*(X/G. In particular.8. 19. Suppose we are given a free action of G = Z.(X. the exact sequences (52) and (53) give the following equations about Euler characteristics (with the obvious notation): x(X) = X(F) + x(r) + X(a).(X.
Let L = Zp as a sheaf on X. Coefficients will be in Zp unless otherwise indicated. (The first such example.Hk+l(X) Hk+1(X/G) 6* : Hk(X/G) is an isomorphism for 0 < k < n. Still.. Consider the case p = 2.H'(X) and v = 62(w) E aH2(X) = H2(X/G). a(7rL)) = H'(X/G).0 and 0 a(7rL) p TrL p r(7rL) i 0 on X/G. The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences 145 Proof..H°(X) is zero. a(7rL)). that this torsion is virtually arbitrary. given by the author [13]. 1 < 2i + 1 < n. p' : H*(X) 0 H' (X) is zero for both p' = r' = 1 .5Ho(X) .Hk(X) We have the elements w = 61*(1) E . Then the preceding remarks also show that uvt generates H2t+1(X/G).pH°(X) By 19. where u = b'(1) E H'(X/G. a(7rL) + 0 of (49). If 1 E H°(X/G) = H°(X/G.r(7rL) + 7rL a(7rL) .9.. so that p = a = r = p.Hk+'(X) be the connecting homomorphisms for the exact coefficient sequences 0 .Hk+1(X/G. Thus it may be somewhat surprising that the integral cohomology of the orbit space is completely determined by n and r. It follows that vt generates H2. we have 6261*(1 Ua) = 62(wUa) = vUa by 7. pH°(X) H'(X) 6. respectively. 0 The result follows. Since Hk(X) . because the composition H°(X) p.) It is now known. but it may well have other torsion. which we know to be isomorphisms for 0 < k < n. H°(X) is zero. then for the connecting homomorphism b' : Hk(X/G. due mainly to work of Jones and Oliver.H°(X) °.§19. Now let p be an odd prime. depending on the parity of n. Hk(X/G) = 0 for k > n. .(X/G). We know that H' (X/G) = 9H' (X) : Zp.g* and p* = a* = (r*)p'. where r) = p or r) = p. Since Zp has no automorphisms of period p.9. The proof proceeds as in the case p = 2 except that a and r now alternate. the result follows. Then n is odd by 19. a(7rL)) . Then for 1 E H°(X/G) = . Let 61 : . The exact sequences . we have 6'(1 U a) = b'(1) U a = u U a by 7. Similar considerations then show that p' : Hn (X) . then the fixedpoint set F is a cohomology rsphere over Zp by 19. Now u2 = 0 for the usual reason: u2 = u U u = u U U. was a differentiable action of Z2 on S5 with F a lens space. a(7rL)) and a E Hk(X/G.. pHn (X) is an isomorphism and that the maps nHn(X) are all isomorphisms.+ aH°(X ) then show that H°(X) Zp and that p' : H°(X) . When Zp acts on a space with the integral cohomology of Sn.1(b). We have the exact coefficient sequence 0 + a(7rL) + 7rL .Hk(X) + THk+'(X) and 62 : 7Hk(X) + . Hk(X). so let u E H' (X/G) be any generator. for a E Hk(X/G) = . L).7. 1 < 2i < n.1(b). as the following result shows.
< k < n.0 for 0 < k < n 1 and fork > n. Proof. F). Z) Hn(X/G. Zp) + pH" (X. Z) is all ptorsion for k # n. Z) Hn(X/G. otherwise.r odd. the composition Hk(X/G. For integer coefficients. H'(F. Zp) H' (X/G. The exact coefficient sequence 0 . Zp) and H"1(F. Hk(X/G. Then it follows from (54) that in the exact sequence of the pair (X/G.Zp) H"(X.11. Therefore. If L = Z. Zp) are isomorphisms. it can be assumed that r > 1. An induction then shows that Hk(X/G.Zp) * . Then H"1(X/G. Corollary.1 and for k > n. Zp) : Zp. g' = 1 on Hn(X. Now suppose that n . [17] Let X be a paracompact space with dimz. then also (X/G. Then in both cases. Zp. Zp).146 II. Suppose that G = Zp acts on X with H* (F.. L). Zp) Zp ot r otherwise. F. Moreover. Z). as is  pHr+2(X. and this sequence is left exact for k = n1.Z p + Z . Zp) + 0. Hk(X/G. Z) . n .Zp i 0 shows that there is the exact sequence 0 . and assume that H* (X. L) H* (Sn. p prime. The cohomology with Zp coefficients then follows. for r + 3 < k < n. Z) * Hk(X.. Zp) H* (Sr. Hk(X/G. X < oo. Zp). Zp) '1 Hk+1(X/G. k . The Smith sequence shows that the maps Hr(F.r is even. Z) . Z) is as stated for k < n . Let L be either Z or Zp. and so there is the exact sequence 0 + H"(X/G. Hk(X/G. F. Z) °' Hk(X/G. Z. fork = n if n . Sheaf Cohomology 19. Hn(X. .r is even. By suspending X twice. Zp) Hr+1(X/G.Zp) are all isomorphisms.r is even. 0. Z) (56) is multiplication by p by (47). Z) Zp maps monomorphically into Hn1(X/G.Zp) + pHr+1(X.
Z) : Zp. Z) = 0. as well as 19. shows that Hk (X/G.Z) : H`(Sn.Zp)' + Hk(X. Now. Z) H'(Sn. Z) = 0 for k > 0.Z Z .Z)=0. Suppose that X is paracompact with dim. (E. It follows that K = Coker 6 is a subgroup of Z. Suppose that G is a finite group acting on X. 0 < k < p. If r=n1. If H C G is cyclic of prime order p. The transfer homomorphism and the Smith sequences 147 where the marked map is the composition o .) = 0 for all m. This implies that 7r' : Hn(X/G. Z)p . and so K = 0. using the cohomology sequences of the coefficient sequences 0*Z' +Z'j + Zj0. Z) is monomorphic. The cohomology sequence of the coefficient sequence 0 .. and so 1 + g* = 7r'v' # 0.Z).Zp) .7 and its corollaries. Remark: One can use Exercise 53 to replace the finitedimensionality hypothesis in 19.13. (E.Zp) = 0 for k > 0 by 19. whence K = 0.Hn(X/G. µc/H7rG/H = ord(G) : Hk(X/G. Moreover. Z) Z is 1 + g'. Now suppose that n . E. If X is clci . Proof. Suppose that G = Zp acts on X with H*(F. Since a pgroup has nonzero center. Z)`+ Hn(X. Then Ht1(X/G.Zp) is an isomorphism factoring through zero.) 19.12. whence g' = 1.. (The reader should verify the somewhat exceptional case p = 2 and r = n . as in the proof of 19. Z) Hk(X/G.Zm 0 then shows that Hk(X/G. Floyd. Z) Hn(X/G.Hn1(X/G. Suppose that G is a finite group acting on X..Hn(X/G. 19. we have that pc7rc = m.8. so that Hk(X/G. E. v' # 0. If X is Zacyclic then so is X/G. an induction proves the same thing for H being the pSylow subgroup of G.rrk(irZp)). Z) + Hn(X. Corollary. then Hk(X/H. The composition Z Hn(X. Theorem. Taking m = ord G. If K Z then the sequence implies that Hn (X/G.§19.10. this must be zero and so g' = 1 and this can only happen when p = 2. in which the middle map is the composition (56). Z) Zp ®K. Zp). whence Hn(X/G. Thus Hn(X/G.) Let X be a locally paracompact Hausdorff space with dimZ X < oo. . Z9) +0. Theorem. or K Z and Hn(X/G. Zp) gz H*(Sr. Zp) LHn(X/G. If r = n . that the connecting homomorphisms in the Smith sequences are cup products with fixed elements of Hl(X/G.1. then so is X/G. Let L be Z or Zp for some prime p. Z). Z.2 then H"(X/G.Hk(X/G. Zp) = 0 for k > 0 and all primes p. Floyd.) Let X be a paracompact space with dimz X < oo. then H*(X/G.r is odd. X < oo (p prime) and H`(X. Z) is zero. whence Hk(X/G. This is done by showing.*7r* of (56). Z) . by an assumption that X is compact Hausdorff. and so there is the exact sequence 0 . Zp) Zp ®Zp. Since the middle group is all torsion. 19.14.13. An induction. Z) : Z.
These two sections are not used elsewhere in this book and may be skipped. we see that M can be taken so small that Hk(K. for any p.148 II.. For general G and for H being the pSylow subgroup of G. proving the case L = Z. Then by a downwards induction using 17. Z. Z) 1 Hk(K.3 and the Smith sequences of the form (coefficients in 7Gp) Hk(K') . Since X is clcL.z) .e.7Z).. From the exact sequence of the pair (X/G.7rc = 0 for N sufficiently small. that X/G is c1c°. µ'G/HlrG/H = ordG/H is an isomorphism for Z. an induction shows that M can be taken to be so small that rjy K : Hk(K. To avoid undue repetition.. 17. coefficients.Zp) is zero. applied to the diagram Hk(K. F). Zm) 10 Hk(M. Several details of a straightforward computational nature are omitted. L) + Hk(M'. we shall concentrate on the case of odd p and merely note modifications that are necessary for the case p = 2.Zp) Hk(M. where K' denotes 7r'(K).) is zero for all k..Zm) Hk(N. although much of what we do goes through for general integers p. For any given integer m.. tlN'M 1 Hk(N. as in the proof of 19. Hk(M. we have that mrN. so that X/H being c1c ° implies that X/G is clcL°p. .Z) m Hk(M. The case p = 2 differs in several details from the case of odd p. Then Al. L) is zero for k > 0. Zm) Hk(M.Z) gives the result for L = Z. Throughout these two sections p will denote a prime number. 20 Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers In this section and the next we shall construct the Steenrod cohomology operations (the reduced squares and pth powers) in the context of sheaf theory and shall derive several of their properties. By an induction. For a closed neighborhood N C M of y and with m = ord G.. i.13. Assume for the moment that G is cyclic of prime order p.5H k+1 (K*) M can be chosen to be so small that PHk(K') and Hk(F n K') Hk(F n M') are both zero for all k and for both p = r and p = o. there is a closed neighborhood M C K of y such that the map Hk(K'.M = i'C rN.H k (K*) ® Hk(F n K') .3. Let K be a closed paracompact neighborhood of y E X/G. 0 The subjects of the transfer map and of Smith theory will be taken up again in V19 and V20. this also follows for G being any pgroup.M = j 7rC rN. but it is basically much simpler. Sheaf Cohomology Proof.
ha = 0 : Tp(.) The composition hor extends hT = h . Then the action of Sp commutes with the differential.§20..d") commuting with differentials. such that hy = h for any 7 E Sp).e. T).(&'d The symmetric group Sp on p elements acts on Tp(.ld is a sheaf on X. 20.d and X be given sheaves on X and assume that we are given a homomorphism h : Tp (. Let ho : Tp(. ® H y(X.. we let p times Tp(d)_a®.1).4) .B'.. (57) .e. may be used.4'. where n = n. but it will follow from later developments in this section. _d) ®..2. the canonical resolution W' (X. or = These are endomorphisms of Tp(. (We have not actually shown this. If .4) as a group of automorphisms in the obvious way. but it is not as important as the symmetric case and will be omitted for the sake of brevity.I') is a resolution of Tp(1). Let 1 be a family of supports on X and let d5 be any Dacyclic resolution of d for which Tp(.. Thus there exists a homomorphism h1 : Tp(. For a differential sheaf . of degree 1. Let T* be any injective resolution of 5i?. Recall that ho induces the cup product H. since B" is injective. we shall take a to be that permutation taking the ith factor to the (i . and it follows that hor is homotopically trivial.1. In this case.. or any pointwise homotopically trivial resolution.. The skewsymmetric case can also be treated. and most of what we shall do applies to both.d') is also a differential sheaf with the usual total degree and differential.ld)  that is symmetric (i. We also introduce the notation T=1a.d') + B" be a homomorphism of resolutions extending h.1)st place. . Tp(. so that a transposition of adjacent terms of degrees r and s is given the sign (1)''a). For notational convenience.id') . Note that TO=0=0T. we assume that the action of Sp includes the usual sign conventions (i.Tp(J)) HH(X. such that hor = h1d + dhl. Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 149 20.'(X.H'(X. and for nonambiguity of later definitions. Let a E Sp denote any cyclic permutation of the factors of Tp(4'' ) and of Tp(4). Let .d) X. For example.
(Note that in fact `P'(X. If p .dh2.d) X through Tp(.rd/p.B' of degree i such that the formulas (59) hold. that we are given chain complexes A' and B' or differential sheaves. Thus it is actually of no loss of generality to assume that d and X are both sheaves of Zp modules. it must be homotopically trivial. we can factor h : Tp(.. we shall first assume that p is odd and shall then give the modifications necessary for p = 2. B) would be 7Zpinjective because of formula (6) on page 41.) For Zpmodules we have that a = rp1. JB' of degree i such that h2. (58) Similarly.dk2n In the present situation..d')).i') . this means that there is a homomorphism h2 : Tp(. For a E A' we put (62) Since the case p = 2 differs from the case of odd p. satisfy (59). : Tp(r still satisfy (59). In this subsection we shall assume that pV = 0 (i. generally.(4')) which r. With this assumption. Preceding h1v by the sign (1)deg.pd') . and homomorphisms ht:Tp(A'). applying r to the right of (58) shows that h2r is a chain map and must be homotopically trivial.J) . and since this must extend Tp(. so that taking ko = ho. and if we define f k2n = h2n. (60) ken1T = k2nd . (61) we see immediately that the kt will satisfy (60) when the h. 0.B' of degree 2 such that h1a = h2d .b(Tp(.. we obtain homomorphisms h. of course.e. (59) 20.3.Q = ken+ld + dk2n+1.150 II.dh2n. In this subsection we shall suppose. one obtains a chain map Tp(. with differentials of degree +1.B' such that k2. hen1a = h2nd .4. By applying rt and using the canonical map Tp(I'. with 36' now Z injective.1') J6' (of degree 1). Sheaf Cohomology Applying a to the right of (57). k2.1 = h2n1'r. In terms of h1v itself. 20. we can modify the above constructions to find homomorphisms kt : Tp(i') . we see that h1o anticommutes with d. that 58 is a sheaf of Zpmodules).d).7.= hen+ld + dh2n+1. Then ho = ph = 0. Continuing inductively one obtains homomorphisms ht : Tp(. mod' and 58' can be taken to be sheaves of Zpmodules.
+1 a . Lq+1 is the free abelian group generated by the symbol db. is given by (64) 7P = (1)m(q+l)ml(Ab).. moreover. A can be thought of as a formal operator that tells us how to write down 'Yt+1 from the expression for 7i.. Using (65). we shall consider the chain complex L*. The differential is defined to take b . We define. in Tp(L*). We claim that there is a natural formula of the following type: P hen1(A(db)) = E(1)tdh2nt(7t) t=1 (p odd) (63) where yt is a natural integral linear combination of terms of the form a1 ® aP in which i of the a. Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 151 is odd then r(1 a) = 0. inductively. 1 'Y2t = Ar'12t1. and it follows from (59) that h2n1(Aa) is a cycle when a is a cycle.. where Lq is the free abelian group generated by the symbol b. To obtain these formulas.. ll 1'Y2. ® ap) = (_1)q1+. We wish to show that h2n_ 1(Aa) is a boundary when a is a boundary and.] Using (59) and (66) inductively leads immediately to equation (63). 1 d'Y2t = 772t1. d72t+1 = 0'^/2t (66) These definitions make sense in Tp(A'). Let . (Note that 7p+1 is necessarily zero. Let A : TP(L*) TP(L*) be A®1®1® ®1.1 a1 ®. and the remainder of the Lt are zero.+1 = Ao'r2j. ® ap.db. [In Tp(A*).71 = A(A(db)) (65) and note that A(db) = dy1.§20.. the operator At given by A.+q. ® a11 ® Aa® ® a.) It remains for us to prove formula (64).. Note that rA(db) = 0.(al (9 . since we have a natural chain map L* A*. which must be an integral multiple of Ab. Then Ad+dA= 1. it follows by an easy inductive argument that for i > 1. Moreover. and the equations (66) remain valid. where m = (p ... Let A : Ln ' Ln1 be that homomorphism taking db + b.1)/2 and q = deg b. to obtain a formula for h2n_1(A(db)). . For the proof of (64) let us define. we claim that ryP. are equal to b and the rest are equal to db.
= A. These monomials are permuted by a.r = A.aA. being of prime order.1 terms in the tensor product it operates on are of the same degree). when it is nonzero.+IA.MI(Adb) = (1)m4(Ab). This is a sum of monomials in a and b. Now. (68) Now let M. (69) where the number of M's occurring in each equation is r and the summations run over all free indices. (67) J A. by an easy induction. Then dc = 0 and cc = 0(a + b) . M1Mi(Mdb). we see that rye = aMi(Adb). Now let a. In particular. . and none of them is left fixed by a. (70) By (59) the mapping a '+ h2nI(Aa) takes cycles into cycles.+j Moreover.. by (70). Sheaf Cohomology where qj = deg a3 . we have A.152 II. it yields homomorphisms St2n1 : H9(A*) + HP9(2nI)(B*) for p odd. to the right.+i. 'Y2r+1 = (1)r EakIAkM3 .Ab E Tp(A9). It follows easily from (59) that hn+1(daeda) = (1)n+'dhn+i(a(&da)+(1)Qndhn(a(9a) for qn odd. we have M. must be Ab up to sign.Ob. acts freely on this set of monomials. Each M. and it is easily computed that A.a' = a'A. = 0.+a.henI(Aa) . and Ak contributes no sign (since k is nec essarily odd and the first k .. and r(Aa) = 0 when q is even.o = Y11 a'A. where q = deg b. in the computation of ryp note that the term AkM2 MMI (Adb). contributes the sign (1)9. Select one of these monomials out of each orbit of this group action and let c be the sum of these.Aa .M1(Adb). It follows that 7p is (1)m times AkM3 (l)"`Q times the number of permutations of m objects [the M's and Ak in (69)] times Ob. (71) For p = 2 we have that o(Aa) = 0 when q = deg a is odd.. Using (67) and (68) to move the operators A. and by (63) it takes boundaries into boundaries. t AiA. M.A3 = AAA. Thus A = A1.MI(Odb). This yields formula (64). Thus the cyclic group generated by a.. It follows from (59) that h2n1(A(a + b)) .. (72) . Thus.Aa .h2n1(Ab) = dh2n(c). that 72r = (1)r >a&M3 . Thus.1)/2 = m.. b E A9 be cycles. and consider A(a+b) . 'Y3 a'IA. when r = (p . A. and.
: Tp(A') B' (of degree i) satisfying the equations (60). constructed in 20. Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 153 As before. for p = 2 and q . we have that p(Aa) = v(Aa).4 and. Similarly to (70).n. (77) .n even (q = deg a).. we also have. Now suppose that p. a '+ k2n(Aa) [or a H kn(a®a) for p = 2] induces homomorphisms J St2n : Hq(A`) + Hpq2n (B`) l Stn : Hq(A*) H2q"(B`) That is. Finally. we claim that the image of Sty consists of elements of order p. induced from the h.(ryt+1) 1=o for p odd. for p odd.4.3 induce Sty : Hlt (X. We may apply 20. where j = q(p . 98) for j odd. Then as in 20. Sty : Hq (A`) Hq+J (B') for j odd. and (59) shows that ph2n_1(Aa) = h2ri_1(v(Aa)) is a boundary when a is a cycle.6. as claimed.4 to the case in which At = and B' = I'4.1) . Then the k. = 0.§20. This also follows when p = 2 in a similar manner. for da = 0 = db. Now suppose that for chain complexes At and B' we are given homomorphisms k. 20. Thus we obtain homomorphisms Sty : H. with ryp given by formula (64). we can derive the formula p1 k2n(A(db)) = E(1)`dk2n_. Thus.k2n(Aa) .n odd.+3 (X. d) Hlt+3(X. (73) It is convenient to introduce the notation StJ = Stn on Hq(A*). T) for j even. and valid for q . as well as an analogue of (74). for any p. k2n(A(a + b)) . (76) 20.2. In fact.5. in particular.(58`) with the h. as in 20. St' : H'7(A`) + Hq+'(B`) for j even. it is easily seen that a F* hn(a (9 a) induces a homomorphism Stn : Hq(A*) ' H2q"(B') for p = 2 and q . (74) with 'y. Thus (71) and (73) become. in place of h.k2n(Ab) = dk2n+1(c) (75) For p = 2 we have formula (72) with k. we obtain homomorphisms for p odd.n even. defined in 20.
. we see that for p odd and a E I'. The analogous result for the k.} is another system of homomorphisms Tp(.7. we obtain (DiT)d + d(Dir) = hoT . we wish to show that the definitions do not depend on the choice of the h.1)q.dD2n. This proves our contention for odd p.d with da = 0.hi . As in (57). Rearranging terms. in 20. h2n .Di7) = 0.154 Ii.(hid + dhi ). It is shown in Section 21 that the Sty are also independent. Then ho is chain homotopic to ho. we have h2n1(0x) h2n1(Aa) = dD2n(Aa) since TAa = 0 and d(Da) = 0. as we may as well assume.6 are independent of the choices involved. In particular.(. then (for p odd) = St2n of (77) is induced by a F+ because of (61). Applying T to the right of this equation. Suppose that {h. then Sty = St(p_1)q_3 = 0.hi . Sheaf Cohomology If.Dir)d + d(h1 .] Applying r. We shall also show in 20. A similar remark holds for p = 2. with h2n1 hen1 . we have (h1 . up to sign.hen .dD2.D2. then St3 = Sto is induced by a ho(a ® (9 a) and hence it is the pfold cup product followed by h*.Di r = D2d . Stq(p1)2n 20.hoT = (hid + dhi) . to these equations. (when pB = 0) is proved in exactly the same manner. since h. We wish to show that the homomorphisms Sty constructed in 20. Apply a to the right of this equation and proceed as before.1)q.Denir = D2nd . and the case p = 2 is similar.. so that there is a homomorphism D1 with ho ho=D1d+dD1. d and 58 are both sheaves of Zpmodules.2. of the choice of the particular cyclic permutation a.8 that the definitions of the Sty are independent of the choices of the resolutions d' and 58' (for the latter this should be clear). this implies the existence of a homomorphism D2 with hi . = 0 for i < 0 by definition. themselves) does not use the assumption that a' is a resolution of 5B but only that it is an injective differential sheaf.i') 58' satisfying (59) and such that ho extends the given map h. An easy inductive argument provides the existence of homomorphisms D. = Den+1d + dD2n+1 (78) [Note that the construction of the Dn (and of the h. If j = (p . Also note that if 9 > (p .hi .
(X. Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 155 20. Consider the (not necessarily commutative) diagram h. Suppose that f : X + Y is a map and let h' : Tp(. where j is odd. (Y. and it follows immediately that the diagram H.4" and g' : df' B' of resolutions. Let 41 be a family of supports on Y with f1W C 4 and suppose that we are given %Facyclic resolutions 2' and .. (This follows from Exercise 48.. Also assume that we are given homomorphisms h( : Tp (2') + .#' satisfying (59) [or k' satisfying (60)] and extending h'.Wt (X..d) can be compared with '" (X. these results show that the Sty are independent of the choice of the resolution d' (the independence of the choice of B' is clear).d).) + . This formula remains valid upon passing to sections with supports in 'Y [of (79)]. it follows that homomorphisms Dn : Tp(2') + f (98') can be constructed. (80) commutes. Also suppose that k and g extend to fcohomomorphisms k' : 2' . where 77n = r for n odd and 77n = o for n even.§20.d) 1g...(Y.. ® k). 2) St' Hq+.8. (79) f(h. Since f (.a)A(k') and g* h' ofTp(2') + f(B') both satisfy (59) and extend f (h) Ak = gh'. In fact. which asserts that the first map is a pointwise homotopy equivalence. ) Ik' H.B') is injective.) . When f is the identity. This may also be shown for even j when pT = 0 = pff and Sty is defined as in (76). H +.2 + d and g yB such that the diagram Tp(Y) Akl . and the middle term satisfies our hypothesis that the tensor product of the resolutions be a resolution of the tensor product.) The maps f(h. d') . such that f (hn)Ak' .lf Ig h Tp(4') 'T commutes (where Ak = k (9 .Dn7In = Dn+ld + (1)ndDn+l..g`hn . as in (78).. ff' of Y and such that Tp(2') is a resolution of Tp(2'). any d* such that Tp(4') is a resolution of Tp(.AI be a symmetric homomorphism of sheaves on Y. 4') by means of the maps 4' + W' (X. Suppose further that we are given fcohomomorphisms k :. (X.
(4)) . is a sum of monomials each of which contains a factor da = i(a')).0 and 0 + . hn. .1)/2. 58' + SB"` + 0 of chain complexes (with differentials of degree +1).B" .'*) Ihn ' T. gh2n_. Hq(A"*) ISts 6 + Hq+1(A'*) 1st' jst. For this square. for example. and hn satisfy (59) [respectively (60)]. ) Ih B* 9+ Ihn (81) B. let a E Aq represent a cycle j(a) E A"`... Thus we also have that rph2nP(Aj(a)) = 9(rph2n_P(Aa)) =9 1 (_rPh2n_P(a) + E(1)'h2n. for i < p..1) + TP(.. moreover.. (. Consider the Hq(A') . where rp = (1)'n(q+1)m! and m = (p . Let a' be such that i(a') = da.Hq+s(B... In terms of Sts this means that Stsb = for p odd.) f.)) = 0 for i < p (since y. Hq(A:) SO .(j(y. we have Jh2n1(Aa') = h2n1(A(da)) = d (_rh2n_(a) P1 :=1 (83) by (63) and (64). induced diagram B". that we have commutative diagrams TP(.9. a +Hq+s+l(Br).. (85) We have proved this for odd s.'. Suppose. for even s). Suppose that we are given exact sequences 0 + 4' . Sheaf Cohomology 20.Hq+s(B.(ry0 = h2n.156 II.. where the hn. Then in the case of odd s and odd p. (82) . This diagram is clearly commutative except for the square containing connecting homomorphisms. n=1 l (84) From (83) and (84) we see that rp5St2n_p[j(a)I is represented by h2n_1(Aa')..a..d' + . in the same way. The case of even s follows in the same way from (74). Now. that (82) is commu tative when it is defined (since in this case.) which is defined for odd s (respectively. In the case p = 2 it can be seen.4"* . the image of Sts consists of elements of order 2). But the latter also represents St2n_lb[j(a)].
.)q = Tq+1 ®yq is the and d : Mp(2')q + Mp(f*)q+1 is given by d(a.sd) . pa + db). for A Dtaut.§20. We put 4.IXA(.. = .(4')) . except for the square involving connecting homomorphisms. Now StJ : H (X. commutes when defined. and Xp and could use these for our comparison.t constructed in Section 21.58) is defined for odd j.(XI.0.10. some independent interest. The maps hn. Vp) (or from coefficients in d) is defined for all j.Tp(rP1A(d`IA)) Ih Ih I h. does not depend on this fact and has.. A).H (X.H. that the StJ can be defined using torsion free resolutions of 4 and X then we could reduce these resolutions mod p to obtain resolutions of ..sd) I st` H. 20. although longer..d/p4 and note that the given map h : Tp(4) X induces a symmetric homomorphism Tp(. If we use the fact.Y')) . it follows that the diagram ..dp) + 58p. Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 157 We wish to apply these remarks to spaces.A. if we define the Sts on the relative cohomology of (X.'. 6) = (da. we prefer to use another method. 4p) + H +'(X. rt(o) ' rPnA(.(y*)q p + cq+1 . st" st` +3(X.1..Tp(r. We wish to find relationships between these operations. : Tp(4*) 58' I A. The mapping cone of p : Y' differential sheaf Mp(2*). via the isomorphism 12..q p' M.. Thus. proved in Section 21.. (86) .f) St." of multiplication by p. Let A be a Dtaut subspace t restrict of X and assume that d' is flabby. We have the exact sequences 0 `.'IA) clearly commute. where MP(9?. We shall now consider the case in which 4 and X are torsionfree. The method we adopt utilizes the "mapping cone. We remark that this result can be extended to nontaut A by using the naturality of the particular set of h. perhaps. However. which.1v+"(X A. while Sty H (X.. and the diagrams to maps T(4 ' I A) Tp(r4.4) + H+2(X. of a differential sheaf. This square commutes when n = 2 and satisfies (85) when p is odd.
The minor alteration of dividing Mp(2')° by d(Mp(2')1) provides a resolution of 2'p.158 II...!C) be defined by h'. +(1)ql+.+qP161 ®. Mp(2') is not a resolution of 2p since Mp(9?")' ::.or. If 2' is a 4'acyclic resolution of a torsionfree sheaf 2'. The augmentation is induced by the canonical inclusion b +.. : Tp(2') + Mp(. ®bp1 ® ap. 2p). and the homology sequence induced by r1.2° # 0. which will be omitted. (0. did = dti. ®bp + . We claim that the following two statements hold: (i) Let h. 1b(x) = al®b2®.®bp ®a3 ®b4 +(1)91+gsbl ®b® ®.p Y + 9?p 0. Then the h'.. for any differential sheaf d' (or chain complex).. is divisible by r. b) = a.. (ii) Let h'n : Tp(2') + Mp(. bp) E Tp(Mp(Y*)) and if qj = degb then we put below. the ho 0(x) = bl ®. hen) and 2n h'21 1 = (h2n.. b) and $'(a. These facts are easily obtained by straightforward computations. so that p . Then the h'' satisfy (60).Tp(. there is a natural isomorphism HQ(I''D (Mp(y«))) H (X.K*) be defined by h" = (h2n1.. for q = 0.. 0.. as a polynomial in a. . [Note that p becomes reduction mod p and )3 = 0' becomes the connecting homomorphism. = (0. h2n+1w). but we need not use this fact. then according to Exercise 50. satisfy (59). ®bp.v=WT. We shall digress for a moment to consider a construction to be used momorphisms 0 and tP of Tp(Mp(.®bp+(1)Q1b1®a2®b3®..] Remark: The homology sequence of (86) shows that if 2' is a resolution of a torsionfree sheaf 2. Define. which is called the "Bockstein" homomorphism in this case...4')) . However. We retain the notation p and 0 for these induced cohomology homomorphisms. ® (ap. Sheaf Cohomology where p(b) = (0... We let w denote the quotient. It is easy to check that Od = p + d0. . b1) ® . of (86) can be identified with the cohomology sequence of the exact coefficient sequence 0 .. ha). then Q(Mp(2*)) 2p. Now suppose that hn : Tp(2') + ' are homomorphisms that satisfy (59). b) of 9 in 21 ® 2° Note that p . for q 0.d') as follows: If x = (a1.
1) . n = q(p .d).j). 1\2n((0.dp) (see Exercise 49). A2n1 = h2n1B + h2nW We compute A2nd . the An satisfy (59). A2n).dh2n)V) = h2n2r0 + h2n1(p . bp)) = h2n(bl ® bp).Q)W = (h2n28 + h2nlwil))T = A2n2T. and by (ii).i) and let X' be any injective resolution of 31 as usual. b) s+ vn(A(a.dp) induced by (a.Vp)` . and in fact.(h2nd .D (X. An) : Tp(Mp('i*)) .§20.d)lpw `(X. Bp) is We claim that the homomorphism Sty : H. A2n_ld + dA2n1 = (h2n_ld + dh2n1)B + h2nlp') .. Oct = a v).Mp(V*) satisfy (59). we see that the homomorphisms vn defined by J ll j v2n = (A2n1..Rp. which takes (a. (88) Thus.(h2n+1d + dh2n+1)w. 6)) for j odd and by (a.T' by the equations An = h2.dA2n = (h2nd .1n:Tp(Mp(4*)). we note that there is a canonical homomorphism Mp(4') . HO'+f(X. By statement (i) above. in degree zero. This homomorphism clearly induces an isomorphism of derived sheaves. b)) for j even (where. .(.an = (0.dh2n)O + h2npVI . Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 159 Also note that Now define the homomorphisms Ba = aB. it is just the map that identifies H9(r. A2n+l W) satisfy (60). we see that the homomorphisms .0 + h2n+lw'W.dp)) . To see this. it follows that µo and vo both extend the homomorphism h : Tp(jip) . The diagram TT(MM(d')) I MM(B*) I Tp(` *(X. Now we let a?' = W*(X. of course.w*(X. b) b (mod p). Since. 6) ' µn(A(a. b1) ® ®(0.4p) = e'(X. by (87) and (88). U2n+1 = (A2n.b = h2n_laO + Similarly we have Tw) (87) = (h2n1B+ h2nY')t7 = \2n1O.d'))) with H (X.D(Mp(.
such as (63).(V5A(a. However. We have adopted the present conventions because they provide slightly simpler formulas in several places. and this is sufficient for the construction of the homotopies of 20. b)) + h2. Tp(Mp(. Clearly. while St2n is induced by (a. b)) + h2n.+1(w1GOL (a.8. Thus.b) with degb = q.] Assume for the moment that p is odd. Remark: If in (59) and in similar equations we had chosen to use dh ± hd rather than hd ± dh (which would have been more logical in some ways).d*)) is not a resolution of Tp(4p). b))). such a change merely appends the sign (1)n to h2n and h2n+l. b)) = (h2n1(OZ (a. b) = Ab and 1/i0(0. h2n1(60(a. B'. Recall that reduction modulo p is induced by b '. for coefficients in dP and Bp. Let 4*.160 II. b)) + h2n(1GZ(a. a qcycle of r (Mp(. Sheaf Cohomology [where (58p)* is any Zinjective resolution of Bp] can then be treated as in 20.+1 both of the triangles anticommute (and hence the outside square commutes). (90) . l kn : Tp(2*) u*.7.11. 'Vp ) P (89) q q+2. This also holds for p = 2 by the same arguments. b)). some of the derived sheaves in negative degrees are nonzero. b) . and db = pa. and our contention follows immediately. 20. b) = 0. b))) Note that OA (O.B*. Se*. we would have obtained strict commutativity in (89). and in fact.d*)) is a pair (a.y1*) . and #* be differential sheaves (or chain complexes) and assume that we are given homomorphisms f hn : Tp(.1(A(a. It follows immediately that in the diagram H st'3+l Hq+2j+1(X 58) P Hq+2y (X. h2n(6Z (a. da = 0. the derived sheaves in positive degrees are all zero by the algebraic Kiinneth formula applied to the stalks. Taking sections. b)) = (o. (0. b) and that the Bockstein is induced by (a. [Note that without modification. b) '+ v2n(A(a.02. St2n_ 1 is induced by (a. b) H a.
and ff are all sheaves of Zpmodules and that we are given symmetric homomorphisms h:TP(i). i. It commutes with differentials.ll. ® k2n2t) + (h2t+1 ® k2n2t1)1l]A.d` ® 2') . Defining in as above.)a]A. if p = 2. and lC. 2'. ® k2n2. 1®Qo®1 = Q(OT). 98. The following identities are easy to verify: or ®1 + (1 (9 r)11 = (1 (& a)(Do)..(Aa) ® k2n2t(Ob) (92) since O a ®b 1 P(P1)st/2 Da 0 Ob and since fl is ® Ab = p (L) (Da ®Ab) = 0. We define homomorphisms jn : TP(4* ® 2`) + B' ®. Now suppose that d. Now. Let A : TP(. Also. of course.+1) + (h2. f ® '. can be mapped into any injective resolution.(2') we use the notation OT = 1®1a®a and Lo = 1®1+a®a+ aP1®ap1 [so that a1(OT)A and A1(Ov)A are the operators "T" and "o" on TP(4' (9 2' )]. (93) . where the summation is over the range 0 < i < j < p. immaterial here). for a E d' and b E 2ft and for p odd.2. 1®v(T®1)S2 = Ov. j2n+1 = E[(h2. we have in ((a ®b) ®(a ®b)) _ (1)'t E ht(a ®a) ®kn.X and k:TP(2')4. Steenrod's cyclic reduced powers 161 both of which satisfy the system (59) of equations. we see that jo extends j=(h®k)A:TP(d(9 2) X0 ff.d') 0 T. Note that St = 1 ® a if p = 2. Also. Similarly.+1 (9 k2n2.ll' by i2n = E[(h2.(b (g b) (the sign is. 2'. 1®T+T®a = AT.§20. Thus the homomorphisms (90) can be constructed as in 20. being a resolution of SO ®. we have j2n(A(a (9 b)) = (1)P(P1)'t/2 1h2. (91) We claim that the in also satisfy (59). This is easily shown by formal manipulation using the identities (91). These are all Zp injective resolutions by (6) on page 6 since every (classical) ZP module is ZPinjective. On TP(.TP(4') ® TP(2' ) be the obvious "unshuffling" isomorphism (with the usual sign convention). so that both equations can be combined in that case. let St = E at ® a&. Let d' = and similarly for 58`.
T) 4 H ' y+2n(X. and converting to upper indices. passing to homology. we then alter these operations to define operations. clearly.. for St2n when it is defined (i. differs from St2n_1i defined by means of a. Sheaf Cohomology Taking sections." that possess somewhat simpler properties than do the Sty. Stn(a U b) _ St`(a) U St":(b) for p = 2 ofH. which is a continuation of the last section. These equations are known as the Cartan formulas. we shall find certain values of j for which the operation Sty is trivial. Then a and a' are conjugate in the symmetric group Sp. (95) Thus St2n_1i defined by means of a'.(X..162 II. (hen1'Y)a' = (h2n7)d . since h is symmetric. We shall then use this fact to find.+1'y)d + d(h2n+1'Y). then y(Aa) = (sgny)gza.. the Sty are independent of the choice of the particular cyclic permutation a.d(h2nY) Also. . and ®H .1. fl) are arbitrary support families. so that r (h2n1'y)(Aa) = (sgnry)gh2n_1(Aa). by (93). That is. If r' = 1 . These are maps H (X. We shall first apply the results of 20. for sheaves of Zp modules where Similarly. if a E is a cycle of degree q. Using this information. for p odd. by the sign (sgn y)g in degree q. This is also true. we get St2n(a U b) _ (1)T _1)st/2 r` St2`(a) U St2n2'(b) for p odd (94) by (92).7 to show that up to sign. (h2n'Y)(Aa) = (sgn'y)gh2n(Aa).l')forsheaves ofZ2modules. Applying ry to the right side of (59).2') H nty+n(X.t.a' and then we have ryr' = rry and ryv' = vry. 21. 21 The Steenrod operations In this section. (X. V ®. Let a denote the particular cyclic permutation that we have been using and let a' be any cyclic permutation of the factors of a pfold ten sor product.e.(X.8(&. for pJi = 0). However. various values of j for which the operation Sty is trivial.d)®H. the "Steenrod powers. hory extends by = h. there is an element ry E Sp with ya' = ary. we see that (h2n'Y)r' = (hen.
which is more convenient.§21.. By 20.1 (mod p) is equivalent to n = (2r + 1)(p . where d' = W *(X. it is seen that (h2ny)(Aa) is homologous to (h2n)(Aa) = knh2n(Aa).d)x .(kp1.). kl.. + ak.A) is pointwise homotopically trivial.1) and the equation kn =. Recall that W' (X.. we can prove a similar fact for St2n using the kn of 20.3. HPq_2n(X. a) _. d) and 88` _ ` *(X. We wish to show that Sty = 0 for j < 0 and to identify St°.p(1') a cycle of degree q.1) + 1.1)/2 (where r is some integer). construct such homomorphisms h. 4) . for some r E Z. Again. as in Section 2. and let p be odd. To do this we must. We shall. This can then be followed by a map to an injective resolution of 66 if so desired. In terms of Sty. fix be the map assigning to a germ of a .1)n An easy computation shows that the {hn} satisfy (59) with r replaced by r' = 1 .. .2. T). the equation kn = 1 (mod p) is equivalent to n = r(p . y takes (kl. k2.. Let us define 1 1 h2n = h2n(1 + a + .1) or j = 2r(p .. (96) (Recall that the image of Sts consists of elements of order p.. let rhx : r6°(X. However.. Let y take the ith term into the (i/k)th place (modulo p). (97) 21.ak. SR) is zero unless formula (96) holds.. In fact. Thus at = ak. ak1)n. .) is zero unless kn = (1)Q (modp). Moreover. give an explicit construction of one particular system of hs. . and by (95). it follows that St2n : H (X. + i h2n1 = h2n1(1 + a + . H4pq2n+I (X. in fact. . Now v'= a for this choice of a'=ak and r'= 1ak ak1)r. The Steenrod operations 163 Let us now consider a particular choice of y E S.. + ak1)' (Aa)) = knh2ni(Aa). kp1 = 1) .) If pT = 0. k2. we have that (h2n_ly)(Aa) is homologous to (h2n1)(Aa) = h2n1((1 + a + . which reduces the question to one concerning h2n. But so do the {hny}..k)th place.1). Then a' = ylay takes the ith term into the k(i/k 1)st = (i .. and so y is an odd permutation. : Tp(4*) + B'. a short calculation shows that our criterion (96) becomes Sty = 0 unless j = 2r(p . where k is a generator of the multiplicative group of Zp (which is cyclic of order p . Since k generates the multiplicative group of Zp. for the first time. From this and (95) it follows that St2n_1 : HOq (X. we can treat this case directly by using formula (61).7 it follows that for a E r.
A2n+1 = AQA2n Also define M.. d =. d).  we have that Dxd+dDx = 1 : W'n(X.. where a1.4')x a ` O(X.. Define operators A. = MA = M. in positive degrees.. WO (X. as claimed. we have D2 =0.®ap. n= Vi and hence.1)®D. 0 E Tp(4'4) is the augmentation.. and letting D. .d. d).d)x for n > 0. Sheaf Cohomology serration f : X . ® ® Erlx here.d)x.5.. M). = vx7]x : l1n+l(X...)®a:+1®.(9 (a. A2n = ATA2n1.. = A2M.A. at_1 have degree zero and deg(a..4')) is also pointwise homotopically trivial. with the homotopy provided by the operator Ax defined by A. 77.'d)x re'(X. It is easily computed that.d) We shall often suppress the variable x in Ax and in other operators. Axd + dAx = 1 Axd = 1 . a splitting r. Tp(d') = Tp(''(X..] Tp(. Since A2 = 0 we have A. .E1jx A2 = 0. (98) ...A its value rrx (f) = f (x) E d x at x. on Tp(.o. in degree zero.'')x inductively by Al = A.164 II..9: "n (X. Then 77x provides a splitting .d)x a' ryn+I(X. (a1®. _d) . M2n+1 = A7M2n. 1 where E77x stands for err. Since 7hxvx = 0.M..) > 0. generally. d )x . M2n = AQM2n1..(9 ap)=E7Jx(al)®. _ 7' (X. ren(X.(a.A)x + "n(X. Wn+1(X.7 = 0. 1 Dxd = 1 E77x : WO(X.. on TT(d')x by M1=A=A1.'d)x.. [Note that e = E ® .
More generally we define. since all terms are zero in that case. are D and the rest are 1 (or possibly er7). for n > 1. The reader should notice the formal similarity with (63) and (74). It follows that AP+1 = 0 = Mp+1 (99) It is easily shown by induction that for n > 1. or A.. and that An = 0 in degrees less than n).. ® K2 ® ® Kp. However. by double induction. s=1 (We could leave the upper limits of summation open because of (99). 1 A2n+ld = M2nr + oA2n .UM2n1 + dM2n. Thus vxahnN=hnN for N=M3 or N=A.A. (100) where the first equation holds in degrees at least 2n and the second in degrees at least 2n + 1.M. p1 77xh2n = E (1)'ah2n_. Similarly we obtain. these equations hold in degrees 2n 1 and 2n. Note that to define hn it suffices to define 77xhn for each x E X. The equations also hold in degrees less than 2n .. Men+ld = A2no + rM2n . ap of d are taken by ho into the serration x H h(al(x) ®.dM2n+1 (101) We shall now define hn : Tp(.. respectively (using the facts that 77 commutes with r and o in degree zero. [That is.dA2n+1.rA2n1 + dA2n.] Note that 77xhoe17x = hr7xe77x = h77x = 77xeh77x so that hoe77x = eh77x = e77xho Define ho in positive degrees.d *) 0. Mend = A2n1a . another induction shows that for n > 1. '=o P (102) 77xh2n_1 = E (1)'ah2n. (9 ap(x)).) Note that if N is either M.§21. . then 77xhnN = 0 by (102) and (98).+1. The Steenrod operations 165 Since D2 = 0. it is clear that An and Mn are linear combinations of terms of the form K. by 77xho = ah0A. inductively.. the serrations a1. where n of the K. Thus (100) is valid for n > 1 in all degrees.1 and 2n respectively. (103) . we have A2nd = M2n_1r . The definition proceeds by induction on n and on the total degree in Tp(.. that 77A = 0.d*). Define ho in degree zero by 77xho = h77x.
166 II.1 (so that the image has degree zero). the lefthand side of (104) is r)xh2nd = E(1)'ah2nsMi+1d = 0 i=0 by degree.dM21+1) . it suffices to prove that rlx(h2nd .E (h2n2. and (101) we have Dxh2nd = E (1)'h2n.> (h2n2j+1d + dh2n2. for degrees greater than 2n .dDh2n = h2n .E(1)'dh2n_iM++1.1. In degrees less than 2n .7+1)M2j 1=1 + E h2n_23 (A2jQ +TM2j) 7=0 j=1 .OM27_I +dM29) Also. The proof proceeds by double induction as in the definition (102).dh2n) = iJxh2n1a and (104) 77x(h2n1d +dh2n1) = 7)xh2n2T We shall only prove (104). since vx is onetoone and Dx = vx7)x.d . by (102).e77x. In degree 2n .. To show that the hn satisfy (59).E h2n2.h2ndM1 + E h2n_2j(A2. The righthand side of (104) is 77xh2n1Q = s=1 (1) C7h2n_. Sheaf Cohomology since vxa = 1 .A1U = 0 by (102) and degree.Ms+ld s=0 = h2n .Dxdh2n = Dxh2n_1o. which is typical.7)M23+1 3=0 .dh2n2. (103).aM2j+1) . we obtain Dxh2nd .Dxdh2n = .71(A2. s=0 Subtracting and rearranging.7+1Q . j=1 Dxdh2n = h2n . Using (102). Now.1 both sides of (104) are zero. it suffices to show that Dxh2nd .Q +TM27 .7=1 h2n2J+1(A2j10 .
.. For p = 2 we have. h2n2. where q = deg a. (106) Remark: The construction of this special system of h was undertaken for one purpose only. but it is not clear how to do this. and (74). but we prefer the method used there.1) deg(a).. the proof of (105). (107) Now assume that d and X are sheaves of 7Zp modules. In particular.3A2.>2 h2n231QM2. the present h have the added advantage of being homomorphisms into `6'(X. (64). [The last equation is obtained by applying vx to (102) and using (103). 66) rather than into an injective resolution.Dxdh2n = .tAt)a = Dxh2n1O.>2 h2n27lA27+la + 3=0 t=1 >2 h2n.2 can be so chosen to possess this property.§21.1) deg(al ®. Then it follows that the maps A : a H tgh(p1)q(°a) . (9 ap). It follows directly from (106) that St j = 0 for j < 0.o7=1 (>. hq+1(da ®da) = dhq(a (&a). we put tg = 1. Of course.70' +rM23) 3=1 .3.>. we have hn(Da) = 0 if n > (p .j+1 . and m = (p 1) /2. This fact could be used to simplify and shorten the discussion of 20. If p is odd we define tq = (1)mq(q+l)/2(m!)q E Zp. By (61). p is odd. where q = deg a. It might be possible to show directly that the h defined by the general procedure of 20. hn(al ®. equation (105) implies that h(p1)(q+1)(z(da)) = (1)m(Q+l)(m!)dh(p1)q(Da).OM2)+1) + >2 h2n_2j(A2.10.2. and of being natural. (105) This is easily proved by induction using the definition (102)..rM2J 1=0 3=0 j=1 h2n2j1(A2j+10 .. similarly. 21. as was to be shown. (9 ap) = 0 if pn > (p . and if p = 2. (1)'h2. The Steenrod operations 167 Using the inductive assumption on the first two terms yields Dxh2nd . and from now on this property is all we will use.] We claim that for the hn we have just constructed.
Sheaf Cohomology of .] Similarly.58). Sto(a) = h*(aP) (aP denotes the cup pth power of a). Moreover.. For the remainder of this section we shall restrict our attention ex Sq'=Sty:H (X.{ h*(a2). (112) [The verification of this uses the fact that (m!)2 = (1)(p+1)/2 (modp). T.B) (109) since these homomorphisms already possess the properties we desire.. dega < 2r. _ Sqr (a) .(X. we define the Steenrod pth powers Pp : H (X. 0. (75). (X. 56).(X. so that A extends the map hA : a '+ h(Aa) of d + X. if dega < r. For p = 2 we define the Steenrod squares by (108) 21. Consequently.d) + Hqj.. V) (110) . by (61). An easy computation using (94) yields the Cartan formula I pp(a U b) _ e=0 gp(a) U ppt(b) . which is the map induced by the coefficient homomorphism h1 : d According to (62).. tgSt° = (h0)* : H (X. Thus A is a homomorphism of resolutions extending h0. We shall now restrict the discussion to the case of odd p.d) .p = By (108) we have (1)rtgSt2r(p1) = (_1)rtgSt(p1)(q2r).d) + H (X.168 II.1)+H+'(X. d) by + H+2r(p1)(X. which follows easily from Wilson's theorem... it follows from (105) that A is a homomorphism. rip = (h0)* : H . 58) is just the homomorphism (h0)* induced by the coefficient homomorphism h0.4' * 58q commute with the differential. clusively to sheaves of Zp modules. if dega = r.B = 0. 0. or their analogues for p = 2. H. Formula (112) is the reason for using the sign (_1)r in (111). Now hA is a homomorphism since'p. and it follows that A* : H (X. For q = 0 this is just a H ho(Aa). Taking cognizance of (97) and (108) as well as (89).4. and it follows easily from this and (107) that _ h*(aP). if if dega = 2r.
4). for A C X 4itaut.. Then 0 x 0 is the least element of Y. and similarly for the Sqr. Show. nontaut subspace.1). p H +1(X.) It also follows from (85) that pr commutes with connecting homomorphisms." a compactified long ray. 4) is a r8°(X.'. It is a nonparacompact topological 1manifold.d) zt UM H.da} be a direct system of sheaves srta. 2. generally. Then show that H. ") # 0. That is.12 and Exercise 2.H. that the canonical map 0 : lid.] 4.] 3.8. Give such an example in which X is Hausdorff and the subspace is paracompact. [Thus it does not suffice for A to be paracompact in 9. commutes. Prove that H'(X) = 0 for p > 0 with any constant coefficient sheaf. If 4 is a sheaf of Lmodules on X. QS Let X be a simply ordered set with the order topology and assume that X is compact.8 and the MayerVietoris sequence.A. then the long my Y is fl x (0..8)'H y8)+H n4(A. [Hint: Use the minimality principle 10. 6. the diagram H (X. pv commutes with the homomorphisms induced by maps (or.A. [Hint: Use the "long interval.1 need not hold for A open and 41) not paracompactifying. [Then A fl U is (4b fl U)taut in U.] Prove that if A is hereditarily taut and B C A. on X with 4 = SQ If X is not normal then show that X contains a closed. L)module and hence that it is'fine for 4) paracompactifying.5. cohomomorphisms of coefficient sheaves) in the situation of 20. (X PP +5JJJ(X.Exercises 169 in the situation of (94).A and H. In fact. as a parameter space to define a contracting "long homotopy" of the long line and apply 11. by examples. where s = 2r(p . then B is qbtaut in X q B is (4D f) A)taut in A. `. (See the diagram (80).. (X.rdA(X) a 4(X) need be neither onetoone nor onto.(X.4) . 51If S2 is the set of countable ordinal numbers as a wellordered set.d) * H PP . 5.. where 58 is a constant sheaf on A.IuQ(U. . (3 Show that 10. ® Show that the "long linei51 is acyclic with respect to any constant coefficients. give an example for which D = cldIX . Call A hereditarily 4itaut in X if A fl U istaut in X for every open U C X.] 7. and {Ua} an upwarddirected family of open sets such that each K E is contained in some Ua. Let 4D be a family of supports on X. Trivially. show that r8' (X. Q Let X be the real line and let {. The long line X is two copies of Y with their least elements identified. 8. and similarly for Sqr. A. Exercises 1. where L is a ring with unit.d) py _'H +s(X. A. 1) with the dictionary order and the order topology.
.} of X containing (at least) one member of the form X . Let 4i be paracompactifying. Show that a sheaf 4 is 4?fine q for every K E 4) and neighborhood U of K there is an endomorphism . F C X closed and U = X . ® Let 4i be paracompactifying. s(x) = F_ sa(x) for x E K]. show that i4 is soft for any csoft sheaf d on X. YJA)iHPjxA(X.e.} of K in X there exist elements S. Show that a sheaf d is 4>soft a for every K E 4) and s E . Apply Exercises 12 and 13.] 15.K}. .d and 58 be cfine sheaves on X and Y respectively.(X+. X . A. 10. 14. and use the Kiinneth Theorem 15. E sn(d. there exist endomorphisms h. ® (a) Let X and Y be locally compact Hausdorff and let . and 16.e. x Up} refines {W. [Hint: By taking onepoint compactifications. then show that ®58 is csoft. (For d = J. Show that M &T is also cfine.L U.2.1. B is *taut. [Hint: Map X into a point. dim4. show that the sheaf . then show that A is (Dtaut in X.1) is flabby for any sheaf d on X. the cup product (33) on page 100 coincides with that of 7.I C U.d) HanA(A.IF.. 13. ) = an exact "cohomology sequence of a pair" fit in (X. and show that H.} and jVo} be finite coverings of X and Y respectively such that {U. B) be a 4i fl %Pexcisive pair of subspaces of X and assume that A is 1Ptaut.F. ) of HO (X. E.L X = max{dimo[U.m(.1. and with s = (>s. YX+).d(K) and for every locally finite covering {U.170 II.d. show that 9.K where K E 4i [i. If K C X x Y and W is a neighborhood of K.1. s® For paracompactifying 4i.4 that is 1 on K and 0 outside U. of each x E X..1 (b) If d and X are csoft sheaves on the locally compact Hausdorff spaces X and Y respectively and if *58 = 0. let {U. If L is a ring with unit and I is an injective sheaf of Lmodules on X.) 18.)IK [i. Qs If the derived functors H4. and A U B is (4i fl 41)taut. 11. through 12.IX_A(X. 16. M) _ H. the MayerVietoris sequence (27). [Hint: Consider the collection of all open sets W C X x Y such that (.d(X) with Isa1 C U. show that 1(X) is an injective Lmodule. d) with Ih. then show that d is flabby. continuity 14. Let (A. and ha = 1]. Sheaf Cohomology s® Define the "onepoint paracompactification" X+ of a space X with a given paracompactifying family of supports 1 for which E(45) = X.L F}. 19. dimo.0 is an injective sheaf on X. ® If W is the onepoint compactification of the locally compact Hausdorff space X and if i : X ti W is the inclusion.d . reduce this to the compact case. Show that. Also show that 4 is 4ifine a there exists a partition of unity subordinate to any locally finite covering {U. ® If d is a sheaf on X such that 4 IU= is flabby for some open neighborhood U. 12. (X..5. If .] 17.d®8)w is cacyclic. it follows that 3s is 4ifine for any paracompactifying family 4i of supports.
4) is flabby for all M. Let f : X + Y be a closed surjection between locally paracompact spaces. . Show that dimZ X = 0 but Dim X = 1. where ?r denotes the restriction . (c) Every sheaf ..ZN = 1. If every point of X has an open neighborhood U with Dim U < n. a topological nmanifold Mn has dimZ Mn = n. show that C°(U". Show that in fact. so that H'(N.} the system of equations 7r2a2 = al . Q Show that for a sheaf Y on the space X. Show that. .4) . 7r3a3 = a2 .. Show that every sheaf on N is equivalent to an inverse system of abelian groups based on the directed set N... Q Let X be the subspace of the unit interval [0.al.. 22. n} to be the only open sets.. U. This latter fact is due to Satya Deo [31].'n_1 is surjective.)....Exercises 171 20.d)(U") & C°(U"_l.a") into (ai ..4) is the right derived functor urn 14' of the inverse limit functor.7r2a2.3. (c) H. Show that . 4') is isomorphic to the set of all ntuples (a1. Let A and B be closed subspaces of X.Z X.4' on X..d) = (im. 26. dimo.d) = 0 for all k > n.a2. . the following four conditions are equivalent: (a) 9 is flabby. and all c. through 12. (m < n) takes (ai. i.a.. Dim X = sup. a") into (al..e.a"_1 ... the cup product (33) on page 100 coincides with that of 7. .it a").4') with the induced restriction map and such that the differential C°(U". 1] consisting of the points {0} and {1/n} for integral n > 0. f (N) is a homeomorphism.. Show that Z'(U".28.. _ {1. Dim M" = n+ 1 for n > 1. Then show that dims Y = dimZ X27. and that d is acyclic q for every system {a. Define Dim X to be the least integer n (or oo) such that Hk (X . Show that H°(N. and thus Dim Mn is either n or n+ 1.d) = 11(N..4(U") + Show that dimcie... (b) Z"(X. 21. Q Define a topology on the set N of positive integers by taking the sets U. Y) = 0 for all open sets U C X . Assume that X is second countable and that each x E X has a neighborhood N such that f IN: N .d is flabby q each 7s :M" + .... 2. E . [Hint: Use Exercises 10 and 22. (d) H' (X. Z'(U"... together with the whole space and the empty set.srt".d.... all sheaves .. a"). Show that the following three statements are equivalent: (a) Dim X < n. 2) = 0 for all 4i. (b) . 23.. By 16.4' on X has a flabby resolution of length n.' is 4iacyclic for all families c of supports on X.] 25.. Q If X is locally hereditarily paracompact.1.. If 4d is a sheaf on N. (X. show that Dim X < dimz X + 1. show that Dim X < n. 24. where ai E Mi = 4(Ui) and where the restriction to U.4) takes (a1.
14 and show that . ® If M is a torsionfree Lmodule.' (X.9?'). 2') of degree zero with Iha[ C U. ® Give an example of a sequence {. with t.d.. E Hom(. . show that H4. d.'k .] (b) Show that the sheaf 1.. 31. 28. } is acyclic if it satisfies the "MittagLeffler condition" that given i. [Hint: Use IExercise 11.d2. [Hint: If a E COP (X. n N={aEMIka=>k. if X is irreducible then all constant sheaves on X are flabby. we merely say that T* is homotopically fine. The Zariski dimension Zdim X of a space X is the least integer n (or oo) such that every chain Xo Xl X2 . 2'). M) is torsionfree over L for any space X and support family 4?. and such that s[Ua is a coboundary.] 33. where d is the differential of so that h* (or) = 0 in H.a. If {2a} is a direct system of sheaves on a Zariski space X.z X < Zdim X.2. 30. is not flabby...) for all k > j.] Give an example of a torsionfree sheaf M on X = S' such that H' (X. there are endomorphisms ho.172 II. .. and finish the proof. there is a j > i such that Im(.[s[ and U. } of flabby sheaves on the unit interval such that lLr4 Se. Y*)) 0 for all p > 0. ® Let L be a principal ideal domain.] 32. Show that d't = h* (s). E 4i for a 34 ao. say of to E C' 1(Ua. for some k.K for some K E 4'. (X. (ta). 2'). (a) If T' is homotopically 4ifine. where Se = liW 2a.h = dD + Dd (d being the differential on 2').9a) * H'(X. where L is an arbitrary ring.sd. where 4) is a paracompactifying family.2'. Sheaf Cohomology has a solution for the a. there exist homomorphisms D : 2' + 2' of degree 1 with 1 .. an} C M. if for every locally finite covering {Ua } with one member of the form X .') is not torsionfree. Xp # 0 of closed irreducible subspaces of X has "length" p < n. and such that h = 1.[) is an isomorphism. ha is chain homotopic to the identity.il = {1d i. A differential sheaf 2* on X is said to be homotopically 4ifine. of singular chains defined in IExercise 12 is homotopically fine. Let us say that an Lmodule M has property F if for each finite set {al.. Prove the following statements: .] If this holds for every locally finite covering of X.) = Im(.EL and 054 kEL} is free. [Hint: Use the generalized operation of subdivision defined in [38.o = 0. Let t = > h. ® A Zariski space is called irreducible if it is not the union of two proper closed subspaces. Show that dim.di i . Also show that Se is flabby if each Sea is flabby. Also show that an inverse sequence . [Hint: Prove an anologue of 16. show that the natural map lirr H'(X. show that H* (HP (X. cover X by {Ua } such that Uau = X . pp. A Zariski space is a space satisfying the descending chain condition on closed subsets (such as an algebraic variety with the Zariski topology).. 29. [That is. 207208] on the defining presheaf.
] (d) If X is locally compact and separable metric. ii. Z) C(X) . then H°(X. L) is countably generated.. Kk with a.Exercises 173 (a) If M is countably generated and has property F. (d) The same as part (c) with "free" replaced by Z) = 0. and 16. Kk with each K. Let L be a principal ideal domain.d®BE6 by p : d . If d is an Lmodule or a sheaf of Lmodules and P E L is a prime.. Let L be a Dedekind domain (i. then H. Hausdorff. and hence free by Exercise 28. where S denotes the StoneCech compactification of the discrete space S. (b) B(S) :: C(S). If S is a set. Z).32.. compact for i > 1 and with Ki a neighborhood of oo. Cover X by closed sets Kl. we say that rd has ptorsion if multiplication (c'). let C(X) be the group of all continuous functions f : X * Z where Z has the discrete topology.4=) xEX . IK. (c) The following two statements are equivalent: i. and locally connected. a domain in which every ideal is projective).33 to Dedekind domains. L) has property F.. Z) is free for all locally compact Hausdorff X. Show that 16. let B(S) be the additive group of all bounded functions If X is a space. then M is free. [Hint: Use the known fact that every ideal of a Dedekind domain is finitely generated." Remark: Nobeling [63] has proved that B(S) is free for all S (previously.. [Hint: Cover X by the interiors of sets Kl. Prove the following statements: (a) T(ed) = U T(.] 34. 35. j. Thus extend 16. E H°(K.12 remains true if condition (c) is replaced by the following two conditions: both 4 and are in 6. Let T (. generalize this to arbitrary con stant coefficient groups. B(S) is free for every S with card(S) < r7. C(X) is free for every compact Hausdorff space X with a dense set of cardinality < q.* (X. The Universal Coefficient Theorem 1115. Qs f : S a Z.31. 16. Prove the following statements: (a) H°(X.. L) has property F. then H' (X . [Hint: Use continuity. L) trivial for all i.e.] (c) If X is locally compact. L) is finitely generated. [Hint: Reduce this to the compact case and consider reduced cohomology. (c") Lu E 6 for all open sets U C X.asH°(X . Prove by induction on r that if {D.3 and Exercise 28 then imply that the same holds for an arbitrary coefficient ring L... then the image of N in He (Dl U U D.} is a closed covering of X with Di C int K. (b) If X is locally compact Hausdorff. Specker [77] had done this for countable S) and so we conclude that H°(X.d) denote the set of all primes p E L such that 4d has ptorsion.... 4 is not a monomorphism..] 36.
Z) is isomorphic to the group [X. T] of homotopy classes of maps from X to T. ® If A C X and d is a sheaf on X that is concentrated on A.] (d) T(. 5ro) denote the sheaf of germs of continuous functions from X to It (respectively.4 54 0 on X. Lp * B = Ker{p : B .e. 58)) and F(. (c) If F is a covariant left exact functor (from sheaves to sheaves or sheaves to modules) that preserves the Lmodule operations. A..174 Ii..d).X) = T(. and let d be constant. ® Give an example of a compact.9(X.I(e°(X.. then H1(X.rdx_A) for any 4i. by example. ' ®5B) C T(. 38. that . A..N) when 2' and . .d. Let X be any space and let Jr (respectively. totally disconnected Hausdorff space X and a locally closed subspace A C X such that the canonical map lind(U) .. Generalize this to arbitrary paracompactifying families of supports on X. (Prove this first for modules and then generalize to sheaves). K has a neighborhood N with N fl A C A). (a) Show that X°(X. is not surjective for any constant sheaf .dxA.d) . .] 40.4d) = 0 for q > 0.A) fl T(13). Show that there is an exact sequence 0+Z.1 I [Note the cases: 58) = C.A.ed(A).yq(X. a) _ 2') * rw(X (9 .. A. Show that CCfA(A. (d) If there exists an isomorphism H'(U.(X. Sheaf Cohomology (b) T(4 . show that there is a natural isomorphism H.(Y.B}.4') + HHnA(A. there is a monomorphism Lp = L/pL . and each member of 4) has a neighborhood in 4i..4) = 0 for all sheaves a on X. then show that HP (X. ® Let T = R/Z.Ydu_A) that is natural for open sets U C X. (c) If .d) U T(M).d) be the derived sheaf of $'(X.(X. T). d) need not be zero for q > 0. If d is concentrated on A. where U ranges over the neighborhoods of A.jr'+ go+0 of sheaves. where j is induced by the canonical surjection R + T.A. A 4) X such that each K E 4i fl A is in the interior of A in A (i. Moreover.A. A. show that the restriction H. AflU.A. show that .: .. 4') H'(U. [Note that the conditions on 4? are satisfied when A is locally closed and 4iflA = 4iflA.vd) = 0 for q > 0. ® Let X'(X. Conclude that if X is paracompact. [Hint for (b): If p E T(A). then n C nT(is) .A. 41.. A.N are torsionfree.. (b) Show.d) is an isomorphism.] 37.d) x H.(X.
q. Let 'I be a paracompactifying family of supports on X. If 19?. Show that the induced diagram . If X is dci . Show that there is a natural exact sequence o + (D. 1h I. ® Let Y be a sheaf on the Hausdorff space X such that 2u is flabby for all open sets U C X. put f*[a] = [(i')1(g(i(a)) . there is a homomorphism D : B` + ' 4of degree I such that j'g . 19.Exercises 175 42.adp*Xq = 0 for all p.hj = dD + Dd. 47. Define a homomorphism f X' (. 46. Let L = Zp and assume that dimL X < oo. is commutative... ® If X is a nondiscrete Hausdorff space and if M # 0 is a constant sheaf on X. 45.ad*(U) where U and V are open in X and Y respectively.dm)].\ Y'\ is (Dsoft. Let 0 .4&T if . show that H. 44. where square brackets denote homology classes.V') + 0 p+q=n+1 of sheaves on X x Y. Suppose that * = 0 for all p. In particular. where p is a prime.d')®. Let X be a locally paracompact space and let F be the fixed point set of a homeomorphism of period p on X. show that F is also dci . 0 be a diagram of differential sheaves (or of ordinary chain complexes) such that the rows are exact and the square is homotopy commutative.q.ad is 4iacyclic for all families 4) of supports and all sheaves ad on X. show that '® is a resolution of . Let d' and 58 be differential sheaves on the spaces X and Y respectively. p(.e.B respectively such that . i.Jd')*.] 43. re' 1h 0 'tl' L X .. Show that Isl is discrete for all s E T(X).d' and 5B are resolutions of all and . \l is any family of 4isoft sheaves on X.Vq(. .4') y X' (2) as follows: If a E d' with da = 0 and if D(i(a)) = j'(m). show that there does not exist a sheaf 2' on X containing M as a subsheaf and such that 2' ®. [Hint: Consider the algebraic Kiinneth formula for the double complex . d' ' 'V` 0 y 2* " +  + 1. q(5B') + p+q=n ®jrep(.
X* '.A' f X' 9 + `' ` . . Thus. That is. Then in the first case above.2'' . b) = a. so that the sequence 0 + . the inclusion e : d* l * (X . gi . Assume that there is a homomorphism J of degree 2.Jd. for example.. for example. f (a) + db). b) _ (da.(4') + I .D'(a))]. the induced map I'. that is.W' . : with ijxe = 1 .) Define the mapping cone of f to be the differential sheaf #. of degree . Let 6' :XP(V) + J4P}1(4) be the connecting homomorphism of this sequence. Let f : d * + 58' be a homomorphism of differential sheaves.dl Define h* : ir(W*) + ./(' 3 N' has exact rows and homotopy commutative square. (Note that I'.AZP+1 0 where i(b) = (0. g. and h are all given such that both squares are homotopy commutative. where Ap = 4P+1 ®Rp with differential given by d(a.(4) + I o(58'). suppose that 0 + 4 ' .Y*(X) as follows: If b E 58' and db = i(a).] Consider the exact sequences 0 + VP _ W f ' . show that the diagram above of derived sheaves is commutative.E77x = dDx + Dxd. Show that the connecting homomor phism 6 :X'(4) 3 P(.(58'). Suppose that f. Note that j anticommutes with d. where D' : 4* _ .0 is exact. 48. such that j' D' . (. show that f' is induced by f and in the second case. Sheaf Cohomology Similarly. 4) is a resolution of d if 4' is.. Also show that these maps (f * in the first case and h* in the second) depend only on the homotopy class of D or of D'. V (X.1. 49..4= '(X4) x of degree zero.0 0 19 If 0 . put h*(7(b)] = (j'(g(b) .176 II.a f = dD' + D'd. Use the fact that `P'(X. 4`)x D. Consider . for each x E X there are natural homomorphisms J qy : `' (X. (We note the special case in which these are ordinary chain complexes with differentials of degree +1. b) and j(a.&.) is naturally pointwise homotopically trivial (see Section 2) to show that for any differential sheaf d . Again.) is the mapping cone off : I'. Suppose now that f is oneone and let ''' = Coker f . and 1 . that h* is induced by h.d*) is a pointwise homotopy equivalence.R*) of this sequence is just f'.Di = dJ .
15. 1 is paracompactifying with E((D) = X.d')) + H. the vertical maps H' (re (. Z2) = 0 for all q > 0..e*) .(_`)) 6 Hp(ro( HP(X. .e. 53. Moreover.d _n + d . Show that the X9(4 ') .4' (see Exercise 49).e.0. Show that there is a natural isomorphism h' : such that the diagram where Mn = sd/nd. [Note that if 4' is Dacyclic then passing to sections.(X.d' . Suppose that we are given a homomorphism 0: 4' ®.d' and a* are 4isoft. (X .(X. then show that dimzp X = 0. b) = g(b). and if . d) with the same injective resolution and apply Exercise 49. ® Let 4' and r be 4iacyclic resolutions. we obtain that h* : Hp(ro(. Let p be a prime and let 2' be a sheaf of differential algebras over Zp on a space X (i.. of Z2 on X. let 4..!! )) + Hp(ro('c)) is an isomorphism by applying the above results to the case of ordinary chain complexes and using the exactness of o + r. that 0 is (signed) commutative.d) and . 2' is a differential sheaf of Zpmodules and we are given a homomorphism 0 : 2' (& 2' 2' of differential sheaves preserving degree and associative).a)+. where n $ 0 is some fixed integer.A diagram + W' given by h(a. (.D) = X.L 1 Xp+'(4') . +1 I 1 +1 th' 1 6' J1 /' 9' commutes up to the sign that is indicated..w*) + r 4.. moreover. In particular. Then show that H. o. h' is an isomorphism. For a E HP. [Here the top row is as in Exercise 49. .1 51. if 4i is paracompactifying with E(. of Z2modules. Let a' be a given 4iacyclic resolution of 4 (not necessarily torsionfree) and let denote the mapping cone of n : 4' . 0(a(9 b) = (1)(dega)(degb)0(b(9 a)] and which extends the multiplication map Z2 ®Z2 . Then show that Hq (X.1 [Hint: Compare d' with an injective resolution and then compare "' (X. then show that dimz2 X = 0.d') + r.Jr of differential sheaves which is symmetric [i..4') v p commutes up to the signs indicated..d + 4.4) l +1 n 1 +1 1h' 1 1 HP}1(X. C c (but X need not be locally compact).Hp(r4. ® Let d and B be sheaves on a Hausdorff space X. HP(X. (. and let q > 0. If. 52. and 2' is 4isoft.(.d) are the canonical isomorphisms of 5. and the bottom sequence is the cohomology sequence of the coefficient sequence 0 . and that 0 extends multiplication Zp 0 Zp + Z. Suppose that 2' is a 4)acyclic resolution of Zp.Z2..] 50. Let d be a torsionfree sheaf and consider the multiplication n :.Exercises 177 the homomorphism h : .Z9) = 0 for all n > 0.
J + A.98). then show that 4 = 0. (c) X is clcj and the stalks of V' are finitely generated and free. that is. . 7r . however..411 + d2 + 0. 59. JA. . 1 we have A2. an invariant neighborhood N with an equivariant retraction r : N G(x).4" are locally constant. Also. < n. then show that A is rudimentary. show that the cup product o. Q Let 0 + el' at" 0 be an exact sequence of sheaves on the Hausdorff space X and assume that 4' and . Then show that >d is locally constant. For X E X let U. Then show that dimL X < n. be the minimal neighborhood of x. If 4 is a sheaf on K with r(4) = 0.. (Compare IExercise 9. [Hint: Use the fact that every orbit G(x) has a "tube" about it. then show that dimz X x X is 2n or 2n . sQ Let M = N x N where N is as in Exercise 27.>d' are finitely generated. Use the fact that Q is "locally zero. fla 2'a) 58. Sheaf Cohomology 0 E H9(X.J : A.178 II.2 VIn t JA."] 54. [Hint: ID may as well be taken to be cIK for some compact set K C X.) 57. sQ Let X be a rudimentary space. (im . Let X be locally paracompact and let {Fa} be a locally finite closed covering of X with dimL F. 60.J = H"(Mi. (b) X is clc and the stalks of .J : At. If A C X. Then n may be chosen to depend only on K and 3.J. Fary..4) = 0 for n > 2.d whence .4° . 61. QS If X is a locally compact Hausdorff space and dimz X = n. If x E A C (Jr. At.0" = 0 for some integer n.\ 1 A E A} is an arbitrary family of sheaves on the rudimentary space X.J I irt. (This is due to I. (The prototype is the topology on the positive integers given by Exercise 27. then show that all sheaves on A are acyclic and that A is taut in X. give an example showing that X being locally compact and clcl is not sufficient for the conclusion.) Also. Show that over any base ring L.1. [Ia HP(X. sQ Call a space X rudimentary if each point x E X has a minimal neighborhood.At1. Show. then show that HP(X..7 = CJt1 Show that d admits a flabby resolution 0 . 4 Assume one of the following three conditions: (a) X is locally compact Hausdorff and clcz. Q Let G be a compact Lie group acting on the paracompact space X.J ^ _n and hence that )im? JA.) If 19 ?..1.. the set S = r(x) (called a "slice at x") induces a homeomorphism S/Gx =+ N/G. Then a sheaf d on M is equivalent to the double inverse system {A..J = 0 also..] 55. tha t for the inverse sequence 4jA = { A1. Let K be a totally disconnected compact Hausdorff space. Ya). 56. dimL X/G < dimL X._i .
these theories are equivalent to sheaftheoretic cohomology. Since A.D (SO*(X. for d locally constant. L) ® G Hom(0*(U).*. 1 Singular cohomology For the moment. which will be taken as the base ring. which is important in the applications. Most of this chapter can be read after Section 9 of Chapter II.(X.L) ®4(U) .(. which coincide with classical singular theory when (b is paracompactifying.c * ®4)). let X be a fixed space and let SI'* = Y* (X. (1) For .ed)(v10) = r(o*4) is the map (4) on page 12. It is shown that under suitable restrictions.d) = Hp(r. where at : '(U) (Q*. S*(U. All sheaves are to be sheaves of Lmodules..ed is constant.(X. de Rham.d) 179 . is considered..(U) is free. Therefore sH. Homomorphisms induced by maps. the homomorphism µ : S*(U. L). AlexanderSpanier. There is.1) ^ off. In Section 3 the direct natural transformation between singular theory and de Rham theory. this is just the canonical map S*(U. and Cech cohomology theories. and relative cohomology are also discussed at some length.(X. IU) given by p(f (9 9)(0) = f (o) at(g) E r(o.4 locally constant with stalks C.(X. in the notation from 17. G) = S* (U.d). and so on. this is obviously an isomorphism when G is finitely generated. Over an open set U on which .4))) of Chapter I. tensor products are over L..4) = H*(I'. Throughout this chapter L will denote a given principal ideal domain.. For a sheaf sd on X we define the singular cohomology groups of X with coefficients in a and supports in the paracompactifying family c by sH. cup products.Chapter III Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories We return in this chapter to the classical singular. we also have the functors aH. L) ® G = Hom(0*(U).. G)..
see Exercise 7.2 the inverse of 0 is the homomorphism p of 115.(X. we obtain a unique extension (compatible with connecting homomorphisms) 0: H. with D paracompactifying. Similarly.(4) = H°O.180 III. and consequently is 4)fine for any paracompactifying family P.2. if X is HLC and 4) is paracompactifying.9'(X. L) induces a product 9' ®9Q Sop+9.4) If X is HLC.4 when 4) is paracompactifying.4) i sHO(X.. The sequence 4) . Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories when d is locally constant with finitely generated stalks. Thus.d) (2) to which we will return later.2. Thus each Yp 0 d is also 4)fine. mil) is a connected sequence of functors.(X. Y* ®.. whence 9 is an isomorphism by II6. By 114. and since 9* is torsion free. .' (9 4) are exact functors of . The sheaf 910 is clearly the same sheaf as `'°(X. d) = 0 for p > 0 and d flabby and also that 0 is an isomorphism in degree zero for P paracompactifying. Hence a takes rc. (X. by 116. 9'* is a resolution of L. 'By 116.d). then by II1.15.4) and hence a natural map P' : sH. then SH. Now.4) .4) into Ker(d) _ yielding a natural transformation of functors H(X. for a general locally constant sheaf 4 the map a is a map of differential presheaves. L) Sp+9(U.(X. The cup product of singular cochains SP(U. This is not true if the stalks are not finitely generated.4 and nb(g. L)®S9(U. Thus d $H.AH..4) sH. Thus 9° is a sheaf of rings with unit and each Yp (and hence Yp (9 4) is an g°module.(X.4) is a fundamental connected sequence of functors. 9 *(X. is of order two (see II1). Thus.L) ®4 . However.3 it follows that sHP (X. L) and hence is flabby. which is a homomorphism of differential sheaves when 9' ® 9' is given the total degree and differential... 4) is Dfine for 4) paracompactifying and d locally constant. and so it induces a map of differential sheaves A: Y'(X.d is a resolution of d for any d.1 We shall be concerned with the properties of 9 for general X. the stalks of Yp are torsionfree so that 91P (9.(X.(X.
d I®L®B + L®.1* (Y. E®E (2°04) ®r JJ 1 °®58) 02°(& jo)+rDni.Qy(X.t(X. (X.d ®x) in which the composition along the bottom is the degree zero cup product.d. V) F sH. U C Y open and therefore an fcohomomorphism of the induced sheaves f * :2* (Y.d ®9) satisfying properties analogous to those in 117. L). . the commutative diagram L®. Singular cohomology 181 Again. with D f1"Y. Then f induces a homomorphism S* (U.nw(X. note that the obvious commutative diagram L®L E®E "+ IL N 1E go ®g° U+ go induces. then the two maps HH(X. L) M 91 * (X.d) 0 H.d) ®rw (x) .rt.d ®V) defined by a 0/3 0(a U /3) and a 0/3 F+ 0(a) U 0(/3). By the definition of 0 this implies that 0(a U O) = 0(a) U B(. Now let f : X Y be a map and let ' and T be paracompactifying families on X and Y respectively..r (. That is..Id ®. we obtain a functorial fcohomomorphism .98 IE®1®E®1 N 91 E0101 do goo X and this induces the commutative diagram (8) 'd (8) 'V r. the singular cup product induces a chain map (2p(g4)®(2Q(&. We claim that 0 preserves these products.V)F Vp+Q®(4(& uT) and hence a homomorphism U: sH.2 applied to the two natural transformations a ®/3 FF 0(a U /3) and a ®/3 H 0(a) U 0(0). for X general and D paracompactifying.d)®sH. O) sHHnq(X. Tensoring this with the fcohomomorphism 4 + f*4 for a sheaf 4 on Y. L) S* (f 1(U). L) ®f *.+ 2* (X. The contention then follows from 116. (.§1. L). To check this in degree zero. if MD and IQ are paracompactifying..0) in degree zero. coincide.1. upon tensoring with 4 ®98. (2°(&.1d (& 'V) r(4®) IE r. L) .
*(X. which extends the canonical map rq. Now we wish to study relationships with subspaces.r.F.d) to be the kernel of the epimorphism re(9. L) 04) » r .*(X. (f *. (X. L)IFmodule and hence is 'IFsoft. We define the relative singular cohomology with coefficients in the sheaf 4 by I sH. HH(X..(. L).') sH0r(Y.*(X. The kernel of this is an .d) .1F(9* (F.0 induces an exact The exact sequence 0 4U .(Y. it is easily seen that both compositions f * o 8 and 8 o f * commute with connecting homomorphisms. L) ®. f* : r.. L) open. Let F C X be closed and put U = X . Id) B sH. sHH(X.4)) . (f *. The map r.IF((S1*(X.182 III. L) (9 f *. (Y. This is so in degree zero as just shown.) This gives the commutative diagram o r. We claim that this diagram commutes.IF(92*(F.d) B. L) (9 4F) is also onto. S*(V fl F. F.9*(Y. L) 0 4 of sheaves on F. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories This induces. .L)®4 +?*(X.d). Therefore. L)®4 : (.1°(X.4) lf the diagram JfConsider H.L)(&41F) of chain complexes. Thus we have an epimorphism r.r. L) (9 4IF).6# rp (Yo (X. L) (&.4) = H*(K. (That is.(SO*(X. .. rq. L) (& 4)IF * .°y(Y.L)®JdF)=r. Define the chain complex K. for V C X The restriction homomorphism S*(V.f*.0*(F.fP'(X.*(X.d)U. SV*(X.F. Thus the contention follows from II6. also. L)®4F 4 (.4 and f *4 9*(X..L)®.d).L)® d)IF)«r.(.F.2. L)(&. in turn. Let oD be a paracompactifying family of supports on X.. we have compatibility with the augmentations d *(X. induces an epimorphism (Y*(X.I)..ld.)F. L) of *. f*4). (4) . Considering the upper left and lower right parts of the diagram as connected sequences of functors of .*(X.(X.L)®4F '0.4) If* If.(Y°(Y. (f*(X.(.L) ®4) 174. If which induces the commutative diagram H. L) ® .4.L) ® f*.du sequence 0 But So*(X.) If* E.(X.d) o r.(SO*(X. L) (9 4) . dF .
The row of vertical maps marked "8" are isomorphisms if X is HLC. f*.. The 5lemma shows that the vertical map on the left induces a homology isomorphism if both the µ maps do. This induces the following commutative diagram: H.ldu) = r4.2.?'(X. (1F (x. and hence HLC. we consider the homomorphisms 0 for the sheaves du. L) (&41F) .... Since CWcomplexes are locally contractible.4jU) II H4IF (F.*(X. L)®. H(X. fl U = c is also intrinsic to U.4) 1 + S. (This also follows from 2Strictly speaking.4u) + HH(IX. F) "depends" only on X .. it also depends on +IU. F. 4) 'r. to sHop(X.F = U.d) + SHH(X.sH (X. L) (9 4) . L) ®4F) 1= if 0 0 p + r4. as also follows from 116. 4F) 1e . we now know that sheaftheoretic cohomology agrees with singular cohomology (including cup products) on pairs of CWcomplexes. L) ®4 and ro(G*(X.(X. (x. It follows that if X and F are both HLC. Note that (9* (X.r.AIF) The bottom row. is an isomorphism if X and F are both HLC.lF(97'(F.4) sHH(X.([`(x. IF(F.du) + 1 IB sHH(X.0 1 0+ S.e.d) + S. F. Singular cohomology 183 For . this is false without the HLC condition on both X and F.((.2. invariance under relative homeomorphisms is satisfied.4) JJJ.F. for d = L.(.. so that sH. and the following diagram of chain groups: o L)®4u) + K. L)(&4)IU) _ rolu(9*(U.IF(So* (F. 4F. The composition of vertical maps on the right is the "0" map for F by the uniqueness part of 116. F. and hence each of the vertical maps on the bottom row.dIF) _+ 0.(X. 4) I L)®4) + r. but in the most important case of compact supports on locally compact spaces. L)®9')u) = rolu((r*(X. L)®4) + r. 4. Of course. Also. the relative singular cohomology of (X.2 i.dF) .d) I +0 in which the two vertical maps on the right are induced by µ and the one on the left is forced by commutativity and exactness of the rows. is just the singular cohomology sequence of the pair (X.41U). L) (&4)I U Fze 9'(U. L)(9.IF(F.d locally constant we have the commutative diagram 0 .(X. F).§1...(X.L) ®4). then all vertical maps in the last diagram are isomorphisms..d) + sH 1= If.. .K..4u) = sHHlu(U. To relate these relative groups to the absolute groups and to the sheaftheoretic cohomology groups. 4I F) 11 HPb(X. and in particular.I u(U.
3. .1. Since p preserves cup products.(X. 3This follows directly from the definition of the cup product in singular theory. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories uniqueness theorems for cohomology theories on CWpairs.9. 1. by the foregoing results. The map µ' is an isomorphism when .. drl is locally constant. we have H°(X. and it follows that p of (2) is an isomorphism.4'). Example.off.(X.4) in which the groups aH. L) ®4 and 9 (X. Z) is nonzero for arbitrarily large n. If X is HLC.(X. and hence p*. Z) rjX 7. off^(X.4)  sH.) Let W be the same point set with the CWtopology. Both 0 and µ' are isomorphisms when X is HLC and 1D is paracompactifying. Z) Hom(Ho(X. 0 1. (See II10. xo. There exist the natural multiplicative transformations of functors (of X as well as of 4) HH(X.4) .sH. Z) . xo) (X. 4 locally constant. which is uncountable. as shown in (3].) For HLC pairs and constant coefficients. 0 Another such example is the "topologist's sine curve" of 1110. and 4i paracompactifying. Z) Hn(W.(X.6 UWZ2". On the other hand. On the other hand. Z) vanishes for n > 2.10. xo) is a relative homeomorphism. Let X be the union of the 2spheres of radius 1/n all tangent to the xyplane at the origin xo.3 so does µ'. but the present result is stronger because it covers the case of twisted coefficients. see 2. Z). since the complement is a countable topological sum of 2planes in both cases. xo.184 M. for X HLC.(X. Both natural transformations extend to closed pairs 11 of spaces with the same conclusions. and 1 is paracompactifying.ze off"(X.2.d) are both 4iacyclic resolutions of 4. which is countable. Therefore. xo. one can do much more using the methods employed at the end of the next section. 1. Let X be the Cantor set. Z) ®O Hn (R2.1. Z) Hom(®X Z. Then the identity map (W. 1)AH (X. are defined only for locally constant d and are the classical singular cohomology groups when ' is paracompactifying. However. Theorem.4 has finitely generated stalks. Then by continuity 1114.Z) off°(X. then 91'(X. we have the natural multiplicative isomorphisms H. oHn(W.4) . Example.4) We summarize our discussion in the following theorem.
) AHpt (X. . .§2. In particular.9 * of differential sheaves. . xp)g(Xp. (4) If 4> is paracompactifying.(4' ®X) . This defines a natural map A : A*(U.. 98) I. Now d° ti '°(X. defined by (f U g) (x°.(.i r. so that p is an isomorphism. L) ®X) + L) ®X). as we shall see presently. xp+q). o(ep)). L) p Ap+q(U.) For 4> paracompactifying. put (A f)(o) = f (o(eo).(.  9) I I AH. M* 0 X is a resolution of 98 and is an exact functor of 98. L) ® Aq(U. Thus. F. where the et are the vertices of the standard psimplex Op. . .. induces a chain map r4. with the classical AlexanderSpanier cohomology.. . It is somewhat simpler since B is now always an isomorphism.dP+9 (a hof (xo.. This is also true for 9if = G constant and 4> paracompactifying. and each MP ®91 is an l°module. Thus M° is a sheaf of rings with unit.(X. AlexanderSpanier cohomology 185 2 AlexanderSpanier cohomology Put 4* = 45(X.(X. and d' is torsion free.. U = X . Since .alq (& r8) 4p+q ®(X ®W ).(X)X) = H5(r4. by 17.:15(X. Thus. gyp ®&7! is 4>fine. By II1. L). xp+q) = . X) X) where the relative AlexanderSpanier cohomology is defined to be the homology of the kernel of the canonical surjection I . 98) + 9B). there is the natural commutative diagram with exact rows: H.. .. This.7 ' (&98) and hence a natural homology homomorphism A* : AH.F.d* ®9t1 is a resolution of 9t1..15. we have the homomorphism p:AH. The cup product AP (U. and 4> paracompactifying.X) of 115.. L).. L) + S* (U. a development similar to that of Section 1 can be made. and hence it is flabby. for F C X closed. induces a product 4P ®4q momorphism of differential sheaves) and also (4p ®X) ® (.. when 4> is paracompactifying. in turn. mil' is a resolution of L. X) + H4 (X.(X. then 4* ®. (Its inverse is the analogue of the map 0 of Section 1.X).H..(X. For any sheaf X on X we define the AlexanderSpanier cohomology with coefficients in X and supports in 4> by AH. If f : Up+i L is an AlexanderSpanier pcochain on the open set U C X and if a : Op p U is a singular psimplex in U. L) as defined in 17. this coincides. which induces a homomorphism d* .Pt I U(U.58 is 4>fine..(4* ®X)) (3) When X = L and 4> is paracompactifying. . L).
Thus the canonical cohomomorphism . when X and B are both HLC. this is already an isomorphism. Now suppose that B C X is arbitrary.(X.G)) in which the top map is always onto and the vertical maps are isomorphisms provided that 4i is paracompactifying. together with 116. and 4? and 4i n B are both paracompactifying. (X. = A. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories When 4? is paracompactifying.G) Moreover. G) + A' (B n U. B.: AH. B. the first by the functorial method used in Section 1 (or by 117. H./Ao. r.. while the second map is already an isomorphism by 17. (X.B. We have the maps r. (X.(X. For U C X open.G) I i A.G)) *'+ rbnB(4'(B. HH(X.G).(X. the compatibility properties of A'. passing to the limit over neighborhoods U of x E B.17.4`(X. There is a natural map A* (U. In a similar manner. Thus Kerr* zt A. G) = HP(A. these isomorphisms preserve the cup product. Thus.5) and the second by its definition. Note that when G is finitely generated.4) al (X.B. G).d is locally constant. and by 1112. the restriction A' (U. G) » A!nB (B. B. (X.G) I r.d). the first map induces an isomorphism in homology by 114.nB(B. G) is onto and hence. We have the commutative diagram A.B. imply that A' = Bp. G) is an do (X. .G). (4' (X.d'(X.. G)).G) ^ ASH. . We now turn to the case of constant coefficients in the Lmodule G.186 III. G)x is also onto. We summarize the main results: . G). B. G) be the kernel of the canonical surjection A. G) ASHH(X. Let A. f ® G + i" (X. one can show that H4(X. where 9 is as in Section 1 and p is as in (4). L)module and is a resolution of G.4 " (B. d * (X. G)) 4. Also. where A. G) is surjective in the sense of 1112. the induced map . G). (X. When 4i is paracompactifying.2. The relative AlexanderSpanier cohomology group is defined by AsHH(X. B. L) ®G + A*(U. d* (X.2. G)x > .1) sHH(X. This induces a homomorphism . (. B. G) + A' (B. for 4i paracompactifying and G constant.(X.D (4'' (9 G) . G) when 4i and 4i n B are both paracompactifying.A. G).
K' E with K C int K' there is an f E 110 (X) with f (x) = 1 for x E K and f (x) = 0 for x K'.(X. There exist the natural multiplicative transformations of functons (of X as well as of d) AsH. The map p' is an isomorphism when a = L or when t is paracompactifying.(X.. nH. Now.1. The exterior product n : QP(U) ® S29(U) + S2P+9(U) induces a product (SIP (9 mod) ® (S29 (& T) S2P+9 ® (4 (9 X). S2' is a resolution of R. 3 de Rham cohomology Let X be a C°°manifold and let L = R. Let d be any sheaf of Rmodules and define the de Rham cohomology with coefficients in 4 by nH.4) = H*(r4.§3. say K'. and this is an isomorphism when is paracompactifying. are defined only for constant d and are the classical AlexanderSpanier cohomology groups..(S2' (&4)). Thus S2° is a sheaf of rings with unit and each S2P ® 4 is an n'module. Then f g is zero on the boundary of K' and thus can be extended to all of X.H. but we have not proved it.(X.] For any paracompactifying family 4D on X and K. .) For many applications it is important to have a more direct "de Rham isomorphism": sHH(X. The isomorphism pp' extends to arbitrary pairs (X. B) if I and 4D fl B are paracompactifying and 4 is constant.d) ° H. By 115.(X. (This is also true for arbitrary 4).(X.a). All three natural transformations extend to closed pairs of spaces unth the same conclusions.4) in which the groups ASH. We can extend g to a neighborhood. p preserves products when is paracompactifying by II7. sH. The isomorphism A p i extends to arbitrary HLC pairs (X. 4) . It follows that 12° is soft. The map A* is an isomorphism when X is HLC and is paracompactifying.5. [Recall that 1l°(U) is the ring of C°° realvalued functions on U. 4) paracompactifying. and hence each S2P ®4 is tfine for any paracompactifying family D. so that S2' ®4 is a resolution of d. of K by 119. Let g E r(S2°IK). de Rham cohomology 187 2.d) pt.4). and hence p'. The map p is an isomorphism when qD is paracompactifying..(X. We shall briefly describe this.15.1.d) AH. Theorem.J) I X. Moreover. there is a canonical map p : nH.(X. B) when D and (D fl B are paracompactifying and d is locally constant. (X. 4) for arbitrary (b.(X.
IR) for any family 1P. in fact. Now. The map k : Q* (U) 9 *(X.4) coinciding with the former map for 4 = R and D paracompactifying. in general.1) sH.d) \P Ik nH. Stokes' theorem may be interpreted as saying that k(dw)(a)=c*(dw)=1da*(w)= f a (w)=k(w)(& )=(d(k(w))(Q).. which extends S* (U. we first generalize k* as follows. P Ap oy so that k(dw) = dk(w)..188 III. k : 1Z ®4 + SP* (X. a natural I'.. Let a : AP X be a C°° singular simplex. R) ®4 inducing an extension of k to k r. The map k` is induced by the classical integration of deferential forms over singular simplices.(X. . Then define k(w)(or) = p Q'(w). We let k(w) denote the singular pcochain defined as follows.. R) is a chain map. We claim that k' is an isomorphism when (D is paracompactifying and.1R). and it follows from 116. This isomorphism k* also commutes with connecting homomorphisms.(X.(X) + AH. That is. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories We use singular theory based on C°° singular simplices.4) ° sH. Consequently k* is an isomorphism by 114. Theorem.L) (9 .(X. 4) in which all three maps are isomorphisms when 1 is paracompactifying.2.(Y*(X.1.(X. For smooth manifolds X and sheaves tea? of 1Rmodules. where 0 is as in Section 1. so that k : 1l (X) + S.(X. R) induces a sheaf hitnomorphism 1l to a map 11 ®4 + 9 * (X. there are natural multiplicative transformations of functors (of X as well as of d) H.. k : Q* (X) + S* (X.2 that k* = Bp. that k* = Op.(X.D (1l' ®4) : homomorphism k* : nH.d). V). when $ is paracompactifying.R). 4For a reasonably complete exposition of these matters see [19. To do this.4 Clearly Ik(w)I = 1w 1. We summarize: 3.(X. Let w E 119(X ). Thus k induces a homomorphism k' : nH. R) (& 'd is a homomorphism of resolutions of d by 4)soft sheaves. Thus we have.
tech cohomology 189 4 tech cohomology In 17 we defined Cech cohomology with coefficients in a presheaf and proved one substantial result in the classical case of coefficients in a constant presheaf. ) of presheaves is exact.. Then is.. and U.. (X.. 0 is exact. It is also clear that 0+C(X. (X. .1.+ Cn(X . nerve N(it) of it. the sequence 0 + Cn(X . suppose that c'u E On (U.n) O^ On 0 which is exact. Then the support Ici of c is characterized by x I cj t# IV. Thus. A') + on ()A. A") is exact. 4. Let 0 .. x E . for all U C X open.n n Vx E A(U. Proof. 4. A"). x E Xj. n Vx) Vv" E N(it). we further develop the Cech approach to cohomology with coefficients in a sheaf as well as in a presheaf and study the connections between the two. A(U) the induced sequence 0 on (U. A") + 0 has the form 0 O^ fA'(U. By passing to the direct limit over the coverings it = {Ux. A') .11 A"(U.A')+Cn(X. Let A be a presheaf on X and it = { U. a E I j an open covering of of the X. We shall use an to denote an ordered nsimplex (co. The functor On (U. to denote U 0 . In this section.) i [JA(U.(_ {UU. It is essential to understand that this applies to exact sequences of presheaves and not to sheaves. for an exact sequence 0 + A' A + A" + 0.2.n) . A) + on (U. If every member of D has a neighborhood in D then the functor CnD (X. The reader is advised to review the material in 17 as to our notational conventions.. ) of presheaves is exact.§4. A) + on (X. where Vx is an open neighborhood of x.. a = U 0 n ... A") represents a given element of Onc.A) __3_+ On. n Un. where i. D 0 = c(Qn)IU. ... ... A).. 0 A'(U) . Let C E C' (X. Theorem. Proof. since an exact sequence of sheaves is not generally right exact as a sequence of presheaves.1. Proposition.A' + A + A" + 0 be an exact sequence of presheaves. and it remains to show that j is surjective. A") + 0 is exact by 4.. we see that. that A"(U) .
Then for the refinement 21 = {Vx}..t. Presently we shall show that this also applies to short exact sequences of sheaves.. Let y be represented by the cocycle cu E On.. = 0 unless Wa.K' = W. Since 211 is locally finite.+' = 0. n X .. Then 2 1 refines both it and W.it. (211. .. we see that the image c" of cu has an(on) = 0 whenever an = {xo. then define cv E On (T. 4.. If only the vertex ak = no. also.an+1)IWaon. A). = j93(cm) for some cj E on (T. of an is in X ..H+i(X.A") . The projection co) of cu has the property that c2J(an) = 0 unless all vertices at of an have Va. in which case Wa. (it.a E I} U {X . H'2(X...) for all an. that if 0 + A' + A + A" + 0 is an exact sequence of presheaves. Let 211 = {WQ. .0} (where no gE I) and let co E On. 0.. A) for some locally finite covering it of X. C K'. for some x.. Also. x E X .(X.. nVx) for all an. Then. Proof. C Vx for some x. A)+H. It follows. fl Vx = 0 in A" (U.. then any given cohomology class ry E H (X. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories X }..K there is a neighborhood Vx C Ux such that cu(an)JU.3. for some x. and that K = Icu" I E C Let K' E D be a neighborhood of K.. of an are in K.K'} U {Wa..A') .. if some vertex of an is no. then dcm(an+i) = fcw(ao.nWn+1 =0. For x E K let Vx = Ux flint K'. A) by 5"(an) _ f cD(an). A) is represented by a cocycle cu E C (1. Let {Wa..K. co is the required cocycle representative of y... of course. If c...nW. jm(cj) = cl and Icml C K' E ID. .K' # 0.K of x such that 0 = c(an)IVx fl U. A) be given by n) c '(a _  co(an). since otherwise Va.. if no vertex of an is no. whence dc211(an+1) = fcZ(ao. For x E X .o n Wa. a E I} is a refinement of .. Moreover. dcm(an+1) = 0 if an+l has at least two such vertices. cj projects to co E C (27. since W. a E I} be a locally finite open (in X) covering of K' in K" that refines the covering {Ux n int K"} and is such that if Wa fl (X . If ' is paracompactifying. 0.K') 0 then Wa C V. then there is an induced long exact sequence . if some vertex x.. A) for some open covering JA = {Ux} and let K = Icl E Let K' E (D be a neighborhood of K and K" E 4D a neighborhood of K... E A(Vx fl U.190 III. xn} has some vertex xi V K. . We have dcm(an+l) = dcj(an+1) = 0 if no vertex of an+1 = {ao. of Cech cohomology groups when (D is paracompactifying. n. an+1 } is no.K there is a neighborhood Vx C Ux . A). .6 .... Then for each x E X .A')+H (X. an+1) I W. C V. Proposition. if all vertices x.ak) . Then 21 = {Vx.
the claimed isomorphism follows. A) = 0 for all n. Then the exact sequences O+K+A+I+O and 0+I+'d +. A) where .A) 1+ R..(X. Proof.d Proof.ln.7. If A"(U) = . the presheaf V On (i. Proposition.a E I} is a locally finite open covering of X.+ d" + 0 is an exact sequence of sheaves on X.§4. d) H a'. If ID is paracompactifying on X. But 9Xeal(A") = d" by definition. Corollary. 4) is a sheaf.1/I. ft . Theorem. Let y E H I (X. For each x E X there is an open neighborhood Vx of x such that Vx n Ua 0 for only a finite number of cr.ld(U)/i. If 4i is paracompactifying and 0 + d' '+ d .4).ld'(U) then the exact sequence 0 + 4' + 4 + A" + 0 of presheaves induces a long exact cohomology sequence. 4.(X. Corollary.A") 4. A) of cu is the zero cocycle. and 4 = . Proof.5. 4. and so ry = 0. If a is a sheaf.?heaj(A).1.0 of presheaves induce long exact cohomology sequences. then so are the . If d is flabby. If 4i is paracompactifying and A is a presheaf on X such that .A/I). H by 4. then for any open covering it of X. A) be represented by the cocycle cu E C (it.it = {UQ. But then the projection ce E Cn. then H (X. Since ?ie I(K) _ 0 = SP/eaf(. then there is an induced long exact sequence H x (X. then the canonical map 0: A + d induces an isomorphism H.(V. and so fI(X. tech cohomology 4.5. C"(. A is a presheaf on X. 9 9 4 s a / ( A ) = 0.1 n V.4. Let K = Ker 9 and I = Im 9. Then Vx can be further restricted so that each cu(ffn)IUn n Vx = 0 and such that T = {V x} refines U. of Cech cohomology groups.6.
A) = 0 for n > 0 and any presheaf A. Let d be a sheaf on X and let it be an open covering of X. C°(11nV. We have the sequence d°. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories Proof. Since V i.. Then H°D(U. d(V) E.3 show that 0 is exact. 4. If 4 is a sheaf on X and it = {Uo..(it.11.rdx .4) C1(iln and Ker dp = Im dp1 for p > 0 by the lemma.D 4. Corollary. We have On (U n V. so that Htn(it. so small that C2(itn V. is exact.9. By passing to the limit over it we have: 0 r. (X. Proof. is exact.dI Us^))(v). the result follows.. If it = {Ua. a) = fld (UU.. Let T = IX}. whence If d is flabby then 4. whence C* (it.(4) . A) 0 is chain equivalent to C*(Zl. Since the direct product of sheaves is a sheaf and the direct image of a flabby sheaf is flabby. For 44 paracompactifyang and sheaves a on X there as a natural isomorphism II. '+ X. Corollary. and 114. 0.8. Theorem.: U. it is 0. .(X.d) = 0 for By 4. Proof. Then 0 . then H (it. which vanishes in positive degrees.192 III. 0 4.9..d is flabby.7. 4. then Al (JA..4))) = 0 for n > 0. r.. The remainder of the exactness comprises the conditions (Si) and (S2) of I1. x4. If d is flabby. n V) = fl(io^ (.7.4) 0 +.10. Corollary.O12 (ttn V. a E I} is any open covering of X. 4) = 0 for n > 0. If 4.:d) n>0. .(4) r H°(C. d). A). Passage to the direct limit over neighborhoods V of x shows that V C Ua for some a E I.(`J*(it.(4).9. Then it and T refine one another. 4) is a sheaf by 4.d)x 0 4. Let 4 be a sheaf on X. `p I(u. on on where io.4) = H"(r.(4).. then is a resolution of 4. r. then H (X. Proof.12. a E I j is a covering of X that includes the set X. Let V be a neighborhood of a given point x E X.d) : H._d)) = H°(r. Lemma.
. Theorem..it.')(f1U).4') I 1 I +.14.6. OP (. Let 4' be a sheaf on X and let it = {Ua. . 4..9.4*) for p fix ed. Thus the result follows from 0 4.4') Of'.) Hf_(flit.41) C2(11. ( X . 4') = 0 for p > 0 and all an E N(u).4d) and consider the complex OP (U. If it = {UQ. excepting the first. By the previous corollary and 4.4°) 1 I 0 C2(11.2. This is clearly a chain map. as just shown and the columns are exact. tech cohomology 193 Proof..d2) I 1 o + C°(u.§4. Consider the diagram 0 1 0 1 + 0 1 0 1 o r(... then we can define fu : 04"(u.4'0) C°(u. in which the rows are exact. all n... ) is an exact functor of presheaves.') I o 1 I C0(u.42) I C°(u. we have H9(Cp(u.A). d) is a fundamental connected sequence of functors of sheaves M. f'.10 and 4..a E I} is an open covering of Y and f 1(u) = { f 1(U) ( U E it}. for q = 0. 4') = 0 for q > 0.d) by fu(c)(an) = fUon (c(an)). A diagram chase shows that the homology of the first (nontrivial) row is isomorphic to that 11 of the first column. 4 ')) = O1 ( { 0. Let f : X + Y be a map and . Then there is a canonical isomorphism H*(X. a E I} be an open covering of X having the property that HP(Un. by 4. .4 a sheaf on Y.+ O1(u.') _. .d). .d2) .41) r(. and so it induces a map fu H (u. mil) _ 02(u.. Then f * : d M f'4' induces fu : d(U) + (f'.') Pr )of.14' (fIU. f. Since CP(it. C'(u.C'(u. excepting the first... Let d9 = re'(X. for q L 0 by the hypothesis that HQ(UU. indexed by the same set I.d°) r(..13.d) I r(. 1 116.d°) .
12. f` becomes f : H (Y. . 3.] .. I(w) also represents a.194 M. (X.(X.1. a cup product .. .f'. by 116. Therefore. Investigate the behavior of de Rham cohomology with respect to differentiable mappings. f`. show that the inclusion cr(M)G + W (M) induces an isomorphism H'(M)C.y(X.d). A®B). By integration over G.d) + Hf=4.12. Let G be a compact Lie group acting differentiably on a C°°manifold M. that this coincides with the cup product for sheaf cohomology via 4.So% (B).B)+Cn.4) (u. Therefore. f*.B)+H I (X. It is not hard to see. whence this becomes a cup product U:H ®`W) when 4) and %F are paracompactifying.d) we obtain maps H ' Hf=Z' (X. these induce homomorphisms $ (y. an+m) = (cl (ao.d).IR)... There is an induced action of G on 0* (M) and on nH'(M) H'(M.d) Hf1't (X. by using 117. If 4 = Awl(A) and 5i3 = . [This is nontrivial. U:H (X. then . where (A ® B) (U) = A(U) ® B(U). an) (9 C2(an...] [Hint: Let J : W(M) + W (M) be the inclusion. A)®H. 'd) It is clear that for n = 0 this is just the canonical map r'P ('d) i rl='D (f`. Note that H*(M)C = H'(M) when G is connected. 2. by C1 U C2(ao. .i) under the isomorphisms of 4. Denoting invariant elements by a superscript G. f`. Hf(X. Exercises 1. . Complete the discussion of Section 2 with regard to homomorphisms induced by maps. ®X = 9&al(A (9 B) by definition.A(& B). define I : W(M) .15. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories Following this with the canonical map f=4 (Y_'U. For presheaves A and B on X.fl*(M)G so that I o J = 1 and such that for H+(S2+(M)G) a E HP(M)G and w E S2'(M) representing a. 4. (X. compatible with refinements.2. we can define a cup product U:cn.A)®OT (X.
Ac(f1(U))'p A`. ®Zn.(4p.A'(f'(U).(f9.(.Q)sH2(X.Z) .fS'(U.. IV' (& 58) "Hq(r. 1IF).y(X.Z)) where f.q+1 (d')2 = 0 = (d")2. Let dP'q denote the sheaf of germs of CO° differentiable forms of type (p. for ductile maps.. (That is.Exercises 195 4.Z)®Q^ &H2(X. ®')) is an isomorphism.) The operator d of exterior differentiation has the decomposition d = d' + d".Z) = H'(S.G))) H. then the inclusion f. and show that &H2(X. (U) of the classical singular chain complex of f'(U) under f.Z)) is an isomorphism. the map H'(ro(9' (&1)) H. D Construct a compact space X with singular homology groups 00 H1(X./F) x Hn(F.Z)®Q#0. and d'd" + d"d = 0. 5. show that the induced map nH. G) and. show that 9''(X.Z) = Hom(f.Z) = 0. (This result is known as the theorem of Dolbeault [321. Z) = Hom(0.) 6. Show that HLC clc° . 4" is a resolution of SV' for each p. Let fS'(U. B is any sheaf of complex vector spaces. see [161.i'(X. n=2 H2(X.Z)) H*(fS. If it is a paracompactifying family of supports on Y and if f is ductile. let Q denote the rationals as a Zmodule. and that for any sheaf d on Y. unlike &H'.q . q) on X and let V' denote the sheaf of germs of holomorphic pforms of X.(Y. dp+1'q and d" : dp. where d' : 01p.(r. In particular. 9. Let X be a complex manifold. show that Hn(X.Z) .A (f'(U)) is the image in A'. Z).(U) induces a homomorphism S*(U.(Y.d*(X. prove that (with the obvious notation) there is a natural isomorphism H. Thus H'(rq.(Y. (W ).G) for any family 4i of supports. the sH* depend on the base ring.Z) of presheaves and hence a map 9* . . ® If X is hereditarily paracompact and G is a constant sheaf. (& v)).G) are flabby. If S' (W . If F C X is closed and d is a sheaf on X.q 4p. It can be shown that via d". the singular cohomology of Y can be computed using only those singular simplices of Y that are images of singular simplices of X. as usual. where b is paracompactifying. and the tensor products are over the complex numbers.qb (X. Using this fact. Let Z be the base ring. there exists a neighborhood V C Y of y which contracts to y through U in such a way that this contraction can be covered by a homotopy of f '(V).Q) = 0 while sH2(X. (This is not to be confused with the notation used in the real case._ f9* of the generated sheaves.) 7. A continuous surjection f : X Y is called "ductile" if for each y E Y. 8.
For sheaves d on X define a natural map hk : Hk(il. show that LFH^(1V.196 M. 16. compute Hl(S1. . d).) 12. then y = f'(y') for some y' E H"(Y). 13.. A) be defined using only locally finite coverings of X.d) . 4) = 0 for 0 < q < n. Q For the sheaf do on S' described in I1. B. A) = 0 for all n > 0 and all presheaves A on N. Comparison with Other Cohomology Theories 10. depending on y. Define and study relative tech cohomology groups Hn (X. Hk(X. If for every intersection U of at most m+1 members of 11 we have H9(U. Q Use constant coefficients in some group throughout. 15..4) for all n and any presheaf A on X with d _ `"/(A) 11.A) H°(X. such that if f : X . (Compare Exercise 10.. Show that there is a number e > 0.Y is a surjective map to a compact Hausdorff space Y with diam f1(y) < r for ally E Y. If N is the rudimentary space of IIExercise 27. m}. Qs Construct an example showing that 4. Let X be a compact metric space and 0 # y E H^(X). Q Let the Oech cohomology groups LFH"(X.dn) 14.14.2 is false without the assumption that each member of 4) has a neighborhood in 1. m} and a monomorphism for k = min In. Then show that H"(X. see IIExercise 57.d).. ® Let X be a rudimentary space. then show that hk is an isomorphism for k < min{n.
which yield the socalled Leray sheaf. 197 . and such things as the Thom isomorphism and the Gysin and Wang exact sequences are derived. since they are equivalent when f is the map to a point. In Section 3 we define an important generalization of the direct image functor. The cup product in this spectral sequence is also discussed. In Section 6 the Leray spectral sequence of an arbitrary map is derived and a few remarks about it are given.Chapter IV Applications of Spectral Sequences In this chapter we shall assume that the reader is familiar with the theory of spectral sequences. the direct image relative to a support family. the Leray sheaf (the coefficient sheaf in the Leray spectral sequence) is locally constant and has the cohomology of the fiber as stalks. Some important consequences that the Leray spectral sequence and the fundamental theorems have for dimension theory are discussed in Section 8. We also obtain a generalization of the Kiinneth formula to the case in which one of the factors X of X x Y is an arbitrary space. and it is shown that under suitable conditions. These results are then applied to the case of vector bundles over an arbitrary space. are studied in Section 4. That section also contains a strengthening of the Vietoris mapping theorem due to Skljarenko. In Section 9 the Leray spectral sequence is applied to spaces with com pact groups of transformations acting on them. The important special case of a locally trivial bundle projection is discussed in Section 7. that the other factor Y is locally compact Hausdorff and clcL and is provided with compact supports and constant coefficients in a principal ideal domain. however. Its derived functors. This basic knowledge is applied specifically to the theory of sheaves in Sections 1 and 2. It should be noted that the direct image functor f p generalizes the functor 174. and the remainder of the chapter is devoted to its consequences. See Appendix A for an outline of the parts of the theory of spectral sequences we shall need. This spectral sequence is the central result of this chapter. perhaps of the whole book. provided. and the Borel and Cartan spectral sequences are derived. especially with the spectral sequences of double complexes. Section 5 is concerned with a construction dealing with support families and is primarily notational.
1The first spectral sequence converges because of condition (a) or (b). This is applied in Section 13 to derive the SmithGysin sequence of a sphere fibration with singularities. of this resolution when we are in case (b).q. 1 The spectral sequence of a differential sheaf (a) 2"=0forq<Qo.4) 7n(X. Let LP' = C (X. In Section 14 we derive Oliver's transfer map and use it..q to be the differential of the complex C. We take d' : Lp.d) _. We abbreviate this statement by the notation E2'q = Hp+q (L*).4) 0 is a resolution of 4 by Dacyclic sheaves and is an exact functor of 4. (b) dim. Chern.* converging' to graded groups associated with filtrations on Hp+q(L'). then 0 +. 4) should be replaced by r. ). and symplectic Pontryagin characteristic classes.Lp+1. In Sections 11 and 12 we derive the Fary spectral sequence of a map with a filtered base space. Applications of Spectral Sequences In Section 10 we apply the discussion of Section 7 to give a general definition of the StiefelWhitney.198 IV.q+l to be the differential induced by the coefficient 2q+1 Let d = d' + d" be the total differential and homomorphism 2' L* the total complex. 'E?"q and "Ep'q. as he did. .4 _ ' °(X.. ..q i Lp. Let Y* be a differential sheaf on X. p+q=n There are two spectral sequences. In the discussion below. `Bn1(X. 2q) and (1)Pd" : Lp. see Appendix A. ..(X. L X < oo for a given ground ring L and family D of supports.. Applications to the study of characteristic classes of the normal bundle to the fixed point set of a differentiable transformation group are discussed at the end of this section.. We are concerned with two cases: If we are in case (b) with dimCL X < n. and to derive some of their properties. to prove the Conner conjecture. CC (X. of the double complex L*.q . where Ln = ® LP. .
§1. The spectral sequence of a differential sheaf
199
In the first spectral sequence we have 'E2'Q = 'HP("HQ(L''')) and in the second "E2'4 = "HP('HQ(L''')), where 'H and "H are computed using d' and d" respectively.
Now
since
"HQ (L.,.) = C; (X; OQ(`2*)) is an exact functor. Thus
'Ea = H(X;YQ(1*))
1.1. In the second spectral sequence 'HQ (L* *) = H (X; Y* ), so that
(1)
E2"'
=
HP(Hj(X;.?*))
Note that in particular, "E2'0 = HP(r4,(2*)).
In the second spectral sequence we have the edge homomorphism ,EP,°'' HP(r4,(T*)) = "E2'° HP(L*). Recall that this is induced by the chain map
,
(2)
rb(`ep)'' LP, (3) given by rt(2P) Y C°C(X;YP) = L°'P + LP; see Appendix A. Suppose that we are given a homomorphism 2' (* of differential sheaves. Putting Mp,4 = C4p'(X;..ll4), we have a map LP,Q ' Mp,4 of double complexes and hence a corresponding map of spectral sequences. Since (2) is induced by the chain map (3), it follows that the diagram
HP(r.(2*))  HP(L')
1
I.
(4)
HP(r,b(
*))
HP(M*)
commutes.
Let 0 + 9?*  fl'
sheaves. Since
V" 0 be an exact sequence of differential is an exact functor, the sequence 0+ Lp'Q,Mp'Q4NP'Q+ 0
(with the obvious notation) is exact. We shall assume that the sequence
o + r4 (2')
rt(x)  o
HP(N`)
16
(5)
is also exact. This is the case, for example, when 2' is Dacyclic.2 Then it follows that the diagram
HP(r4,(x))
16
Hp+1(r.t(Y*))  HP+'(L*)
is commutative, where the horizontal maps are the edge homomorphisms (2) and the vertical maps are the obvious connecting homomorphisms.
2Also see exercise 14.
200
IV. Applications of Spectral Sequences
1.2. We wish to obtain naturality relations such as (4) and (5) for the edge homomorphisms of the first spectral sequence. In order to obtain results of the generality needed, we must go into this situation somewhat more deeply than we did for the second spectral sequence. In the remainder of this section we shall assume either that dimP,L X < oo or that all differential sheaves considered are bounded below; that is, that condition (a) or (b) is satisfied. This assumption is needed to ensure the convergence of the "first" spectral sequences considered. Let 9' be a differential sheaf such that
0
for q < 0.
Let 9 be some given sheaf and let 9  0(9`) be a given homomorphism. Since 'EZ'q = HH(X; '°(9')) = 0 for q < 0 we have the edge
homomorphism
HH(X;9) +
HH(X;='EE'0  'E.°'' HI (L*).
(6)
Since we have not assumed that 9` vanishes in negative degrees, we cannot immediately conclude that (6) is induced by a chain map. In order to provide such a chain map, we make the following construction. Let 20 be the differential sheaf defined by
20 =
for q < 0, Coker{21 + 90}, for q = 0, y9, for q > 0,
0,
with differentials induced from those of 9'. We have the canonical map
SB`
g*
,
(7)
and it is clear that the induced map ,°(9')
for all q. Thus we have the isomorphism
H(X;°(y*))
,°(20*) is an isomorphism
' H (X;Q(9o))
(8)
for all p, q. The homomorphism (7) induces a map of the "first" spectral sequences,
which, by (8), is an isomorphism from E2 on. Thus, with the obvious notation, we have the commutative diagram
H (X;9)  H,(X;, O(9*))  HP(L`)
11II H.(X; 2)  HH(X; X°(fo)) + HP(Lo`)
(9)
given map 9 , Yo(Z*) :
in which the horizontal maps are edge homomorphisms. Note that the °(Yo) now arises from a homomorphism
§1.
The spectral sequence of a differential sheaf
201
2'  2'o. We also know that the edge homomorphism on the bottom of
(9) arises from the chain map
C4(X;9?) Lo
given by C,(X; 2') , CO'(X; 2'o) = Lo '° >, Lo; see Appendix A. It
follows that the edge homomorphisms (6) satisfy, via (9), naturality relations similar to (4) and (5). Explicitly, let , tl' be a differential sheaf with
= 0 for q < 0 and let . if * .Yo(#*) be given. Then for any
homomorphism 9?" , ,iif" of differential sheaves and any compatible map 2' + .A1, the diagram
H,(X;2) + H'(L')
H (X;,Ai)
commutes.
I
1
(10)
HP(M')
Similarly, suppose we are also given ' with e°(.4) = 0 for q < 0
and a compatible map IV , , °(.A' ). Suppose also that we have an exact !f' .4 . 0 of differential sheaves compatible with sequence 0 Y" an exact sequence 0 2' . tf + .A' 0, that is, such that the diagram
0 
Se
1
+
.tf
yo(,W*)
1
.N '0
, ro(A*
HP(N*)
16
1
jeow)
commutes. Then the diagram
H4(X; A)
16
H +1(X; `e) + HP+'1(L")
commutes.
Remark: The spectral sequences considered in this section are not changed, from E2 on, if we replace by r4,(R'(X;9)), where S (X;.) is
any exact functorial resolution by ODacyclic sheaves. To see this, consider the natural homomorphisms
9`(X; 0) ' W*(3'(X; s))
s),
where the middle term is considered as a functorial resolution with the total degree. Then apply these resolutions to 2', take nt, and consider the spectral sequences of the resulting double complexes. The contention
follows immediately. Of course, in case (b), we must assume that 'Q *(X; ) has finite length. For example, we could take 9l' (X; ) = V * (X; ) of 112. where 5r If 4) is paracompactifying, we could take 91' (X; ) = 91' ® is a (Dfine torsionfree resolution of the ground ring, such as the AlexanderSpanier sheaf.
202
IV. Applications of Spectral Sequences
2
The fundamental theorems of sheaves
The previous section has two cases of importance, corresponding to the degeneracy of one or the other of the spectral sequences.
Degeneracy of the second spectral sequence
Assume that
"E2'Q = H"(H (X;2')) = 0
for
q > 0.
This holds, for example, when each 9?' is 4Pacyclic. We also have that
"E2,o =
Hp(r4,(Y*)).
It follows that the canonical homomorphisms (Y*))  H'(L*) of (2) are isomorphisms. The first spectral sequence then provides the following result:
2.1. Theorem. (First fundamental theorem.) Let Y* be a differential sheaf on X. Assume either that dime,L X < oo or that T' is bounded
below (i.e., 29 = 0 for q < q0, for some qo). Also assume that
Hl(H(X; 2'')) = 0 for q>0.
Then there is a spectral sequence with
Ea q = HH(X;Xa(2'*))
Hr+q(rt, (Y*)). 0
O(9*) is a given Note also that if,9(.1*) = 0 for q < 0 and if 2' homomorphism, then the edge homomorphism provides a canonical map
H,lt (X;2')yHI (r4, (Se')),
which satisfies the naturality relations resulting from formulas (4), (5),
(10), and (11) of Section 1.
2.2. Theorem. (Second fundamental theorem.) Let h : 9?' y elf' be a homomorphism of differential sheaves and assume that dim,,L X < 00 or that both 2' and .itl* are bounded below. Also assume that for some of derived sheaves 0 < N < oo the induced map h* :.C°(2'*) is an isomorphism for q < N and that
H'(H (X;9?')) = 0 = H*(H,(X;,A*)) for q > 0.
Then the induced map H" (r t (2*)) , H" (r , (JI *)) is an isomorphism for each n < N.
§2. The fundamental theorems of sheaves
203
Proof. If N = oo (as suffices for most applications) then the proof is immediate from the fact3 that a homomorphism of regularly filtered complexes that induces an isomorphism on the E2 terms of the spectral sequences also induces an isomorphism on the homology of the complexes. In general, we must digress to study a purely combinatorial construction. For integers r > 2, define the collection
Sr = {1,1+(r1),1+(r1)+(r2),...,1+(rof integers, where the symbol EE indicates that all integers beyond that point are included in Sr. Then
Sr+1 = {1,1+r,1+r+(r 1),...,1+r+(rNow, for p > 0, define kr(p) = N  p+ #(Sr n [0, p[). Note that m E Sr a m + r E Sr+l for m > 0. This implies that kr+1(p + r)  kr (p) is constant in p > 0. Therefore
kr+1(p + r)  kr(p) = kr+1(r)  kr(0)
= r+#(Sr+ln[O,r])#(Srn[0,0})
_ r+10 _ r+1.
Thus we have the partial recursion formula
kr+l(p+r)=kr(p)r+1 forp>0.
Also note that
kr+1(p)
kr(p),
(12)
k2(p) = N, k. (p) = N  p + 1 for p > 0,
k,,,, (0) = N.
For r > 2, we claim that Ep,q(SB*)
Ep,q(,, f*) is an isomorphism for
q < kr(p). The proof is by induction on r. It is true for r = 2 since
k2(p) = N for all p. Suppose it is true for r. Then we must show that
q > kr(p)
q r + 1 > kr+l(p + r)
when p > 0 (regarding differentials leading out of ErM) and
q + r  1 > kr(p  r)
q > kr+1(p)
when p  r > 0 (regarding differentials leading into Ep'4 ). But these follow immediately from (12). (We also need that kr+l(p) S kr(p), which has also been noted.) In particular, EP,.q (Y")  EEq (,alt') is an isomorphism for p + q 5 N
if p > 0 and for q < N  1 if p = 0. Therefore the total terms map
isomorphically for total degree less than N.
3See A4.
204
IV. Applications of Spectral Sequences
Remark: The case N < oo can also be attacked using a mapping cone argument; see IIExercise 49. However the present method applies more generally since it is a pure spectral sequence argument. It also gives slightly better conclusions. Also note that Exercise 33 sharpens 2.2, perhaps only by an amount < c.
The following result is needed in Section 12:
2.3. Proposition. Let Se* be a Dsoft differential sheaf on X with 1 paracompactifying, and let A C X be locally closed. Then the spectral
sequence 2.1 of the differential sheaf 1A on X with supports in 4D is canonically isomorphic to the spectral sequence 2.1 of the differential sheaf I A on A with supports in 4DIA (from E2 on).
Proof. It is sufficient to prove this for the cases in which A is either open
or closed. Note that since B
have
53I A and .:B
BA are exact functors, we
Y*(2'IA) = V*(.
)IA
and
'(2? ) _
If U C X is open, then the map
C;lu(U;2*IU)
CClu(X;Yu) `' C, (X;9u)
(using that T * I U = 2 I U) induces a map of spectral sequences that on the E2 terms reduces to the natural isomorphism
Hlu(U;Q(9?')I U)
x(X;Q(9?')u)
of 1110.2. It follows that this map of spectral sequences is an isomorphism from E2 on, as was to be shown.
If F C X is closed, then the map
C;(X;YF)
isomorphism
C.lF(F;2'IF)
of 118 induces a map of spectral sequences that on the E2 terms is the H .(X; jeQ(Y')F)  FIPIF(F;
of 1110.2.
Q(Y')IF)
Again, it follows that the spectral sequences in question are
isomorphic from E2 on.
Degeneracy of the first spectral sequence
Here we assume that ,Q(2') = 0 for 56 0. Also assume that either (a) or (b) of Section 1 holds. Let .? = , (2'). Note that these conditions
hold, for example, when 2' is a resolution of 2.
§2. The fundamental theorems of sheaves
205
We have that
,EP'q
a
0,
H (X; 9),
for for
q 0 0, q = 0,
and it follows that the canonical homomorphism
HH(X;2')
the following:
, HP(L')
of (6) is an isomorphism. From the second spectral sequence we conclude
2.4. Theorem. (Third fundamental theorem.) Let Y* be a differential
sheaf such that V q(2*) = 0 for q 0. Assume either that dimP,L X < 00 or that .?* is bounded below. Then with 9? = .X°(.*), there is a spectral
sequence with
EZ.q = HP(H (X; Y"))
H+q(X; Y).
In particular, the edge homomorphism gives a canonical homomorphism
p : HP(r.,(w*))
H (X; 2)
satisfying the naturality relations resulting from formulas (4), (5), (10), and (11) of Section 1. If 2' is a resolution of Y, then it follows from the naturality that this p is identical to the homomorphism p of 115.15.
Also, there is the following generalization of 114.1:
2.5. Theorem. (Fourth fundamental theorem.) Let 7' be a differential sheaf such that 0 0 for 0 q < N and (Hqj, (X; 2*)) = 0 for q > 0. Assume either that dim ,,L X < oo or that 2* is bounded below.
Then with Y = X°(2*), the edge homomorphism
n : H (X; 2) = E2'0 M E.O  H' (r., (Y,))
in the spectral sequence 2.1 is an isomorphism for n < N and a monomorphism for n = N.4 In particular, for N = oo there is an isomorphism
HP(r4,(2*)) P, H (X; 2).
Proof. Since E2'q = 0 for 0 # q < N, rn is an isomorphism for n < N.
Also, E2 '0 »
is an isomorphism, whence C1" is a monomorphism.
We shall conclude this section with six examples of applications.
4Also see Exercise 32.
206
IV. Applications of Spectral Sequences
2.6. Example. Let s.7e*(X;.d) = X*(.?*(X; L) (9 .d) be the singular
cohomology sheaf. If is paracompactifying, then .9 * (X; L) ®.d is 4bfine, whence 2.1 yields a spectral sequence with
E2.e
= H 4 , (X;s.
'(X;4))
sH +9(X; d).
There is also a similar spectral sequence with the subscript S replaced by A when 4 is locally constant. The edge homomorphism H (X; d) +
H (X; s.°(X;a)) = E2'0 » E .PO >+ sHH(X;.d) is the map 0 of III1. If X is HLCL, then oX°(X; L) = 0 for 0 # q < n and (X; L) L. Therefore NH(X; L) H(X; L) for k < n. In particular,
HLCL = clcn.
For some explicit cases see Exercises 22 to 25 and their solutions.
0
2.7. Example. For the AlexanderSpanier sheaf 4* (X; L) ®B we obtain from 2.4 a spectral sequence with E2,q = Hp(H (X; 1 *(X; L) ®X)) = H +9(X; 5B).
This reduces to the isomorphism AHH(X; B) = H1(re(4*(X; L) (9 58)) .:: H (X; X) when 4 is paracompactifying or when B = L and X is hereditarily paracompact; see IIIExercise 4. 0
2.8. Example. There is a spectral sequence with
Er = HH(X;X°(X A; d))
(See IIExercise 41.)
; H +Q(X,A;d).
0
2.9. Example. Let d, be the sheaf of germs of singular chains with
coefficients in the given base ring L, as defined in IExercise 12, and let (U >+ Aje.(X; L) denote its derived sheaf. Note that o. .(X; L) = 9 X  U; L)), where &H* (X, X  U; L) is the classical relative singular homology group based on finite chains. Suppose that c is a paracompactifying family of supports on X and that dimz,,L X < oo. Let .?* be the differential sheaf defined by 24 = d_q. Since 2 * is homotopically fine by IIExercise 32b, it follows from IIExercise 32a and 2.1 that there is a spectral sequence with
E2'9 = HPj, (X; A
_ (X; L))
AHtp_q(X; L
where the righthand side is H_p_q(r (d.)), which is the classical singular homology group based on locally finite chains with supports in'
5That is, the union of the images of the simplices in a chain is in 4.
§2.
The fundamental theorems of sheaves
207
If X is a topological nmanifold, then it is clear that o.(q(X; L) = 0 for q 0 n. Moreover, the "orientation sheaf" 6 = AYn(X; L) is locally
constant (constant if X is orientable, by definition), with stalks isomorphic to L. It follows that for an nmanifold X there is the isomorphism
H4', (X; 6)
AHn p(X; L).
This is the Poincare duality theorem. It is easy to generalize this theorem so that it will apply to arbitrary coefficient sheaves. One may also obtain extensions to relative groups. Since this is done in considerably more gen0 erality in Chapter V, we shall not pursue the subject further here.
2.10. Example. Let N be the positive integers with the topology as in
IIExercise 27. Let Al D A2 D ... be a decreasing sequence of subsets of a space X and let fi be a family of supports on X. Assume either that 4D is paracompactifying and the A, are arbitrary, or that 4D is arbitrary and each A, is closed. Put K = n An and assume that K = n An and that Al E 0. Let 4* be a flabby differential sheaf on X. For a given index p consider the inverse system {r ,1A. (.r')}. As in the exercise, this is a sheaf 11 on N. We claim that it is acyclic. According to the exercise, to prove this we must show that for every sequence {a', a2, ...} of sections of gyp with Ianl C An there exists such a sequence {al, a2,. ..} with a,,+, = a,,  a;, for all n. Since 4' is 4soft, we can find a section b1 E r4.(. e) that coincides with a1 on X  A2. (When 4) is paracompactifying make b1 = ai
on X  intA2.) Then IbiI C Al and Ibl  a'I C A2. Next, we can find
a section b2 that coincides with a1 + a2  b1 on X  A3. Then Ib2I C A2 and Ib2 + b1  a1  all C A3. Continue inductively in the obvious manner. Define b = b1 + b2 + on X  K. (This makes sense because each point
x E X  K = X  nAn = U(X  An) has a neighborhood disjoint from
all but a finite number of the An.) Since dp is flabby, b extends to all of X with support necessarily in 0. Now put an = b  ai a:_1. Then an+1 = an  a;n, and at least outside of K,
Ianl = lb  ai  . . . att,I C lbn+bn+1 +...I UAn C An,
as required. Now the spectral sequence of 2.1 has
E2,q = HP(N;JQ(2*))
For the limit term we have
Hp+4 (r(2*))
Hn(r(2*)) =
have
E2,4
(jim r.1A.(4*)) = Hn(r4,ix(M*)),
by IIExercise 27. Also, E2" = 0 for p # 0,1 since dim N = 1. We also
= H°(N; {H9(rblA.(4*))}) = Jim H°(rbIA.(d*))
208
and
IV. Applications of Spectral Sequences
E29 = H'(N; {HQ(r,IA.(4*))}) = jjm'H1(rbjA,
by the exercise. Since all differentials are zero and only two columns are nonzero, the spectral sequence degenerates into the exact sequences Hn(r$IK(4*)) + 0 +
1

that is,
(im1H'i1(r'DIA,('d*))'
H'a(rDIK(`d*)) " jLmH'(rbjA.Gd*))
Now let us specialize to the case in which each An is open, 1D is para
compactifying, and d* = W*(X;.4). Then we have Hn(roIK(.d*)) Pt; HOIK(X;4) : H'(X,X  K;.4) by 1112.1 and 1112.9 since K has a neighborhood in C Also, H7(reIA,(.d*)) since A, is
open. Therefore, for ' paracompactifying, if U1 D U2 D ... is a decreasing sequence of open sets with K = n U, = n U, and U1 E D, then we get the exact sequence
0 ,
' HnI (U,; 4) + Hn(X, X  K; 4) .
Hn1u (U,;4) + O.
(13)
Particularly note the case in which X is locally compact Hausdorff, c = c, and K is a point. In this case the exact sequence becomes
0
1Hc_1(U;d) aH'(X,X{x}; 4)+{imHcn (U;,4),0,
where U ranges over the open neighborhoods of x and we assume that x
has a countable neighborhood basis. Note that if K= n U, = 0, then
the middle term, whence each term, of (13) is zero. Thus this discussion is essentially an elaboration of the proof of the sum theorem 1116.40 in cohomological dimension theory. In V5.15 we will have an application of O these remarks to homology theory.
2.11. Example. Let 4) be a family of supports on X and let Al C A2 C be an increasing sequence of subspaces with X = U int A,. Assume either that each A, is open or that D is paracompactifying and each A, is closed. Let d * be a flabby resolution of a given sheaf d on X. Then one can treat the inverse system 21 = {FenA,(4dPjA2)} as in 2.10. This
situation is somewhat easier since 21 is flabby on N in both cases; i.e., each r.nA, (4" A,) is surjective. As in restriction map r4,nA,+, (.1P1A,+1) 2.10 we get a spectral sequence
E2'9 = HP (N;{H,nA.(A,;4)}): H,Py+Q(X;.d)
in either of our two cases, where
T= {KcXclosed I K n A, E 1n A, all i}.
Z). Also note that the reasoning that showed that H'(X. Z) is uncountable is also valid over a countable field L as base ring. On the other hand. Z) ~ H1(A2... or when X is paracompact and each A. Z) and that this is an uncountable rational vector space. Let Nn be an open square of side 1/n about the origin. Then H1(Kn..d) + t Hn(A.1 of this is Z +3 Ext(Q..4) Hn(X... the inverse sequence {H1(A.i° 10 < 0 < 1 . contractible.} If K is the onepoint compactification of X and x is the point at infinity.H'(A2.N..e. Note that H°(K.0 (14) whenever each A. Z) At Ext(Q.(A. As a nonexample consider X = fit and the arcs An = {e2. if 4i = cld.. and so H2(X. and locally contractible. . which is uncountable. .. Z) H1(X. The fundamental theorems of sheaves 209 This degenerates to the exact sequence 0 + im1HHna.4) i H"(X.15 we shall show that . and so l does vanish in that case. O This shows that the condition X = U int A. Then H2(A. In particular. Z) # 0 even though dimz K = 2 and K is separable metric. Jim' does not generally vanish over a field as base ring. Therefore H2(X.1/n}. then by (41) on page 136 we have that Hi (K. Z). Z). However. be the union of the first i of these.4) ..(A. Let A.2.Z) # 0.§2. then there is an exact sequence 1 0 + irn1Hi1(A. is essential. which is uncountable... Then Uim1 H°(An.. Thus we conclude that unlike Ext and Tor. Q) = 0. Z) = 0 and the inverse system {H1(A1.d) nA. and put Kn = X .. is closed with X = U int A. Z) . Z) = 0 = Lim H1(An. We deduce from (14) that {im1H°(Kn. but H'(X. As another example consider the space X of 1113.Q) 4... is open. Q) is flabby.. Z) is free abelian. an inverse sequence of finitedimensional vector spaces is MittagLeffier. Z) = 0.. For example.} has the form Z In V5. Z) Ext(Q.. consider the union X of the mapping cylinders of S1 + S1 '+ S1 .d) + 0.
Proposition.d. For an open set U C Y let %P(U) be the family of relatively closed subsets A of U' such that each point y E U has a neighborhood Nwith AnN'ETnN'. Definition.d I U') and for any point y E U there is. If . which is no loss of generality.d with respect to T" is defined to be fy. However. the functor ff. which may make it easier to understand this family. 3.lul(. If . then N. Definition.(u)(4IU') = (fw4)(U). Also note that if Y is compact. then the presheaf U rg. .d I N'). and hence a sheaf.andsoAnN'CK=KET.It follows that the map (15) of presheaves induces an isomorphism of the generated sheaves. Applications of Spectral Sequences 3 Direct image relative to a support family Y and let ' be a family of supports on X.s 6Also see 1I5. . so that there is the inclusion rq. and so N can be taken to be open in this definition. 3. then f y2' is Dsoft for any family W of supports on X. 3. where (fq4)(U) = rw(u)(_d I Note that WY(U) D W n U'. then AnN'=KnN'forsomeKET.dIU') is clearly a conjunctive monopresheaf. by definition. this presheaf is not conjunctive. Conversely. Taking N C U. we remark that the condition A n NO E %F n NO is equivalent to A n NO E T. Then sIN' E r*nN (.d is a sheaf on X. can be taken to be closed.210 IV. Note that if this condition holds for N then it holds for any smaller neighborhood of y. in which case ' n NO = WIN'. Let . note that if A n N' E T then A n N' = A n N' n N' E W n N' since AnN' nN' c An U' = An U' C A. if An N' E W nN'. Then the "direct image of . then W(Y) = ' because a family of supports is closed under finite unions. Also note that if Y is regular.7 and Exercise 1.d be a sheaf on X and let ' be a family of supports on X. Obviously.1. (15) For a section s E rg(u) (.' is a flabby sheaf on X and if 4D is a paracompactifying family of supports on Y.2. To simplify Let f : X notation we let U' = f 1(U) for U C Y. and hence NO.3. a useful fact. an open neighborhood N of y such that IsI nN' E %knN'. Thus f 4 can be described as the sheaf generated by the monopresheaf U'' I U*). is left exact. To see this.
fl w. Let X1 ft h X2 If2 Yl + Y2 be a commutative diagram of maps.let U2 = f'(U2).M. For U2CY2. where the last map is induced by the module product 9' ®4 . Let 9 and 9 be sheaves of rings on X and Y respectively. if a is a W°(X.k4)(U) is also an 9l(U)module. Thus s' is the required extension of s to 0 a section s' E T(X) extending both s" and t. Proposition. with g1(W2) C W.(V* n ls'l). L)module. then f *a is a '°(Y. Direct image relative to a support family 211 Proof. Thus we may regard s' as an element of (fp 2) (Y). Let s E (f4.U1=h1(U2)andUl =f11(Ul)= g' (U2 ). there is an open neighborhood V of K with V C U and V E 4). 3. be sheaves on X. Then for any 9'module a on X. Thus (f. Proof.So preserving the ring structures.(U) 2(U). Let W. there is an open neighborhood U of K and an extension s' E (fy2)(U) = of s. i .2)(K). In particular.(u)(_dlu').5.9'(U') via the cup product 2(u) ®r*(U)(4lu') r*(U)((2 r4. where K E C By 119. fw4 is an &module.§3. there is C V*nls'I E W(Y). nU. be a family of supports on X. and as a section of f . 2) and let k :Id2 M 41 be a gcohomomorphism. (d 11Ui ) induced by k form an hcohomomorphism of presheaves and hence give rise to an hcohomomorphism k* f2 *.5. Since K has a paracompact neighborhood and since paracompact spaces are normal. Note that (fw. and let t be the zero section of Y over Since s" and t agree where both are defined and since Y is flabby. Let s" = s'IV' E X .d)(U) = rJ(U)(YIU') is a module over . Let 4d. Then 3. L)module (where L is the base ring). (i = 1. We shall need the following elementary observations concerning the naturality of the direct image under cohomomorphisms. via the fcohomomorphism . The homomorphisms r*2nU2 (d2IU2) r.4. whence f 4 is an M module as claimed.&Y it has support in V E ob. and suppose that there exists an f cohomomorphism 9 M .42 .
l vanishes outside of A.z:: .A. Also assume that every point of A has a neighborhood. but this direct treatment may be useful.y. Proof. If i : A. Thus there is an open neighborhood V C U of y with V' n K = 0.Y be T closed for a family' of supports on X. in A. We have that fq.i2 ) ' 1 fl. The remaining material of this section is not used in this chapter7 and is presented to aid the reader's understanding of the these matters. v. 3.( 4) also commutes. in A. Since every point of Thus (i. ii. Proposition.`Y2(. r(dIU n A). 1 f2...F .nu (dl U n A)).dl) f2.d2 I.8 Then iy. then the diagram f1. If d' are also sheaves on X.8.6.'12(. in WY. Now. Then for any sheaf . the sheaf f pd is concentrated on f (X). showing that s induces 0 Consequently.X is the inclusion of a locally closed subspace A of a locally compact Hausdorff space X. Let f : X .9 (U r*nu (4 U')). Therefore sI V' = 0.dl) IA = . But dX is the unique sheaf inducing d on A and zero on X .id = . k d1 1 r 1 'Wi 2  k' is a commutative diagram of homomorphisms and gcohomomorphisms.X be the inclusion of a subspace and let p be a family of supports on A such that each member of %k is closed in X.4 :z. and .r1 X Proof. Corollary. and let s E 'Then Isi = K n U' for some K E %P. Let y E U with y V f (X). f (K) is closed and y f (K). By 3. this is the same as the sheaf generated by the presheaf U n A '. = 0. 0 E (fwdl)y = l 3.nu (4l U n A)).i2) .. Now U' = U n A and i. Let i : A . d on X.d = YAea/ (U . 4X 7The last corollary is used in Chapter V. Applications of Spectral Sequences of induced sheaves. .(. (U n A r4. (fw4). Corollary.212 IV.7.r2 . The following is actually a special case of 4.So1 A has a neighborhood. then we have i.6.2.q. 0 3. which is just 4. that is in %p. 8This implies that A is locally closed in X.
§4. Definition. see 1112. fIA. The Leray sheaf 213 4 The Leray sheaf Let A C X. A.4) = Ah(UHrw(u)(I IU') = (fw4)(U))..g.d) where mod" is any flabby differential sheaf of the form 4' =Ker{k:Y" +i. fq.* is a flabby resolution of 4dJA on A. where i : A '+ X.fIA... and let f : X Y be a map. The "Leray sheaf of the map f mod f IA" is the sheaf YI(f. For A = 0._d) '(fd') for any flabby (e. 4. Therefore . f I A. d). it is the derived sheaf _Y 1(f.4t* is a surjective icohomomorphism.1. (16) where 9* is a flabby resolution of gad on X.d IU'). Now.4) = j'(fv`J*(X.fIA.. injective) resolution 4' of d.4"}.4)) More generally.4) is generated by the presheaf U C!nu U n A. .W"(X. d ). . d) = fw'.(f. A. j (f. 4' could be taken to be S'" (X. (f . the Leray sheaf is denoted by Oq (f .(f. ' . and so it is the Leray sheaf . . 4) is just the pth right derived functor of the left exact functor ft.. and by the preceding remarks. 4I Thus its derived sheaf is the sheaf generated by the presheaf U'' Hvnu.d.41U')) For A = 0. and k : SB" M . let W be a family of supports on X. let d be a sheaf on X. That is. so o(f. the Leray sheaf is the derived sheaf X. U' n A. and v(f.17. nA. For example. A.(U'.d) = 9h a/(U F+ on Y. god ).
y' n A. 2. we have the following result: . y n A. f2IA2. (19) Again.6. (Also see Section 7. C X. if 41 is paracompactifying or if' contains a neighborhood of y and y is compact and relatively Hausdorff in X).(f. 4) is an isomorphism for all 4. .2. = The gcohomomorphism k : 4 of differential sheaves.d)+X p.(Y*.. let y' = f 1(y). The cohomomorphism (19) gives rise to a homomorphism r' :Y. consider the special case of an inclusion B C Y and B' = f(B) C X.w2(` 2)Mfl. (18) It will turn out to be of great importance to obtain sufficient conditions for ry* to be an isomorphism.5. f IA.Hiny.42 the induced hcohomomorphism f2. Applications of Spectral Sequences The exact cohomology sequences of the pairs (U'. i = 1. sufficient conditions in the absolute case. 4)X P 1(f. However. If f is Wclosed and y' = f1(y) is 41taut in X (e. Hjny (y. Let A. 4Iy') induces a homomorphism ry : Yj(f.Jej1 (fl.214 IV. The restriction map Hvnu (U'. Thus we have d2 '`S' dl extends to one . f IA.) Proof.d).g. in the absolute case. 4IU') . 41) of graded sheaves.. Consider the situation of 3. U' n A. for both f and f JA. then it is clear that r' is an isomorphism. :v(f. (f . d2) .T1(` 1) of differential sheaves and hence an hcohomomorphism (f2. y n A). (f. of sheaves on Y. (17) For y E Y. d) p (f IA. fl I A1.d)y . . 4.3. Since ry' maps the sequence (17) into the cohomology sequence of the pair (y'. f [A. ).. then r. 4. will also be sufficient for the relative case.d)IB i (20) If B is open.d)y ` H!ny (y. This follows immediately from 1110. U' n A) induce an exact sequence QCs. . Proposition.. but this is false for general B. be such that g(A1) C A2 and let d.
Y and A C X.fiA. in turn.4(& f* of (21) is an isomorphism. f 1(y) is T taut in X.4. For open sets U C Y. Let f : X Y be a closed map such that each y = f 1(y) is compact and relatively Hausdorff in X.3 we deduce: 4. Let f : X ' Y be T closed and let B C Y be a subspace such that for each y E B.Y. Then the homomorphism Xp(f.dd*58 = 0 and such that Hp+1(y. where f : X . (21) If f is Tclosed and if y = f'1(y) is Ttaut in X. (9 58) . 4. Proof. 4) ®M . This. Let 4 be a sheaf on X and 58 a sheaf on Y such that. From these remarks and the Universal Coefficient Theorem 1115. Then the natural map r' : is an isomorphism. This follows immediately from 4.Jd)ox jep(f.fIA.§4.9 ) 4.sd) ®H°(U'. then on the stalks at y.5. which imply that r' in (20) is an isomorphism on each stalk. Let 4 be a sheaf on X and X a sheaf on Y.d(9 f'X) of the generated sheaves.HWny (y. where M = By._d)®98I(f. the cup product on U' = f 1(U) induces the map U' n A. For open sets U C Y.2 and 1112. Proposition.6. let f : X . d ®M). Let %F and 6 be families of supports on X and let d and X be sheaves on X. The Leray sheaf 215 4. f* of presheaves.Jd)*By = 0 for all y E Y. induces a homomorphism ) .V(f. (21) for A empty is just the cup product H ny (y.14. Proposition. the cup product u' 9Also see Exercise 4. Again.7.
f 1 [0. which can be considered as the cross section consisting of the interval [0. Z) ~.y) 10 < y < 2 a square with the midpoint of one side deleted and the remaining two rays of that side identified.) 4.Z)=0for p#0. The point 0 corresponds to a fixed point. and of course. Z) = 0 since.1].2. but the Z since H1(f 1 [0. .216 IV. The material in the remainder of this section is based largely on the work of Dydak and Walsh [35]. Note that each f1(y) is taut. Example. but it gives twice a generator in the stalk at x # 1 since H1(f _ 1(Z.2 these stalks of Yc* (f . the orbit corresponding to 1 is a circle wrapping around twice.X1(f .11. Z) are the cohomology groups with compact O supports of the corresponding fibers. easy to describe directly from Definition 3.. 1] that induces a generator of the stalk at 1 since f (1) is a deformation retract of f 1(1. which is. X and Y are locally compact and f is cclosed. Let X = (II x II .) Since all orbits are connected.(d) ® fe(w) fwne(' (9 56). Applications of Spectral Sequences on U' = f 1(U) is compatible with restrictions and therefore defines a cup product of the generated sheaves: i. and all other orbits are free.1]. Z) = 0 for all y E Y.1. 1] and HH (S1 x (0. Z) over (2.1 since 116.2 generalizes word for word to the case of functors from the category of sheaves on X to the category of sheaves on Y.o(f. as the reader may verify. but f is not closed. From this it is clear that the Leray sheaf . 2Z at 1. H1 (S1 x [0. The reader should be aware of the fact that in the absolute case.1]. for example. Now. Let f : X p Y be the orbit map. Lc In some situations it is possible to prove some general niceness results about the Leray sheaf. Then the Leray sheaf X1(f. Example.f[A. Z.(f. 1] that is 0 at 0. The Leray sheaf . Z) }) / {(O. Z) vanishes away from 0.Z) Z. Let Y = X/G be the orbit space. Z) + H1(f (x). example of a Leray sheaf. y) " (0.9. a generator of H1(f (2 . 1] on the real axis. of course. Z)o f (x.8. y) = x. (For example.X) Note that in particular. Z) s Z{o} is nonzero even though H1 (f (y). . Z) = Z(o. Here is a simple. By similar calculations. Z) = 0. Let Y = II and let f : X + Y be the projection stalk at 0 E Y is i1(f . Therefore . and Z at interior points.X1(f. By 4. 1.C '(f. e).d)® map e(f. 1]. this cup product satisfies an analogue of the uniqueness theorem 117. Z) does that. Let X = RIID2 considered as the unit disk in R2 with antipodal points on the boundary identified. . but not completely trivial. S1 x {0}.Y'(f. Z) is the subsheaf of the constant sheaf Z on [0. Z) (f. 1]. of course. O 4. e] : D2{0} S1 x (0. Z) gives a section of X1(f .{ (0. (Specializing Y to be a point retrieves the original situation. The circle group G = S' acts on X by rotations in the plane. for A empty and p = 0 = q this provides a natural fq.
... For y E Uj let ry. Suppose that x E K.j + 9y denote the canonical map. Since Up C U.} be a countable basis for the topology of Y...§4. Proof.... Then for each y E Y and neighborhood U of y. 4.q + dIx is an isomorphism.k. is finitely generated). j. Up C U and rx._. j. C U. . The Leray sheaf 217 4.p.k = B. Suppose that S is a locally finitely generated presheaf of Lmodules on the separable metric spt Y. Let L be a principal ideal domain.j + . : G. Call a triple is i.. k of indices admissible if Uk C U1. is a direct summand of 91y for each y E Y Y. Let 9 = . = Im finitely generated. A presheaf S of Lmodules on X is said to be locally finitely generated if for each point x E X and open neighborhood U of x..Soy . j... r such that x E U. Let G be a given Lmodule and put Yc _ {y E Y I Yy G}. k..Gp..k cover Yc. Definition. Then YY is covered by a countable collection of sets Y.3 : G. q.q : Gp.j + .10.. n U.. there is the commutative diagram G't. n Uk... such that eac' 911Y contains a constant subsheaf 9 with stalks G such that W. Then there is an admissible triple p. and we have shown this 0 to be a monomorphism onto a direct summand on each stalk.Sox form a homomorphism of the constant sheaf W with stalks G to .91eaj(S) for some locally finitely generated presheaf S.7x. suppose that Y is locally compact or complete metrizable and assume that the stalks of 9 are mutually isomorphic. n U.j r=.11... : G. there exists an admissible triple i. With the hypotheses of 4.j = {y E YG n U. Let {U. the closed sets K. By construction. A sheaf 9 is said to be locally finitely generated if 9 = .. 4... there is an open neighborhood V C U of x such that Im(rv.. Since x e B.. U. For an admissible triple i. Let L be a principal ideal domain. I ry... k such that y E Uk. and G. is an isomorphism} and K=.1 \T gt. C U.... Then there is an open dense subspace U of Y over which 01 is locally constant... there is a point y E B.k.11.q showing that G is a direct summand of .9.9'y is an isomorphism onto 91y (since Y..j. Yy G ..12.u : S(U) + S(V)) is finitely generated over L. Theorem. Corollary. The maps rx.. let B....'IK. U. and ry.94eaj(S) and suppose that 9 has finitely generated stalks ove r L. closed in Y.
= X°(f. Let 9 = 94oal(S). 11. L) IY. Let X be the Cantor set and let f : X . Thus J9y = Hn(y'.Zn) < 1/n. L) factors through L).9 yn (f. If not.. 4. f(X2) . is dense in Y and 9 is locally constant on it. 4.13.11. Let f : X . see [19. Then Yc is covered by a countable family of sets Y. 4. Instead. Thus U int Y. but its proof does. L).e .i Y be a proper closed map between separable metric spaces such that the stalks H* (y'.14.. contains a constant subsheaf W. limzn. such that each X * (f . Then f is 2to1 over a countable set Q = YL®L and 1to1 over P = YQ = YL. It follows that {y.) = y. and f (x. contrary to the fact that no zn. L).Y = [0. L). One uses the space C(X) of continuous bounded realvalued functions on X instead of the Hilbert cube. Example. X = {(x.LI_l. We claim that the sets Nd(U) (U') form a neighborhood basis of y in 1°°. must have nonempty interior.y. L) is locally finitely generated over L. 11 be the identification of the end points in each complementary interval.V and let xn E f 1(N1/2n(y)) with dist(xn. L). and the latter generate the Leray sheaf Y' (f . so that f (xn) . Since f is proper. By the Baire category theorem some Y.5 that the presheaf S is locally finitely generated. We may assume that X is a subspace of the Hilbert cube 11.1 < x < 0} U {(x.. Then f (x) = lim f (xn. L) Hn(y'. zn) < 1/n. Since the Hilbert cube ll is clcL. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof. This gives a map . it follows from 1117.5 does not apply directly. Then f (xn) E N1/2n(y).} is compact. Now. However.10 Proof. 19]. If f : X i Y is a proper closed map between separable metric spaces and L is a principal ideal domain then the Leray sheaf 1" (f .16.x)10 < x < 1}. closed in Y. some subsequence {xn. } must converge to a point x E X. where d(U) is the diameter of U and Nd(U)(U') is the set of points in l1O° of distance less than d(U) from U'.218 IV.1 < x < 1} U { ( x . 9 °"(f. f (XI).14. then there is an open neighborhood V of y in U containing no set of the form Ni/n(f1(N1/2n(y))) Let z" E Nl/n(J1(Nl/2n(y))) . with stalks G. 1 ) I . can have {0} in its interior.0] O and Yn = [21. 1117. which is an isomorphism on each stalk. Therefore. there is an exact sequence 0 L . Since C(X) is not locally compact.ol ® L(0. Corollary. 0. so that x E y. .2"+') for n > 0 works.. Theorem. = x E y'. The collection Yo = [1. Consider the presheaf S on Y given by S(U) = Hn(Nd(U)(U').. .15. L) is not constant. L) of J Y* (f . y) = x. and each .. Since dist(xn. the canonical map Hn(Nd(U)(U'). that is a stalkwise direct summand."IYn is constant. Then YL®L = Y.11 No Y. Let Yc be as in 4. 10This is also true without separability. L) are finitely generated for all y E Y. is in V. Let Y = [1. 0 4. Example. L).0)I . as in 4.
1. For P we could take Pl = Y.r4.. The following table indicates the intuitive meaning of in these four cases: . as in 4. and the r. 5.. and let 1P = clU.L)+H1(Y.D(T) = {K E IF(Y) I f(K) E 1D} _''(Y) n f1(4b). since K E W(Y).d)(Y) = rw(Y)(. even though it is a stalkwise direct summand. P(T) is the result of "spreading 'I' out over C" The reason for considering this construction is the following: 5. cannot be a direct summand O of VIP.(Y. Proof.(2) is previous term is H.. Extension of a support family by a family on the base space 219 Now. some Ps must have nonempty interior by the Baire category theorem.A) C 4(X). fL) Hf_(X. Let the "extension I(CY) of 41 by V" be the family of supports on X defined by .. L) = 0 by II11. 5 Extension of a support family by a family on the base space Y with 'I' and 4i being families of supports on X and Y Let f : X respectively. In any covering P C Pl U P2 U . Let U be an open interval inside some such P.1. Then the support of s as a section of f y'd is clearly f (K). The righthand term is H.. for Q = U Q. Proposition.(.L) Hc(U.V). c on locally compact Hausdorff spaces X and Y and map f : X Y.H. Definition.1. Then the exact coefficient sequence 0 L Y + 2 a 0 induces the exact sequence 0.(L)+r.(2). and the result follows.(Y)(.. and so 9IP and hence LIP.... 0 Most cases of interest are those in which 1. with Pt closed in Y.§5.1) and K = Isl C X as a section of d.2. For any sheaf .(Y. (o) not surjective. Intuitively. Thus r.' are one of the four combinations of cld.lu(Y.Ye).d)(Y) = r4. f(K) E 1 a K E D(WY). the Q2 can simply be the points of Q. By Definition 5.. Let s E (fw.r4.14. In any case there must be infinitely many Qi since they are closed and contained in Q.L) L.d on X we have under the defining equality (f.
Conversely. W(Y)(Y) _ T(Y). We collect some further miscellaneous facts about this construction: 5. (D(cld) = f'D. wce= W(Y)C6(Y) and 4)(41)C4i(e). (b) ID(c) = {K E f '(D) I f IK : K + Y is proper}. with A' = f '(A). D(W)IA = ((DjA)(W) = (4ijA)(WY n E) 8. Therefore 4)(D(T)) =def t(`1')(Y) o fC 1(Y) o f=der (DR). For 6. 4i (. whence D(W) C 1D (%F) (Y) n f '(D) = (D (1D (T)). Applications of Spectral Sequences (on Y) closed ' (on X) closed compact 4i(I) (on X) closed compact closed compact closed compact compact fiberwise compact basewise compact The following is immediate from the definitions. Let f : X T C T (Y). ° be families of supports on Y and '. If f : X + Y is a map between locally compact Hausdorf j` spaces. then (a) c(Y) = {K C X closed I f IK : K Y is proper}.P) n f'(s) = (c n =) (. . Thus ot(W)(Y) C W(Y)(Y) = %F(Y) by 2 and 5.220 IV. D Proof.3. ID(DR)) 7. and (D(W) C f'(4i) by definition.'1 5. 1DR). note that 1(%) C'(Y) by definition. let 4i. (c) ' C 4(c) Gs (f (W) C 4i and f JK : K + Y is proper for all K E'I).4. IINote that fIK : K +Y being proper implies that f(K) is closed in Y. cld(W) = %P(Y). Then. 6 families of supports on X. f 'closed. 4)(W) C 4(W)(Y) by 1. Proposition. A C Y 9. Items 15 are clear. Proposition.F). Y.
Items 7 and 9 are obvious. then there is a locally finite open covering J U. which is one of the most important consequences of sheaftheoretic cohomology: .. f IA. Now.A). Now. Proof. it suffices to consider the case in which Y E t. and let T and 0 be families of supports on X and Y respectively. Therefore f (K) n N = f (K') n N. 178]. The Leray spectral sequence of a map 221 For 8. is the graded group associated with some filtration of H*(r. Now suppose that K E D(4')IA*. see [34. . then b(W) is paracompactifying on X. In this section we shall assume that at least one of the following two conditions holds: (A) T = cld. Since every member of D has a neighborhood in 4i.y)(X. p. Then by the definition of Ii(Y). K' n A' n N' = K n N since K C A'.. note that D(1Y)IA' = {KEW(Y)If(K)E4) andKCA'} = {K E W(Y) I f (K) E D and f (K) C A}. (B) (D is paracompactifying. and let y E f(K). derived from the double complex CPD (Y. there exists a neighborhood N of y and a K' E %F such that K n No = K' n No. It is also clear that we can assume that E(%F) = X and hence that X is regular. If f : X Y with T paracompactifying on X and 4i paracompactifying on Y. where for some such covering. any K0. by considering sets Wa with V.3 or II5.§6. whence 4(W) = W(Y).. E i1 and Ka C set K that can be written this way is in W(Y). and Wa C UQ. or as in (16) in gen eral. d).d)) and E.(. fy. Let d be a sheaf on X and let 4d W * (X. Hence 1'(W)IA' = {K E'y(Y) I f(K) E 4iIA} = (tIA)(W) (also) = {K E (W n A')(Y) I f (K) E 1DIA} = (1DIA)(W n A') as claimed. it is clear that such a set K has a neighborhood K' of this form. Thus from 2. 6 The Leray spectral sequence of a map Let A C X. let f : X + Y. From this and 4. in which E2" = H.(fy4d')) = H' (..d°). any such set K is paracompact since a locally finite union of closed paracompact subspaces of a regular space is paracompact. Thus y E f (K') = f (K') since f is Wclosed..) E 41. Also.d*)) = H. Hence y E f (K).1 we have a spectral sequence. A. Thus we can assume that Y is paracompact and 0 = cld. 5.A. Then each f y. Y' (f. if K E %F(Y). C W. Thus f (K) is closed in Y. } such that each K n f (V. Also.7.d" is 4)acyclic by 3. Proposition.D (Y.2 we obtain the following basic result. and so f (K) C A..5. Conversely. Therefore K = Ua KQ.) and a shrinking { Va } of {U0..
.p) (X.(Y1.5 and 4.q The homomorphism 2E2.3. Most of the remainder of this chapter is concerned with applications of this spectral sequence... H t(Y1. . . fJA..2. : are isomorphisms.3.q. 6.q + 'Eopoq is the graded map associated to the homomorphism H..d)v  nA.4i) and hence a map of double complexes C.d2 induces an hcohomomorphism W'(Y2. then the canonical homomorphisms r. let f ° denote the edge homomorphism f ° : H. q.(fl. Y. 41 11 X. apply 6.2(W2)(X2..1 again. The hcohomomorphism f2..222 IV. Therefore there is an induced map of spectral sequences 2Erp. if f zs %Fclosed and %F n Aclosed and if each y = f 1(y) is %Ftaut and each y n A is W n Ataut in X.d). Moreover.1.21.12d2) _ C. Let us briefly discuss the naturality of the Leray spectral sequence.42d2) M W*(Y1. Applications of Spectral Sequences 6.42) H.A.f2.)(X. see 8.)(X1.fiJAi.4'2.w.1. f v4) = E2'0 » E..2 to the diagram X. be a family of supports on Y. Let D. In the situation of 6.f1. 6..(q.d)) H (4. f2. Moreover.A1. fl. To do this.d1)). We wish to relate this to more familiar maps.q . is induced by the hcohomomorphism (19) of Leray sheaves.q. then there is a spectral sequence (the "Leray spectral sequence") in which E2.(f..2(Y2.i) lEnr. Theorem.d1) induced by k :M2 Id1 [note that g1(I2('p2)) C D1('p1)J.. the homomorphism 2E. = H (y. 4) of the Leray spectral sequence.d) This is clearly a farreaching extension of the general Vietoris mapping theorem II11. 'E2 'q. If f. If (A) or (B) holds. i.flA.. satisfying (A) or (B) and with h'(D2) C D1.A2. Consider the situation and notation of 3. cld L X.°° '' HPD (.e. (Y.
There is a map of the spectral sequence off : (X.d).)) HP'(I. Consider the map f : X + Y = [0. the usual cohomology groups of the projective plane. is a subsheaf of the sheaf Zio. The edge homomorphism 11 is the identity.^s Hp1({1}. it is the composition fwd + f4 M.d) i ' Hp 1. f 1f). t* is the identity.X'(f. Example. O 12See Exercise 29. f * = f t o 3*. Now also suppose that d = f *X for some sheaf B on Y. Z) = 0 for all p by 1112. f. We compute HP(II. The Leray spectral sequence of a map 223 of maps and support families.D)(dd) = f1(P. 40) to that of (X. 7Z(o. Now suppose that 'I' = cld.. Therefore the composition f°o)3*= fHo(Y. the cohomology sequence of the exact coefficient sequence . Z2 (by II10.:. Then by (18) on page 63.V(X. Therefore. Z).1i with quotient sheaf .) 2 gives that HP(II. where Q : 58 + f f *. This gives the commutative diagram H (Y..2 the map f t is induced by the fcohomomorphism f y4 ti+ 1ctd.e. 2) . Also.8. where f t is induced by the fcohomomorphism f q. fw.ll) = HP(II.T)+Hj_. E2'0 = Z. of course.2.. 6. f4) of 118 induced by the fcohomomorphism f4 d. 12 and c* is induced by inclusion of supports. Then ft : HP(Y. as computed there.1B) is the usual homomorphism induced by f. Z) >+ Zio.d) . i.4.. The Leray sheaf .1(f .V is the canonical homomorphism.1w4) by the inclusion of supports 4D (W) Hf1ID (X. E = E2'9. .f*.2) for p = 1 and is zero otherwise. See Exercise 5 regarding the other edge homomorphism.. i.e1 (f.4) since (f1... 1] of 4.4 + 4 and c* is induced f ' .3.9 having stalk Z2 at 1 and being zero elsewhere.§6. and gives. {0}. dd) p (X. Hf_1w(X. which is equivalent to the inclusion of supports homomorphism f *4 + f4. Thus the edge homomorphism f° is just the canonical map f° = ft : HPt (Y. This spectral sequence degenerates.e. Therefore.Z2) .d _ d. Thus the Leray spectral sequence of f has E2'1 = Z2. l) is the map of that name in 118.0(X.d) f ' Hp 1b(X. we have the general relationship t* o f° = ft : HH(Y. it) + (Y. and E2'9 = 0 otherwise. By the general discussion of 6.
. Z)) = 0. for y E Y. is an isomorphism. From the stalks. of course.Y°(f. Example. where U ranges over the open disk neighborhoods of yo.5. Thus the Leray spectral sequence has E2P'O = HI(Y. and let f : X Y be the projection taking xo yo. otherwise and E2'1 = H' (Y. Z) . Also.Z) Z. = lirr HQ(U'. Z) Z. all of the hypotheses of 6.Z)ED Hc(YB. Je°(f . fore#2. Z®ZY_B_{yol. Here. Z) 0 has no nonzero global sections. are homotopy equivalent to * + Sl). so that the Leray sheaf (f . where xo is the north pole. Here. Z) Z ®Z. the stalk at yo is Y9(f. Applications of Spectral Sequences 6. Z)y. since such U are disjoint unions of open disks and open annuli (i.224 IV. for q#0. forp#0. Use closed supports.e. Z.Z)) ^ H"(Y. Z) is the same as that for the projection map from S2. where B = W.i1(f. .X1(f. Z ^s E2'1 . and so it vanishes for q > 0. However. X°(f. one might think that JVO(f. It is fairly clear that . for e = 0.Z) f 0.:s 1 Z @Z. Z. foryEB. Z)) = HO (Y.Z)) ^ HP(Y. This is an example of the Leray spectral sequence in a case in which the map f is not closed and the ry are not all isomorphisms. V° (f.E2'0 Z. and '° (f . 0.B.JV°(f. but this cannot hold since r (. for q = 0. Z.Z{yo}) Hp({yo}. let Y be the unit disk in the plane. It is of interest to consider the same example but with supports in c on X. Z) = f fZ has stalks C Z.{xo}.:: Z{yo}. the Leray spectral sequence degenerates to the isomorphism HI (Y. so that Aeo(f. 2. Z) . for p = 0. for y = yo.Z) . Since this converges to the cohomology of the contractible space X. Z) vanishes for q # 0. for p = 2.°(f.1. we must have that the only possible nonzero differential. Z)) Hf (X.1 are valid.. 0. the center of the disk Y. 0. for q = 1.{yo}. Then at points y # yo in Y the Leray sheaf l9(f. the sheaf that has stalk Z at yo and is zero elsewhere. Z) = fZ Z ® ZY_B. Let X = S2 .
.. Let U1 C U2 C be an increasing sequence of open subsets of a space X with union X.1(Y. and 'd'1. This applies to the map f JU for U C X open.X'(f. Then the Leray spectral sequence of 7r with closed supports is identical to the spectral sequence of 2.nv. Let A? = 9'(X. Let N be as in IIExercise 27. be a sheaf on X. then f'9? is a cfine sheaf on X. coefficients L. e. Theorem. a family of supports on Y.) . 'Y. Hence HH (X. We conclude this section with a discussion of the cup product in the Leray spectral sequence.A2).. Define 7r : X + N by 7r(x) = min{n x E Then 7r is continuous (but not..§6. fgv4°).. 4).1.2 = grQ(X. closed) since 7r'f 1. A. where 4' = 9'1(X. The Leray spectral sequence of a map 225 6. L) = 0 for p > 0 and any constant . In the Leray spectral sequence E2. If is a module over a csoft (hence cfine) sheaf W of rings. We say that f is a "locally cVietoris map" if f IU : U + Y is cVietoris for all open U C X. 41).1 and our assumption. Example. . A. Therefore f'2 is csoft by 1116. Recall that the Leray spectral sequence of f : X + Y mod A C X may be identified with the "first" spectral sequence of the double complex F (Y. and so (f'2)IU is cacyclic. then f * is a module over the csoft sheaf 0 f'9l of rings.q = H. Now. f' 2) has stalks Hg (f (y). so that f'9? is cfine.f* )) = Hp+Q(X. If f : X + Y is a locally cVietoris map between locally compact Hausdorff spaces and if Y is a cfine sheaf on Y. f ') we have that the coefficient sheaf . 2 let 4. f finitetoone or "discretetoone" such as any covering map.d2).6. [Note that this implies that dimL f 1(y) = 0.7. 41 (9 . d2 = 9'(X.dz + di at Similarly. and 1). f'2) = 0 for n > 0. 6. .11. a (Y. The cup product (25) on page 93 provides a chain map 4 ®. suppose that f : X + Y is a map between locally compact Hausdorff spaces. As an application of the Leray spectral sequence.tq (f .8. as 0 the reader may detail. We say that f is a "cVietoris map" if HcP (f (y). for i = 1. Proof.g. we obtain the following cup product of double complexes: F. meaning that f'9 is cacyclic. n} = U. a family of supports on X. A. $ by Exercise 8. f. f'Y) = fcf'1 is cfine 0 for q > 0 by 6. 2') _ °(f.1 6. of course. Also.
H4q. A. fq"dq).(F)) u HP (Y. which is often an isomorphism [e.qy (f 1(y). Also assume that the Leray sheaf Y j (f .(a U. L) + H (Y..2Ep+s. where 6 = 4D1(W1) n (D2(W2) = (ID1 n '2)(`y1 n 1Y2).q. (f.(f. _V'.a ®2E8.(f.(F.d2)) H in4b. L).9+t r r r with the usual properties.g. Thus we have the maps (coefficients in L) H.Hq. fIA. consider the second spectral sequence of the double complex F. More generally.(Y.d1 (9 M2) on the "total" cohomology.(Y)®LHq. The reader should show that this is always the case if Y is connected.3) = dra U0 + (1)p+qa U drf. this holds when L is a principal ideal domain and Hq.W1)) ®. Applications of Spectral Sequences (see 4. it is compatible with the cup product U: dl) ®HO'2(q.9 (see Appendix A).X°(f))®LH°(Y. We are assuming that this is independent of y E Y. [To see this.(F. L) HP (Y. if L is a field and 4) = c = ' on locally compact Hausdorff spaces. He (F'.*. where a E 1Ep.11)) 0 H.2(Y. when Y is locally connected and the f `(y) are connected.)(X. then Hp(I'.. L) ®L H.°(f).226 IV. L)) = E2.t + 1.y. L).. 42) 4 He+m(X. 6. L) is that of the stalk H. There are the canonical homomorphisms Hgy(F) + H.(F)+H (Y..Op (Y.(F))=E2.7). L).9 is an isomorphism of algebras.] The differential dr satisfies the identity d.` and on E. Y° (f )) induced by the canonical homomorphism L + .) In particular.(Y.fJA. gy. On the E2 terms this coincides with the composition H . L) is torsionfree over L.4. (Y. Hqy (F)) (the constant sections) and H (Y. This induces the cup product of the corresponding spectral sequences U : 'Ep.41) H1nDs(Y. . [The cup product on Hgy(F.. where L is some base ring with unit.. L) is constant with stalks Hj (F.'. L) ®L Hcq (F. A. but we need not assume this or even that Je°(f) is constant or that it has stalks H°(f 1(y))]... and the preceding remarks imply that this is an algebra homomorphism with the usual cup product (a ®b) U (c ®d) _ (1)deg(b) deg(c) (a U c) ® (b U d) on HH(Y. Let us specialize to the case in which f : X + Y is Wclosed and each f 1(y) is 'taut and CF is paracompactifying on X.9.
the source being regarded as the constant presheaf. d). Let H8 (F.8 there is an extension t E r(3z'wIU x F{') of s. Let f : Y x F + Y be the projection.6.2. if ry is an isomorphism. Theorem. the homomorphism ry :_y}'xc(Tr. Thus.Hn.1V) + : : H 'U* (U'. YYxc(7r. Note that the condition that the ry be isomorphisms holds for fiberwise compact supports on locally compact Hausdorff spaces. Moreover. on F.2 is an isomorphism. 41 Moreover.5). to show that each 7r1(y) = {y} x F is (Y x c)taut.2 is an isomorphism for all y E Y. (F. Then for any point y E Y. Since it is (Y x c)closed. for any sheaf .1. by 1110. 1T).. Proof. Let 6 be a family of supports on F and put' = Y x e. which is a homomorphism of presheaves. 9) . This is trivial if Y is locally paracompact (see item (d) below 1110. Then for open sets U C Y.. We begin by looking at the case of a projection in a product space: 7. On the stalks at y E Y this is a homomorphism 7ry* : Hg (F.B). 4).§7. but we wish to prove this for completely general Y. Theorem. Let 8 be a sheaf on F and put . Let W = YxF+. This then induces a homomorphism of the generated sheaves as required. By 119. F induces the homomorphism 7r' He(F. Let Y be an arbitrary space and let F be a locally compact Hausdorff space.4) of 4._d)v . _T) Vn y. Let n : Y x F + F be the projection. the Leray sheaf Proof. More generally: 7. VEU and it is clear that r* o Iry* = 1. if the map ry of 4. where F+ is the onepoint compactification of F. Thus zr* is a monomorphism. Fiber bundles 227 7 Fiber bundles Clearly it is important to understand the Leray sheaf in particular cases. Y x B) is the constant sheaf Hn (F. lirr HTnU* (U*. n U' = U x F .(J'i{y} x F) with Isl = {y}xK. Then there is a canonical monomorphism 7r HZ (F. d). as claimed. so that ir' is an isomorphism if this holds for all y E Y. then ay' = (r)'. Let 4 be any sheaf on Y x F and let 7r: Y x F ' Y be the projection. it suffices. not necessarily even Hausdorff.d = Y x B. B) denote the constant sheaf on Y with stalks He(F. then 7r' is an isomorphism. Thus let 5r be a flabby sheaf on Y x F and let s E r. where U .
assume that each r.mss (f . By continuity 1114.3. Applications of Spectral Sequences is some neighborhood of y in Y. Z3! Z4! 4 . for compact or fiber wise compact supports on locally compact Hausdorff spaces). In the preceding situation. which is homeomorphic to the Cantor set.) Suppose also that d is a sheaf on X that for any admissible representation U' U x F has the form U x58 for a given sheaf B on F. Then t extends by 0 to (U x F+) U (Y x (F+ . of epimorphisms. . Therefore.9 (Y x F) with It'JCYxK'EYxc. l) is locally constant with stalks He (F. or basewise compact supports all are examples. . for example. Consider the solenoid E1. (For locally compact Hausdorff spaces the families of closed. By II9. by Definition 1110. where 6 is a given family of supports on F.3. Often. By II9. Restrict this extension to Y x F and then extend it (using that f is flabby) to a section t' E .228 IV. Then the Leray sheaf . A) Y.. we usually denote the Leray sheaf by X (F. Then we deduce: 7.Z2. fiberwise compact. Then let ' be a family of supports on X such that for sufficiently small open U C Y and any admissible representation of U' as a product U x F. 58).6. Analogous results obviously can be formulated in the relative case of (X. h is restricted to belong to a smaller class of "admissible" homeomorphisms forming what is called the structure group..S 4. 9i{y} x K is soft for all compact K C F. This is a bundle There is the projection 7r : E1 whose fiber F is the inverse limit of the sequence 1 4. This shows that l'yxc(g).22.Vl{y}xF) is surjective. we can assume that Itt C U x K' for some compact K' that is a neighborhood of K. I n this case. This result has an obvious generalization to (locally trivial) fiber bundles. .t)=u for uEY. {y} x F is (Y x c)taut.4. 58). where for any admissible h : U x F =+ U' we have that h1(U' fl A) = U x B for a given subspace B C F.rc(. F has cohomology (integer coefficients) only in dimension zero. By cutting U down. which is the inverse limit of the covering maps 1 2 S1 3 4 4. 7. Corollary. A "fiber bundle" is a map f : X + Y such that each point y E Y has a neighborhood U such that there is a homeomorphism h:UxF+f1(U)=U' with fh(u. where H = H°(F) = lid Z'". we have that 91 fl U' = U x e. compact. .tEF.5. 1 S' to the first factor.K')). 91{y} x F is csoft.. Example. is an isomorphism (which is the case.
0) Since H°(E1) Z H. which by the preceding remarks has the form 0+Z. Let X be an arbitrary space and let Y be a locally compact Hausdorfspace that is clci. H1(E1) ~ Q.) Also by continuity. Theorem. Jf) H1(Sl. by (18) on page 63. Of course 0 = irZ. y. and similarly for 7r mod 7rJA x Y for any subspace A C X. . H) + H1 (S'.) Since at H1(Sl. JC) = H1(Sl. The Leray sheaf ' _ e°(n) is locally constant with stalks H by the preceding results. also see 8. r(Z) r(O) + r(s) + H'(S'.. where 17 : H automorphism. Let 9 be a family of supports on X and let .H°(7r1(y).Z)..0. Thus the quotient sheaf W = Je/Z is torsionfree. The exact sequence 0 + Z Y + 99 + 0 induces the exact sequence : 0 . X) + 0. W) + 0.e) + H°(y.1. this is just the inclusion Z . Then the Leray sheaf ye x Y (7r.W) can be identified. 7rlr*Z) + H1(El.Z) + H1(E1. and so it is free abelian.. . and of course H°(E1) z Z since E1 is connected. y) has the segment 0 + H°(S'. x Y) of 7r is the constant sheaf He (X. The exact sequence of the pair (S'. and so the isomorphism H'(Sl.:s r(. 9) Q/Z. /3* : H1(S1. Z) + H1(Sl. where L is a given base ring that is a principal ideal domain. The Leray spectral sequence degenerates into the isomorphisms H°(E1) . and so r(W) = 0 (since it is torsionfree) and H1(S1. (In fact. H is the monodromy It is fairly clear that g = 1 . One useful such result is the following: 7.d) for all n < k.Z) = {continuous functions 7r1(y) + Z} of the set of constant functions into that of continuous functions. lr*Z) is an isomorphism by II11. 7rZ) : H1(E1) is also a consequence of II11. Let 7r : X x Y + Y be the projection. Fiber bundles 229 which is free abelian on a countably infinite set of generators.§7. On the stalks at y. which has the form Q+0.H1(S1. which is the inclusion Z + Q. the sheaf 3° is not constant (which is also clear from its definition). (This also follows from IIExercise 34. There is the canonical homomorphism /3:Z+7rir*Z=Y.77.Z) + H1(S1. the stalk of W at y can be identified with the image of g. 0 We wish to find other conditions on the spaces of projections X x F + Y and the support families for which the rv are isomorphisms.21.A be a sheaf of Lmodules on X.1. with lr* : H'(S'.Ye) and H1(E1) : H'(S'. Let y E S1 be given.e) .5.Zr(W)Z'+QH1(S1.19).
god x K1) + HexK(X x Km. Consider the Leray spectral sequence Ep.. Similarly..X x {y}... see 4.HI (K2.+1 . Thus the induced homomorphism from K. maps J?'q for all i and all q < n.iiIXx{y}. L) is trivial for all q < k.+1 '+ K... d) HexK(X X K...I) y K lim 9XY(7r. L) + HQ(K2. X mod(X x {y}) with supports in O on X and closed on X x K.E.1. and is compatible with the homomorphism.3 and 1115.(X x K1ia x K1) that restricts to zero in X x {y} must also restrict to zero in X x K. Now the "total terms" are filtered as follows: HexK. and {y} are compact. The inclusion K.Xx{y}.EP. y) and consider the Now let i.(X Ji" J0.3 it follows that K2 may be so chosen that HQ(K1. m .q is trivial for all q < n and all i = 1. . . the property clci implies that there exists a neighborhood K2 C Kl of y such that the restriction HQ(K1i y.4. and with coefficients in d x Ki.EP..gad x K.K. This filtration is preserved by K.q (which is trivial for q:5 n). the stalk at x E X of the Leray sheaf of 77 is HQ (K Y.) is trivial for all m > n + 2.. Let y E Y and the integer n < k be fixed once and for all.dXK..+1 ti K. : X . M) is trivial for every Lmodule M and all q < n..Ep.. which for r = 2 reduces to the homomorphism attached to the coefficient homomorphism of Leray sheaves.X x {y}.Q + +. The cohomology sequences of the pairs (X x K X x {y}) show that any element a E H6xK. 2. If follows that the homomorphism .. Since K. .). y. (x. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof.4 into +1Ep.Q + +1EP.q. where Jp'q/Jp+1'q1 ~ 1EP. If K1 is any compact neighborhood of y in Y. M) . for m > n + 2.4 x Y)y ..).))= HezK(XxK. choose K1 3 K2 3 . But this coefficient homomorphism is trivial for q < n and for all i by the choice of the K... 3 Km with the same property at each stage.dxK. 'd. It follows that the restriction map into J=+ 11'q1 HexK1(X x K1.d x K) f n i" H8(X.. induces a homomorphism of the spectral sequence.n (X. y.. y.230 IV.X x K be the inclusion x following commutative diagram: H. By II17.q of the projection 77 : X x K.3... Thus iE2'q=Hop (X.Xq(r7.
.q is r.7)*d) for use Jr* The 7)cohomomorphism 4* M se* induces a homomorphism r4. and hence it must also be an isomorphism..(L (9 7rtxYY*)) = H*(r4.(o (9 7rbxYgq) = LP. Let V* = W*(Y.(m*) rn rcldy(4>xY)(T*) = r(74xYY*) by 5. and Y* _ (e*(X x}. Let .d x K) and if iv* (a) = 0.(.*.D x Y) by 5. Thus the cup product on Y induces the following homomorphism of double complexes: KP.5 remains true if we take Y to be locally contractible (i. d* = f*(X.D (.xc(2*)) = H. A) x Y.6..q.X. It follows that ry is a monomorphism.dxY)p+q=n p+q=n+1 which splits. but not necessarily locally compact..1.H.2. A.q LP. Let A C X. the homomorphism on the El terms induced by KP.xc((X.q shows that the homology of the total complex L* of L" is isomorphic to H*(r.§7.4.q = r. every neighborhood of y E Y contains a smaller neighborhood of y contracting through it). We have shown that if a E He x x (X x K.:1).(0) 0 H (X.4)). We shall now use 7..A)xY. Theorem.r. then also f(a) = 0. The theorem now follows from 7. The vertical map f is an isomorphism in the limit by the definition of the Leray sheaf of 7r. Fiber bundles 231 in which the composition across the top is the identity and ry = lira iy.((X. 7.VP (9 . (o)  ®r. where X is any space.d)®H9(Y. and let the base ring L be a principal ideal domain.X be the projections.8...13 Proof. .L). Y) . A.4 be a sheaf of Lmodules on X and let be any family of supports on X.dq) rc(o) ® r(7rexyTq) r. d x Y). Let 7r : X x Y Y and 77 : X x Y . 13Also see Exercises 1819.Xq(X. Let Y be a locally compact Hausdorff and clcL space. and VExercise 25.A.5 to prove a result of the Kiinneth type. Remark: Theorem 7. since 771(') = 4) x Y C (1D x Y)(Y) = cldy(.e.A. Then there is a natural exact sequence ®HP(X. In the "first" spectral sequences of K and L*. The proof is essentially contained in the last paragraph above. with the preceding spectral sequence argument replaced by a more elementary argument using homotopy invariance in the form of II11.AxY. The "second" spectral sequence of the double complex LP.L).
the restriction H' (Y.V'. since 7.C4 x y (zr. where . (X. H'(Yn+1) .8.e2) = . G. .3 in degree zero implies that this homomorphism on the El terms is an isomorphism and hence that the induced homomorphism H'(K*) Hn(L*) on the "total" terms is also an isomorphism. assumption in 7. Moreover.'. an+1. see V14.. it is clear that X2(ir) is zero at all points other than yo. Since Y is locally contractible. Applications of Spectral Sequences since V* is torsion free. . We claim that it is not zero at yo. Let X be the same as Y but with the weak topology. Here is another example.(X. . Put Y = Yl and let yo E Y be the origin.A) is constant by 7. t=n and if an.Y be the projection.6 (and hence in 7. From continuity.. near all points except yo. showing that the clc. Skljarenko. Z) Pt: Ext(Q. 14The construction of such spaces is left to the reader.. making X a CWcomplex. Throughout the example. Let Y be a compact 1dimensional space with Q (the rationals). the universal coefficient theorem 1115. or let Q be the coefficient sheaf on Y. or let Y be a 2dimensional locally comH'(Y. Since 5B` is torsion free and flabby. 1110. Z) : Q and H2(Y. A.. Z) pact HLC space that has the singular homology groups H1(Y. however. Z) Zn and the other reduced cohomology groups being zero. 7. d). is the obvious basis. We shall show by example that the condition dci in 7. . Let X be the disjoint union U Xn where Xn is a connected polyhedron with H2(Xn. and hence clc. let Yn be the union of the circles in the upper half plane tangent to the xaxis at the origin and of radii 1/k for integers k > n. Let Tr : X x Y .5) is necessary. It is an instructive example about the Leray sheaf.. due to E. We wish to study the Leray sheaf 02(7r). .5 is needed.1. Z) = 0 (so that H2(Y.7. Let d = L = Z. zrJA x Y. coefficients will be taken in the integers Z and will be suppressed from the notation. the coefficient sheaf on Y cannot generally be taken to be any torsionfree sheaf (even constant).. The result now follows from the algebraic Kiinneth theorem applied to the double O complex K*. For n = 1... Example.) is the map that kills an and retains the others. as is taking c to be the support family on Y. that the condition that Y be clci was used in 7.232 IV. it is clear that 00 H'(YY). Example.®Z. Note. Z).8). 2. which is a nonzero rational vector space.'4 The contentions then follow from the fact that (HZn) ®Qo H(Z iln Zn is not all torsion.6 only to ensure that the Leray sheaf of Tr : X x Y * Y modulo A x Y is the O constant sheaf H. A.7.
L) X*(7rlV x D . 0* (7r. Hom(Hi(X).Y. Let f : ®°1 Z (D 'n Z be defined by f (b1) = at. n. Note that comparison with Z using the universal coefficient theorem gives a preferred generator of Hn(Rn. We shall take the base ring L to be a principal ideal domain.. Since X is a CWcomplex with one 0cell and countably many 1cells.F°. 0 as claimed.a°. b2.2. Let b1. the Leray sheaf of the projection 77 : X x Yn is constant with stalks H*(Yn) by 7.L).0 = W H2 (X X Yn ).H1(Yn)). = 0.Rn . Note that H1(R1. we have H1(X) _ ®°1 Z.{0}. which vanishes for p > 1 or q > 1. Then f survives in the direct limit over n. q(Tr. We shall identify Y with the zero section of l. Let 7r : U Y be the projection in 1.q = HP (X. 7.H1(Yn)).9. we have H1(X. and let 7r° = 7rIU°. L) welldefined up to sign. L) OL. this being regarded as zero if i < n.2 and 7. We shall now deal with the important special case of vector bundles at some length. Rn . and we put U° = U . q and that . It follows X*(TrJV x D . Hq(Yn)) Hp+q(X x Yn).H1(Yn)) H1(X. . Thus H2(X X Yn) Since X is locally contractible. from 4.Y'(7r. where the homology group is ordinary singular homology.L) is the locally constant sheaf is (F.{0}) with stalks .§7. By homotopy invariance we have that over V.1 that globally.r°. and so it defines a nonzero element of JG 2 (Ir) . Let D be the unit disk in F and OD its boundary.{0}. Thus H2(XxY.®7GI t=1 1=n f where the restriction to H2(X x Yn+1) is induced by the map killing the basis element an in the second argument. L) and 3 *(7r. Let 7r1(V) V x F be an admissible representation as a product of the restriction of C to some open set V C Y.Z: Horn ®z. and let U be the total space of .H1(Yn)) "' aH1(X. be the obvious basis of the first argument... where F = Rn. L) is the constant sheaf . x 8D. Fiber bundles 233 X Since Yn is compact. Let l: be an nplane bundle over the arbitrary space Y.L) (where F° = F . and so the Leray spectral sequence of r has E2.Ye' L) = Y (F. L) p= 0 .
L)) (4)). there is a canonical isomorphism 6®n(F. and this. q= n. L) = 6®6 is constant and has a canonical section given by ey®ey = ey®ey in the fiber at y E Y.8 together with 4. q = 0.q = Hp(Y. ' consists of the fiberwise compact sets. 6 (& Xq(F. and "'E with 'E2. has a generator well defined up to sign. L)). r* `R). However. Let this canonical section be a E H°(Y. where ' is the family of subsets of U that are "closed in the associated nsphere bundle" (obtained by compactifying the fibers). 7r°. Applications of Spectral Sequences F°..Q(r.JR)) He+q(U. r'6) [since 6 ®. L) ®X i. L) .q = H g . 6® q(r. F°. r. which is locally constant with stalks isomorphic to L. Again.r°... Consider Hp+q(U. F°. 0.E2. 'je q(r. F°. it and . Thus 6®'n (F. ) 9q(r.6 and (17) on page 214 ensures that the canonical maps X' (7r. q=n. 7r°. 7r°. Thus we have Xq(r. Now let 4 be any family of supports on Y and let e = r the Leray spectral sequences 'E. L) = { 54 q = n. r*. r* 6) canonically as noted above]. 7r. .] Let 6 = Xn (F. q# n. has a generator ey welldefined up to sign.L)=6®6 : L. [We remark thatq (r. Substitution of 6 ®B for 58 gives N f 6 ®R. Let £ be any sheaf on Y. 0.r'B). L) ®5B . F°.* (F. 6 ® in(F. 0.Tr°.9(r.9'eq(r. 7r°. Fo. "E.:. Y would have to be assumed to be paracompact in the discussion below if we used this approach in place of the relative one. L) r. for q = n.234 IV.F°. L). Alternatively stated.r'(0(9 { X. L). q#0 jeq(r . the orientation sheaf. 0. r B) and X.1q(r. g96n. U°. Each stalk V. For Y locally compact. Hq(F.: Xqy (r.T) of (21) on page 215 are isomorphisms. a usage of homotopy invariance 1111.
U°. 6 ®l(e"(F.7r°. 6® O" (7r. As remarked above. L) ®56V =. 7r°..8: U : 'E r ® "Es.n ) Thus the map is an isomorphism for r = 2. Fiber bundles 235 and "'E2 Q = HP (Y. via7r* He(U.. It is called the Thom isomorphism.V) typical stalk at y E Y this is equivalent to the isomorphism U o(y) U H°(F. He+"(U. 7r* and the map 'EO.ir*(6®. B) phism.r'6). . U°.n. U°.7r*1)) induced by the coefficient homomorphism o U (. 6 ®dr9(7r..U°. 6 ®. 7r°. 7r *X) 6 ® Xn(7r. L) HP(Y.U°. 7r"(6 (9 B)). using that 6 ®6 ®B HH(Y. He+e(U. and hence the map Hp He (U. and.§7.° a i"ErP. F°. L) ® j°(7r. That is. He "(U. o U (0) : "ErP. respectively. On the [from 6 ®X"(7r. if the bundle .:$) HP+"(U. 7r°.0(7r.)) (22) is an isomorphism.Y"(ir.) : i"° (7r. 7r' S8) is also an isomor Hg+n(U.9+t r The homomorphism "EZ'0 "'E2'' defined by a i+ o U a is (1)Pn times HH(Y. Since these spectral sequences have only one nontrivial fiber degree. 7r' 6) is called the Thom class of C. [More precisely. and the class r E Hn(U. H" (F.7r*B) by 6.EP+8.3. T) 58 canonically. F°. 7r°. 7r" : HH (Y. they provide the canonical isomorphisms HP(Y. U°. L) ®By . 7r'J6) . 7r*.t P'9 r . 7r* )) the map H (Y.. 7r"58)J.7r '(6(& `)) is an isomorphism. We have the cup product from 6. and hence for any 2 < r < oo and for the "total" terms.. U°.7r*(V ® `s)). L)) HH(Y. o defines an element r E Hn (U.
] Let j* denote the canonical map H.7r*1) u.) WU(').(U.)) He+"(U. Thus using (23).. Then i*j*(7 U 7r*()3)) = i*(j*(rr) U 7r*(p)) = w U i*7r*(f3) = w U f3.7r(1 ®`X)) 1' HP(U. If there exists15 an associated ndisk bundle N to . An orientation is a choice of such an isomorphism.(U) for any W and any coefficients. It depends on a choice of orientation. The diagram HP(U. £ being the associated nplane bundle. U°) + H. Thus it is constant for n > 1.) H+" (Y. where i : Y ti U is the inclusion.7r*C)®He(U. (24) which results from the exact sequence of the pair (U.7r*(6 (& J6)) commutes. L). 6 ®5a) (23) .e(. unlike the class r E H" (U.10. we see that if 7r : X + Y is an (n .U°. then there is an isomorphism..zz L well defined only up to sign in each fiber. HH(F..H +"(Y. 7r*6). the Leray sheaf is locally constant with stalks H e (F. see Section 13.Ho'+'(Y.10. X) "U(. Let B be any family of supports on F invariant under the structure group. Let w = i*j*(7) E H" (Y. by definition.V) . U°.236 IV. U°. He+"(U. U°) and the fact that U° has X as a deformation retract preserving fibers. The class w is called the Euler class of . and will be assumed here to be constant for n = 1.7r*(6(&X)).U°. By 7.q = HP(S' . that is. j* (a UO) = j* (a) U f3. 7. Given such a choice the element r produces a class in H"(U.58)a.7r*6) ® He(U..y+q(X. That is.ir*(6®. 6 . then there is the exact Gysin sequence: Ho(Y. (This sequence can also be derived directly from the spectral sequence of Tr : X + Y in a similar manner to the derivation of the Wang sequence in 7. In the Leray spectral sequence of it we have E2. (Y.) `'' He+9(U. the following diagram commutes: H. L). Let 7r : X §" be a bundle projection with fiber F. Note that 8N can then be any (n .7r*.U°.1)sphere bundle. L). He+4(U. and the latter class is called a Thom class. L)) 15Always when Y is paracompact. Applications of Spectral Sequences is orientable. : H. 6). then U and U° may be replaced by N and 8N.5.) Also. ..1)sphere bundle on Y.
E°A n 0 and n . Also note that dim . The map A results from (25) H°(Sn. ' = cld.ky+1(X) where i : F ' X is the inclusion.kn+l = Hn(Sn.d E°k do n( n ) 0.H.ky(X) 1+ HH(F) ' He n+1(X) .LA . we obtain the exact sequence Htk. whence dimL K = 0. 0 0 dn( E°.E2'k . (26) 8 Dimension In this section we apply the Leray spectral sequence and other results of this chapter to the theory of cohomological dimension.(X) . then it follows from the general results in Appendix A that the maps A satisfy the relation A(aU. we use the shorthand notation B = f 1(B).kn+l En.kn+1 + HI.§8. for a map f : X Y and B C Y.3. = E.(X) _ E.dimD. and A is the Knaster explosion set less the explosion point.L A by 1116. since a subset K of A that is closed in Y is compact and totally disconnected. 0 56 K E 4D}. Note that if A is locally closed in Y and is paracompactifying on Y.k E°'k n+1. and so dims LA = dim4jA.7. Note that dims L0 = oo.k d . Thus E21" = There are also the exact sequences 0 = En q and En+1 = 0. Hkkn+1(F)) If 61 and 62 are two such support families on F and if we consider the cup product Hel (F) ®He2 (F) Heine2 (F).kn _ H. then 'VIA is paracompactifying on A. En. (1)k(n1)a U 0(3. As before.kn+l n+1 Putting these together. we define the relative dimension of A in Y to be dims LA = sup{dimL K I K C A.E2. while dimL A = 1.1k. Dimension 237 where is as in 7. +1(X) and hence the exact Wang sequence H.9.0) = AaU/3+ where a E He. If 4 is a paracompactifying family of supports on Y and A C Y. HH(F)) = En.*(F) and 0 E Hez(F).L A in this case by 1116. .k) n En. This inequality may be strict as in the case for which Y = R2.
d) is concentrated on Mk. G. X x Y is locally paracompact.7i°k (f.yEK K dimly'>k}. Y the identity. The second inequality is obvious. .LMk. . . d) y H. (E. See. the conditions of 8. By 1114.) Let T and be paracompactifying families of supports on X and Y respectively and let f : X ' Y be a T closed map. then for any base ring L.y. Given X there is generally no upper bound for dimL Y in the situation of 8.1. If A C Y and 1 is a sheaf of Lmodules on Y that is concentrated on A.L Y + sup dim. By 8.Ly>k} and put dk = dimee.13 we have that HH (Y. then HH(Y.') = 0 for n > sup{k + dk}. . by 1110. . so that .y) (X. . Theorem. Let L be an arbitrary base ring.A) = 0 if y V Mk.12 and its succeeding results.ky(y.yl.Y1) lirr H' (Y. Corollary. f : X .2. 8. Skljarenko.2. Let p > dim4>. in the Leray spectral sequence of f we have EE'4 = 0 if p+q > sup{k+dk }. then H (Y.L y. Of course.d) = 0 for Proof.4.3. Lemma. X = Y but with the discrete topology. Since the product of a compact space with a paracompact space is paracompact. Therefore. .LA. and W the family of finite subsets of X. be paracompactifying on Y.4 (f.LA. and so dimL X X Y makes sense. 0 When X and Y are both locally compact Hausdorff and %F = c = 4. .2 are all satisfied and so: 8.. yEY Proof. Let be a sheaf on X. d)) = 0 for p > dk. whence for p > dim.. Let Mk ={yEYI dim. as is shown by letting Y be the Hilbert cube.2 for p > dimL K.1 we have that HH (Y.ky(f. yEY where dk=sup{dimKIP #KEc.9'K) H'(K.F). Example. Then f is Wclosed but not closed. But if 9 is concentrated on K E flA. and so H(. Applications of Spectral Sequences 8. (D = cld. however. dimL X = 0 and dimL Y = oo.L X < sup{k + dk} < dim. dimL X < sup{k + dk} < dimL Y+ sup dimL y. where 99 ranges over sheaves concentrated on sets K E DMA.y. 8. If f : X + Y is a map of locally compact Hausdorff spaces.99) = HH(Y.9'JK) = 0.238 IV. Now suppose that X is locally compact Hausdorff and that Y is locally paracompact. 8. Then dimei. Then .
8 < dimL X + dimL K by 8. It follows that Hn(UxW. This has Ez9 = HP(W. Proof. 0 16The inequality is also valid for X locally contractible and X x Y locally paracompact.8 on locally paracompact spaces that it suffices to consider the case for which X is compact and Y is paracompact.2 applies to the projection X x Y Y with closed supports and immediately yields the desired inequality. 65]. p.] 8. if L is a principal ideal domain and there is an open set U C X such that Hd'm X (U. If Y is a separable metric space and X is a metric space.'.2 is clearly the same as that for ' = c x D as here.32 that there is an open set W C Y with Hmldiw(W." E2"' = H (W.§8. Hn (U. It follows from the local nature of dimension 1116. L) by 7. Corollary.L)00and hence that dimL X x Y > n + m. equality always holds when L is a field. we have dimL X X Y< dimL X x K by 1116. then equality holds. L) has L as a direct summand.6. and so E.2. L) on W is constant with stalks Hq (U. Moreover. then dimL X x Y < dimL X + Ind Y for any base ring L with unit.5.39 = dimL X + Ind Y. [It can be seen that t (W) = cldxx y I U x W. Since X x K is hereditarily paracompact.L)) = H(.5. In particular. let n = dimL X and m = dimL Y and recall from 1116. Corollary. but that is not needed here.y) (U x W. If X is locally compact Hausdorff and Y is locally paracompact. Dimension 239 8. then16 dimL X X Y <dimL X+ dimL Y for any base ring L. L) # 0. [The Leray sheaf for %F = c x W as in 7. Y can be embedded in a compact metric space K with Ind K = Ind Y. For the second statement. According to [49.L). L) has the constant sheaf L as a direct summand. Consider the Leray spectral sequence of the projection 7rw : U x W W with 4D= cldylW on W and' = c x 4i on U x W. since '1(W) is paracompactifying by 5. L)) # 0 since EZ'9=0for p>mor q>n.5 < dimL X + Ind K by 1116.] Therefore . Proof. and the Leray sheaf Jt' (U. ' (U.X"(U. . Then 8.
where x ranges over the rational numbers x = p/q in lowest terms. . Consequently. put U = Y .. Lu) . whence f is closed. Thus dimL y' = 0 for all y and dimL Y = 0.X.33.2 need not be locally closed. '(i. Thus all the terms E2'0 survive to E o° for p > dimL X + dimL (Y .X for q > 0. whence E2'q = 0 for p > dimy(YX) and q > 0.2. 0 8. 2) HP (Y. L) HP(Y.q = HP(Y.4) = 0 for q > dimL X. dimL X = 1. Applications of Spectral Sequences 8. Also. The fiber y' is the set of rational points in an interval for some y and the set of irrational points for the other y. 4) is concentrated on Y .240 IV.2. Let Y be paracompact and X (. Let d be a sheaf on X and let i : X .9.2) = 0 for k > dimy(Y . F. By 8. and specialize to the case in which a = LuIX.22.Yq(i. This example shows that the sets Mk in 8.7. and the result now follows from 1116.1/q]. 8.°=HP(X . Then for a principal ideal domain L we have dimLY <dimLX+dimL(YX)+1. The cohomology sequence induced by the displayed coefficient sequence has the segment HP1(Y. by 8. Example. for x E X and U ranging over the neighborhoods of x.6. Let 2 be its cokernel.HP (Y. Proof.A)) = HP+q(X. so that 2 is concentrated on Y .Yq(i. i(LuIX)IX = LuIX by IExercise 2.X) + 1. Thus . V open in Y. Let f : X + Y be the projection. since a point is taut. Now. )=0forp>dimLX+dimL(YX)+1. 1] and let X be the union of Y with the vertical intervals {x} x [0. The canonical homomorphism Lu + i(LuIX) is a monomorphism by IExercise 18. Lu) = 0 for p > dimL X +dimL (Y . do = 0 = d1. Example.X) + 1. Theorem. The map f is open but not closed. Hk(Y. see 1116.X) + 1.7(C'(i. we have .X) by 8. The Leray spectral sequence of i has E2. Y a dense paracompact proper subspace. Let X be the Knaster explosion set with the explosion point removed.1. Both X and Y are compact. so that there is the exact sequence Now. Then M1 is the set of rationals in Y. a) = 0 for q > dimL X since it is generated by the presheaf V n X '+ Hq(V n X. Let Y = [0. Therefore HP(Y. Therefore sup{dk + k} = 0. i4) = E 2P" E. NowletFCY be an arbitrary closed subspace.F. Consequently. while O dimL X = 1. In this example.4) = 0 for q > 0 by 1110.. This example shows that the condition that the map f be 41closed is essential to 8.Y. i(LuIX)) The two end terms vanish for p > dimL X + diinr (Y . .1. HP(Y.a)x = lj Hq(U n X.8. Let Y be the Cantor set and f : X + Y the obvious map.4).
dimL uY (Y . with Ind A. Example.7) } < max{dimLX +dimL (X . Also. . Corollary.22. Y.X) + 1. O reads dimLX < 0 + 0 + 1. and L is a principal ideal domain. 1116. or the set of points of given rational height on all rays to the nonend points).X) + 1.L) is locally constant with stalks H* that are finitely generated over the principal ideal domain L. Then A is the union of a countable number of sets closed in A and zerodimensional since each of them is homeomorphic to a totally disconnected subset of an interval (the set of points of irrational height on the ray to a given end point of a complementary interval of the Cantor set. and that is generally false even for L = Z and X compact metric. Dimension 241 8.X )} < max{dimL X + dimL UY (Y . For this example the first inequality in 8. That result says that a metric space X has Ind X < n q X is the union of n + 1 subspaces A. If X. 17The case X U Y metric and L = Z of the outside inequality is due to Rubin [71]. Let f : X o Y be a proper closed surjection between locally paracompact spaces such that the Leray sheaf Y`(f.X) } dimL X U Y < max{dimLX. then < max{dimLX. dimX K = 0 even though dimL K = 1. Theorem.10.8.12.§8. since a compact subset C of K is totally disconnected and so has dimL C = 0. If X is the closure of X in X U Y.10. see 1116.18 This corollary is half of what is called the "decomposition theorem" in the classical dimension theory of metric spaces. Y 5t X.X) } = dimLX+dimX"Y(YX)+1 <dimLX+dimLY+1 by IIExercise 11. "Note that the proof of the first inequality does not use that Y is paracompact. Thus dimL A = 0 by 1116. < 0. Let A = X .40. then17 dimL X U Y < dimL X + dimLUY(Y .n.11.2. and X U Y are paracompact. Let X be the closure of the Knaster explosion set K in the plane. 8. dimLY . dimL uY (Y .X) + 1 < dimL X + dimL Y + IL Proof. dimX UY (Y .35. and the theorem. Then dimLY < dimL X . We turn now to inequalities of the opposite type to that in 8.K. Let n = max{p I rank Hp > 0}. The "decomposition" half of this cannot hold for dimL in place of Ind because that would imply that dimL X = Ind X whenever dimL X < oo by 1116. for A and K in place of X and Y. 8.
for any q > n. a U /3 E E2'"(') = H4.i" (f.L)). /3 E E2'" = H°(Y.X°(f. Let L be a principal 19This is also what shows that dimLp X < dimL X. L) + H"(y. L)).L)) = r(dl'"(f.Ez'" = H°(Y. there is a class a' E H.L) . (Y. The augmentation L >. Err. L) is finitely generated. L) is killed by multiplication by some nonzero m E L. this restriction is the composition of the edge homomor phism H"(X. whence k + n < dimL X. if a U /3 survives nonzero to Err.n and any paracompactifying it. L) is constant.3 ± a U d.'°(f . LP 0 show that H (Y."+r1 is killed by in and y E E??" and where ma' = a.13. we may also assume that the restriction H" (X. Let k > dimL X n. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof.3 is a permanent cocycle. L) 0. (Y. Also.Jr"(f.3 survives nonzero to ET+1 An inductive argument of this type shows that some element of E2'" must survive nonzero to E.33. Let /3 E r(if"(f. 0 The result follows as before.L)) with the map iy : I'(d("(f. Now. Since /3 is in the image of the edge homomorphism. a contradiction. since dr(a U /3) = dra U.. L) = 0 for k > dimL X .3 = a U /3 # 0. and so 74.L)) be in the image of the edge homomorphism and such that i*(0) is a generator of a direct summand isomorphic to L.8 we may assume that le* (f . whence we may regard a as a class in E2'°(Ib) = H. L) for any paracompactifying family of supports. L) >+ H (Y. L) is constant. By the discussion in 117. it is a permanent cocycle. 8. we have that a U. giving Ht (X) # 0.n.3 # 0.L)) + H"(y.It would follow that H. Now. Also.1DEon (.(Y. (Y. "(f . Since j" (f. Then a U /3 could not be killed. then 0 = dr(my) = ma' U. As with a.L)) = F(x"(f. then n would be the largest degree in which it * (f . The appropriate value of n for the field LP is at least that for L. L) given by 1 1 3(y) = 3(y) in the stalks at y.0. Since each y is taut in X and HI (y*. Since the latter is a monomorphism onto a direct summand. and so we know that dimLp Y < dimLy X n < dimL X . Let 0 # a E H. a' U. Thus such an a' U. and so the same is true of each EE"Q. X° (f . (Y. if L were a field. By 1116. and so dimL Y < dimL X . . L) is to a direct summand. L) is surjective for any given y E Y. let p be a prime of L and let LP = L/pL.D) In the general case. Then the exact coefficient sequences19 0 L P + L .n+r1 has dry = a'U/3.L)) of the Leray spectral sequence. and so it induces a canonical monomorphism H./3 = 0. meaning that given any 0 # m E L. a is automatically a permanent cocycle. L)) is the image of a under the map induced by the coefficient homomorphism L >+ Jr° (f : L) + . Corollary. contrary to our assumption that k+n > dimL X.n by 1116. A9 (f . Therefore." and so Hfk± (X. By Exercise 5. L) is divisible. .7"(f. (Dydak and Walsh [37]) Let f : X » Y be a proper closed surjection between separable metric spaces. L) would be nonzero. we can pass to a neighborhood of y over which /3 is a constant section.L). (Y.242 IV.4. L) with a = ma'. It follows that a U /3 is a permanent cocycle.
Let m be i Gm of a maximal integer such that there is a sequence21 Gl 1 G2 i graded groups G: : H* (y. if dimL Y = dimL X +m . Then dimL Y < m(dimL X . Let n be such that for each y E Y. Then dimL Y < dimL X . Thus all of these results can be sharpened. about the sheaves X9(f. Let f : X s Y be a finitetoone closed map between separable metric spaces..W" (f .n. 8. or 8. .1.15. are natural numbers such that each y E Y has #y = nt for some i. dimL Y < dimL X .n. For a given principal ideal domain L.14. Suppose that n1 < < n.n. assume that each H* (y. Corollary. By 4.13.n) + m . By 8.12.22 Moreover.. L) is finitely generated. 8. dimL K < dimL X .14. L) for 0 < q < n. Theorem. H* (y". and the result follows from the sum theorem 1116. (Dydak and Walsh [37])20 Let f : X » Y be a proper closed surjection between separable metric spaces. Y is the union of countably many closed subsets K over which . 21 Here G i H means that G is a graded proper direct summand of H. L) for some points y. an inductive By 1116. L) IK is constant. Proof. L) > 0 for some s > n. Dimension 243 ideal domain and let H* be a finitely generated graded Lmodule such that H' for all y E Y. dimL K < dimL X .40. By 4. Y is covered by a countable collection of relatively closed sets K such that 2*(f. L) = G. 20Both the hypotheses and conclusion are slightly weaker in [371.1 for any principal ideal domain L.10 gives the desired formula.n.1 and if we put Yp = {y E Y (#y > np} and Xp = f.13. then dimL Xp = dimL X and dimL Yp = dimL X + m . E Y. U Ym.14. such as the finite generation.I (Yp).1 and the fact that covdim coincides with dimz for spaces of finite covering dimension. Let Yt be the set of all points y E Y such that there exists a chain of maximum length of the form H* (y*.12.40. Perhaps the item of greatest interest among all of our results in this direction is the following cohomological analogue and strengthening of a wellknown fact from classical dimension theory: 8. Suppose that n is maximal such that rank H" > 0. I I Gm as in the statement.p for each 1 < p < m.§8. Remark: Nowhere in the proofs of 8.14 did we use any information. L) is constant. rankH'(y. 22This also holds for covering dimension because of the classical result implying that covdim Y < covdim X +nm . Then dimL X < dimL Y < dimL X + m . By 8.*. L) Proof. Since Y = Yl u use of 8.
r < p < m.p for each n < p < m.n for any principal ideal domain L. Let f : X » Y be a finitetoone closed map between separable metric spaces and let 1 < n < m. gL) The term on the right is Hk+1(K. By the sum theorem 1116. It is worthwhile stating some immediate special cases of 8. The first inequality follows from 8.244 IV. Wp is covered by a countable number of sets K. then dimL XP = dimL X and dimL Yp = dimL X + m .16. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof.r.n and if we put Yp = {y E Y I p < #y' _< m} and Xp = f1(Yp).1. < dimL X.(p + 1) = k .17. dimL X. If the n. if p < m and dimL Yp+l < k . Let r < p < m and put k = dimL X + m . we would deduce that dimL K < k.gL) : L) = 0 by 1111. Corollary.H +1(K. then dimL Y < dimL X . closed in Y.) Doing this for each p. . Suppose it is true for p > r (a vacuous assumption if r = m) and that Y = Yr. if dimL Y = dimL X + m . dimL Y < dimL X + m . If for some p. The proof of this formula will be by downwards induction on p.) Let cP be a paracompactifying family of supports on K.1 and since k + 1 > dimL X. then we get: 8. By 4.L)IK : gL.p. where g = fIK'.r (with strict inequality if dimL Yp < k1 for any r < p. with quotient sheaf 2 concentrated on K fl Yp+1.p.2. such that the constant sheaf LP on K is a subsheaf of Yo(f. whence dimL Y < dimL X + m .m + 1. Corollary.r. Lp) * H +1(K. (Also.gL + 2 .5 m). Assume that n < #y < m for ally E Y.Q) . The term on the left is zero since 2 is concentrated on K fl Yp+1.0 of sheaves on K gives the exact sequence H1(K. L) = 0 and so dimL K < k = dimL X + m .40. Put Wp={yEYI#y'=np}so that Then the theorem is the case p = 1 of the formula dimL Yp dimL X + m . Then dimL X < dimL Y < dimL X + m . which has dimension at most dimL X + m . (Note that 0 = 0 if p = m. completing the induction. If f : X » Y is a closed surjection between separable metric spaces that is at most mto1. gives a countable closed covering of Y by sets K with dimL K < dimL X + m . The exact sequence 0 LP .14. Thus Hk+1(K.p. 0 The cases n = 1 and n = m give the following two corollaries: 8. form the segment of integers between n and m.. Moreover.15. then we would have that dimL Yp < dimL Xp+mp < dimL X + m .1 by the inductive assumption.p.
an epimorphism for p = n. If f : X » Y is a closed map between separable metric spaces that is exactly mto1. This shows that the inequalities in 8. where T is a family of supports on X. . and suppose that each y' istaut in X. 4) # 0} for k > 0 and put bk = dim. Let Sk = {y E Y I H.LSk. Thus the last part of 8. Let f : X » Y be a closed surjection with each y' taut in X. 78]. Theorem. Let So = {y E Y I y' is not connected and S. for example. Remark: Examples exist.Y of separable metric spaces for which dims Y = dims X + m . Let 58 be a sheaf on Y and a paracompactifying family of supports on Y. (. Then the edge homomorphism fH Hpz. 8.kynY (y'. T) HPD (Y. for any m.. [62.16 are best possible.16 gives that dimz Y' = dimz X . then dimL Y = dimL X.18. As in the proof of 8. Note that 8.20. Let f : X + Y be a %Fclosed map.2 is an immediate consequence of the following theorem. Let d be a sheaf on X and (D a paracompactifying family of supports on Y.§8. For a given integer (or oo) N let n=1+sup{k+bk10<k<N}.m + p and dimz XP = dimz X for all 1 < p < m. but the direct proof is just as easy.1.19. we present Skljarenko's improvement of the Vietoris mapping theorem. and the result follows immediately. Proposition. p. and a monomorphism for p = N.p) (X. d) in the Leray spectral sequence is an isomorphism for n < p < N. ff*T) is an isomorphism for p > 1 + bo and an epimorphism for p = 1 + bo. Then Q' HH(Y. Proof.2 we have that E2'9 =0 for sup{k + bk l0 < k < N} < p + q < N. Finally. of closed and at most mtol maps f X . 8. Corollary. 0 0} and bo = dims LSo. see. Dimension 245 8.
EG denotes a compact Nuniversal Gbundle. Thus we may assume that EG and Bc = EC/G are locally contractible (in fact. Putting . G. finite polyhedra).20. W) = 0 for p > bo. that is. Thus the result follows from the cohomology sequence of the coefficient sequence 0156+ff*.19.19 (with 'I' = cld and d = f'36) and 8.21. see 6. By the proof of 1111. and a monomorphism for p = N. L) = 0 for p < N. and denote by XG = X xG Ec the quotient space of X x EG under this action of G. an epimorphtsm for p = n. Let Sk and bk.3. An Nuniversal bundle for G exists for all N and can be taken to be the join of sufficiently many copies of G. for our purposes. that is. Proof.VIW40.' = f *X. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof. and hence they induce maps X/Gi" XcBG. 23G can be any compact group if X is locally compact Hausdorff and if we use compact supports on it throughout. and hence H. for any y E EG. g(y) = y g = e.g(y)). Skljarenko.) Let f : X » Y be a closed surjection with each y taut in X. then `e is concentrated on So. 24That is. 8.. For a given integer (or oo) N let n=1+sup{k+bk10<k<N}. Let G act on the product X x Ec by the diagonal action. . (E.20. y) = (g(x). The projections X +.D (Y.B is an isomorphism on the complement of So. and the fact that f' = f ° o 13* when W = cld. X Hausdorff. k > 0. 9 The spectral sequences of Borel and Cartan In this section G will denote a compact Lie group (perhaps finite). f'X) is an isomorphism for n < p < N. and X will denote a space upon which G acts as a topological transformation group. g(x.g. the result follows from 8. be as in 8. Then f* : H4 (Y.23 We assume that the orbits of G are relatively Hausdorff in X. e.X x EG + Ec are Gequivariant.246 IV. Corollary.7 it follows that the monomorphism Q : X f f *. The quotient space BG is called an Nclassifying space for G. EG is a compact Hausdorff space upon which G acts freely24 and such that HP(Ec. If `B is the cokernel of Q. Let 58 be a sheaf on Y and 1 a paracompactifying family of supports on Y. B) + Hf(X. 8.
77*4)) Hq+q(XG. rl1(1) BG: is compact and relatively Hausdorff. Then "EZ. and note that f is a closed map.W=exBG. we see that the composition of the canonical maps X X U.4).E2'9 = HH(X/G.G(x). if U C BG and h : G x U EG is an admissible homeomorphism (in the sense of Section 7). together with the fact that BG is compact and locally contractible. It is immediately verified that this map is continuous and bijective and hence is a homeomorphism since the spaces involved are compact Hausdorff. let 1 = G(x) = {g(x) I g E G}. withsupports on XG. Let f denote the canonical map X X/G sending x into its orbit i.+q(XG. (That is. d).3°v(7r. the fibers of 7r are homeomorphic to X.) Let d be a sheaf on X/G.q = HP (BG. into the orbit of (x.^s X x U [as in (27)] 77*. Note that on X x U. Similarly. because BG is compact. rl*4) is locally constant with stalks . locally in BG. which is called the orbit of x.5 that Wq. implies by 7. y E EG.f ^ Hq(BG.(ir. with closed supports on XG. (y). [Thus the coefficients 4 on the right side of (30) are constant. and is the constant sheaf with stalk dt. It is not difficult to see that 7r is actually a bundle projection with fiber X and group G.ld. = EG/Gx as follows: Map EG/Gx into G(x) XG EG by taking the orbit G. rl*'d)) H. and with tsupports on X/G. X XG (G X U) lxh X XG EG = XG is an admissible homeomorphism onto it1(U).4). taking gGx into g(x).d has the form f *. In fact. as above. W fl (X x U) has the form 9 x U. It is also easily seen that each 771(2) is relatively Hausdorff in XG and that g is a closed map.q of rl with coefficients in rl*.rl*...] Note that on it1(U) . (30) since rl is closed. (29) since cld(W) = %F(BG) = W.d)IX = f*4.°(rl. . The set 171(1) = G(x) xc EG C XG can be identified with BG.§9. This fact. and note that (rl*. where 6 = f1D.. since G acts freely on EG. since G is compact. We have 'le 9(rl. is a homeomorphism. where X is any fiber of ir. The isotropy subgroup of G at x is defined to be Gx = {g E G I g(x) = x}.rl*4). since D(cld) = %P. Consider the Leray spectral sequence 'Ep. y) under the diagonal action. It is easy to see that the natural map G/Gx . and with closed supports on BG. (28) Also consider the Leray spectral sequence "E""q of 7r with coefficients in rl*4. The spectral sequences of Borel and Cartan 247 For x E X. Then. rl*. (27) Let 1 be a family of supports on X/G and let ' = 7714 be the corresponding family of supports on XG.d x U.
J (X. universal bundles may be so chosen that there is a canonical Gequivariant map from the Nluniversal bundle to the N2universal bundle. 9(rl.. the coefficient sheaf vanishes on V. B) = H.248 IV. of 71 is compact and connected. With the notation above. Then there is a spectral sequence (Borel) with EZ.'df) = 0 for all q > 0 and all x with 1 in some neighborhood of E(1). this is true when Hq(BG. . In our situation. it is permissible to pass to a limit on N and think of EG as being oouniversal. Applications of Spectral Sequences HH(X. and the result follows.1.g'd) If G is allowed to be any compact group.d) (and structure group G). by (30).) = 0 for 0<q<N andallxEV.f*_d) = jegy(7r.(X/G. then this also follows from 7.3 imply that rl' : H (X/G. f*. Let V C X/G be an open set containing E(f).q = HP(BG. Thus.. a). 9. since BG= = EG is Nacyclic for :t E V.17* )) = 0 for 0 < q < N. Thus. we use the notation (31) X (X. suppose that H9(BG=. With this in mind.Id. as in Section 7.1 yields the following result: 9. 36). since c'(X/G. see 16.3 when X is locally compact Hausdorff and the support families a and ' are c or c restricted to an open set. rl'4) for 0 < n < N. Since V D E(4) it follows directly from the definition of cohomology that HH(X/G. under the assumptions of 9. 4) =+ HD (XG. B) for any sheaf 58. B)IV = W'(V. This induces a map of spectral sequences that is an isomorphism in total degrees less than N1.2. Suppose that Gx = {e} for all x with x E V. f. Then H. Thus. (32) If N1 < N2. This also holds for arbitrary compact groups G when X is locally compact Hausdorff and D = c = 9. [More generally.I v(V.I)) Hp+q(X/G. Theorem. Since each fiber BG.1. the second spectral sequence (29) in the situation of 9. Lemma.] Proof. we see that the first spectral sequence (28) and 6.rl'd).. it follows from II11 that 7177* d ='Ve(77.
k > 0. 0. g'. If U = X . is finite for all x E X . Since ' = Bc x 6 locally in BG. The reader will find many applications of this in the references [6]. Let D be a family of supports on X/G with f1(D paracompactifying on X and with dimf1. L). In that case Fc = F x BG. BG is an infinite complex projective space. Then. Let d be a sheaf of Lmodules on X/G. Assume that O = f' (D is paracompactifying on X. (33) 9. Also. Let the circle group G act on a space X with fixedpoint set F. Proof. 25This type of action on X is called "semifree. Thus JGlry = 0 for all y E Hk(Bc.§9. Theorem. Suppose that F C X is closed with G(F) = F. for p 0 0. Assume either that {e} for all x E X . 7G) Z p. Fc). for k > 0 odd. L) . it follows that ' is paracompactifying.(X. The spectral sequences of Borel and Cartan 249 For G = Z p. Q) = 0 for G finite. Hk(EG. Corollary. L) by the order IGI of G.F. and that the restriction map rc. f*d) = 0 for all p # 0.. so that Hk(Bsi . for k > 0 even. In most cases of interest F is the fixedpoint set of G on X. We shall be content with the following application of 9. L) is multiplication satisfies: /uc* : Hk(Bc.ky (Xc. then Hv. k > 0.j) fork < N by 9. _. Hk(BG. if Hf_..L X < 00.. [2]. Let L be a principal ideal domain.d) HIVIF(FG.F or that G. so that the isomorphism of 9. BO is an infinite lens space (real projective space for p = 2) and so k H (BZP. we also must have that H IF(F.1lF) = 0.J) ^ H I(Ulc) (U/G.4. and [15].. Suppose that dimL X = n < oo and that the compact Lie group G acts on X. p prime.F. Assume that either G acts freely on X .25 or L = Q.(." . rl*.. This is zero for k > n since dimL U/G < dimL X = n by IIExerCise 54. fork > 0 even.2. In particular. fork > 0 odd. For a finite group G.3 and (32).d) F IF(4lF) is an isomorphism.3. for G = S'. Then the restriction H.Bc Hk(Bc.. the transfer map p for the covering map n : EG .. Z) Z.3 gives a strong connection between the cohomology of X and that of F.F and d is a sheaf of Qmodules. 9. 0.iUc (Uc. Thus the result follows from the cohomology sequence of the pair (Xc. is an isomorphism for n < k < N.
d). Now FG = F x BG and 77'1I FG = CIF x BG (where F is regarded as a subspace of X/G).(4). (. The restriction homomorphism (34) on the total spaces is an isomorphism for large degrees.77*d) H°(BG. G acts trivially on r.(d) r. that is.F. e(X. the spectral sequence of 7r degenerates and provides the isomorphism HH(XG.3 the restriction Hy(XG. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof. wed x) = 0 when p > 0 and 1 E U/G.A) is actually constant with stalks r. L) (& r.I) = I'b(ff'd) = r4..tee (X. f *. Now. f'.a = Hn(BG. so that in the analogous case this will have to be assumed. Q) = 0 for p > 0. we see that we must have an isomorphism H"(BG. The differentials of the spectral sequence of the latter map are trivial since FG = F x BG.d)) We also have that HH(X. Since by assumption He' (X.IF(dIF)) implying again that I' . By (33) we have that H'(BH. .X/G < 00.4) is an isomorphism. It follows that H'(BG. f'.4.(d) by II11.26 The universal coefficient formula gives that H IF(F. r4. The fact that the circle group is connected was used to show that ro (god) r. r.rl*. Also. There is a natural map of the spectral sequence of 7r : XG + BG into that of FG B.rl"d) (34) is an isomorphism for large n (and larger N).. where H is any finite group. By the universal coefficient formula. r .41F) = 0 for q > 0.1) = 0 for q > 0.W) HyI Fc (FG.. 26 Recall that dim L. f*. (d)) H" (Bo.. (f f'/) = re (f'.yd)) = H pp" (XG. 77*d). H IF(F. H"(BG. f'. By 9.IF(4IF) is an isomorphism. Let U = X . 0 The reader is invited to prove an analogous result for the cyclic group of prime order.d)) = H' (Ba. 'IFG = (tIF) x BGConsider the Leray spectral sequence Ep'9 of 7r. It follows that the Bc must be zero for p large E2P'9 term of the spectral sequence of FG and q > 0. HP(BG.. and it follows that the locally constant sheaf .D ('d).. By (29) and (31) we have E2. for q = 0.250 IV.4 I F)) = 0 for q > 0 and for p large. connected fibers and since D (c1d) = f'4 = e.d) = Fe(f`. (.IFF < dim L.. since f has compact. 70 (X . Similarly.
where G operates on the cohomology of X in the canonical manner.f* f)) BHP+4(Y. Let 4) be a family of supports on Y and put e = fThen for a sheaf on Y. Thus we can assume that G preserves orientation. L)module structure in the present treatment).6. Now.5. Z) is periodic with period n + 1.§10. Moreover.o = Hk+n+i(G.. Characteristic classes 251 It should be noted that 9. we content ourselves with the following wellknown result: 9. as claimed. Ea+n+1. complex unitary. If G is a finite group that can act freely on Sn.+. by using the cup product structure (or the H* (BG. (Here M is a Gmodule and can be regarded as a locally constant sheaf on BG in a canonical manner: As a topological space it is EG xG M. : E2 'n * k = 0 and an isomorphism for k > 0. then H* (G. Let X = Sn and Y = X/G.a =HP(G. H' (Y. Z) Hk+n+l (G. Hk (G. then it is easy to see that n is even and G = Z2. Theorem. When G is finite.. Hk(G. one can show that the finite dimensionality assumption can be dropped when X is locally compact Hausdorff and ID = c (see Exercise 21). n. Let f : X Y be a finite regular27 covering map with group G of deck transformations. Thus E2+n+l. Z) . d). Also. Z) = 0 for i > n since dims Y = n. Hn(X. or 27Regularity of f means that G is simply transitive on the fibers. 9G) 0 10 Characteristic classes In this section we take Y to be any connected space and C to be an nplane bundle over Y in either the real orthogonal.HH(X. Z)) = E2'n ti for k > 0. . H9(BG. and its map to BG is the induced projection to EG xG {0} = EG/G = BG. Proof. the spectral sequence of 9. M) is denoted by HP(G. Z) for all k > 0.. Corollary. If any element of G reverses orientation on X. That is.2 translates to: 9. must be onto for It follows that the differential d.o Hk(G. M).4 and its generalization to orientable sphere fibrations with singularities also follows easily from the "SmithGysin" se quence in Section 13. 0 As to applications. there is a spectral sequence (Cartan) with E2.) Thus 9. For much more on this topic see [24].5 has E2'9 = 0 for q # 0.
L).6 and the fact that H* (BG. UU. We shall denote by G the multiplicative group of scalars of norm one.) If l:l and 6 are vector bundles (over the same field) on Y. we let U and F be the total space and fiber of l:.2) = X(Ci) .{0}. the locally constant sheaf ind(U.. and consider the Leray spectral sequence EP. Uc. L). UU.:. or 4. and we have that E2. 2.). 4. since L = Z2 in the real case and since BG is simply connected in the other two cases. H' (Y x Bc. L) = H* (Y. (Whitney duality. U°. X('2) 28See 7. Applications of Spectral Sequences quaternionic symplectic sense. F°. L) + Hnd(U. By 7. L) L. L). L). Hp+9(Uc. The group G operates on U in the canonical way.gnd(U. Recall that H'(BG. Uc.V°(U. UG is the inclusion of the fiber in the fibration UG BG. L) precise later. U°. We also put X = E Xt E H` (Y.252 IV. where degt = d. Then rG is the unique class that restricts to the orientation class in Hnd(F.l ®1. U°. L) by the We define the characteristic classes Xt = equation (35) r*(TG) = t o Xt ® to:. L) ®H* (BG. L) is torsionfree in the complex and quaternionic cases. Let f : Uc + BG be the projection. The righthand side of this equation is generated by the Thom class 28 r. then X(l. L) with stalks L must actually be constant. L) .1.1)sphere. We shall make the choice of the generator t E Hd(BG. L) under the restriction Hnd(UG. UU is a subspace of UG. 10.Y and F° = F . Let d = 1. L) . U°. where we have used 7. The inclusion r : Y x BG = YG ti UG induces the homomorphism r* : H* (UG. G is the real unit (d . H°(BG.5 the Leray sheaf '((f. Thus we have the natural isomorphisms Hnd(UG. and we shall denote the corresponding generator of Hnd(UG. in these three cases. With the notation of Section 9. f BUG. UU. freely outside the zero section Y. L)) .9.9. U°. where U Note that F = Rnd has a canonical orientation when d = 2. respectively. L) by rG = 70(l.4 = H'(Bo. that is. so that nd is the real dimension of . L). L) : L(t]. U°L) Hnd(F. L) is the locally constant sheaf '(U. E Htd(Y.9 of f mod f RUC. F°. and put U° = U . We shall take the coefficient domain L to be 7L2 in the real case and Z in the other two cases. As in 7. By 7. respectively. .9 we see that EP"9 = 0 for q < nd and moreover. L)) ^ Hnd(U. Theorem. as in Section 9.
U1 x EG x U2 x EG defined by (x. and the diagram F1 x F2 U10U2. Consider the map (U1AU2) x EG . Characteristic classes 253 Proof. That is. by definition.2) = k*(rG(b1) X TG (S2)). The diagram Y x BG = YG r r1 xr2 (U1LU2)G Ik IA Y x BG xY x BG=YG X YG also commutes. then it is clear Xt(f*e) = f*(xt(0). Consequently. . z). z) '.G X U2. we compute U1. that Xk(f1 ED 2) ®tnt+nzk = ®tnitl (Ex)(e2)®tn2_3) J/ ®tn'+n2k k (since degt is even or L = Z2) and the theorem follows.U2)0 . Then U1 x U2 is a bundle over Y x Y and l.G.(x.k U1.j ®S2 is. the restriction of this to the diagonal.G commutes. We shall denote the total space of f1 ®6 by U1AU2.G X U2. It follows immediately that TG(6 ®1. Let t be an ntplane bundle and Ui its total space.G X U2. since both sides of this equation restrict to the orientation class of F1 x F2. This induces a map k : (U1LU2)G U1. (36) where f*1. by definition.U1 X U2 1 1 (U1''.G r*rG(f1 ®6) = r*k*(TG(f1) x TG(W) = = r1TG(f1) U r2rG(e2) x r27G(W) This implies. y.§10. y. is the induced bundle on X. the Xt are natural. x. O If f : X that Y is a map and E is a vector bundle on Y.
resulting from (38). we have T/G Y = * and YG = BG.. or et for real. Hd1(Bc) . 0) (1'c. or quaternionic bundles. it follows that I Xo(') = 1 E H°(Y. we have the exact sequence  H'(Uc.. L) isomorphism HP(UG. for if f : * Y. Let R* and C* be the sets of real and .Hd1(*) . L) + H"(Yc.) it can be shown that up to a possible sign of (1)t. L) H*(U°/G.). Uc) _* _.. L). we are free to choose t such that Xo = 1 E H°(*). (39) From the properties we have proved for the classes Xt(l. respectively. (38) If Y is a point * and is a line bundle. The exact sequence (37) may be rewritten as . ct. UU) . Since we have not yet made any definite choice of t as a generator of Hd(BG). UU) and note that by (32) we have H*(UG. [Note that it follows from (39) that wn(e) is the reduction mod two of the integral Euler class of the nplane bundle C. so that the following sequence... U°) 19 if0) r ' (Uc.1)sphere bundle associated with £. L) for any f. Hd(BG) i 0. Xo is a generator of H°(*). on Y. Thus Xn(') = w(O for any nplane bundle l. or symplectic Pontryagin class w. Applications of Spectral Sequences Now consider the exact cohomology sequence of the pair (UG. see Section 7.Hd(UG. L) Let T be the unit (nd . we have Xn f * (E Xt ® tot) = f*r*(TG) = i*g*(TG) = i*(T) = w(l. H'(YG) Hp(T/G) i . Hp(U°/G. by Whitney duality 10. Uc) commutes. Thus. UU. Then. complex.) is the Euler class of £. Thus. shows that r* is an isomorphism for p = d: 0 .. Xt(C) is the ith StiefelWhitney. 1 (U.. Then T/G is a (fiber) deformation retract of U°/G and is the projective space bundle associated with l. L) .] Now let be a complex nplane bundle over Y. Chern.1 and (36). where w(l. then Note that the diagram (Y. L).254 IV. since r*(TG) = Xo ® t E H°(*) ® Hd(BG). using the (37) HP(YG. and let to denote the underlying real 2nplane bundle. so that for an nplane bundle l.  Hr1(T/G) * HP(Uc.
where p is induced by UR. Therefore 0 and w2t(eR) = P(ct(C)) Similarly. d) h H.Y.(Yc.4 be any sheaf on Y and put 58 = 7rch*.yd on UG..d) H . Z) 1p Z) tP H' UR.) = iR.Z) must be taken into the nonzero R 2 element t2 E H(BR. Z2) is induced by the canonical map BR.4) ®H*(Bc) .. we have h*(a) = &® 1 E H. and note that lrer : YG . Characteristic classes 255 complex numbers of norm one. and by reduction mod two..e1) ®H*(BG) = H.(YG. a) Tou(s) Hpy+nd(UG. UU. 5B). Then r*(((a)) = r*(Tc U TrCh*(a)) = r*(TG) U (a (& 1). The diagram reduction of coefficients modulo two: Z H*(Uc. where the map H* (Bc.(Y. and by Z2. 58).(Y.c.. Z) r H*(Y. /C* = Bc. Let c be any family of supports on Y and put " = (h7rG)1(f) on Uc.) = H (Y. respectively. Let h : YG = Y x BG a Y be the projection.. Let 1G : UG YG denote the map induced in the canonical way by the projection 7r : U . 72) also commutes. /R* Ec... This map is a fiber bundle projection with circle fiber. Z) H* (BR.§10... Note that for a E H. + Uc. . Z2) H*(Y. = Ec. Z2). Let .i YO is the identity.d). using 7. UG. so that the map H.p _ (Uc. Since 1R* C C* we have a natural diagram (taking ER. = EC) and it follows that p(Tc. Let ( be the composition H.. .. Z2) ®H*(Ba. then c2t+i(fc) = 0 and c2t(ec) = We shall now return to our general discussion..p (Y.. if is a quaternionic nplane bundle with underlying complex bundle i..(Y.6. and it is easily seen that the generator tc E H2(Be.
Consider j"(((a)) E HYn+p(MG). Assume. Proof. In the spectral sequence ET. 10. has a canonical complex structure in which the operation by C* coincides with the given action of G. Thus we must have that c2Ua=0forp+2i>p+2(nj) as claimed. see Section 9. that G acts freely on the unit sphere in any normal disk to Y. The definition of characteristic classes that we have given is useful for studying the normal classes of the fixedpoint set of a differentiable action of the group G (as above) on a differentiable manifold M. Z) be the ith Chern class of t. Let U be an open tubular neighborhood of Y in M.p (mod 2) with p + 2(n . (It follows that W nUG is the same type of support family as that considered in the preceding general discussion. Then ct U a = 0 for i > n .M/G is the projection. Since Xo = 1. Thus. is the ith normal Chern class of Y in M. we obtain: .. By excision. for simplicity.j) < t < p + 2n. Let c be a family of supports on M/G with inverse image 9 on M.3. Thus. 0 Taking a = 1. Applications of Spectral Sequences is given by n r`(C(a)) = E (Xt U a) g tot.nuc(UG. Theorem. suppose that H4(M. t=o which generalizes (35).j.t = 0 for all of the map MG t . U ) r H.Y.2. where c. Since i` preserves filtration BG.256 IV. the complementary degree of j*(((a)) is at most p + 2(n . H.2. (MG. and let Y be a kdimensional component of the fixedpoint set of some differentiable action of G on M. We lp = shall assume that 9 n U = 7r'(191Y). Then the normal bundle l. f is a complex nplane bundle. Let where r) : MG . We shall illustrate this in the case of the circle group G = C*. 1. In the situation of 10. Uc) H. the map is a monomorphism. where 7r : U + Y is the canonical projection of the tubular neighborhood U onto Y.p (mod 2) with p + 2(n .t BG with supports in we have that Er. could be taken to consist of all compact sets or of all closed sets. Z) = 0 for all i .j) < i < p + 2n and let a E He (Y). 10.j). it with respect to the spectral sequences of MG p BG and of YG follows that r*(((a)) = E(c2Ua)®tnt has complementary degree at most p+2(nj). Let ct E H2i(Y. we have the natural isomorphism H'vnuc(UG. Thus r* factors as H . where M° = M . (Ma).) For example. and hence 9 and'. MG'). Let M be (2n + k)dimensional (real).
n < m . Corollary. However. but j*(TG) # 0 since 0. it follows from our hypotheses that k*:Hj. Thus k* : Hy(Mc) ' Hnv(Fc) is i*j*(rG) = r*(rc) _ >wt(e)®tnt not a monomorphism. and such that the differential 6 of 2* maps Fp. Let T* be a differential sheaf on the space X. Suppose that the restriction He(M.DFpY9DFp+ly9D. as above. and assume that we are given a filtration {Fp2* } of T*. We shall illustrate the real case by proving a result of Conner [25]: 10.Yeq(GpY*).2 consider the class r0 E Hn(UG. Let Y. that is. have dimension p. . Gp2* = F'p. Thus n > r.T*lFp+1Y* The differential 6 induces a differential on each GpY*. 10. The spectral sequence of a filtered differential sheaf 257 i>nj.r.. and let a be any family of supports on M that is invariant under the involution. With the notation of 10. Let n = m .T4. Let U be an open tubular neighborhood of Y in M with closure in 0..4 = Up Fp. Now. UU) = Hvnuo(Uc. Proof. Theorem.4.j) < i < 2n.§11.5.Z2) + He(F. since the spectral sequence of FG + BG is degenerate. Let i* and j* be as in 10. and the associated derived sheaf is denoted by . be the normal bundle to Y in M.2 and let k* : Hy(MG) p H.(Fc) is a monomorphism for i < r. then ci = 0 for In the real case (StiefelWhitney classes of normal bundles to fixedpoint sets of involutions) these results are due to Conner and Floyd [28]. 11 The spectral sequence of a filtered differential sheaf .(Mc)'Hi. where Fp9?4+1. If Ht(M) = 0 for 2(n .Z2) is a monomorphism for all i < r. k*j* = 0.4 into We denote the associated graded sheaf by {GpY*}. Then every component Y # F of the fixedpoint set having some neighborhood in 0 has dimension at most m . for each q we have a sequence (p E Z) of submodules of Y' with 2..r. whence p = m . Let F be a component of the fixedpoint set of a differentiable involution on an mmanifold M..1V (FG) be induced by the inclusion k : FG c+ MG.p and let l.
by bo. Both differentials d' and d" preserve this filtration. (This is of secondary interest to us and is introduced for notational convenience. Consequently. form the spectral sequence of the filtered differential group Fp(2') = (FpY*)x. FtYq) with differentials d' and d" [with d" induced by (1)P1] and the associated total complex L* with differential d = d' + d". Ft. We now turn to the spectral sequence of primary interest. in fact. We shall continue to use the notation d" for do. s+t=p where we consider C4. we see that do is induced by d".) Thus.258 IV. FtY*) fort' > t and hence have that FPL* D Fp+1L*. for any x E X.?* 16X E Fp+r2'*} and r 3.. As with filtered differential groups. Let FpL* = ®C (X.q} be the spectral sequence of this filtration of L*. Consider the double complex LP'q = Ut CC (X. q+t(Gt2*)) t t . Since d' increases filtration degree.Q*) to be a subgroup of Qt (X. there is associated with the filtered differential sheaf FY* a spectral sequence d 'q of sheaves. Gt2q+t ). lq) _ ®G+ t(X. we let 'p = {x E FP. the differentials br will vanish for r > 1.p pr+1 r1 + d r1 p+l We also let 7 p'q and gp'q be the terms in dZP and OP respectively of total degree p+q. Then. r + 1). In the application we will make of this in the next section. b induces a differential br on 9P11 of degree (r. (X. EP'9 = ®C t(X. F. Let {E?. We have 40 = GP2* and .9?*). We shall define a new filtration of L* and study the resulting spectral sequence. and the resulting derived sheaf is 9p+1. Note that the stalks (4?p'q)x. increases the filtration degree by one. Applications of Spectral Sequences where q refers to the degree in T*. as in Section 1. that is. we replace the upper index p by p. and d'. q when we refer to homogeneous terms of total degree p + q.0D 'q = yp+q(GP_T*). as with spectral sequences of filtered differential groups. " We have EP = r r Zp/(dZPr+1 + Zp+1 Eo'q = GLP+q = ®CP t t (X. Thus Z' = {a E FpL* I da = (d' + d")(a) E Fp+rL*} and r1 r1) and as usual.
where a denotes the sign (1)pt above.qWe now make the further assumption that (B) b2 : g2q g2+2. Im bo) = Im d". Let a E H t(X.Kerbo). so that Kerd" = C.T*)) is represented by an eleNow d'a ment a E CP'(X.q.0 E CP t(X.q+t(Gtr*)) since g2. CC+1'(X.Gty9+t) with d"b = 0. Thus d(d". Ft.0) = d'd".Ft+2yq+t+1) C Fp+2L*. Oq+t(GtY*)) C represents the element d'a E while CP1(t+1)(X. there is an element c E C4 t+1(X.(X. q. The spectral sequence of a filtered differential sheaf 259 Clearly. .C9+t(Gt.q*)) and hence by an element b E CP t(X.. and therefore /3 + y E Z2'q represents a E E2'q (since it represents b in Consequently. any element a E C t(X.q = ®H t(X.oq+(t+1)(Gt+12*)) C d"a represents (1)pt6la E Thus d1 : Ep'q is given by d1 = d' + ebi.q (A) b1 : gt.y E C4 t+2(X.Gtyq+t1) with d'b = d"c. Ft.T*) We shall now compute d2 under assumption (A). is exact. d(/3+y) = d'y+ (d'/3+d" y)+d"/3 represents d2a E E2+2.3+y) = d'(+ (d'(3+d"y)+d" 3 E Fp+2L*. Let . Thus d"13 E C4 t(X.q = glq = Vq+t(Gt. d'.Tq+t) and y E CI t+1(X. Under assumption (A). Ftyq+t1) represent b and c respectively. We have that d'/3+d"y E C4 t+1(X. We now make the assumption Ft+1yq+t+i). Ep+t.q ' ei+1.q is zero for all t.. 09+1(Gt. for otherwise 62b would be nonzero. g2 q) _ t t H t(X.29 and with d'b E CPt+1(X. Ftyq+t1) C Fp+2L* Hence d(/3+y) = (d'+ d") (.q. that is. we have E2 . El+1. Ft+39?q+t+1) C Fp+3L*.Ft+1yq+t) C Fp+2L* Note that d"J3 E CP t(X.§11.)'e4+t(Gt2*)) The class a is represented by a d'cocycle in C t(X.Q E d'(Fp+3L*) c Fp+aL 29 Recall that C.Tq+t) with d"a E C4 t(X. d"# must be in CP t(X. In case (A) and (B) both hold.q1 is zero for all t.q Ep+1.Ft+12q+t+1) represents ±h *b = 0 since b1 = 0. Also.
Then to E2to. q+t(Ge+1Y*)) tA : H c(X. The details are left to the reader. This is merely a matter of tracing through the definition of A.2+2." Note that both of these groups are direct summands of and that E2+2. We shall now give an interpretation of the operators d2 and di.+1(X.q+c1(Gt2*)). d". f3 determines a class .) Recall that b1 is the connecting homomorphism of the homology sequence of the short exact sequence 0 F't+12* Ft[1* Ft2E* Ft+29* F't+29* Ft+19* 0 . Fto+19* = 0). d2 = d2 + d2 under conditions (A) and (B). Ft+lrq+t) The latter element represents ±c5 (d'c) = 0 [by (A)] so that in fact. by (B). This exact "coefficient sequence" gives rise to a connecting homomorphism p . so that d"(d'ry) E C t+2(X. dd'ry E CPF t+2(X.q1 H. Ht+2(X. Applications of Spectral Sequences so that d". (d'(3 + d" 7).t(X.3 represents 0 = ±t5 a E Thus d'y E Z2+2. Let us denote this spectral sequence by toEp.q and its differentials by t°d... Clearly..d" (3 E Z2+2 and that all three elements d'y.3 E Zp+2 Also.q+co = HH to(X.72 +t(Gt2*) 0 (40) is exact.q+t(F. q+t(Gt2*)) 1.eq+to(Gto2*)) By the construction of d2 it is clear that d2 =®ttd2.c9*1F't+29?*) ... e.Q represent classes in E2 +2'q1 with sum d2a. and d". while Now d'ry represents a class d2a E t+1(X. q+t(Gt+1Y*)). and by (A). (This can be seen by direct computation or by a more abstract approach. Ft+2`°eq+2) C Fp+4L* It follows that d'/3 + d"y = d(/3 + ry) . dd'ry = d"d'7y = d'd"ry represents d'(d"c) = d'd'b = 0 in Cp+2(X.260 IV. q+t(Gt+1Se*) +.q1). where the (d'p+d"y) represents a class d2a E H superscript indicates the change of the degree "t. the differential sheaf Gto (Se*) gives rise to a spectral sequence (1) on page 199 (which coincides with the present spectral sequence when 9?* has the trivial filtration Fto2* = T*. g (41) We claim that A coincides with d2. For to fixed. the resulting sequence 0 . With notation as above.d'y .
Ft2*)) = 0 for p > O implies this result. the assumption lin tH9(H (X.3' = 0. X. s=0 F'ps. that Hn(L*) = Hn(UrD(F 2*)) S when F2* consists of acyclic sheaves. q+t(Gt2*)).s) and FpLn=0.Jeq+t(Gt+i=`e*)) that maps into d'b'.n > g(n) > g(n .s) 10 < s < m}. since d" o E Fp+2L*. We may also assume. Now d'b' represents d'b = 0 in Cr t+1 (X. Note that under assumption (D) we can show. d'/3 + d"ry E Ci t+l (X. The spectral sequence of a filtered differential sheaf 261 /3' E C t (X. More generally. in case D(ii) we replace C. where m = dim. Ft+iYQ+t) represents an element of CC t+i(X. that g is an increasing function. Indeed. Thus. we have p . or (ii) dim. 2n = 0 for n < no). in case D(i) assume. We shall now make two further assumptions: (C) The filtration of 2* is regular [that is. we have proved the following: . We claim that under these assumptions the filtration of L* is also regular. Of course. Fp2n = 0 for p > g(n) for some function g]. Note that n FpLn = S=o C (X. for example. '9+t(Ft2*/Ft+z`2*)). X < oo. if p > n + g(n). We shall now consider the question of convergence. by definition. Fpeyns) Thus. for convenience. (D) Either: (i) 2' is bounded below (that is. Specifically..s > p . we have FpLn = ®C (X. represents t Da. Thus p' determines a class b' E C t(X.§11. Ftyq+t/Ft+22q+t) with d". iq+t (Gt+1 2')) and. This gives d2a = tOa. that 2' = 0 for q < 0. as in Section 1. in this case. by (40).Vns)+ which is zero for p > m + sup{g(n . Recall that the filtration of L* is called regular if FpLn = 0 for p > f (n) for some function f :Z Z.. to be in CC t+i (X. by a canonical resolution of finite length. In case D(ii). and hence d'b' may be regarded.
Yq+t(Gt21*)) t Hp+q(Urp(Fs2*)) S If. Let Y* be a differential sheaf on X. Consider the differential sheaf y' = f4"d. Also assume that (A). (C). Theorem. moreover. 4).. =. . Let Up = Y . Then DU_1DUoDU1=0. (B) holds.q+t(GtY*)) we have that d2 = td2 + t0.1.Ir(f. At = Kt . then on the summand HHt(X. Y=K0 K1DK2D.q =®H t(X.. on Y. Applications of Spectral Sequences 11. be a decreasing filtration of Y by closed sets.'4)A. ' q(2*)A. Let {FpY*} be a filtration of Y* consisting of acyclic sheaves. and (D) hold. where d* = ` * (X. Then Y* is filtered by the subsheaves FpY* = 2* n . Then there is a spectral sequence with E2.Kt+1 = U_t .U_t+1 so that {Up} forms a decreasing filtration of Y by open sets. 12 The Fary spectral sequence Let f : X .Y be a map and let We shall now apply the results of the previous section to a more specific situation. Also. The associated graded sheaf is G_t2 * = qA" and clearly. where td2 is the second differential of the spectral sequence (1) on page 199 of the differential sheaf Gtr*. and let W be a family of supports on X..262 IV. put Let d be a sheaf on X. and to is the connecting homomorphism (41) of the coefficient sequence (40)..K1p. and this filtration is bounded above by zero.
4 = H' IA(A.X! (f. 4) of f 1At. . Thus conditions (A) and (B) of Section 11 are satisfied. Let f : X + Y be 4Qclosed. ld1)Ai 0.'v(f.1 of the differ ential sheaf (f y' "(X. '.4)..(A. Condition (C) follows from the fact that {Up} is bounded above.. then by 1110.4)IAt).4)) I At can be identified with the Leray spectral sequence of fIA'.i)jAt) = He. Theorem. may be identified with the Leray spectral sequence E2. where b.y t(f. the spectral sequence 2.(At. = 0 for r > 1. Let f : X be a Y be a map. and let .1.gy)(X.IA.3. = Fe (2") = re(q. Stalkwise. the spectral sequence of the differential sheaf (f p `P" (X.Kt+l.y t(f. together with 2. The Fary spectral sequence 263 since . {FpY"} reduces to a filtration with only two terms..Kt+i. t(f. and put At = Kt . the spectral sequence of 11. . y E Y.d)Ae_1 + i. is 41taut in X. with supports in itIA.d)) JA on A. let Y = Ko D Kl D decreasing filtration of Y by closed subsets.. the cohomology sequence of the pair (Kt1 . Note that the exact sequence (40) of Section 11 becomes 0 p .) (4" ).1 of the differential sheaf (f* W* (X. Let 1 be a paracompactifying family of supports on Y.Kt). d2 = ®(td2 + t0).§12.2.2 we have H.1. Then there is a spectral sequence (Fary) with E2 q = t H a. t where td2 is the second differential of the spectral sequence 2. We shall now show that under the same restrictions.. where At = f `(At).(Y.4IA')) of f IA'. Then for any sheaf d on X.B H JBA is an exact functor for A C Y locally closed.d be any sheaf on X. Moreover. (f IAt .d)At) ^ H..d))IAt and to is the connecting homomorphism of the cohomology sequence associated with the coefficient sequence (42) [that is. 12. t (f . is as in Section 11.D I Ut). Proposition. and (D) is obviously satisfied. and it follows that b. Let (D be a paracompactifying family of supports on Y and let A C Y be locally closed with A' = f1(A). where each f_'(y). At) with coefficients in. 4fA"(fIA'. . r t(f. where 9 = Ut(4?IY . yields: 12. We note that with suitable restrictions. where 6 = Since FpY* is 4isoft and Ut re Ut(. (42) If 4i is paracompactifying on Y..4)]. d) JAt is the Leray sheaf IDIA.
q # 0. this map is an isomorphism and the result follows.F is a fiber f '(F) bundle projection with fiber Sk.A))IA which induces (20) on page 214.k. this applies to the orbit map of a circle group action with rational coefficients or a semifree circle group action with integer coefficients. By 4.4(8). '. q=0.VIYF).D(W)IA' = (4iIA)(T n A') by 5. q=k.J1))IA) There results a homomorphism of spectral sequences 2. For example.4. which reduces to r' : H"IA(A. q =0. it follows from 4.F with stalks L.264 IV.6 that XIY . The fibration f is said to be orientable if v is constant. (More generally.(f.F' . Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof. k > 1. f : F' = F is a homeomorphism and f : X .1. it is clear that on F. .Y be a closed map between Hausdorff spaces that is a ksphere fibration with closed singular set F C Y.fw('#(X. L)IY . Note that . 0 13 Sphere bundles with singularities In this section we will apply the Fary spectral sequence to obtain an exact sequence for a sphere bundle with singularities that we call the SmithGysin sequence because it is a generalization of the Gysin sequence of a sphere bundle and an analogue of the Smith sequences of periodic maps of prime order. 7Qk(fIF*.Y . Let f : X . q = k. whence there is the homomorphism of double complexes C.IA(A. G®(. If B is any sheaf on Y. We have the canonical homomorphism (fq. X9(f. where C is a locally constant sheaf on Y .¶'(X. 0. on the E2 terms. g54 0. That is. This is always the case when f is the orbit map of a circle action.F. YQ(f. f* ) 0.) We have L. 0. suppose the Leray sheaf of f has stalks as if this were the situhtion.d)IA) H IA(A.F = 6.f`B)IYF Also. k. I F q k .
Theorem. See [15.1. 610 Ja) As an example of the use of the SmithGysin sequence (43).F.X). B) . Hf_.F. there results an exact sequence E2'0 p Hp (X. Let L be a field and suppose that dim. k. k.° which yields the exact SmithGysin sequence: HpIY_F(Y . Sphere bundles with singularities 265 Now let K° = Y. Let f : X . f* ) E2k. B) . E2'k = H4.IYF(Y.k dk+1 _ E2+1.L Y < oo. f * ) F (F.F. III10] for a more elementary derivation of the SmithGysin sequence. with coefficients in L and for any p. PM (43) See [6] for some other applications of the Fary spectral sequence. Note that a somewhat less subtle "SmithGysin sequence" can be ob tained directly from the Leray spectral sequence of f.. The Fary spectral sequence with coefficients in f'S6 and supports in the paracompactifying family it on Y has E2'q = HpbI Y_F(Y and converges to H f'+1'41 (X .] As with any spectral sequence in which Er'q is nonzero in only two complementary degrees q = 0.D(X. namely. . f'. Y be a closed map that is an orientable ksphere fibration with closed singular set F C Y. and E2 'q = 0 for q # 0.1. we have the inequality 00 00 dim F) + E dim 7=0 (F) < E dim Hf±i 7=0 (X)..B) + HPZIYF(Y . Vqk(f IF*) f* )) . we have the following result: 13. Then. the exact sequence HPD(Y. and Kp = 0 for p > k. K1 = K2 = = Kk = F.F. Thus E2'0 = He1 Y_F(Y .Hf.G®B) ®H F(F.§13.(X.).F) for simplicity of notation. [We have written G ®58 for G ®(58IY . Let 1D be a paracompactifying family of supports on Y. V.
L). Let (D = cldIY .L) 22+H4+'(YF. j = 0. 13.F) ®H.k by 8. we see that the terms in ct cancel out.(k+l) 3=0 ap+i(k+1) as claimed. Let L be a principal ideal domain.F).j (X). The SmithGysin sequence shows that H k(YF. L) = 0 = H* (F. Theorem. dimL(Y  F) < dimL X .L)ED Hp(F.p If X. L). Some other applications of the SmithGysin sequence can be found in (11]..IF(F) .F.F. L) + H +'(Y P F. Y by 1116. Note that dimeIF F < dim4. and Cq = dimHgIY_F(Y .1.F.(X) + H AYF(Y . bq = dim HOF(F).2. .3° Proof. .. In the paracompact case. whence Y. Applications of Spectral Sequences Proof. 30Also see Exercise 21.2. The sequence (43) implies that aq is also zero for large q. then the map H k(Y . Let aq = dimHf_. Adding these inequalities for q = p + j (k + 1). The result then follows from the cohomology sequence of the pair (Y. F).266 IV. L). which degenerates to 0 < 0 for q sufficiently large. is compact. Assume either that X is paracompact with dimL X < oo or that X is compact.9. then Y and F are also acyclic over L. L) is the cup product with the Euler class w E Hk+l (Y . a downwards induction shows that H (Y . The exact sequence Hf 14. and there remains the inequality 00 00 cpk + 3=0 by+. Thus. H Y_F(Y . in either case. except for cp_k. so that bq and Cq are both zero for sufficiently large q. whence it is zero for large p by IIExercise 53.F..F) shows that bq + cq_k < aq + cq+l. Let f : X + Y be a closed map of Hausdorff spaces that is an orientable ksphere fibration with closed singular set F C Y.12.. If X is acyclic over L.
The results in this section are due to Oliver except for those at the end credited to Conner.4].2 is an isomorphism for all 1 E X/G. Since '(f. f IA.u is called a "tube" about G(x).x. L) Hn(G. let iu. only up to homotopy. hence. In this situation.* + Hn(G(x). Hn (G. L) is welldefined. independent of x in its orbit 1. Also. the canonical map r . L). 7r will induce a sheaf homomorphism n: n(f.2. Since G is connected. tu. _yn(f. L).u : U' .fIA. Then cx.L)wwc c Hn(G. 7r* : H8(XIG. For x E X let r]x : G a G(x) be the equivariant map 77x(g) = g(x).§14. L) of 4. L)wlG. y n A. G(x).Vf(f. where n is arbitrary for the present. Let L be a given base ring. The neighborhood U' together with the retraction Qx. 1 a'.L). fix x and ox.2. Hn(G.u(iu. : rn(f. L) = yn(f. and we need only show that this is continuous. that is. It is no loss of generality to assume that vx. L)) H8 (X/G.y('gy(9))) _ 0s. each orbit i = G(x) has an invariant neighborhood U' (where U C X/G is open) possessing an equivariant retraction o..y : G(y) U' be the inclusion.u(y)) = g(x) = ix(g).L) +Hn(G. L) .u G(x) t'?_ G(y) G . fIA. L)wic) HI(X/G. because W/G is open and Wn(f. Because G is compact and.. 77x depends on x. by 1110. We wish to define a natural homomorphism 7r : yn (f. in its orbit. L)y ti Hn(y. Let G be a compact connected Lie group acting on a completely regular space X. A/G.u(9(y)) _ g(vx. Then the rr* fit together to define a function ir.L). The Oliver transfer and the Conner conjecture 267 14 The Oliver transfer and the Conner conjecture In this section we study the transfer map for actions of compact Lie groups due to Oliver [65] and use it to give Oliver's solution to the Conner conjec ture.u : U' * G(x) as above. the diagram U. see [15. L)). Let lr* = %*r. f IA. Thus 77z : Hn(G(x). Let A c X be a closed subspace invariant under G and put W = X . and let y E U'. 115. To show continuity. L) = 0 for y E A by 4. and hence. Let f : X X/G be the orbit map. Hn(G.A.L)f * Hn(G. L) of the Leray sheaf of f to the constant sheaf on X/G with stalks Hn(G.u(y) = x. f is closed.
'yu.u(a) = 1*(a) = a.U(a) (a) = 7J. We compute: it s(y) = 7ryyu. L). A. . the last equation holding by substitution of x for y in the preceding parts. L)I U)  "(f.)en(f. It follows that 7r is continuous at the arbitrary element s(*) = (ri)1(a) E . A/G.A(f*(0) U a) = Q U TX (a). L).. where a E Hs+n(X. L).1. L) and 0 E Ht(X/G.e"(f.xax. A) (X/G. A/G. L) n"  H" (G.Hs (X/G. Applications of Spectral Sequences commutes. L) and hence is continuous in the large as claimed. L)i be the restriction. Let a E Hn(G(x).y(s) by the definition of y. U Hn(G(x).n = Hs (X/G. and so there is the canonical homomorphism HS+n(X.(a) = 7rx.7u.v 9u H" (U. Now let us specialize to the case n = dim G and let A : H" (G. Proposition.u(a) = iu.. called the "Oliver transfer. L) a. f IA.x(s) = r.L be an "orientation.W" (f . A/G) has E2't = 0 for t > n. The Oliver transfer r satisfies the relationship TX.v 9u = 77. The image under the isomorphism ry of the value of the section s at 1 is r. L) _.A : Hs+"(X. L) » E2. A. s(1). L) In= .. ZU. L)y tu.y(s) = 71y ry'Yu.v Hn(G(y).y Ux. The righthand square commutes because it is induced by the preceding commutative diagram.(s(*)) = r.268 IV. L) I U) be the canonical map from presheaf to generated sheaf and let 7u. and the composition of this with A* o 7r* gives a natural homomorphism TX . Then the value of the section s at y is s(y) = ryu. The lefthand square commutes because it is just the definition of ry. L) =. This equation shows that 7r is constant on the image of the section s. Let 0u : Hn(U'." The Leray spectral sequence of the map f : (X. L) in which the composition along the bottom is Try. X'(f.xOuoy. Then we have the diagram r(. L)IU). and put s = Ouvx u(a) E r(x"(f." 14. L)I U) IYU. L)).: r( n(f.. L) r(.yn(f.
' the Leray spectral sequence of (f. L)) corresponds to /3 E Ht(X/G. I x A).BIxA(t(x U y)) = TIxA. 14.A(f *(0) U a). { } x A U 111 x A).'O for each 2 < r < oo.. Proof. and that f * (x) = z. which is equivalent to the pair (I x A. VI15. L) ITA Hs1(A/G.8JxA(f*(5(x)) U y) = b(x) U TIxA(y) by 14.. A. 1. Put C = {1} x A and B = [0. and hence A* o 7r* takes this to /3 U TX (a). see [19. A/G. LWIG) under the canonical isomorphism . We consider the Gspace I x X and its various subspaces. Now. L) » E t. The proof is similar to Steenrod's proof of the similar relationship between the Steenrod squares and connecting homomorphisms.Hs(X/G."' for each 2 _< r < oo and TX(a) = A*(7r*(a2)). The Oliver transfer and the Conner conjecture 269 Proof. 2 Hs+"(8I x A) is generated by elements of the form ± U x E H°(8I). f JA. so TIxA. Corollary. L) : Ht(X/G.t. 81 x A)..1 .BIxA(6(f*(I)) UP) TIxA. y E H.1] x A. in turn.+" (A). L) LWIG." f *(0) U a to TX. We compute pX(y).8. Let 'E. Let W = pl : I x X {0} x X U I x A. By excision and homotopy invariance. this composition takes E2+1.21 or [79. I. Then the naturality of the Oliver transfer implies that it suffices to prove the result for the pair (W.' be the Leray spectral sequence of f and E. L) ITX A . But by definition. Let pX : I x X + X.2].2 and 6. 2] x A U {0} x X C W. A. Yo(f. where (x). Naturality then shows. by II7. Let I _ x x y. A/C. L).2. Again. naturality applied to this diagram implies that it suffices to prove the result for the pair (W. the composition H'+'+' (X." ++ takes f * (0) U a to /32 U a2.1(b) by 14.ifs°(f. and N2 E Ht(X/G.1 = 42UTIxA(y)) = 6(TIxA(f*(1) U y)) = 6(TIxA(x U 9)). E 'E. it suffices to prove the result for the pair ([2. The element a represents a class a. L) Hs+"(X. The following diagram commutes: Hs+"1(A. and PI : I x X/G I be the projections. 1]. By 6.§14. t = pI* (x). where G acts trivially on the factor I = [0. Consider the commutative diagram (coefficients in L) Hs(BuC) 1 b _ 'H8(C) 1 6 i 0 H" (WBUC) + H+1(WC) with exact row. that it suffices to prove it for the pair (W. {1} x A).. f JA). f IA. B U C). The element f*/3 represents a class Or E E.
In both cases the map HI(G(x). Zp) + Hs (PIG. Now. Therefore. we have that Gx is finite of order prime to p. is an isomorphism. Zp) rx. Then the transfer Tp : Hs+n(P.Zp) . PIG.. Zp) + Hk+n(X. let f be the orbit map. Zp)) Hs(X/G. Zp) is a monomorphism. so that the map 77y : H* (G(x). Let x E P.:: H"(G/G. Ht (G.P : Hk+"(X. Zp) y H ' (G. Let G be a compact. as follows from the existence of a tube about G(w). Then the isotropy group Gx contains a subgroup of order p. Ht (G. f I P.H' (G. and so the Oliver transfer. It follows that : Y' (f IP. Zp) is zero. It follows that u E W. We shall now go on to give his proof. Let p be a prime number and let P C X be the union of the fixedpoint sets of all order p subgroups of G... The commutative diagram Hk+nt(P. p. Zp) E2'" s . P. The following result sums up the main usage of the transfer: 14. Assume further that Ht (X/G. Zp)WIG is an isomorphism. since it is an isomorphism on each stalk. Theorem. Zp)) Hk (X/G. Hs(P/G. H" (G. which is the composition TX.. proving the first assertion. we have Es" = Hs(X/G.aixAcb=bo rrXA. As before.P. Zp) is zero for all s. Zp) Hk(X/G.H"(G. proving the second assertion. If w E W = X . Zp) = 0 for t > k. P/G. and so Gx is either of positive dimension or it is finite of order a multiple of p.P and if u is sufficiently near w.Zp) is zero. Zp) of isomorphisms. then Gu is conjugate to a subgroup of G. Zp) . Zp) is zero for all s. Zp) H' (G. It follows that the sl= 7r map 7r: . Applications of Spectral Sequences and SO TIXA. PIG. connected.p : Hk+n(X.Zp) . P. Zp) + Hk(X/G. Zp) . f IP).. P.2 since G is connected. PIG.3. f I P. Zp) a ' Hk+"(X. ZP)w/G) Hs (X/G. This transfer map was the main (unknown at the time) tool in Oliver's solution of the Conner conjecture. Zp) is an isomorphism by 1119. P/G.'et(f. for x E W = X . Zp) nzs H* (G/Gx. Then the transfer TX. nontrivial Lie group acting on a paracompact space X. for the Leray spectral sequence of (f. Zp)) Thus E2't = 0 for s > k and for t > n. P/G. Hk (X/G..P Hki rP=O (P/G. Zp) is an isomorphism and the canonical map Hk+n(X. and so the Oliver transfer Tp Hs+n(p. Thus P is closed and it is obviously invariant.270 IV.7' (f. Zp) . Proof.
since n = dim G > 0. 32XG denotes the set of fixed points of G on X.§14.. If [k. the map H*(K xG X. if S is a maximal ptorus in H. (It is a standard result that this always exists. which is a fiber bundle projection with fiber X. Let G C K where K is a connected compact Lie group. contrary to assumption. x]. Assuming.2 shows that b : 14. If the theorem is false. But then. P. K can be taken to be some unitary group. A compact Lie group S will be called a ptorus if S is an extension of a toral group by a pgroup. whence x E P. Zp) _. By passing to the unreduced suspension of X. Since X is Zpacyclic and the stalks of the Leray sheaf of t. Now. that S C NH(T). It follows from the relative homeomorphism theorem 1112. By IIExercise 54. For a prime p. Moreover. P/G. Let Y (K xG X)/(K xG x0).P : Hk+n(X. The Oliver transfer and the Conner conjecture 271 Hk+n1(P. x] = [k. are H*(X. then there exists an integer k with Hk (X/G. we shall reduce this to the case in which G is connected.2. and h = kg1k1. Let G be a compact Lie group acting on the paracompact space X. it can be assumed that G has a fixed point xo on X.11 that Y is Zp acyclic. P. PIG. P/G. x) = (kgg(x)). Zp) # 0 and the monomorphism Hk+n(X. Zp) >+ Hk+n(X. Thus g E G. x] is the orbit of (k. Theorem. whence (H/NH(T))S # 0. g(x)). In particular. Zp) is zero. then. X/G < dimz. then rank S = rank H. which means that there is a g E G with (hk.Hk(X/G. it follows that ST is a ptoral subgroup of H. x]. First. If Q is the union of the fixed point sets of order p subgroups of K on Y then we claim that Q = (K xG P)/(K xG x0). P. x] = [hk. and in fact. x].32 This implies that S is conjugate to a subgroup of NH(T). Zp) 36 0 and Ht (X/G. Y/K X/G and Q/K PIG. If S C H is a ptorus.) Let K xG X be the quotient space of K x X by the action g(k. P/G. Zp) + Hk+n(X. then X(H/NH(T)) = 1. the isomorphism TX. Zp) + H*(K xG x0. dimz. suppose that h E K has order p and that h[k.Zp) by 7. P). Any two 31 Also see Exercise 20. of 14. Zp) = 0.' : K xG X + K/G. the set K xG xo is a cross section of C. Zp) = 0 for t > k. then there is an action of K on Y given by h[k. X < oo. Indeed. as is well known. Then g has order p and fixes x. Then [hk.31 Proof. x) under this action. x) = (kg1. The trivial group is regarded as a ptorus for all p.4. Zp) is an isomorphism. The projection K x X + K induces a map l. giving the 0 last assertion by the exact sequence of the pair (X.. let P be the union of the fixedpoint sets of all order p subgroups of G. Suppose that X is Zpacyclic and has dimzn X < oo. then Smith theory shows that X((H/NH(T))S) = 1 (modp). If T is a maximal torus of the compact Lie group H. Zp) of 14. Thus we may as well assume that G is connected. . Then H*(X/G.3 show that X is 0 not Zpacyclic. x] = [k. so that the result for Y and K would imply the result for X and G.
3 for a fixed 3.(S)/S contains an element of order p. [S]Ea Note that X is closed when a is full and that a c Q5 X13 is Ginvariant. XS/G. X a C X O. i. as follows immediately from the corresponding facts about maximal tori and about pSylow subgroups of a finite group. Suppose that the compact Lie group G acts on the paracompact pacyclic space X with dim. let Qp be the collection of conjugacy classes in G of maximal ptoral subgroups of isotropy subgroups of G on X. If X E X e. Then Sg(x) = g(x).(XS/N(S). but two different orbit types might determine the same member of . There is a partial ordering of itp given by [S] < [T] if S is conjugate to a proper subgroup of T. For a subgroup S C G we let [S] denote its conjugacy class.0 (mod p) by Smith theory. the result is true when e5 = a. Thus assume that H*(Xe'/G.(X°/G.0 (mod p). The proof will be by induction on the cardinality of e5 . where P = {x E XS I (N(S)/S)x contains an element of order p}. then S is not a maximal ptorus in Gx.Zp) = 0 by 1112. Also.272 IV. Note that an orbit type determines a corresponding member of (EP. if x E X". Also. V/G. Indeed. Let a and C'5 be full subsets of e'p with a C Q5 and with 6 . On the other hand. Then H*(Xe/G.4. there is an element k E Gx with klg'Sgk = S. suppose that g(x) E G(x)S for some g E G. Then X(Gx/S) . whence N(S)(g(x)) = N(S)(x) as claimed.p X < oo. then Gx D S.I finite. e5. We claim that it follows that G(x)S/N(S) is a single point. Put e5' = e5 . Zp) = 0 if I C e5' e5.p is full if [S] E a and [S] < [T] r [T] E . But (Gx/S)S = NG=(S)/S. Theorem. P/N(S). gk E N(S). Applications of Spectral Sequences maximal ptori of H are conjugate in H.X"/G) is a relative homeomorphism. By 14. whence g'Sg C Gx.{ IS]} (. These remarks show that 0 : (XS/N(S).. so that (S'] E e5' (whence x E X°') if S j4 S'. Let X E X S. let Xa = U XS. Suppose that [S] E 8 . Zp) = 0. Zp) = 0. whence 0 is onetoone on (XS . H*(Xe/G.5. then S is a maximal ptorus of Gx since S C S' for some maximal ptorus S' of Gx.5.X'')/N(S). Therefore X((G1/S)S) . Since 0 is a relative homeomorphism. Consider the map 0 : XS/N(S) Xe/G. For a given action of a compact Lie group G on a space X. We say that a subset a C e. 14.a and is maximal with this property. ft.X°'/G. and it follows that NG.X e'.P/N(S)) .e. Of course. Proof. This proves the inductive . Since any two maximal ptori of Gx are conjugate in Gx. But then g(x) = gk(x) E N(S)(x).
Corollary. (Also.X Zpn+')/Zpn+1 is an orientable 2:pcohomology circle bundle over (XZpn . Suppose that the compact Lie group G acts on the paracompact space X with dimzp X < oo and only finitely many orbit types. The Oliver transfer and the Conner conjecture 273 step via the exact cohomology sequence of the triple (X 5/G. Zp) = 0.. 0 The case a = 0 and 6 = e:p gives: 14. for ZP coefficients.8.p dips+l /7Gpn on XZpn. For G = S1 and 2:p coefficients. 33Also see 14. Therefore. H*(X/G) = H*(XZpo/G) s H*(XZp' /G) .10.) Now.3 gives a corresponding result over the integers: 14. First.§14. Smith theory gives 0 = H'(X) = H*(XZp°) ti H'(XZp') . then X/G is also pacyclic.6.:: H*(XC).XZpn+') = 0. (Just replace the Smith theory arguments by ones using the SmithGysin sequence for rational coefficients. If X is pacyclic. If X is acyclic. we are using the fact that finite dimensionality is not needed for the Smith theory of actions on compact spaces. note that the case of G = S' and rational coefficients follows from the SmithGysin sequence. X/G). Similarly. If X is Qacyclic.6. .. Corollary. the universal coefficient theorem 1115. Suppose that the compact Lie group G acts on the compact space X with dimz X < oo and only finitely many orbit types. Thus the Gysin sequence and IIExercise 53 show that H* (XZpn /G. the last isomorphisin following from continuity 1114. Corollary.XZpn+')/G.X Zpn+1)/G. since this is just H*(Xzp') for the action of 2. XZpn+l /G.7.. Zp) H: ((X Zpn . then X/G is also acyclic. For compact spaces. Smith theory gives that HH((XZpn XZpn+1)/Zpn+1) s: H*(XZpn/Zpn+1. X 0'1G. If we define Zo = Q and the 0torus to be a torus (so that a maximal 0torus is just a maximal torus) then all these arguments apply to the case p = 0. then X/G is also Qacyclic. (X Zpn .33 Finally.) Thus we have: 14. H'(XG . a technique of Conner [26J removes the assumption on finiteness of number of orbit types and that of finite cohomological dimension in the last corollary. Suppose that the compact Lie group G acts on the paracompact space X with dimQ X < oo and only finitely many orbit types.
Applications of Spectral Sequences Also. in [66].. finally proved by Oliver: 14.2. for y E D. Finally. then the same is true for the action of any subgroup K C G. Theorem.13. an example of a smooth action of G on some disk D with no points left fixed by the whole group. Now. then X/G is also Lacyclic.13.L) ti H'(D/G. 35See (65] for an alternative proof. X/H is acyclic. Now. For a general compact Lacyclic space X on which G acts. Let L = Z or a prime field. Since such an action has only finitely many orbit types (see [6]) we know from 14. Thus. There are the maps X/G 4. let us show that 14. y E D. Further arguments due to Conner [26] show that any action of a compact Lie group on euclidean space or a disk has a contractible orbit space. Oliver has constructed. for any compact nonabelian group G. Proof. . see (6]. It follows that each r= :Y* (77.35 34 Here we are using that if an action of a compact Lie group G on a space X has only finitely many orbit types. we can assume. Conner's technique is to look at the twisted product X x G D.10. Since G.X xG D 'L+ DIG. Therefore. by induction on the dimension and number of components of G. Oliver and P. that these fibers are all Lacyclic. Conner called such a Gspace D an acyclic model. (X xG D. Therefore.L) = 0. If X is acyclic. the Vietoris mapping theorem 1111. # G. Conner. Z) is an isomorphism. is a Vietoris map. Consequently. Corollary. (R.) Let L = 7G or a prime field. This is true since K has only finitely many orbit types on each G(s) G/C1.274 IV.L) fl. Suppose that the compact Lie group G acts on the paracompact space X with dimz X < oo and only finitely many orbit types. for x E X.8 holds with compactness replaced by paracompactness: 14. the result is true when G is finite by 1119. each orbit of H C G on D has an equivariant tubular neighborhood since G acts smoothly on D. the Conner conjecture. there is a finite subgroup H C Sl containing all finite isotropy groups. S1/H acts semifreely on X/H and so X/S1 = (X/H)/(S1/H) is acyclic by 13.H* (z*. then X/G is also acyclic.9. Thus the argument works for X paracompact with dimz X < 00 and with only finitely many orbit types as soon as we show that the result holds for actions of S1.34 By 1119. The "fibers" of C have the form DIG. If the compact Lie group G acts on the compact Lacyclic space X. In Conner's argument concerning the twisted product X XG D. In the latter case. this argument gives the following main application of the Oliver transfer.8 that D/H is acyclic for all H C G. Z)Z .7 gives that H'(X/G. the Leray spectral sequence of 27 shows that 77' is an isomorphism provided we can show that each X/G. The fibers of 77 are X/G. is acyclic.
Show that X be sheaves on X and Y respectively. f'4) (where y E Bc) is identical with f'. " + E 2 0 " = r(.xe'(f. for p r. with k > 1.. Apply II15. Q In the spectral sequence 9.)(X. d)) + H*nr.. (y'. SQ For differential sheaves 9' on a space Y define a natural homomorphism (f.40f'X)= 0: H"(r. Let 4i be a paracompactifying family of supports on Y with dimi.d)) of the Leray spectral sequence of f : X + Y is just the composition Ha(W)(X. 4)) . for some integer r with 0 < r < n and also compute HO* (Y. (D If Y C X = S" separates X. Hg(X. such that there is a natural exact sequence of sheaves on Y of the form 0 . for p = r. with closed singular set F C Y as in Section 13.. Show that f y. l 0. where X and Y are locally compact Hausdorff.4) y + Hyr. ° (X. 2.d) ®X . i))) = ro(Y. where B is totally disconnected..4. let iy rb ( . 4.d) . Moreover.. Let f : X + Y. Q Let X be a compact metric space with dimL X = n.d).Exercises 275 Exercises 1.1 6.d) * + 0.n(X/C. with the map ry .4)) = H"(rw(fwW'(X.(f.3.4) = H"(ro(q. Xn (f . 0. Assume that 4) and 4i(%P) are both paracompactifying.2 of Borel. w'(X. for p 36 n. E On Ei" = r4. Assume that X = A U B. (Hint: by continuity 1114. Let 'F and 4? be families of supports on X and Y respectively.4) be the + composition of the restriction r1(x y (f .7fo"(fq.d) f'_d)y M E .4 (9 f*X) + JVp+'(f. Then show that iy o { is just the restriction map H H [Note that T n y' _ 1(W) n y' unless {y} 4i. 4I y' ).(f.d is 4isoft for any D(%)soft sheaf .. in which case n y' = 0.)W'(X.y. (`. for p = n.. (` "y(f.. Qs Let f : X + Y.C(f. L) for some integer n > 0. then show that dimXY > n . Let 'd and = 0.d)).4 on X.1.(f.1. Then show that dimL A > n ..L Y < oo and assume that HJ_(X.4))) B ra(. 7. Show that H*P IF(F L) ! L.y.] 5. .(2*)) + and show that the edge homomorphism Hn. Let L be a principal ideal domain. Let f : X + Y be a closed map that is an orientable ksphere fibration.+. 3..(y'.. f`4)) + n (X. show that the edge homomorphism H. for Y E Y. L). L. where L is a principal ideal domain..
Also show that the naturality relation (5) on page 199 is valid in this 15. f.%'. L) sHj_. Let h denote d°. 16.1 9.:8 is also an 9module.B) x (f'i. let sW9. and .. Qs Let f : X Y be a 'Pclosed map where T is a family of supports on X.. show that Imh the differential and Coker h are 4?acyclic. Q If f : X Y is 41closed for a paracompactifying family T of supports on X and if B C Y is locally closed. Define a spectral sequence with EZ. d) when 4? is paracompactifying.. Let 0 + 2' 0 be an exact sequence of differential sheaves.4) = .0(X. (A. L) when 4) is paracompactifying. L) HOP (Y.) Hp+l(ro(y. X < oo..4)B for sheaves 4 on X. Q Let Y be a kdimensional component of the fixed point set of a differentiable involution on an mmanifold M. 11. Suppose that H9(M. is exact when each f 1(y) has dimension zero. show that for any amodule . Q Let 4' be a differential sheaf with . Let f : X + Y and let T be a family of supports on X. If M' is 41acyclic for all q. so that there is an induced exact . Conner [25]. fy f'S8 is also 4ifine. Use Exercise 15 to prove that if f : X . Show that the functor f4. Investigate the properties of this sheaf.' are all bounded below.is 4ifine for any paracompactifying family 4i of supports on Y. Assume that for each y E Y.(f. Assume either that dim.a = H (Y.k') .] 10. then there are natural isomorphisms HfP_10(X.276 IV.] W' + Y' 14. Applications of Spectral Sequences 8. If f : X + Y. Thus. . Show that the fixedpoint set is connected and that the normal StiefelWhitney classes of Y in M vanish.Y is closed and surjective and if each fiber f 1(y) has a fundamental system of neighborhoods in X that are contractible.4.11.k.4))). 9' )) = 0 for p > 0 and similarly for A/l' and V'.7C4 0 for q < 0. [In particular.+HP(ro(y'))HP(ro( situation [see 2. if X . sQ With the notation of 7. (j. 9(fy(f'(X. If R is a sheaf of rings on Y.r.. 12.9 show that TUlr'(w) = rU r. f 1(y) is 'Ptaut in X and that dim* f 1(y) = 0. [Hint: Consider the spectral sequence of the differential sheaf 58' with 589 = d for q < 0 and 0 = 0 for q > 0. induces an isomorphism in homology. for locally compact Hausdorff spaces. X < oo or that 2'.s sHro'w(X. .)} sequence r. fy f'. from sheaves on X to sheaves on Y is exact. 13. Show that the inclusion Im{ro(. Assume either that 4" is bounded below or that dim. the Thom isomorphism applied to the Euler class yields the square of the Thom class. show that there is a natural isomorphism fy(4f. That is. [Hint: Use 3. Also assume that H' (HP (X . Z2) = 0 for 0 < p < m .))+.
25. (98) 0 M when X is flabby and torsionfree and M is finitely generated. . n = 1. o. there is a split exact sequence ® HP(X. Y locally compact.6 for X being the topologist's sine curve of 1110..d).A.(X. With the hypotheses of Exercise 16 assume that Y is locally compact and hereditarily paracompact. ® If X is locally arcwise connected. It does when D = dd or when I consists of compact sets.q = HP(X. (This is due to Oliver [65]. M) + H°(X ... M)) = E2'0 = Eo°o° = off°(X.V) =0 for q > nk.H. 4) is a finitely generated Lmodule for each p. show that the edge homomorphism 0: H°(X.. . M)) of 2.A. then show that P is Zp acyclic. Show that Y is dcT.A. M) of 2..Q)aH . Suppose that X and Y are locally compact Hausdorff spaces and that f : X + Y is an orientable ksphere fibration with singular set F as in Section 13. 3. 2. (YF.. (Note that 9 does not coincide with 4) x IF in general.) [Hint: Consider the proof of 7.D x Y). M) of 2.6 and note that I'. f *X) = 0 for p > n. Show that for 4) paracompactifying or for 4) = cld. A. Assume that the Leray sheaf of the projection it : X x Y ' Y mod A x Y is the constant sheaf H.'° (X.(Y. where L is a principal ideal domain. 24.q = Hp(X. Show that both 7.V 0 M) = Fq. ® Let G be a compact connected Lie group acting on a paracompact space X that is acyclic and of finite dimension over Zp for some prime p. ® Discuss the spectral sequence EZ.M)) aHp+' (X. all tangent to the xaxis at the origin.21 (X.6 is an isomorphism. 22. 18. n q(X.9..y(. M) of 2.L)He((X. If HP (X. M)) t.. Let X and Y be spaces with support families 1 and %F respectively. If P C X is the union of the fixedpoint sets of all subgroups of G of order p.d) (e.® HP(X. show that the map cp : H.6 and Exercise 18 remain valid if the coefficient sheaf L on Y is replaced by a locally constant sheaf 2 with stalks L and a1 x Y is replaced by d®Y.A)xY.g. Let A C X and let d be a sheaf of Lmodules on X. 20.Hp+q(X. and clci ).. 23.L) p+Q=n P+q=n+l where O = T(. AX0(X.4.6 is an isomorphism.) 21. Hausdorff.6 for X being the union in the plane of circles of radius 1/n.Exercises 277 17.] 19. .(X. ® If X is arcwise connected and M is an abelian group regarded as a constant sheaf on X.(Y. Also assume that HH (X. show that H' (F. see II15. M) H..AxY).) = 0 for p> n and that H.nX9(X. ® Discuss the spectral sequence E2 .
If K C Y is the complement of a small open disk in the side of one of the beads.a1' be a flabby resolution of a sheaf covering of X. r o (Jio"(. Describe the rest of the Leray spectral sequence of it. but that H"(T. Applications of Spectral Sequences 26. 30. is the identity. and assume that F and Y are acyclic (with constant coefficient group Z). natural in the open coverings U. d).v = .. see 1117.dq) for 40 paracompactifying. Let . an orientable S2 bundle over B . sQ Let Y' be a differential sheaf on X that is cbacyclic and bounded below. Then show that the HN(r1(. an epimorphism)..(r')) of the spectral sequence : of IV2. L) is isomorphic to L. Q Let f : X .278 IV. Lim m'A. Z) ® H'_4(B. and rework IIIExercise 15 in this context.. QS With the hypotheses of 2. 27. suppose that I'o ( eN (2*)) .o >+ Hk(r4. L)) = 0 for all p. Let Y be one strand of Wilder's necklace and 7r : Y + T . ..B.. Show that there is a spectral sequence EZ.i Conclude that there is an exact sequence 0 :( jLm.!l')) is a monomorphism (respectively.2. J Verify that for the identity map 1 : (X. cld) morphism (X.} as in IIExercise 59. Show that each stalk of the Leray sheaf JY1(7r. lm. Hp2(B.j) = 0.14. Also translate this into a statement about singular cohomology.7k HOk(X. 29. Z). 28. and a homeomorphism over F. ').At. Z) 32.iAi. 33. sQ Define a spectral sequence E" (H) = Hp+4(X. Y be a surjective map between compact Hausdorff spaces.:: Sl the retraction to its thread. Let F C B C Y be closed subspaces.1) in the Leray spectral sequence. (}gym' A.df" )) is a monomorphism (respectively. Discuss the spectral sequences of the double complex Cp'4 = C (U. Suppose that f is an orientable S3 bundle over Y . investigate the nature of the Leray spectral sequence of ajK : K + T.7e1(ir. 31. an map HN(I'o(SB')) epimorphism). Suppose that 0 for 0 0 q < n and that each point x E X has a neighborhood U such that the restriction H"(ronu(2'JU)) is zero..) p+9A+.. the edge homo 1° : Hy(X.1 is an isomorphism for k < n. Then show that the edge homomorphism . ) = EZ'0 » E"00 °'~ Hy(X.0 on X and let U be an open and that Um. Q Consider double inverse systems {A. Then show that H7'(X..F.Y°(Y')) = EZ'0 « Ek.
singular homology (and cohomology) does not behave well with respect to dimension. it coincides with singular homology on locally finite CWcomplexes. the homology groups may depend on the choice of base ring. The BorelMoore homology theory does not possess these defects. more generally. the mixed homologycohomology Kiinneth formula (58). In Section 12 we show. we shall show that this sacrifice is necessary if one wishes to maintain certain other desirable qualities. to the author's mind. that sacrifice is. However. For example. Also. and with supports in an arbitrary family. We shall develop a homology theory. The usefulness of the BorelMoore homology theory lies largely in the fact that this theory corrects some of the "defects" of classical homology theories. Note that over a principal ideal domain (and. for locally compact pairs." that is. This relationship with sheaf cohomology is exemplified by the universal coefficient formulas (9) and 12. see Sections 12 through 15. Thus. An important property of the BorelMoore homology theory is that it is closely related to the sheaftheoretic cohomology theory. over a Dedekind domain) a module is injective if and only if it is divisible. more generally. The tech homology theory is not exact. Although this fault can be circumvented if one is willing to have a theory that is not defined for arbitrary sheaves of coefficients. and all sheaves are assumed to be sheaves of Lmodules. it is a sort of cocohomology based on sheaf cohomology.Chapter V BorelMoore Homology Throughout this chapter all spaces dealt with are assumed to be locally compact Hausdorff spaces. with coefficients in a sheaf. All these faults are present only when dealing with spaces with "bad" local properties. we shall show that all these faults disappear. it achieves this by sacrificing other desirable properties (and we shall show that such a sacrifice is necessary). the BorelMoore homology theory. On the category of clci spaces. although it does turn out to be so in most cases of interest (no case is known where it fails to be zero).8. the homology group in dimension zero is generally rather complicated. the 279 . The base ring L will be taken to be a principal ideal domain. Also. Also. even for compact pairs. and this is a major fault of that theory. In fact. too great. A somewhat troubling "defect" of BorelMoore theory is that it fails to satisfy "change of rings. the group in dimension 1 is not obviously zero. that it coincides with singular homology on HLC spaces. For constant coefficients and compact supports the theory satisfies the axioms of EilenbergSteenrodMilnor on the full category of locally compact pairs and maps.
An example is given to show that the homology groups may depend on the base ring. In Section 8 the (mixed homologycohomology) spectral sequence of a map is defined. the spectral sequence leads to the Poincare duality theorem of Section 9. A Kiinneth formula relating the homology of a product space to the homology of its factors is obtained in Section 14 for clci spaces. In Section 10 we define the cap product and study its relationship to the cup product and to Poincare duality. while in Sections 12. See Chapter VI for further development. . It is applied to intersection theory in Section 11. In Section 7 the homology sheaf of a map is defined. we define the basic notion of the dual (differential sheaf) of a differential cosheaf.280 V. which is a type of dual to the notion of a sheaf. It is then shown that in some cases (e. the basic spectral sequences (Section 8). we consider the notion of a cosheaf. the axiom of excision and the relationship of the homology of a space to that of the members of the support family are considered. and 14 it takes on more significance. for clcL spaces) the homology groups are independent of the base ring. Throughout this chapter we will use dime X as an abbreviation for dim . The homology theory itself is defined. in Section 3. that the homology of an HL C space coincides with the classical singular homology of the space. A universal coefficient formula for clci spaces is also obtained. In Sections 12 and 13 we prove. and the Poincare duality theorem (Section 9). In the same section. the main case of interest is that of the identity map. and this is used to verify the homotopy invariance property for this homology theory. L X. In Sections 1618 we study homology (and cohomology) manifolds fairly extensively.) In Section 5. among other things. It is analogous to the Leray sheaf and generalizes the sheaf of local homology groups of a space defined in Section 3. Unlike the Leray spectral sequence. For most of the chapter the notion of a cosheaf plays a predominantly terminological role.g. In Section 6 we prove a Vietoris mapping theorem for homology with an arbitrary coefficient sheaf. the transfer map and the Smith theory of periodic transformations are studied in Sections 19 and 20. Finally. In this case. 13. from a canonical chain complex. BorelMoore Homology cap product (Section 10). (This basic property is more complicated in BorelMoore theory than in the classical theories. The problem of change of rings is considered in Section 15. In Section 1. the main problem being to show that the chain groups of a subspace can be canonically embedded as a subcomplex of the chain groups of the ambient space. which is the central focus of this chapter. and in Section 2. relative homology is introduced.. every map of spaces induces a natural map on the chain groups of the spaces in question. In Section 4 it is shown that for suitable supports and coefficient sheaves.
The reader may check that indeed. see Exercises 3 and 4.§1. some elementary notions dual to those of a sheaf and presheaf. Let 21 be a flabby cosheaf and let s E 21(U).3. V.1.) 1.(X. A precosheaf is a "cosheaf " if the sequence *0) a %(U°) f'%(U). That is.A . Definition.o is exact for all collections {UQ} of open sets with U = Ua U. a suitable notion of constant cosheaf is the precosheaf assigning to U the free Lmodule on the components of U. As stated above. 2.. An important example is that of the singular cosheaf. (X)) " Hp (6. 1. Let Isl C U (the "support" of s) be defined by: x V Isi if there is an open set V C U with x 0 V and with s E Im(iu. Cosheaves 281 1 Cosheaves In this section we introduce. (To see this. by 6. which is defined as follows: Let Sp(U) be the singular chain group' in degree p of U with coefficients in L. . if An = Sp(U) for all n = 1.v being the canonical homomorphism 21(V) + 21(U) for V C U)... (X)) since homology commutes with direct limits. and An + An+1 is the subdivision homomorphism. but on locally connected spaces. Note that the canonical map Sp(X) + 6p(X) induces an isomorphism Hp (S. throughout this chapter L stands for a given base ring that is a principal ideal domain.iun. . and study to a small extent. we shall denote the singular cosheaf 6. There is no generally acceptable notion of a constant cosheaf on spaces that are not locally connected (a point to be commented upon later).A) and f = >a iU. When necessary. Definition. A cosheaf 21 is said to be "flabby" if ix. 1. let Sp(U) = lir An. The constant precosheaf L is the precosheaf taking the value L on each U. 6p is a flabby cosheaf on X.ua. 1. Note that the constant cosheaf (when it exists) is usually not flabby. where g = E(a.UO (iu.2.4.V : 21(V) 21(U)). use Exercise 3 and consider the simplicial MayerVietoris sequence of the nerve of triples (U. Take the direct limit under barycentric subdivision of Sp(U).u. This gives a precosheaf but not a cosheaf. 'Also denoted by A' (U) in IExercise 12. U f V). A "precosheaf " 21 on X is a covariant functor from the category of open subsets of X to that of Lmodules.U : 21(U) + 21(X) is a monomorphism for each open U C X.Q) (iua.. Definition. L).
and let s E 2t(U).) _ W . whence it maps to zero in 2t(P U Q). In the commutative diagram 21(P n Q) g+ 2t(P) ®2t(Q) 11U.. so that s = 0. I sl = 0 Isl C V. so that there is a compact neighborhood Nx of x with s E Im iU. .8.. . where (r. The element (sp. Proposition. Let 21 be a flabby cosheaf and lets E 21(U). then this shows that s E Imiu. .v. n V.PnQ 2t(P u Q) + 0 I 'U. s E Im iu. where Q = W n Vl n . Proposition.v Now suppose that s = iu..u{x}. s) = s . If IsI = 0.. U U N. Moreover. we have that s E Im iu..1. = W n f(U .v. Q C U. BorelMoore Homology bS=0. immediately from Definition 1. It follows that x has a neighborhood disjoint from IsI. We wish to show that s E Imiu. whence s E Im iu. If 2 is a csoft sheaf then the precosheaf r. and for V C U open.v. whence IsI is contained in some compact subset of U .V C Nx. IsI C V a s E Im iu.. If x lsl. Proof. whence IsI is compact.. as required. 5Q) = 9(spnQ) = (ipPnQ(spnQ). n The following proposition.{x}... Then IsI is compact.UN= There is a finite set {x1. 1. iQ. SQ) of 21(P) ® 21(Q) maps to f (s.w.Q. Therefore there is an element spnQ E 21(P n Q) with (sp.6. Suppose now that IsI C V C U.w for some W that is the union of a finite number of the U.. C V.Q ®2i(U) 0 the verticals are monomorphic since 21 is flabby. ts a flabby cosheaf. . s E Im iu. It is immediate that s E Imiu.PnQ(SPnQ)). 2Note that it is the absence of parentheses or the use of braces that distinguishes this from the group I (2).PUQ J ((U) %(U) 21(U) i 21(U) lI ZU. Thus Isl is contained in a compact sublet of U.2)(U) = r.Q(sQ) for some open sets P.. then s E Im iU.. pnQ. .p(sp) and s = iu. Then.w n Im iu. There is a relatively compact open set W C U with s E Im iu.U Nx.} such that W .o = 0. This cosheaf will also be denoted bye rC{x} = rose.5.Nx.P®ZU..v.282 V. Let V.=UNx.(2IU). If x E W . and it is no loss of generality to assume that V C W. x. characterizes the class of flabby cosheaves as the class of cosheaves of sections with compact support of csoft sheaves. together with 1.s = 0 in 21(U). Since n Im iu. 1.2.V then x V IsI. Let {U.} be a covering of U by open sets that are relatively compact in U.
(. = tlU1 for some open sets U. Let 21 be a flabby cosheaf and let A be the presheaf defined by A(U) = 2i(X)/Qtx_uu(X). Since Isl . 1. 0 maps 21(X) into r. and with sl .(2IV) . i = 1. Lemma. Since 21 is a cosheaf.9lea/(A). Clearly. and in particular..)(X)There is the canonical map 0:21(X) .t1 =S2t2.asclaimed. We shall show that 0 maps onto r.6.(4). Note that 'dx = %(X)/%X{.(9?IU n V) .d(X). Let U C X be open and let t E 4(U). E 21(X). 2.V. C U. where %B(X) = Is E 21(X) I Isi C B}.2'. i = 1.4 for a unique csoft sheaf d. we say that 21 is "torsionfree.V2). Suppose that s1i s2 E 21(X) are given such that 0(sl)IU.I C X . the sheaf d is torsionfree a Imsl = Isl for all s E 21(X) and all 0 # m E L. ") . 2.0(82)1 is contained in X .t2. V open.r.(d) monomorphically. since part (b) of that exercise clearly holds for 2t = r. there exist elements t.2. But this follows from the MayerVietoris sequence (27) on page 94. Every flabby cosheaf 21 has the form 21 = r. 1.s2)I = I0(s1) . then there exists an element s E 21(X) such that 0(s)I (V1 U V2) = tI (V1 U V2).rc(rIU u V) 0 is exact for U. By Exercise 3 it suffices to show that r. Moreover.IU) ®r.{x}. 0(s)(x) = 0 to Isl C X . Cosheaves 283 Proof. it is also contained in (X .(Ul n U2). 2.821 = I0(s1 .8. If Vi is any open set with closure in U1.V1) U (X . Thus I0(s)II = Isl. fori=1. Proposition. Then 0(s)IV = 0(si)IV. = tIV. with It.7. Proof. (In this case.§1. Let d = . i = 1.82 = tl . Let s = sl . Now we wish to prove the converse of 1.
factors as r.)IU. and so the monomorphism A" is an isomorphism. px is surjective. where 21 = r. suppose that 21(U) r. 21(U) 2tu(X). It follows easily from the proof of 1.ItI and so = 0. Now. p. Let 21 and B be flabby cosheaves on X. as in the construction.Imsj. for neighborhoods U of x. Hence. U. and an easy induction on Lemma 1. an inductive use of Lemma 1.(.e.(1IU) naturally in U. let K C X be compact and let t E 4(K)..98 coincides with the original h. a natural transformation of functors. .4 is csoft. For the last statement. Let {U1}.+ xx factors as r. then some 4x has mtorsion for some integer m > 1...(4).(98) . Conversely. Since 98 is csoft. there is a section s E rc(4) 11 having value sx at x. Since 21 is flabby. e = .. Let 4 be. the restriction of sections px :r.lu(. E 21(X) with 0(s.:: r.(98) + 98x. There exists a covering of X by open sets VO. be an open covering of K in U such that there are elements s.284 V. = 0..4 and B = rcx with d and 98 csoft. BorelMoore Homology Proof. V1. Since .(.(x) + A(U) + 98x. there exists an element 0 s x E 4x with ms. If 4 is torsionfree then it is clear that I msl =Isl.98(U). so that Isi Imsl..+ 21(X) maps onto 21x_U(X). let 98 be a csoft sheaf such that 21 . let t E r.x(U).djU). n. h induces a homomorphism of sheaves d . which fits in the 0 + 21xu(X) .98 naturally..U} A' U ~ 21x_u(X) There is the canonical map A : 21(X) exact sequence r. E 21(X) with 0(s.(4). that is. = tIU. i = 1.(x) .. To show that 4 is unique. with Vi C U. V.(V) I Isi C X . (Such a covering exists by the definition of 4.. With the preceding notation. .. and cover ItI by open sets U1. 1.7 shows that there exists an element s E 21(X) with 0(s) = t on all of X. To show that 4 is csoft. 'W. whence A": 4 + X is an isomorphism.. let s E 21(X) = r. This also follows from the fact that.d) = r. and hence 0 maps 21(U) isomorphi cally onto r..5 there is an extension t' E 4(U) of t to some open neighborhood U of K. we claim that 0 maps onto r. . .. Indeed. Thus 0(s) is an extension of t to r.U) +.9..Yhea/(U H 2((X)l2(xU(X )) and that the monomorphism 21(X . i. Let h : 21 + B be a homomorphism of cosheaves... if 4 is not torsionfree.X and that the induced map r. such that there exist elements s. That is. and so A induces a monomorphism A(U) + 98(U) of presheaves and hence a monomorphism d L 98 of the generated sheaves.. By 119. in the direct limit.d p r. for example.) Let Uo = X .(d). Again. = t'JU...ld).8 that since jh(a)l C jal for a E 21(X). Then x E Isi . 2i(X) .7 shows that there exists an element s E 21(X) with 0(s)IV = t'IV for some neighborhood V of K.)IU. the sheaf generated by the presheaf 2t(X) _ r_ {s E r.
m)) = Hom(21(X). whence IfI C K.10. M). M)) is divisible for any family' of supports. M) and let B = Coker{2t(X . om(2t.12. For 21 flabby and M injective.If 1) 21(X)}. Proof. Proposition.(X .7&m(%. by 1. Proof. M) = Ker{Hom(2((X).8. g is zero on X .11. Proof. m)). since M is injective. M) is divisible. M) with mg = f . M) 0 is also exact.5. Let 2t be a cosheaf and M an Lmodule. which is easily seen to extend to a homomorphism of cosheaves: 121 m(2t. so Hom(B.IfI) = IfI . It is torsion free if each 2t(U) is divisible. M) C Hom(21(X). Then the presheaf U F+ Hom(21(U). s(f) = f (s) = 0 whenever If I C X . Now.§1. If U = X . Then fI is the smallest closed set K such that f (s) = 0 for all s E 21(X) with IsI n K = 0. M) and If I compact. Thus we have the canonical map 21(x) . 1. Then f IX . M) Hom(21(X .If 1. and Hom(B.U(s') for some s' E 2t(U) by 1. Thus there is an element g E Hom(B.If 1).IsI. denoted by . Hom(B. M) defined by s H s. 0 + B . M)) = Hom(2t(X).(j6m(21. 1. This is clear since is injective. Let K be such that f (s) = 0 for sI C X . M)).13. and it follows that IsI C sI. If 0 # m E L. But f (s) = (f I U)(s') = 0 since f I U = 0. Cosheaves 285 1.K = 0. so that the set IfI does satisfy the stated condition. whence IgI C X . M) is a sheaf. M). Proposition. M) is left exact and is exact when M is injective. M).3 that r. that is. By definition. Then B is torsionfree by 1. Let 21 be a flabby cosheaf and M an Lmodule.(2IU) is divisible if 1. Let 21 be a torsion free flabby cosheaf and let M be an injective Lmodule.IfI and s E 2t(X) has IsI C U. . then s = iX. where s(f) = f (s) for f E Hom(2((X). M). M)}. M) 'n`+ Hom(B. M). Thus f (s) = O whenever IsI n I f I = 0. It is flabby if 2t is flabby and M is an injective module. there is a canonical map 2t(X) + Hom(r. Recall from 113. Hence IsI is compact. Let f E r( . Let f E r(im(21.K. B is exact.11. Then ro(JVPm(2(. Lemma.
M) 1.) 1. The first two statements follow immediately from the definitions. for any sheaf X on X. 21(U) ® M = r.{. Moreover. If f : X .. M). then f21 = rc{f. then 21X = r. we shall define 2l ®58 to be the flabby cosheaf I 21®5=rc{4®58}. that X is the inclusion.d. where 4d is a csoft torsion free sheaf. Proposition. Consequently. Note that by 1115. Corollary. then 2(X = ill = r.4 csoft.(fc(4'If'U)) since (f')IU = = (rc4)(f 'U) = 21(f 'U) = (f21)(U) proving the last statement.4 for . 1.4 by definition. Let 21 be a torsionfree flabby cosheaf.9. M)) (U). If 21 = r.{ic. . Definition. that is.8. BorelMoore Homology If 2[ = 17. 1.d.17. then we let f21 be the precosheaf on Y defined by (f%) (U) = `2t(f1(U)) If f is an inclusion map. Proof. M is an Lmodule.16.dlU) ® M rc((. where d is csoft.'} = If 21 is a cosheaf. 2l = r.Y is a map (of locally compact spaces) and 21 is a precosheaf on X. Then f 2l is also a cosheaf. f 1U) f 'U) since c(c) = c by definition since 2l = r. M)(U) = Hom((f 21)(U). and U C Y is open.d csoft. Then by definition rc{fed}(U) = rc((f')IU) = r. M)(f'U) = (f (2t. If 2l is flabby. For .15.dX}. M) = Hom(2((f ' U). Let 21 be a cosheaf.' is also csoft by IVExercise 1. then this corresponds to a homomorphism . Proof.14. (This notation will not be essentially used until the end of Section 12. 4' ®X is csoft by II16.31.3. fc.286 V. then f2i will also be denoted by 21Y. If i : A rc{dx} by IV3.' p of sheaves by 1. If A C X is locally closed and 21 = rc4 for d csoft. M) _ (. then f21 is flabby.(.d}. then we have V(f 21.d (9 M)IU) for any Lmodule M.
10 is seen by noting that the limit over subdivisions of S. L) : U H G.M). We shall conclude this section with some further remarks on singular homology. U n A) is torsionfree. (U. however. L) denote the csoft sheaf with Cam. Clearly. A.8. .? (A. Let A C X be a locally closed subspace. (X. (X.S.(X.L) and it is a flabby and torsionfree cosheaf.8. L) 4 0 of precosheaves is clearly equivalent to an exact sequence 0 .M) = f. 1 S.18.S.UnA) 1 0 0.§1. (U. (X) S. (X. UnA) can be identified canonically with the free group generated by those singular simplices of U that do not lie entirely in A. (X. fhomomorphism h : % (1) If 2t and B are precosheaves on X and Y respectively. (U. that this isomorphism is not preserved by subdivision. A. L) = I'. L)X . The exact sequence 0 + Cam. L) is torsionfree in the sense of 1.(X. A. (X. A. (U) . It follows that the precosheaf 8.] Let 9. 1. A) IS. (U. For U C X open. The fact that 8. A) is a monomorphism.(U.A) This remains exact upon passage to the direct limit over subdivisions. UnA)J is the cokernel of the canonical monomorphism 6. U n A) . L) . [The reader should note that the cokernel of a homomorphism of cosheaves is itself a cosheaf. U n A) [the limit over subdivisions of S.8. A. A. the classical relative singular chain group S.(X. (U. (A. we define an B to be a collection of homomorphisms hu : 2t(f1(U)) B(U) for U open in Y. L) whose existence is guaranteed by 1. (A) + S.9. on(1t.3 Thus S. and therefore we have the following commutative diagram with exact rows and columns: 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 S. (X.L)X 3Note. (X. commuting with inclusions. fhomomorphisms 21 M B correspond naturally and in a onetoone manner with homomorphisms f% B of precosheaves on Y..(UnA) 1 S.(X. Cosheaves 287 so that we have the natural equality ns(f2l.
A. A.6* (X. (A.4) 'sHp!i(A. Let 1 be a paracompactifying family of supports on X. 4) = Hp (rb (Y. where we use the notation of IExercise 12 for reasons that will become apparent. so does (3). 4) = r.r1DIA(Y.. Let 4 be any sheaf on X. d). Then we have the exact sequence (for t paracompactifying) SHp1A(A.A.A. X . L).A.sHp(X.SHp(X. (X.U.5.(X.0. X . Then..d) # sHp (X. d)) is exact. we also have the exact sequence sHp(X. L) . L) (2) (which is the inclusion into the direct limit over subdivisions).(X.d)) + 0 We define the singular homology group of X (mod A) with supports in $ and coefficients in 4 to be SHp (X. (X.U.d") + sHp 1(X. . The derived sheaf Xp(Y. and for 0 4' + 4 + d" + 0 exact.1.(x. (X.d) .(9.. the sequence o .d'). We have the exact sequence 0 + 9. r . A. the is an isomorphism.. see 1.(A.U. 4) + 9.(Y.. Passing to generated sheaves.14).17.4)) .A. A.(X. 44) = 6.L)®d and S. map (3) Since (2) induces an isomorphism in homology. A.r. (X.4) +.1d A)X . (X. (X.4) sHv(X. L) C7. d)_9. d)) will be denoted by sYp(X. See Exercise 16.288 V.A. d). A. mod') + .(X. (X.19. d))). L) = S. That is. X . this gives rise to a homomorphism .. (X.. BorelMoore Homology of csoft sheaves.A. A. Y* (X. A. since a csoft sheaf is Dsoft by 1116. and define 9. A. Consider the natural map of presheaves z. 1. L) ® 4 (with the notation of 1..A. 9.(x. .
5. Thus. then (df)(a) = d(f (a)) . Explicitly. L) and 9. M) = ®Xm(21p.. (X. by IV2. and 9. L) when 1 is paracompactifying and dims X < oo (and similarly for arbitrary coefficient sheaves. Note that by IExercise 12. d' being the homomorphism induced by the differential Mq + Mq+1 and (1)nd" being that induced by 21p+1 + 2tp.d". We also have this result.. 2lp will often vanish for p > 0. M*).. M' is injective since it is divisible and since L is a principal ideal domain.(1)n f (da). 2. LL is homotopically fine.§2. is a graded cosheaf together with a differential d : 21p + 2lp_1 of degree 1 with d2 = 0. M°) ® om(2ln_1i M1) p+q=n (4) and where the differential 2n .(X. the term in degree n is gn(21. I'. L) is csoft. L) are both torsionfree). Mq) p+q=n and if a E 21. Since M* is injective. since A. for c = c without the condition on dimension. M) is an exact functor of differential cosheaves. as already mentioned. 2 The dual of a differential cosheaf Let M be an Lmodule. For our purposes.1. (3) induces an isomorphism Hp(r. M) (U) = ® Hom(2lp(U).(A.(X. when is paracompactifying and dime X < oo (or (D = c). where M° = I(M) and M1 = I(M)/M. L))) 5 Hp(rp(Y.(X. . see 113. and hence 1Psoft for P paracompactifying by 1116.(X. gn+1 is d = d' . with respect to the Lmodule M is defined to be the differential sheaf x(21.(X. The dual of a differential cosheaf 289 Now.M M° + M1 + 0. Similar remarks also apply to the relative case. sHp (X. Thus. M) = x(21. Mq) = W(%n. by IIExercise 32.(U).z(d.2. L))) = sHp(X. L) coincides with the classical singular homology group based on locally finite (finite if 4D = c) singular chains with support in D. A differential cosheaf 2l. where as usual. The dual of the differential cosheaf 2l.. M has the canonical injective resolution 0 . L)) is the group of locally finite singular chains with support in 4D (in the obvious sense). if f E gn(21.
We shall indicate this for graded modules. M') _ ® Hom and that more explicitly. M').. Remark: The introduction of graded objects necessitates the use of a standard sign convention in the definition of (6) so that it will be a chain mapping. i. The differential cosheaf r. The generalization to cosheaves follows immediately from the construction of 1.. the construction of 1. For graded modules A. M`).. M). For our purposes. M) = !?(r"9?'. Note that M) is an exact functor of csoft differential sheaves. . and M'.. If Y' is a csoft differential sheaf. M) = 9(9?'. then I'. . we have (_1)n(n+s)f(a). as above.9.2.13. The differential sheaf M) will also be denoted by 2(Y'. BorelMoore Homology 2. M') is defined by a where d. M).Hom(Hom(A. This will be used in Section 12. Also. When M = L we shall often delete L from the notation. M'"). M8) ifr=s. For a flabby differential cosheaf 21.(2t... M) will also be denoted by D(2(.(21. and f E M'').290 V. !2n will usually vanish for n < 1.rp.q?' will be regarded as a differential cosheaf with the gradation (rcy`)9 = r. M) (6) of differential cosheaves.M)I U (5) for open sets U C X. the map A.. if r s when a E A. 1 0. Note that !2(9?*JU. M) = r. Z(Z(2t. a(f) = Note also that (1)(dega)(degf) f(a) Hom(Hom(A. M).13 provides a natural homomorphism 2t. we let 9n stand for /n.
M) = 1(rc{ fc2?* }. since if £' = r 2 . . If .10. For example. For any differential cosheaf 2t.6.3 becomes the exact sequence Ext(H1+i(rc(9*IU)) M). M) = f 1(2t. By 1. 2. Suppose that each Yp is a module over a given sheaf . M).. *IU) is an 5R (U)module. and standard homological algebra provides a natural exact sequence Ext(Hp_ 1(2i.Hp(!2. 2. M) . 9(. nonnaturally. M) by 1. M) changes by a chain equivalence (unique up to chain homotopy)..3.(U). so is Hom(Fc(. then 11(2(.M*). and it is also torsionfree when 2 is injective.§2. M) (7) by (1). if M = L. It follows that 1ip(2*. 2. then 2(fc2 *.M)(U)) s Hom(H9(rc(rIU)). Note that we have the natural equalities 9(f22t. M) is an 9lmodule. M) = f 9(q*. Thus we may replace M' by any injective resolution of M.(U)).)*. Thus such a change does not affect homology and similarly does not affect any other matters that we shall deal with. where 4) is paracompactifying.(U)). M) is (Dfine when each "p is 4ifine. M)(U)) s Hom(Hp(2t.5.16 = f 9(Z*.Hp(7 *(9t. M) by definition = !Y(fZ*. where f : X Y is any map. M) (U) = Horn (2t. 2. M) by (7) =f M) by definition. M).. of rings.M).7. The dual of a differential cosheaf 291 2. Taking R = flp gyp) and recalling that a direct product of any family of soft sheaves is Dsoft (IIExercise 43). it follows that 'n (2 *. Let SE` be a csoft differential sheaf. M*).. which is natural in the open set U and in M and splits. the field of quotients of L.. see [54) and [75]. which splits.(2*. 2. then with the conventional switching of indices.4. M) is flabby. Then since rc(.' is a csoft differential sheaf. If M' is replaced by another injective resolution of M.*IU). and !2(f2". we have 1(2t. it is sometimes convenient to let L° = Q. and L1 = Q/L.
. X+ . we have the fundamental exact sequence4 0 + Ext(Hp+1(U. Cp(U.d).(X. Proposition.4) is an exact functor of 4..(§'(X. we have the natural restriction homomorphism C?(X.12.W)).. Thus.d)). L). see 3. locally finite chains.d') + Hp (X. L) .(X.ld). L).L) for U C X open. (8) Hp (X..(gp+1(U. L) Hom(H'(U. Hence. 4) is a `'°(X.4 with SP" = J'.L)) 0 d. as is C?(X.. (X. 2.4)IU = ' (U.. while HH(X. L) = Hom(rc(.d) 4 p 4" + 0 is . Thus Cp (X.d") + Hp 1(X.4) corresponds to homology based on infinite.4) as the homology of the pair (X+.5 gives the following facts: 3. where X+ is the onepoint compactification of X. .(U.SZ9(U.4) ' r41nu(`B.4) = rb(W.. L) Hp(U.. We remark that one may think intuitively of H. BorelMoore Homology 3 Homology theory Consider the canonical injective resolution . when 4D is paracompactifying and 0 + 4' exact. L)).] Recall that by our notational conventions.(X.10.d') Danger: It is important to realize that this sequence is not generally valid without the assumption that 1D is paracompactifying.1. for any family fi of supports on X. (5) implies that Y/.. L°) ® Hom(r. L) is a module over the flabby sheaf `'°(X. For U C X open. and Hp (X. W. L' ). L) of rings. L) of L (see 113) and note that J'(X.4) iu.d) = 9.d) when' is paracompactifying..292 V. 'Caution: Hp(X.f (X. W. By 2.4) is analogous to classical homology.. we have the induced exact homology sequence Hp (X. Also. For a sheaf 4 on X..U). Consequently. 0. d) = Hp(C?(X.4) = 0 for p < 1. W. L)module and hence is 4Dfine for any paracompactifying family of supports c. (9) 4This sequence is the main resource for explicit computations. we define W.(X. see 5.X : H!(X. Since Or* (X. C!(X.. L) is flabby and torsionfree..4)1 U) = and hence C?nu(U.d) + H?nu(U. L)).(X.L)IU = .4'(U.(X..
L). d). we have a similar sequence 2. L) = Ext(H°(X. L) . = li (U ranging over the open neighborhoods of x) is called the local homology group at x of X. L). L))) (10) when . An injective sheaf is replete.' is any csoft resolution of L. (11) It will be convenient for us to consider resolutions of L consisting of sheaves with the following properties: 3. L) and H'(V. L) Hp(X. Since W. If T* is any csoft resolution of L. d) = [Awl (U I. then 21A and 2A are replete.) By (9).H. 3. L). (We shall generalize this later. (X.('IU) is divisible for all open sets U C X.(X. The derived sheaf of the differential sheaf ' .4 (for M = L). . see the remarks in IIExercise 34. The stalk .(X. L) is free.(X.13 for the case of arbitrary support families and coefficient sheaves..(`2*.4)) . There is a map 9?' 9'(X. the local homology group at x is given by the sequence (9) upon passage to the limit over the neighborhoods U of x. unique up to chain homotopy. H_1(X. Definition. and is denoted by JY.V.. or simply the homology sheaf.d)IU = `P.§3. ( X . A sheaf 2 of Lmodules on the locally compact space X is said to be "replete" if it is csoft and if r. L) * Hp(U. inducing a canonical map of (9) into the sequence of 2. Also see 5. L) Hp(r(g. Homology theory 293 which is natural with respect to inclusions U ti V of open subsets of X [that is. L)y » lira Hom(H'(U..3. Thus the 5lemma implies that HP (U.(e.2.2)).i). we have that Y. with respect to the induced maps Hp(V. ) is called the sheaf of local homology groups. Proposition.(X.d) = H.. Note that for coefficients in L. L)..(U.(X. (U.4 that is an isomorphism on the ends. . . we have the exact sequence lir Ext(HP+1(U. L) = 0 because of Nobeling's result implying that H°(X. L) of resolutions. L)] and which is known to split by standard homological algebra. If 2 is a replete sheaf on X and if A C X zs locally closed. That is.
If dimL X = n. Let 2* be a replete resolution of L. L) . is a torsionfree flabby differential cosheaf then 9(£.1(U). we obtain an exact sequence of sheaves: 0 Aep(9(2*))®d J1ep_1(9)(2*))*.i(U)).. the homomorphism in the middle is also an isomorphism: I yep(X. then i(Se*) is torsionfree and flabby. then (12) becomes 0 4 Mp(X.'(U) ®'(U))). By 16. L) ®' . which is divisible when A is open. 0. Therefore Xk(X. Thus the derived sheaf is 1/(U + Hp(Z(Y*)(U)) ®. (16) .d) for 2* replete. Passing to the associated sheaves. it is a quotient of r . L). The last statement follows from 113. L) = Hom(Hn (U. (12) If we take T* = 0* (X.6.. by assumption. L)x ®dr and hence (13) is at least pointurise split.Yp(X.(.294 V.IU) (and hence it is divisible) when A is closed. L).10 and 1. L) * d . (X. L).3.4. with 2* csoft. 4ep. (13) On the stalk at x. induces a natural isomorphism H*(U.H*(1(2*)(U)) (15) Thus.4') . we have the natural exact sequence Hp(9(2*)(U) ®d(U)) » Hp1(x(1*)(U)) *.L) of resolutions. Then 9('*) ®4 = Y1 (U (9. for k > dimL X (14) We already know from (10) that any homomorphism 2* + f*(X. r. The result follows from the fact that every locally closed set is the intersection of an open set with a closed set. (13) is the universal coefficient sequence of the chain complex W*(X.A . L) is torsionfree since it is generated by U Hn(U. Since !2(Y*) is torsionfree.3(iii). A n U).. By the 5lemma..(2'AIU) = r (. By II9. BoresMoore Homology Proof. If 2* is a replete differential sheaf. then yen(X. By 1. If Z.') = 0 by (13). Proposition.A) Yp(9(Y*) (&. 0.12 we have the following simple but basic fact: 3. for T* replete we obtain a map of the sequence (13) into (12) that is an isomorphism on the ends.) is replete.
Definition.] We say that "the pair is elementary" if .5. (Also see 5. and the result follows from (16) and IV2.. (9(9') (9 d) is chain equivalent to r4.K is elementary then (.T' of resolutions.4' d' = . In order to retain some degree of generality we make the following definition: 3.ill.g. Since P is paracompactifying.lfjA. is (Dsoft by II16.. For the last statement note that for . For any sheaf .r be the smallest collection of open subsets U C X satisfying the following three properties: (a) .5 Proof. [Clearly Q g is the collection of all open sets that can be reached from those of type (a) by a finite number of operations of types (b) and (c). . A sheaf . (iii) each member of 1D is paracompact. Theorem.6. This persists on passing to duals.ESlKforalla=> UESl. We also wish to have this result in certain cases without the condition on dimension.K.2. 5By (15) we also have this ford = L and 1 = rid without the condition on dimension.. t) is elementary in any of the following three cases: (i)'=c.A? is constant.1DIA) elementary for A C X Also note that if .6. elementary (. the coefficient sheaf must be drastically restricted. L) there are homomorphisms cp : sz' + 2' and 0 :. Let 9?' be a replete resolution of L and fi a paracompactifying family of supports on X. (0.9'(X. and the compositions PV) and OAP are chain homotopic to the identity.1(I') ®.A on X will be called "elementary" if it is locally constant with finitely generated stalks (over L).Ai is elementary and each K E 0 is contained in a member of Note that locally closed.31./i) = C (X . then this holds without the condition on dimension.Al on X let Sl..ill constant on U (b) UE (c) U= . the family (D IF on X where F C X is closed). U. then the map H H 4)) is an isomorphism for any sheaf d on X. For this. It will be important to have this isomorphism for families 1 that are not paracompactifying (e.§3.U.. Homology theory 295 3.) If 2' is injective. If dims X < oo.d). and so r. . (ii) ..
(b) U. (17) . Thus. Suppose that SZ satisfies the following three properties: (a) Every point of X has a neighborhood N such that U C N = U E Q. For U C Y open. Lemma. 4(f1U) ®(f'. n V. We can express X = U°° 1 F. we have the natural map (fd)(U) ® *(U) .9. n V. We shall need the following result particularly for inclusion maps: 3.7. Case (ii) is because X E ci k in that case.+1. By 115.d (9 lf is flabby.elf is an elementary sheaf on Y.UnV E 0 = UuV E 0. and so X = (U V23) U (U V2j_1) E S2 by (c) and (b). and so by (b). by (c) it suffices to assume that X is vcompact. Lemma. Let 0 be a collection of open sets in a paracompact. are compact and F. It is well known (see [19. torsionfree sheaf on X.+1 E Q. Proof. I12. By use of (a) and (b) we can find open sets V. (UV23) n (U V2j_1) is the disjoint union of the V. and . Each V. )(f1U) and hence we have the following map of the associated sheaves on Y: f4®mil!. contains the compact set F.(d ®f*1)(f1U) = f(4 ®f* )(U). using ocompactness. then . Proposition.13 we have the following result: 3.F. If M is elementary and d is flabby and torsionfree.296 V.. a Then X E Q._1 are also all disjoint.V.11)) that a locally compact space is paracompact if and only if it is the topological sum of vcompact subspaces. where the F. and such that the V2) are all disjoint and the V2. By (c) U V23 E 11 and U V21 1 E Q. If f : X + Y. Now. V.f(4®f*"Af).8. E 12 that are finite unions of sets of the form in (a) such that V. then there is a natural isomorphism M) Proof.+1 .. Ua E S2 for all a = U E Q. Case (iii) follows from the next lemma: 3. n Vi+1 is a finite union of sets of the form in (a). 4 is a flabby. (c) U = ± Ua.+1. C int F. locally compact space X. BorelMoore Homology Case (i) is obvious and uses only properties (a) and (b).
§3. and consider the exact sequence 0 + LX_F .L LF 0. since 9(2 *) is torsionfree and 9(9?*) ® J( is flabby.AK elementary. Also. and hence f *. In particular. Since the assertion is clear for K free and finitely generated. for any family P of supports on X.4. and if Y* is a replete resolution of L.12. Danger: It is important to realize that this exact sequence is not valid without the assumption that .A'.5. Then 9(2*) 0. 3. let F C X be closed. we obtain the exact sequence Hp(X.4 is elementary. that the natural map HP (X. 3. (D = cIF. by 3. so that we may assume mil/ to be constant.18. Then (using some items later in the chapter) HnI F(X. Let 2* be a replete resolution of L.ilr` + 0 is an exact sequence of replete Y* + tl* differential sheaves on X and 4 is any sheaf on X. Homology theory 297 Both sides of (17) are exact functors of elementary sheaves . 1). elementary and since f (9 f * W) (U) = (.HP(X. If 0 . in Y.8. It is also exact for arbitrary' when .K is flabby for . .V)HP 1(X.Hp(X.p(?*) (&. o is exact for any family P..d (9 f *. We shall show that the condition on dimension can be replaced by the condition that (.rD (!!(') ®4) * (9 4) r't (9(2*) (9 4) + 0 is exact for' paracompactifying since ®4 is Dsoft by 119. L). We remark that if 0 + mot1 + d . then o + ®a) + )(9) ®4) . The assertion is clearly a local matter. o .4). 3. LX_F) F.K) Hp (r4. as in 3.A1.fl be elementary (or that 1 be paracompactifying).10. K [the righthand side is exact since 4 0 f *. and it follows.. it follows for general A( by passing to a quotient and using the exactness of both sides of (17).X + 0 is exact. L) =0 by (34) on page 306 since supports are empty. and /K an elementary sheaf on X. but the proof of that must be deferred until Section 5.*)(f 'U) J.A1.. For example. with . when Y* = d*(X. 1) be elementary.r.df is flabby. (9(T*) ®H)) is an isomorphism for any family P of supports on X for which dims X < oo.11. then is exact because of 3.) .
z:. If M is any Lmodule. L) by definition clearly by definition by (35) on page 306. L) im Hom(HP(X.:: HH(X. 3.L)®M.. L). then Hp(X. is almost never true. they do. L) L) ® LF)) = Hp(r. BorelMoore Homology Also.7. L). L).. we conclude that Hp(X.zz HP(X. In 5. of course. Thus C. L). 6Also see 15. the classical tech homology group of X.. Since any compact space is the inverse limit of polyhedra. L) by 5.15..irn X" for an inverse system of finite polyhedra X. Then homology with coefficients in K (or in any sheaf of Kmodules) has two interpretations depending on whether we regard K or L as the base ring. and. This is not generally true for L = Z since BorelMoore homology is exact and Cech homology.(X. LF) .(X. X .. It is not always the case that these interpretations give isomorphic homology groups (as Kmodules). Therefore.. L).. L) for X compact and L a field. Hn I F (X. which. If X = (.18 and 5.F. however.M) C.(X. if the homology sequence for this example is exact.19 we give conditions under which it does hold for L = Z. L)) is flabby and torsionfree. and HPI F(X. 3. X . is not. since 9(J* (X. then L))) ® M L)) 0 M) by II15.3. over Z. as we shall show in Section 15. by the algebraic universal coefficient theorem we obtain the split exact sequence 6 3. L). .: Hom(HP(X. In certain cases.5. L) . L) : Hp (X.14. Hp(X.F. L) (im Hp(X.13.(`P. Let K be a principal ideal domain that is also an Lmodule. LF) = Hp(F. L) Hom(lir HP(X. Suppose that L is a field and that X is compact.298 V. L) . then we would have that HH(F. L) ®LF)) = HH(X..
X) M V' (X. (18) and consequently the chain map kU : Hom(I'f c. we obtain an fcohomomorphism k* . L).d is an fcohomomorphism.§4. M)).. c# = cld and cld# = c.(. L). then the induced maps I (X f(x)) I(.9'(f1U. would provide the chain map C. (Y.. By Exercise 17. (X. For U C Y open. 4.(2') induces the map r : Hom(I'. Now let 2' be a csoft sheaf on X. L) + L). L)) Hom(rc(d*(U.2. L) C. M) = r(. we obtain the canonical chain map kU : Fc(. L)). L') If f were proper. L) + 0 (U). then there is the natural commutative diagram 0 Ext(HP+1(U'.) give rise to an fcohomomorphism k° : V°(Y. d) of resolutions. L) Hp(U. . Maps of spaces 299 4 Maps of spaces Let f : X + Y be a map between locally compact spaces. L).ll?'(U. induces a compatible fcohomomorphism of the quotient sheaves: (1(Y.'). we would have that f1c = c. and let 1 D c be a family of supports on X. L) and consequently a canonical homomorphism f. Proposition. X) ti+ X1 (X.9' (Y.d).L) Hom(H. . Continuing inductively. L). with exact rows. 0 + Ext(HP+1(U.. 4. It is worthwhile to record the following immediate consequence of this definition. L) y Hom(H' (U'. (f 'c)# = cld(c) = c(Y) is the family of fiberwise compact supports on X. The inclusion rc(2) c+ r4. let D# (the "dual" of 4D) denote that family of supports on X consisting of all closed sets K C X such that K fl K' is compact for every K' E fi. Definition. and where U' = f 0 To define f. L) Ext(f'.(. L) H. in turn. in the general case we must digress for a moment.. This. If d and X are sheaves on X and Y respectively and if k : X ' . M) + Hom(I'.9*(U. (Y. If b is a family of supports on X.1. for U = Y. for open sets U C Y. 0 f. L) I Hom(f'.(. (X. We now restrict attention to the case in which d and X are the constant sheaves with stalks L.4). X) . 0(X.: H.(Y). L)). L*). let M be an Lmodule. so that (18). L)) rf1. If f : X i Y is proper.c (f1(U). Obviously.L) Hp(U'.
M) (19) such that T77=E: is the inclusion.? 7Note that this is a special case of IVExercise 4. ( If (r.11 it follows that f (s') = f (s"). Then the natural homomorphism f. because K fl K' E c. If ' and . then we have the induced homomorphism 2 K : Hom(r fM) * and thus M) cr) : rC(Y)(.3. M)) .4' are csoft sheaves on X and Y respectively and if k : 1' is an fcohomomorphism. and by 1. then sI K E r. then we obtain the homomorphism 2' is an (20) of differential sheaves. Since 2 is csoft.(X. (Y. so that Is' . . Let f E r. M)) + M). M). it follows that there exists an element s' E rc(2) such that s'IK = sIK.£ (rc v. this yields a natural homomorphism of sheaves: rc77: fc(` M(rc2. for any such s'. m)) with If I = K E s E r. L) and .300 V.Y. BorelMoore Homology We shall now define a natural homomorphism 77: rD* M)) i Hom(rb(Y).L) ' W. Thus it makes sense to define. Let .(YIK). L) when 2'' = g' (X.s"I fl I f I = 0. L). We shall now generalize this map to the case of general coefficient sheaves. then (s' . 4.(2') with I s I = K' E D.' be a sheaf on X and d a sheaf on Y.(2) fc(Y (9 f *4) of IV(21) on page 215 is an isomorphism when Y is csoft and torsionfree or when d is torsionfree. Lemma.A' are csoft differential sheaves and is fcohomomorphism. which specializes to fcW. rl(f)(s) = f(s'). If s" E rc(2') also satisfies the equation s"IK = sIK.A'' = J* (Y.s") I K = 0. Replacing Y by its open subsets U. If 2' and .
(X. to obtain the chain map and use the fact that F* f.ez) (21) by 4. we apply the functor r. (26) 4. L)module homomorphism.:(2ly')®M+r'(9? (9 Mly'). (Y. The latter map is an isomorphism by the universal coefficient theorem 1115. see For any family %F of supports on Y.y to (22) from IV5. where U' = f '(U). = rqqcl(!Y(Y') (9 f'4) ri. with respect to (P and'. Let f : X Y and let 4? and 41 be families of supports on X and Y respectively. (22) which specializes to fc rB. (25) f. if (P C 11(c). f'. (oJi(Y') (9 f'. Recall from IV5. Maps of spaces 301 Proof.4) . and that on the stalks at y E Y it becomes the cup product r.#*) ® 4). Y).3 that a family F of supports on X is contained in %F(c) t* (f ((P) C'F and f IK : K + Y is proper for each K E 4)). Definition. (Y.4. f'. if it is a cproper map with respect to the families 4?xII and 41. If 9'' is a replete differential sheaf on X. so that for any sheaf .) Hp (Y.2. Then we say that f is cproper. A homotopy F : X x II Y is said to be cproper.d) (Also see Exercise 7.fib. then 9(2*) is flabby and torsionfree. Combining this with (20). (23) The reader may verify that (23) is a Y°(Y. Therefore we have: .(9(.3 under our hypotheses. d)..d on Y. 4). with respect to 4i and 'Y.: Hp (c) (X. we obtain the natural homomorphism !2( 4*) ®d.§4. f* d) In turn.i)(U') rc(u)(' (9 f'4IU'). where M is the Lmodule . This specializes to a canonical chain map c: (`)(X. (25) induces the homomorphism c. fc(2(2*)) ®4 = fc(1(f*) (9 f'4) k' : fe.4.3. W. IV3. Recall that this homomorphism is induced by the cup product r=(U)(Ylu') rc(u)('IU') ®(f'.
In this situation we have the natural induced homomorphisms f.4) also commutes up to chain homotopy. .f (Y.M)+M. The kernel of e is.) (& .. (Y. Let T* and . .. the diagram .jV be replete resolutions of L on X and Y respectively. and it follows that the induced diagram C: (C) (X. Proposition. f*d) I C. f.(c)(gor) (& f'.(!i(A.'(Y.5 and The reader may make the straightforward verification of the fact that for W fY we have (f9). BorelMoore Homology 4.I) (27) ®f'4)) 5.0'(X.6. f *4) Hp (Y. f* is defined when f is a proper map. A map f : X p Y between locally compact Hausdorff spaces is cproper.: Hp (X. with respect to' and 41. For any fcohomomorphism A* . for each K E 1). L) of cohomomorphisms commutes up to chain homotopy.J) 1 r. L) be homomorphisms of resolutions. In particular.M). of course. H.n' 1* 1 I .Y' of resolutions.N' . Note that the vertical maps in (27) are often isomorphisms.302 V. Thus the following diagram com H: (`)(X. for any Lmodule M.d) mutes: r. is always defined for compact supports (both ' and'). ®4)). L) J' (X. which is surjective because of the composition * X *. the canonical "augmentation" e:HH(X. f IK : K Y is proper and f (K) E W.. L) and . and let Se' . = Mapping X to a point induces.4'(Y. d) for cproper maps f : X + Y. as should be expected.5. called the reduced homology group of X in degree zero and is denoted by HH(X. f`4) f'. see 3. For closed supports.
C?(X. such that kxjx is the identity.. an epimorphism .§5.'d)xo JO (A. Ker kU is the value on U of the kernel X of the homomorphism .'1)(U) = sEU H I(. Suppose.A : A + X we have that I (c) = CIA.) Taking the product of these maps.dx). Subspaces and relative homology 303 5 Subspaces and relative homology Let A C X be locally closed and hence locally compact.d) (28) and the induced homomorphism i. so that we cannot pass directly to quotient sheaves here. we obtain the maps 'V 10 (X.) Now. 4)) rDnA (JO (A. (Note that j° does not commute with the augmentations. Suppose that 4 is a sheaf on X and that X is a sheaf on A for which there is a surjective icohomomorphism k : 4 u X (i. : Hp I A(A. 4I A) Hp (X. i..CIA) . since it is divisible.. R)x with k°j° = 1 and hence r. If D is a family of supports on X.e.d I A + T).. for U C X open. note that for the inclusion i = iX. 4) for any sheaf 4 on X. Also. see IV5. moreover. that for each x E A we are given a splitting d .1) I(k=) 10.Yx) ~ 7V xEUnA rj I(. JR) ) with k°j° = 1.e.3(b). We then homomorphism jx : Vx have the induced maps I(. To do this we must consider the construction in Section 4 in more detail for this special case.)(UnA) with ko jU = 1. Therefore. xEUA and Ker I(kx) I(4 )/ Im I(jx) is an injective Lmodule.O = 11 Ker I(kx) x xEUnA 11 I(. we shall show that (28) is a monomorphism..Tx) = J°(A. These induce JO (X. Section 4 provides the chain map C:JA(A. In order to define relative homology. Ker k . (I° (X.
K 19 + $i 1(X. and is = 1 (where is and y are induced by k* and j' respectively). L)). ?°(A. we deduce that Jl is an injective sheaf. Since K is injective. Note that cldl A = (c n A)# by Exercise 17(c). Y1 (A. It follows that by induction and then taking 4 = L and X = L. Therefore m(ci (g')) _ m 7(g) = mh.. + . 58) replacing 58. we have the maps r. for each x E A there is a homomorphism 'jx : /1(A. We have shown that if mh E Im(K77). Thus K is divisible and hence injective. that j` is not a chain map. L') Hom(rcnA(J"(A..i)x with 'kx'jx = 1. and it follows that h = icrl(g') by torsionfreeness.V)x + 0 0 .. L') in which a is the inclusion.'i)x k=. L)).) Translating (18) and (19). L)). d) replacing d and j1(A. L')).3 and hence is injective. L)..71. 0 1 1 I 1 0 0. L)) with k*j* = 1. Since this is a torsionfree sheaf on A. each stalk Xx is divisible by 113. L)) .nA(I (A. But this is just our initial situation with I1 (X. Let x E A. L*)) 77 Hom(r.(rx (A.. L*) : Hom(rc(J*(X. It follows by a diagram chase that g is surjective.. etc. L*) by the image of the monomorphism ..(. ` r. L)).1)2 k=. n. 8)x . We have E(mg') = mf' = rry(mh) = ryrr1(g) = e(g) and hence g = mg'. and consider the diagram . (j. BorelMoore Homology (X. the bottom row of this diagram splits. we have that Imf I = If I for all 0 m E L.(X. (Note. that is. Let f' = ry(h).. e = Ti?.1"(X. Then If'I = Imf'I = Ir'Y#crl(g)I = ITiI(g)I = IE(g)l = If I. L)). Assume that f = e(g) and that c77(g) = mh for some m E L and h E Hom(rc(g*(X. and it follows that f' = E(g') for some g'. L*). JU)x . (.ix 1  Xx 1 4 0 0 + .'(A. which is commutative (defining'kx) and which has exact rows and columns (defining K).. In particular. we have the diagram rcldJA( (rc. From this and II(6) on page 41. I1(X. L*) = r(.304 1 0 V.T) canonically associated with the icohomomorphism k°. L)).d) + iJ°(A.1°(X. L).9r'(A. It follows from this fact that the quotient of Hom(r. then h E Im(Krl). however. Let f E Hom(rc(j*(A.
. L) ®..: W. of this is torsionfree.. the map i.4 is elementary.d) Hp (X. . d) .d) = Hp(C? (X. (X.Y1IA)X as a subsheaf of C. . A.. and hence the quotient sheaf.8.(X. In general. .d) + C! (X.V = XX for any sheaf 'T on A by IV3.d)X is then flabby by 3.d) + Hp A(A. A. so that we cannot generally assert that C!(X. Subspaces and relative homology 305 rc71 is torsionfree. A).L) `. L)module. (X.§5.4.A..4).4) _'e. A. A..(X. L) X ®. (A.d) Hp (X. Note that this sheaf vanishes on int(A) and that it is a Y'0(X. L) ®. since `P.d for any sheaf 4 on X.4) . Thus we have the canonical monomorphism W. Recall that i.4)" is then 'bsoft. Thus. and it also holds when A is closed and .8 For any family D of supports on X. (30) However..8 and 115.6. (A. and the quotient presheaf.4I A) + C'(X.. We record these remarks for future reference: 8Note that these sheaves coincide on int(A).(X.4.L) is a monomorphism. 4)X is not 4bacyclic. we obtain from (29) the exact homology sequence Hp 1A(A..4).W.d >+ W.(A.(58X) = r .A. A. since '(A.:: F. .(`e. It follows that the canonical map (28) is a monomorphism for each M.(X. This also holds if we replace X by an open subset U C X and A by A fl U. d) X . d) and we also define the relative homology as 0.4)). the map (28) arises from this by applying 14. By (21) this map can be identified with a map `P. We shall regard W..(A..1A(58) for sheaves a on A by 16. W. A.8.(A. (A. As usual. (29) Hp (X. Thus we shall define the relative chain groups by the exactness of the sequence 0 4 C!IA(A. 4)). and noting that I'4.. by 115. .(X. d)/W. of the pair (X. (X. We also define 'e. (30) does hold when c is paracompactifying.
: H? (X.UnA. U n A. 4) can also be described as the sheaf generated by the presheaf U... BorelMoore Homology 5. (X.. 4) ®LA = `B.4)/C:1dujA(UnA.4u) H?I U(U.d)Applying I'.(U. so that `B. A. 4) = .(U. from (33) we obtain H?(X. (X. Proposition.d).`4I U)I (34) for arbitrary 4?.d) =. (U + Hp(U.4F) = `B.d)).(X. W.306 V.4)X(U) = It follows that .4u) = `f*(U. A.(X. Also.4F) .W. (X..A.(X.. Since A is locally closed. U.. For A closed and df elementary. (X.4A) = since W.6.4)IU)X = rB.A. (35) . W.ltt'p(W. L) ®4 ®LA = '.(X. A.U.(X. L)module (whence it is tfine when 4i is paracompactifying). (X.4)X `'. Similarly. L) (31) (X.(X.d)u = (sf. It follows that for F closed in X and with U = X .Yp(X.F we have (33) H?(X.(X. /tf) is flabby. the sheaf f. . we obtain (32) by (31). d) when 4? is paracompactifying. A. L) is torsionfree. Now.(A. to (32) and using 16.(X.4) = C.(X. 4) vanishes on int(A) and it is a W°(X. We also let p(X. A. we have W.'d)X. °h C. 4)).(U. The sheaf W.d)A For U open in X we have W.1..(X.4)(U)/W.
the canonical map W.(XV.A. U) can be identified.(X.(A)x _ . If f : (X... so that hx is trivially an isomorphism for x E V.A) C:' (Y. A)x = 0. A) into that of (Y. A. the maps fx and gx are isomorphisms (by the preceding remark).AV)x + 0 if 0 + We. Theorem.V.. Subspaces and relative homology 307 Moreover. The following is the basic excision result for BorelMoore homology: 5. the homology sequence of the pair (X.l).A. ce. Now. Similarly. d) is an isomorphism. 19 f (X) + 1h W.2. and hence that the induced map C?lx'(X V.AV. f'.d)x ' `e... . d) and a map of the homology sequence of (X. so that W..o) is also an isomorphism. It follows that the canonical map W.AV) is an isomorphism.(X.d) Proof.AIU)x + W.(U.. B).V.(XV. is an isomorphism for any sheaf . 'e. Then the map Hp (X. when 4i is paracompactifying. ix is an isomorphism.. Let A C X and suppose that 4i is paracompactifying.. A) + (Y. A) + 0 in which the rows are exact. A .1) (obtained by applying I. and for any sheaf d on Y we obtain a canonical chain map C? (X. Consider the diagram (coefficients in d) 0 .(X.V.. by (34) and (35). For X E X .d) of Section 4 is a monomorphism onto the subsheaf 1. `e. B) is a map of pairs and if 4i and %P are families of supports on X and Y respectively with 4i C T(c).V)X = 0 for x E V.4)u. we see that the map `e. Thus h is an isomorphism.. A. with the sequence (8) associated with the coefficient sequence 0+IdU 14F+0. B. A . Let V be a subset of X with X .(xV)x + c. (X V. Hp lxV (X . (X . then 4?IA C (WIB)(c).§5.(AV)x . on X. For x E V C int(A).. (X.(XV.V locally closed and V C int(A). induced by inclusion.AV. which is an even stronger result than that claimed by the theorem. (X.d) +C?(X.V.AV)xV +`e. This also holds for arbitrary D when A is closed and d is elementary. We shall use the relatively obvious fact that for an open subset U C X. and hence hx is also an isomorphism.
K'.] We wish to obtain an analogue of 5.308 V. This also holds when 2' is only csoft and A( = L. K.K.3. then there are natural isomorphisms I' (2(4F) ®9) F 1F(1(!'IF) ®WIF) for any family cf of supports on X.K.. 2. The exact sequence 0 + 9?p + .K.9 yield the isomorphism * I A) = Ye by IV3.6. Theorem. 4) ) has I s I C int(K'). The assertion follows from the fact that each member of 4 has a neighborhood in 4 [Ifs E rb (`P.8.4.5. then the image of s in rb(`P.H'(X. F C X is closed. 4) = 0. then the canonical map lirr KED H. BorelMoore Homology 5. K' E'. Let 2' be a replete differential sheaf on X and let A C X be locally closed with i : A '+ X the inclusion. whence li H!(X. 4) vanishes on int(K). K. 5. If 2' is replete.8. We shall now work towards this goal. It is sufficient to show that lid C (X. 5. If A = F is closed.3 for nonparacompactifying families of supports.d (&.F.djF)x for any sheaf d on X. K.(K.4 and 16.4IK) .d) = rD('.4) is an isomorphzsm.4) = 0. so that 2. These sheaves are all flabby. Since ic(.(X. The second isomorphism follows from 5.6 9 (YA) ®J( i(9(2)' IA) ® uI A) when A( is elementary. But C'(X. sheaf W.) (9 . If 4) is a paracompactifying family of supports on X and 4 is any sheaf on X. 4)) will be zero. and 3. then iX = i.3 yield the isomorphism O(2F.. (X.6 . 9AIso see 5.4)) and the . (X. Proposition.Al )(X) 1 1 )(U). since at is elementary. and off is elementary. Let U = + 9?F + 0 induces an exact X . the coefficient sheaf will have to be taken to be elementary. Proof.J6 = RX for any sheaf . ®./ll 0 since 2U is is torsionfree]. on F.6 and 4. Consider the commutative diagram sequence 0 replete [whence ®.(X.9 Proof. by 3. For this.
then X is paracompact. which gives stronger results than the "4'elementary" condition used in the first edition. L) be a homomorphism of resolutions. 5. Using 5.L)IK)® All . Note that we already have part (ii) for mil/ = L and 4i = cld by (10) on page 293. .. Thus r4. This induces a homomorphism 2'IK . Consideration of supports shows that we have the commutative diagram )IU) .elf) is an isomorphism.Itf) * phism for any replete resolution T' of L.§5. the proof of which uses 3.F (9(2') (9.4. Let 2' be a replete resolution of L on X and let 2' . then these statements hold for arbitrary sheaves x.10 Then: (i) The natural map lirr H. is an isomor (ii) The canonical map H!(X.3.l'(X. as claimed. Theorem.L))®(IKi 9(g'(X. but it has been dropped in this edition from the results using this theorem because of the unlikelihood of its usefulness beyond that covered by the (. (D) be elementary.4. Let (. The last statement follows easily from the foregoing proof with minor changes. (K. 11 Also see 3. The vertical map on the right is also an isomorphism by 5.L)IK g*(K.11. This case was included in the first edition. if X has finite covering dimension..A') = Kerg = Kerh f((2') Off). Subspaces and relative homology 309 The bottom map is an isomorphism since (c1(2F) 0 *)(U) = 0..LX < no. this gives rise to the commutative diagram IK)x l L)K) ®1# 10This theorem also holds under the hypothesis that Al is elementary and dim O. )IU). and so any elementary sheaf .  The following is our major result on elementary coefficient sheaves.6.!Y(2'IK) ®.4'(X.. which in turn induces 9(gs(K..L) for K E 4i. 4')elementary for any 4'. .Af. off) KED H! (X. 4') elementary case.#IK.11 Proof.g.ff. If t = c.K. E.5 and 5.Af is (.
since any finitely generated Lmodule is the quotient of free finitely generated modules. we would obtain part (ii) of our theorem. K) ti rD(9(2') (9 ).2'IK) (&IK) Ig Ik c?(X. and suppose that U.. applying r to the preceding sequence and 12See 1113.df + lf" + 0 of elementary sheaves induces the following commutative diagram with exact rows (see 3. and thus we would obtain part (i) of our theorem..KIU)) is an isomorphism}.df with finitely generated stalks..(x. we obtain the following commutative diagram (since K E C.TU)®ll+(9 Al)ED Let us temporarily use the abbreviation G. BorelMoore Homology The reader may check that the vertical homomorphism on the left is the canonical inclusion described at the beginning of this section. cld) elementary. 1 ) Hn(X. Thus it suffices to prove part (ii) (only) of the theorem for X replaced by any K E 4D. L).. f induces an isomor phism in homology.Tv .5.. The exact sequence12 0 .Aff) r(g(. since K E 4D.. That is.12): HP(X. ) By 5.(U. . it suffices to prove (ii) for the case in which (D = dd. .ll.. If Y' = J* (X. 1 The 5lemma implies that (ii) holds for all constant sheaves . But then for any replete 2''. Consider the collection fl = {U C X open I H. (U) = r(9(2*IU) (&ll1U) for open sets U C X. U2. k would induce an isomorphism in the limit. K') K'))  H.KIU)+H. g can be identified with the inclusion r. Part (ii) clearly holds for J( constant with finitely generated free stalks. then h = 1. Now let ll be a fixed sheaf on X with (.(I'(9(2'JU) (&.(K. Now let U = UI U U2 and V = UI n U2. h would induce an isomorphism. Then. K") 1 . We have just shown that if W I U is constant then U E S2. that is.bIK(!2(2') (9 . ya' ®yu2 ' °eu induces the exact sequence 0 09(. that is.310 V. Applying r. and hence it becomes an isomorphism upon passage to the direct limit over KE Assume for the moment that for any replete T*. An exact sequence 0 + ll' + . and V are all in n.
g and h induce isomorphisms in homology. C. Let A C X be locally closed. and assume that (. C. Since X E cld we have X E f.. 0 induces a homology isomorphism. By assumption.!!. 5.. IIExercise 18.N.2. this may be identified #)IX .u) . Next..4. then implies that f induces an isomorphism in homology. for U open.. It follows immediately from 1116.rc(o(2*) ®.§5.(Ul)®G. since ®Lu) r.AY)).7. This shows that U E Q. Moreover.A1)/C?I A(X.(U. i). Now we shall extend the excision property to more general situations than are covered by 5. The 5lemma.(o(g'(X.12 that the class of sheaves d for which 0 yields an isomorphism in homology consists of all sheaves.4.ju(g(Y"IU)) [by (5) on page 290) and by that part of 5.(C?(X.# IA) .(V.(Ul. 5.4)®C. . Subspaces and relative homology 311 using 3. .. Let A C X be locally closed.r) is an isomorphism. ) .(U2. For part (ii). (U) If + G.9) with H.5. we have ft. Since smallest such collection. then it is obvious that U E 0.AI is a sheaf on X such that (. if U = + U0 and each U0 E 11...L)) (94) . C.6.A)). 4'I A) is elementary.(U2) 19  1h G.6 already proved. C Q. and 1114. we obtain the following commutative diagram of chain complexes: 0 . By 3. For the last statement of the theorem. Then the canonical map H?l A(A.Ai) 0 0 . is the Therefore. 4'IA) is elementary. consider the homomorphism 0: r. Theorem. Suppose that . let .. it follows that both sides are exact functors of d and commute with direct limits in d. 12 satisfies all the properties (a)(c) of 3. When d = Lu. when 4' = c. where the first row coincides with the second when Y' = 5'(U.A is 4'taut and locally closed in X.K and hence X E 12.8.3. Corollary.A be a sheaf on X. part (i) already follows from 5. (V) + 0. L). if X .H?l A(X. applied to the induced homology ladder. G.A.10 and 5. which is the desired result.. Then H?(X.
Proof.312 V.A1.(X..B respectively.(X B. where the exactness on the right is due to the tautness assumption and the fact that W.`(X . If F C X is closed and if Aa is a sheaf on X such that (..A = (W.Aa)IX .. and assume that 4D n X ... F. )IX .#)/C?"(x. Let B C A C X.A) and the result follows from 5.AtfIA) 1 + C!(X.. r*n(X_A)(W.Aa) 1= i C?(X..n(X_A)(W. V) 4 0 in which the rows are exact.#))4r.Aff) ..AA) .(x .A is taut in X and Ttaut in X . )IXA)+0.OIAB) is elementary..B. a) 1 0 o .(X . 5.. (X.M)IX .(x.bn(XA)(e.A _ W.8.B)Ix . where B C A and where A and X . Applying this to the case in which B = A = F is closed we get: 5.A W. Then there is a natural isomorphism H(X. C?(X.a.8..B are locally closed in X. then H(X. A. 4) IF) is elementary.. Let . Let fi and 41 be families of supports on X and X .Aa)IX . The second statement follows from the fact that the bottom of this diagram can be identified with the exact sequence o4r.1a)jX .(X. Corollary. C!JA(X.A). We have the commutative diagram 0 C!IA(A.a)Ix .A.A.B.Af).: H.B.B)IX .B.a))4r. ('. BorelMoore Homology Proof.A and that X .AH)IX .a be a sheaf on X such that (. We have ` . . The first two vertical maps induce isomorphisms in homology by 5.(X.Aa) is flabby by 3.. Corollary.A (re.10.B.(X. and the result follows from the 5lemma.ff) H!n(X)(X 0 .. A .DIA) is elementary and (.A = 41 n X .7.blA(c. Thus r...(X.B..9.A(IXB.(X .
Thus 5. H11(X.10. Since {x} is taut. Subspaces and relative homology 313 Let U = X .Lx_F) 0 HP(X F.. by the exact sequence o re()(. the theorem gives Hp(X. This simple example shows that 5.6(ii).4) = 0 for sheaf 4 on X and also for arbitrary paracompactifying and for any if d is elementary. L).p(X.F.Y. via 5. LF) = 0 for all p.re (9(9j) ® ) 0 of chain complexes.. L)x . Consider the sheaf LF on X. Let X = [0. it seems unlikely that there is a general "single space" interpretation of homology relative to a closed subspace analogous to that for cohomology or to that relative O to an open subspace. 1) is elementary and if 2' is a replete resolution of L. 5.lf.. 5.. as claimed.{x}.10 the exact homology sequence of the pair (X. 1] for the coefficient sheaf L{o. L)x) = .:s Hp(r(W (X. p=0. Then the exact sequence of the pair (X. which derives from the exact sequence 0i 4. L).re(!!(2*) ®.. L) .10. 11. By (34) we have that Hp(X.§5. . .. 9?' .0.Hpnu(U. 0) = 0.{x}. p(X.: Hp(X.L) { l 0. 5. LFIX .lf. but the righthand side is H1(X . L. Then by 5..L LF 0 shows that Hp (X.ff) .(X. Corollary. L)I {x}) = Hp(W.11. then this sequence is induced. Theorem. F. Now we shall provide some criteria for H1 to be zero and investigate the nature of H. L) L ® L.F. 1DIF) be elementary as in 5. Example.A) .Ai) (36) If (. X . p34 0. This is the lefthand side of the isomorphism in 5. F) may be written in the form 411F (F.&)+ Hp (X. LF) Ho(F.10 fails even for closed supports on the compact space [0. F) with coefficients in LF shows that Hl (X. The exact homology sequence of X induced by the coefficient sequence LX_F .4 and 5.12. X . 1] and F = {0..F with F closed and let (.10 does not hold for general coefficient sheaves.1} Consequently.tl) + I1(F.TF) (9 Af) . Proof.13.F) = H1(X .
0 (38) is exact. L) = 0 by (37). Therefore .L) = liter }H°(K.: lid}Hom(H°(K.:: Coker{r. L).W is flabby by IIExercise 21. If either L is a field or X is clcL. If . L) lid H_ 1(K. L) Ext(H1(K). Its cohomology sequence has the segment r'D (_To (& 4) d° r. and hence free. (K.. For U C X open. so that 0i  . L) = 0 by (37). so that d° is onto. d : 9E°(U) (37) 2_1(U) is onto since H_1(U. then H6(X. If K C K' are both compact and connected with K C int K'. L) = 0. L) Hom(L. Therefore H!.3.H1(K. L) .X be the kernel of d :. Let &p = 'p (X. L). Let . L).14. If D is paracompactifying. L). Theorem. and the result follows.8. HT1(X. The sheaves in (38) are torsionfree.(X. so that (38) remains exact upon tensoring with M.. then X 0 4 is soft by 119. . d is elementary. L) . L).'° . Then Ho(X. L) is free by the result of Nobeling. The cohomology sequence with supports in I of the coefficient sequence (38) shows that H. and so we have the same conclusion for arbitrary 5. K ranging over J. L) lirr Ho (K. L) Hom(H°(K. K ranging over the compact connected subsets of X. Let X be locally connected..314 V. L) L. L) factors through zero. This image is torsionfree. then Ho (K. L) is torsionfree for any K C X. L) = 0 since HO.6 and 119. then W 0 4 is flabby by 3.'_1. We may as well assume X to be connected. L) as the free Lmodule on the components of X. 4) = 0. then it follows from 1117. so that Ext(H1(K'). By Exercise 28 of Chapter II we have that H'(K.. whence H 1(X.. 13AIso see Exercise 26 and VI10. By 5.X and by definition HOP1(X. see IIExercise 34.5 that the homomorphism H1 (K'.X) . (Y_1 H (X.6. Therefore lin Ext(H1(K). Suppose that X is clcL. L) has a finitely generated image.d) = Cokerd°. L) = Ext(H°(K.'3 Proof. (X. L) L.(2°) r H'' 1(X. BorelMoore Homology Proof.18. If L is a field. L). But H_1(K. and we deduce that Hoc (X. L) = 0 for any family I of supports.
A1). we can assume that the subgroups Ik = Im(Ak + A1) are strictly decreasing. If a _ { A2 + A1} is an inverse sequence of countable abelian groups and if Uiml4 # 0.. then d is not MittagLeffler. Since H_ 1(K.. Z).6).:: 0 M)). Therefore. 0. 15Here N is the topology on the positive integers from IIExercise 27. Subspaces and relative homology 315 5. (39) As an explicit instance of this.. Z}.4 + 61 0 of sheaves on N. if SB' is a replete resolution of L on K1. M) of K by the continuity property of Cech homology. M) = 0. !2(SB*) ® M is flabby by 3. we may assume that K1 D K2 D spaces and K = n K. M) + J Lm Hp(K. This also follows from 5. then Hp(K. 0. Suppose that K1 . By passing to a union of mapping is a decreasing sequence of cylinders...Z). Let M be a finitely generated Lmodule. 4..Z)+ Z+0. = Ker(A. For example.: Hom(H°(K.17. Z) Z is multiplication by n.M)+Hp(K. as can be seen by computing its terms for an inverse sequence of lens spaces and p = 1. Z) by (9) on page 292. and so we conclude that Ext(Q.i is uncountable. Then the righthand term is just the Cech homology Hp(K. M) 0. Z).. M) = 0. M) . which is perhaps not too hard to see directly. Z) .16. . M) Hp(K.. It will be shown in 14.10 shows that there is an exact sequence of the form 0 + )im1Hp+1(K..5 and 5.M). H°(K. then Jiml.. a translation of IV2..Z...M) . If (imld # 0.6. iml{ 4+Z+Z?)Z} 5. 1{. Z).15. let each K = S1 and let K + be the standard covering map of degree n. Then Z : Hl (K..Hp(K.§5. The space K is a "solenoid" and has Ho(K. so that their homology is simplicial homology.. Let K. Now suppose that the K are all polyhedra.15 14This sequence is not valid without the finitegeneration condition on M. and so by passing to a subsequence (see 1111.. and hence an elementary sheaf on K1.K2  is an inverse sequence of compact spaces with inverse limit K = tim K. it does not hold when L = Z and M = Q.. By 5. Also...3 + Z. Proof...4. Z) ®Ext(H' (K. The sequence (39) takes the form Z ®Ext(Q. Proposition. so that we have the exact sequence 0 X . Thus the sequence can be written14 0'Jim1Hp+1(K. It is not hard to see that the Z splits off uniquely. there is the consequence that Urn1Ho(Kn.8 that this group is uncountable.
Proof. Then we have the exact sequence 0 X . and by 5. L) Hp(K. then (iml. then Hp (X. L= 2 is uncountable. By (39). Z) finitely generated. This last corollary is known without metrizability and holds for general constant coefficients.15.316 V.  5. L) ti Hom(L. Hk(X. L) naturally for compact spaces K when L is a field by 3. it suffices to prove the following lemma.L) is the free Lmodule on 15Here N is the topology on the positive integers from IIExercise 27. H1(Xn. BorelMoore Homology It follows that Uml.d zs uncountable. L) L. see VI10.d .) = 0. Z) and Hp+1 (X.17. Q. This follows immediately from 5. Such a space is an inverse limit of an inverse sequence of finite polyhedra K. L) ® Ext(® L. metrizable. Note that since Hp(K. 5. Since Lim' need not vanish over a field as base ring (see 5. Xn give an inverse sequence whose inverse limit is a point * = nXn. 2 0 of sheaves on N with 5ll flabby. Now. which is constant with group A1. Uim1Hp+1(Kn. when L is a field. 5. Z) naturally.* Jimlg is surjective.20. Proof. Corollary.+1 .18. Example. we must have that im'Hp L) = 0 for any inverse sequence of compact spaces K. Z) is finitely generated. If d = {A1 D A2 D } is a strictly decreasing sequence of countable groups. Z) .:: Hp (X. 5. Z) :.16 it must be zero. If X is compact. this represents a limitation on inverse sequences of vector spaces that can arise this way. Lemma. . Let Q. and clck+1. Hp(X. Since Al is countable and must be uncountable.20). Consider the inverse system 9. Thus it suffices to show that iimld is uncountable. If X is a compact metrizable space with Hp(X.19. is the circle in the plane of radius 1/i tangent to the real axis at the origin. Z) naturally. It follows that iim° is uncountable. Proof.15 Therefore there is the exact sequence Al = jm X !im 2 jimld + 0.18 and 1117. 7L) is finitely generated and hence countable. That is.7. = Al/A and note that Ker(Q. i=n Then the inclusions Xn+. then we have that Hk(X. We have Ho(Xn. By (9) on page 292. Let Xn = U C where C. Corollary.
}. for j > n.§6. 0.. for j > n and i.. more direct. The Vietoris theorem. Thus i (an+1. an+2. Now let 9 be the similar inverse system obtained from 3 by replacing the direct products by direct sums. .. where ak E L and where a(a. . Since N is a rudimentary space. an+1. an+1.(XX.. homotopy. For the inclusion i : Xn+1 '' Xn we have i... this gives an example showing that Lml need not vanish over a field.. L).. Call this i=n+1 i=n inverse sequence of Lmodules Y. (Of course. ) _ 00 fl (0.=. a. Since the inverse sequence Yn is MittagLeffler.Ho(*.where Yn={L L+0 with the last nonzero term in the nth place.. Call this quotient group Q. and it follows that Iiml in 5.. so that there is the constant inverse sequence 2 with all terms Q.® a= F1 1 L/ / \ =w Ll . provided that L is countable. (a)(an) = a(i* (an)) = a(0) = 0.17 is essential.Y* LIM 2+1irn'T>1im1Y.17.. i. L) * imL ' 0. yam. 00 00 Now the map fl L * fl L induces an isomorphism %=n :=n+l H (L)/(L)( . it follows from IIExercise 57 that 3 is acyclic. L) takes an '> 0 and ak '> ak for k > n.). giving another. when L is a field. This shows that the countability hypothesis Note that Y=jlnYn..) = a(i*(a.... That is. Then we have the exact sequence 0 > jim19 .. This shows that Iim1Y.)) = a.).) = a. }. and covering spaces In this section we consider the homological version of the Vietoris mapping theorem and apply that to prove the homotopy invariance of homology. it is acyclic.:: Q. L) as the Lmodule of sequences a = {an. is the inclusion 00 L ' } [J L. (It is also quite easy to prove this directly from the definition. an+2.9' + 9 + on N induces the exact sequence + 0 of sheaves y. L). L) + H1(Xn+l. and covering spaces 317 the basis {an.) . . There is the monomorphism 9 >+ Y. In particular. which is an uncountably generated Lmodule for any L. L) = Hom(H1(Xn. The exact sequence 0 . we may regard Hi(Xn. whose terms on the ends are both zero. proof that 1im1Y = 0. homotopy. and the restriction H1(Xn. 6 The Vietoris theorem. the fact that jj '9' is uncountable also follows from O 5.. .... Dualizing to H.(a)(a.
16 By (21) on page 301 we also have the natural isomorphism 9(f J*) ®'T Applying H.318 V. and suppose that each f 1(y). the result 16f being proper implies that .: Hp(r. = k. Since k.1. Therefore there exists an injective resolution of L on Y with f = f. we have that . Moreover. Let . (40) this yields the isomorphism Hp(r4 (!2(fV') (9 X)) zz Hf f* )... and there is a map j : J* f5' extending the identity in degrees at most n + 1.f'B) Hp(Y. f* ''P(X. L) L and XP (f . is an isomorphism for p < n + 1 and an epimorphism for p = n + 1. By 2. where 2* = g*(Y.4'. then f. Also. . f* is clearly induced from (41) via the homomorphism h : 2* fJ* of differential sheaves associated with the canonical fcohomomorphism Q'` . Proof. This situation persists upon passing to duals. whence j. 6. L) = 0 for 0 < p < n. f.1 ) is an isomorphism for p < n and an epimorphism for p = n.('(fI*) ®x)) + Hp(r. L) off . j' : r.(X.(a(f) ®x)) is an isomorphism for p < n and an epimorphism for p = n. Since f is proper and since each f 1(y) is connected and acyclic through degree n. BorelMoore Homology We also apply the general theorem to the case of covering maps. and j is chain homotopic to hk. * is injective by 113.f' 2 of resolutions. y E Y.(r.Q' = f.t f(!!(J*) (9 f* ) = fW. Then f. Then kg homomorphisms g : Y' and gk are chain homotopic to the identity maps.'°(f.: Hp'4(X. But j' = k'h'.6 we have Q(f. so that k' : C! (Y.9*) since f is proper. L). (41) Now. for all sheaves X on Y and all families (D of supports on Y. ). v) = re (g(2') ®v) .9" = $*(X. Theorem. There also exist ( and k :.Q'. is an isomorphism in all degrees.1. (!i(f) ®v) is a chain equivalence.(o(fJ*) ®R) rD(`2(f*) (& x) is the identity map in degrees at most n.L)=Ofor0<p<n. Let f : X + Y be a proper surjective map between locally compact spaces. whence j.9 for p < n + 1. is connected and has H'(f1(y). If L is a field.h.. The derived sheaf JY* (f V *) is just the Leray sheaf Ae' (f .r. L).V*) = f VI(. obtaining a homological transfer map.
is an O isomorphism by 6. = 1.Y are cproperly homotopic maps. with respect to the families I and %F of supports. Corollary. If f. Let Y be a proper surjective map between locally bk = dime LSk. and covering spaces 319 follows. Sk = {y E Y I Hk(f 1(y). L) = 0. L) . and so i. Let us call a space T acyclic if H* (T. L) is an isomorphism for n < p < N . Theorem. Then the inclusion it : X X x T [where it(x) = (x. L) = 0 = Ext(M. a monomorphism for p = n. Let c be a family of supports on X and let d be a sheaf on X. _ ir. Proof. Let f : X compact spaces. By 5.4 x T).1 6.it. : H:(X.1. Then for any support family 1 on Y consisting of paracompact sets. where K E 41.4) =+ H?"T'(X x T. is also an isomorphism.H? (Y.1. . f. If L is a field.6 it s u f f i c e s to prove the same thing for f If 1 K : f 'K + K. Hp (Y. then f. Theorem.7.§6. L) # 0}. = g : H: (X.1. then 7r. f1(y)] is equivalent to homological acyclicity. t)] induces an isomorphism it. see [64] and 14.. which is independent oft E T. If L is a field.3.4. Proof. since Hom(M. and an epimorphism for p = N . For a given integer (or oo) N let n=1+sup{k+bk10<k<N}. cohomological acyclicity for a compact space [e.21 and 4. whence j' is the identity in degrees at most n + 1.g : X . then by (9) on page 292.g.: Hf"' (X. If 7r : X x T + X is the projection. For coefficients in L one can prove much stronger results from the corresponding facts for cohomology: 6. giving the onedegree improvement. homotopy. It should be noted that if L is a field or the integers.1 and an epimorphism for p = N. L). then we can take L' = 0.2. But ir. L) . But that follows immediately from IV8. for p = N . Let T be a compact acyclic space. L) implies M = 0 in these cases. then f.1. 6. The Vietoris theorem.
and more generally for local homeomorphisms. 6.320 V.(Y. f L) = 0. Since the definition of e. If f and g are properly homotopic. (42) By 4. we leave the verification of it to the reader.Y is a local homeomorphism (not necessarily proper). L) is of a "local" character. L). BorelMoore Homology 6.Jd). whence Hl (I.zz L ® LU.: H.4). such a homomorphism is not even generally defined.L). d) and C! (Y.:H. L) (94) irc`B.L). L) it (Y.(X. and it is easily seen from (34) on page 306 and 6.(X. a. L) (9 . L) (9 4) (43) for any sheaf 4 on X. (Indeed.4) It can be shown that the diagram Hp (C) (X. =g. where U = I . if f projects the unit circle onto the interval I = [1. 1]. ( . then f. ^ H? (Y. 7r`lrc4) commutes. (X.(Y. L) ®.5 that Hl (I. 4) HP 1Oi(X.rc4. .d) irc(ir"B. (Y.1 does not hold for homology. In this connection. such a result does hold for covering maps. It is important to notice that the analogue of II11. (44) Therefore C!l`l (X. Thus we have the isomorphisms 7r. H?(c)(X. However. (W.3 there is also a natural isomorphism W. 'B.(X. Since this will not be used.7r. Corollary.4 7rc (7r"W.6 Hl (S'.H.6. is induced from the canonical homomorphism h 7r*lrcd + 4. (X. d) ^ `8. also see Section 19. If f.(Y.(Y. we see easily that there is a natural isomorphism W.L) H.) For example. We shall proceed to establish this contention and to indicate some further facts.L). then f L . f L) . L) ® 7r. 7rc4). where h.(Y.(Y. =g. g : X ' Y are homotopic maps. then also f. L) L.8I. Suppose from now on that 7r : X .5.
if the group G of deck transformations is transitive on each fiber). treatment of the transfer map. We note that the discussion in 6. and essentially more general. Also.W) Hp(Y. 7r'. is of this type. 7r is necessarily a covering map.µ = k (when k is constant).8 has the property that v/3 is multiplication by the number k of sheets of 7r (in this case.. L). (Y. (Y. L)) ®58 =®1..e. L) replacing W * ( . and indeed. and covering spaces 321 Now let 36 be a sheaf on Y.7r'. 7rc7r'X) Hp (° (X.V)b = 'Vv [one copy for each x E 7r1(y)]. L) + W. so that 7rc7r'SB = 7r7r'S8.a'X) (when 7r is proper) with 7r. (7r.9) Hp(X. L) 7r. see Exercise 37. (Y. Summation produces a natural map (7r.6 is also valid for singular homology with 9.(Y. If 7r is a regular covering map (i. ( .] It can be checked that the diagram 7rc(`P.7r'Jg B.V ti®o 7rc (W .(Y. (X. see Section 19 for a different. L) ® 8 commutes and hence so does the diagram H. Thus 0 induces a transfer homomorphism µ HP(Y.7r'. This is not generally the case for the method utilized in Section 19..T). Also. W. an even closer analogue of II11.L)®7r. Now. W.. obtained from (42) and (20) on page 300. and k is constant on components of Y). then we also have that µ7r.7r`. transfer maps in singular homology (or cohomology) do not generally exist for ramified coverings as is shown by the following example: Let X be the union in R3 of 2spheres X.1 can be proved for infinite coverings. homotopy.L)(9 7r*1) = `. [Note that the homomorphism 7rc7r"W.(X. then the canonical map 0 : X 7r7r'. with a niceness assumption.(X. The Vietoris theorem.§6. . if 7r is proper. L).W)5 '7+ X. = EgEG g. and it is not hard to see that this gives a (continuous) homomorphism v : 7r. and note that for y E Y.
Hence. Q) with µ7r.:. . since X/G is contractible. Proposition.)° '(f. if A C X is locally closed. g}.A. X It follows that . W. 7.(X. f : X Y is a map between locally compact spaces. r.4)v'HH(X. The "homology sheaf" of the map f. (X. then the derived sheaf of fyW.ep(f.d). In [31 a nontrivial element y E SH3(X.. B denotes f'B C X. U' may be replaced by U in (45) without changing the associated sheaf. Similarly. Thus (U . Recall that fq.d) vanishes on int A and coincides with W. .!nv (U . there are the natural maps (coefficients in d) C. in a great circle. 4) = Y (U Hp nu 4)) Note that W. . 7 The homology sheaf of a map In this section. Let G = {e.2. (X.(y) = 0. Q) SH3(X. d) = p C.4d and supports in '.Hp (X. (X. (Y) = y..322 V.A. and it is easy to check that g. Hence. for y E Y.M 7. and is a family of supports on X.4) =. If f is Wclosed and %F is paracompactifying. By (45) there is a canonical homomorphism. X je (f. Definition. is defined to be the derived sheaf .y is an isomorphism for each y E Y. Let g : X X be the reflection through some plane through x that intersects each X.Cr!nu (U') _ C.Xy'.4) of the differential sheaf f p `' (X. . A.u) . then the homomorphism r. we would have that 0 2y = pir. 'd is a sheaf on X.. for V C U open in Y with V C U and for %P paracompactifying.'(f.d) is denoted by Y.Wp (f. fjA.1. = 1 + g. with coefficients in .Q) is constructed. (X. 4) on Y.(X. BorelMoore Homology of radius 1/n that are all tangent to one another at a given common point x.4') on X . X .. if there were a transfer map a : SH3(X/G. For B C Y..U (45) Clearly.
(47) is induced by the homomorphism f. . then 0 X is the identity map and if %F contains a !(lx. we have the natural exact sequence O.y') and (X. Note that if 1x : X neighborhood of each point.Hc(u)(U'.L)*R'0.`I xY' (X .(f. from (26).d) = lid H? I xU* (X . surjective.M) of (35) on page 306 (47) _Y:(f. X . _d).(C.iui(U'. (46) Note that the map f. 4) = . of presheaves on Y. by definition.U*.d) = ate. (U'. (f . U ranging over the neighborhoods of y in Y.(Y. T).XCpi(f. The righthand side is. By (21) on page 301 there is the natural isomorphism fc zt f.X) for f a Vietoris map. and we note that trivially. which generalizes (13) on page 294. (U.ip(f.. L) ®X(U).. 1 (U'. and with acyclic point inverses] then it follows that (47) provides an isomorphism e. L))(U) ®X(U) = c. By definition.L)) ®B.3 that H.. (X. f'S8) ._d) = je.: H* (U*. f`. (U)O and hence the exact sequence of associated sheaves 0'Xp(f.L)OX '. If f is a Vietoris map [i. Since C. and the result follows upon consideration of the homology sequences of the pairs (X. : H.(X.T) ' H.f`V). If f is proper..§7.U'). (f.(°' (U'. (47) is induced by the homomorphism f. f*S8) 3 . f`.(W. f'S8) induces a natural map W..L)s.(X.(X. generated by the presheaf U i .y'.H. Ye* (f. proper.ire.d) We now consider the case in which T = c and d = f'S8 for some sheaf 58 on Y. a).L)(&B(U))+Hp(°)(U'.(fcW. X .e. (48) . 4). v) (the reader is urged to consider generalizations of this).L)®58(U) . If follows immediately from 5. L) is torsionfree.T) H* (U.(Y.ye*(Y.e. The homology sheaf of a map 323 Proof. then for 41 D c.
4). Assume that at least one of the following three conditions is satisfied: (a) 1 and fi(W) are paracompactifying.4) .4(8) since f is Wclosed]. B. whence it is (Dfine for 4i paracompactifying.:: .1. Theorem. Also assume that f is Wclosed. Je* q (f. since dime Y < oo. Proof.A. by 5.2. and either c is paracompactifying or T = cld. and 1D (%P) are all paracompactifying and if f is 4$closed. . Thus.(U*.d)B (see Exercise 11 of Chapter IV) and using 1110. ).1.1 to the case in which A is empty and with supports on Y being I)JU [use II12. If c.4.. 4).!q(f. W. (The hypotheses ensure that the isomorphism (30) on 0 page 305 holds. 8. noting that X:"(f. apply 8.2. the spectral sequence is given by IV2.324 V.1 and note that ('JU)(W) = 4i(W)JU by IV5.1 by taking A = U'. 4)) . fIA. Let fi be a paracompactifying family of supports on Y and assume that dim b Y < oo. U'. be a sheaf on X.fIU'. "q(f. Then there is a spectral sequence with 'E2'q = H (Y. BorelMoore Homology 8 The basic spectral sequences Here we produce the fundamental spectral sequence of a map that will be used in the next section to prove a very general Poincare duality theorem.e!(f. Let A C X be locally closed and let . which is obtained from 8. If %F = cld. A. Y.4) H p 4(X.4). Let f : X . i)IB) H'(') (X. d is elementary. Put U = Y .q = g (1'.q = HOIB(B.) 8. Then there is a spectral sequence with E2 . Consider the differential sheaf 9° = fq. d is elementary. (c) A = 0 and 1 is paracompactifying. (b) A is closed.H p4Q1 U.B. let %F and be families of supports on X and Y respectively.1 and 115. and A is closed. then 9?q is flabby by 5.1 and IV3. Now c9 is a 'e°(Y.. To obtain this. Let B C Y be closed.7. l _q(X. where U' = f 1(U) as usual. and assume that dimw Y < oo. We shall describe some important special cases of 8. then we have a spectral sequence with irE2.1. L)module.
and assume that is paracompactifying with dime X < oo.4. Mp. that dims X < oo.3.a) and 'EP" = H IF(F> q(X.2 may be taken to be c.4')) = H'pq (X. and let 4' be a sheaf on X.Mp.7 and 1112. Unlike the case of the Leray spectral sequence. For nonopen subsets (U as in 8. and let (.q .1).d). .'Mp.4)) = HpUq(U.A.2 becomes the following: Let F C X be closed with U = X . (fw W q(X.XA.'Y9(X.. 4')).. are respectively the spectral sequences of the double complexes IMp. Let A C X be locally closed. Thus let us assume A C X is locally closed.) 8. Then there are the spectral sequences 'E2P'9 = H4(X. (f _q(X. The basic spectral sequences 325 8. A.4 * 0 yields a relationship among them.A. and dim. 4))B) Thus. This will be applied in Section 9.1d is elementary. 8. We shall now reformulate 8.q = H (X. In this case.F.F.q "Mp. Ai).d)I F) H pq(X..eAi) (use 5. Xq(X. A.9 = CC(Y.A is Ftaut. Assume either that A is closed and .nxA(X . the family %F in 8.q = CC(Y. and I. E. A. . (with A empty) and "E.itf.IA X < oo.q = CC(Y.. We note that the spectral sequences 'E. W q(X. or that I is paracompactifying. U. we can still obtain these spectral sequences provided we consider only elementary coefficient sheaves.1 is that for which f is the identity map X X. (X. )) H'pq(X.4d). ))=H ! (A.1 for this important case.4) or nonparacompactifying supports c. Then there is the spectral sequence HPC.§8..Jea(X. CIA) be elementary. the main case of importance of 8. (Here. 8. and we also have the spectral sequence "Ez'Q = H4. Let 4D be a family of supports on X with dimb X < oo. q(X. where X . the exact sequence 0 .Mp. Then there is a spectral sequence with E2. i))u).5.
(X. Let n = max{k I Jek(f.Y1(g). `.326 V.] Again. 1(g) has the same stalks as does Xi (f).xf'.:: Z ® Z ® Z.A).E n H. Proposition. and the map g : W Y with one double point.n(f. Note that when X . Let f : X + Y be a map between locally compact spaces with dimL Y < oo. )) IV2. L) 0 0}.Y the obvious map with one double point at y E Y. assuming that this exists.9.{y}) H°(4 points) . IVExercise 1.7. From 8. whence the convergence of the spectral sequence "E. BorelMoore Homology [The latter spectral sequence is obtained from 5. . Then r(.1 we have the following. L)) ^ H°(Y.8 using the double complex CCnxA(X . X < oo. Also. A. and Y1(f) has stalks Z except at y. 8.3 also apply in this situation. Then . 8. and Y is the figure eight with f : X .6. whence r(in(f. s. it follows from the cohomology sequence of the pair (X. X . however. Jn(f.7 consider the case in which X = S1. 9). Example.A is 4Dtaut and dim. consider the space W = S' + S1. Remarks analogous to 8.A) < oo.1 we have that E' = 0 for q < n. (See.lA X < oc is equivalent to dimDn(xA)(X .:: Z. L). then there is a spectral sequence with E2. B). A. these spectral sequences are linked together through a short exact sequence of their defining double complexes.. L)) = E2'n .q = Hp(X.. but these are not isomorphic sheaves on the figure eight since by the same reasoning."1 (g)) . As a simple example of 8.i(ep(f) = 0 for p # 1. The sheaf X1(Y) differs from both since .7 we have r(. Take coefficients in L = Z throughout. In the spectral sequence of 8. Then ..'1(Y)y n H1(Y.dl)JX . 0 which are isomorphisms away from the point y.. (X.1 that if dim4. Consider the differential sheaf 9?q = 9 q (X.Y1(Y) * . the topological sum of two circles. Also see As an immediate application of 8. r(.A) that the condition dim.2 and 8.A. 8. as in 8. It follows from IV2. SP_Q(X.Y . We shall remark on the case of one space and leave the extension to maps to the reader.8. X < oo. Similar considerations apply to the case of singular homology.3. A. where the stalk is Z ® Z. L).1 Proof.:: Hi (W) Z0Z.) Let 1D be a paracompactifying family of supports on X and let B be any sheaf on X and let A C X be locally closed. sH'Pq(X. The reader might try to understand just how these sheaves look as spaces as well as to understand the homomorphisms W1(f) .. which is csoft and hence bsoft. L)) Hn(X. 1(f)) H1(X) .
E2'2 = H°(Y. Let us compute the stalks of the sheaves . Z) Z. As an example of 8. 0. Use coefficients in Z throughout. Example.11. (f )y ~ Hi (IID'a. and points 0 < y < 1 corresponding to the other circles about the origin.aII)) ^ Hi1(S1) Z._ Z H1(Y. Consider the map f : S" 0 11.3. At an end point. It is clear that yen (f) :: Z. Thus the spectral sequence has E2'_1 = H"([l. 2 E2'2 0. and take coefficients in Z. Z(1. 1 0. and the exact sequence 0 E2'2+H. E2'1 .)('. 1] with 0 corresponding to the fixed orbit. for i = l. Sn1). p = 1. At a point y E (1. Z) N f Z. It is clear that .al)) ^ H. Consider X = RIP2 with the usual action of the circle group G on it. 1J. 1].1)) He ((1.~. Z. . 1) the stalk of . a point called the singular orbit.(f) is jr=(f)v ^ H. called the exceptional orbit. The basic spectral sequences 327 8.. 0. Example. Ho(K) : E 1 El'1 . 1 corresponding to the boundary of the disk.p(f) ).(S' x (1. 1]. fore 1 and E2'" = Hp([1.Z) Z. the action is by rotations of the disk.1 consider the bundle projection f : K Y = 51. which is Z for i = n and is zero otherwise. Thus the spectral sequence degenerates into the isomorphisms H2(K) : E"'. Z and 0 8. 1).) Let f : X X/G = Y be the orbit map. the constant sheaf. Zt) = r(Z) = 0. 2. Z(_1. 1 Jn(f )o Hp(IID2. which is 8. Z) E2'1 = H1(1'.10. 1(f) is the constant sheaf Z and that X2 (f) is the twisted sheaf Zt of 1111. for p = 0. n. The stalks of X.Zt) Z2 (by 1I11. 81) 0." : Z.H'(Y. for i = 1.E2'10.1). 2. the projection to a coordinate axis. p=2. E2. for p = 1. where K is the Klein bottle. Thus it degenerates into the isomorphisms Ho(S") H"(8") .(S"1 X (1. (f) are H. Example. 0. E2'. called principal orbits.n.§8. Z) ti Z.3). . with integer coefficients. (Thinking of X as the 2disk with antipodal points on the boundary identified. fori # 1. Now Y can be thought of as the interval [0.:. for e#0. We have.lei (f) .(K). In the spectral sequence we have E2'1 = H°(Y. 1(S"1) Z. and . for i 1.9. and E2'9 = 0 otherwise.
Thus we compute Hp(Y.1]. 10. L) of 8. Also. the Hilbert cube. the dimensional hypothesis of 8. {0}. Z(0. 0 17A more direct way to see this is to note that the generator of the stalk at 1 is given by the singular cycle made up of the exceptional orbit. Let X = ff". To see its topology at 1.4 were valid in this case. Hp(M. L) = 0 for all p since every point has an open neighborhood basis consisting of sets homeomorphic to Y x (0.Z(°.:5 Z. Thus the spectral sequence degenerates to give the familiar homology groups Ho(X) Z and H1(X) E2'1 : Z2 E2'1 O of W. Since the stalks of X1(f) are free at points other than 1.17 From this it is clear that Y1(f) ~ Z'(o.11(f )) Z.2(f)) ^ H'([0.1. Consequently.1)) for all p. p=1. ((0. except at 1 itself. It is clear that Similarly. Z.7(1(f ) 1 : Z2. Hp([o.1 is essential. 1(f)) Hp([O. V2(f) . and that this induces the zero homology class at a nearby principal orbit. as a cycle of (M. for 0 < y < 1.328 V. 0. 3M).1]. . a1)) and Z. we would have E211 = 0 for all p. If the spectral sequence H.12.. L) = 0. it must vanish over a neighborhood of 1. am) 1 0. 7L) = 0 1 HP(Y. and of course it vanishes at 0. Example. 8. s itself must vanish on a neighborhood of 1. which is false. Therefore E2'1 = H°(Y. p = 2. p = 1. BorelMoore Homology Also. dep(f) y ^ Hp(S' x (II. Since 2s vanishes at 1. {1}. q whence HH(X. consider a local section s about 1 giving the nonzero element of . 1]. Z2.i) ® (Z2){11. p=0. p#0. 1). p=2 Yp(f) 1 . and all other terms are zero.1].V1(f) is constant over (0.1].1))®HP({1}. E2'1 = H1(Y. 1 0. X 1(f)) Z2.7 Z2) Z2. 1] for some locally compact Y and since Hp([0. Z. where M is a neighborhood of the exceptional orbit and is a Mobius strip. Then Xp(X. it is clear that .[° 1). P=11 p = 0. L) = 0 for all p. p = 0.
Then for y = 0.2.L)y Hq([0.. is an nwhmL.§9. Note that for any nwhmL X. p 54 n by (13) on page 294. L) = 0 for q # I. For it. with or without boundary. p = n. A locally compact space X is called an "ndimensional weak homology manifold over L" (abbreviated as nwhmL) if dimL X < 00 and Jep(X.G(9 .1) x ][°O. For y i4 0.1)) L. L) Hq((0.pactifying family of supports on X. i'r1(f .4 we immediately obtain: 9. and it is an nhmL if the boundary is empty. L) is called the "orientation sheaf" of X and will be denoted by 6 = 19x.1) and . A general class of such spaces is given by the following definition: 9. L) = 0 for p # n and is torsionfree if p = n. 1 we have q(f.f(&1') °. Thus E2'1 the spectral sequence degenerates into the uninteresting isomorphism L E2 H_1+1(lloc.L). 9A = (1)nzb in the diagram H (X.) From 8.' for q # 1. L) S 0. we have H1([0. q(f.8. Theorem. .7q (f . Example. L(o. 16. Definition. 3p(X . Hnp1(X.L)=0for all q. The basic spectral sequence 8.4") 1a ° HtPM d") 1a HOP+1(X. L) L(o.L) Hq([0.1)xIl°°..1). Clearly.d) Hnp(X.4 on X. l 0. A is an isomorphism of connected sequences of functors of d.d) = J 0 ®d.1') 18See. B (9. however. An nwhmL X is said to be an "ndimensional homology manifold over L" (abbreviated as nhmL) if 6 is locally constant18 with stalks isomorphic to L. If X is an nwhmL and 1D is a paracorn.1. It is said to be "orientable" if 0 is constant.1].el) for sheaves . Also note that a topological nmanifold. and f : X a Y a projection.n(X. Let X = 11. Moreover.1 is valid here even though dimL X = oo. Poincare duality 329 8. that is.13. L)y Hq((0. . Y = 1. then there is a natural isomorphism A : HIc. and E2"1 = 0 in all other cases.1). (X. O 9 Poincare duality In this section we will establish Poincare duality for spaces having the local homological properties of nmanifolds with or without boundary. (We shall study homology manifolds with boundary in Section 16.1 we have.
4 we have E2'Q = 0 for q # n. However.#) I HHn(XA) (X ..A.d).d®6) +. If. Af (1)" Hnn p(U. U. and that (JI.Hnl p(U. Then there is an isomorphism A : H (X. For elementary coefficient sheaves we obtain.F.330 V. commutes up to the indicated signs..4 the isomorphisms (X. moreover.. the following generalization of 9. In the spectral sequence Ep"9 of 8.All) and Hnl p(A.Alt) natural in ff. Assume.3 that the diagram (1)" 1 H (X.d) E"' n E n H4' p+n(X.2 valid for nonparacompactifying families of supports and more general subspaces: 9.. Thus H (X.d addition to naturality in the coefficient sheaf 4'.2 by replacing 4d by . 4)I A) is elementary.X .A is 4)taut in X. d) + . Let X be an nwhmL..A. The last statement follows from the compatibility relations proved in IV1..14) Hn p(X. If F C X is closed and U = X . and 4) a family of supports on X with dime X < oo.:. 6 ®. the sign (1)n being achieved by redefinition of A by induction on p if necessary. 6®.lA X < oo. where the first row is the cohomology sequence of (X.U. Theorem. A. in Proof.3. then HH(X.iu and 4'F respectively.4') and HHIF(F. that A is a locally closed subspace of X such that X . ) .6®.. 6 ®. 6 (9 lf)  Hnp(X..d) Hn p(X. A( an elementary sheaf on X. in addition. BorelMoore Homology induced by the exact coefficient sequence 0 + d' . these also follow directly from 9.d) i Ht p(X. dim4. F) and the second row is the homology sequence of (X.4') as claimed. 0.. F.5. It follows easily from 8.6(94'). U). from 8. then we also obtain from 8.4'®6) Aj 1 H4plF(F.Ai) Hnp(X.
Similarly 9.A() (1)" at 23 Hn I P(A. L) . the last isomorphism following from invariance under homotopy. L) A.10. L) + 0 natural in U. we can substitute H"p(U. if L is a field. (A or B can be empty. Also see 16.A() when ff is elementary and dim4. L) Hc 1(U. In particular. Also see 10. the proof is irretrievably incorrect. If t consists of all closed sets in 9. 6' Old) for 4) paracompactifying.2 shows that H (X. A. L).d®.d) . one cannot draw the conclusion that dim4. X < oo from the assumption that dimL X < 00.: H4(X. 0) Hom(Hp(U. 9. L) + H"p(U.14 that I dimL X = n for an nhmL X..A. Note.6. B. If X is an nhmL..9) .A() 1 K) 1 at + Hnv(X. B.13.§9. L) in (9) on page 292 and obtain the exact sequence 0 + Ext(HP+1(U. 6' ®. 0 ®6' (9.0®!l)+ HP(X. Unfortunately.XA.30 for a generalization of this.3 are satisfied. 9. let X be an orientable nmanifold with boundary consisting of the disjoint union A U B of closed sets. In particular. II16.Hnp(X. L) for U open in an nwhmL X with dimcid U < oo. L). !f) AID Hnn(X.5.) Then 0 = LX_A_B. 9. L). As an example of the use of 9. then there is a natural isomorphism HIp(U. This implies that there is an "inverse sheaf" 61 such that B ®61 L and 01 is unique up to isomorphism.3 and A( = L. unless X is locally hereditarily paracompact. Poincare duality 331 If all the conditions of 9.d) phism Hnp(X.. however. then as far as the author knows. In this case. L).t:. and this remains an unsolved conjecture.6. X < oo.2 the following diagram commutes up to the indicated sign: +HP(X. HP (X. then as in 9. A. Then it follows from 1116. G) for Hp(U. we have Hn+1(U.4. and we have H. see 1116 and IIExercise 25.3.n(X.3 can be used to obtain the isomor Hi(X. . then 0 is a "bundle" of coefficients locally isomorphic to L. 0) (1)^ Danger: When D is not paracompactifying. 6) Hom(HH (U. LX_AB) HP: n(X_A)(X . 01) = 0 by 5. In [11] it is claimed that of 61 in general. 9.
Z) Z ®Ext(Q. and . where K is a Cantor set. and H' (E) = 0 for i > 1. the homology sheaf ir1(E).6. We have HP(E. 7G) big sheaf because Hom(Q. Z) is uncountable. By Exercise 6 the precosheaf b1(E) : U H. The sheaf 6 is not readily understood.e.1(E) : U + Hom(HH (U). H°(U) = 0. By continuity. Z) ®Q = 0 19These facts are not important for the example but are helpful in understanding the sheaf 6. let E be the solenoid. E. . so that . Similarly. i. '(U) : H°(K) ® Z C(K). the group of continuous (i. Z) O and Ext(Q. Coefficients will be in L = Z if not otherwise specified. Now. E can be embedded in S3. and by 1.332 V.. On the other hand. E) shows that H2 (S3.: Ho(E) Hom(H°(E). Also see IV2. Q) Hj (E.10 and (9) on page 292. sH p(X. For a topological nmanifold X (or a "singular homology manifold") we obtain the Poincare duality H (X...8. an inverse limit E = LimC.19 It is. let us illustrate duality in the case of a "bad" space. ( = Q (which is not an elementary sheaf since Q is not finitely generated over ?G).e. where Cn is a circle and Cn + C"_1 is the usual covering map of degree n. Example. For such a set U. Q) Hi (E. see IIExercise 34. 6) .58®6)z.8.7. every point in E has a fundamental sequence of neighborhoods U of the form U K x (0. Thus X is a 1whmz with orientation sheaf 6 = .3 cannot hold for L = Z and . (U) is a sheaf. 1). Z). 9.9. 9. H1(E) Q. However. In particular.Z) = 0. Z) ( D (E). Example. see 14. also.1(E). dimz E = 1.9.:s Hl (E) . This is the free abelian group on a countably infinite set of generators. so that 6 has no nonzero global sections. Hom(H. and indeed BorelMoore homology itself. this also follows from the general Theorem 9. Z) H. the solenoid. but duality gives some easy information about it. 6) H1_p(E).'°(U) = 0. The exact homology sequence of the pair (S3.. . is useful mostly for reasonably locally well behaved spaces such as CICL spaces.JR) (for ' paracompactifying and 58 arbitrary) directly from 8. H. see the next example for an explicit embedding. of course. (U) is a cosheaf. Duality. H°(E) ^ Z.(U) = 0 for i > 1 trivially. BorelMoore Homology 9.2 and from the uniqueness theorems that we shall prove in Section 12 showing that singular homology coincides with BorelMoore homology in this case. Also. Again. 6) . 6 is a very H1(E. locally constant) functions K i Z. r(C) = H°(E. However. the presheaf U Hom(HH (U). We will show that 9. By classical dimension theory.
If we make the diameters of the disk cross sections of oo. exact sequence of (S3. then the intersection of the tori is a solenoid T. and by the exact sequences of the H2(S3. Poincare duality 333 by 3. Also. This can also be seen by the isomorphism H2(S3 . and the cohomology group here can be taken to be singular cohomology by 1112. M)." It is somewhat 20See Section 18. Z (D Ext(Q. (This is the 0 failure of "change of rings". where Z sits in fZ as the "diagonal. This is not true for coefficient groups M that are not finitely generated over L.Tn+1) pairs (S3. If 9.Tn+1) a H1(S3 T.3 held in this case. S3 T.3 we have the natural isomorphism Hp(X. we have that 7L H1(T. Z) Ext(Q. E). Inside that we can embed another solid torus T3 that winds around T2 three times..) this is equivalent to H1(S3 . M) Hnp(1Rn.E. Q) Pt. 6 has stalks Zd1.) ti Z is multiplication by n. Z 2 . Inside T1 we can embed another solid torus T2 that winds around T1 twice. It follows from this and IV2:11 that H2(S3 .Y... and so on. HomQ(H1(E.1.20 we compute H1(S3 .3.8 that HO(E) . E) by (9) on page 292 O 9. Another example of an nwhmL that is not an nhmL is the mapping cone Cf of the covering map f : X = S' + S1 = Y of degree d. see Section 18.11. Q) by 9. Thus BorelMoore homology for such spaces can be computed from ordinary singular cohomology.X. go to zero as n E _ fT. Q).:.+l) H1(T.. Over Y. using Q as base ring. Its orientation sheaf 6 is constant with stalks Z over Cf . Q).) 9.).Tn+i). S3 .. the exact homology sequence of the pair (S3.E) . By 9. E) of 9. By duality 9. Q) HomQ(Q. This is a 2whmL..10. Example. and let M be a finitely generated Lmodule. and the calculation in 9.E. . S3 . this is equivalent to H2(S3. Z).E. Suppose that X C R' is compact. Z. In .Q)^ Q.13 and the computations in the previous example. With integer coefficients. Example. the latter maps give the inverse sequence H2(S3 Tn) . and it is not too hard to see that 6IY fZ/Z. we would have that this is isomorphic to H1(S3 . Q) H2(53. Example.H1(S3.. H1(S3. 7G). E. Thus L Z 3 . 0 9..3 Hi(E. Consider a standard solid torus T1 in S3.12.3. However.Tn) Ker i H1(S3)) = 0.§9. as is shown by taking X to be a solenoid and computing these groups for L = Z and M = Q.
0. a euclidean plane containing X as a closed subspace. HP(Cf. Z) Zd.21 One's first guess concerning this group might be that it is zero. H9(Y. One can compute these cohomology groups directly by looking at the exact sequence HcP . and connected but not locally connected. Example. the closure of X in R2. the comb space itself. is contractible and so has the cohomology of a point.X) Ho (U). Z). a certain dimensionality property that is a standard result for topological manifolds. 61Y) as follows: HP(Cf . p p = 1. X).1/2. Z) .. let M = S2 .2.Y. and we will not attempt to describe that. KEW Also.b)ER2I0<b< 1. Note that the point (0. Z) Z for p = 2 and is zero otherwise.X and ' = {K C U I K is closed in M}. Z) HP (R2. 0 9.0)ER2I0<a<1}U{(a. 0.. for homology manifolds. Z) is clearly zero. where U = M . The singular cohomology group SH' (X. The exact sequence (coefficients are in Z when omitted) H2(M)=0 shows that H1(X) H2(M.{(0.13. a=0. p = 2. Precisely. Thus. so that HP(Y. The group we wish to investigate is H1(X. H2(M. The purpose of this example is to show how BorelMoore homology and duality can be used to understand a particular cohomology group (closed supports) of a certain space X. BorelMoore Homology harder to understand how these two portions of 6 fit together. Z) identified with f *. However. 6IY) . Z) . by 5.2 as follows easily from the homology sequence of (Mf.:: Zd for p = 1 and is zero otherwise. Z) HP(Y. KE'Y 21This example arose in an attempt to prove.(K).}. Regarding S2 as the compactified ]R2.1/4. It is the "comb space" with the "base accumulation point" removed. Z) liar Ho(K) KE4' liar Hom(H°(K). By duality 9. there is the exact sequence 0 + KEW Ext(H.X). 1. fZ) ." H2_p(Cf.334 V. The exact cohomology sequence induced on Y by 0 . Also. yielding the desired calculation. X={(a..Y. 6) s.Hp(Cf.: HP(X. 6) . The space X is perhaps the simplest space that is locally compact but not compact. .3. 0) is missing. H'(X) Ho (U) lij Ho(K). we will show that this guess is about as far from true as it can be. (Cf .Z f Z 61Y 0 has the portion Hp(Y. Duality gives Z. 0)}.
although it is torsionfree by IIExercise 28. d") and s E H. so that Hom(H°(Ko). which is a chain map.Z) rl Z.p (e. For any integer m. T) + (50) If 0 + 4' + 4 .4.L)(&.nn'(X.(X. n = 2. which is un 00 countable. where G° is the class of pointwise split short exact sequences.(X. B) we have 8(a n s) _ (8a) n s (51) (defined when (P and 4? n T are paracompactifying). (X. as it is unimportant for the main conclusion.V). consider the canonical map (W. we have the induced map n : H.(X.oy(X. 0 10 The cap product r. (x) For sheaves d and B on the locally compact space X.Z) + Hom(H°(K). that is. Note that for any set K D Ko in ID. One set in' is Ko = {(a. If 45 n %P is paracompa.40X) (49) of 15.d ®58 + 4" ®B + 0 is also exact.L)®. all but a finite number of the points of Ko must be in separate pseudocomponents of K. Now let m and a E H. This implies that 00 Ker{Hom(H°(Ko). a/2) E R2 1 a= 3/2". F9 (. By 116.T) = with connecting homomorphism (1)m times that in H!n4'(X. is uncountable. then the fact that (49) is a chain map implies that for a E Hry (X. It follows that lit KE'' Hom(H°(K).2 the natural transformation /3 i+ a n f3 of Ho (X. It also seems likely that this group is not free.ctifying.4 ®B) .. Z)." (X. and hence H1(X) : Ho (U ). ).d) be fixed.3. 00 We have H°(Ko) Z. X) + F°(B) = H.. C ' (X. M) _ C?n* (X.4" + 0 is exact and is such that 0 + 4' ®B + .Z)} C ®Z. 4 (&. The cap product 335 The term in Ext is surely zero...d)®r. . d) ®H.. }. but we shall ignore it. (X .§10. 4) ®H. 1=1 which is countable. form an 'connected sequence of functors. the functors (9 B).
(X. Y be a map between locally compact spaces and let 4D and T be families of supports on Y with '1 n W paracompactifying. ) respectively.T) +H. By the uniqueness portion of 116. to the functors Hi. then (53) 8(a n p) = (1)'a n 6. /3 E H. we have that if0* 1. where a E Hm(X. we see that the following diagram commutes: ff(re. in the situation of (51) and for 3 E H.py(X. .336 V. (54) That is. and y E HH(X. and (.P").A). 8V v + 0and 0.2. the two homomorphisms Hql. Let f : X .'2p(X. then it follows immediately from the definition of (49) and (50) that (a n s) n t = a n (s u t). W) we have (an)3)ny=an(puy) (56) (given by (55) in degree zero).'adt(9 B). `).(X. .d).py(X.. Let d and be sheaves on Y. T).'').d being fixed) shows immediately that if 4i n W and 4?n W n 9 are paracom pactifying.. (X. (55) where s U t E I74. f*(1(9 36)) `. (X. 8(a n. (X. t E re (W). 58). d'®B) defined by (54) for fixed a c. s E r ( ) ..d0a" Dare both exact.d ®B) (52) when 4? n 41 is paracompactifying. d)®B =+ W.B ®W). By definition and 116.HH(X.d).d®B'+j1®B. HH(X.(X..2 we obtain. ) and H. B) + H.4") are identical. (Y.d)®Hq.2 applied. By definition of the isomorphism (21) and of the homomorphism (23) on page 23. If a E H. BorelMoore Homology has a unique extension commuting with connecting homomorphisms.(X. so that we obtain the "cap product" n: H. and 8 and 6 are the connecting homomorphisms in H?r'* (X.(X. 0 + fcW *(X. The uniqueness of an implies immediately that an /3 is linear in a as well as in /3.1f p_ 1(X .ne(.(X. then for a E H. in the appropriate way. .3.3) = (8a) n /3. The uniqueness part of 116.3 E H4P.(1'.
(X. for a E Hn(`)(X. (a) fl fi coincide for p = 0. we always have that f. (afl f *. Proof.H '2 (Y. L) = 0 for p > n and with 0 = Y. Let X be such that dimL X < oo and 'p(X. (a n f'. f. the connecting homomorphisms for the variable 4. Using (53). for (D paracompactifying.3) _ (Act) n Q. to satisfy the stated formula with 8 and b. B) F Hn ^p (Y.4(7) that 4D(c) fl f1(W) = ((D fl ')(c)]. where 8 and b are. . (X. we have 0(a u. L) torsionfree for p = n (as is always the case if n = dimL X. 4) ®H*.0 ®d) . f*(.(x.B) n . Theorem.4)) ®rv(9) I I [recalling from IV5. Therefore the following diagram commutes for p = 0: Hn(°)(x. The homomorphism A is. The sign can be modified by induction on p. it follows from 116.y(W.5'8) of functors of 9 defined by 13 F+ f.(Y.®1 H' (Y.A(&. .. T). just the edge homomorphism H (X.Q) = f. f'(. f'4) it follows that the natural transformations H'. (X. 0 0 4) = E2. (Y.W)) J. . (a) n o. there is a natural homomorphism 0 : H.. For a E Hn (c) (X . T1®f f.Dn. if (9 d) and 0 E Hip. (57) 10.) Hnbp'v)(c)(X. B).n EE n FF Hnp(X d) . see Exercise 32). If I and I fl %F are both paracompactifying families of supports on X. Then. (Y. X) If.d(&. The cap product 337 It follows that we also have the commutative diagram f`4)) ®rr 1®f I f'(4 rbn*(AW. H' "i`) (X. f'4) and 0 E Hn(Y.2 that these transformations are identical.d) generalizing that of 9.. then. .1.4 ®X). for a E H. f* )) ®r". 3) and Q F.d ®58)) r'D (fcV. Thus.(x. which is an isomorphism for p = 0 and satisfies 8A = (1)nAb.(R) r'D (W (Y. with no change when p = 0. (X. f `. in the basic spectral sequence.d ® s))) r.§10.2.1) ® H (Y.Hnp(X. up to sign.
torsionfree resolution of L on X. __24 H' "ngl(X. L) 0. Put [X) = 0(1) E Hn(X. by 1116. Corollary.p(4.31. by 119. as is the fact that it is always an isomorphism when p = 0. both sides of this formula are natural transformations Fl (4') 0 F2 (B) . or.y(36) induces the commutative diagram r.. We shall now consider "computation" of the cap product by means of resolutions and shall obtain in the process some additional facts about the cap product. The map r. (e.. Thus the result follows from 116. H.338 V.d) 0 r. if X = Y then 2 0 4' is a csoft resolution of L on X. 6) commuting with connecting homomorphisms. 11 10... and it is clear that the vertical maps are precisely A I 0 1 and 01. (W.3. Thus.g.4) = H.4'(9 X) H. In the situation of 10. For the remainder of this section we let Y* be a csoft. Wehave[X]fla=A(1)f1a=0(lUa)=0(a)by10.2.2. (W. e. ' (9 d) is given by 0(a) = [X] n a. (J6) u . However. 1 r.2 applied to the diagonal. d) + H _ ( . Then for 4 paracompactifying. where 1 E L C r(L) = H°(X. and F''.Jd))®rq. B) = H 4' (9 JB).Dnq.0®dd)®r* (. (X. L) ®d (& T) Hn(r4.L)(9 Jd))®rq..°(X.V).2 is immediate. ®X). and where Fl (. L) ®.1 holds when p = 0 = r.(x. BorelMoore Homology The fact that this generalizes the isomorphism 0 of 9. L) is the section with constant value 1. 01). 0 F2 (31) = H.1 assume that 0 zs locally constant with stalks L and that X is paracompact.1. as the reader may show. . the homomorphism 0 : H (X.F'''P(d. Moreover. (.* be a csoft resolution of L on a space Y. 11 10. more directly. X a paracompact nhmL. which is called the `fundamental homology class" of X.'n* (irn(X.)  I r. we see that the formula 0(a U Q) = (Da) n 0 of 10.') ®r.y (X) that is. (X.) u+ Hen.(X. Proof. Let .(X. Then Y* I is a csoft resolution of L on X x Y by Exercise 14(b) of Chapter II.b (°n (x. L) 04' 0 36)). (X.
f' _ f' (X. using the identity Hom(A 0 B.!2(A*)®(J1®B) (61) . Now. If Ir is torsionfree. Let .( The homology of the lefthand side of this equation is H. in 9* (.(1)'P f (s U dt) (60) In fact. We have the induced homomorphism !2(!!*) .. p+q=n (58) which splits.Hom(r.. so that the algebraic Kiinneth formula (see [54] or [75]) yields the exact sequence ®Ext(H'(X.Hq(Y. nw(Vmp( )) we have (59) We shall show shortly that this product induces the cap product defined We claim that for f E rt(!2 7i (.L)) p+q=ntl X Y.. we have the homomorphism (9(. Consider the homomorphism n : Hom(rc(9* (9 .L). L) (or any injective resolution of L) and let Se' ®X . The cap product 339 By 1115.44 I U) ®2'(U) 4 Hom(r.(1)mpf (s U dt) = (df)(s U t) + (1)m f (ds U t) = [dfns + (1)m f n ds] (t). r.P' .L) .5.(1)mp(f n s)(dt) = d(f (s U t)) .((* be a homomorphism of resolutions.L)).Hq(Y. C)). ®Hom(H.d)®(2"(9 so).A") we compute [recall the definition of the differential _ (df)(s U t) + (1)m f (d(s U t)) . if d and a are sheaves on X. 9(X).4*) and so.(2) r. L). C) : Hom(A.L*) Hom(rc(2*). (X x Y. we obtain the canonical isomor phism Hom(rc(9?* 4t*). (.L*) of presheaves on X defined by (f n s)(t) = f (s U t). !2(2* (9 . ') and hence a homomorphism n: earlier.M) ®. * (U) ® rc (. whence injective.A r.L).u')(9 . then is divisible. L) (or any injective resolution of L) for the remainder of this section.A * I U).T` ® .a*)) and s E dfns) =dfns+(1)mfnds. and we let . for t E r.r )j )] (d(f n s))(t) = d((f n s)(t)) ..(X.(A' Hom(F. where U :.§10. r* = J' (X.(2') ® rc(. This defines a homomorphism of sheaves n : 9(9?* (g .(A`IU). (9m(a')) ® r4. Hom(B. We now restrict our attention to the case of one space X = Y...(.
We shall digress a moment to consider a slight generalization of the exact sequence (9) on page 292. 9) .31 and 1116. also satisfies (60). Thus we see that (62) induces a product n : Hm(X. (65) We claim that when L is a field. Since SE* is torsion free. 1 and in particular. Hmnp(X.7.%).91) » Hom(HP(X. (62) which.% ). L*) ®r of sheaves.) The homomorphism (U) Hom(rc(R*IU).% be a locally constant sheaf on X with stalks isomorphic to L and let R* be a replete resolution of L on X. 9?* ®B is csoft and hence %Psoft for %P paracompactifying.8.% is a replete resolution of Y. . L).5. by 1116. (Recall that we may take L* = L when L is a field. of course.// has an "inverse" sheaf J1 (i. (Note that repletion is easily seen to be a local property. BorelMoore Homology and hence (9. Also. This is an isomorphism since .d ®9) (63) when either ' is paracompactifying or is elementary.4 OX). such that Y (9 Thus we obtain the natural isomorphism L*) 1 z L). L*) r( (rcR*.% is locally isomorphic to L. When' and 4i n %P are both paracompactifying. then (64) and 2.2 and the fact from (60) that (63) commutes with connecting homomorphisms in the variable B. it is easy to see that (63) coincides with our previous definition (52).. Let .4) ®H.e. 10. L*) (9 51). we have that Hom(r. the isomorphism provided by (65) is given by the cap product pairing.) .L*) of presheaves defined as in the development of (59) by 9(f ®t)(s) = f (sUt) induces a homomorphism ®r }.(R® (9 . Now. then !* ®X is flabby by 3. This can be seen directly for p = 0 and follows in general from 116. (64) If we take R* _ 0* (X.340 V. so that R* ®..L).(X..3 provide the split exact sequence Hp(X. by 2.. if Se* is flabby and 58 is elementary.4.
3).A(* be any given homomorphism of resolutions. Together with 77. fl. L) .T' ®.Hom(r(X). Theorem. r) and a homomorphism Hom(r(. using (64). Hn.. Proof. H. compare (62). (66) induces a map Hm(X. r. 9) . the induced map Hp (X. Since L is a field.(g(X))) (((f)(s)) (t) = f (s U t). and consider the homomorphism (: Hom(rc(. we obtain. Note that over a field every csoft sheaf is replete. L) . L)). the homology in degree m of the righthand side of (66) can be identified with ®Hom(Hp(X. L) with I f I E c and ifs E r select s' E r.J#* ®T. (g( x))) .T' (& d). P Thus.§10. The cap product 341 10. L).. a homomorphism v : Hom(r. 3"') + P Hom(HP (X. then for each degree p the cap product pairing n : HP(X. J)./tf' (9 defined by ). L) + Hom(L.P(X .A' + . and as above. L) Hom(Hp(X.N`). L))+ which is a . there is a natural map i L)) .(. let U : 2' ®._P(X.N'). by (19) on page 300. ') ®Hp(X.5. If L is a field and if J is a locally constant sheaf with stalks L. L) defined a s follows: If f E Hom(rc(. L) + Hom(rc(. Now. Use U to also denote the obvious map 9?* ®J ® ' 4 .ir) such that s = s' on some neighborhood of If and put rl(f)(s) = f(s'). ' and .'. r.F).+ ®a n by the definition of (66) and of (63). and in fact. T1) is an isomorphism coinciding with that of (65).A(* all be J*(X. The augmentation L >+ ' provides a canonical section 1 E r(.Ho (X. L) L is nonsingular.(2' (& 9). Let 9?'.L taking g into g(1) E L. I((f)(s)I C I fI n I t I E c.Hom(r. (. (66) Clearly. finally.
df* (9 9). Then the cup product pairing a®QF+EO(aUfi) E L of HP(X. L) 1 Hom(rc(2' 0 9). with that given by (65). L) 1µ Hom(r. 91) Hom(Hc"(X.He (X. and the result follows immediately from this and 10.. and in fact.P(X.=1 P H. Thus we have the diagram Hom(rc(.L) into a point.HH(X.(!I(. L) + Hom(r. 91) . Corollary. The result follows. 10.. 9).df* (9 9). L). The bottom horizontal map coincides.A' 0 9)./ ))) 1(67) ® 9). Corollary.. . 9).6. In fact. 0 (9 91) ® He P(X.7. ) . L defined by mapping X The homomorphism . Then HP(X. (67) induces the commutative diagram H. 9) has finite dimension over L for all p. L). L) » L. by definition. Now using (64)... H. for f E Hom(rc(.' + 2' r(. Hom(Hc P(X. where 1' = 1 on a neighborhood of I s I U I K(f)(s)I E c and the support of 1' is compact. BorelMoore Homology L defined by v(f)(s) = i(f(s))(1). where (*(a) (0) = a n Q and v' is the projection onto the factor with p = m followed by the canonical epimorphism e : HH(X. 0 (9 91) . Let 9 be a locally constant sheaf on X with stalks L. Let X be a compact nhmL. Note that the map induces the canonical surjection Ho(X. L) L L is nonsingular. We have 0(a U O) = (Da) n /3 by 10.(X.(2' Hom(rc(q * ®9 ). L) we have p(f)(s) = f (s U 1).5. Let X be a paracompact nwhmL. while v (C(f)) (s) = rl (((f)(s)) (1) = (C(f)(s)) (1') = f (s U 1') = f (s U 1).(2' (9 fl. We claim that this commutes. Let 9 be a locally constant sheaf on X with stalks L. the induced homomorphism HP(X. 9).342 V.®Hom(H'(X. where L is a field.1. L) defined by p(g)(s) = g(s U 1) E L. 10. r.. 0) . L) is an isomorphism. Proof. (X.N') induces a map defined by tensoring with 1 E p : Hom(rc(. where L is a field. L)) P 1P ..
of the 2faces in 8K. L). Thus M is a manifold a each of these are 2spheres. By an inductive process we can define a natural homomorphism . (X. Then it is easy to see that M is locally euclidean except at its vertices.'L (9 B)) [recalling that ' ' (X. The boundary of a star of a vertex (possibly after subdivision) is then a closed 2manifold that is orientable if L = Z. Thus (68) induces a product that. Therefore Hom(Hom(HP(X. which can happen only for a finitedimensional vector space. The cap product 343 Proof. so that C?" (X. a 2manifold. 10. W*(X. in pairs. L) zt..d (9 B). 6 (9 1).d ®V)). B. L) is constant with stalks L since it is represented everywhere by the 3cycle that is the sum of all 3simplices (coherently oriented if L = Z). L).§10.W* (X.' ®W* (x. H2 (U. L) = 0 a M is . L) is concentrated at the vertices. as the reader is invited to prove. Let K be a finite simplicial complex that is an orientable 3manifold with boundary. 9) + W. 9) 6 ®61 ®J J. .10. It will be orientable if the identifications all reverse orientation. ) is exact. (X. We have H9(X. B) . . (The main case of interest is that for which K is a convex solid polyhedron in R3. L) H' (X. T) .4 for 3manifolds with isolated singularities. . Thus we have the map W. 6 ®9 1) Hom(H''(X. We shall illustrate the basic spectral sequence of 8. V (X. Hence . (68) If 4D f1 T is paracompactifying. In this case let L = Z or L = Z2.°2(M. take L = Z2. The sheaf i'3(M. L) since 6 ® (6 (9 9'1)1 HP (X. t) = 'e. coincides with the cap product (52).% ). Y) and Hom(H"'(X.Cmn". a spectral sequence argument on the double complex on the right shows that its total homology is naturally isomorphic to H?^" (X. L) : H1(B. d) ® (e*(X. . Example.) Let M arise from K by identification. (X. L). where U is the star at the vertex and B is its boundary. Otherwise.d (9 X) of differential sheaves. 9). The sheaf . Let us briefly indicate another definition of the cap product. see 5. L) ®d] and hence also Cm (X. d) (X."2(M. (X.8. and the stalk at a vertex is H2 (U.
EE .1 = b2 . Alf) ® H q(M. 61 (9 A1) ® H. L) i E2 .I A X < oo for any subspace A C M. E2.. In it we show how to define a very nice intersection product in an nhmL.6 we also have the isomorphism D = A1 : Hpc"(M.Alf) HrIF(M. In the spectral sequence of 8.2. BorelMoore Homology a 3manifold. By 5.Hl (M. 216]. L)) Lk. Hence X(M) = 1 ..R) H p(M. Therefore r(. Thus the spectral sequence degenerates into the exact sequence 0 .b1 + b2 . L) 0 by 10. E2 'q = H'(M. This is so that we can conclude that dim. Y) Hen a 9(M.(M.r2(M. L)) Lk for some k. 0.3 which is . otherwise.df). for the most part. where b.(B. Again for simplicity we shall assume that the nhmL we deal with is locally hereditarily paracompact. We conclude that M is a 3manifold a X(M) = 0. L). p. Of course. Let M be a locally hereditarily paracompact nhmL with orientation sheaf 6 = . off Combining these we define the intersection product 0 : HH(A. For A and B both closed in M there is also the cup product H Ap(M.bl = k/2. in fact. to the case of compact supports. 61 0 lf 0 A) . L). 0 11 Intersection theory This section is a continuation of the previous one. is the ith Betti number of M over L. L) Hl (M. L) Lk H2 (M. where k = 0 a M is a 3manifold.b2 + k . L) + 0 IM]n 0 + H1(M. 61 ®lf) for any closed subset F C M. Let Alf and A be elementary sheaves on M. L) IMIn H2 (M. for q = 3. The Euler characteristic of this sequence gives bl . For the sake of simplicity we restrict attention. X_q(M. 61 (9. By 9.4 we have HP(M.. this is easy to derive by the elementary methods of simplicial homology and..7 we have that HP (F.z d.344 V. for q = 2 and p = 0.b2 + bl = 0. is given in [73.3 + H2 (M. 61 ®.
b=bnDa. (B. with a given such isomorphism understood. 61 (9 0).§11.90 A . B C M. if a E Hp (A. 61 (&UK). Intersection theory 345 by a. and so we can define the intersection number for a E HH(A. b = A(Db U Da) = [M] n (Db U Da) = ([M] n Db) n Da. (B. p.(A.. using the notation iM.''A(a) . 61 (9 '). of course.Aa) (69) for a E H. Note then that a E Hc(A.B(b) = z. 61 (9 A). and i. note the formulas a. Note that the intersection number is a duality pairing.c)'= An obvious consequence of (69) is that for closed sets A. L) and b E H.(b. . 61 (9 L) and b E H. etc. we conclude from naturality that iM. It is clear that BorelMoore homology is the proper domain of intersection theory.) [The reader can verify that this generalizes to arbitrarily locally closed A and B with arbitrary support families' on A.: L. 61 (&A). and ob n' on A n B.AnB(a b) = iM'A(a) i!I. 373] an example is given of two tori A and B embedded in a 3torus M such that 0 [A] .] For the case A = M = B we have. we must have that H1 (A n B) 0. so that I a. In BorelMoore homology. b = (j)(ndeg(a))(ndeg(b))b' a and a. and 610. In the general case. If L. b E Hq(B. a .2. then there is the augmentation e : Ho(AnB. (The reason for the reversal of order is indicated in [19]. 61®f!) and b E HH(B. 0. In [19. W on B. L) L. 61 (9 L) or when a E HH(A. (b) n D(i. b E H9(B. [B] E H1(M) but with SH1(A n B) = 0. L). a b is defined when a E HH(A. and & 0A . 61 (9 M). In particular. then AnB#r.I. b E H9 (B. Also. 61 ®A'). using 10.:t. 10.b=A(DbUDa).A : A ' M.
e(a) _ (a.91) it suffices to define (a. f * (Q)). 0) _ (bxa. L) of 10. (3) for /3 in a basis of HP.1)deg(a) deg(b) (a.346 V. Therefore we can define a homology cross product x: by Hp(X. Let 9 and 9 be locally constant sheaves on X and Y respectively with stalks L.a x 3).5 given by 77(a)(0) = e(a fl 0). fl) = e(a fl /3) for this pairing. a x Q) = (1)deg(a) deg(b) (a.1)(b.1. 0) = (a. By the Kiinneth theorem.T*(a x /3)) (. e(a x b) = (a x b. 91) and 0 E HP(X. Note the formulas (a fl a. 9'1) Hom(HP (X. where a E HP(X.91) i Hp+q(X X Y. We introduce the notation (a. then T*(a x 6) = (. Then we have the isomorphism 7 7 : Hp (X./3xa) In dimension zero we have I (1)deg(a) deg(b) (b. a U /3).91). 9).1) = (a x 6. /3). HI(X x Y. For the remainder of this section we shall restrict our attention to the case in which L is a field Let 9 be a locally constant sheaf on X with stalks L. . We digress for a moment to discuss the homology cross product.91®So1) (a x b.1) = e(a)e(6). 9®9') has a basis consisting of elements of the form a x /3. 9). a) (b. (f* (a). (X. 9) and 3 E HH (Y.1 x 1) = (a. Db). to define an element a E Hp(X. x). BorelMoore Homology 11. y) = (y. all of which are immediate.91) ®Hq(Y. Q) _ (a.a x 0) = (. a) 1)deg(a) deg(b) (b x a. Also note that since this "Kronecker pairing" is nonsingular.1)deg(a) deg(b) (T* (b x a). Here a E Hp(X. Q) (a. a b = (a. 9). (Note that deg(a) = deg(a) and deg($) = deg(b) when this expression is nonzero. a) (b.1).1)(dega)(degb)b x a (70) since (a x b.) If T : X x Y + Y x X is T(x.
1)ndeg(b)([M]nDa) x ([M]nDb) _ (_1)ndeg(b)a x b. L) and a° E H. Theorem. I see no way to pass from this to general coefficient sheaves. Let [M] E H. Thus we may take [M x M] _ [M] x [M]. (M.2. [M] E Hn(M x M.b for a.. However.e. If L is not a field. Let d : M + M x M be the diagonal map. ([M]. Intersection theory 347 In general. where F' denotes the passage to a projective resolution. Note then that [M] x [M] # 0 since ([M] x [M]. L)). We have [A1] = >aEB a x a°.(X..Q) _ (_ 1 ) deg (a) deg (b) (a n a) x (b nf). In the present situation where L is a field.[M] E Hn(M x M.7 that H. Recall from 10. we have (a x b) n (a x . as can be verified easily by pairing both sides with cohomology classes of the form a' x 0' and comparing results. a b° = ba. [A1] = d. (M.'Y)([M]. metrizable nhmL and L is a field. it is not hard to generalize to the case of arbitrary paracompactifying support families and arbitrary coefficient sheaves. L)). [02] = EaEB(_1)deg(a)(ndeg(a))a° x a.3.e.7) = 1.. Then there are two "diagonal" classes. so that D(a x b) = (_1)ndeg(b)D(a) x D(b). 11. then one can still define the cross product for closed supports and coefficients in L by using the fact that H. where B is a basis of H. Fi) be its Kronecker dual class. L) is finitely generated.(I'(X. Now we confine our attention to the case in which Mn is a compact. It is also easy to verify that in an nhmL we have (a b) x (c d) = (_l)(ndeg(a))(ndeg(d))(a x c) (b x d Remark: It is natural to ask how much more generally the homology cross product can be defined..7) = ±1.L®61) and [A2] = d. 61) H°(M. Also. 01) is the element corresponding to a in the intersection product dual basis (i. 11. i. (M. connected. L) L be the fundamental class or any generator and let y E H'(M.7 x 'Y) = f([M].§11. . (M. b E B). L) Hy(Hom(F*r. Note that ([M] x [MI)n(Da x Db) _ (.
D(b)) _ (a°. Then. BorelMoore Homology Proof.Xc. Now suppose that f : M ' M is a self map. f. We can write [All= >a b)%a. The second formula follows from the first by the rule (70) for changing order in a cross product.348 V.b(1)lbl(nIbU(b° x c) (a x a°)) a) X (C Ea. [si].b(a a°) x (b b°)) (1)Ial(nlal)E(Aa. Theorem.b E L. D(a° x b)) _ (1)nI aI (d. [A11=(1/ X f)[A2) .4.M. D(a°) U D(b)) _ ([M] n D(a°). D(a° x b)) (1)nlal([M]. [M]. then f has a fixed point. . X fw) =6 ( >aEB(a x a°)) >aEB(a x a°)) bEB(1)Ibl(nIbl)(b° x f* (b)) X EcEB Ac. Proof.b(1)Ibl(nIbl)+lallbl(b° a°)) b°) X (C Ea.cEB Ac. we compute Aa. [All =E (/(1. and let f : M .d'(D(a°) x D(b))) _ ([M].b.cEB.b.cEB'\c. L) can be written in terms of the basis B as f. and put the fundamental class of the graph of f.b E L. (Lefschetz fixedpoint theorem. Then L(f) = [rf] . Note that deg(a) = deg(b) in this sum.b(1)Ibl(nIbl)+IaIlbl+lbl(nlal)(a b°)) =EbEB(1)lblAb.b. L) Hn(M. Then the Lefschetz fixedpoint number is defined to be L(f) = EaEB(1)deg(a)I\a a 11. if L(f) 96 0.(b) = EaEBAa. D(b)) = b a° = ba. In particular. using jal = deg(a).b = L(f). Now.b(a° = a) x (b b°)) (1)lal(nlal)+lallblE(An b(a° x b) (a x b°)) _ (1)nlaIE((a° x b) as b(a X b°)) _ (1)nlale((a° x b) [A1]) (1)nlal([A1]. We compute [rf] .b. which gives the first formula.bEB(1)Ibl(nIbl)b° Fa.) Let M be a compact metrizable nhmL where L is a field.d*D(a° x b)) _ ([M].ba for some coefficients Aa.: Hn(M.ba x b° for some coefficients )'a.bC (a x a°) (EbEB(1)lbl(nIbl)(b° x b)) Ea.b = e(A.
C. 402]. then a simple diagram chase shows that BB/ Im h is a cosheaf. A precosheaf 21 on X is said to be "locally zero" if for any open set U C X and y E U there is a neighborhood V C U of y with iU. The present version of the Lefschetz fixedpoint theorem is not quite subsumed by the classical one. Definition. as given in [19. M) ' om(21. [O1] 54 0 implies that the graph r f = { (x. M)) and &I(21.5]. M) are isomorphisms for any Lmodule M. Proof. If 21 and BB are cosheaves and h : 21 . Thus a local isomorphism of cosheaves is an isomorphism. 12.C .§12. Proposition.v : 21(V) p 21(U) trivial. 12 Uniqueness theorems In this section we show that on the category of clcL spaces the definition of cohomology by means of flabby resolutions can be dualized to obtain the homology theory in an essentially unique manner. as defined in Section 1. Another diagram chase then shows that h is actually an isomorphism of precosheaves.'B is a local isomorphism. This can easily be generalized to the case of homology manifolds with boundary (see Section 16) either directly or by the technique of doubling.L to the constant precosheaf is a local isomorphism. p. 12. the last statement holds because [r f] .1. and (E(U) = cB(U)13(U).] can be regarded as a class in Ho(r f n A.9%e (U . see [19. M) &/(21. 12. l(U) = Im h(U). Definition. since there are homology manifolds that are not locally contractible. M) and &1(93. see Exercise 1 and Chapter VI. M)). x) } nontrivially. since [1'} [o. We have the exact sequences of precosheaves 0 0 and . Let A(U) = Ker h(U). Note that a cosheaf is locally zero t* it is zero. For any precosheaf 21 on X and any Lmodule M we put M) _ (U + Hom(21(U). Uniqueness theorems 349 Of course. f (x)) } intersects the diagonal A = { (x. More generally. A homomorphism h : 21 + cB of precosheaves is said to be a "local isomorphism" if the precosheaves Ker h and' B/ Im h are both locally zero. L). exists and that the canonical homomorphism . IV23. M) = .2.0m('B. Note that for locally connected X the constant cosheaf . Ext(21(U).3. If h : 21 + fB is a local isomorphism of precosheaves. then the induced sheaf homomorphisms .
M) .C. Let M be an Lmodule. .350 V.. M) . M) + Hom(A(U). M). M) Ext(3(U). M) ' Ext(2t(U). M)x are isomorphisms. M) + Ext(A(U).L) is trivial.) morphism of precosheaves. (c) a induces an isomorphism M °(Y') of sheaves. together with e. Let 2' be a differential sheaf and let e : M + H°(2') be a homomorphism of presheaves [i. M) and 0. be a differential cosheaf and y : H°(. (c) q is a local isomorphism of precosheaves. is called a "quasinresolution" of M provided that (a) 2" is bounded below. an "iicoresolution" if also .e.C. Definition. Definition. natural in U: 0 Hom(0(U). The space X is hlcL if it is khlcL for all k < n. This implies that the homomorphisms 16m(93. A locally compact space X is said to be khlcL if for each x E X and each neighborhood U of x there is a neighborhood V C U of x such that the homomorphism i. M) = 0 = litter Ext(A(U). is called a "quasincoresolution" of L provided that (a) Z..C.C. M) + Ext(J(U). For convenience we make the following definition. and 12. We have the following exact sequences. However. Then . M) = 0 = lip Ext(Q(U). &((B.5. M)x + fd(21. M) + Hom(B(U). L a homoSimilarly..C. lir Hom(A(U).L) + H4(U.v : HH(V. BorelMoore Homology For x E X. 12.Ext(B(U). M H°(9'(U)) for all open U).Ext(C(U). We call Z. is bounded below.(2t.. These sequences remain exact upon passage to the direct limit over neighborhoods U of x. Then 2'. M) and lira Hom(C(U). M) + 0.) = 0 for p < 0 and Hp(. the definition of local isomorphism implies that for any neighborhood U of x there is a neighborhood V C U of x with A(V) + A(U) and e(V) + C(U) both trivial. M) .4. M) + Hom(2t(U).. together with 17. Note that it is not entirely symmetrical. M).Cp = 0 for p < 0.Hom(J(U). (b) 'p(2') = 0 for all 0 p < n. let .) is locally zero for 0 # p < n. 0 Hom(C(U). (b) Hp(. M)x .
M)) M) {n(LM) M.L) + Hp(W.C*.z: H°(g'(C. M) = 0.(U)). the "reduced" groups in degree zero. X is hlc" t* C.C. then X is clcL and 9*(.M)(U)) Hom(Hp(. Uniqueness theorems 351 In the above situation we define H°(2') = Cokere and H°(.L) .3. Since Ext(L. The hypothesized map H°(. M = L.3. 1 (C.5. M) is a quasinresolution of M. L) + IIP(W.(V)). By 1117.C.(U)).3. L) is trivial.5 that X is clcL. Note.) . so that there is a natural isomorphism (in the reduced case also) Hp(t (C. Theorem.1..(W)). which induces the isomorphism M : Y°(2'(Z.(W)) . M) e 1(L. M) (U)) .6..Hr(C.(U)). Theorem.. (71) Since 40xl(Hp_1(2. for p = 0.C. Now take p!5 n.C.C. and it follows from 1117. the map Ilp(U.§12. and the presheaf H°(Se') generates the zero sheaf.. of L by flabby cosheaves. If there exists a quasincoresolution .). we obtain. L) is a quasincoresolution of L. it is easy to see that (71) also holds for the reduced groups in all three terms. M) = 0 for 1 # p < n + 1 and &I(Ho(. This shows that V (C. by 2. M) for p:5 n (72) by IV2. M) .z Horn (Ho (2. Proof. and let W C V C U be neighborhoods of any point x E X for which the maps Hr(C. the natural exact sequence 0 .) is locally zero.C. M)(U)) : H"(U.L) 1° Ext(Hp_1(.L) p HP(V. .Hom(Hp(C. (U)). For U open in X. also by 12.3. M)(U)). Now. M) Hom(Ho(C. ( . L) to I Ext(Hp_1(C.. We have the commutative diagram HP(U. then.. M) is a quasinresolution of M by flabby sheaves for any Lmodule M.(V)) Hr(C*(U)) are both zero for r = p or p .L) . (U)).7.).10. Also. that the precosheaf H°(.HP (W (C*.. 11 12. M) and HP(9i'(C. M)). Immediately from the definition of BorelMoore homology we have: 12.(V)).) _ Ker 77. Vp(!!. we have. by 12.Ext(Hp_1(.Hom(Hp(. M)) = 0 for 0 < p < n.L induces a map M Hom(L.C. M) = 0 by 12.C.5(b) we have Ho (2* (Z. for034 p<n.M) . M) is flabby by 1.L)  1 with exact middle row.C. M) + 0.
5. L) » Hom(L. r. as are Hom(H"(K'). By 2.8. L) for p < n + 1. Also recall that D(. Thus. Let U be a given neighborhood of x E X. X is hlc' and there as a natural isomorphism Hp(D(Y*)(U)) HH(U. L). HP(X. In 13. U open) we obtain the exact sequence (p < n) li3 Ext(Hp+1(K). * I K))) *Hom(H'(K. Recall that D(2') is the cosheaf U . L) (73) for p < n.(2'I U)) ti H'(U. L). We also have the surjection Ho(D(2')(U)) » lin Hom(H°(K). L) . M) relative case. L). and passing to the limit over K C U (K compact. and it is clear that (74) is defined and remains exact for the reduced groups in all three terms. if K' and K are compact with K' C V C N C K C U.L) for p < n. L) .4 we have the natural exact sequence Ext(Hp+1(K. L) . Suppose that X is clcL+1 Then D(1') is a flabby quasincoresolution of L for any csoft quasi(n + 1)resolution !' of L. !*IK is also a csoft quasi(n + 1)resolution of L on K. M)+Hom(HH(X.7 we will extend this to the 12. Suppose that X is hlc'.9. Proof. According to the definition of the property clcL+1 we can find a compact neighborhood N of x with N C U and an open neighborhood V C N of x such that the restriction HI (N) HT (V) is trivial for r < n + 1.Hp(D(Y')(U)) » lin Hom(Hp(K). Thus we can form the reduced group H°(D(2')(U)). Theorem. L).352 V.?')(U) = rr(1(. It is also clear that it now suffices to show that for p < n the precosheaf is locally zero for the first part of the theorem.i Hr'(K') is trivial.(V(se*)IU). By IV2.7 with (72) and the sequence (71) we obtain the split exact universal coefficient sequence O4Ext(Hp_1(X. BorelMoore Homology 12. Also. L). L) > Hp(r(g(. L) = 0. (74) In particular. Note that for K compact. Then combining 12. whence Ext(H°(K). where K ranges over the compact subsets of U.4 there are natural isomorphisms HP(r(9?'I K)) .*)IU) li rcIK(!2(?')) . we conclude that Hp(D(2')(U)) = 0 for p < 0 because H°(K) is free. L) : L. then HT (K) .:: H'(K.Hom(HP(K). M is any Lmodule.l r(!Y(Y')IK)) by 5. L) and Hp(r.
C* is a quasi(n + 1)coresolution of L by flabby cosheaves.7.10.C. L) + Ext(H'+' (K). NO clc" =:> hlcL i 12.C. then there is a natural isomorphism HH(X. Thus. It is easy to check that (75) preserves the augmentations and hence that the induced homomorphism of derived sheaves is an isomorphism through degree n. Theorem. an argument using 1117.3 or 5.3. note that there exists a homomorphism 2' + q'(X. By IV2. and 12. M)(X)) 22If we also assume that X is hlci+l in this theorem.9 we have: 12.. similar to the one employed in the proof of 12.. Consider the differential cosheaf 2t = homomorphism The natural map . That X is NO is implicit in the foregoing proof.L) . L) : Hp(9(. we obtain an isomorphism Hp(X. If 91.22 Proof. Corollary.C. for p < n.2 it follows that the induced map Hp(!2(21.7 and 12. then the conclusion can be improved to p:5 n + 1 by using results from Chapter VI. Both sides of (75) are flabby quasinresolutions of M.11..§12. is also a flabby quasi(n + 1)coresolution of L and f : . If IV C V bears the same relationship to V as does V to U. it is also immediate from (9) on page 292..C.6 for p < n. Hp(!2(£.7. we have (K ranging over the compact subsets of U) Hp(D(2*)(U)) ij Hp(9(2'IK)(K)) liar Hp(K. M) + 9(C. L). and this finishes the proof of the first part of the For the second part of the theorem.: Hp(. Hp(D(Y*)(U)) is trivial for p < n. M)(X)) . then the induced map Hp(. L) of differential sheaves.(X)) + Hp('. by 12.6. 12. + 21* of differential cosheaves from (6) on page 290 induces a 1(2(. M) (75) of differential sheaves.(X)) is an isomorphism for p < n. + fn* is a chain map preserving the augmentations. From 12. .:: Hp'(U.lt. If . shows that the map Hp(ow)(W)) theorem. and in the same way as in the proof of (10) on page 293.?')(X)) for p < n.L) by 5.9. Thus the latter two maps induce zero homomorphisms upon passage to the direct limits over K' C V and K C U. Uniqueness theorems 353 and Ext(Hp+r (K'). unique up to homotopy and inducing an isomorphism of derived sheaves through dimension n + 1 (which generalizes the same statement for resolutions).(X)) for p < n. L) .
Cp = with the induced differential. M) for all injective M. But 0 Hom(C.Hom(I.(V)) = Hnp(V. If M is injective. M) . If follows that Hom(C. which is Poincare duality in this situation. Take L = IR and let S2p be the sheaf of germs of differentiable pforms on the oriented smooth manifold Mn. M) = 0 = Hom(K. I = Im h.12. we can take .13. HH(M"..C. Put .(X)). M) any module admits a monomorphism into some injective module.(X)). For example. If V :: IRn is an open set in Mn. M) .C.354 V. 0 d" 0 be any flabby resolution do . M) for all injective M. It). H. BorelMoore Homology is an isomorphism for p < n. There is the augmentation Ho(. It follows that . and C = B/I. for p < n. M) 21+ Hom(A. M) ' 0. L) for 12. Let 0 i L of L on X.C.11. Hp(2t.7 and 12.!Qnp f.. M) .(U)) = Hn.R) = IIt for p = 0 and is zero otherwise. and hence h : A 2' Bas claimed.Hom(Hp(C. M) and Hom(K. by 12. M) is exact.. then Hp(.(X)).B to be a homomorphism of Lmodules with Hom(B. Let X = Rn and suppose that F C X is any closed . Indeed. whence C = 0 = K.M) 1Z 1 Hom(Hp(.C.R) . Thus. Hom(Hp(2(. by 12.C. we have the exact sequences 0 + Hom(I. subspace. suppose h : A .dp = ' (X. L) for p < n.+ R. we obtain the commutative diagram Hom(Hp(2I(. Example. (U.9.0 Hom(B. The last part of the theorem follows easily from the proof of the first part. Example. Letting K = Ker h. R) r.Hom(A. and this completes the proof of the first part of the theorem.(X)) ~ HH(X. 12. We claim that it follows that Hp(.M) for M injective and for p!5 n [or use (71)].(X)) Hp(2L(X)) must be an isomorphism for p < n. and since we may take M' = M.. Thus. M) . is a flabby coresolution of R. p(M".(X)). by Exercise 28. M) is an isomorphism for all injective M. Moreover.
This is a local isomorphism of precosheaves on F if F is clci by 5.3.(UnF)) Ho(UnF.C. for U C W.14. Suppose that Z. the map Hk(2. HH(Z.C. We shall now consider general sheaves of coefficients.Cp(U n F) = I'c. For k # 0 this is zero when U is a sufficiently small neighborhood of a given point x E W provided that F is khlcL. Consequently. with the induced differential.(W n F)) is equivalent to the map Hk(U n F. is a flabby ncoresolution of L on F if F is hlcL.Cp on F by . the result follows immediately from the definition of the property HLCL. If X is HLGL. If X is HLCL+1 then the BorelMoore homology groups HH(X. (C7. L) ' Hk(W n F. L).L) Hp(UnF. Uniqueness theorems 355 p < n and . torsionfree quasi(n + 2)coresolution of L on X. Now.14. Proof.16.L) There is the augmentation by 9. Theorem. is a flabby. there is a natural isomorphism HP(X.L) L4 L.) is locally zero e* F is khlcL.1 Hcp(U.(U)) is naturally isomorphic to the singular homology of U. 12. then the singular cosheaf G.15. Thus Z. of 1. Theorem.C.unF(. (Note that this depends only on UnF rather than on U. Hk(. by 1. L) induced by inclusion.4" = 7"(X. L) are naturally isomorphic to the classical singular homology groups of X with coefficients in L for p < n. Ho(. Recall the notation introduced in 1. define the precosheaf .) Then 2. Since H. 0 12.§12. B) Hp((e.14. Also.3 is a flabby quasincoresolution of L.(U n F)) Hk(. .UF. For an open set U C X. (&5J)(X)) forp<n. Corollary. 12.(U n F)) = H L) since d' is flabby by 1112.3. is a flabby cosheaf on F by Exercise 3 and the remarks below (27) on page 94. For sheaves X on X.dttp).
Note that Z(.r.7.18.(gLu)(X) = Z . L)) is a flabby.10.. We have the induced maps (2.31. B) for p<n. then sHH(X.h*) is a quasi(n + 1)coresolution of L by 12. There is the natural homomorphism resulting from (6) on page 290. L).v) . ®V)(X)) .®x zp(z*))®x_V(X)ox. U open.9.(U). Note that 3.23 12. ®9)(X) . for example.4.356 V. (. BorelMoore Homology Proof. applying r. r. By the 5lemma and by II16. commute with direct limits in . that is. since.5 the terms of (76). We have the induced homomorphism is also torsionfree by and hence. B).q *) (9 _V)(X). then for any sheaf X on X there is the natural isomorphism sHH(X.. Thus 1) (J* (X. where " which is a flabby quasi(n+2)resolution of L by 12. (77) By 1114. and hence of (77). z. X) : Hp(X. (T(4) ® P)(X) .0*. By 12. Thus we have the induced maps of connected sequences of functors Hp((£.r) (g v). Let £. torsionfree quasi(n + 1)coresolution of L but perhaps not a quasi(n + 2)coresolution.(Z (.11 the homomorphisms of (77) are isomorphisms when T = L and p < n. Corollary.12 it follows that the class of sheaves V for which the maps (77) are isomorphisms for 0 p < n consists of all sheaves. see 1. . there is a homomorphism of quasi(n + 2)resolutions X . 23For 2 constant.9'.(g(x) (g jR) rj!2(. The same fact also follows easily for 58 = LU. Letting 4* _ J*(X. (76) The terms in (76) are all exact functors of 9 by 1116.(Y® ®.7 and hence hlcL+i by 12. an alternative proof is suggested in Exercises 12 and 13.17. = r. If X is HLC+2.Hp((I)( ) (9 58)(X)) HH(X.lr. 0 Note that if X is locally constant. 58) is the classical singular homology group of X with local coefficients in B. Note that X is clci+2 by 12.
16 and (35) on page 306.i.V. = FC2.)) is also an isomorphism for p < n.) . Suppose that (79) h. axu) HP': (X.58.Y PPM is an isomorphism for all p < n.(9 V)(U) Hp ((P. Then for any paracompactifying family of supports on X. Theorem.2 and 1116.{x}) . + 'B. If c is a paracompactifying family of . (9 is an exact functor of sheaves. and assume that either B = L or that £. Let £. = r.(2'. ®36)(X)/(. and 93. (9 T)(U). be a flabby. and B.19. (e. torsionfree quasi(n + 2)coresolution of L on X and let U C X be open.HP(`B.{x}) of quotient groups. Then the 5lemma implies that (79) induces an isomorphism in homology. where 21. then (P.: HP(2t.: HP(r4.(4. B. ®Xxu)(X)) zt: HP': (X. . B.(U)) (80) is an isomorphism for all p < n and all open U C X.)) 12. (g jau)(X) = r. %B) ^ HP(r4.(X)/2. If £. by 12. (9 B)(U)) (78) for p < n. U. which we shall also denote by h.§12. = r.20. We shall now consider arbitrary paracompactifying families of supports.9?. it follows that (£.(X . Let Z. is torsionfree. Let X be a sheaf on X. We need some preliminary remarks. there is a natural isomorphism I Hp (X. with .(X .5 that h. U.d. In Section 13 this fact will be generalized to arbitrary locally 12. Suppose that h : 21. ®T)(X)/(P. csoft. J6) for p < n. (& B)) for p < n. where dimL X < oo. X) closed subspaces. Then Hp ((P. Uniqueness theorems 357 12.18. ®V)I U) = (Z.(.(X)/B. then it follows from IV2. supports on X and if dim4. Since (Z.c. be a flabby quasi(n + 2)coresolution of L on X. is a homomorphism of flabby differential cosheaves. = rcd. On stalks at x E X the latter is the induced map 21...(Y. and thus the map P(.(U)) . HP(r4. By 1.9. ®au) = FCIU((Y. ®Vxu)(X) and hence that [HP(X. h induces (and is induced by) a homomorphism '. X < oo.
13 Uniqueness theorems for maps and relative homology In this section we shall apply the methods of the last section to maps of spaces and to relative homology theory. Consider the maps in (76) that are maps of differential cosheaves.fl is a flabby. Let N' and SB' be replete differential sheaves on X and Y respectively and let W: Y' M * be an fcohomomorphism. see 1. f *. Let X be hlci..19 that (80) is an isomorphism. and the present result follows from 12. then as in (27) on page 302 it can be seen that in homology.. If 4* and Y* are quasiresolutions of L. By (24) on page 301 we have the induced homomorphism r4. = r.21. By the proof of 5.16.: H!(°) (X.T.C2 ` . Co torsionfree cosheaf. = r. Consider the canonical flabby quasincoresolution Z.18. Let 91* and ..X) for p < n. = rc. (81) induces the canonical homomorphism f. (83) . 12. Suppose that f : X + Y is a map between locally compact spaces.. but the proofs apply to quasiresolutions. torsionfree ncoresolution of L. it vanishes in negative degrees.6).: Hp(X. with 9t.2.C* be flabby. (!2(2*) (& . 12. torsionfree quasi(n + 2)coresolutions of L on X and Y respectively. L). as shown in the proof of 12. as follows either from their definition or by replacing 8 by BU and using their functorial nature.13 we see that d :i C_1 is an epimorphism and that its kernel .19.e. This was proved for resolutions.358 V.()(g(4) (& f`_d) . i. d) (82) either when 4i = c or when 4? is paracompactifying and dimL X and dimL Y are both finite. BorelMoore Homology Proof. If X is HL and has dimL X < oo. n >_ 0. Corollary. Suppose we are given an fhomomorphism k : 92. It follows that the differential cosheaf . where 2..A' and .22. Both of these maps satisfy the hypotheses of 12. = W.r. (X. then for 4? paracompactifying and B arbitrary there is a natural isomorphism F2 SHp(X. as well as in other cases (see 5.C..fl + 0 is a flabby.d) (81) for any sheaf d on Y and family 4i of supports on Y.. ^...C 1 + .a). + .C.d) H' (Y.
£. .()(.. then the vertical maps in (86) induce isomorphisms in homology in degrees at most n + 1 by 12. Hom(rcnA(4).) (84) Letting Y` = 2(C. In particular.11 and 12..(U) induce homomorphisms !2(91.18.1. Uniqueness theorems for maps and relative homology 359 (i.)(.d)) Hp(r.{ fc. ®4)) may be identified. a homomorphism f'7t..(Y.) and .4'.A ®f'4) .L') = (see Section 4). in either of these cases.19. if X and Y are both HLC1. the classical homomorphism sHp(X) sHp(Y) coincides with f..JY. an f cohomomorphism k': 2(C.20.r. and applying r4. (87) . It is easy to check that this diagram commutes. }. and therefore we obtain the canonical monomorphism 2(. via 12. We have a similar map when X is replaced by an open subset U C X. where 77 is the monomorphism (19) on page 300. A) where A is locally closed in X. k corresponds 9.16 or 12.1r.JY`)X = 2(i. The discussion will be divided into several subsections. Since f 91. ® f'.L"') =Hom(rc(iA*).(.15 for p < n. the induced homomorphism Hp(r.: Hp(X) HH(Y) via 12.).JY"). We shall now consider the relative homology of a pair (X. Let ' 4be a csoft differential sheaf on A. we obtain the commutative diagram F. Then there is the canonical homomorphism (ic2(*))(X) = rCldIA(. The homomorphisms kEr :'. using 4.4*) 2(Se'). 13. 1 where the lower map is from (81) and the vertical maps are from 1.13. Thus.§13.3. for p < n.C.Yt. = r.) (f I U) that is.(f'U) + to a homomorphism ff. with f.(2'i ®4) (86) If 1P = c or if 4D is paracompactifying and dimL X and dimL Y are both finite.ir = we obtain the diagram (85) 1 fig`(. For A open this already has been discussed in 12. Tensoring with 4.+2..e.
BorelMoore Homology Now let 2* and .g. in a natural way. and it would follow that ill * = !2(X* ). L ) X * (X. .d) (91) when .(X. so that the sequence 0 .r)X !2(iJ) Y(Y*) is a monomorphism. Note that if A were closed. L) . .!**a=0. the rows of (89) (having previously been tensored with 4') will remain exact provided that 4i is paracompact ifying (or that A is closed and 4' is elementary). L)X W*(X.0 (89) !2(X )X I I 1k* 0. ®.5.A.T*) W*(X. which commutes up to chain homotopy. 5..N* be replete quasiresolutions of the Lmodule M on X and A respectively. Denote its cokernel by . Taking sections with supports in 4?. we can construct a diagram J*(X. Thus. using 3. when A is closed and X* is replete. L) J"* (X. since All* = !2(X*) is then torsion free]. The diagram (89) can be tensored with any sheaf 4'. by the same argument we have that Ae.. Thus.360 V. W* (A.&.. *( ))X  and it follows from the 5lemma and (16) on page 294 that the vertical maps are all isomorphisms. Then the composition !2(. According to IIExercise 47 this diagram induces.(. A. (90) . and the rows will remain exact provided that ll* * d = 0 [e.6.4') Y. and let be an epimorphism with csoft kernel X*. we then obtain the "dual" diagram 0 0 W*(A. a commutative diagram . As in Section 4 (also see 118). M) I 1 ig*(A.. L) i !2(. __.6.(X )X 0 (88) is exact. M). then (87) would be an isomorphism by 2. L) . in which the square commutes up to chain homotopy. A.d!*. !Ch. Letting M = L..
Theorem.C* be a monomorphism (of differential precosheaves) with flabby cokernel .** then k : TX >. see the remark below 5. Suppose we are given flabby quasi(n + 1)coresolutions 91.A . Note that by 12. the homology sequence of the pair (X.C. Let 91.4) H. (96) Recall also that by definition 91.fl. F.2. Also. .3. * 4 = 0.d) Pt. (which is automatically a cosheaf. (a.. Let ) ig(9T.iA' > 0 becomes (93) 0 ...6 we have !2(l m X = r. we obtain the natural isomorphism Je*(X. we obtain the isomorphism H! (X.6 this situation exists if X and A are both hlci+i 13.4) (94) When (D = c or when 4D is paracompactifying and dimL X < oo. provided either that 1 = c or that c is paracompactifying and dimL X < oo [as well as other cases resulting from 5.C* of L on A and X respectively and a monomorphism 9TX > .C.lf.4. = i9T* and that.. then H!(X.). = r.r } by 1. In this subsection we shall specialize the discussion to the case of a closed subset F = A and shall consider the situation in which ' = 2' IF. if 91. 13.3. A.. M) i!7(91.10.4F + Y` . since 2? is replete). and recall that by 2.6].4 . in this case. (9 4)) (92) when . 0 (97) [by (96)] of differential sheaves. Then the sequence 0 > A(* 2' .§13. F) may be identified with the sequence induced by (93). Thus.. and . 13. {. as is seen by an easy diagram chase). and .C* be flabby quasi(n + 1)coresolutions of L on A and on X respectively. M) * 9(. (95) Moreover.* + 0 (all of which are replete by 3. Then for any Lmodule M we have the induced exact sequence 0 9(S..16.. M) . (r'. (9. Uniqueness theorems for maps and relative homology 361 and the above argument [on the analogue of (90) for global homology].
362
V. BorelMoore Homology
with flabby cokernel A. = rcx. (where X. is csoft). Then there is a
natural isomorphism
Hp(A.(X))
H,(X, A; L)
for p < n. If dimL X < 00, then for any paracompactifying family 4D we have the natural isomorphism
Hp(r. (x.)) ;z: H' (X, A; L)
for p < n.
Proof. Let Z. = rcy., 91. = rc.4' , and A. = 9(524, and it = 9(A.). The sequence
0
Also, put 2` _
is equivalent to an exact sequence
[see 1.9] and induces an exact sequence
0
X * + Y'
ix
0
[see (97)]. In turn, the latter sequence induces an exact sequence
0  9(.jy* )X  9(W *)
[see (88)], that defines
,.ll. , 0
9(oJi(SB.)) _
.. 9(9(.x{.)) = 9(.i') and Y.
The natural maps N.
0
.xr
from (6) on page 290, induce a commutative diagram
l

2.
. X  0
,.lf.
1
(98)
0 + 9(.xY`)X 
I
a 0.
[This is a special case of (85).] Applying r,D to this diagram, we see that the first two vertical maps induce isomorphisms in homology through degree n1, by 12.11 and 12.19 [i.e., the proof of 12.20]. The theorem now follows
from the 5lemma and formula (92). For 1D = c we have the same conclusion through degree n by the proof of 12.11.
Note that if all the sheaves in (98) are torsionfree, then we can tensor
(98) with any sheaf 4, retaining the exact rows, so that the conclusion of the theorem would remain true for arbitrary coefficient sheaves. In particular, this is the case when L is a field. If A is closed and if A. is torsionfree (i.e., X. is torsionfree), then it = 9(A.) is replete and ill. = 9(N*) (since A is closed) is torsionfree; see 3.4. Thus we have
proved:
§13.
Uniqueness theorems for maps and relative homology
363
13.5. Theorem. If in 13.4, A is closed or if L is a field, and if Z., '71.,
and A. are torsionfree and dimL X < 00, then
Hp (1'D (3'. (& ,d)) .:: Hp (X,A;.ld)
for p < n, for any sheaf d and any paracompactifying family 4i. If 4i = c, then dimL X need not be finite.
By 1.18 the preceding two theorems apply to the singular homology of HLC spaces. That is, we have the following consequence:
13.6. Corollary. Let X and A be HL"'. If either 4i = c or dimL X <
oo with
paracompactifying, then there is a natural isomorphism
SHp(X, A; L)
Hp (X, A; L)
for p < n (p < n if 4i = c). If A is closed, or if L is a field, we also have
the isomorphism
SHp (X,A;.rd) : Hp (X,A;,A)
for any sheaf d on X and p < n.
13.7. Theorem. Suppose that A C X are both hlcn and that M is an
Lmodule. Then there is a natural exact sequence
Ext(HH_ 1(X, A; L), M) >+ HP(X, A; M) ,, Hom(HH(X, A; L), M
,
for p < n, which splits. (Also see 12.8.)
Proof. First consider the diagram
0
it +
2*
1
+
0
0
'Jr + J*(X; M)
ig*(A; M)
I
(99)
0
from 13.1, which has exact rows (by definition of Jr and '.X*) and homotopy commutative square. The sheaf 'X* is easily seen to be flabby; see II12, which is analogous.24 We shall assume that if*, c*, and .A* are all flabby and that Y* and .A' are quasinresolutions of the Lmodule M.
Applying r to (99) and using IIExercise 47, we obtain the isomorphism
HP(r.( *)) .:s HI (r., (',yc*)) for p < n.
26 Using the constructions at the beginning of Section 5, it can actually be seen that
I,YN* is injective, but this is not needed.
364
V. BorelMoore Homology
We could take X* = W* (X, A; M), and it follows that for general 'X*
HP(I'4,(ir))
HPt (X, A; M)
for p < n. In particular, for p < n we have that
HP(r(if()) H(X, A: M). (100) Now take X* = 9(A.; M), where A. = 1''(X, A; L), and similarly
for Y* and X. We have the exact sequence
0+
so that (100) holds for this choice of it by 12.7. The desired universal
coefficient sequence now follows from 2.3 applied to A..
El
Remark: The sequence analogous to 13.7, with homology and cohomology exchanged, is not generally valid if A is not closed. For example, let A be the disjoint union of infinitely many disjoint open arcs in X = S' and let L be a field. Then dim Hl (X, A; L) is uncountable, but dim Hl (X, A) is countable, which rules out the existence of such a sequence.
14
The Kunneth formula
Recall that in 1115 we proved a Kunneth formula for cohomology. In (58) on page 339 we also found a Kunneth formula for mixed homology and cohomology. The homology Kunneth formula does not always hold in BorelMoore theory, and an example of that will be given at the end of this section. In certain situations, however, one does have a Kunneth formula. We shall first show that this is the case for clci spaces, with compact supports and arbitrary coefficients, using the results of Section 12. Then we shall also derive a Kunneth formula for general spaces X, Y provided that one of them has finitely generated cohomology modules. Assume, for the time being, that X and Y are both hlcL. Let 2. = I'cY.
be flabby, torsionfree quasincoresolutions of L on X and Y respectively, where 9% and IV. are csoft and torsionfree. By 12.22 we may assume that they vanish in negative degrees. on X X Y.25 By Let Z.®01. denote the differential cosheaf 1115.5 we have that
and 971. =
(e.®'71.)(U x V) = Z. (U) ®91.(V)
for U and V open in Xand Y respectively. It follows that the precosheaf
where C.®t71. is given the usual total degree and differential, satisfies a natural Kunneth formula
0 ' ®Hp(£*(U)) ®Hq(`Mt*(V))
p+q=k
Hk((£*®`7t*)(U X V))
 ®Hp(P..(U)) * HH(`N.(V))  0,
p+q=k1
25The sheaf ._2.aA. is csoft by IIExercise 14.
§14. The Kunneth formula
365
and it follows that .C.®T. is a flabby quasincoresolution of L on X x Y. In particular, X X Y is clcL by 12.7.
Now let .4 and 58 be sheaves on X and Y, respectively, such that * = 0. By definition we have
(Z. &91.) ® (. f
) = (£. (g ,")®(91. (g J6),
(101)
and the value of this on X x Y is
(.C. (9 d)(X) ® (91. (9 &7!)(Y) = r, (Y. ®.d)
®V)
(102)
because of 1116.31, IIExercise 36, and 1115.5. By IIExercise 36 we have
that
r, (Y. ®,4) * r, (A* (g j6) = 0,
(103)
so that the algebraic Kunneth formula [54], [75] may be applied to (102). Thus, using (101), 12.11, and 12.16, we obtain the following result:
14.1. Theorem. Let X and Y be hlcL+1 and let , 1 and a be sheaves on X and Y, respectively, such that 0. Then there is a natural exact
sequence
0
®Hp(X;.d)®HQ(Y;V)+Hk(X
p+q=k
HH(X;.d)*Hq(Y;58)
p+q=k1
0
for k < n (k < n if ,! = L and J6 = L) which splits.
Taking Y to be a point, we deduce the universal coefficient formula:
14.2. Corollary. Let X be hlcL+1 and let d be a sheaf on X. Let M be an Lmodule such that d * M = 0. Then there is a split exact sequence
0
Hk(X; 4) ®M
Hk(X; d (9 M)
Hk1(X;,') * M
0
fork < n.
We wish to obtain, from 14.1, a Kunneth sequence for the sheaves of local homology groups. Note that, for example,
,V. (X; L) _ A (U 1+ H. (X, X  U; L)),
since this is clearly the same as the sheaf generated by the presheaf
(104)
U i. H;(X, X  U; L)
and since
H.(X,X  U;L)
H.(U;L)
366
V. BorelMoore Homology
when U is compact, by 5.10. Also, we have that
H;(X,XU;L).: H;(X;LU)
(105)
by (35) on page 306. Taking d = LU and .58 = Lv in 14.1 and passing to generated sheaves yields the desired result:
14.3. Corollary. If X and Y are hlci+l then there is an exact sequence
0 + ®.°p(X; L)®JYq(Y; L)
p+q=k
.4k(X x Y; L)
, ®. p(X; L)*Xq(Y; L)  0
p+q=k1
of sheaves on X x Y fork < n.
0
We now turn to the case of general (locally compact) spaces X and Y. We shall indicate the proof of the following result:
14.4. Theorem. Suppose that H.P(X; L) is finitely generated for each p. , Let 1 be any family of supports on Y. Then there is a natural exact sequence
0
Hp(X;L)®Hq(Y;L),Hk "4'(X xY;L)
p+q=k
 ®Hp(X; L) * Hq (Y; L) + 0.
p+q=k1
This sequence splits when 4) = cld.
Proof. By 5.6(i) and naturality it suffices to treat the case in which
= cld. For the proof we introduce the notation
C . = Cp(X; L)
and CY = Ccq (Y; L).
.
Note that CX ®CY = rc((e'(X; L)®Y `(Y; L)), so that
Hp(Hom(CX (9 CY, L*))
Hp(X x Y; L)
(106)
by (10) on page 293.
Let FX and FY be free chain complexes such that there exist chain
maps
Fj. + CX and Fy  CY
inducing isomorphisms in homology.26 Since HP (X; L) is finitely generated for each p, it can be shown that FX can be chosen to be finitely generated in each degree.27 We assume that this is done.
26For this one could take projective resolutions of the C. 47The proof, which is not difficult, can be found in [75].
§14. The Kunneth formula
367
The induced homomorphisms
Hom(C`, L*)  Hom(F*, L*)  Hom(F', L)
induce isomorphisms in homology (the first, as in the proof of (10) on page 293; the second, since F' is free). Also, the map
FF®FFACC®CY
induces a homology isomorphism since the C* are torsionfree. It follows
that
Hp(X x Y; L)
However,
Hp(Hom(FX (& FY, L)).
(107)
Hom(FX 0 FY, L)
Hom(FX, L) ® Hom(F, L)
(108)
(naturally) since FX is free of finite type. Thus the algebraic Kunneth formula applied to the righthand side of (108) yields the desired result.
The reader may make the straightforward verification of naturality.
14.5. We shall now provide the promised counterexample to the general Kunneth formula (for compact spaces). Let X = Y be a solenoid, that is, the inverse limit of a sequence of circles C, where C,, + C,,_1 has degree n. By continuity 1114.6 we see that H1(X; Z) ,: Q, the groups in higher degrees vanishing. From 1115.2 and (9) on page 292 we calculate
Hl (X x Y; Z) N Ext(Q, Z) # 0
[see 14.8 below]. However, Ho(X) ® Hl (Y) = 0 since H1(Y) = Hom(Q, Z) = 0, and Ho(X) * Ho(Y) = 0 since Ho(Y) = Z ® Ext(Q, Z) and Ext(Q, Z), being a vector space over Q, is torsion free. Thus the Kunneth formula is not valid in this case.
14.6. If L = Z or if L is a field, then the condition in 14.4 that H' (X; L) be finitely generated for all p is equivalent to the condition that Hp(X; L) be finitely generated for all p. This is clear when L is a field. When L = Z, it follows from (9) on page 292 and the following algebraic fact.
14.7. Proposition. For an abelian group A, if Hom(A, Z) and Ext(A, Z)
are both finitely generated (respectively zero) then A is also finitely generated (respectively zero).
Proof. (The parenthetical case can be found in [64].) It is easy to reduce the proposition to the cases in which A is either a torsion group or is
torsionfree. If A is all torsion, then the exact sequence
0 = Hom(A, R)
Hom(A, It/Z) + Ext(A, Z)
Ext(A, ]R) = 0
368
V. BorelMoore Homology
(induced by 0  Z , R  R/Z + 0) shows that
Ext(A, Z)
A
if A is all torsion,
(109)
where A denotes the Pontryagin dual of the discrete group A. The proposition follows immediately for torsion groups. If A is torsionfree, consider the canonical map
A + Hom(Hom(A, Z), Z).
(110)
Let the kernel of this map be denoted by Ao. Since the righthand side of (110) is a finitely generated free abelian group, we have an exact sequence
0Ao+ A +F  0,
(111)
where F is free and finitely generated. Note that (111) must split. Since by definition, the restriction Hom(A, Z)  Hom(Ao, Z) is trivial, it follows from (111) that Hom(Ao, Z) = 0 and that Ext(Ao, Z) is finitely generated.
Since AO is torsionfree, the exact sequence
0+AO 3AO ,Ao/nAo+0
implies that Ext(Ao,Z) is divisible. Hence Ext(Ao, Z) = 0 since it is finitely generated and divisible. The latter sequence also implies that Ext(Ao/nAo, Z) = 0 and hence that Ao/nAo = 0 by (109). Thus Ao,
being divisible and torsionfree, is a vector space over the field Q of ratio
nal numbers. Thus it suffices to show that Ext(Q, Z) # 0. This follows
from the next lemma.
0
14.8. Lemma. Ext(Q, Z) as a Qvector space of uncountable dimension.
Proof. Consider the exact sequence 0 + Z + Q + Q/Z + 0. By (109), Ext(Q/Z, Z) = Q/Z. This is a compact group. It is not finite since its
dual Q/Z is not finite. Thus it must be uncountable by the Baire category theorem on locally compact spaces (19, p. 57]. We have the exact sequence
Z = Hom(Z, Z) and the lemma follows.
Ext(Q/Z, Z) + Ext(Q, Z) + Ext(Z, Z) = 0,
O
15
Change of rings
Suppose that K is a principal ideal domain that is also an Lmodule, and let 98 be a sheaf of Kmodules on X. The homology of X with coefficients in 58 then has two interpretations depending on whether L or K is used as the base ring. We shall indicate the base ring, in this section only, by affixing it as a left superscript. Thus
LHn (X; 3) =
Hn(r't(L9(J*(X;
L); L) ®L 9)),
(112)
§15.
Change of rings
369
while
(113) KHn (X; W) = H.(re(K !2(4* (X; K); K) ®K s)). Both of these are Kmodules, but it is not clear whether or not there exists any relationship between them in general. The Kmodules (112) and (113) need not be isomorphic, as is shown by the following example: Let X be a compact space with H2(X; Z) Q/Z and H1(X;Z) = 0 (e.g., an inverse limit of lens spaces). By (9) on page 292, 3.13, and (109) we have ZHi (X; Q) .:: (Q/Z) ® Q # 0, since Q/Z is torsionfree, Q/Z being divisible. However, by II15.3 and (9), we have that 'Q H1(X;Q) = 0. Another example is provided by a solenoid; see 14.5. We shall say that "change of rings is valid," for X, c, K, and L, if (112) and (113) are naturally isomorphic. In the present section we shall see that change of rings is valid in two general situations. First this is shown for clcL spaces, with suitable restrictions on 1, using the results of Section 12. Then we show that change of rings is valid when K = Lp = L/pL, where p is a prime in L, for general spaces X and support families (D.
15.1. Theorem. Let X be
hlcL+2.
Then there is a natural isomorphism
LXk(X; 9) "' Kjyk(X; T) of sheaves of Kmodules for k < n. If = c or if dime,L X < oo with iD
paracompactifying, then there is a natural isomorphism
LHk (X; _V) ^ KHk (X; V)
of Kmodules for k < n.28
X. Let Z. be a flabby, torsionfree quasi(n + 2)coresolution of L on X [such as 1) (J' (X; L))] and let z. = F,SB, with .T. csoft. The algebraic universal coefficient theorem implies, quite easily, that Z. ®L K = F,{2. ®L K} is a flabby, torsionfree quasi(n + 2)coresolution of K on X. Since (2. ®L K) ®K 9 `' ®K IV, the last statement of the theorem follows directly from 12.16 and 12.20. The first statement of the theorem follows from the fact that, for example,
Proof. By definition, dim. ,L X >
LXk(X; X) : °k(.. ®L T)
[see 12.19 and the proof of 12.20]. Alternatively, the first statement of the theorem follows from the last and the fact that
Llyk(X;JB) = ` A. (U. LHk(X,X  U;,V) =
LHk(X;,VU))
15.2. Theorem. Let R be a sheaf of Lpmodules, p prime in L, and let be any family of supports on the arbitrary locally compact Hausdorff space X. Then there is a natural isomorphism of Lpmodules
LH+(X; W) ^ L'Hn (X; T) _
28AIso see VI11.5.
370
V. BorelMoore Homology
Proof. We note first that since L can be embedded in a torsionfree
injective module (e.g., its field of quotients), J*(X; L) may be replaced by an injective resolution J* such that .4° is torsionfree [see the construction
of 113.2].
Since an injective Lmodule is divisible, there is, for any Linjective
sheaf JF, an exact sequence
where p stands for multiplication by p E L and pd is its kernel. Clearly,
pd is a sheaf of Lpmodules. We need the following lemma:
15.3. Lemma. pd is an Lpinjective sheaf.
Proof. Consider the commutative diagram with exact row
0
'd
gl
f
X
h
p9 > j
where f and g are given homomorphisms of sheaves of Lpmodules. Since 3 is Linjective, there exists the Lhomomorphism h, as indicated, making the diagram commute. The diagram
9
hi
j
shows that Im h C pd. As a homomorphism into pd, h is clearly Lplinear, and this completes the proof of the Lemma.
Since pd is Lpinjective, it is also flabby, and it follows that the sequence
0
r,(pjlU) , r,(dlu) L r. (jlU)
o
(114)
is exact for all open sets U in X. Note that the homology sequence (of sheaves) of
pgn+is a resolution of shows that the differential sheaf f*, where LP (since p9° = 0). Let us fix the open set U C X for the moment and use the abbreviation
P' = r,(.Q"IU) and J" = pI"+1 = rc(pd"+11U); see (114). Then the
sequence
0J"1 I"
I' 0
(115)
§15.
Change of rings
371
is exact for each n.
Let Q denote the field of quotients of L and note that we may take
L° = Q and L' = Q/L [see 2.7]. Similarly, we take (Lp)° = Lp and
(Lp)1 = 0. Then there is an exact sequence
p'Q®(Q/L) 0.
Applying this to the functor Hom(I*, ) and using the fact that A ® Lp Coker(p : A + A) for an Lmodule A, we obtain the isomorphism
Hom(I*, L*)n 0 Lp : Ext(I*, Lp)n+1
(116)
(The subscripts n, n + 1 indicate total degree.) The sequences (115) also show that
Ext(I*, Lp)n+1 Hom(J*, Lp)n
(117)
since p : Ext(I*, Lp) . Ext(I*, Lp) is trivial and Hom(I*, Lp) = 0 (since I* is divisible). (Also note that HomL = HomLp and ®L = ®L,, for Lpmodules so that we need not affix these subscripts.) The isomorphisms (116) and (117) are clearly natural in U. Thus they
induce an isomorphism of sheaves of Lpmodules:
L !Y(rc.V*; L) (& Lp ,: L j,
Lp)
(118)
[where we are using L* and (Lp)* as defined above; see 2.71. The isomorphism (118) may be tensored over Lp with any sheaf X of Lp modules, and we may take sections with supports in any family 1. Since f* is an Linjective resolution of L and f* is an Lpinjective resolution of Lp, the
theorem follows upon passage to homology.
15.4. It is possible to define an alternative homology theory that does
satisfy change of rings provided one is willing to sacrifice other desirable properties. For simplicity we shall confine the discussion to compact spaces and supports in this discussion. For an Lmodule M, define
Hp(X; M) = Hp(r(!2(,q*; M))).
This does satisfy change of rings because29
Hp(X; M) .: Hp(r(11( tP*(X; Z) (9 L; M)))
Hp(HomL(C*(X; Z) (9 L; LM*)) Hp(HomL(F*C* (X; Z) (9 L; M)) Hp(HomZ(F*C* (X; Z); M)) Hp(HomZ(C*(X; Z); ZM*))
2.4 and (9) II15.5(b) hyperhomology algebra hyperhomology,
where F* denotes taking a free resolution over Z. However, this theory has two weaknesses: it does not extend30 to general coefficient sheaves, and it does not satisfy a universal coefficient formula such as 3.13. Indeed, we have (roughly stated):
29The references are to stmilar items. 30As far as I know.
a contradiction. 0 _ LHp(X. M) Hom(Hk(X). L) . . 0. 15. L). there is no theory satisfying (a') and (b) where (a') zs the stronger condition: (a') There is an exact sequence ExtL(Hp+'(X.) Let X be the solenoid of 14. Q) Q by II15. Q) HomQ(Q. Z) ® Q we have (N) Ext(Q. Proof. From (b) we have Hi (X. which is a rational vector space of uncountable dimension. L) .^s HomZ(Q.6. L) ®L M _ LHp(X. ExtL(Hp+i(X: L). sheaftheoretic cohomology is not a "co" theory to any homology theory with integer coefficients. Note that BorelMoore theory satisfies (a) and (b). L) (b) There is an exact sequence HomL(Hp(X.zz Q and H' (X. Z) ® Q ® Q. M) theory satisfies (a') and (c). Theorem. LHp(X.5. L).372 V.MHp(X.5. Then by (b) we have Hl (X. By (a) we have Hl (X. singular theory satisfies (b) and (c). There do not exist functors H. (The superscript L can be omitted because of (c). L). Assume that M) satisfies all three conditions.3. M) + HorL(HP(X. L) *L M 0 (c) Change of rings: LHP(X. M) . There exists no "homology theory" LH. M) defined for compact X and Lmodules M that satisfies all three of the following conditions: (a) There is an exact sequence (with sheaf cohomology) 0 . However. M) LHp1(X. M) + 0 for abelian groups M (with sheaftheoretic cohomology). But from (a') ZHo(X . Q) 0 ®Q Q. In a similar vein we have the following result showing that on compact spaces. M) . Q) " ExtZ(Q. Z) ® Q = 0 ® Q = 0. Q) ZHo(X. Also.(X. M).Hk(X. a contradiction. BorelMoore Homology 15. Q) ®HomZ(Z. M) LHp(X. Q) ^ ZHo(X. For the second statement let L = Z. Then H° (X. from (a) we have Hj(X. and the 77. H' (X. Z) . M) when M is an Lmodule that is also a principal ideal domain. Z) = 0. Z) . Q) : Q. (X. Theorem. Z) Z. (X) of compact spaces X that provide an exact universal coefficient sequence of the form 0 Ext(Hk_I(X).
We must show that An Landthat Ap=0forallp E2.) 96 0 for some U. L by 5. By 1116. L) is locally constant and has finitely generated stalks for all p.14.§16. then X is an nhmL. whence also Hom(Hi (X ).X9(X. L) is constant. Consider again the solenoid X. We also prove a number of results about these spaces. Even easier arguments of dimensionality give a similar result over the rationale as base ring. a contradiction. Hence n < s.L)) (for U open in X). the sequence for M = Q shows that Q ti H' (X . Generalized manifolds 373 Proof. but we do not know whether or not this extends to the case of general paracompactifying supports.2. We now have that Hn. L) ® A.s_n(U. Hn (U. In VI11 it is shown that H. L) HH(U. M) when X is clcL .Vp(X. Proof. Q) ^. Q) = 0. By passing to a small open subset we may as well assume that V.(X. and note that Hl (X. By the result 14. M) . Let X be a connected and locally connected space for which dimL X = n < oo and such that Xp(X. A. Z) = 0. See VI11 for further remarks on this. A9) Hn (U.7 of Nunke we have that Hl (X) = 0.(X. We now take up the general case. Letr=max{pI Ap 54 0}ands= Hcp9(U. It is of interest to ask under what conditions the H. Then the sequence implies that Hom(Hi(X). theory coincides with H. and hence E2' = Hn (U. We shall show that under suitable conditions this implies that X is an nhmL for some n. 16 Generalized manifolds In this section we shall study various conditions on a locally compact space X that are equivalent to X being an nhmL. L) are all locally constant. However. Theorem. we have that Hoc (U. This . Hom(Hj (X). .4: = H'(U. and hence 16.1. since H2 (X. Then E2'q = 0 for p > n or q > s. If L is a field and X is a connected and locally connected space for which dimL X = n < oo and such that Xp(X. Taking U to be connected. We first consider the case in which L is a field: 16. L). Then X is an nhmL. Similarly. Z) = 0.Zp) = 0. Z) = 0.14.. (11) on page 293 shows that r < n.(X. must vanish for n > s. Let Ap denote the stalk of . Zp) = 0 for all primes p. First suppose that the homology sheaves Xp(X. L).L) min{p I Ap # 0}.9 n. Thus n = r = s. L) is locally constant for all p. the sequence implies that Ext(Hi (X). Also. Consider the spectral sequence of 8. L) An :L. L) ® AS is isomorphic to H. (U. Theorem.z: H.
0 of (13) on page 294. Let V be another connected paracompact open set with compact closure in U. Precosheaves 21 and B on X are said to be "equivalent" if 21 and !B are equivalent under the smallest equivalence relation containing the relation of local isomorphism of 12. and by 15.e.4..L)®K'.2.k1(X. (X.r(. L) is locally equivalent to MP for all p. . whence X is an mhmL and m = n. Then r(. We may take U to be paracompact and connected. fk(X. Since . By 8. (X. which is finitely generated by assumption. for the same reason. If this [i.n(X. L)I U) for U open and paracompact. A precosheaf 21 will be said to be "locally constant" if each point x E X has a neighborhood U such that the precosheaf 21JU on U 2[(V) for V C U] is equivalent to a constant precosheaf. L) : U + Hp(U. The space X will be said to possess "locally constant cohomology modules over L locally equivalent to M*. then Ak can have no ptorsion because otherwise . Definition. and it follows that A.L)*K. But H. X is an hmL. .n(X)IU) . if the precosheaf fjP(X. since X is clci Thus X.n(U.3. n(X)IV) is an isomorphism.2 (see Exercise 5). Theorem. and this implies that.L). Definition.. Since this is true for all primes p of L.e. Then X is an nhmL.. L) # 0. 16. Ak is free over L.7. Let X be a connected clcL space for which dimL X = n < oo and such that '(X. This implies that M = 0. then we must have.n(V) corresponds to section restriction..n(V) has finitely generated image by 1117. Thus X is an mhmL.Y n(X)JU) is isomorphic to the stalk. For V C U. L).n(X.n(U) . ..:: L for some m and Ak = 0 for k j4 m.5 and 1117.1.. If M = Y. L) must be free of rank 1.n(U) + H. s # m.°k(X. L) can be identified with r(i'. see the proof of 16. BorelMoore Homology Proof. For the field K = L/pL where p is a prime of L we have the exact sequence 0'.K).k(X. From 9. H.4k+1(X. 16. L) has no ptorsion.7i°k(X. " 16.6. For any prime p of L. and thus F(." where M* is a graded Lmodule.n(X.6 it follows that m = n. 16.k(X.3. (X. the stalks of Y. By IExercise 9. L) is locally constant for each p. then 21 is said to be "locally equivalent to M.1 are satisfied by K in place of L. where M is an Lmodule.K) is also locally constant. K) would both be nonzero. see 15. there is an open set U over which it is constant. V is the constant precosheaf M. Definition. Similarly. Let m be the largest integer such that Y.fn(X) is locally constant.2 the hypotheses of 16. M ® K = 0 = M * K for any Lmodule K that is a field. K) and . the canonical homomorphism H.374 V. L) has finitely generated stalks. Proof. If Ak is the stalk of . H.5.
L). L). The space X is called an "ndimensional cohomology manifold over L" (denoted ncrL) if X has locally constant cohomology modules. and to zero in degrees other than n. L).7. which is condition Trivially. L) and Ext(Mp.15. [14] X is clcL. L) + ip(X. HC (U.5 that X is clcL. for any open set U. Generalized manifolds 375 16.14. 1117." Also see 16. L) is the free Lmodule on the components of U by 5. Now suppose that condition (c) holds. By (9) on page 292 we have the exact sequence of sheaves: 0 exl(fjP+1(X.L) is locally equivalent to L for q = n. L) 0 for K compact in X. and it follows from IExercise 9 that fp(X. (X. and the exact sequences 0 Ext(Hp+1(K. (b) [27] dimL X = n < oo and X has locally constant cohomology modules locally equivalent to M*. that G is constant).§16. L) + Hp(K. to prove (c) we must show that X is "locally orientable. and to zero for q # n. Assuming (d). Using 1116." meaning that L) is locally constant. It follows that for every neighborhood U of x there HH(U) trivial for p 0. L). Using the definition of clcL . L). L) (a).3. L) is locally constant with finitely generated stalks. L) are locally constant with stalks Hom(MP.2. (c) implies (d). L). Assume that (b) holds. If X is connected. respectively (which are finitely generated). Also. L) . we see that for any compact neighborhood K of a point x E X there is a compact neighborhood K' C K of x with Hp(K') + Hp(K) trivial for p # 0. Definition. By is a neighborhood V C U of x with HH(V) Poincare duality (assuming. locally equivalent to L in degree n. and the stalks of V.8. Then it follows from 1117.3 we see that the sheaves (fjp(X. dimL X < oo. L) + JYom(_(iP(X.0. L) are zero for i # n and are isomorphic to L for i = n. HH(U. Hg(V) Hg (U) is trivial for q # n. and if dimL X < 0016. L). Thus X is an nhmL by 16. when M* is finitely generated. L) Hom(Hp(K. as we may. Theorem. (c) X is clcL and zs an nhmL. Since this is a local matter and every point in X has an arbitrarily small 31The implication (d) X is an nhmL requires only the assumption that X is locally connected rather than the full clcL condition. Thus j41(X. then the following four conditions are equivalent: (a) X is an ncmL. (a) (b) is clear. L) and 6x1(bP(X. (d) [20]. . This implication is the "Wilder local orientability (former) conjecture. By 12.17.31 Proof.
L) is a monomorphism.. The exact sequence Hcn (XA.L) :z. L).X . . Since L is a field. Since a E r(6) restricts to zero on X . note that if p is a prime in L then X satisfies (d) over the field K = L/pL with orientation sheaf 6 ® K by 15. the section o induces a homomorphism L b 6 that is an isomorphism over A. naturally in U. L) : liter} HH (U. (U. L).L)pHH(X.. suppose that L is a field and that o E r(6) is nonzero.A).XA. L). Then o defines a homomorphism of the constant sheaf L on U to 6JU that is an isomorphism on the stalks at x. Let x E X and let v be a local section of 6 near x that gives a generator of the stalk at x.(A. L).A.A. Since x has a neighborhood basis at x consisting of open paracompact sets. we have the following simple cohomological criterion: 32This is to avoid a paracompactness assumption on X . By the case of a field applied to K = L/pL. With 6 = V. Now.7.A.(A.Hn (A.2 or 8. For the case in which L = Z or is a field. But a homomorphism L .A. proving (c).L)i0. tLm H°(U. Thus 6 is constant over U. BorelMoore Homology open paracompact neighborhood (the union of an increasing sequence of compact neighborhoods). over the open paracompact sets with compact closure in X . we may as well assume that X is connected and paracompact. this is a contradiction. 6IU) = dim r(6jU) = r(61X .61A) HH(X. L) 4m Hn(U.5 applied to L lii LU. Let A = Jul and suppose that A # X. Thus v must be everywhere nonzero as claimed. (X.L)=0 shows that j' is onto. we may assume that a is defined on a connected paracompact open neighborhood U of x.: Hn(X.32 Since H.376 V. Therefore H. by (9) on page 292.2 and the exact sequence Ho(XA. Now Hn (X .L)'Hoc (X. j. L of Lmodules that L/pL for all primes p of L is necessarily induces an isomorphism L/pL 6JU of sheaves over an isomorphism. can be identified with section restriction r(6) = H°(X. L) zt Hom(Hcn (U. we deduce that j. Therefore the homomorphism L U is an isomorphism on each stalk and hence is an isomorphism of sheaves. 6) . which may not be a field. where U ranges . in the general case where L is a principal ideal domain. the first map of which is onto.2. by 1114. L) =0 by 9. But by Poincare duality 9. We claim that or must be everywhere nonzero. the map L/pL + (6 (9 L/pL)IU is an isomorphism for each prime p of L.L)f Hc' (X.L)Hcn .A.
It follows from this and 14. L).Rp2+S2)^ Hn(tfSlln24S2) Z2. But this is precisely condition (d) of 16.:s H. we have Xn(X. L)x . X .{x}. and HP(X. then a locally compact space X is an ncmL X is clci . Note that with coefficients in a field K of characteristic other than two.7 that H* (X. By 7.°. L) Y+ H'(X. le3(X. n=2. (d) = (a) of 16. Hence the condition in the corollary is equivalent to L' for p = n. Outside x0. dimL X < oo. we have Z. .{x}. L.10. 0 16. and the homology sheaves in the adjacent dimensions 2 and 4 are zero. .. Z) has stalks Z everywhere but is not locally constant.'3(X. Thus from 13.'. This shows that the local orientability theorem. otherwise. . (6X (& K)®KE has stalks K everywhere but is not locally constant. let E be the open ball of radius 1 in R3. L) » Hom(. K)x Also. [20) If L is the integers or afield. X . Proof. The sheaves i1 and X2 are. 0.(X. Z. )x v( forp54 n 0.{xo}.9. L). L) is of finite type q . n = 1.(X. X .2 applied to the identity map we have . Let C be the open cone on RP2.(X. L)x is of finite type. does not generalize in any obvious way to spaces in which the other homology 0 sheaves are not all zero. Jen(X. X is a 3manifold.Z)xo Hn(CVE. of course. X . K. for all x E X. concentrated at xo. 3.{x}. where 6 is the orientation sheaf of C . L)x. for p = n.§16. of course. Then if C denotes the closed cone on RP2 and E = D3. Generalized manifolds 377 16.8. Example. L).7 we have the exact sequence Ext(Jf. There are many variations on this example. The sheaf '1'3(X. for n = 1. (X. L). and let X be the one point union C V E at the vertex x0 of the cone. n=3 and is otherwise zero.K) . for p o n for allxEX. Thus ._1(X. 0.8 (given the other ' conditions). Corollary.{x}. Z) is isomorphic to 6X ® ZE.
The proof of this follows from the Kenneth formula 1115. we see that Mr =0for r#pand N5=0for s#n . Theorem. iOX®6Y (with the obvious Proof. P P and we also have that Mp®Nq=O for p+q#n and Mp*Nq=O for p+q34n1.yen(X x Y). (Of course. Factorizations of manifolds of this form are important in the theory of topological transformation groups on manifolds. [61 The locally compact space X x Y is an ncmL a X is a pcrnL and Y is a qcmL for some p. By 14. so we shall prove only the = part. Since L is a principal ideal domain. constant. Similarly.2 applied to compact product neighborhoods of a point in X x Y. local constancy also follows from 16. this implies that MP has L as a direct summand.L)xand Nq=Xq(Y. Ynp(Y) is locally constant. Thus XP(X) ~ `eP(X)®(Ynp(Y)j{y}) . Nn_p has L as a direct summand. Thus p is. Moreover. Clearly.p.L)y.3 we have the exact sequence 0+®Mp®NnP'L. but n . Since M.) . because there are spaces X that are not manifolds but for which X x R is a manifold.(@MP*NnP1 0. Similarly. Now p depends on x.3 `p(X)®WnP(Y) ti . It is not hard to prove that X x Y is clci e both X and Y are clcL . 16. the orientation sheaves satisfy the equation i6XXY notation). n(X x Y)JX x {y} is locally constant (with stalks L). The fact that M® ® Nn_p gt L implies that Mp L and Nn_p L.8(d).11.. and will be left to the reader. BorelMoore Homology The following result is responsible for much of the interest in generalized manifolds.378 V.p depends only on y E Y. in fact. LetbENn_pbesuch that a®b00EMp®NN_pforsome aEMp.:. Let xEXand yEYand let MP=Xp(X. q with n = p + q. By 14. The part of the theorem is also easy.®Ns=0 for r+sin. we must have Mp ® Nn_p L for some p (which we now fix). The map Mp + M®®Nn_p ^s L defined by a F+ a ®b has a nontrivial ideal of L as its image.
L) and W = Ii V. we may assume that they decrease strictly. We shall show that this is.G. Now G1 D G2 Suppose there is a j with G.. E G. and consider the dual H* V1 zero in W. C.)} < oo. The converse is clear.34 Proof. An old problem of Alexandroff [1] asks whether a finitedimensional space that has constant finite local Betti numbers must be a manifold. Since hm's satisfy this.. on the contrary. for L a field. p(X)x = l. Lemma. Let V1 . If u E H* maps to a projection. then u(g. and hence W itself. In particular.12. showing that W has uncountable dimension. it is false.). If. . V1). H be W.5. be an inverse sequence 16.* V.* is injective. Generalized manifolds 379 Now we shall consider further weakenings of the condition (d) of 16. L).33 First we need to discuss some technical items about "local Betti numbers. 16.(X.13. The g. .V2 * . Therefore G. Since such elements u form a countabledimensional subspace of H*. [14] Let L be a field.) has countable dimension * for each i there exists a j > i with dimL{Im(H' (U3) He (U. but it is reasonable to ask whether such spaces must be homology manifolds. Put G.) = 0 except for finitely many i.* * W is injective. Let U1 D U2 D Hp(U. are independent and hence are a basis of a subspace H of V. 34See [601 for a generalization to countable principal ideal domains L.+1 C V1.{x}. The following lemma is an elaboration of a method due to J.(x) = dimL . Whitehead [82] and Wilder [84]. L)x = dimL H.8. Put V. then b." We define. Then for i > j.) < 00. It suffices to show that if each G. [14] Let V1 . = Gj+1 = . Theorem. the "ith local Betti number of X at x" to be b. the 33 We do not know whether these conditions are needed.§16. . this is equivalent to the condition clcL by 1117.12. By 16.(X. Then dimL W is countable q for each i there exists an index 3 > i such that dimL Im(V3 + V.. Then let g. we shall show that the condition clci can be dropped if L is a field and X is first countable.X. = Im(V. the G. V. has infinite dimension then W has uncountable dimension.(x) is countable for all i and all x E X b X is CICL. X . Since dimL X < oo.ii Hp(U.V3 of vector spaces over the field L.* = Hom(V. and hence G. Proof. L) by (9) on page 292. indeed. H. If the locally compact space X is first countable and has dimL X < 00. Then Hom(Hp(U. are not eventually constant. = G3 is onto. we deduce that the image of H* W. has uncountable dimension.G.*.) be a countable neighborhood basis at x.
8(b). for L = Z or a field. [No example of an nhmL that is not C1CL is known to the author. Let A. L)x are finitely generated and mutually isomorphic (i. (d) jX u : Hrn (U.Lp)x*Ai_1*Lpa0 of (13) on page 294.2.®LP _+ . say A.H2 (X. [14] Let X be second countable with dimL X < oo. Lp)x are both nonzero. There is the universal coefficient sequence 0 . (e) jX u : Hrn (U. [14] Let L be a field. slightly weaker. . is nonzero. By IV4. B) is an isomorphism if U is connected. Thus bn(x) = 1 and b. Let X be a connected ncmL. By 16.13 and change of rings 15.Al be an elementary sheaf on X. Note that X is dcya by 16.8(d). then there is a direct proof out of IV4. and assume that the stalks JL'. and let . U is an ncmL for some n. (c) H. X is clci . (x) is finite and independent of x. then Hn(F.Af) = 0 and Hn_1(F.. D 16. X be a proper closed subset. it is locally connected. X is an nhmL. The result now follows from 16. Proof. and this one has rank one. independent of x) for each i.16. 1(X. If A.+1(X.A. Theorem. By 16. it follows that at most one A. be an isomorph of X.. then Y.] 16. Then Lp = L/pL is a field. Similarly. Theorem. . 16. It has been shown in [43) and [60] that a firstcountable nhmz is necessarily clcZ and hence is an ncmz.e.14.(X.14. (U.380 V. Lp)x and Je. Thus A.15 can be sharpened to say that X is an ncmz. let U C X be any nonempty open subset. the conclusion of 16. .. A) is surjective. L)x. contains a factor Lpr. Thus by 16. 0) . (If we assume that X is clci .13.dl) as torsionfree.(x) = 0 for i # n for all x E X.15. Since X is clci.12.12. (F.A1) Hn(X.(X. BorelMoore Homology case under some mild restrictions. is free. L) is constant over U with finitely generated stalks. let F (.. (X.AO = 0.) Let p be a prime of L. there is an open set U such that At. versions of these results can be found in [14].8(d) and its footnote. Then X is an nhmL for some n. contrary to 16. Thus. Proof. Then X is an ncmL for some n. (b) H. ®) is the free Lmodule on the components of U. Lemma. Suppose that X is second countable and that dimL X < oo. Then: (a) If o1 has stalks L.(X. The original. For each i assume that b.
K) = 0 for F small (so small that 'IF and IF are both constant). and so x is an interior point of C. Assuming part (c) for the moment. U) and part (c) with F = X . open.+ 1 (U. Let V C X be connected. 91) is zero if 9 :: 6 and is Z2 Proof. L). if U = X . 0) + H. hence for F sufficiently small.. L) .L) = 0 by 10.:: Z2 unless J . whence (b) follows from 5. 6) = 0. by the part of (c) already proven.:: 6.(F. shows that H. W) but with aIC' = 0 for all proper subsets C' C C. so assume that n > 0. Therefore H. Thus F is not proper. By II10. Moreover...K)+Hn(CU.:s L..5.2 we have that Hn.. contrary to assumption. 6) = 0.U.14. we have that Hn(F. Al ® LP + 0. . Hence C = X since C is open and closed and X is connected. Hn(C. proving (c).. where a ranges over the components 6IV and /3 ranges over the remaining (i) The torsion subgroup of otherwise. But He (U n C. The cohomology sequence of the coefficient sequence 0 + L L + L/pL F small. (g) Hn. 6) + H. . Part (e) holds because an epimorphism L . then there is the exact sequence H. The last part of (a) follows from the exact sequence (3. 6) Ho (U.(U.12) on page 297 induced by the coefficient sequence 0 + # p+ K . and orientable.: (X. (F. (U. since /K is constant on U n C and U n C is a proper closed subset of U. Now suppose that 0 # a E He (F. Part (d) follows from the cohomology sequence of (X. 6) + He (F. L must be an isomorphism since L is a principal ideal domain. 9) . For (f). L/pL) = 0 for .K1). if L = Z and 9 is a locally constant sheaf on X with stalks Z.*) shows that a E Im j`. 9) components. giving the first part of (a). V of U for which 9IV ®a Z ®®p Z2. Let x E C and let U be a connected open neighborhood of x such that 6 and /K are both constant on U.8 there is a closed subset C C F with aIC # 0 E Hn (C. Then the exact sequence 0. From 9. Generalized manifolds 381 (f) X is orientable a Hn (X. provided that U n C # U. Thus we must have that U n C = U.' (F. L) . for p E L a prime.F.K) = 0.AK) Hom(Hn.2. and from change of rings 15.§16. whence (b) implies that Hn (F. from (a) in the case of the field Lp as base ring.K). L) = 0 provided that CIF is constant.(X. Now C cannot be a singleton since n > 0... suppose that Hrn (X. (h) Hn. The case n = 0 is trivial. where p is a prime in L. Then . then: L. It follows that Hcn (F. since dimL X = n. Also. (U.
proving (g). 91) P_ . which shows that Hn_ 1(X . L) is surjective and hence is an isomorphism. By (9) on page 292. This shows. L). 1). . L). assuming (b) and (g). L). 9") is a quotient group of Z by (b) and . because 6 ®9'1 is a nonconstant bundle with fiber Z and structure group k91 9'1 ®Zk . oo). if k is odd. X is orientable. for any integer k > 1. whence H.. L). that we may assume that X is paracompact in the proof of (g). X) then shows that Yp(X+.He' (X. possibly 0.16(f).35 Part (h) is an immediate consequence of (b) 0 and (g).T) ..%1) iHom(HH1(X.H O 6 (9 91) = r(6 (9 9. if k is even. ..j1).1) = 0.Z) +Hn_1(X. whence m = 2. X) is L for 0 p = n and is zero for p # n.6(V) is an isomorphism. The coefficient sequence 0 .29. . and similarly. whence X is orientable.* (X. that H. L) = 0. Z)  0 of (65) on page 340 shows that the torsion subgroup of H. By II17. The exact sequence 0+Ext(HH(X. (U. Corollary.Fl) is Zm.0 induces Z2. (F.. paracom pact. Since the union of an increasing sequence of compact subsets of X is paracompact.8(d). This sequence also gives (i). For part (g). L) Proof.. That X+ has the stated global cohomology is immediate from the cohomology sequence of the pair (X+.. and relatively compact subspaces of X.' (V. From this and the natural isomorphisms 6(U) H°(U. 0. and assume He (IIBn.. HH (X. 91 ®Zk) I'(6 0. 16. L) . H. 35Part (g) can also be proved by an argument similar to that of 1116. 9'1) contains 2torsion Z2 and no odd torsion.) Let X be an ncmL.: H* (S'. X+ is c1cL. L). From duality 9.17.(X.382 V.F'(9 Zk) Z2. L). By 16. This gives the result by 16.'F1) k' Hn1(X. note that Hn (X. (d). = Z/mZ for some m. giving (f). using (b) and (d). . L) Hom(H. Then the onepoint compactification X+ of X is an ncmL with H*(X+. The exact homology sequence of (X+. where V ranges over the connected. 6) H.2 we have H. Thus HQ (X. L) we deduce that the restriction 6(X) . (X. Hp(X+.: lir[ vHc (V. (U.. H. L) H*(Sn. L) . Raymond [69].(X. and so it has the form Z. BorelMoore Homology by (e).9').fl.. L) H 9(X.+ 9 1 the exact sequence 0 = ®Zk)+Hn1(X.16.. H* (X+.
every point of X has an arbitrarily small open connected neighborhood V such that V . see [49.1(V.16.6) .1.G)'Hc(X.L) 361n a topological manifold.L) + Hn(VF. By passing to a small open neighborhood of a point x E A we can assume that A and X are both orientable.L) to Hc1(W.20.e. By 1116. we may as well assume that X is connected and orientable and that A is closed. 46]. i. There is the exact sequence 0=Hn1(F.16(b). by definition of an ncm. L) 0. Corollary. then A is open in X.§16. Then it follows from 1116.) If A C X and if A and X are both ncmL 's. Also. Then there exists a point x E F such that all sufficiently small open neighborhoods of x are disconnected by F. Proof.F is disconnected for all compact subspaces F of V with dimL F = n .1 and Hn1(F. we must have A = X (locally at x in general) by 16. Then X . and that X is connected. In that case. Generalized manifolds 383 16.14 that dimL A < n. Let X be an ncmL and let F C X be a closed subspace with dimL F = n .19. 16. (Invariance of domain. Hn 1(U n F.16(c) for all open U. this holds for arbitrary subspaces. Since He (A. L) is zero. p.L) 1#o Hn (V. .0. Moreover. In the commutative diagram H.36 Proof. and so we may as well assume that X is connected and orientable. there exists an open neighborhood U of x such that for all open neighborhoods V C U of x. Proof. there is a neighborhood U of x so small that H. L) = 0 by 16. Let X be a connected ncmL and let F C X be a closed subspace with dimL F < n . L) is nonzero. L) Hc1(WnF. Theorem. 16. If A is a locally closed subspace of an ncrfL X. V .17 there exists a point x E F and an open neighborhood W of x such that for all open neighborhoods U C W of x. then dimL A = n e* int A # 0.6)+Hn(XF. 16.2. so that the result follows from part (b) of 16. that A is closed in X.18.16(c). This is a local matter.F is connected. The part is trivial. Theorem. L) + He 1(W. However. L) Hn1(W n F. Let V C U be a connected neighborhood of x. if int A = 0 then He (A n U.L) H1(VnF.'(U. Corollary.21.F is disconnected. L) # 0 by 16. Proof..
384
V. BorelMoore Homology
the map Hn (V F; L) + Hcn (V; L) is an isomorphism by 16.16(e) if V F is connected. That contradicts the remainder of the diagram. Therefore
V  F is disconnected for all open neighborhoods V C U of x. The last
statement also follows from the displayed diagram, where now F C V.
16.22. Corollary. If F C X is a closed subspace of the ncmL X, then dimL F = n  1 a int F = 0 and F separates X locally near some point.
0 We shall now introduce the notion of a generalized manifold with bound
ary. As always in this chapter, all spaces considered are assumed to be
locally compact Hausdorff spaces.
16.23. Definition. A space X is said to be an ncmL with boundary B if B C X is closed, X  B is an ncmL, B is an (n  1)cmL, and the
homology sheaf .7,,(X; L) vanishes on B.
By 16.8 this is equivalent to the following five conditions:
1. B C X is closed.
2. X and B are clci .
3. dimL X < 00
4. The stalks . p(X; L)., are isomorphic to L for x E X  B and p = n, and are zero otherwise. 5. The stalks i f (B; L)y are isomorphic to L for p = n  1 and are zero
for p#n1.
Also, it follows from 9.6 and IIExercise 11 that dimL X = n. Note that an ncmL with boundary is an nwhmL.
16.24. Proposition. If X is hereditarily paracompact and X  B is orientable over L, then condition 5 follows from the other conditions.
Proof. By 9.2, HH_P(X, X  B)
H'(B; 6IB) = 0 since 61B = 0. By
13.7, H' (X, X  B; L) = 0. By II16.10, 9.3, and the cohomology sequence LX_B + L LB + 0 of (X, X  B) and the coefficient sequence 0 we have Hp(B) HnP(X,X  B; LX_B) HnP1(X, X  B;LB). By
the exact sequence of the pair (X, X  B) with coefficients in LB, this is isomorphic to HnpI (X;LB) .: Hnp1(B). These isomorphisms are natural, and so we have the natural isomorphism Hp(BnU) Hnp1(Bn U) for U open. Taking the limit over neighborhoods U of x E B gives
J(PP(B)x = 0 for p 54 n  1 and . n_1(B)y
L.
Remark: That orientability is needed for 16.24 is shown by the example of an open cone over RP2 with B the vertex and L a field of characteristic other than 2. We conjecture, however, that orientability is not needed if L = Z.
§16.
Generalized manifolds
385
16.25. Theorem. Let X and Y have common intersection B = X fl Y that is closed and nowhere dense in both X and Y. Then X U Y is an ncmL and B is an (n1)cmL ra both X and Y are ncmL's with boundary
B.
Proof. From a diagram using the MayerVietoris sequence one sees easily
from 1117.3 that if B is clcL then X n Y are clcL a X and Y are clcL.
From the first MayerVietoris sequence of Exercise 9 one derives the MayerVietoris exact sequence (coefficients in L)
...  Y ,(B) +
p(X)IB@_*p(Y)IB +Yp(XUY)IB
Yp_1(B)
...
of sheaves on B, and the .4 implication follows immediately from this by examining stalks at points of B. For the portion, let W be a connected paracompact open neighborhood in X U Y of any point in B. Then W n X
and W fl Y are nonempty proper closed subsets of W. By 16.16(a) we
have that H, (W fl X) = 0 = H,, (W n Y) and that H, (W fl X) and
H,,,_1(W n Y) are torsionfree. It follows that A e, (X)IB = 0 = Jr (Y)IB and that i ° _ 1(X) I B and V,,_ 1(Y) j B are torsionfree. This again gives the result upon examination of the displayed sequence.
16.26. Corollary. Let X be a connected, orientable ncmL such that Hl (X; L) = 0 and let B C X be a closed, connected (n  1)cmL. Assume either that L = Z or that B is orientable. Then X  B has two
components U and V. Moreover, U = U U B is an ncmL with orientable boundary B, and similarly with V.
Proof. Since Hn,1(X; L)
Hl (X; L) = 0, the exact cohomology sequence of (X, B) has the segment
0,
from which we deduce from 16.16(b, g) that X  B has exactly two components, say U and V (and that B is orientable in the case L = Z). That
U = U U B follows from 16.21, and the result then follows from 16.25.
Remark: Even in the case n = 3 and X = S3 the Alexander horned sphere shows
that U need not be an actual 3manifold with boundary. The standard
embedding of RIP2 in RIPS and L = Z3 shows that the condition "L = Z or B is orientable" is required.
16.27. Theorem. Let B C X be closed and nowhere dense. Then X is an ncmL with boundary B a the double dX = X UB X is an ncmL.
Proof. The
part follows immediately from the preceding result. For let Y denote a copy of X, let T : X U Y + X U Y be the map switching copies, let i : X X U Y be the inclusion, and let a : X U Y + X be the
386
V. BorelMoore Homology
folding map. Then 7ri : X + X is the identity. Let U be a connected open neighborhood in X UY of some point in B = X nY that is invariant under T. Then the composition
HP(UnX) '' Hp(U) 7r* Hp(UnX)
is the identity, and it induces maps of sheaves
lvp(X)IB  Vp(X UY)IB
Yp(X)IB
whose composition is the identity. It follows that Yp(X) I B = 0 for p # n.
But H,(U n X) = 0 by 16.16(a). Thus Yp(X)IB = 0 for all p. Then the
MayerVietoris sequence
. . Yp(B) + Xp(X)IB®Jep(Y)IB + Yp(XUY)IB .,Yp_1(B) + ...
shows that Je,a_1(B) .:s V,, (X UY)I B is locally constant with stalks L and
that .yep(B) = 0 for p # n  1; that is, B is an (n  1)cmL. Hence X is
an ncmL with boundary B by definition.
16.28. Proposition. Let B C X be closed with both X and B being clc',. Then X is an ncmL with boundary B a the sheaf 6 = Yp(X, B; L) has stalks L for p = n and vanishes for p# n, and ,ep(X; L)IB = 0 for all p.
Proof. It follows from 16.8(d) that under either hypothesis, X  B is an
ncmL. For an open set U of X we have the exact sequence
+ Hp(U)
Hp(U, B n U)
Hp_1(B n U)  Hp_1(U)
,
natural with respect to inclusions, and hence the exact sequence of sheaves
... + Yep(X) + Yp(X, B) , . p1(B)X  Xp1(X)  ...
yielding the isomorphism .1'ep(X, B) I B from 16.8(d).
ep_1(B). Thus the result follows
16.29. Proposition. For an ncmL X with boundary B and its orienta
tion sheaves 6 = X(X; L) and 6 = X (X, B; L), we have 6
Moreover, 0 is locally constant on X with stalks L.
6X_13.
Proof. The first part is immediate. Let X U Y be the double of X along
B. Then similarly to the previous proof, there is the exact sequence
...
xp(Y)XUY  .1(ep(X UY) * yep1(X UY, Y)
Yp_1(Y)XUY _, .. .
and by excision 5.10, Xp(X U Y, Y) :: Yp(X, B)X uY. Since Xp(Y)XUY restricts to the zero sheaf on X, we have that ,yep(X, B) , .7ep(X U Y)IX. The latter sheaf is locally constant with stalks L by 16.8.
§16.
Generalized manifolds
387
16.30. Theorem. Let X be an ncm.L with boundary A U B where A and B are closed and are (n  1)cmL's with common boundary A n B. Let
(.Al, 4IA) be elementary on X, and assume that dim b X < oo.37 Then38
H (X, A; .A(®
Hn_p(X, B; elf).
Proof. To simplify notation we shall give the proof in the case for which ..ll = L and X is orientable, i.e., 6 = L. There is no difficulty in generalizing it. Note that 6 = Lx_A_B in this case. Let X+ = X UB=Bx{o} (B x II), let B+ be the image of B x {1}, and put X ° = X+  B+. Extend ' to X+ by adding the sets of the form K x II and their subsets. (Similarly, extend mi0 in the general case.) We shall still call this extended family (D. Put A+ = A U ((An B) x II), and similarly for A°. In the same manner as in previous proofs, one can show that X+ is an ncmL with boundary A+ UB+ and X ° is an ncmL with boundary A° and orientation sheaf Lx°A°. Consider the following diagram (coefficients in L when omitted):
p p H4(X; LxA)' HO'(X°;Lx°_A°)
$nX° o Hn_p (X) 1J.
+ Hn p(X B+)
t_
Hpbn(X_B) (X  B; Lx_B_A) n HnnpxB)(X  B) ,mss Hnp(X, B),
which commutes. (The isomorphism on the upper left is a consequence of invariance of cohomology under proper homotopies.) Now, via the isomorphisms on the right (from 5.10), the map j. is the composition
Hnp(X+, B+) ' Hnp(X+, B x II)
Hnr(X, B)
(these maps are isomorphisms due to invariance of homology under cproper
homotopies) and hence is an isomorphism. The required isomorphism is 0 then just the composition from the upper left to the lower right.
The typical case of interest of 16.30 is the product (M, 8M) x (N, 8N) of two orientable manifolds (or cm's) with boundary and A = 8M x N,
B = M x M. Thus, with m = dimL M and n = dimL N, one gets the
isomorphism
H((M, oM) x N; L)
Hm+n_p(M x (N, 8N); L)
when c is paracompactifying or when M x N is locally hereditarily paracompact. The first term on the bottom of the diagram in the proof of 16.30 and the commutativity of the diagram were not used in the proof. However,
37E.g., t paracompactifying, or X locally hereditarily paracompact. 38See [19, p. 3581 for a classical account of this version of duality.
388
V. BorelMoore Homology
the composition
H (X; LxA)
H (X°; Lxo_Ao)
H n(xB)(X  B; LxBA)
is just the restriction homomorphism for the inclusion X  B  X, and
so in the case A = 0 we also conclude the following result from the commutativity of the diagram:
16.31. Proposition. Let X be an ncrnL with boundary B. Assume that
dim4, X < oo and dim4n(x _ B) X  B < oo.39 Then for Itf an elementary sheaf on X and an arbitrary family of supports ID on X, the restriction
HO'MW) + Hen(xB)(X is an isomorphism for all p. Also see [68].
An example of a 3cm with boundary that is not a manifold is the
closure M of one of the components of the complement of an Alexander horned sphere B in 3space. In this case there is no internal collar of the bounding 2sphere. An example of a 3cm without boundary that is not a manifold is the quotient space M/B, as follows from 16.35. An example of a 1cm that is not a manifold is the double of a compactified long line. However, separable metric ncmL's are manifolds for n < 2 and any L, as
we now show.
16.32. Theorem. If X is a second countable nhmL, with or without
boundary, and n < 2, then X is a topological nmanifold.
Proof. Since X is completely regular and second countable, it is separable
metrizable by the Urysohn metrization theorem; see [19, I9.11]. Also, X is an nhmK for K = L/pL for any prime p in L, and so it suffices to consider the case in which L is a field. Then by 16.13, X is clcL. In particular, X is locally connected. A locally compact and locally connected metric space is locally arcwise connected in the sense that an "arc" is a homeomorphic image of [0, 1]; see [47, p. 116]. In case n = 0, X is totally disconnected by 1116.21. Since it is locally connected, it is discrete, proving that case. In case n = 1, first assume that 8X = 0. By 16.21 any point x E X has a connected neighborhood U with U  {x} disconnected. Let a, b E U  {x} be points from different components. Then there is an arc A in U joining
a and b. By invariance of domain 16.19, A  {a, b} is open in X, so that X is locally euclidean near x, proving that case. The case in which X has a boundary can be verified by looking at the double of X. The details of that argument are left to the reader. For the case n = 2, we must use the topological characterization of 2manifolds with boundary due to G. S. Young [87]. This says that a locally
39E.g., 4 paracompactifying and X  B paracompact.
§16.
Generalized manifolds
389
compact metric space X for which each point has a connected neighborhood U such that U  C is disconnected for all simple closed curves C in U, is a 2manifold, possibly with boundary. Consider first the case in which 8X =
0. Then the last part of 16.21 shows that X satisfies Young's criterion. Since the sheaf .V,,(X; L) vanishes on the boundary of an nmanifold, the topological manifold notion of boundary coincides with that defined for homology manifolds. Now consider the case in which B = 8X 0. Let X U Y be the double of X along B. Let x E B and let U be a symmetric neighborhood of x in X U Y such that U n X is connected and with U not
containing any component of B (which we now know to be a 1manifold). Also, take U so small that U is disconnected by all simple closed curves
C C U. Then note that U  C = (U n X  C) u (U n (Y  B)).
Now, U n (Y  B) is connected since H°(U n Y; L) , H°(U n (Y  B); L) is an isomorphism by 16.31. Also, the closure of U n (Y  B) intersects U n X  C nontrivially, since otherwise C would be a component of B, contrary to the selection of U as not containing a component of B. Thus, since U  C is disconnected, U n X  C must be disconnected. This shows that X satisfies Young's criterion.40
16.33. Theorem. (Wilder's monotone mapping theorem.) Let X be an nhmL. Assume either that X is orientable or that L = Z. Let f : X  Y
be a Vietoris map (i.e., proper, surjective, and with acyclic point inverses). Then Y is also an nhmL, which is orientable if X is orientable. Also, Y
is clcL (and hence is an ncmL) if X is clci .
Proof. The hypothesis implies that f is proper and that the Leray sheaf jp(f ; L) is L for p = 0 and vanishes otherwise. We shall prove the last
statement first. For U C Y open and with U' = f 1 U, the Leray spectral sequence degenerates to the natural isomorphism Hp(U; L) H'(U'; L). If U and V are open with U C V, then U' C V. Therefore if X is clc',., then by 1117.5, Hp(U'; L)  H' (V'; L) has finitely generated image. Hence H' (U; L) ' Hp(V; L) has finitely generated image for all p, which means that Y is clci by 1117.5. Now assume that X is orientable. Note that a point in a locally compact Hausdorff space has a fundamental system of open paracompact neighborhoods U (e.g., the union of an increasing sequence of compact neighborhoods). Since f is proper, U' is also paracompact. Now H'np(U*; np(f; L). Thus L)) p(f; L) = . (U '' Hp(U'; L) :
we have
.)p(Y; L)
Vp(f; L)
.y"p(f ; L) L, p = n
by (48) on page 323 since X is orientable
0, p#n
since f is a Vietoris map,
40Another treatment of these matters can be found in [85].
390
V. BorelMoore Homology
which means that Y is an nhmL as claimed. Now assume X to be nonorientable and that L = Z. Let y E Y, and put F = f 1(y). We claim that 6 is constant on F. If not, then the units in the stalks give a nontrivial double covering space of F, so that H' (F; Z2) # 0 by 1119.6. This contradicts the universal coefficient theorem 1115.3. Now, 6 must be constant on some open neighborhood of F = f1(y) by 119.5, and this neighborhood can be taken to be of the form U' = f I U, U open. Then U' is orientable, and so U is an nhmz by the part of the theorem previously proved.
This result would be false for L a field of characteristic other than 2
and X nonorientable, as shown by the map of 1111P2 to a point. Of course,
it is only the dimension of Y that goes wrong here. A more convincing
example is given by X = 1111P2 x R and Y = (oo, 0) U 1111P2 x (0, oo), where
f : X + Y is the obvious map and Y is given the quotient topology. Here f is a Vietoris map over fields L of characteristic other than 2, but Y fails to be an hmL for any L and even fails to have a uniform dimension over L. As an example of the use of 16.33, the identification space 1[13/A is a 3cmz, where A is a wild arc. Note that if x is the identification point, then U  {x} is not simply connected for any neighborhood U of x in this
3cmz. In Section 18 we shall present a considerable generalization of 16.33.
16.34. Corollary. Let X be an ncmL, and assume either that X is orientable or that L = Z. Let f : X Y be a Vietoris map. Then the mapping cylinder Mf is an (n + 1)cmL with boundary X +Y.
Proof. The obvious map X x S1 p dMf of the double of X x 11 to the
double of Mf is a Vietoris map, and so dMf is an (n + 1)cmL by 16.33. Thus Mf is an (n + 1)cmL with boundary by 16.27.
16.35. Corollary. Let X be an ncmL, with boundary and let B be a compact component of the boundary such that H,(B; L) H,(Sn1; L). Then the quotient space X/B is an ncmL with boundary being the image of
8XB.
Proof. The boundary component B is orientable by 16.16(f), and it follows that M is orientable in a neighborhood of B. If M is the union of X with the cone CB on B, then M is an ncmL by 16.9 (or 5.10) and 16.25. Also X/B M/CB. Since the map M , M/CB is Vietoris, the result
follows from 16.33.
16.36. We conclude this section with a short discussion of compactifications of generalized manifolds. Let U be a connected nhmL. By a compactification of U we mean a compact space X containing U as a dense
§16.
Generalized manifolds
391
subspace and such that F = X  U is totally disconnected. It is the endpoint compactification of U if, in addition, F does not disconnect X locally near any point; see Raymond [69), on which this discussion is largely based.
16.37. Theorem. Suppose that X is a compactification of the nhmL U. Then r(,i'r(X; L)) H, (X, U; L) for r < n. Moreover, for r < n,
.Yer(X; L) = 0
Hr (X, U; L) = 0.
Proof. By IIExercise 11, dimL X = n. Let F = X  U. By 8.4, there is
a spectral sequence with
EP" = HP (F; 3°_q(X; L) I F)
H_p_Q(X, U; L).
Since F is totally disconnected, this reduces to the isomorphism
r(rr(X; L)IF)
Hr(X, U; L).
For r < n, . r(X; L) is concentrated on F, so that
r(.r(X; L))
F(Xr(X; L)IF).
0
The last statement follows from IIExercise 61.
16.38. Lemma. Let X be the endpoint compactification of the connected ncmL U, n > 1. If U is orientable in the neighborhood of each point of X, then 0 = . ' (X; L) is locally constant with stalks L. If X is hlc}, then
Xi(X;L) =0=Xo(X;L).
Proof. Suppose that V is an open connected subset of X with U n V orientable. If W is a connected open subset of V, then W  F is connected and Hn (W  F; L)  Hc' (W; L) is an isomorphism. By 16.16, H, (W F; L) , Hn (V n U; L) L is an isomorphism, whence Hn (W; L) =+ Hn (V; L) L. It follows that 6IV is constant with stalks L.
Now assume, instead, that X is hlcL. Then a point x E X has a connected open neighborhood V so small that Hl (V; L)  Hl (X; L) is zero. Since V  {x} and X  {x} are connected and locally connected, we have that Ho (V  {x}; L) = 0 = Ho (X  {x}; L) by 5.14. Therefore we have the commutative diagram
Hi (V; L)  Hi (V, V  {x}; L)  0
10
Hi (X; L)  Hi (X, X  {x}; L)
l
0,
where the vertical isomorphism is due to excision. It follows that ,1' 1(X; L)x .: Hi (X, X  {x}; L) = 0.
A similar but easier argument shows that .W'o(X; L) = 0.
392
V. BorelMoore Homology
16.39. Theorem. Let X be the endpoint compactification of the connected ncmL U, n > 1, that is orientaple in the neighborhood of each
point of X. Then the following three conditions are equivalent:41
(a) X is an nCML.
(b) H'(X; L) is finitely generated and Hr(X, U; L) = 0 for all 1 < r < n.
(c) H* (X; L) is finitely generated and
[X] n (s) : H'(X; 6)
is an isomorphism for all 0 < r < n.
Hnr(X; L)
Proof. By 1117.15, X is clcL s H*(X; L) is finitely generated. This gives (a) a (b) by 16.37 and 16.38. The basic spectral sequence E2,q = H"(X;.)_q(X; L))
H_p_q(X; L)
has E2'° = F(.lteq(X; L)) Hq(X, U; L) for q < n by 16.38. Also, E21' n HP(X; G). All other terms are zero. By 10.2, and the proof
of 10.1, the edge homomorphism
H'(X; G) = E2,n s,
E[n ,_,_, Hn_p(X
)
is the cap product [X] fl with [X] = 0(1) E Hn(X; 61), up to sign. q Thus the latter is an isomorphism for 0 < p < n t> Hq(X, U) z5 E2' = 0 for 1 < q < n, since E2'1 H1(X, U) = 0 by 16.38. Hence (b) a (c).
Remark: As noted by Raymond [69, 4.12], the example of U = RiP2 x R, X = ER?2, and L a field of characteristic other than 2 shows that the hypothesis of orientability of U near points of X is essential in 16.39.
17
Locally homogeneous spaces
A (locally compact, Hausdorff) space X is called "locally homogeneous" if for every pair x, y E X there is a homeomorphism h of some neighborhood of x onto a neighborhood of y with h(x) = y; see [4] and [29]. Bing and Borsuk [4] have asked whether every locally contractible, locally homogeneous, finite dimensional, separable metric space is a generalized manifold (or, indeed, a topological manifold). A partial result in this direction follows immediately from 16.15:
17.1. Theorem. [14] Suppose that X is second countable, that dimL X < no, that X is locally homogeneous, and that H,(X, X  {x}; L) is finitely generated for each i. Then X is an nhmL for some n.
41Raymond's Theorem 4.5 in [69[ is equivalent to the present (a) e* (b) by the exact sequence of his Theorem 2.16, which is the homological analogue of the second exact
sequence of our 1118.2.
§17.
Locally homogeneous spaces
393
The problem with this result is the condition that H, (X, X  {x}; L) be finitely generated. This is a very strong condition that does not follow from any reasonable settheoretic properties that we are aware of. For instance, local contractibility does not imply it. It would be nice if this condition could be replaced by condition clcL, for example. We shall prove such a result under a stronger type of local homogeneity: 17.2. Definition. A space X will be called "locally isotopic" if X is locally arcwise connected and for each path A : U  X there is a neighborhood N
of .\(0) in X and a map A : II x N + X such that A(t, a(0)) = a(t) and
such that each At is a homeomorphism of N onto a neighborhood of a(t), where At (x) = A(t, x). [With no loss of generality we may also assume that A(0, x) = x for all x E N]
This condition is slightly stronger than the notion of local homogeneity defined by Montgomery [61]. It is weaker than that defined by Hu [48], which coincides with the condition lLH of Ungar [81]. Throughout the remainder of this section we shall impose the standing
assumption that X is locally compact, Hausdorff, second countable and clcL , and that L is a countable principal ideal domain.
17.3. Lemma. If X is also locally homogeneous, then the homology sheaf .Xp(X; L) is a Hausdorff space.
Proof. Let {V} be a countable basis for the topology of X. For any x E X and a E Xp(X)x, there are indices i, j with x E V Vj C Vi, and such
that a is in the image of the canonical map ri , : Im(Hp(V,) + Hp(V,)) + op(X)x. Since X is clc° , Im(Hp(V,)  Hp(VV)) is finitely generated, whence it is countable because L is countable. For sn, E Im(Hp(V ) Hp(VV)) the definition on(x) = ri 2(sn) gives a section a E where U7, = V,. Therefore V (X) is covered by the countable collection
{o,} of local sections. Put An = Jaj and C, = (aUT) U (9A,). By the Baire category theorem, there is a point x not in any C,,. Each point of the stalk Xp(X)x has the form for some n. If on(x) # 0, then since x E A  aAn, oo is nonzero on some neighborhood of x. By the group structure this implies that any two points of .)' (X)x can be separated by open sets in .Wp(X ). Since X is locally homogeneous, this is true at all points of X.
17.4. Lemma. Suppose that X is also locally isotopic. Then the projection 7r :.p(X; L)  X has the pathlifting property.
Proof. Let A : II , X be any path and let a E Hp(X, X  A(0)) =
Xp(X)A,(o) be given. Let N be a compact neighborhood of A(0) so small
that A : II x N + X exists as in Definition 17.2. For t E II, At is a
394
V. BorelMoore Homology
homeomorphism of (N, N  a(0)) onto (Nt, Nt  A(t)), where Nt = At(N) is a neighborhood of A(t). Thus A; : Hc(N, N  .1(0))
and we put
Hc(Nt, Nt
at = A«(a) E Yn(X)a(ti. We must show that t at is continuous. For this, let U C N be an open neighborhood of A(O) so small that a is the image of an element ,3 E HH(N, N  U). Put Ut = At (U) and Qt = At. (0) E HH(Nt, Nt  Ut). Let s E E be given and let V be a neighborhood of A(s) so small that for
some e > 0, V C Ut for all s  e < t < s + e. By homotopy invariance 6.5, /3t maps to the same element y E HH(X, X  V) = Hp(V) for all
t E (s  e, s + e). Thus y defines a section of Xp(X) over V whose value at A(t) is at for s  e < t < s + e, and this shows that at is continuous in t. Since 7r is a local homeomorphism, the path lifting is unique.
Since a fibration with unique path lifting over a semilocally 1connected space is a covering map [75, p. 78], we have:
17.5. Corollary. If X is semilocally 1connected and locally isotopic in addition to the standing assumptions, then each 'p (X; L) is locally constant.
From 16.1 and 16.3 we conclude:
17.6. Theorem. [14] Let L be a countable principal ideal domain. Let X
be second countable, semilocally 1connected, and locally isotopic. Assume
further that n = dimL X < oo and that X is connected and locally connected. If L is a field, then X is an ncmL. If L is arbitrary and X is clcL , then X is an ncmL.
18
Homological fibrations and padic transformation groups
The major unsolved question in the theory of continuous (as opposed to differentiable) transformation groups on topological manifolds is whether a compact group acting effectively on a manifold must necessarily be a Lie group. It is known that a counterexample to this would imply that some padic group
AP =
4M{... i zpa  zps  zp},
p prime, can also act effectively on a manifold.42 In one direction, it is even unknown whether such a group AP can act freely. (It might be expected
42This follows from the known structure of compact groups together with Newman's Theorem (15, p. 156], stating that a finite group cannot act effectively on a manifold with uniformly small orbits.
§18.
Homological fibrations and padic transformation groups
395
that an effective action would imply a free one on some open subspace, but no one has been able to prove that either.) In this section we will present much of what is known about the homological implications of the existence of such an action. First we will study the notion of a homological fibration.
18.1. Definition. [11] A "cohomology fiber space" over L (abbreviated cfsL) is a proper map f : X  Y between locally compact Hausdorfspaces X and Y such that the Leray sheaf . ' (f ; L) is locally constant for all i. We shall call it a cfsL if ir' (f ; L) = 0 for i > k and ,lt k (f ; L) # 0. In this case we denote the common stalk of J('(f; L) by H`(F).
18.2. Proposition. [11] Suppose that f X Y is a cfsL, and assume that dimL X = n < oo. If L is a field, then dimL Y < n  k. If L is any
principal ideal domain, then dimL Y < n + 1.
Proof. We may as well assume that .7°'(f; L) is the constant sheaf H'(F). Let L be a field. Let y E Y. For U C Y open, consider the Leray spectral
sequence
E2 4(U)
= HP(U; H9 (F)) : Hp+4(U')
(and also its analogue with compact supports) with coefficients in L, where
U' = f1(U). Let 0 # a E Hk(F). Since Hk(F) = liWHk(V'), there is a neighborhood V of y and an element av E Hk(V') extending a. For U C V connected, let au E Hk(U') be the restriction of av and let a E
E2 'k = H°(U; Hk(F)) be the image of au under the edge homomorphism
Hk(U') s E.k
E2'k
Then a # 0 is a permanent cocycle. Let 0 #
Q E H, (U; H°(F)) = E2'0. Then ,Q is trivially a permanent cocycle, and so aUQ E Er,k is a permanent cocycle since dr(aU/3) = d,.aU,3±c Udr/3 = 0. Also, a U Q # 0 by 117.4. Therefore H,,+k(U') # 0,and so r + k _< n.
Consequently, Hr (U; H°(F)) = 0 for r > n  k. Since H°(F) is a free Lmodule, the composition L H°(F) L of coefficient groups implies
that Hr (U; L) = 0 for r > nk. Therefore dimL U < nk by 1116.14, and dimL Y < n  k by 1116.8. The case of a general principal ideal domain L
follows from an easy universal coefficient argument.
O
18.3. Proposition. [11][36] Suppose that f : X  Y is a cfsL such that each , '(f; L) has finitely generated stalks for i < k. If X is clcL, then Y
is also clCL.43
Proof. We may as well assume that each .Ye'(f; L) is constant for i < k. Let A, B C Y be compact sets with A C int B. If Y is not clck, then by 1117.5 there is a minimal integer m < k such that there are such sets A, B with the image of the restriction HI(B; L)  HI(A; L) not being finitely
43The proof uses only that the sheaves X'(f; L) are locally constant for z < k rather than the full cfsL condition.
396
V. BorelMoore Homology
generated. From the universal coefficient sequence and 1117.3, it follows that E2'q(B') = HP (B'; Hq(F)) HP (A'; Hq(F)) = E2'q(A') has finitely
generated image for all p < m  2, q < k and all such pairs A', B'. Let K be compact and such that A C int K and K C int B. Then by the diagram
E2,O(B)  E 'O(B)
tf
E22,1(K)
th
E2`0 (K)  E3`0 (K)
19
E22,'(A)
1
E2`0 (A)
and 1117.3 it follows that Im h is not finitely generated. Continuing this
way, we see that there is such a K such that the image of EE'O(B) E',°(K) is not finitely generated. It follows that the image of Hm(B') Hm(K') is not finitely generated, contrary to 1117.5.
18.4. Lemma. Suppose that f : X Y is a cfsL with each V'(f ; L) constant, where L is a field. Then for U open in Y there is a spectral
sequence of homological type44 with
Ep,q = Hom(Hq(F), Hp(U)) = Hp+q(U')
and that is natural in U. Consequently, there is a spectral sequence of
sheaves with en,q = d&n(Hq
ip(Y))
J(p+q(f )
(Coefficients in L are omitted.) Also, the stalks satisfy
(Hq(F), Xp(Y))y
Hom(Hq(F), 'p(Y)y).
Proof. In the Leray spectral sequence
E2,q = Hp(U;Hq(F))
Hf+q(U")
we have HP(U; Hq(F)) Hp(U)®Hq(F) since L is a field. Also, Hom(., L) is exact, and so if we apply it to the spectral sequence and adjust indices, we get a homological spectral sequence with
Ep,q = Hom(HP(U) ® Hq(F), L) : Hom(Hq(F), Hom(HP(U), L)) Hom(Hq(F), Hp(U))
and converging to
from the fact that
Hp+q(U'). The last statement is L) commutes with direct limits in the second
variable. 44This means that dr : Ey,q  Ey_, q+r_i.
§18.
Homological fibrations and padic transformation groups
397
18.5. Theorem. (11] Suppose that f : X Y is a cfskL, and assume that X is an orientable nhmL, where L is a field. Then Y is an (n  k)hmL.
Also, Y is orientable if each, ,''(f; L) is constant. Moreover, each H'(F; L) is finitely generated, and H'(F; L) Hk'(F; L) for all i.
Proof. We may as well assume that the Leray sheaf of f is constant. As By assumption, in the proof of 16.33, we have that .)C2(f) this vanishes for n  i > k, that is, for i < n  k. It also vanishes, trivially,
`(f).
for n  i < 0, that is, i > n. Let m = min{p Aep(Y) # 0} and M =
max{p I Xp(Y) # 0}. Then, since Lisa field and Hk(F) 0 4 H°(F), the terms 0m0 and 02M k are nonzero and survive to of' 45 Therefore,
p 54 n  k, and the spectral sequence degenerates to the isomorphism
m>_nk and M+k<n,whencem=M=nk. Thusdep(Y) =0for
£m(H9(F),Xnk(Y)) =''nk+q(f)
,ek9(f) =
Hk9(F).
It follows that .denk(Y) is constant. Call its common stalk S. Then we deduce that Hom(H9(F),S) Hk9(F). (119) In particular
Hom(H°(F), S) .: Hk(F) and Hom(Hk(F), S) ^s H°(F),
which implies that rank H°(F) rank S = rank Hk (F) and rank Hk(F) rank S = rank H°(F) and that all these ranks are finite. Thus rank S = 1 and H9(F) .:: Hk9(F) by (119).46
Remark: Orientability is needed in 18.5, as is shown by the orbit map of an action of 81 on a Klein bottle. This is a cfsi for any field L with char(L)
2. The orbit space is an interval [0, 11. Also, see the examples below 16.33.
A little work with the universal coefficient theorem yields a corresponding result over the integers:
18.6. Corollary. [11] Suppose that f : X Y is a cfsZ, and assume that X is an orientable nhmz and that the Leray sheaves 0'(f; Z) have finitely generated stalks. Then Y is an (n  k)hmz and Hk(F; Z) H°(F; Z). Moreover, Y is orientable if each 0'(f ; Z) is constant.47
18.7. Let us now turn to actions of the padic group AP on generalized manifolds. There is the padic solenoid Ep, which is the inverse limit of circle groups S1  81, where all the maps are the pfold covering maps. Then Ap c Ep are compact topological groups and Ep/Ap ;::: S1 Continuity implies that
H1(Ep; Z) : Qp,
45Look at the spectral sequence restricted to any stalk. 46Another proof can be based on Exercise 38.
47Also see Exercise 39.
398
V. BorelMoore Homology
the group of rational numbers whose denominators are powers of p. Also, Hl (Ep; Q) ^ Q, H1(Ep;Zp) : 0,
H 1(Ep; Zq) ,;; Zq
for any prime q # p. All cohomology vanishes above dimension 1.
Now suppose that AP acts freely on an orientable nhmL Mn. We
shall assume that Ap preserves orientation; this is no loss of generality in studying the local properties of the orbit space since for L a prime field or Z (so that Aut(L) is finite) there is a subgroup of finite index in Ap that does preserve orientation. Let
Nn+1 = E x Ay Mn p
with the notation of IV9. Then Nn+1 is a bundle over S1 = Ep/Ap with fiber Mn, and so Nn+1 is an (n + 1)hmL. Moreover, Ep acts freely on Nn+1 and Nn+1/Ep Mn/Ap. Now, Ep is a compact connected group, and so it operates trivially on the cohomology of Nn+1 by II11.11. (This is the primary reason for making this construction here.) The orbit map
f : Nn+1 ,+ Nn+l/Ep .: Mn/Ap
is a Vietoris map when L = Zp, and so we conclude from 16.33 that
Mn/Ap is an (n + 1)hmL if L = Zp.
18.8. Lemma. In the above situation the Leray sheaf JY8 (f; L) is constant with stalks H8(Ep; L) for any L.
S' be the ith map in the inverse system defining Proof. Let 1rs : EP Ep. Let Kt = Kerirt and let fi : Nn+1/K, + N'+1/EP be the orbit map
of Ep/K, .: S'. For U C Nn+1 /Ep open with U compact, U = f 1(U) = irnf 1(U), and so HS(U;L) lir H8(ft'(U);L) by continuity. Since the presheaf U i HS(ft 1(U); L) generates the Leray sheaf X (ft; L), we
conclude that X5(f; L) & lji .(s(ft; L). But the sheaf if'(fi; L), being
the Leray sheaf in the top dimension of an action of a compact Lie group, is constant, as is shown in IV14. Hence .1(f ; L) is constant. The same statement in other degrees is trivial. 0
By the lemma the orbit map f is a cfsj when L is a field of characteristic
q : p. Thus, by 18.5, we have that Mn/Ap is an nhmL if L = Q or L= Zq, q # p prime.
If Mn is an ncmz, thenit is also an ncmL for all fields L (for Q since
Mn is clcz). Thus the foregoing statements might seem contradictory,
§18.
Homological fibrations and padic transformation groups
399
but in fact, they appear to be logically consistent, and spaces with similar properties have been presented in the literature.48
18.9. Now suppose that we are given an orientation preserving free action
of AP on an orientable ncmz. We retain the notation of the previous subsection. Then the orbit map f : Nn+1 . Nn+1/EP Mn/AP is a
cfsl by 18.8, but it does not satisfy the finitegeneration condition of 18.6, and so we cannot assert that the orbit space is a homology manifold over
7G; indeed, it cannot be one by the foregoing results and the universal
coefficient theorem; also see 18.11. There are two tools we shall use to study this situation further. Consider
the diagram
Nn+1
? i Nn+l/AP
9 JJJ1 si
fIE, Nn+1/EP = Nn+l/Ep . Mn/AP
S' x Note that Nn+1/AP = (EP XAa M')/AP " (Ep/AP) x Mn/Ap Mn/Ap. Let U C Mn/AP Nn+1/Ep be an open set, and put U' = f'U
and U' = g U ;j U x S1. The first tool is the Gysin sequence off : U + U as derived from the Leray spectral sequence of f. The second tool is the Borel spectral sequence
E2 ,t = H8(BAp;H,
He+c(U'),
whose coefficients are constant because Ap C Ep, and the latter operates trivially on by II11.11. In order to use the Borel spectral sequence, we must calculate the cohomology of BA.:
18.10. Lemma. We have
H8(BA,,; Z) =
for s = 0, Qp/Z, for s = 2,
Z,
0,
otherwise.
Proof. A direct proof of this can be found in [21]. We shall give a much
more efficient indirect proof. The cohomology of BE,, follows immediately from the Leray spectral sequence of EE,, + BE,,, which gives
H8(BEn;Z) = and also shows that the map
Z, Qp,
0,
for s = 0, for s > 0 even, otherwise
QP ^ H28(Br,;H'(EP)) = E2"
E2,o = H28+2(BE,;H0(Ep))
48See the bibliography in [151, which is complete on this subject.
400
V. BorelMoore Homology
is an isomorphism. The diagram
EEP
BEP

BAP
In
1,
BEP
induces a map of the spectral sequence of ( into that of 77. On the E2" terms this is just the canonical inclusion
Z
H°(BEP; H'(S'))  H°(BEP; H1(Ep)) ^ Qp,
and on the E2s,1 terms, for s > 0, it is the isomorphism
Qp
H2s(BEP;H1(S1))
H2s(BEP;H1(Ep)) tiQp
It follows that
Z zt H°(BEP; H1(S1)) = E2'1 E2'0 = H2(BEP; H°(S1))
Qp,
in the spectral sequence of (, is the canonical inclusion and that
Qp : H2s(BEP; H1(S')) = E2s,1 i E2 s+2,0 = H2s+2(BEP; Ho(S1)) 2
for ( are E' gt; Z and E3'0
Qp
is an isomorphism for s > 0. Therefore, the only nonzero terms of the E3'9 Qp/Z, whence H*(BAP; Z) is as claimed. 0
Finally, we collect some miscellaneous facts about free actions of Ap on generalized manifolds. Again we stress that no examples of such actions are known, so the following theorem may be completely empty.
18.11. Theorem. For an orientationpreserving free action of Ap on an orientable ncmz Mn with Y = M"/Ap let fj'(Y) denote the precosheaf U ' HH(U; Z) on Y. Then we have:
(a) dimz Y = n + 2,49
(b) Y is an (n + 1)cmz,,
(c) Y is an ncmZQ for q # p prime,
(d) Y is an ncmQ,
(e) f51(Y) is locally zero for i
n, n + 2,
HH (U'; Z)
(f) fjn (Y) is equivalent to the precosheaf U
Hi (U'; Z),
(g) fjn+2(Y) is the constant cosheaf Qp/Z,
(h) Y,(Y;Z) =0 fori 54 n,n+1,
49 Part (a) also holds for all e$ectsve actions; see [21] and [861.
§18.
Homological fibrations and padic transformation groups
401
(i) Xn (Y; 7G) is constant with stalks Qp,
(j) Xn+1(Y;Z) is constant with stalks Qp/7G,
(k) Y is jclcZ for all j 9k 2,
(1) Y is not 2clcZ,
(m) f : Nn+1 * Y is a cfs4, when Nn+1 = Ep xAfl Mn
(n) n > 3.
Proof. Statements (b), (c), (d), and (m) have already been shown. In the Borel spectral sequence E2 't = Hs(BAn; H,:(U')) = Hs+t(U'), for U connected, we have that E2 't = 0 for s > 2 or t > n+1. Therefore
H3+3(U') H2(BAy;HH+l(U')) .:s Qp/7L, and H'(U') = 0 for i > n+3. Since U' U x S', we deduce that H,(U) = 0 for i > n+2 and HH +2(U) ;Zt; Qp/7G naturally in U, proving (g). By 1116.14 this also gives (a).
To prove (e), note that for an open set V with V C U, the image of H'(U') + H'(V') is finitely generated by 1117.5. Since the direct
limit of these is the cohomology of an orbit EP, it follows that V can be
chosen so small that H(U')
H'(V') is zero for i # 0, 1. By duality,
H_, (U') + H3 (V') is zero for j # n, n + 1. By the sequences (9) on page 292 we derive that
Hom(H3 (U'), 7L)  Hom(H,'(V'), 7L) is zero for j # n, n + 1
and
Ext(Hc1(U'), Z)
Ext(HH (V'), Z)
is zero for j # n + 1, n + 2. (120)
Now the maps Hg (V') HH (U') have finitely generated images by 1117.5. It follows fairly easily that V can be taken so small that HH (V') + HH (U')
is zero for j < n. Inductively assume that V can be taken so small that H, (U) is zero for j < jo. Then by the universal coefficient Hc3 (V) theorem, we have that Hc3 (V; Qp)  i Hc3 (U; Qp) is zero for j < jo. The Gysin sequence of f has the segment
Hp2(V;Qp) . HH°(V) _ HH°(V').
and it follows from 1117.3 that V can be taken so that HJ° (V) H2° (U) is zero, as long as jo < n. This proves (e) except in dimension n + 1. Now, from the Borel spectral sequence we get that
HH +2(U')
H2(BAD; He (U'))
Qp/Z ® He (U')
is all torsion. Thus its direct factor H' (U) is all torsion. The Gysin
sequence has the segment
Hcn1(U;Qp) i HH+1(U)
L HH+1(U')
Z'
402
V. BorelMoore Homology
so that f' = 0 here. Since the lefthand term is locally zero (by the
universal coefficient theorem), so is the middle term, giving (e). For part (f) consider the segment
Hn2(U; Qv)'Hn(U)'Hn(U')_Hn1(U;Qn)
of the Gysin sequence The two outer terms are locally zero, so that the
middle arrow is a local isomorphism as claimed. There is the exact sequence
0
g.1(9j'+1(Y), Z) _'Y' (Y; Z) p X.m(1 (Y), Z)  0,
from which part (h) follows immediately.50 It also gives n+1 (Y; Z) e.!($n +2(Y), 7L) Qp/7G, proving (j); see (109) on page 368. Also
.7en(Y; D.)
Zz __(b (Y), Z)
since b +1(Y) is locally zero. By (f) this is the same as the sheaf generated by the presheaf U Hom(Hc' (U'), Z), which is the same as the sheaf gen, erated by the presheaf U Hn(U') HI (U*) since Ext(Hnt1(U'),Z) Ext(Z, Z) = 0. This is just the Leray sheaf of f. Thus n(Y; Z) it 1(f;Z), which is constant with stalks H1(Ep) : Qp by 18.8, proving (i). To prove (k) and (1), note that by (e), for U an open neighborhood of
y E Y there are open neighborhoods W C V C U of y with H.+1 (W) HH+1(V) and H,', (V) both zero for i < n 1. By (9) on page 292 and 1117.3, Ht(U)  Ht(W) is zero for i < n  1. By duality, assuming as we may that U and W are paracompact, we have that Hni+1(U)
Hnt+1(W) is zero for z < n  1; that is, H3(U)  H2(W) is zero for
j > 2. This shows that Y is jclcz for j > 2. Consider the Gysin sequences of f : A'  A for compact connected neighborhoods A of a given point y E Y. For B C int A another such set, we have the diagram
0
0
H1(A)
1
H1(A')
1
H°(A;Qp) ' H2(A)
1
J.
H1(B)
H1(B') + H°(B;Qp)
H2(B)
H1(y')  H°(y;Q,)
in which Ht(B')  H'(y') has finitely generated image by 1117.5. Since y is a retract of A, H°(A; Qp)  H°(y; Qp) Qp is onto and hence does not have a finitely generated image. By 1117.3, the image of H2(A) i H2(B) is not finitely generated. Thus Y is not 2c1cz. The left part of the diagram shows that H1(A) + H'(B) has finitely generated image, and since the direct limit of these is H1(y) = 0, it follows that Y is clcz. Part (n) follows from (a), (d), and 16.32.
50The case t = n  1 uses (120).
1
J.
*2)U.Ut+.6. and irIUt . by (j) we have that 'n+1(Y.1. 5'Compare IV6. Then 7r*fl is filtered by the subsheaves (. so that to define the transfer homomorphism we must use a method different from that employed in 1119. as seen in 6. DYu. If is a sheaf on X/G that is csoft (respectively. ). by 119. Since an extension of a csoft sheaf by a csoft sheaf is csoft.. an inductive argument shows that if 2 is replete.+i " (7r*(f 1 Ut . J. Indeed. is a finite filtration of X/G. By 119.) 19. an easy decreasing induction on t shows that in order to prove that Tr*SB is csoft we need only show that (lr*2)U. The transfer homomorphism in homology 403 Remark: Since Y is not clcz. Let Ut = 7r1(Ut). cfine or replete). Then Ut is open and X/G= U. /(lr*T)U. The following lemma is basic.1 is false (except for covering maps). This property is also easily seen to be preserved by extensions.. it may not satisfy change of rings between Z and Q coefficients.51 Proof. But csoftness is a local property.DU2DU3D.2 is csoft when 2 is csoft. 19 The transfer homomorphism in homology In homology. (The parenthetical cases are used only for dealing with arbitrary coefficient sheaves. care must be taken on this point.Ut+1) is csoft. Correspondingly. Thus 7r*.. Lemma. If one is trying to find a contradiction in the homology of this situation. cfine or replete). Let 2 be csoft.12 it further suffices to show that lr* (2 I Ut .14.2=YU. then 7r*9? is also csoft (respectively.§19.7. the strict analogue of II11. Repletion is also a local property. . as follows easily from IIExercise 13.. then so is lr*. Q) # 0 with Z as base ring even though Y is an ncmQ. P6 Tr* (2u. 9 is filtered by . For any integer t let Ut = {y E X/G I it1(y) contains at least t points}.Ut+1 is a local homeomorphism. Let G be a finite group of homeomorphisms of the locally compact space X and let 7r : X p X/G be the orbit map. again. Thus.))X is csoft.2.
5. X) 52Recall that (c) is satisfied for any 4 when 58 = L. we obtain the homomorphisms Hp (X/G. (121) By (21) on page 301 we also have that 9(7r7r*91*) ®M = (7r!7(7r*9*)) ®X 7r(!1(7r*9E*) ®Tr* X). via 19.(!2(zrzr*2*) ®X)) . 7r1$) is elementary when (X.2. Now. (b). (F) is elementary.2.T*).1.(!2(7r7r*Y*) (& X) r ®Tr*R) by IV5.q*) (9 X ®" !2(7r7r*2*) ®J8. so that case (c) follows from case (d).t we obtain the natural isomorphism r4. There are the maps Y* 0 Troy*St'* JA of 1119.3 is multiplication by ord(G) and Op = v = E g.404 V. "b (X. Assume that at least one of the following four conditions holds: (a) D = c. Proof. 19. (c) (X. then it is a module over a csoft sheaf R of rings with for example.2 and IV5.p X < oo.7r1I)) is elementary. i.. (b) 7r14) is paracompactifyzng and dim. The proposition. as a group of automorphisms of 7r7r*2*. and 19. now follows from 3.6.. where u. Thus Tr*S is cfine. 0'®1 (123) Applying and using 19. in a natural way. It is easily seen that (7r*X. the natural action of G on H.52 (d) (7r*. 5. by 1119. . by 2.6. Then Tr*S is a module over the csoft sheaf Tr*. Proposition. (F) is elementary. in cases (a). Hp "(X. Since Tr is proper. BorelMoore Homology If unit. R = is cfine. We have the induced homomorphisms !2(. Let Sr be a replete resolution of L on X/G. and (d). G acts.4(3).2. we have. that 9(Tr7r*22*) = 7r!2(7r*. Then there is a natural isomorphism Hp(r4.W. and let 36 be a sheaf on X/G. 7r* J6).7r*X).. (122) and by applying r. let 40 be a family of supports on X/G. The reader may verify the fact that the action of G on 7r7r*2* induces.
2 is satisfied.(!!(ir'se') ® 7r* (. .T) lµ'®' ro(9(irir'2') (9.7r.(X. There is also the formula 7r. (b).4. (X/G.7r*4) and c E H.') and b E HP.7r*.7r'. To see this. T) n+ Hmf p (X/ G.' (X/G.') ® rw(M) + rons('9(Y*) ®. With the appropriate restrictions on supports and coefficient sheaves. 11 H It p (a fl b) = p* (a) fl 7r* (b) for a E Hm (X/G.=r9 and that 7r.'(9 V) r4.. . The reader can verify the additional formulas I ir*(p*(a) n b) = a n p*(b) for a E H. by the more general formula (57) on page 337. since 2' can be taken to be q*(X/G. d ®T) µ.=v. is called the transfer homomorphism. (a n 7r*p* (b)) for a E Hm '"(X.§19. we have the diagram H.' ®X) lµ1 r. 58).. (c).®n'®µ. This shows that the formula holds for p = 0.d) and b E Hp_.ns(2(iror'9?') (9. and. The reader should also verify these formulas for the case of the transfer for proper covering maps discussed in Section 6. (7r'. (X/G. note that the diagram )(&. (The fact that 7r. 7r* ). It is clear that µ.2.') ® H. 58).R)'r.6).d (9 JR)) commutes.r(9(7r'Y*) (9 i'd) ® r . 4. for the cup product. L). or (d) of 19.. (X.(X. is indeed induced from Q' (& 1 follows easily from its definition in Section 4.Py (X/G. . (a) fl u* (b) = 7r.P_.p* is multiplication by ord(G).) The map p. p* (b U 7r` (c)) = p* (b) U c for b E H.'1(X/G. The transfer homomorphism in homology 405 when (a).. d) and b E HH_.')®ry(. The general formula then follows from 116.
= u.. If g preserves a component of U . Then ord(G)b = 7r. Z) is constant with stalks Z. Then there is a connected invariant open set U containing x such that U . Let S = {x E X/G I Gx # {e}}. Since g has prime order. we have that bg = g. . on the contrary. then there is a connected open neighborhood U of x such that G(U) is the disjoint union of the sets gU.(9J(ww"r) ®x)) _ Hp "(X/H. putting h(x) = x for x E W and h(x) = g(x) for x V W.: HP (X/G.µ.(Ebg) = 7r.a. Thus g must permute V and W. we have that HD(r.(be)) = ord(G)7r. or (c). (b) _ ®bg. If X is an orientable nhmz and if G is an effective finite group of orientation preserving transformations of X. where b9 E Hn(gU). Let b E Hn (7rU) Consequently. contrary to assumption.Hn(G(U)) = ® Hn(gU) 9EG Z be a generator and let A. = ord(G/H).S'. We claim that dimz S < n . g E G. then the homology sheaf . We may assume that X is connected. This proves our contention that dimz S < n .7n(X/G. some such g must leave fixed an open set U C S. This leads to the transfer v.1. This is contrary to Smith theory.: Hn(7rU) . say V and W. be is a generator of Hn(U).2. If.F is disconnected. and so G is not effective.(be). F is an (n . Consider the transfer . dimz S = n. Smith theory implies that g leaves all of X fixed. If dimz S = n . Since U is a finite union of the fixedpoint sets of elements g E G of prime order. the composition Hn(7rU) Hn(G(U)) "+ Hn(U) is an isomorphism. Thus 7r. Proof. is restriction.F then. Theorem. h is a nontrivial transformation of period two fixing an open subset of U. 19. using the fact from (48) on page 140 that (7r7r'j8)H X)) ww'SB. We will use some items from the next section. Then.w"X) under conditions (a). where j. It follows from an easy MayerVietoris argument that g reverses orientation.406 V. Since g.v. and g2 = e. It follows easily that locally at x.(be) = b.5B) m HP_ `'(X/H. That is.3. then S' contains an open set U.w'V) with w.F consists of exactly two components. By Smith theory. BorelMoore Homology Consider a subgroup H C G and the map w : X/H + X/G.(be).1)hmZ. U . (b). then similarly there is a g of prime order whose fixedpoint set F separates X locally at some point x. If x E X .2.(Eg.
L)module isomorphisms.§20. p. the map Hn (W . and it follows that p(7r. it follows that 7rd' = 7r7r'Y* is also a S'°(X/G. Let x E X . whence Hn (W . = ord G. so is r. As in 1119. and put .µ.S) Hn(W) µ. (b).Hn(W') gives isomorphisms Hn(W) compatible with restrictions.irt') is cfine for both p = o and p = T.. and L is a field of characteristic p.. L)module. We have the commutative diagram Hn(W . 53It is orientable since µ. as just shown. Note that 9(7ri') = 7r9i(. Let F denote the fixedpoint set of the action. Therefore the composition of r. Hn(W') r* Hn(W') IHn(7rU) I II i.+gr1 =Tp1. Since dimz S < n . is an isomorphism.1r. Smith theory in homology 407 Now let y E X/G be arbitrary and let W be a connected open neighborhood of y.i" are clearly r8°(X/G.. pp(7r ") ®9F . L)module by IVExercise 8. or (c) of 19.S. L).2.2 is satisfied when we are dealing with global homology [as in (127).d') by (121).S) # 0. Z 20 Smith theory in homology We shall now apply the constructions of Section 19 to the special case in which G is cyclic of prime order p with generator g.7 since W .O.S) Hn (W) is an isomorphism. 1+g+g2+. (132). . These assumptions are made throughout this section.µ.Hn(G(U)) _+ Hn(U) in which the isomorphism on the left follows from 8. and (134)] rather than with homology sheaves. with the inverse of the isomorphism Z :: Hn(X) .g and Q= Let 2' = J' (X/G.d' °91 . we put T = 1 .Hn(7rU) .S is a connected orientable nhmz. (124) Since 9?' is a c8°(X/G. and it follows that the restriction Hn(W) * Hn(W . and hence it is cfine. By (49) on page 141 we have the exact sequence 0 + p(7rd*) ' + 7r. Let W' be the component of W' containing U. and U be as above with 7r(x) E W.d* = 7r'9?'.S) is an isomorphism.53 Since j. We shall also retain the notation of Section 19 and assume that at least one of the conditions (a). The operations of G on 7r.
*) + 1i(P(7rd*)) 1 0. (b).7r*58) directly from the definitions and the exactness of 7r.PXp+1(X.d*)) ®!2( . 7r`X) by (16). z1)X/G (126) by (16) on page 294 and HP(r4. We define P` (127) p(X. X) ®`ep(F.7r*X) ? . (128). X)X/G ." Under any of the conditions (a) through (c) of 19. 294. X) + P' p(X. X) = 91f(U' PHp(7r'U. we obtain the exact sequence !2(7r.PHp (X.6.X)4 (131) of sheaves on X/G.408 V.5 or 5. X) = p(9(P(7rji*)) ®X) (128) (which is a sheaf on X/G) and PHp (X.I F(F. applying to (124). and (130).4.:s 7rg rp(ir(!2(4*) ®7r` S8)) by (122) exactness of 7r (130) 7rp(!2(d*) ®7r` . X)). Since 7r is proper and finitetoone.: HpIF(F. This is called the "local Smith sequence.V) 7ri p(X. we also obtain the "global" exact Smith sequence Hp+i(X. [since either 4) is paracompactifying or X is elementary by assumption (a).7r``X)PYp(X. the direct image functor Jr is exact by IVExercise 9. (125) 0 )(P(7r. X) o ®a .(YF) ®X) : p(F. X) aHn (X. Hp(X. (129) Note that Afp(X..58)). 0 ir p(X. Thus we have ®L8) Pz . and upon applying r. X) ® H.X) under one of the conditions (a) through (c) of 19. X) = HP(rD(!2(P(7r_d*)) ®X)). Note that 9(2F) ®X s (9(2*IF) ®XIF)XI' by 5. [Note also that 7rXp(X.2. or (c)].7r*X) Xp(7r.(9(2?F)®...) which remains exact upon tensoring with the sheaf X of Lmodules on X/G [since L is a field here].] Using (126).2 by 3. X) (132) . the sequence (125) induces the exact sequence . p. so that ` p(9. BorelMoore Homology Thus.
.. i. r.(X)IF . 98) Je. L) for k > n. Thus the composition (136) is zero for both p = o.at'k(p) for p. Thus.(X)IF gp1) (136) is just operation by p.rk+l(P)  'k(P) ®4k(F) p. Theorem. we have the natural isomorphism 0X. of the orientation sheaf Ox of X. and we shall take L = Z. its proof is no harder than the proof of the corresponding "global" theorem. F. 20.. we have off? (X.§20. 98) by 5. is isomorphic to Ox I F.(X)IF= OxIF (137) . or 1 + g. (X/G. it follows that dimL X/G < oo and dimL F < 00. the orientation sheaf OF of F..ek(F.®'' ' 'k(X)IF + Xk(P _4 . By using the Smith sequence (131) of local homology groups..10 in case (c)). L) I F. F. for the most part. for r < k < n and is zero for k < r and for k > n. Moreover. Xk (X/G. L) = 0 for k large. 98) (134) by (95) on page 361 [or by the remark below 5. is an automorphism of period p. .. Now restrict the sequence (131) to F and use the notation .(X)IF (which are isomorphic to L = Zp) have no nontrivial automorphisms of period p.. we see that pyk(X. Let X be an nhmL where L = Z. L) = 0 = . Since dimL X < oo.. yk(X. (X.F)/G.g.L)IF. r...2.. We shall now confine our attention to the case of coefficients in L. is canonically isomorphic to the restriction Ox I F.1. (which is 1 . F..yCk(X.(p) . Proof. Then F is the disjoint union of open and closed subsets Fr of F for r < n such that Fr is an rhmL. (133) Moreover. under any of the conditions (a) through (c) of 19. a (135) Note that the composition Y. The following result is the "local" Smith Theorem.10.. + Now. Then (131) becomes the exact sequence . Similarly. Using (131) inductively for both p = o. 98) H!(X/G. by (94) on page 361. Note that in case (c) this is isomorphic to H n(xF)/G((X . 4 . + g.. It follows that rn(P)®X (F) 54See 11Exercise 11.54 Thus. 36). by (133). and the stalks of .. Smith theory in homology 409 By II(50) on page 142 we have that o(ir4*) `1(x_F)/G.
7 'n (X) I Fr has stalks L = Z.1®B is a locally constant sheaf with stalks L on F then the sets {x I.93. It. is also zero on . and that the Fr are disjoint closed sets.k(T) e.410 V. a* er+l(.... we must have that k = 1. e'. 11 1e. we see that t* is zero on .. ®1.. BorelMoore Homology is an isomorphism.. Obviously. n(Fn) 6xIFn]. Ok(T) ®Jek(Fr) 1 . is induced by the inclusion o (7r.®0 k(Q) (B k(Fr) 7. . Moreover. and k = 1 or k = 0 according as h = s* or h = t.. T).®1 o. since . = 0} and {x 156x = 0} are disjoint closed sets with union F. 4ek(X)IFr .. so that we may assume that p > 2..n(T) p . .M. and n . (P) __ Ih ` r(Fr) Ik tXIFr 4. Since the horizontal maps are isomorphisms. it also follows that i4 (p) = 0 for k < r and V k (Fr) = 0 for k # r. d *) by operation by Tp2 : r(7r. d. This is trivial for p = 2.ytfk (X) I F = 0 for k n. resulting from (139) is independent of p (= v. n1(T)a.' .).k(a) ' . where Fr = {x E F I 0}. The commutative diagram (55) on page 143 for d = d* and B = 2 induces a commutative diagram in homology that in particular takes the form Mk (0) ®Vk(Fr) It.r is even if p 2.2.'n(P) 4 ien1(p) a. Using the elementary fact that if ...n1(Q) . Since p > 2 and .7) a.. where r) = p or 77 = p according as n . we see that the homomorphisms CIXIFr'p. With the same notation and assumptions we have the following additional information: 20.r is even or odd. Y.. restricting the sheaves to Fr. The theorem follows.Vk(F.+Xr(Fr) (139) are isomorphisms for r < n [and . 7...93. It.. °k(X)IFr r(7r4') and t* is induced where s. n . 8` n(P) + `yr(Fr) where h = s or h = t* according asp = T or p = Q.r is even. Moreover. Also 'k+l(P) _i Jek(0) ® Hk(F) (138) is an isomorphism for k < n. d *) + o(7r4*) (and 7r4 + 1r4*). We have the commutative diagram OXIFr 11 Xn(o) 1t. Vk(T) .. Proposition. The isomorphism Ox I Fr BF. s.. a. Thus p = T.. n (X) I Fr. k(X)IFr . Moreover. Proof. we see immediately from (137) and (138) that F= n r= o Fr.. t.
of 1. ® Let 21 and !8 be precosheaves on X. If 0 .0 is exact for all open U C X. to be a map of spaces such that the diagram .unv and Q = iuuv. 58) and investigate its properties. then 21(U) = lirf21(Ua).(U)) is locally zero for all p.9.4 q there exists a precosheaf C and local isomorphisms 21ttand '. 0 is a locally exact sequence of cosheaves on X.. we If say that it is locally exact if it is of order two as a sequence of precosheaves and if the precosheaf U ++ Hp(2t. then so is F by IIExercise 44.unv . [Hint: Use (19) on page 300.d) + Hp (Y. Define an fhomomorphism h : d + .13+C 6.iv. If. . then show that 21'(U) + 21(U) + 21"(U) .Exercises 411 Note that if X is clcL (and hence is a cmL).u + iuuv. then show that 21' is flabby. moreover.13 directly without the use of 1.v (b) If {Ua} is an upwarddirected family of open sets with U = U Ua. 21" is a flabby cosheaf. For any csoft sheaf .4'. + 21p+i .4 and any injective Lmodule M define the natural homomorphism 4' + i (I'c (r'. show that 21'(U) .3 is a flabby cosheaf. then the sequence 2t(U n V) °. 21(U) is a monomorphism. show that S)C'(X. Show that 21 is a cosheaf and conversely [12].: H41(c) (X. Show that there is a natural homomorphism h. where a = iu. He (U. m). 4. U +.4 h + X 1 1 X f+ Y commutes and such that the induced maps by : adz + 5i7f(=) are all homomorphisms. m) of 1. Show that 21 and B are equivalent in the sense of 16.1 3.21p + 21p_ 1 is a sequence of cosheaves on X. ® Show that the precosheaf 6.21' + 21 + 21" . ® If dimL X = n.a1 and 56 be sheaves on X and Y respectively. 2. ® Let f : X + Y and let . If 21 and 21" are both flabby cosheaves. see 12. 5.d)] is a cosheaf for any sheaf 4d of Lmodules. ® Suppose that 21 is a covariant functor on the open sets of X to Lmodules that satisfies the following two conditions: (a) If U and V are open. 21(U) ®21(V) f+ 21(U u V) + 0 is exact. Exercises 1.1. 4) [that is. 7.
4 ®T) (for A C X locally closed) and discuss the conditions under which it is defined.d)®Hw(X. _V) .(f). HPlul(U1)®Hp HpIi(V)'. sQ Let {Aa} D c be an upwarddirected system of locally closed subspaces of X. ff) Hp (X.sHmnp(X.UI)0Hv(X. 12. M) Hp(.lf)__.. 10..d is arbitrary.) is weakly divisible. 4?) is elementary or if 4) is paracompactifying and .11 and use the algebraic universal coefficient theorem.HPJF'1(Fl. show that V (M*) is weakly torsionfree. . df)®Hp JF2(F2. divisible). Derive the following MayerVietoris sequences (with coefficients in 4'): . provided that (.. c = c) and develop properties of these groups.d) is an isomorphism.(X) (9 M) for any Lmodule M. is a flabby.e.. If X is clc'L and 2. .ll..V)3Hv(X. If Ul and U2 are open.. A. [Hint: Use (19) on page 300._V) .ill). Qs Let . derive the MayerVietoris sequence . ® Let d be any sheaf on X and c a paracompactifying family of supports on X...412 V. under suitable conditions.c. M) . weakly divisible) if its value on each open set is torsionfree (respectively.Hpnul(Ul.U2)_+H:(X.g.. 9.3 to define homology groups of a general (i.. .'' is a csoft and weakly divisible differential sheaf. 15. show that the canonical map !Ln) H? JA_ (A. MayerVietoris sequence If F1 and F2 are closed./if be an elementary sheaf on X and 4? an arbitrary family of )®Hpnu'(U2. If .. show that HH(X. Let U1 and U2 be open subsets of X with U = U1 U U2 and V = U1 n U2. with X = U1 U U2 and V = Ul n U2..A..Hmnp(X+A.] 14. Define.4') ®Hp(X.] 13.'........Hp(X._lf). [Hint: Consider the proof of 12. derive the HCF(F. supports on X..._lf)Hpnv(V.H! (X.. space X with supports in some family 1 consisting of locally compact subspaces of X (e.' ®3) when 4? and 1 n 4r are paracompactifying.. If 21. .. weakly torsion free quasicoresolution of L on X.. a relative cap product n: Hm(X. is a weakly torsionfree differential cosheaf. with F = F1 n F2 and X = F1 U F2. Use 5.. not locally compact) 11.Hp1v(V).. BorelMoore Homology 8. Define a cap product n : sHm(X. Call a sheaf or a cosheaf weakly torsionfree (respectively.BHP (X. If 4) is arbitrary and (. show that x(21. 4?) is elementary. A.U)_.
(U).XB.da) Hp(X. then show that there is a natural isomorphism limit HP(X.d)®SHP(X. 20. np naturally.Exercises 413 16. 19. 18.(U). Cp(X . 22. (b) 4? c 4i##.d). Xa(X. For x E X.74.4a} is a direct system of sheaves on X and d = lirr tea.(X. (X.{x}. (5 With the notation of 4.6®d) B H"'XA(XA. Let A C B C X be closed subspaces... Then pass to the associated .T (X.21 or 12..°p(X. 4># = D### (c) If f : X i Y and 4? D c is a family of supports on Y. then (f . M) sheaves. Q Let the finite group G act on the locally connected. Let X be an nwhmL and let 4i be paracompactifying. L)) ' ° pv(f. for any sheaf d on X.d®'V) (defined either in the classical manner or similarly to (52)) via the isomorphisms of 1111 and 12.A. L).9)isH. ).'4))# _ 4)#(c). Show that there is a natural isomorphism aH.Y (f. Then show that HP (B.v = . M`) of presheaves induce homology isomorphisms.. Then show that X/G is also an orientable nhmQ. Z) for the onepoint union X = S' V S2 and compute the E2 terms of the (absolute) spectral sequence of 8. X .d).4 for it. M) Show that the natural maps Hom(S. Y and let IP be a family of supports on X. 17. [Hint: Hom(S. Let f : X . Show that the cap product (52) on page 336 coincides with the singular cap product SH. QS Determine the sheaves . and generalize to arbitrary coefficient sheaves.d' )x :: sHp(X.2 prove the following statements: (a) %P#C4?#. 21. 24. orientable nhmQ X. preserving orientation. Show that there exists a spectral sequence of sheaves with 9Z. M))) for 41 paracompactifying and with the lefthand side defined as in 17.] H'(I of *(C7.(U). Qs If {.17 when either dimL X < oo or %P D 4? = c. Let X be an HLC space and let 4i and 4! be paracompactifying families of supports on X. show that s. M`) Hom(6. 23..
Let (. 6) .414 V. H? (X.] 29.:.] 28.] 27. P+q=n P+9=n+1 [Hint: Use 12.10 the homology of (X. BorelMoore Homology 25. [See 5.7 and Section 14. L) . L) = 0 when V C X is open and has no compact components.0 and the corresponding sequences for F and for U = X . M). show that the condition of finite generation is necessary even for M = L. [Note that if L = Z or is a field. Conclude that "(X. Let K range over the members of 4. L and a ranges over the compact components of X.6 for cases to which this applies. Let M be any Lmodule. U. (X. Show that the exact sequences 0 . d) . L) . there is a split exact sequence 0 under the above hypotheses.]A. In addition. are compatible with the homology and cohomology sequences of the pair (X. let 1 be a sheaf on X. and let 4i be a family of supports on X. L). Let U and V be open sets in X and put F = X . from Exercise 26.U and G = X . (X.3 with 1 = c). then H"(X.H"(X x Y. and locally compact space. Let (X. ® Suppose that X is a separable metric ncmL. L) * HQ(Y. Ext(HH }1(X.] Also show that this does not hold when X and Y are interchanged in the sequence. 4i) be elementary on X. L) fla L0. and also note that by 5. L) ®H°(Y. L) = 0 for p > n and for any open set U C X. L) is equivalent to the analogous condition on H'(X. L).d) ' H JA(A. [Hint: Use the fact. P.F.] In particular. the condition on H. the sequences (36) on page 313 with 4i = cid and 1110. fla Ltr. where L. M) . K) can sometimes be replaced by that of X . show that Ho(X. L) is finitely generated for each p. 26.3 and 5. L) is flabby. [Note that this implies that if X is a separable metric ncmL with orientation sheaf 6.HP(X. 30. see 14.K. A. that H"(V. Show that there is a diagram (with coefficients . F) (i.(X.V. where F is closed.t) is an isomorphism. d) is an isomorphism q the canonical map it H. K. as above.I(. Show that the canonical map lid H? (X. Show that there is a split exact Kiinneth sequence ® HP(X.. Show that HP (X. Hom(H. A) be a locally compact pair.(K. M) » ® HP(X. L) .e. Q If X is a separable metric.7. Let X and Y be locally compact and dci and assume that H.. locally connected. L).
HPfM_A(M" .1 and a monomorphism if p = n .12. ® Let X be a hereditarily paracompact nhrL.r is even. fork=nifn . X = n < no and either that c is paracompactifying or that d is elementary. 31. Let L be a field and assume that X is first countable.Hp_1(G) 1 Hp(UnV) a. Then show that H" (X.Z)IFr Fl. which anticommutes. Z) is an isomorphism for p < n . U and where the supports for each subspace A appearing are taken in D nA) Hp(FnG) I Hp(G) 1 Hp(F) Hp(FnV) a Hp_1(FnG) I Hp(V) 1 I + I Hp(X) 1 Hp(Gnu) I . Z) that has stalks Z...$P. is r an rhmz. _2i X/G is an nhmz. Show that Hp lr 0. (X. Let X be an nhmz with orientation sheaf 6 = .) [Hint: Compare 1119.] 32. L) of Exercise 6. for example.yen(X. as in 20. in the neighborhood of 1 (for p = 2) X/G is an nhmz with boundary and in the neighborhood of F. Hp(U) I + a. L) # 0 for some p. 1 0. X < oo and X 0 0.A.A. ® If dime. Show that Y (X. L) is locally zero. (X.11.dimX LA. Let L be a field and suppose that the point x E X has a countable fundamental system of neighborhoods. act on M with fixed set F = + Fr. !l) = 0 for p < n . Show that 3' (X. let 4i be a paracompactifying family of supports on X.) 36. otherwise. for p > n.1. Moreover. let Al be an elementary sheaf on X.Exercises 415 in .1.. [Also note Example 8. Hp_1(GnU) 1 I Hp_i(FnG) Hpi(F) + Hp_1(FnV) a+ Hp2(F nG) in which the rows and columns are the homology sequences (36) on page 313 and that commutes except for the lower righthand corner square. show that Hn (X. show that 'p(X. not necessarily locally compact. X . Show that 6®Zp. p prime. that if Mn is a paracompact nmanifold and A C M" is totally disconnected. forr+2<k<n. 33. Wk(X/G. if . L) is trivial. . 35.rd is torsionfree. Consider the precosheaf. and let A C X be an arbitrary subspace. Z) . where F. for p = n.d) is torsionfree. (In particular. L) + HrP (U. L) = 0 q SjP.1 34. kreven. then the restriction H (Mn. ® Assume that dim. Let G = Zp. L)x = 0 q for each neighborhood U of x there is an open neighborhood V C U of x such that the homomorphism HP(V. (This shows.
(xf (X. 41. 39. then show that . ® If X is an nwhmz.k)hmz: (a) Some fiber has an orientable neighborhood.L)=0 a dimLX <n. Then show that there is a natural isomorphism HP (Y.. (b) Hc(F. e. BorelMoore Homology If dimL X < n.Z) Z. Show that the map 2t(X) + Hom(I. Z) are finitely generated for all i.n(2t.7tCn(X.)(Cn(X. that Y is clci . Show that there is an exact sequence 0 + H.416 V. let 4) be a paracompactifying family of supports on Y. X . (f . If X is an ncmz. Then show that Y is an nhrL a the homology sheaves A e. M)). and assume that the stalks H' (F. L)jA) + 0. ® Let f : X Y be a cfsk where L is a field. L)IA) + Hn(X. also show that the stalks of Vq (f . f d) =+ HD ' ' (X. then show that dimz X < n + 1. ® Let f : X + Y be a cfs' with connected fibers. In this case.g. (c) Every fiber has an orientable neighborhood. Z) of i 1(f . L) j4 0.(X. Let f : X Y be a covering map (generally with infinitely many sheets). 40. d). C 37. ® Suppose that dim.A. (A. A an arc.. and that each Y4(Y. and let 4 be a sheaf on X. For Z coefficients then as far as the author knows. X < oo and that A C X is closed with dimL A = 1. (f . Assume that X is dc' and that dimL Y = n < oo. L) are of the same finite rank for all q. L) and Xn+. M) of 1. L) rc. 42.fin+i (X.11. . L) has finitely generated stalks.. then show that the following statements are equivalent and imply that Y is an (n . 38. ® Suppose that dimL Y < oo.L)=0 a j5 (X. Z) = 0. see 18. it may be possible that dimz X = n but in (X. . L) are all locally constant.13 is a monomorphism. and hence that dimL X = n q .
is to obtain isomorphism criteria connecting various homology theories. In Sections 10. In Section 14 the main spectral sequences are generalized to apply to maps. In Section 9. These spectral sequences are of central importance in the remainder of this chapter. It initiates the study of Cech homology with coefficients in a precosheaf. Section 7 treats the notion of a coresolution and a semicoresolution. An application to acyclic open coverings is given in Section 13. Our main purpose. With the minor exceptions of some definitions. 11. The basic spectral sequence attached to an open covering of a space and a differential cosheaf on the space is developed in Section 6.Chapter VI Cosheaves and Cech Homology In this short chapter we study the notion of cosheaves on general topological spaces and we go into it a bit deeper than was done in Chapter V. the general theory is applied to get some comparison results for BorelMoore homology. 417 . This is analogous to the functor YAeal in the theory of sheaves and presheaves. a method of Mardesic is used to remove a (global) paracompactness assumption in the fundamental theorems when dealing with locally paracompact spaces. Basic definitions and simple results are given in Section 1. Also in this section the spectral sequences of Section 6 are applied to prove theorems for coresolutions analogous to the fundamental theorems of sheaves in Chapter IV. Throughout this chapter. L will denote a given principal ideal domain. in this chapter. Local isomorphisms and the notion of "equivalence" of precosheaves are discussed in Section 3. singular homology. this chapter does not depend on Chapter V. which will be taken as the base ring. The notions of local triviality and local exactness are treated in Section 2. This is generalized to relative Cech homology in Section 8. and some consequences of this are given. The results in these sections complement the uniqueness theorems of V12 and V13. This is used in Section 5 to produce a functor (tosbeaf that is a reflector from the category of precosheaves that are locally isomorphic to cosheaves to the category of cosheaves. Section 4 is the backbone of this chapter. and excepting the sections (10 and 11) concerning BorelMoore homology. and 12. and a modified version of BorelMoore homology.
3. 1. where g = (iu. E 21(U3). The proof of exactness in the middle will also be by induction on n.) (2.1.418 VI. Cosheaves and tech Homology 1 Theory of cosheaves Here we shall present a more elaborate discussion of the theory of cosheaves than the short exposition in Chapter V. U Un.u + iuuV. .) g+®2t(U. In particular.21 + 21" + 0 be an exact sequence of precosheaves.2.. It suffices to prove that if (a) is satisfied then for any finite collection {Uo. there is no known fact about flabby cosheaves analogous to that on locally compact spaces that they are the cosheaves of sections with compact supports of csoft sheaves. Let 0 21' . and V = Uo n U'.. Let . Definition. Let s. . then 21" is a cosheaf.4.(s3) = 0 in 21(U). If 21 is an epiprecosheaf and 21" is a cosheaf then 21' is an epiprecosheaf. iU. We do not require the spaces here to be locally compact. U. which will be omitted.u. The following result shows that the cokernel of a homomorphism of cosheaves is a cosheaf. . If 21' is an epiprecosheaf and 21 is a cosheaf. . and similarly with the second proposition. then the canonical map Proof.. Let 21' + 21 + 21" + 0 be an exact sequence of precosheaves. Proposition. Let 21 be a precosheaf. Then 21 is a cosheaf a the following two conditions are satisfied: (a) 21(U n v) 9 + 2((U) ® 2((V) f* 21(U U V) 0 is exact for all open U and V. be such that E. where U = U. A precosheaf 21 is called an "epiprecosheaf" if ®2t(UQ) f+ 21(U) + 0 is exact for every collection of open sets Ua with U = Ua Ua and where f = E.U.J) s 21(U)+0 is exact. 0 < j < n.=oiu.unv. 0 1. . 1. The proof is an elementary diagram chase. 1. Proposition. Proposition. Let U' = U1 U . iv.} of open sets.unv) and f = iuuv. . the sequence ®2l(U. U.v21(Ua Ua) is an isomorphism. (b) If {Ua} is directed upwards by inclusion. Exactness on the right is clear by an easy induction. U = Uo U U'.nU.
5. 1. with B an epiprecosheaf.. which will be denoted by 21.UonU.. Any homomorphism B 21.(s7) E 2t(U'). Proposition.(VI) 7=1 Therefore n g ®yJ (0.v(v) = t'.u.UonU1(yl ).. . Then the set of subprecosheaves of 21 that are epiprecosheaves contains a maximum element. with n V = Eiv..J) E iuo. factors through 21. Then 21:' is a cosheaf. V = (Uo n Ul) u .u(t') = 0.v(v) = so. Then iu. Theory of cosheaves 419 t' = EJ=1 iu. Assume that 21 is a cosheaf and that 21" is a flabby cosheaf.) (0. 0 1. UUn).21(U) ® 21(V) I 21'(U u V)  2t(U u V) I  2t"(U) ® 21"(V) . Thus 0 The following simple result is basic... so that (a) implies that there exists an element v E 21(Uo n U') with iuo.6. and a short computation shows that the element n ®si9 n :=0 ®yJ E®2(U. .4 for 21'. for 1 < j < n. Now. and iu.Uonu (yn) .. Part (b) is an immediate consequence of the exactness of the direct limit functor. 7=1 . so that there exist v7 E 2t(Uo n U7). We will verify (a) and (b) of 1. u (Uo n Un).21'(U) ® 2l'(V) .7) t=o has zero component in 21(U0) and projects to zero in 2t(U1 U the result follows from the inductive assumption. iUi. iu.uo(so) + iu. Let 0 + 21' 0 be an exact sequence of 21 __g_+ 2l" precosheaves.uonu.§1.. Proposition.. Let 21 be a precosheaf. (v7 ). Proof. Part (a) follows from a diagram chase in the commutative diagram 0 oo 1 21'(U n v) + 21(U n v) 1 I o .0 I 21"(U u V) I 0 2t"(U n V) I + o 0 I 0 with exact rows and columns (except for the 21' column).
then the sequence 21' f+ 21 . 2i(U))}. (U) for . If 21 is also flabby.6 implies that every homomorphism 21 + B restricts to a homomorphism and hence 21 i+ 21 is a functor. By 1. This follows from results of the general theory of categories. 2fo=2t. then so is 21'. 2.5.(U) I V coverings {Up} of U. Definition.5. The claimed properties are immediate. Corollary.3. Since Ker g/ Im f is locally zero. then this sequence is exact. Note that the last statement of 1. 2. Proof. This sequence is exact at 21 and at 21" by 2.2. 2(«+i ={s E 21. Proof. 2 Local triviality Recall that a precosheaf 21 is said to be locally zero if for each x E X and open neighborhood U of x there is an open neighborhood V C U of x with iv. then it is exact.. Then 0 + 21' + Im f + 0 is locally exact and hence exact by 2. A precosheaf 21 is said to be "semilocally zero" if each point x E X has a neighborhood U with ix. Proposition. but we give a direct proof. Define. 2.. by transfinite induction.u : 21(V) + 21(U) zero.3. The last statement follows from an easy diagram chase.+1 = 21. If 21N cosheaf. s E Im(®2ta(Up) 2tp = na<0 2t. Cosheaves and tech Homology Proof. Kerg = Im f is a cosheaf. 2l0 0 is a locally exact sequence of flabby cosheaves. it must be zero. If 0 + 21' f + 21 g+ 21" . A sequence 21' f + 21 g4 21" of precosheaves is said to be "locally exact" if g o f = 0 and if the precosheaf Ker g/ Im f is locally zero.3. This gives exactness on the right. If 21" is a cosheaf and 2t is an epiprecosheaf.3. and Ker dN is a flabby dN _ 212 '+ 2l1 d'0 .u : 21(U) + 21(X) zero. whence Ker g = Im f .1..2 and so it is zero since it is locally zero by hypothesis. and it follows that Ker g/ Im f is an epiprecosheaf. Definition. and we let 21 = 21. The precosheaf Coker g is a cosheaf by 1. Then there exists an ordinal a with 2t.21" + 0 of cosheaves is locally exacta it is exact. An epiprecosheaf is locally zero a it is zero by Exercise 2. 2.Q a limit ordinal. Proposition.4.420 VI. By 1.. Ker g is an epiprecosheaf.0 is a locally exact sequence of cosheaves with 21" flabby. 2.
Local isomorphisms 421 Proof. The cases of subprecosheaves and quotient precosheaves are given by taking 21' = 0 or 21" = 0 respectively. then so is h. All three parts may be handled simultaneously.3.5. Also.1. Let U be open and x E U.4 it is flabby. 31 is a cosheaf. by 2. Then . The class of locally zero precosheaves is closed under the formation of subprecosheaves. 0 + 31 .2.211 + 210 + 0 is exact.6. then so is f. By 1. Dually.. Then 21(W) + 21(U) is zero by 1117. 3 Local isomorphisms 'B of precosheaves Recall from Chapter V that a homomorphism h : 21 is said to be a local isomorphism if Ker h and Coker h are locally zero. Let V C U be a neighborhood of x such that 21"(V) . If 21 is an epiprecosheaf and 'B is a cosheaf.3. Let 21' + 2L + 21" be exact with 21' and 21" locally zero. "' 2tn+3 "+ 21n+2 + 21n+1 3n "' 0 is locally exact. 3. Let 3n = Kerdn.21'(V) is zero. and by 2. Proposition. If (1) is a pullback. . 2. and Exercise 2. Lemma. If (1) is a pushout diagram and if the map f is a local isomorphism. Consider commutative diagrams of precosheaves of the form if th (1) k+ Z. By induction we see that each 3n is a flabby cosheaf and that each sequence 03n2tn3n1+0 is exact. then we may as well assume that 21 is given by 21(U) = {(b. quotient precosheaves. 1.3. 21"(U) is zero and let W C V be such that 21'(W) .§3. Proof. Proof. then a local isomorphism h : 21 'B is necessarily an isomorphism by 1.. if (1) is a pullback diagram and if the map h is a local isomorphism. c) E 'B(U) x t(U) I h(b) = k(c)}. and extensions. We shall give the proof of the second part only since the two parts are analogous.
0) 1 h(b) = 0}. then c E Im f. the functor Cosheaf will be local isomorphism tos[leaf(2t) shown to be a reflector) from the category of smooth precosheaves to the category of cosheaves. 11 3.'B of smooth precosheaves factors as 4l . Also. then B and c are said to be equivalent. Definition. g and f are given by the projections to the first and second factors respectively. of the conditions in 3. follows from 3. This is analogous to the functor 9/ f. Lemma. locally isomorphic cosheaves are isomorphic. so that 0 . Then the following two statements are equivalent: (a) There exist a precosheaf 2t and local isomorphisms B «. Corollary. and hence coincides with the definition given in Chapter V. A precosheaf is said to be "smooth" if it is equivalent to a cosheaf.7 3.6 applied to these exact sequences. Coker f 9 + Coker g f Coker g + 0. we shall show that for any smooth precosheaf 2t there is an associated cosheaf Cosheaf (2t). but in fact.3. if c E (F(U) and if k(c) E Im h. and a canonical 2t. 3. That this is an equivalence relation. If one. and it follows that 0 + Coker f k+ Coker h is exact. Then we have the exact sequences 0 Ker f Ker g f f Ker g. As we have remarked.Kerh is exact.422 VI. hence both. Let B and it be precosheaves.4. 'This means that any homomorphism 21 .D . unique up to isomorphism. Proof.2 and the next lemma. Cosheaves and tech Homology Moreover.6. (t are local isomorphisms. .2. Suppose that 2t + B g .Kerf 9. Later.2 are satisfied. Similarly. Composites of local isomorphisms are local isomorphisms.C. and the result follows from 2. It is not so clear that this is true of equivalent cosheaves. We see that Ker f = {(b. The contention follows from 2.2t + it. (b) There exist a precosheaf D and local isomorphisms B . we will prove that in 5.tosheaf ('B) 'B.
.§3. Coker t.Coker t + Coker)3 Ker t + Coker K + Coker a + Coker t + 0.3II 0  B + it' 3' + 0. Then the induced map Ker a"/Ima' + Kerb"/Im0' of precosheaves is a local isomorphism. Coker a. and Cokerfl are locally zero. It follows that Ker n. 3.5. and Ker ry are also locally zero. By hypothesis. Ker t. Then we have the commutative diagrams 0+ Ft + 2t 3 +0 jK 0 9+ y 2t' to jt + 3' + 0 0 and 0 . Im h isomorphisms. and cokernels by A. Proposition. Suppose that we have a commutative diagram 1 1 1 of precosheaves in which the verticals are local isomorphisms and the compositions in the rows are zero.6. Proof. images.Q are local isomorphisms. and Coker h Coker h' are all local maps Ker h + Ker h'. Ker Q. and C respectively. Corollary. Coker r. and Ker ry + Coker t are local isomorphisms.6 that their local isomorphs Coker r. Since Ker t and Coker t are locally zero. Suppose that we have a commutative diagram 2t B I2l' h 1° B' of precosheaves such that a and . Local isomorphisms 423 3. it follows from 2. which induce the exact sequences 0 + Ker K + Ker a 0 + Ker t + Ker f3 Ker ry . and Coker ry are locally zero and that Ker t . 3. Denote kernels. Ker a. Coker y + 0. Then the induced Im h'.
. Cosheaves and tech Homology 4 Cech homology This section begins the major topic of this chapter. } be any open covering of X.. 21) is defined by P a(aQa) _ (1)=(ao :o )a1=i... where aQ E 21(UQ). it is the dual of restriction. Let 21 be a precosheaf on a space X and let U = {U. . 01 where the sum ranges over all psimplices a = (ao. 2() is denoted by Hp(il... For a psimplex a = (00.). and the augmentation a induces a homomorphism e. where [U indicates operation by the map 21(V) + 21(U) when V C U. Ua = Uao.. 21) defines a precosheaf on X denoted by sln(U.. [X).y # 0) let aft) _ (ap.o n . The differential a : CP(i1.21) = ®2(UQ). there is the augmentation e:Co(.. .424 VI..21). o.o p = U.. Note that e(io aoa) = E. We define the group of Cech pchains of the covering it to be C'P(U.. (U. 21) is an exact functor of precosheaves 21. (U. . As usual. Note that Op (it. (a. a. 21) + 21(X Recall that for an open set V C X.) of the nerve N(il) (i. it n V denotes the covering {UQ n VI of V. the homology of the chain complex C...I (U. i.: H&(U.U. .. .. n U. 21) Op. 21) = Hp (0.U.2() 21(X) given by e= iX..e. a .e. We shall define Cech homology with coefficients in a precosheaf and investigate its properties.: ®2((U"') + 2((X). ap).21): V+Hn(UnV. 21)). Thus a pchain c is a finite formal sum c= aoa of psimplices. Thus V i+ Hn (JA n V.. Also. .
2() induced by the augmentation.2. + An (U. which induces the Hp(23. the precosheaf V i+ Cn(Un V.: S7o(U. this generally fails for the groups H (X. 2t Since Cp(U. 2() denote the precosheaf Sjn(X. 21).§4. 2t) + 2( is an isomorphism.. Proposition. The latter is independent of the particular refinement projection used. 21). then (it. From 4.: S7o(U. tech homology 425 Also. `21) homomorphism If 21 is a refinement of U and 21 + it is a refinement projection.t. 2(') Hn ().1. Let fjn(X.1 we deduce: 4. s . +21' ) but. 21) since the inverse limit functor is not generally exact. The following is an easy observation: 4. 2() + 2( of precosheaves.U if 2( is an epiprecosheaf and is isomorphic for all U if 21 is a cosheaf.( of X.2() 11 will be denoted by t (U 21). 2() = UimuHR(U. . If 2( is a cosheaf. 2t). of course.. (X. Thus we may define the Cech homology of X with coefficients in the precosheaf 21 by ft. 2 l ) : U i+ I (U. 2t) + Hp (U. 2() is an exact functor of precosheaves. Proposition. is epimorphic for all . Thus rn(U. 2(). there is the induced chain map C« (23. The homomorphism e. there is the homomorphism e. 2() + An (U. any short exact sequence 0+21' induces a long exact sequence .: & (X. For a covering 1.2t)(V) = Cn(Un v. 21") + An_ 1(i(. then the augmentation homomorphism e. see the proof of the corresponding fact for cohomology in Chapter I.
4. Then 8D + D8 = 1.yo.n. This is an immediate consequence of 2. 4. and 4. Proof. Corollary. (U.. 21) + Cn+1(it...U:).. . It is clear that the direct sum of a family of cosheaves is a cosheaf. c p) = (ry. then so is n(it..4. If 21 is a flabby cosheaf. In fact. 21) by D(aoc) = a. But .e.3. =W(x:. 4. 21 . we can define a chain contraction D : Cn (U.. Theorem. n Un) is trivial. 21) when X E U.. . Then. Un are inU and WnUin. Let X be a paracompact space and let 21 be a locally zero precosheaf on X.. The latter is flabby when 21 is flabby. 21) is zero for all n>0. 21) a On (U.. oo. .. 21) ' a(U.1(U. ... a covering that assigns to each U E it an open set U' with U' C U. We may assume that it is locally finite and "selfindexing. it suffices to prove that the sequence is exact if U. Proof. Theorem.6.21(U n V) (where U and these are easily seen to be cosheaves when 21 is a cosheaf. Since this is a statement about small neighborhoods of a point..5. where ya = ry(c o. for any open covering it of X there is a refinement 03 a U such that the induced map On (T. In that case.3." Let U' be a shrinking of U. cep). Lemma. 4.1(U. .. 21). let W. If 21 is a cosheaf. U) " U. 2l) is the direct sum of precosheaves of the form V '.. The naturality of this chain contraction implies that it induces one on the precosheaves t.426 VI. then for any open covering it of X we have An (it. whence An (X.nUn 9' 0 then W C and the map 2t(W) + 21(U1 n . Proof. We take the refinement projection W(x. U) C U' with the property that whenever U1. For each U E U and x E U' we choose an open set W = W(x... i =0. i. . 21) = 0 for n > 0. if we interpret 8 as e in degree 0... 21) = 0 for n > 0. The existence of such sets follows easily from the local finiteness of U and local triviality of 21. = X for some index y. .4..5. Proof. We claim that this covering satisfies the conclusion of the theorem.0 of precosheaves is locally exact for any covering it of X.. 21) . 2t) . The last statement holds by similar reasoning.C2(U. Cosheaves and tech Homology 4. as the reader may check. For a precosheaf 21 on X the sequence .
.. D. fa.. Proof. Then µc. If X is paracompact and if 21 is a locally zero precosheaf on X then Hn(X.6 and the following lemma. a° B..O(aO)) = 0....fi) + . this reduces to the two cases in which Coker h = 0 or Ker h = 0..0 = 0.. ....o : DO + Da are zero.0(c0) _ cc.. is an isomorphism. we must have W.s(bs) = b.0(c0)) = kc. = a.. (a..(hc.. Let {b. . be in Ker A. n and that 2t(W.'y) since 9c.0 : AO + A.0. and so b. which shows that p is epimorphic. nUn.y.A = 0 = kc. (bc...\0(a0)) = \. and k.. Thus b. Assume that for each a there is a 0 > a such that f. Applying gc. and {Da.0.} E =Bc. g. Then since Won . Then h... Let {A. = 9c.. Thus let 0 + .} E {irBc. Let b.. c Uo n nUn for each i = 0.0(bp) for /3 > a sufficiently large.) + 2t(Uon.2i) = 0 for all n > 0. is an 4.0(.21) + Hn(X. be exact sequences commuting with the projections.8.nUn) is zero.nWn) + factors through 21(Wo).(f.y(by) (modIm. Corollary.p}.p} be inverse systems of abelian groups and let A.. whence {bc. h. Hn(1i. so that cc. Note that b' . . = for some ba E B.0}.y(b.9.. tech homology 427 n Wn # 0... Lemma.. there is a 0 > a with fa.) = 0 for all a.90. These are sufficiently alike that we will deal only with the first.fi) isomorphism.0(v0(co)) = 0.0(b0) = 9c.0. + ftn(it...fi . With /3 as above. we obtain g. Let X be paracompact and let h : 2% + B be a local isomorphism..0(p0(bp)) = hc. {Ba. Given a... we have v.B) is an isomorphism.n Wn C and suppose that WO n Uo n . it is zero. which shows that p is monomorphic. {C.... Let 0 be as above in relation to a and let ry > 0 be arbitrary..7.2)  Hn(11....\O) since p0 takes them to the same thing. be this common element gc. C..) = vc. ka. B) + fIn_1(it. For each open covering 11 of X we have the exact homology sequence ... E A.\0 = Aa fa. 4. 4. Then the induced map p : Jim BQ + i. Then we have g.2% + B + 0 be exact with .. Using 4. we see that the induced map h.. Since 21(Won .) for some a.(c. '"+ C.: Hn(X. Now let {ca} E }im Cc.. Corollary.0(bp) = gc. Proof. Clearly. Also µa(ba) = hc...y for any b > ry.fi locally zero..§4.0}.
It is also clear that h_: 21 isomorphism. Theorem. 21 21. 0 0 + ®. that B is an epiprecosheaf. but 21 will be a cosheaf only if 21 is smooth. Then Coker h is also an epiprecosheaf by Exercise 1.) 2t(UU. and being locally zero. There is the natural homomorphism 0 : Coslleaf(2() a 21 given by the composition 0 : ho (X.A) +®B(UU. 21).1.. Then h(2t) C B since h(21) is B is a local an epiprecosheaf by Exercise 1. } be an open covering of an open set U C X so fine that .2.0 which is exact except for the B column.6. then there is an induced homomorphism h : Cos4eaf(2t) e:oslleaf(B).e. 0 is an isomorphism if 21 is a cosheaf. 2[) E'. Also.v).) Note that ltosl)eaf (21) = itosheaf (21).B(UU) ° I Ik 0 0 + A(U) if 21(U) . i. as we shall show presently. If h : 21 Cosbeaf (B). For a smooth precosheaf 21 on X we define the precosheaf where 21 is the maximalepiprecosheaf in 21 of 1. + 1 B(U) .g(UU) + ®2t(17U) 9+ ®'. Let it = { Ua. By 4. The following is a basic result: 5. then h is an isomorphism of itosheaf (2t) onto Proof. Consider the commutative diagram A (U. so that the additive relation j = f g' is singlevalued and hence is a . it is zero by Exercise 2. B is a local isomorphism of precosheaves and if either 21 or B is a cosheaf. Thus we may as well assume that B = B. First assume that 21 is a cosheaf. We see that Ken f D Kerg. Let A = Ker h.g(U) is zero for all a. if h : 21 + B is a homomorphism of precosheaves. (This makes sense for all precosheaves 21. Cosheaves and tech Homology 5 The reflector (Eosheaf (2t) = ijo(X.428 VI...
we see that h(U) = {imuh.2.Ho(U. This shows that 2t1 + B is an isomorphism. Thus h : e:os4eaf(2() = 2t . ®. We have the split exact sequence h 0. The map k is merely the inverse of the restriction 2t + B of h followed by the inclusion 2t 2t.fi+2t kB+0. A = 21.fi(UQ) ®2t(UQ) . and choose an open covering {UQ} of U such that each . Let .ti(U) is zero. Then there exists a local isomorphism k : B + 2l such that hk = 1. in the notation of the proof of 1. where it is of order two.O)'®BB(Ua. ). Let A = Im{®2t(UQ) 2t(U)}. Thus. B(U) are onto. and suppose that B is a cosheaf.®BI(UQ) * 0 . Theorem. 2l). Proof.21) Ho(1. as claimed. h. 2t1 = 2t and it is a cosheaf. and since B is a cosheaf. Again Coker h is an epiprecosheaf. Diagram chasing reveals that the lefthand vertical map is onto.L I 1 to 0 A (U) n A + A 1 B(U) 0 I 0. Clearly. and upon passage to the limit over it. whence A + B(U) is The maps ®2t(UQ) ®B(UQ) onto. Therefore the map A + B(U) is an isomorphism. and diagram chasing shows that Kerj = g(Ker f) = Im k. j is onto. = Ker h as before.0 0 .1 shows more: 5. B) =. Consider the commutative diagram ®2t(UQ. and hence it is zero. The latter part of the proof of 5. which is the set of elements of 21(U) in the image of ® 2t(Ua) for every open covering {Ua} of U. (U).t. Now suppose that B is a cosheaf and that 21 is arbitrary. (it) is an isomorphism. as claimed.6. Thus we have the induced isomorphism cp : Ho(lt.§5.'B). (it) : Ho(it.Ct(UQ) + . Fix an open set U C X for the time being. 0 which is exact except the middle vertical at the ® 21(Ua) term. whence A (U) n A = 0. k .+ B = itosheaf(B). The reflector 429 homomorphism. Therefore. Let h : 2( + B be a local isomorphism. It follows that a refinement of {UQ} yields the same subgroup A of 21(U). in fact.1 .(it) is an isomorphism. Note that cp is an inverse of the natural map h.
3 there exists a cosheaf and a local isomorphism k : The diagram consists of local isomorphisms. If 21' exact. Then Qosfleaf : 9 ' is a reflector from 9 to W.430 VI. By 5.8. We have the commutative diagram Coslleaf (B) h 2l for some cosheaf &sheaf (2t) 1 21.6. then they are isomorphic.21. h is an isomorphism. Cosheaves and tech Homology and it follows that Ker k = 0 and that Coker k whence k is a local isomorphism. and so his also an isomorphism. then there exists a local isomorphism B 21.3 there is a local isomorphism h : B B. If the precosheaf 21 is equivalent to the cosheaf 'B. 5. and hence the m ap (osheaf (2t) identified with h : B . By 5.1. Proof. then h : tosheaf (2t) B is a local isomorphism.4. 5. Ker h = . For a smooth precosheaf 21. Proposition. Let rB be the category of cosheaves on X and Y the category of smooth precosheaves on X. Qoslleaf (2t) is a cosheaf and 0: Qosbea f (21) 21 is a local isomorphism.1. 5. where 21 and B are ltosheaf (B) is an isomorphism. 21 21" is a locally exact sequence of smooth Coslleaf (2t) + Coslleaf (2(") is also locally precosheaves. Corollary. Corollary.itosheaf(B) (tosheaf(C) the diagonals are isomorphisms by 5.7. Corollary. Corollary. 5. + 2(. 5. 2l may be 5. Proof. and the result follows. then Q2os4eaf (2(') . Corollary. If 21 and B are equivalent cosheaves.5. is locally zero. In the induced diagram Cos4eaf(21) h .3. ____+ h By 5. If h : 21 smooth.
The associated epiprecosheaf 21 has 21(U) equal to the subgroup generated by the constant singular 1simplices.5. The associated cosheaf 0 = Q2osfleaf (M) is the constant cosheaf of Chapter V. whence WI Cosheaf(M) by 5. Hp(2t*(X)). Proposition.11. for q 0.7. This probably does not hold without the paracompactness assumption. Given an open covering it of X.q = Op (A O(q)  There are two spectral sequences of this double complex. 21 is not a local isomorphism.10.$o(X. For a simple example let X = II and let 21 be the precosheaf on X that assigns to Uthe group of singular 1chains of U. This would contradict 5. 0. Proof.osheaf (2i") 1 all. 0 5. Therefore.4 if 2t were smooth. Spectral sequences 431 Proof. If 2t is a smooth precosheaf. The summation map 07l(U) M gives a local isomorphism of precosheaves since X is locally connected. and it follows that ttosbeaf (2t) 21 cannot be a local isomorphism. then the constant precosheaf M on X is smooth. .21 is a local isomorphism. Apply 3. Not every precosheaf is smooth. Recall that the constant cosheaf WT is defined by letting 07l(U) be the free Lmodule on the components of U. if X is hereditarily paracompact.8 that the induced map e:osf)eaf (2t) = fjo(X. 5.9. 1 0 5. 0. In one of them we have El 1 =.§6. then it follows from 4.gyp) _ f 2tp(X). The inclusion 21 . for q = 0.4 to the commutative diagram lost eaf (2t') 1 Qoslleaf (2l) .p)=Hq( . i. for q 14 0 by 4. 2t) is an isomorphism. 21) . consider the double complex Lp. Hq(L*. 6 Spectral sequences Let 2t* be a flabby differential cosheaf that is bounded below. % = 0 for i < io for some io..6 and 5. for q = 0. then the inclusion 21 `. Thus E2 _ p. If X is locally connected and M is an Lmodule. Example.e.
1.1 and ncoresolution if is locally zero.1 just means that the sequence is locally exact. Note that by 2.: H0(21.)) (2) which are functorial in the coverings it as well as in the flabby differential cosheaves 21. q(21. is bounded below. whence En. we have the natural isomorphism HH(L. By a semincoresolution of a cosheaf 21 we mean a differential cosheaf 21.(X)) » Ek o(il) is an isomorphism for all k < n. 7. We shall study the spec tral sequences of the previous section.q(it) = Hp(it. If it is a sufficiently fine open covering of X. Therefore we have the spectral sequences EP.(L. Cosheaves and tech Homology Since this spectral sequence degenerates. is a given flabby semincoresolution of a given cosheaf 21..). . yjq(21. 210 21 0 is actually In this section we fix the integer n > 0 and assume that 21.3 the portion 21.) = Cp(it.. In the other spectral sequence we have EP. 7 Coresolutions 21 such that the precosheaf is semilocally zero. It is an Let n be an integer. Lemma. the statement that is locally zero for p < n . vanishing in negative degrees together with an augmentation homomorphism 210 is locally zero for p < n . is the total complex of L.)).) where L. exact. then the canonical projection Hk(21.432 VI. this spectral sequence converges to H. Of course.)... We shall also assume that X is paracompact.q = Hn(B q( )) By the assumption that 21... and so 21.q = "Hq(Lp.
k_.1. Construct refinements it. This can be done by 4.) is semilocally zero..1.k_p+1. each map Jk+' an isomorphism.(11t+1) E2. then this is H0(itli$k(2t.o/Jk1. (3) whence the composition gives a homomorphism Ek..k+1 = 0. for the spectral sequence of U. k Jk_21 2 JO k '' J.) Ho({X}. Coresolutions 433 Proof. Construct a sequence of coverings it.i1) consists of d2cycles and hence induces a homomorphism Ek. Let ito = {X}. The fact that E00 E k_.. Ek o(it).) = Ek o(it).+ _1 k.0(11) + Ek2. >. .k 0 such that Ep k_p(1.1 . If 0 < i < k.) . .(ut) is zero means that the refinement takes Jt kl.6 since 15q(2t. D JO '.. of Ui1 for i = 2.0(i1) Ek o(it) *.1 = E  Now let it be a given open covering sufficiently fine so that it satisfies 7.q (1) 2 is zero for all p.O(itk1) Similarly. then fjk_.§7. which is zero for some Ul since Sjk(2t. k such that Ep2 .(X)) = Jk. the total term Hk (2t. whence Hk(21.(2(.) is locally zero for 0 < q < k.o (Uk)'<Ek.0. for i < k. Now. _.+1) 4 Erk_.(X)). Consequently each map Jp 1 p ' JP k_11 is a monomorphism. .$k(2(.1.(it. the trivial covering. If i = 0. q with p + q < k and q # 0.o(Uk1) + Ek'0(itk2) Eko'(ft. The fact that E.+1) E. 2i) ^ Ek2.Hk (2( (X) ) 1 1 1 _ II (4) Hk(u.o(it. Then the image of Ek.)) Sjk(2t. k_. we obtain homomorphisms Ek..o(ilk) This provides the commutative diagram Hk (itk..(X)).(14) is zero for all r > 2 including r = oo.)) _ is zero. and put i11 = U. Note that Jok = Jk. Fix some k < n.Ek.) is locally zero..(U.o = Jk. such that E? k. Since the refinements have no ko effect on the common total terms Hk(2(. (X)) is filtered by submodules Jk 0 Jk1.)(X)..+l exists by 4.Hk(21.o (Uk) 4. Jp k_p/ Jp_1.6. so that the refinement U.(i4) is zero implies that E.q ('`t) 4 Ep.+1 Thus Jis J1 Ik _1 1 .O(i1k) .k_. 21) Ek.
For a precosheaf 21 on A recall that 21" denotes the precosheaf 21"(U)=2t(UnA) .434 VI. moreover. the edge homomorphisms Au : Hk(21. Let A C X be an arbitrary subspace. Then for k < n. that it is a monomorphism. we have shown that if it is a sufficiently fine open covering of Hk (it.2. Let 2t.2t) Hk(2L(X)). given this it. Checking the definitions. Moreover.(X)) Hk(it. then for any sufficiently fine refinement '21 of it we have Im j = Im A = Im 7r and j : Im A' Im A. this yields the diagram Hk(it.coresolution of the cosheaf 21 on the paracompact space X.(X)) Hk(X. then Au : Hk (21.21) of the spectral sequences of the coverings it induce an isomorphism in the limit over Jul : AX : Hk(21. and µ is induced by (3).Q[) Hk(l. 8 Relative tech homology Here we shall indicate how to generalize the previous results to relative cohomology. with the notation as in the proof. This is relatively important since we do not have a way of introducing support families into Cech homology. we see that the following commutativity relations hold: Also. Cosheaves and tech Homology Letting ilk = 21. 21) is a monomorphism onto the image X. where j is the refinement projection. be a flabby semi n. The relations show that Im j = Im A and that j:ImA'=+ImA.2() and.2) 13 Hk(2t (X)) 1 Hk(it. (X)) of the canonical projection 7r : Hk(X. the A's are edge homomorphisms. Thus we have proved the following result: 7. Theorem. A and A' are monomorphisms.2t) 0 In fact.
21) r+ C. B) + 0.+ B. 2t) + 0.§8. As usual. (it. Now assume that 21 and B are flabby cosheaves.. B. + H (it. Then 4.1. B. and we shall denote its cokernel by C.(U. )Hn (U. There is the usual long exact sequence in homology . If 21 is a precosheaf on A.. Therefore An ( . B. C... B. 21) .(itonA. it. 2t). nA.. A. C it is a covering of A in X. 2tx) 0. ito. !8) + H (it. ito. we define An (it. 21) = (u. A) is a pair (it. (it. B. Also take note of Exercise 3. 0.2t). B. 21) + We also define An (X. n A. B. A covering of the pair (X. 93). 21) + Ho (i1. 2t) = Hn ( C ' (il. and the map between them is the monomorphism ri(X). Thus we have the natural exact sequence 0 + c. 21) .u. Uo. (il. Relative tech homology 435 on X. (it. 2t) + 0 of chain complexes. B) + Ho (il. for n = 0 when 21 and B are flabby cosheaves.. The two middle terms of this sequence are canonically isomorphic to %X (X) = 21(A) and B(X) respectively by 4. 2t) ). (it. (it. B. B. 2() + H (U. Suppose that 21 and !B are precosheaves on A and X respectively and that we are given a monomorphism of precosheaves 77 :21X. ito.5 applied to the relative homology sequence yields the conclusion that An (it. for n 0. Cokerr7(X) : % ( A ) + B(X). . then we have the canonical isomorphism C. lto.). ito.FI _ (it. ito. 21) = 0 for n > 1 and also yields the exact sequence 0 + Hl (il. Then we obtain the induced monomorphic chain map 0. 21) 0. B. U. 2t) + Ho(it. where it is a covering of X and U. n A. n A. n A. ito. it. 21).
.ii...6p(ii. Moreover. of differential cosheaves.) 0.) and a refinement projection such that the induced homomorphism El (93.t.Cp(it.'f'1°) (6) where Sjo(21. 21).B. Given the pair (it.1)coresolution of the cosheaf 21 on A. it does not generally follow that C. 5ik1(2*)) I 10 1 10 C0(it.0. if X and A are both paracompact. TO 4 EP. U. + Cp(it0 n A.21X 8. U.q(it. %'o) 4 C0( T. we have the exact This gives EP'.) + Cp(il.9('f'1.Sjk(B. U.)) + E'. the exact sequence 0+Cp(it.q(i.O (U. Op (U.21. I Cp(it. U.. + 0..21q) As before.ito) = "Hq(Lp.) of (it.q is zero for all p < k and all q > 0 with p+q = k < n.13).B.O(il. n A.*(it.EE.(o.q(it.) = Ker{S5o(2(. n A.(it.Sjo(2t*)) = 0.) .1(it.. are flabby differential cosheaves on A and X respectively that are bounded below. it follows that there is a natural spectral sequence Epq(it.l. Cosheaves and tech Homology Now suppose that 21. the commutative diagram EE. c.q (it.) Np(il. is a flabby semincoresolution of the cosheaf !B on X and that 2t.436 VI. Also suppose that we are given an exact sequence 0 ..2 For each p. B) + El.6 (twice) there exists a refining pair (27.) + 2t} = 0. n A. T.(X)) of Coker(21X '.Sjl(B*)) sequence Cp(it. )k1(2t*)) Hk(B.2t) EP.. is a coresolution .21. M.' CO(it. Hk(t*(X)) 2Note that unless A is closed.o(it. 21) + Cp(it.) .ito) with EP.. Also.k(93. nA. is a flabby (n . and B. then by (6) and 4.fto) ='Hp("Hq(L*.ito) + Co(ito nA.) = Moreover.ito)) and Ep.k(it.) 0 induces a long exact sequence of the form .ii°))) Hp+q(Q:*(X)) (5) Now suppose that B. 5q(B*)) + E p.Bq. . it.U. we consider the double complex Lp. ito ) P.) of `coverings.i.B.ilo) = Op (it. defining C.
A) is a paracompact pair and h and k are local isomorphisms..) = Hk(u.A. Theorem.Hk(`.U.. whose proof is essentially the same as that for 4. `B2. If (X. it follows that this homology sequence is exact.2 the exact sequence . Hk(2i*(A)) .it)' Ek..'B.(X)) + Hk((E. A.f1k(A. Proposition. In particular.3.`2t) in the limit over covering pairs (it.A. 931. 21o) Hk(t.C.1. . It is easy to see that via 8. Thus assume that 2t1 and 2L2 are precosheaves on A and that 'B1 and 'Z2 are precosheaves on X.(X.it B. . Suppose that 0 + 21X +'B. let 21.8 to the relative case.k(' 3. We wish to generalize 4. be a flabby (n 1)coresolution of the cosheaf 2t on A.'81 Ik 2t2 + 02. We now have all the information needed to repeat the arguments in Section 7 in the relative case.. A.) and (21.2)Hk7(A. we have the following relative version of 7. 21o) can be arranged so that Eo.. (X.2t) of the spectral sequences (5) induce isomorphisms Hk((E*(X)) =' Hk(X.1Z.0 is an exact sequence of differential cosheaves.. and let 'B.0(U.2: 8. Then we have the following result.`B)'Hk(X. .%)Hk(X. Then for k < n the edge homomorphisms Hk((E. can be identified with the sequence .Ii. 8.2)_'. be a flabby semincoresolution of the cosheaf B on X..2. 2(2) is an isomorphism. 211) + H..(X)) Hk1(21*(A)) . which is the inverse limit of the sequences for covering pairs. and assume that we are given homomorphisms forming the commutative diagram 2t 1h .(X)) » Ek...o(U. since Cech homology is not generally exact. then the induced map ft. Let A C X both be paracompact. Relative tech homology 437 shows that (U. a fact that limits the possibilities for the existence of the hypothesized coresolutions. flo) . it. 8.8 and so will be omitted. Summing up.1 and 7.(X)) is zero.§8.
see [34. Suppose that 4> is a paracompactifying family 4> of supports on X with E((D) = X. p. spaces. This is the process of introducing paracompact carriers.A. 30f course these groups may depend on the families and'.. The next most important is the case in which X is paracompact and 4> _ dd. Recall that for any sets K. In particular. but in our applications they will not. O . c comes from U U. but possibly not paracompact. if such a e% exists. Theorem.. Note that for any cosheaf e:. fI(X. Then the family 4>° of paracompact open sets U with U E 4> will be called a carrier family.M. A) be a locally paracompact pair.2) = Hk(X. Let (X. Therefore we have: 9. The most important case is that of locally compact spaces and 4> = c.21) = IgHk(U. each a neighborhood of the last and contained in K" E 4> for some K" C int K'.1 for locally paracompact. V).B. 1(X) = IuEID"E(U).1 except that X and A are assumed to be locally paracompact rather than paracompact.(X)) : Hk(X.21) for all k < n.21). one can prove a result similar to 8. then the groups on the right are independent of the carrier family 4>° used to define them. Let 4>° and TO be carrier families on X and A respectively..) and U00 U . U E 4>°.(X)) = W for any differential cosheaf (E. The analogue of 8.9. 1651).`B.V. Also.`B.A. K' E 'D with K C int K' there is a set U E 4>° with with K C U and U C int K' (the union of an increasing sequence of members of 4> containing K. Therefore a carrier family exists a X is locally paracompact. where V C U. because for any c E (E(X) and a covering U = {U0 E (D°}. and V E TO.`2t) if X and A are paracompact. some it(U00 U Consequently. Thus we chose this relatively uncluttered notation over one displaying the families explicitly. Hk(t.A.. where the limit is taken over pairs (U. Then we define3 Hk(X.k is contained in some U E V.A.1. there is a canonical isomorphism Hk((E. U UQ..438 VI. Cosheaves and tech Homology 9 Locally paracompact spaces By a strategy introduced by Mardes'ic [59] in the locally compact case. We shall not be concerned with any other type of support family in this chapter. With the hypotheses of 8.3 also obviously holds in this case.
.1 to the case of BorelMoore homology. (X. we shall associate to any sheaf 4 on a locally connected (and locally compact) space a certain cosheaf on X: 10. the last 0 is also a cosheaf by 1.3. Thus we consider only locally compact spaces in this section.d1U) + r.1. is a flabby cosheaf. and for the constant sheaf M we have Hoc(*.d) + 0 of precosheaves. By the proof of 10.6. Let X be locally compact.2.(. which defines the righthand term. M) (tosl)eaf(M). YIA)x Zp(X. Cc1(U. 10. the BorelMoore chain complex C. .) = Ker(d : to .4)+0. (U. rc(x ®. namely: Cp(U.A. Therefore... A locally compact space X is said to be semihlcZ if the precosheaf U ++ H.M) = CC(U. Proposition. for p > 0. First. Definition. (. BorelMoore homology 439 10 BorelMoore homology We now apply 8. 10.dIU) + r'(Y®(g.13.2. By general results from Chapter V there is an exact sequence 0+Zp(A.dIU) + rc(x (9. 4).T1®.%' (& . L). the sheaf of germs of BorelMoore pchains. Then for any sheaf 4 on X. Also note that by the proof of 10.1. X ®. Proof..4) : U H CPC (U. L) is locally zero for all k < n and semilocally zero for k = n. Y_ 1).d is csoft and the sequence 0 . Let [p = `' (X.1 the precosheaf (Ep(X. Thus r. Ker{CC(U. and let .d) 0. 4) can be replaced by a chain complex vanishing in negative degrees without changing the homology with compact supports. Then X is locally connected.41u) + 0 is exact.d)}. we have the exact sequence r.(9?.dIU) + Ho(U. for p < 0. Since the first two terms are cosheaves by V1.§10. by definition. Then by the proof of V5. for p=0. Let X be hlcL. Proposition.dIU) is the group of 0cycles of U. (9.d) Zp(X. the precosheaf is a cosheaf.
There is the natural exact sequence 0 of precosheaves. L) = 0.A. (Jussila [50]. by definition of the reduced groups.(U. A) be a locally compact pair. It follows that floe ( .1. If X is semihlcL and if M is a constant sheaf. 10 1 1 to (U.13 and 1117. M) + M is a local isomorphism. 10. L) ® M since He 1(U. M) Ho (U.1 we have: 10. .L)*M H.A. A) be a locally compact pair.A) denote the cosheaf pair H6(. Let (X.1. The universal coefficient sequence V3. M) M induces an isomorphism Hoc(*. again giving the result via 1117.. . A. and the local isomorphism H(. (b) X is hlcL.4 X is locally connected. (X.d)) for all k < n under either of the following two conditions: (a) X is semihlcL. then e.4. A is hlen 1.M) + Hn_1(V. The locally constant case with the stronger condition obviously reduces to the constant case.6. the precosheaf U i+ H.1) . For general M the universal coefficient formula V3. Proposition. and is locally isomorphic to L for p = 0. L) ®M . M) » H. If X is hlcn and if d is locally constant.A.13 shows that HH(U. A is hlcn 1.1 (U.440 VI. L) is locally zero for 0 < p < n. By the definition of semihlcn. . M) is locally zero. 40r by the implications h1cL c1cL 5The condition n > 0 is to ensure that M is smooth. L) * M Hn(X. 10.1 (U. M). . . Cosheaves and tech Homology Proof. and 9.3. then is a flabby n coresolution of the cosheaf Proof. For k = n and appropriate choices of U and V they give the diagram Hn(V. Theorem.Hc. Corollary. Thus Hoc(*. 8. and d is locally constant.flk(X. .3 show that M) is locally zero for k < n. M is smooth. is semilocally zero for p = n. (X.5 Then for assume that X is semihlcL and A is hlcL1 locally connected. Let d be a sheaf on X and let fjo(X.) Let (X.d) on X. and for some n > 0. M) is a flabby semincoresolution of the cosheaf Hoc( . and .1. Since Ho'(*. M) + ltosfleaf(M).H. That takes care of the case M = L. Finally. L) ®M . from 10. M). By Exercise 5.4.i A) + H(.5.S5o(X. Then we have a canonical isomorphism Hk(X. . M) is a cosheaf by 10.gad is constant.
:: Ho'(*. and similarly on A.(X.6.5 +. p S' wrap the arc I...76) = 0 and Hn+1(X.} = 0. we have Thus H...' . A. 0 . A. Proof. Let ft : K. H2(Xm) = 0 for 0 < i < n and the direct system . has the form Z2+z. which is a rational vector space of uncountable dimension by V14. M).Z6Z.§10. Thus the result follows from 10. gn(X.. something for which there is no obvious direct argument. There is a surjection 7rm : X7z+1 » X... (X.. Let Xm = ((M1 U . Example.8. Hn(X. let Kt be a copy of Sn.3. Z) = dimIZ *' Z+..Z) = 0. Thus X is hlczn and HLCn1. let X = }im X. Now. Finally. Also. Z) Hn(X. Let I... 10. Since Ext(Q. M is locally isomorphic to iosIjea f (M) . H. any point of X has arbitrarily small neighborhoods that are either contractible or homotopyequivalent to the onepoint union of nspheres converging to a point.Z) Therefore. once around the circle..Hn+1(X2)'.. 2. By 10. by continuity 1114.3.+1 to its generator. has the form Z+Z+3 Z 4Hn+1(X1) __ Consequently.Z) 96 Hn(X.Hn+1(X2) .+1 Kt be a base point preserving map of degree i and let Mt be the mapping cylinder of ft. Also. M) Hk (X... the inverse system Hn+1(X1).7. Z) : Ext(Q. be the generator of Mt between the base points and let g : I.Z). collapsing M. X cannot be semihlcz. Then with integer coefficients one can compute that Ht(Xm) = 0 for 0 < i < n and Hn+1(X71) Z for all m... BorelMoore homology 441 any Lmodule M regarded as a constant sheaf and constant precosheaf pair.5 and 8. U Mm) U9 B2) /(K1 U Km)... For i = 1. M) for all k < n.
without changing H. Corollary.2. (.2. 6ff X is compact and Hn}1(X. then there is a canonical isomorphism WC (X. which with 1117. for example if X is compact and Hn+l (X. this coincides with BorelMoore homology when M = L. L). Again. L).442 VI. L).6 Proof. (J" (X. Here we shall treat the theory Nk(X. M) Hk (X.(. L) . Theorem.3. this section is restricted to locally compact Hausdorff spaces.1) 0 . using 10. M) in degree zero.10.(X. hlcn by V12. M) is a flabby quasincoresolution of the constant precosheaf M. If X is clcL+l. M) forallk<n. M*))). M) = where M* is an injective resolution of the Lmodule M.5 and 11.Ext(HH+1(A. L).Hn}1(K. we deduce the following sufficient Since clcL+i condition for this modified theory to be equivalent to the standard BorelMoore homology theory. M) is zero for 0 < k < n. An argument similar to the proof of V5. M) is locally zero for 0 < k < n. We shall confine the discussion to the absolute case. M) is locally isomorphic to M. Of course.2 gives us: 11. M) H. M) Hk(A. Recall that this was discussed briefly in V18. Lemma. M) . . . 11. In the same way as for standard BorelMoore homology.f* (X .3 show that for any compact neighborhood A of a point x E X there is a compact neighborhood B of x such that Hk(B. M)) = Hk(I'. then this is a flabby semi(n + 1)coresolution. If X is clcL+1 then D. . M) + 0. L) is finitely generated over L. If X is clcL+i then there is a canonical isomorphism Nk(X. M) forallk<n. This is true. Then 7. to produce a flabby ncoresolution of M. . M). L). There are the exact sequences (natural in compact A by an analogue of V4. 11. Hom(Hk (A. L). L) is zero for some compact neighborhood K of each point. M) + Hk(A. Cosheaves and tech Homology 11 Modified BorelMoore homology (X. Thus the precosheaf Wk(.1. (. one can modify D.14 shows that Ho(.
We shall use the approach to singular homology suggested in 17..4) defined in the obvious way via the map OP . Corollary.. then there are the split exact sequences 0 Ext(Hk+i (X. M) Hk(X. 11.. our main results will require d to be locally constant.4) L SS(U. But for general M. M) i Hom(Hk(X.d) has a boundary operator as in 17.Op on the barycentric subdivision AP of the standard psimplex Op. If X is clcL+i.1. There is also a subdivision operator T : Sp(U. then this is the classical singular homology group..5. It is worth noting the following consequence of the last corollary.Hp(6*(X.7 12. then change of rings is valid for BorelMoore homology with compact supports through degree n. Thus. 12 Singular homology Now we apply the results of this chapter to classical singular homology.4)(U) be its direct limit. The precosheaf 6(x.§12. and let 6p(X.0 forallk<n. ) Lw. (Although this makes sense for all sheaves d.4)(U)) is an isomorphism. Now subdivision induces an isomorphism in homology. Singular homology 443 Remark: This result also follows fairly easily from the results of V12 as long as M is finitely generated over L. TThe superscript c is used to maintain notational consistency with other parts of the book.. Some such result is probably true for general paracompactifying supports. L). 4)(U)) If 4 is constant. Corollary. we define sp(U.4) is a precosheaf on X. Consider the direct system Sp(U. and for 4 locally constant it is the classical singular homology group with twisted coefficients as defined by Steenrod. 11. for a sheaf d on X. Proposition. M) .d) = Hp(e*(X. that approach does not seem to work.d)) .4.4) _ a where the sum ranges over all singular psimplices or : Ap + U.. We denote it by AHp(U. Then C7p(X. If X is compact and clcL+i. L). and so the canonical map Hp(S*(U. . but one such is not known to the author.4) Sp(U.) Then S*(U. 4) is a flabby cosheaf.
4)(U) ®C7p(X. If A C X is any subspace. 4)(V). 4)(U U V) .3.6p(X.1)(X) is a monomorphism. 0.dl) and sv E Sp(V.d) is a monomorphism. A. Definition. L) is locally zero for all k < n and semilocally zero for k = n. where the relative precosheaf Gp(X.2.d) . If X is locally arcwise connected and if 4 = M is constant. Thus 6p(X. and this means that oH6(. oHo( .4)(U) ®5p(X. By 1. It is also clear that its kernel is the image of c (X. Using the usual universal coefficient formula for singular homology.4)  0 of precosheaves on X. 4) is a cosheaf. 12. the proof of the following fact is completely analogous to that of 10..6p(X.2.d) is a cosheaf. .d) . It is flabby for the same reason that the absolute ones are. 4) is flabby once we show it to be a cosheaf. To see the latter.Sp(X. This means that f (s. then there is the exact sequence 0 . 6p(X.2. For any sheaf d on X. M) .M) i M is an isomorphism if U is arcwise connected. note that for open sets U and V and any nchain $ E Sp(UUV.. This will show that E5p(X.4) Go(X. s). then this cosheaf is the constant cosheaf M) = Cosfleaf(M Proof.4). oHH(U. It also satisfies (b) since direct limits commute with one another. where g(s) = (s. E7p(X. Sp(U. M) is the direct sum of copies of M over the arc components of U..'i)(V) '+ 6p(X. d) is defined in a manner similar to that of the absolute groups.4). Thus the augmentation jHH(U.M is a local isomorphism of cosheaves when X is locally arcwise connected. By 1.A. Gp(A. t) = s + t of E5p(X. Also. A.MIA) C7p(X. we have the exact sequence 61(X.d) is a cosheaf.444 VI. .. 4) satisfies condition (a) of 1.4) .4)(UUV) is onto. Cosheaves and tech Homology Proof. the precosheaf oHo ( .4. Since the direct limit functor is exact. A space X zs said to be semiHLC7 if the precosheaf U . su E Sp(U.d)(U) i E'5p(X.AHk(U.4: . there is an integer k such that the kth subdivision Tic(s) is the sum s = su +sv. By definition.. Proposition.. 12. For U C X open...
Theorem. Theorem.§13. (b) X is HLC.\u : Hk (Qt. Proposition. under either of the following two conditions: (a) X is semi HLC".A.4. and 9. Then for any Lmodule M regarded as a constant sheaf and constant precosheaf pair. Let A C X be locally paracompact.(X.o = An (it. (X. If each intersection U of at most m + 1 members of it has Hq(Qt. let r2 be a sheaf on X.d) denote the cosheaf on X.d) is a flabby ncoresolution of the cosheaf Finally. and d is locally constant.1 we have: 12. A.(U)) = 0 for all 0#q <n. m} and a monomorphism for k = min{n. A. (Mardesi. and put 2t = Coker{2i1 + 2to}. A) be a locally paracompact pair and assume that X is semiHLC and A is HLti1.4) zt Hk(X. The following is immediate: 13. En.. M) is a flabby semincoresolution of the cosheaf X is HLO and if 4 is locally constant. A is HLt i1. and d is constant.A. If X is semiHLC"L and if M is a constant sheaf. be a flabby differential cosheaf vanishing in negative degrees.A. Consider the spectral sequence (2). and let ofjo(X.6.4. If C7.A. We have the edge homomorphism Au : Hn(Qt. m}. Then there is a canonical isomorphism oHH(X. then M).1. 13 Acyclic coverings Let Qt.A.En°O0 r.M) forallk<n. 8. then 6. Applying this to BorelMoore homology.M) Hk(X.) Let (X. A is HLC1. 2t) is an isomorphism for all k < min{n. we have: . then . oHk(X. Acyclic coverings 445 12.A.ASo(X.(X)) . 2t).4)) for k < n. (X)) ' Hk (it. Corollary. 12.1.5.c [59]. from 12. .
Similarly. If B* is a flabby differential cosheaf on E.1d) . Corollary. for BorelMoore homology (with X locally compact Hausdorff). we have the spectral sequences F'P.2. is an isomorphism for all k < min{n.3.d). Corollary. AHO('. and so the spectral sequence (2) has E.l be an arbitrary sheaf on the locally compact Hausdorff space X.A) = 0 for all 0 < q < n. then 2t = f B* is a flabby differential cosheaf on X. Then the canonical map H. Then the canonical map AHk(X.") .l. m}. D 14 Applications to maps f:E+X. In this section we consider a map Recall that for a precosheaf B on E there is the direct image f S on X defined by Y93) (U) = `s(fIU) Obviously. Let it be an open covering of X such that for each intersection U of at most m + 1 members of it. and f !B is flabby when B is flabby.q(U) = Hp(U.4)) ss an isomorphism for all k < min{n. m}. .. natural in coverings it and in sheaves d on E. HQ(U.(X. Let U be an open covering of X such that for each intersection U of at most m + 1 members of it. (f1(.H.fS)q(B*)) Hp+q(2*(X)) = Hp+q(B*(E)).q(U) = Hp(1. .Hk(U.446 VI. f !B is a cosheaf when 93 is a cosheaf... Cosheaves and tech Homology 13. Let d be an arbitrary sheaf on the space X. m} and a monomorphism for k min{n. m} and a monomorphism for k = min{n. Also Sjq(2t) = fS5 (B*) since f is an exact functor of precosheaves. for singular homology we have: 13.. In particular.d) = 0 for all 0 < q < n. AHq (U. Let .Hk(U.)..d) = Hp+q(E. natural in coverings U of X.
Also suppose that we are given integers 0 < k < n such that (A) S7q(2[.§14. Applications to maps 447 Similarly. d) Hp+q(E. under the assumption (A). .1.k)coresolution of S5k(21. Moreover.. C E be any subspace.) is a cosheaf and that the differential cosheaf 21. 2tk 3 Qtk_ 1 + . for all p<n..AH.5. we see that 5)k(2[. q < n. Theorem. we have the spectral sequences E. Now we shall prove a generalization of 7. is a flabby differential cosheaf with 21p = 0 for p < 0 (or generally just bounded below). Corollary. 11 Returning to the case of a map f : E + X. Eo. (f1(').).d).d is a sheaf on E. for singular homology. natural in coverings 11 and in sheaves d on E. q= 3k.. defined by 0.. By 7. E0) are locally compact. 22ik+q forq>0 is a flabby semi(n .) is locally zero for all q # k.. and that there are integers k < n such that the precosheaf n E. for q = 0. Suppose that X and (E. Applying 14. it is clear that %n+1 "'2Qtk+1 3k'S1k( +)0 is locally exact.M).2.(11) = Hp(11. Let X be locally paracompact and let 2. Suppose that 2i. d) .2. forq < 0. by 2. E. and semilocally zero for q = n. . 4 Q 4 0 is exact and 3k is a flabby cosheaf.2 and 9.. be a flabby differential cosheaf on X that is bounded below and is such that condition (A) is satisfied.1 to the flabby differential cosheaves f e:. (E..d) and f 67. Thus. we have: 14.1 we deduce: 14.. Let 3p = Ker{dp : Zip 21p_1}. Then. let E. Then there is the canonical isomorphism Hpk(X. that. (E.
(This shows. then show that 21 = 0. n E0. E. there is a canonical isomorphism H. ® If the constant precosheaf M # 0 on X is smooth. be a flabby ncoresolution of the cosheaf 21 on the paracompact space X. Qs If X is connected and semihlci. then show that B is an epiprecosheaf. Exercises 1.. If 21 is a locally zero epiprecosheaf. Then this precosheaf is zero for q < k and is a cosheaf for q = k. then show that Ho(X. L) = 0. Then this precosheaf is zero for q < k and is a cosheaf for q = k. show that X is locally connected.. ® Let 21. Moreover. f) for all p < n. 6. If h : 21 * B is an epimorphism of precosheaves and 21 is an epiprecosheaf.) . Suppose that X is a locally paracompact space. there is a canonical isomorphism aHp(E. 3. for example..448 VI. Show that for every open covering U of X. that the solenoid is not semihlci. that d is a sheaf on E.. the canonical maps have equal images. For an inclusion A C X and a precosheaf 21 on A. HP_k(X.. and that there are integers k < n such that the precosheaf n E.R1) Hp_k(X. . n E0. a 5.(E. 4. E. Moreover. 2. d) is locally zero for k # q < n and semilocally zero for q = n. something that is not immediately obvious.d)) 14.4')) forallp<n. show that 21X is a cosheaf t* 21 is a cosheaf and that 21X is flabby t* 21 is flabby. Corollary.3. Cosheaves and tech Homology is locally zero for k # q < n and semilocally zero for q = n.
. respectively.. a graded module with differential d : C* + C' of degree +1. A (decreasing) filtration {FPC'} of C* is defined to be a collection of submodules FPCn of C' (for each n) such that the following three conditions are satisfied: .q and ErAq denote the summands of ZP and Ep...Bp r1 r1 ZP r ZP r (g) (for r > 0).) The graded module associated with the filtration {FPC'} is defined to be {GpC' }. are omitted. That is. 1 The spectral sequence of a filtered complex Let C* be a complex.DFp1CnDFPCn:) Cn = U FpCn P Fp+1CnD. which are not difficult.Appendix A Spectral Sequences This appendix is not intended as an exposition of the theory of spectral sequences. where (4) GpC' = FPC'lFp+1C . We assume that a base ring L is given. (1) (2) (3) d(FPCn) C FCn+1 The filtration is said to be regular if FPCn = 0 for p > f (n). that is. but it is convenient for our purposes. but rather as a vehicle for the establishment of the notation and terminology that we adopt and as an outline of the basic theory. for some function f. Zp'q = Zp n FCP+q = {c E FPCP+q I do E Fp+rCp+q+1 } 449 . Most of the proofs. We define the graded modules ZP={cEFPC'IdcEFp+rC`} and (5) Er  dZPr+l + Zp+1 . consisting of terms of total degree (that degree induced from the degree in C*) equal to p + q. (This definition of regularity is stronger than the usual one.. and we let 'LP.
1 since the total degree of d is +1.q+r2 P+1. with d1 corresponding to the connecting homomorphism associated with the short exact sequence 0 4 FP+1C'5 _. ErP+r.q . Spectral Sequences LrP. Then there is a natural isomorphism Epq N G PHp+q (C* ) = FPHP+q(C*) (11) FP+1HP+q(C)' ( 12 ) .450 and p Er = .dr) preserving both degrees. That is.).H"(C*)).q r_1 d7pr+1. Er+1 H(Er. which increases the filtration degree by r by (5) and hence decreases the complementary degree by r .q .q1 +7'r1 The index p is called the filtration degree and q is called the complementary degree. (8) It may also be checked that E+l. 0 of chain complexes. The definitions (5) and (6) can be extended in a reasonable manner to make sense for r = oo if we define FOOC* = 0 and F_00C* = C*.q A.qr+1 (7) It is easy to check that the homology of Er with respect to dr is naturally isomorphic to Er+1. FPC* FP+1C. Thus we define (9) and Ep _ 00 Z00 (FPC*ndC*)+Zp1 ZP _ BO (10) We introduce a filtration on H* (C*) by setting FpH"(C*) = Im(H'+(FPC*) . dr : ErP. Fp+2C* FpC* FP+2C* . We continue with the discussion of this special case. The collection of bigraded modules ErAq for r > 2 (and sometimes for r > 1) together with the differentials dr as in (7) and satisfying (8) is what is known abstractly as a spectral sequence. The differential d on C* induces a differential dr on Er*'*. We have described the construction of the spectral sequence of a filtered complex.C. HP+q(G. That is.
E'P9 r r+ l . (EquivaZ''+1 = lently.q AP+9 For example. .: GpAP+q. Cp.2. taking a drcycle in Er into its homology class in Er+l.P0 C 00 C ZrP+1 C Zp C (13) Suppose now that the filtration {FPC*} of C* is regular.qr+l is zero for sufficiently large r.EPR *. . Then this fact will be abbreviated by the notation E. We introduce two filtrations into the complex C*.' + EP+r. Suppose that we are given a graded module A* and a filtration {FPA*} of A* such that EP. in the applications we even have that the Ep'q are constant for large r and fixed p and q. (d")2 = 0 and d'd" + d"d' = 0.q _.' » Ep+l for r large as in (14).. dr : Ep'q . (Usually. dr} be any spectral sequence such that for fixed p and q we have that dr : EP.q by (15). CP+l. p and q being fixed.. Double complexes 451 Note that there are inclusions c BP C Bp+1 C r C BP c Z.q.) Thus there are natural epimorphisms (for r sufficiently large) EP.§2. in the case of a regularly filtered complex C* we have. by (12).q+l such that (d')2 = 0.q Suppose that C*.. with Cn = ® CP.q .P (14) One can check that in fact. and we define E.) Let {ErAq. E = lirl Ep'q (15) when the filtration is regular.. that is.0 ' for r sufficiently large. Epis zero for large r.* is a double complex. Let C* be the "total" complex. Then we have the epimorphisms EP. Then Zp'q = = ZC P. a family of modules doubly indexed by the integers and with differentials and d" : CP. The first filtration 'F is defined by IFtCn=®CP.q p>t p+q=n. E2PII Hp+q(C*) 2 Double complexes d' : CP.q p+q=n and differential d = d' + d".
Thus we obtain the homomorphisms fHp("Ho(C*'*)) = 'E2P'O » 'EOPO°'' HP(C*).q} respectively. similar edge homomorphisms for the second spectral sequence. the second filtration "F is given by "F.* is a double complex.q = 0 for q < qo. that C`. 'Ep'° consists entirely of drcycles. Also._. for the remainder of this section.q = 0 for q < 0.LCn = ®Cp. it can be seen that 'Ep. while if CP.452 A. then there is an analogous edge homomorphism Hp(C*)='FOHP(C*)»'GoHp(C*) There are also. Spectral Sequences Similarly. so that there is a natural epimorphism 'ErP. with CP. Another useful condition implying regularity of both filtrations is that there exist integers po and pl such that CP.q = 0 for p < po and for p > pl. C'. of course. [The reader should note that the homomorphism (18) is defined under more general circumstances.O. Denoting homology with respect to d' and d" by 'H and "H respectively. (19) which is seen to be a chain map with respect to the differentials d' = d1 and d respectively. For r > 2.q = 0 for q < qo and that 'E2'q = 0 for q < 0. (16) with differentials d1 corresponding to the differentials induced by d' and d" respectively.9 ti ."} and {"Ep. The homology homomorphism induced by (19) is easily checked to be identical with (18).q = 0 for p < po (po fixed).o r » 'Ep. (18) whose composition is called an edge homomorphism. it suffices that CP.q p + q = n.*) may be identified with the d"cycles of C`.o r+1 assigning to a cycle its homology class.q "Hq(C"'') and "E' . Therefore /E2.Hp( HQ(C''')) and "E2 4 N "Hp('Hq(C*. Assume. Since "H°(C*.. there is a monomorphism "Ho(C*.] If Cp'q = 0 for p < 0 as well as for q < 0. For example. .*)) (17) Note that if CP. 'EOPO.*) . q>t From these filtrations we obtain spectral sequences denoted by {'EP. then the second filtration is regular.° _ 'GpHp(C`) = 'FpHP(C*) c HP(C*) [since 'Fp+1Hp(C*) = 0 in the present situation]. the first spectral sequence is regular.: 'Hq(C`'p).
Ep. Assume further that we are given filtrations of each of these complexes such that aEFF(1CP) and /3EFt(2Cq) = a/3EFs+t(3CP+q) (22) Denote the spectral sequence of the filtered complex C` by {.) ® Hq(2C") HP+1(3C*) satisfying the analogue of (22). and assume we are given homomorphisms such that d(a/3) = (da)/3 + (_1)degaa(d0). is induced from the hr via the isomorphism E.q}. It follows easily from the definition (6) that there are induced products hr : 1Ep..* and in which h arises from a product 1CP..t + 3CP+s.. h induces a product Hp(1C. . the product hr+i is induced from hr via the isomorphism Er+1 ^ H(E..q+t In this case the condition (22) is satisfied for both the first and second filtrations. A special case of importance is that in which the C* are the total complexes of double complexes C*..q ® 2Es. By (12) this is equivalent to a product 1E oq ® 3EP sq+t which can be seen to coincide with ham. It is also clear that h. because of (21). Also. Because of this analogue of (22) we obtain an induced product GSHs+t(2C. On the other hand.t . and 3C* be complexes.§3.) . 2C*. lid Er when the filtrations in question are regular. Gp+SHP+s+q+t(3C*). Products 453 3 Products h : 1CiP ®2Cq b 3CP+q (20) Let 1C*. 3Ep+s. (21) where we denote h(a 0 /3) by the juxtaposition 0.q+t (23) and that the differentials dr satisfy the analogue of (21).).q ® 2Cs. for the filtrations given by (11).
When h. using the regularity of the filtrations of H 2 (2C* ).. hk : IEk'q 2Ek...q is an isomorphism for all p and q.q . shows that h' : FHn(1C*) + FpHn(2C*) is an isomorphism for each p.. h. for regularly filtered complexes. via the isomorphism E.. . which is the same as to say that it cannot increase the complementary degree. .:: liar E. This is proved by a standard spectral sequence argument as follows: The fact that hk is a dkchain map and that hk+1 is the induced homomorphism in homology implies that hk+1 is an isomorphism.. (24) such that h(Fp(1C')) c Fp(2C').+1 H(Er). is also an isomorphism." Thus. It is sometimes useful to note that h` cannot decrease the filtration degree of an element.+1 is induced from h. and consequently. The contention then follows from the fact that H"(. hr is an isomorphism for r > k. in the obvious sense. is induced from the hr via the isomorphism Ec..q (26) which commute with the differentials d. is an isomorphism for all r > k including r = oo and when h* is also an isomorphism. Moreover. with the homomorphism h` : H"(1C`) H"(2C*).. Then a repeated 5lemma argument.. (25) This situation is actually a special case of that considered in Section 3.2Ep.C`) = UpFpH"(tC*).. A basic and often used fact concerning this situation is that if h is a chain map of regularly filtered complexes such that for some k... and in the case of regularly filtered complexes. this is equivalent to the hypothesis that hk be an isomorphism. is compatible. h induces homomorphisms h. hc. h. then we say that this map of spectral sequences is an "isomorphism from Ek on. In brief. by regularity. then so is h* : H"(1C*) + Hn(2C`).454 A. Inductively.: 1Ep.. Spectral Sequences 4 Homomorphisms Let 1C' and 2C` be complexes with given filtrations and assume that we are given a chain map h : 1C" * 2C. h.
We will use the fact from IExercise 1 that (iB)I B i'i58. or more interesting ones. Let X be a locally connected Hausdorff space without isolated points and let V be a projective sheaf on X.Appendix B Solutions to Selected Exercises This appendix contains the solutions to a number of the exercises. X of Section 14 is the composition (i'iW)b = (iB).(ir(a). } can be completed since ' is projective.d ' 4J B and a . It follows that the arrow in the displayed composition is an isomorphism. a) of SIB i'. Let k : 3 + WA be the composition of the canonical epimorphism 9 YA with an isomorphism 9A . i'. 2. or were chosen because of the importance of their usage in the main text. and put B = {xo.l = {(b. and note that WA ti 9'A. Consider the diagram 60 h%'. There is the inclusion map i : WA'' B. this holding for any map i : B + X of arbitrary spaces. Suppose that G = 9yo 36 0 for some xo E X. Thus a is an isomorphism on each stalk and hence is an isomorphism. Let V be the constant sheaf on X with stalk G. of ' over a connected neighborhood U of xo. Let s be a section. In our case. nonzero at x0.Y1 are both continuous and mutually inverse. The canonical homomorphism a : i'i58 . Let x E V. in which i : B ti X is an inclusion of a subspace. Then h(s(xo)) 0. x 54 xo. The functions (b. a) + a of i". Itok 455 .a) E B x I b= rr(a)} and dIB =r'(B). and this implies that h o s is nonzero on some connected neighborhood V C U of xo since 6 is constant. Those exercises chosen for inclusion are the more difficult ones. the sets i1 U = U n B form a neighborhood basis of b in B. The diagram W.VA. x}. Solutions for Chapter I: 1. By definition.WA T 0 R. 4. Let A = {xo}.)(U) = 1ir IT(i'U) 'lirq X(V) = A t(b)EU t(b)EU bEV on the stalks at b E B.(b) = In (i.
j .d/.u(jyo1U(a)).4y and jy U : 4"(U) + .t' is isomorphic to 4'. and both . The quotient sheaf ... and so Isl E 4). because (WA). h' o s is everywhere nonzero on V (since each W9 = {y E V I h'(s)(y) = g} is open for g E G and also closed since its complement is U{W9' I g' i4 g}. The continuity of J follows from the fact that each jy 1u(a) E 4(U) is a section..u d'(U) .456 B. n > 1. .. Consider the following commutative diagram: 0 4'(U) + .u : 4'(U) + . then there is a closed set K E 4) with Iti C f'(K). . Then U can also be assumed so small that Si.d' C M.. The 5lemma implies that jv. Let Cn.vo. let st be elements of . as claimed. if Isl E 4). Let Yn be the locally constant sheaf with m stalk Z4 on X that is "twisted" on Cn (only). which is shown by the "twisted" sheaf d on S' with stalks Z4 and the subsheaf d' = Z2. sk are generators of 4 . if Iti E f'(4)). Then the composition 4(U) Mvo + d" is onto. If s'l .U vo isomorphisms. Let A = ova.. sk are in the image of jvo..41U. Since V is connected.41vo andvo. Hence lsl = f(Iti) C K. 8. This contradiction shows that Y = 0. given by J(y. = 0. Since d' and 4" are locally constant and U is connected.d' and 4" are constant sheaves with stalks 00 Z2. be the circle of diameter 1/n tangent to the real axis at the origin. d" = . Consequently.. Solutions to Selected Exercises where j is the canonical epimorphism.a) = jv. Conversely. is an isomorphism of sheaves. d)(Y) correspond to t E 4(X)."... and so f(Itl) C K. 9. Therefore 0 # j o W o s(x) = i o k o s(x) = 0. and put 4 = ®.u : d"(U) + ill" are " . which is open).dv are isomorphisms for all y E U..9on. Let yo E Y. Let X = UCn. Then n=1 the subgroups Z2 in each summand of each stalk of d provide a subsheaf . The sheaf 4 is not ® n=1 locally constant since 4lCn is not constant because of the twisted Z4 in the nth factor. 10.. Then the map J : U x A + .(. mapping to s. It follows that d(U) + d"(U) is onto. then Itl C f'(IsI) E f'(4)) .u : d(U) = + 4v for all y E U.r(s) E (f d)(V) q 3V a 3V 3 f'(V) n Itl = 0 3 0 = rf1(v).x(t) E d(f'V) « 3V 3 Vnf(ltl)=0 p y V f(Itl) a 3V 3 V n f(Itl) = 0 Therefore IsI = f(Itl).u : 4(U) + 4vo.. For a sufficiently small open and connected neighborhood U of yo we have that j. Note that 4 may be nonconstant even when mot' and 4" are constant.4. Let s E (f. For y E Y we have that y 0 lsl q 3 open neighborhood V of y with V n Isl = 0 q 3V 3 0 = rv.d(U) + 4"(U) 11 0 0 1'd + 0.
r(A. then s(a) = 0 whenever a fl K 0. for at most a finite number of a such that a fl V 0.X .U). X . = (1/n..d. and U2 and a singular simplex a intersecting both U1 and U2 but not intersecting U1 fl U2. then there is an open neighborhood V of x such that s(a) # 0.U Ua = X . where a ranges over all singular simplices or : Ap . if X = (0. By abuse of notation we also set a fl U = a(Ap) fl U C X. X . consider two open sets U.d") is surjective. X . Put t(x) = f (s(x)). Then aE A(Ul) and 0 E A(U2) restrict to the same element 0 E A(U1 fl U2) but do not come from a common element of A(U1 uU2). X and s(a) E G. # 0). Now. 0. If G is the stalk of d. Thus and it maps to s E tE 12. That d is onto is the statement that a continuous function is locally integrable.(Ua fl Up) C X . Since X . 1). Therefore s is a chain in X .from Chapter I 457 11. Then t is a section of d and Itl = Isl.1 To see that A(U) is not generally fully conjunctive. Thus f is welldefined.) makes sense and defines a chain a. we will use the notation s = Eo s(a)a.(X. Since Ap is connected. Let A(U) = A (X.U. it follows that s is finite. To show that A is a monopresheaf. Therefore. Then t E A. Given the singular simplex a. but that means that s = 0 in A(U).so is a chain in X . it follows that s is locally finite and that slUc = sa.V) takes t to s. define f : Op . however. 0: A(X) . ro (.U) and x E U. = slUC = 0 in A(Ua).G" such that f (0) = 0.).e. .U. Let G" be the common stalk of ".U9 = U{Uh I h # g} is open.V) ti A (X. If a(x) E U. that s(a) = 0 whenever a fl U. f is constant. This means that s is a chain in X . Therefore the definition s(a) = f (x) for x E a(A. 0 restricts to an isomorphism A (X) =* rc(. Now let X = UUa and sa E A(U. 2Note that the boundary operator does not make sense for infinite nonlocally finite chains in general. Assume that scIU.2 14. f is locally constant and hence continuous.) and K = 16(s)]. U9 is also closed.11 and U. fl UU for all a. that c is not paracompactifying unless X is locally compact.G by f (x) = sa(a) for any a such that a(x) E U. Since K is compact and s is locally finite. let f : G" + G be a function (not a homomorphism) splitting the surjection G .2. If s E A(X) is a locally finite chain such that 0(s) E rc(d.). For s E ro and g E G" let U9 = {x C X I s(x) = g}. By 16.V). Let t(a) = s(a) if a fl V # 0 and t(a) = 0 if a fl V = 0. It follows that the induced homomorphism of generated sheaves is an isomorphism. for all a (i. then str (a) = so(a) since sa . 1). It is only necessary to show that r4(') . Also. X . fl UU _ sp U. and suppose that s E A(U) has each s. let U = U UU. but with s not locally finite in X.) is isomorphic when X is paracompact. then one can find locally finite chains s E A(Un) that do come from a (unique) chain s in (0. This is an open set since it is essentially the intersection of s(x) with the constant section equal to g. Take G as coefficient group. Ifs E Ap(X. For a (possibly infinite) singular pchain s. where G has the discrete topology. That Im i = Ker d is the statement that a differentiable function on an open neighborhood U of x E X whose derivative is zero on U is 1Note. and the canonical inclusion Ap(X.{x}. Since s(a) = sa(a) for all a such that a fl Ua ¢ 0. fl Ue. Thus A is conjunctive for coverings of X.
x1). n). On the interval (xn.(z) = 0.W(X) equal to this constant value.sp is locally constant on U.sn+1 E Z be this constant value. whence Cokerdx R. But that implies that j(s) = j(t) on U.3 Let Un denote one such U.. and so s is welldefined. + po on (xn1.xn+1).. Note also that 0 . 9=(X) . To show that G is conjunctive. (Z is regarded as a sheaf here.Z + 9:(X) .. i. Also keep in mind that for example. .(9:) * r. as 3One chooses xn (and x_n) by induction on n > 0 as follows: If xn has been chosen. Several standard results of elementary calculus imply that 0 + R(X) ' !2(X) W(X) L R + 0 is exact. indeed V can be taken to be the component of U containing x. discrete on V set of points xn E V. !2(X) is the group of continuously differentiable functions on X. . Clearly k(s) = 0 q t E re(9r). fl Up.. and W(X) is the group of continuous functions on X. Thus the generated sheaf IS is just W(U) = 9(U)/Z(U).TO over this collection of intervals and choose xn+1 > xn so that xn+1 . Putting these together on all components of U gives a function a E 9=(U) that differs from sa on U.xn+1).(%). r(Z) + r.p(U) + W(U) + 0 is exact for all proper open U C X. n E Z. Then s is uniquely defined by this requirement and the fact that it maps into t by the exact sequence 0. n].oo). and by s (x) = sn +p1) on (xn1. 15.Xn > N/2. such that each (xn1. We can modify a by a constant function so that the new a is zero on (oo. (Q) L Z 0.. Suppose that Iti C [n. Let N = sup(v . xn+1) for n > 0. let sa E 5r(Ua) be such that j(s0) _ j (sp) on U. The statement that d is onto is that a continuous function on an open neighborhood U of x can be integrated on a smaller open neighborhood V of x. both sn and an+l are defined and their difference is constant on (xn. One can find an increasing. by a locally constant function. functions that are constant on each component of U.W(X) is onto.t is locally constant on U.t E 9=(U) be such that j(s)IUa = j(t)I Ua for each a. Let Pn = Sn . xn+i) for n < 0. then V is an open interval.xn+1) is contained in some U0. Note that r. Set k(s) 0 . . so that Z(U) is the set of all locally constant functions U + Z.. If V is a component of U. i(s) E 9r(U)/Z(U) extends each j(s«). Let t E r. This means that s . Then t is constant on (n.458 B. Define a function s : V + Z by s(x) = so on (x_1. and let j : 9:(U) .xn+1) n (xn. consider all intervals (u. First let us show that the presheaf U + G(U) = 9r(U)/Z(U) is a sheaf. and in particular. The group IR(X) of global sections is just the group of constant functions on X since X is connected.(U) is not the group of constant functions on U but rather the group of functions on U that are constant on each component of U. We see immediately that these (Ion + definitions agree on the overlaps (xn1.R(U) .e.G(U) be the projection. n). and pull t back to some s E r(9s). Therefore k induces an exact sequence 0 claimed. This means that s. To prove (Si). Then a is constant on (oo. Solutions to Selected Exercises constant on some smaller neighborhood V of x. xn+l ). Hence. doubly infinite. v) with xn E (u. fl Up.) Let U = U U. let s. v) C U0 fl V for some a. by s(x) = sn + pn_ i + .xn+2) = (xn. Also.
G any nonzero constant sheaf on X.F. GSA) + H1 (X. We know that ASH= (X.. Z) and the facts that H' (It. It follows that for G = Z we have that H1(X. then {x} 00 is open in X. 19.from Chapter II 459 Those who have delved into Chapters II and III will note a trivial solution of this problem coming from the exact sequences o. Solutions for Chapter II: 1.'(R. G). 4) = cldI F.1). (1) But the first term is r(GA) = 0 and the second term is r(GIA) .") H1 (X.H*(X. ZA) Z®Z.F = (0. GA) * H°(A. and . Z) = 0. and Al = Z{o} Then f f*J& = 0. take A = (0. H. But Ker f3 is a subsheaf of a constant sheaf (hence an open subset as a space) and this implies that N = {x E X I (Ker0)x $ 0} is open.:: G 0 0. 3 is monomorphic over f (A) (for any sheaf .GA) . 5) = 0 since As remarked in 14. GA)... Since N n f (A) = 0 and f (A) is dense in X we must have that N = 0.) Take X = 10. A = X . This implies that.A1 is the identity. F = {0. GSA) = 0 since A is contractible and GSA is constant. (w) + H.r(z). and He (It. G). so that Ho (X.1 since an open set A is always taut. Uoo. .G) . But for a cochain c E 0'(11. . if 0 # c E O_ (fl. For the requested counterexample for arbitrary M.1}.) + r. H.Ir) Z.. GA) 0 0. 11. that Ker (3 = 0. Then JR is constant on A and X" = GA. Thus. It is of interest to note that the next term in the exact sequence (1) is H'(X... Q) = 0 since 4ilA = 0.R") = HeldIF(X.g8 = GSA. This indicates the power of the theory in Chapter II.jA(A. '(X. Z) 9 is (obviously) flabby. 18. i. .. in which case the result is trivial. A. Also.a C Icy. The exact sequence of the pair (X.GA) H1(X. We have that H. The next term is H1 (A.. X = [0. (Compare Section 1118.:: G by 1112. .9).e..1). . A.r(jr)r(w)4 H'(R. (Z) + 1'(.3 and using the fact from Chapter III that this is isomorphic to singular cohomology (or using a direct computation). G) A. c(ao. A) with coefficients in GA has the segment H°(X.H' (R. 1].Z) and 0 + r. the composition f f {9i f`.GA) by 1112.(X. (It. f : A'+ X. A. G).A.
K. Let A be a minimal closed set such that 0 aJA E HP(A).K of the members of . Obviously this intersection must be a single element. Let T be the "long ray" 10.} be an open covering of X+. This shows. Then the sets Wp fl int K' and Uao = X+ ..5]. 9. b) = min(a. Then I satisfies the finite intersection property and so has a nonempty intersection.Uao E 4?. First suppose that A C X is closed. consider the family I of sets of the form F. so that Z. = {y E A [ y < x} for x E A. Let A and B be two closed subspaces of X that cannot be separated by open sets. 1) = x for allxEL. The section s E I'(ZIA U B) taking value 0 on A and 1 on B cannot be in Imp because if t E I'(Z1W) has p(t) = s. 6. A contains a largest element. Let B = that 9 is not onetoone. For a sheaf d . b) and h(a. which is min A.K form a locally finite refinement of {UU}.6. Now. Therefore 0 = constant' = (h o io)' = (h o in)' = 1' = 1 : HP (L) ' HP(L) for p > 0. flint K' and V = K' . since HP(A) # 0. Then Ao fl Al = {x} and A. HP(A) . Solutions to Selected Exercises 2. and assume that oo E Uao. so Then litt fn = 0 and li 9 is not onto. This contradiction shows that a cannot exist. By IIExercise 2. HP(Ao) (D HP(A1) shows that a restricts nontrivially to at least one of A0. fl) = x. There is the canonical map p : lirr 1(Z[ W) y I'(ZIA U B). T is acyclic. which exists by 1110. = U. Then K = X+ . 3. A1. 0) = 0 and h(x. Since every point of X has a neighborhood in 4). Now assume that 0 # a E HP(X) for some p > 0. Letir:LxT+Lbetheprojection inclusion it(a) = (a. Then we claim that A contains a smallest element. let {U.min(a. To see this. One example in which the subspace A U B is paracompact is given by the topological 2manifold M whose boundary consists of an uncountable number of components each homeomorphic to R and whose boundary can be split into two unions A and B. To see this. X+ is Hausdorff. By II11. Let X+ = X +{oo} with open sets the open sets of X and the complements X' .o U Al =A.t). 01 U [0. h o io(x) = h(x. 0) = 0 and h o in (x) = h(x. Define the "long contraction" h : L x T 4 L by h(a. by 1110. The exact MayerVietoris sequence 0 = HP'({x}) . that AU B is not taut. A # {xo. Then h(x. 0) compactified by the point H at infinity. that cannot be separated by open sets.460 B. We claim that X+ is paracompact. then the sets U = {w E W t(w) = 0} and V = {w E W I t(w) = 1} are open neighborhoods of A and B that are disjoint. Now. x1 }. Then K' is covered by the sets V.11). 0 and I'(Z) = Z. b) = . whence HP(L) = 0. = Then Z. 117. Let {W#} be a locally finite refinement of {V} on K'. Let xo = min A and xi = max A. Let L be the long line (f2. of its components. Put Ao={yEAly<x}and Al = {y E A y > x}.8. induced by restrictions. Let K' E 4? be a neighborhood of K. 4. b) for a > 0.8. see [19. Similarly. Let 4. and so there isanxEAwithxo<x<xi. 7r' is an isomorphism and ii = (Tr') '. where W ranges over the open neighborhoods of AU B.
Suppose that (W.4) be 1 on K and 0 outside U as hypothesized.A11. W. K has a neighborhood K' E 11i with K' C U. (b) Let T = d®f and let . 11.su on W n U extends to some t E 4(U).2.from Chapter II 461 on X we have H'(X+. 1115.Adk be the collection of all unions of k members of A1 k Since s=1 we see that W E . All c A(. Then W.(X.Yd) by II10. xt®V is cfine by IIExercise 12. Consider the collection Eli of all pairs (W. Then s+t=E>ho®kQha®Ekph. the sum ranging over those pairs (a.1.d) and {kpll C and {Vp} respectively.}. Let s E 4(V) for V C X open. F). By IIExercise 13 there are partitions B) subordinate to {U.t = 0 on W n U so that sw on W and su + t on U match on W n U. Suppose that 4 is 4ifine.d. Let h E Hom(. W'.o. since 41U is flabby. x Vp C W.Al denote the collection of all open sets W of X x Y such that . sw) is maximal in W.4)jV) is g on K and vanishes on V . Order 9d by (W. whence 4 is 4ifine.Alk. and 1110.7on(4.Alk..A1.W and let U = Ux. 41 V) for some open V D K. Since it is paracompactifying. om(4.4)jV) = Hom(4I V.} of unity {ha} c .2 implies that U x V E Al. and swIV = s.7 (4. Extending hg by 0 Thus to all of X gives an extension of f to some k E . which is 1 on K and 0 on 8K'. Then there is a section au E 4(U) with su JU n V = sJU n V. Now. f extends tog E r('om(4.'w is cacyclic. fl) for which U.91 and W' E . and so 'W is inductively ordered.4)jK).(4.Xn. (a) This reduces immediately to the compact case by 119.dx+) H. Let s = E h4®kp. Let f E r(.) if W C Wand sw' jW = sw. 1=1®1=1. The resulting extension g E r(. Since 2'uxV = . 14..d.. 12. II10.U. Let . where W D V is open.sw).V that is 1 on K and 0 outside W. Consequently. can be extended to K and then can be extended by 0 to all of X. suppose that the stated property holds.emu®Iv...1 since 4) = cldIX and cld is paracompactifying on X+. Then hg E r(d*m(. There is an open neighborhood U of K with U C V since K has a paracompact neighborhood. {U. sw. The union of any chain in W is in #. sw) and shows that W = X as desired.n(. 8w) < (W'. a (3 a p a so that s is an endomorphism of ®.rd. Suppose that . By 119. This an immediate consequence of the cohomology sequence of (X. Let . This contradicts the maximality of (W. and W n W' are all in .Y6n(4.12. Conversely. and let W E . and so combine to give an extension of sw to W U U.4)) = Hom(4. denote the collection of all open subsets W = U x V where U C X and V C Y are open. Let K. Q). by definition. the sheaf . W' E 11k WnW' E . Then. that is. 4) is 4isoft. Thus the section f E r(.d) has the desired properties. and {V0} be as in the hint.Alk C A{.su . 4) is itsoft.. and let t be the same sum over all other pairs (a. aw E 4(W). then let x E X . 10. sw .4)jK U 8K'). If W X.5. Then sw .
Thus ll k+i C .. Hn(S' . use II16.5.Zu) + Hn+I(Sn. regarding Zu as a sheaf on Sn.{x}.. By 1116. 4) is an isomorphism on U. which is open in X. By IIExercise 22. and let U = Sn .{x}.. since Zu has stalk 0 at {0}. It follows that Hn+1(Sn. By excision. extends to X so as to be zero outside some compact neighborhood of K.(4) + I'.5. Then we have Hn(Sn . 7n+'(X.ll. 21. Z) ®i° 1 Z is countable. SE) + H°(U. z.{x} . Thus I'.ZU) + Hn(Sn . Sn .) Note that HddI(o}(X. A) has H'IX_A(X. every point has a neighborhood U with Dim U < n + 1.41A) = 0 for p > 0 and ad flabby.1. Zu) H'n (U.U. Hn+'(Rn. and so Dim X > 0 (b) (c) is tautological. Let Sn be the compactified Rn. Thus 4 is not flabby. The section 1 of Zu over U cannot be extended to X because an extension would have to be 0 at {0}.ZuIU) + H'(X.int(K') C X. Since . and hence would have to be 0 in a neighborhood of {0}. (Alternatively.ad) for p > 0 and 4 flabby.4) = 0 = H.nA(sdjA) is onto and HO1fA(A. By IIExercise 22. (Note that a virtually identical argument applies to the onepoint paracompactification of IIExercise 9. (d) = (a) by the exact sequence HO (X. The hypothesized exact sequence of (X.5. which is compact.{x}. and any open set W C X x Y is the directed union of those members of . aZn+' (X..1 and the exact sequence H°(X.11. (a) (b) by 115. 25. d) is flabby..'(X. and it follows from the MayerVietoris sequence (27) on page 94 that W U W' E . is directed by inclusion. Let %P be the family of supports on Sn . Let C = W .ad(K). 1114. .d.4') is concentrated on {0} and hence is flabby.Sn .11. We are to show that i..{x}) with coefficients in Zu has the segment H"(Sn. Dim X < n + 1. 3. DimX < 1. By continuity.atl)IX. By induction.ll contained in W.. and so a ?'1(X.{x}. as a member of 4(K).. which is uncountable. Solutions to Selected Exercises .1.Zu) . 2').Zu) + H°(U.HH(U. 15. Hence it extends by 0 to a global section of i. Thus .ll.F. 23.... then the argument in the proof of 119. and consider the sheaf sd = Zu..{x} consisting of the sets K closed in Sn .1(W) + id(K) is onto for K C W closed.Zu) 0 0 by 1112.Zu). 21U) by IIExercise 21. Sn .ll.2) .U. J#. H' (X.) 18. = Uk #k C &Now. By IIExercise 10. then a extends to a compact neighborhood K' of K by 119. Zr. U..H.ad)p is flabby. and so DimX = 1.Zu).2) from II12.ad is csoft and . sIBC extends to C. If oo V K.8 and 1116.462 B. The inclusion 4 '+ `'°(X.H'(X. Let s E i.{x}Zu) . If 00 E K. it follows that dl consists of all open sets in X x Y. The exact sequence of (Sn..dIXU(X..all = (i. (c) (d) by H'(X.Z) f°°1 Z. Let U = {1/n I n > 1}. Also. and this extends s to a global section of id. which is precisely the definition of A being taut.3 shows that s.. For the second part let F C R' be the union of the spheres about the origin x = 0 of radii 1.Zu) .dl.U. By IIExercise 22.) is uncountable.{x} and contained in U.' is csoft by 1116.Zu) Hn+t(Rn Rn .
if 4 is a presheaf._1). and so .ir2a2 a2 = a2 . an) modulo those that satisfy ai_ 1 = iria.... where 6 = {{x}.. and so dim Nl < 1 (indeed Dim N1 < 1. .. .4)+3'1(N. where 17 : N + N is given by i7(n) _ n + 1.: q'°(N. This means that given an E 4...4) takes an E 4(Un) to the ntuple (al.lrnan has a solution (solving backward from an = 0). then the definition d(Un) =. ..... 4) is equivalent to the inverse sequence in which the nth term C°(Un. . an) .. 4(Un) is surjective. Now ... . the only thing preventing 4 from being a sheaf is the requirement that 4(N) = it 4(Un). 4) + C°(Un1.(a1 . The inclusion e d .. Therefore 0+.WO (N. with iriai = a.7 or by direct examination. The inverse system d in which .rd) is the cokernel of d C°(N.from Chapter II 463 is uncountable. .dn with 7rn : 4(Un) + 4(Un1) and 4(N) = Urndn gives a presheaf on N that is clearly a conjunctive monopresheaf and hence a sheaf.. Using this resolution..ir2a2. The map (a.. where ai1 = 7ria.... sd) takes (al. leading to the claimed : criterion. . ) 1+ (al . . see Exercise 1122).d is flabby q each 4(N) .4)+0 is a flabby resolution of 4.Trnan) E Ci°(Un1.'°(N.. an .) with a....4). there are an+1. for all 1 < i < n.. Moreover.. H1(N. 4) induces an isomorphism on this cokernel.. . Therefore 4 is flabby « each an is surjective... an) and the restriction C°(U..71(N. Conversely. .. M) = A serration over U.. . m}... . 4) is the group of ntuples (al. 4) . then putting do = 4(U...a.d) Z1(Un. the system of equations a1 = a1 . (Hence also H°(N.1r2a2.7r3 a3 ain_1 = an_1 . and it is onto C°(Un1. it is flabby by 115.rd) + Z1(N.) with 7rn the restriction map gives an inverse sequence.) is surjective..+2!+1!. an).... Therefore Dim M" = n + 1 for any nmanifold Mn (n > 0)..1 has no solution in integers. [For if there is a solution. Trn} is an inverse sequence... is just an ntuple (a1..d is acyclic q d (al. Therefore Z1(Un. 27. .1)!+. an1 .. since given (a'1.d.jd)..d) is the group of such ntuples. The presheaf cokernel of a has value on Un that is the quotient of the group of ntuples (a1.. The sheaf '°(N. Since 71(N.an.d).an1).an) to (a1. This fact is due to Satya Deo [31].irn+lan+l) .1 for all i > n.dn = Z for all n and 7rn : 4n + dn1 is multiplication by n gives a sheaf that is not acyclic since the system of equations 2a2=a11 3a3 = a2 . E 4i.4).. whence C°(Un. a.d) are as claimed. then an induction shows that a1 =n!an+(n. and d : C°(Un. If {4 . 4).
The requested example is given by II11. Zt) Z2. Z) 9+ H°(S°..6 passage to a subsequence does not affect .2 the composition of h with f t : H' (Y. For 0 # n E L we have the exact sequence 0 . M) _ +H.4 we have Zt + 0. we shall go on to show that in fact. i.1)!.Z) =0. each .. sd + W + 0 of sheaves on N..Z) h.d) # 0. Z') has 2torsion. we may assume that each `Bn+1 + `en is zero. which induces the exact sequence o+r. The reader might note that every sheaf on N is soft. Solutions to Selected Exercises From this we conclude that if n + 1 is prime. Since r(zt) = 0. H1(Y. there is an m > n with W. Since by 1111. see V5. But then V is obviously acyclic by our given criterion for acyclicity. which induces the exact cohomology sequence o + r(zt) + r(zt) . . Z) ®H°(II. Take n = 2.H2(Y. From IExample 3.. The induced exact cohomology sequence shows that kirn'4n _ Lim' Wn.Zt) . Then this is an inverse sequence that is clearly a flabby sheaf on N... 36 0.1)! + .(X. a proof that if sd = {A 1 3 A2 3 } is any strictly decreasing inverse sequence of subgroups of Z then {im"l is uncountable.M + M/nM + 0. is exact on sequences of constant sheaves by IExercise 11. see IExample 3. then Iail > In! . Consider the covering map f : X = S' + S' = Y of degree 2.1)(n . since if a = 0 then al = (n .{(n .1)!I = (n . which is multiplication by 2 (using that this is the same as the map in singular theory).M) since r. Then there is the exact sequence 0 Zt Zt + Z2 + 0. H' (X .(M)2+r.r(z2) . Z) ..17. The contention follows.. + 'en zero. and in fact. H'(S'..e. 28. suppose that .4.) To prove the last statement.(n . whence n + 1 divides n!. there is the inclusion i : I + M.5.M ".] Therefore this H1(N. so that this exercise gives another example of a soft sheaf that is not acyclic. H1(S1. let Zt be the twisted locally constant sheaf on S' with stalk Z. for m large.464 B. let In = Im a. For another example.1)! + + 2! + 1! and al = (n + 1)!an+i + n! + al. Let' be the cokernel of i.im. so that there is the short exact sequence 0 + I . H1(S'. For each n. Now W has the property that for each n. (For another proof of this. fZ) H1(Y. Z) is just By II11.4 satisfies the MittagLeffier condition.5n+1 + Q is surjective. f Z) f'. whence dim N = 1. Also. and so dim N > 1.(M)_+ro(M/nM) °aH (X. Although not requested. Zt) + 0. But if a. then an # 0. This gives the first statement. more direct. The induced cohomology the exact sequence 0 i Z fZ sequence has the segment H'(Y. way of doing this computation is to decompose S' as the union of two intervals and apply the MayerVietoris sequence II(26): 0 H°(I. Zt). Another.H' (S'. + l!}I > fin! . and this cannot happen for infinitely many n.
Finally. we need only show that dimz X. then Nn+1/Nn is finitely generated and torsionfree.. Now... By looking at M ® Q. 31. Also see the solution to IIIExercise 13. If Nn}1 = Nn. whence free. and so we shall assume X to be compact. . contains X.. for some k.Z) by 1110. so that dimz Y fl X. Z`) Coker g = {u. 4) + Hn+1(Y U X. Z..) 33. are irreducible and no X. Then 2n = ZAn is obviously flabby. Therefore the exact sequence 0 = Hn(X. < n.12 and IIExercise 30 would imply that dimz X < n.. 29. and assume that the result holds for Zariski spaces K with Zdim K < n. b of the lefthand group and u.V) = X and so X is not irreducible. We need only show that Hn+1(X. In that case note that if U and V are nonempty open subsets of X.e. Let Zdim X = n.Hn+1 (X. b1. .. and put n Nn={aEMI kak. does not extend to II since it would be 0 at 0 (since the stalk at 0 is trivial). Thus H1(Sl . Let A. Now.0 (X. (These are called the irreducible components of X.+1 Nn be a generator (whence an+1Nn = 9b. U Xk where the X.. < n. and is of rank one.. b2..00kEL}.) Let Y = X1 U U X. 1) which is 1 at all points 1. u = v} . span N = U Nn and are independent. Suppose that {bl. ) shows that by a finite induction.. L). we may as well assume that X is irreducible.. 4) ® Hn+I(X1._1. Therefore any open subspace U X is connected. and so any section of Z over U is constant.1]) is not onto because the section over (0. for j 36 i.. Then clearly Zdim Y fl X. < n. v I u = v. . we see that rank Nn < n. Z .from Chapter II 465 A little thought about sections of Z` over the two intervals and their intersection S° shows that with appropriate choices of generators a. and so must coincide with the zero section on some neighborhood of 0 E I. L) H°(X+. Nn is free. whence Z is a flabby sheaf on X. }. Then bl. we have g(a) = u . the restriction n 2(11) + 2'((0. Indeed.} is a basis of Nn.. then take the same basis. H"(X.+1 form a basis of Nn+1. EL. (The equality on the left is by the inductive assumption and the one on the right is because Z is flabby on X. then U fl V 0 since otherwise (X . (a) Let M be generated by a.. Then the MayerVietoris sequence Hn(Y fl X.. That implies that I'(Z) I'(ZiU) is surjective. Zu) = 0 for all open U C X since then 1116. .. it suffices to consider reduced cohomology of a compact space. b.. proves the result. one can express X = X1 U X2 U . a2. v for H°(S°. We inductively construct a basis for each Nn as follows.U) U (X .v and g(b) = u + v.:j Z2... If Nn+1 96 Nn. Then we claim that the sheaf 2 = lin 2n is not flabby. (b) Since H. Z).+1 Nn for some q E L). F = X .ZF) Hn(F. ZF) .U is a Zariski space with Zdim F < n. 3.. = {1. Zu) + H Z) = 0 Also. s_1 By hypothesis. i..a.. Let b.d) + H"+1(Y. so they form a free basis of N.2.b. where Q is the field of fractions of L.
(KUKr) + H. Suppose it is true for i and put K = K1 U UK. The reader may handle the arbitrary coefficient case.) is zero. K1 U . Z) = f f : U df(xo. (a) If Z is regarded as the constant sheaf.(E) is finitely generated. (d) Since the onepoint compactification of a locally compact separable metric space is separable metric. By choice of the Ki.._ 1) is finitely generated.L H°(D n Dr) + HH (D U Dr). a } C H°(X. 34. N is finitely generated q N is finitely generated. Let Kl. Z) we have Now. Kk be as described in part (b). E.CintK._1.. that whenever D.f(xo) Also. H. and put X = H* (X) lirr Then X ..Z) = {f : X x X + ZJ f = 0 on a neighborhood of the diagonal A C X x X}. we may restrict attention to the compact case. the image of N in H. A°(U. Thus the contention is true for i = 1. the image of N in H.3. .+1) + H°(K) ®H°(K.. By He' (E) ® II17.:s'C(X). by induction on r.. Also..466 B. all b.) since this group is torsionfree. completing the induction and the proof of (c). The image of jr is finitely generated by 1117. If K n Ki+1 = 0. It suffices to show that N and N are finitely generated since 0dimensional cohomology with coefficients in L is torsionfree.) is the direct limit of a sequence of finitely generated groups. This implies that a 0 in H°(K. and so is countably Thus it suffices to show that generated.5. and so H'(X. then the MayerVietoris sequence 0 . 4mX. and such a group is obviously countably generated.' (Dl U U D.. By the inductive assumption.) is finitely generated. U K. Assume. Ao(X. Now X can be embedded in the Hilbert cube II°°. Z) = I'(Z) .(K)®H'(Kr) H°(EnEr) 1J. the image of N in HH (K. then ka + 0 in H°(K.. (c) Let Ki be as in the hint. Solutions to Selected Exercises Let {al. For f E A°(X. H. with {D.x1) = f(xi) . the image of N in H.L). .(E)®H1(Er) .+1) are zero. Let N be the image of N in H°(X.Z) _ Ker{d: A°(X) + A1(X)/Ao(X)} = {f : X +ZI f is locally constant} _ C(X).) for some k E L. Consider the diagram H. Let E... . by induction. If a E N.) is torsionfree by IIExercise 28..... the image of N in is finitely generated by the inductive assumption. (DU Dr) is finitely generated. H°(K U K. then H°(K U Ki+1) H°(K) ® H°(Ki+1). and the contention again follows from this.+1 # 0. that the image of N (or N) in H°(K1 U .+1) and (hence) in H°(K fl K. But any compact subset X of ll C 1R" is the intersection of a descending sequence of finite polyhedra. UK. Z} is a sheaf. L) be given and let N be as described. Since H. Also. Let pn : II°° + II° I be the projection.} a closed covering of X. ..+i) + H°(K fl K. ..+1) proves the inductive step since the images of 9 in 1P°(K. If K n K. . We argue..(EUEr) 1 k®k. I K. then H°(X. be compact sets with Di C int E. C int Ki. Therefore ASH°(X. = 0.. (K.
(ii) X = S. There is a 0 < ci with an < .{52 x w} C W.fA(A.) It follows that 9# s 0.i] x {n} c W. Then let X be the "Tychonoff plank" 12' xw' and let A = ci x {w} U {52} x w.0 for all n. Z).. 37. See 1113. For any constant sheaf . T). Thus B(S) free (i): Let card(S) < tl and put subgroup of a free group is free. C(X) is free. This is a conjunctive monopresheaf and so Jr = R). a contradiction. then there is a neighborhood V C U of x such that f IV is homotopic to the constant map to 0 E T. The last part follows from IIExercise 38 and the cohomology sequence of (X. Therefore the exact cohomology sequence of this coefficient sequence has the form o .5ro = M(*. B(S) is free.. whence we have the induced exact sequence 0+ Z. (ii): Let S C X be dense of cardinality 17.2 for an interesting example of this.d) = 0 by the hypothesis on D. Standard coveringspace theory applied to the covering T shows that R 0 + M(U. 1` (A.T] + 0 is exact.Jr.4'A) H. f E C(S) f is bounded = f = j IS E B(S). 38. Z) + o. SE] x w') .2. By (b). 3 unique extension f E C(S).R) . A). Now. .r(z) .5rO+0 of sheaves. A) and (A.T) + [U. Let M(U.from Chapter II 467 (b) f E B(S) . Then Jr is soft by II9. (c) (i) . Conversely. T1 x Coker jk H1 (X.d(A) be defined by s(x) = 0 for x E ci x {w} and s(x) = a for x E {S2} x w. For n E w there is an element an E ci such that [an. let 0 54 a E L and let s E . Z) and . Then ([j3. Now assume that X is paracompact. 40.' with stalks L # 0 on X. Z = M(. Therefore s E d(A) does not come from lirr 4'(U). then V = {x E U I t(x) = 0} and W = {x E U I t(x) = a} are disjoint open sets with U = V U W.Z) + M(U. Let S2' = ci U {S2} be the set of ordinals up to and including the least uncountable ordinal c and w' = w U {w} the set of ordinals up to and including the least infinite ordinal w. 39. Restriction gives C(X) free. R) stand for the group of continuous functions U .nA(A. . A. etc.IIA) by 1110.M(U.. (Just take V = f(W). Hence [X. . where W is an open arc about f(x). Similarly. since a a monomorphism C(X) '+ B(S).4. Since d = MA. By (ii).d(U) for some open U D A. By construction.') = H. we have HH(X. if f : U + T and X E U. If s extends to t E . A). A.(X. The desired result then comes from the 5lemma applied to the pairs (X.R. finishing the first part. Coker jr .4) is zero on int A. but this must intersect V. Give these the order topologies. (d) The proof is identical to that of (c) using that Z) is right exact. whence C. r(jr) r+ r(so) + where jr is equivalent to jx. H1(X.
(g) = M. > y. let X1 = (A x to. 1]) fl X and X2 = (A x [1.+ H`(U. Again.A fl U. we have that H"(X1iZ) H"(A. y2 (r)] C A containing x on which f is constant. 4) = Y%«. 11 = I. y. with M. covering space theory immediately yields that Coker j [X. 41. the that f extends continuously to a map X first part of the problem gives If(. and the last map is just the restriction. we claim that [X.12.Z) [R. Now. E L.d) y H°(U.(r) for all rational r. Let I = [1. Define X=AxI. Thus. Solutions to Selected Exercises For a paracompactifying family of supports c 96 cld on X. T] ti Hc'(R. Z) Z since A is connected. does not hold for spaces that are not paracompact is shown by the following example.diU) + r(. where the latter denotes homotopy classes where one demands all maps and homotopies to be constant to the zero element of R or T outside some element of 4). We claim that H'(X. Thus X°(X. Af U.A.Z) : Z.. f is the projection [Y1.4)).T). Z) . corresponding to x E L. $ x. Since 4 is constant. a section . 4). the MayerVietoris sequence (26) on page 94 completes the computation.v. IR) and r6(g°) = M. Then f is constant on [Y1.4EAnU). Let L be the "long ray" compactified at both ends.Z) ~ H'(A.Z) by II11. and continuity shows that this is also the case for irrational r. But H"(A. Since X1 has A x { 11 as a strong deformation retract. T]. That this formula.(X. 9 is a csoft sheaf on X which is not acyclic for cld supports. Next. In particular. (g) ro(go) . Z) . There is the exact sequence 0 + H°(U. and the latter is acyclic by IIExercise 3. Let L1 and L2 be two copies of L with x. see IIExercise 3. standing for maps that vanish outside some member of 4). It follows T. X=X{xx0}.AEU)). o is exact.T] and in particular that H. A.1 (x. the sequence o + r. Since X is compact.Z) = 0 for n > 0 by IIExercise 2. 0]) fl X. A similar property of the long ray shows that there is a yt E L. in the case (D = cld. That means that on [y1..1]. such that y. for locally compact spaces we deduce that [X. : r(.y2] x I.d) = `V3eof(U . since X has A as a deformation retract. T] ~ H1(X. 4) + H°(Af1 U. H.(X. (a) Jt"(X.Y21 x {r} for all rational r.: Z. Y21 x I + I followed by some continuous function I a T. To see this. To see this. and it is clear that r.f(Kerj) = S°/en/(U .(X. Then a wellknown property of the long interval implies that there is an interval [yi (r). Let A be the onepoint union of L1 and L2 obtained by identifying x1 with x2. fl X2 consists of two disjoint copies of the "open" long ray. Z) = 0. Note that it follows that in the example.468 B. Let X E L be the maximal element.T] = 0. We will denote this common point by x. and H°(A. let f : X * S' and let r E [1. X. Fu_A(.
rBk).. A.K. Then by the exact sequence of (X. in distinction to the case of paracompactifying families. By IIExercise 21. = Ux..4x_A.rd do not suffice for computing cohomology for all sheaves d and support families 4i. passage toA and XU gives H' . 51. then W' (X . Thus HI(X.{0}. It is true for k = 0 since al Vo = ajX .Hp(U. see 119.sduA) for p > 0. U Let gk=. It follows that St"(a) = 0 for n > 0 and all a E H. 46. and hence the rest of the h.{x} with U open in X. a = St°(a) = 0 for deg(a) > 0. Then hor = 0 = hoc.(W'(X. But t(x) = 0 implies that t is zero on a neighborhood of x. U Ux" for some points x. U. Therefore. Since 2'x{x) is flabby. which generates the sheaf Hence (Ker j)(U) = I'U_A(. Z2).A)x = lirr.d))) H. to be zero. whence St' (a) = 0 for j = q . (U. By IIExercise 45.13. 53.' (X. We note that this shows that flabbiness of a sheaf . there is a section t E 2'(X) such that t(x) = 0 and t(y) = s(y) for all y # x.{0}.n < q. Thus.(X.A must actually have support in U .®R k times For 0 < k < n we claim that a8kIVk = 0 in Hronvk (Vk. . a.dx_A)x = 0 lid H"(U. the stalk at x is p(X. and k. of x such that /3l UU = 0 in H9(Ux. r(.Yu) = 0 for all D. Then the map h° of II20 can be taken to be 0. 45. (d) Under the hypothesis. where such resolutions do suffice. so that we can take hl and k1.A. ]R" . The proof is by induction on k.H' (R".4) is a cocycle representative of a.Qk . But M ti 2' gives a section s which is nowhere zero. For any point x E X there is a neighborhood U.d) = 0 for q > 0. since Y''(X. (c) If Y" (X. . SEU is flabby for all open U.. X = Isl is discrete.(X...Ax_A) is a resolution.4(9X®.A) is a flabby resolu tion of.d) _ . Z)o z..32. as distinct from the situation for soft sheaves. also s = 0 on some U .d) H'(I'.4 rarely implies the flabbiness of du. ]R" .. A.from Chapter II of 469 1 U with support in U . A. Suppose it is true for a particular value of k.A.. Therefore x is isolated in IsI. p(X.K = 0. A n U. and so Isi is discrete. whence dimz2 X = 0 by II16. This exercise shows dramatically that resolutions of the type 2 ®.. Following 9 by a map of B' to an injective resolution shows that we may as well assume that X' is injective over Z2.dlU) 'ixA(b) The stalk 7i°"(R". and K C Ux. B) since a point is always taut and q > 0. Let Uo = X . Vk). Note that 2' ®Zu = Yu. For U C X open.A. Since K is compact.dxA). where a E CP(X. and so H. Z2) = 0 for q > 0. Z) Z. Let K = dal E 4?. Let X E IsI.Ax_AI U).
we have that dimL(X . and 1116. we conclude that cxff = 0 in Hl+nq(X.F)/G} by IIExercise 11. This space is seen to be dcz' from continuity and the fact that H1(P2. 'a+l) N H +(k+l)q/X.d') 1 1 Jdx 4 . 'k)."4 is an isomorphism (for any x E V).(X.Vk. the existence of slices. Then dimL X/G = max{dimL F.DIA) fl (4?jB) = 4 I(A fl B). which can be taken to be open and connected. consider the exact sequence A G Z P+A®Z+A®Zpa0. This follows immediately from 1115.14. dci. and the local nature of dimension (see 1116. 56.. d') is zero.d') . Wk) . but it is not. But A ®Zp is a ZP vector space.d(V) + ..2.4') 10 0 . In case (b) it follows from the exact sequence of the coefficient sequence 0 + Z . Since V. nor is it doz.F)/G < dimL X . = 0.. (X. To prove this.Z + Zn .Hyr+kq(X.d(V) a 4'(V) 0 H1(V. d" are constant.. The conditions are to assure that for any point x E X and neighborhood U of x there is a neighborhood V of x such that H1(U. In case (c) it is obvious. The sequence then shows that . Since X is dci.. l0. Z)).. We may as well assume that d' and . we can assume the'result holds for any action of a proper subgroup of G.18).'4'(U) . By the inductive assumption.470 B.3. pX k I Lk)+1(X. In case (a) this follows by selecting compact neighborhoods and using the universal coefficient formula 1115. and any x E V. H1(V. dimL (X . Solutions to Selected Exercises comes from an element y E HPIXQVk(X. /(3 comes from an element 13' E Hq.3k+lIVk+1 = 0.F < dimL X. consult the commutative diagram 0 . Thus af3k+1 comes from yU/3' E H . `Bn) 54. com pleting the induction. Uk+1. Now (A ®Zp) ®(A ®Zp) (A (9 A) ®Zp = 0.. Let F C X be the fixedpoint set of G on X. the result follows. Then for such U and V. For the counterexample let X be similar to the example in the solution of IExercise 10 but using projective planes rather than circles.x_Uk+.'d(U) I 1 4"(U) + H1(U.3 and 1117. Consequently.dx 1  0.8). Z) = 0. = X. Similarly.. 'k+1) since (. 55.H.0 and 1117.Vk+l.3. Now the same argument as in the last part of the proof of IExercise 9 shows that d is constant on V.1B) .d'(V) .26 provided we A = 0 for abelian groups A (applied can show that A® A = 0 = A * A to A = He (U. of course. and so this implies that A ® Z. Using double induction on dim G and the number of components of G. it is locally connected. Since dimL F < dimL X. 1116. A diagram chase shows that .
m.d:) S 0 x p# 0.') .' on X. Thus the exact sequence 0=Q*Q/K. C°(Un....1+1) and (a. Also. it is injective. where i7 '(n..m1..d) . E A... and so we will ignore the other open sets. we have K # 0.. Then the restriction 4'(U) . 58. 7 `'°(M... x Um.?a)x..4') t 0 (Unt. j . whence MBA is acyclic.Q®Q/K=0 shows that 0 = Q/K ® Q/K Z ® Q/K : Q/K 54 0.10 now applies.fix). a contradiction. A) = 0 since A is injective. m) = (n + 1.. M) is just the group of n x m matrices (a. m + 1)..MIA). Let 4' be a flabby resolution of a given sheaf .'x).wa. Then one sees easily that f is closed and continuous.M(Un. S'°(M.). We omit the other details. whence Q/K satisfies the same hypotheses as does A. It is easy to see that this sequence is exact and gives the exact sequence 0 .. For x E X. whence A is taut by 1110. 57. These only form a basis for the open sets.. This also applies to the space A and shows that H*(A. Also. and so A is rudimentary. = .j and w.. Consequently. The remainder of the proof of 115. A) . where d°(a.2(U) for any sheaf 2 on X.a) = (a.+. Since Q/K is divisible. Therefore H'(Ux. For any sheaf .. A) .d= is an isomorphism by definition. ).. the minimal neighborhood U of x must be open and unique. It also follows that H*(Ux.. If X E A C (Jr.from Chapter II 471 A : A ® Z is divisible and hence injective. and it follows that (Ha 2a)x = FJa(. n 7j'.Hom(Z.3.H'({x}.Q/K®Q/KZ®Q/K.6.m.srt) H'(A... Using 7r and w for all the 7r.M) . 59.i)ED (a.8°(M. m) and 17" (n.m.dlA) .d) 1 0. If a E A then Ua fl A is the smallest neighborhood of a in A..m1. m) _ max(n. . A) shows that A contains a nonzero subgroup of the form Q/K for some subgroup K of Q. but that is sufficient for describing sheaves.m) i CO(Un. N given by f (n. then the only relatively open set in A containing x is A itself.. where a. m) = (n.C(Unt. We remark that Boltjanskii constructed a compact metric space X with dimz X = 2 and dimz X x X = 3. HP(Ux. consider the map f : M .. and that implies that Q/K is a direct summand of A.Ext(Q/Z. Y. then Ext(Q/Z..+1..') 0. For the last part. so that the exact sequence Hom(Q. ) ' (.'.. there is the sequence 0 . m).. 7ra. If A 0 0.4) ®C(Un. . Let Un. .b. = U. Now Q ®Q/K = 0 since Q/K is all torsion. Since Q ®Q 0..4') =+ H'({x}.d)®rj'e°(M.+1 + ab. which are straightforward. M . waj.
Hom(0.. .1 we have 4m Ak.Jd) by 116. y). The analogous argument works for d* (X.472 B.8 (or by direct examination). 10.Q) = 0.1. Any singular cochain on U can be arbitrarily extended to one on X. d) Therefore H"(X. is the smallest open set containing (n.d I A..d) H"(X.d on all simplices {xo.d (f 1 U") = rd (U". . 3 Solutions for Chapter III: 4. Z) ®Q Ext((D Z".) for all x. H"(*.9 '[U) is onto by 16. n) E f 1(n) C U".A) H"(X. Any locally finite covering of N contains {N}. A(UU) = dx = d(U.. by 1115. Since y E Ux = Uv C (Jr. is the same as Z° of 13. Z) ® Q ti Hom((DZ". . y) of S' containing xo one sees that dnI (x. [The sheaf . whence IIIcan be computed using a covering it 4.d_ 1) ti Z2.d") 02(11.rd . then the covering it = {Ux} refines all other coverings of X. Particularly note the cases H1(S1.2. Also.Q) Also..Z) ~. For an appropriate choice of bases one computes easily that the incidence matrix for d : C1(it. y) has a subsheaf isomorphic to Z(xo..Z).. and so S"(X.x0].x"} of N(it).d).xo). By I I11. Z) = 0 and H" ((x. n) and (n.d") is 1 n 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 which is unimodularly equivalent to diag(1. so that f. Solutions to Selected Exercises each f 1(n) is taut and acyclic by IIExercise 58 since U. y).k = H' (N. Z(x. zt H"(M.").1. Thus the composition S'(X. 13. 7.1whence Z/(n1)Z. Thus the result follows from 1114.2.". If Ux is the minimal open set containing x.rd_.ado) = 0 and H1(S1.] .d") = 0 for i > 0. A). For an arc (x. which implies that 9p is flabby by definition. Let U C X be open. . G).)®Q$0. Thus H" (X .. (f sd)(U") _ . Since U is paracompact. 11. In particular.. (f Z..G) . Also.. l.13 applies and shows that by three arcs (actually two arcs would also do).y)..A) = H"(X.. G) .d) is a fundamental connected sequence of functors of sheaves don X with H° (X..9p) + r(SO'JU) is onto.. whence H"(X.v)) ti H* ((x. H" (X .Q) ®Ext(®Z".1). so that H"(X. A) = H"(it. Z(xo.r(.Q) (g Q) ®Q)) H2(r(Y)) ® Q H2(X.G) + Sp(U.d) = (Lm. (x.4 and so the solution to IIExercise 28 gives another computation of H1(S1.l'(.G) is onto. A agrees with . y). .d . xo].v) with quotient sheaf isomorphic to Z(1. sH2(X.. We have H* ((x. Thus H`((x.xol) ti H`((x. Sp(U..n. Q/Z) ® Q H2(r(. A) = 0 if d = 0. A disjoint union of lens spaces converging to a point serves for X Then AH2(X.
Let a be a Lebesgue number for it and let f : X » Y be as described. But `'°(U. Now A(Y) = H"(F(9?')) and 4(Y) = so that . The result then follows from the commutative diagram 'Yu E H" (il) . so that &0 (X. and we are finished.d)(K).0. for ally x. A") is concentrated on {x} so that 00 (U. which implies that f y. T 16. A") is not surjective. Consequently.1 since A n B E clY. Now any open covering is refined by some it = {Uy} such that x V U.(A n B) = U U V (disjoint). and under that equivalence s' becomes an extension of the original section s.1. Solutions for Chapter IV: 1.b (f yet) by IV5. Since f is surjective.. 2. The result then follows from the first inequality of IV8. A") _ J]{M I x E U E it}.) = M.d is 4isoft by definition.B and V = B . it maps the nerve N(f 121) isomorphically onto N(O). t restricts to t' E I lyl f2 iLi ( f 1L). Let L E 1 with K C intL and L C U.X1) + H" (X ) H"(93) T . then diam f1(y) < F.) C U. B in X with A n B C Y and A u B U Y = X.A. By assumption there are compact sets A. 5.d) 2 (fy. then Y contains an open set. which shows that the compact set A n B disconnects X. Thus the induced map H"(21) + H"(f121) is an isomorphism. and so dimL A n B > n . Then there is the canonical map 0 : A(Y) + . 6. But Fylyl(. 600 (11.then c(U)#0for some UE11. where U = A .from Chapter IV 473 14. Let A be the presheaf with A(U) = H"(F`(U)) and let d = YAI(A) _ on (S2*) by definition. Thus y has a neighborhood V..19. 3. Then C. A") = C°(il. Let X be any space with a nonisolated point x. Let 4i = {{x}. Since a compact totally disconnected space has dimension zero by II16. whence f1(y) C U for some U E U.H" (f 12. If A U B 0 X. then X .3. Extend s to an open set U D K giving t E (fy.A) = 0. Then there is the epimorphism A » A" of presheaves.d)(K) is onto for all K E 4i.b(it.10. There is an open covering it of X such that y is the image of some yu E H" (it) via the canonical map H' (it) * H" (X) H" (X ). Let K E and s E (fy. we have dimx (B .d1 f1(U)). This shows that I'#(fy.(A n B) = X .4(Y) of Chapter I. A) C°0 (X. 0}.A).H"(Y).2.r1)(U) = rw. with f 1(V. A) = 0 for any covering it since if 054 CEC0' (il. Let 21 = {Vy ( y E Y}. Since 4 is D(T)soft.H"(X) H"(A) ® H'(B) has the direct sum term zero by 1116. If y E Y. Then f 'Q refines U. Let A be the constant presheaf with values M 0 and let A" be the presheaf with A"(U) = 0 if x U and A"(U) = M if x E U.whence Ix }D cl DU.29. For such it.(A n B) = X . The MayerVietoris sequence H"'(An B) .d) = r. A") = A" (U. A) = 0 and 600 (X. It follows that dimX Y> n . If A U B = X. (X. As a section of d over f 1(U). t' extends to s' E by 119.iui(. A") & M.
Then s(y) E Vn is a cocycle of 2y representing [s(y)] E . By definition B[s](y) = [s(y)]. Thus cohomology classes of the total complex L' are given by the image of E' : H"(I'. and its cohomology class in H°(ro(''(Y. Thus naturality applied to the diagram y' '.2") that is a cocycle. where { is the edge homomorphism..(f.(. if s(y) = 0.(Vp(Y.. "(2').474 B.X"(. y) E (y.(2').X"(2 )) ='EZ'" is just e[s]. = 0 as claimed.[s](y) = [s(y)] = 0[s](y). where 17' : HH(X/G.[s(y)) is a serration of J(f"(2'). and we shall continue to name it s.i "'(2'))).2°)) together with the fact that the second spectral sequence of this degenerates to an isomorphism induced by the monomorphism which identifies 1'..('°(Y. then [s(y)] = 0. By general principles this is a cocycle. Hence.(re)) = H"(I'. We shall treat the remainder more generally in the context of IV2.(. X I I y Y gives the commutative diagram HH(. then for y E Y. as a section of we have that i. Let us describe this explicitly. That is. then B(s) E I ..d) =i Hy(XG. If Y is a single point y. (W' (Y. where Y* is a differential sheaf on Y consisting of Obacyclic sheaves.&)(X. The indicated edge homomorphism is the composition s. This proves the last statement. Ajy'). Therefore ifs E F.(w'(Y. 2' )). so that 0: H"(r#(Se')) as desired.at) restriction r. Start with a section s E r.2')))) = H°°(Y.xe"(y')).1. If s E I'(2') is a cocycle representing [s] E H"(r(2' )). ([') with the d 0cocycles of L''' = I'. 6.1s. '))). Now. Then y f. (The case of the Leray spectral sequence is that for which 2Q = f The spectral sequence in question is the first spectral sequence of the double complex L'" = I'. Solutions to Selected Exercises 0 : H"(I (Se')) . s(y) is an ncocycle of Y= representing the cohomology class [s(y)] E X" (2')y.2.1)) t 1 H"vny (y.77`. that is. Then c(s) is given just by regarding s as a serration. since we may as well assume that {y} E 1.. an element of I'. Therefore i.(.J) . = i o { o tl'. then it is clear that l: is the identity. so that y 0 10(s)J. The proof could also be based on 116. 10(s)I C Isl.
and r is trivially an isomorphism since 4F y' = 41y'. and this is our result for B = V.Hwnu(U'. Since f is Wclosed. Therefore 0.. the fact that 61F is an isomorphism implies that fw(4v)IF = 0 by exactness of the previous sequence. It suffices to treat the two cases B = V open and B = F closed. For U open in Y. that is.H4n. and so fw(d)IF ei fw(4F. Let j : X X xG G °+ X xG EG = XG be the inclusion of the fiber corresponding to y E BG. W induces a homomorphism f* (4v. where y E BG. the exact sequence 0 + '1V. We have r U rr'(w) _ r U rr'(i' j'(r)) = r U j'(r) = r U r by (23) on page 236 and 1112.f`4) is as in IVExercise 5. 11.4F) + .Hs(y.rd) = 0 by IV4.d)) is the edge homomorphism of the Leray spectral sequence of rr : XG + BG.4FIy'). n o j = f.2 and the assumption that dim* (y*) = 0. Thus let F C Y be closed. is an isomorphism for y E F. By IVExercise 5 we have iy o Therefore S = iy o o r% = j' o rl' = f' as claimed.) . Consequently.)IF is an isomorphism.4Iy) .Hwnu(U'. the maps ry are isomorphisms by IV4.f*. On the other hand. jr.. fY(4F')..4V)+.2. Then the diagram XXXGC 1' f+ X/G II XG=X xGEG "+ X/G commutes. It is obvious that fw(4F. The first derived functor of ft is 4 . which is our result for B = F. +J1 4F .f*d)) +He(X.'(f. For Y E F there is the commutative diagram fw(4)Y _'' 19. and hence the exact sequence of sheaves 0fw(4v)fw(Jd) _Lfw(4p.. 10. which is an isomorphism since fw(4F.)IV = 0.+ is . jr.)+Xy.F.(y'. Therefore ft is exact.dv. and i :I(Xe(X.) + fw (4) v.)IV = 0..0 (restricted to U) induces the exact cohomology sequence 0 . whose stalk at y E Y 9..2. and so 9 induces an isomorphism fw(d)F =+ fw(4'F). C : HT'(XG.from Chapter IV 475 is induced by q : XG .4) . . as in IVExercise 5.Htonu(U'. HO(y .rr*d) + r(Ye(X. and put V = Y .X/G.
Imh).M) I off°(*. Therefore.P (X.3. M)). P.V`)). by the naturality of 0.p is induced by the augmentation e : M . M)and oi'°(X. Im h) Hp1(r4 (.Q _ H. M) = 0 for q # 0. and it is elementary that the group on the left is zero for p # 0. But &J(C°(X.PIG. P).rd1/Kerh. so that 0 is an isomorphism as claimed. H'(X/G. The exact cohomology sequence induced by the exact coefficient sequence 0 p Im h .Z2) is vacuously a monomorphism for i < m . which vanishes for p > 1 since 0 = 0 for q > 0. f 1P). is not true without the condition that the group be connected. Mapping X to a point * induces. and e is induced by the classical augmentation M '+ off°(U. then let F be some other component. Therefore Im h is 4iacyclic. Zr). If Y is not the complete fixedpoint set.X°(X. Ai°°(X. M)). M) zt HP(X. due to Oliver [651. 0. denote &. Coker h + 0 then shows that Coker h is 4iacyclic since . 23. M) = Aeal(U " off°(U. the commutative diagram H°(*.n. Since .Z2) . 13. the Leray spectral sequence of (f. The map .0°(X. (. M).:: Imh. By IV14. 20. so that it suffices to prove that e is an isomorphism when X is locally arcwise connected. and the result follows from the exact sequence of the pair (X. 0. PIG. Zr)) = 0 converging to H" (X. It is clear that o"(X.476 B.4d° and Im h are 4iacyclic. H°(G. a contradiction.4. so that the spectral sequence degenerates to the isomorphism .4. by IV10.k + 1) = k .k + 1. 24.5 we have that k = dim Y < m . Let i ' and . Solutions to Selected Exercises 12.M) I H°(X. The statement about normal StiefelWhitney classes follows from the obvious real analogue of IV10. By the proof of IV14.Jd° . the contention follows. has Ez'` = H'(X/G. Thus the latter group is zero. Note that k is . for q= 1. Consequently.(m . Thus the spectral sequence of IV2. we have N f . M) respectively. M) B' off°(X.) 22. there is the induced isomorphism H. M). M).1.HP(X. Since U can be restricted to arcwise connected open sets. for q#1. Zp) = 0.H`(F. By hypothesis.d') = 0. (This result.1 has EZ."(X. otherwise. H`(M. 1 for q = 1. where f : X + X/G is the orbit map.
but we know no proof of that.d).k) = An.] Then we have E2'° M.d) .d) + ® Cp(X.ie +0... M9) with the inverse of that for the second spectral sequence. = 0. M)=o.. By definition.. M) are concentrated at the origin xo for q > 0. These edge homomorphisms are induced by the canonical monomorphisms Cy(X.. Also. 29.. the sheaf a. [For q > 1 these are probably zero. The reader might attempt to see this directly by studying the sheaf X. as claimed. Since X is locally arcwise connected.. and all others are zero. There is an exact sequence 0.1.X) Thus this sequence has the form M.(. 9(X.r). [At least for M = Q this is uncountable. which induces the exact sequence 0 + H°(X.1 . f M) = by II11.: H9(N.] Let B = a3'1(X. Note that the term ®.. Consequently. consider the projection f : U x N N.I'. Let 4 = W'(X.v(.®MaH1(X. M) + H'(X. M)x0.M) = 0 and similarly. and H'(X. p+q=n .. once we show that H9(Un x N. 27. M) aX9(X. E2'9 = r(a. M) M via the augmentation.:s aH'(X. A...M+0.11 applied to the open subspaces A. The map 8 here is an isomorphism by IVExercise 22. It is also clear that the sheaves aY9 (X .imqA...M)=o.X) . _ U x N.M) +8 :=1 and isomorphisms aH9(X..') . M) L H°(X. 0+M B+M+r(. that Jim?. This follows immediately from IV2.7e).d) (. f4'(Uk) = '((f'Uk) _ 4(U. }. The analogue in higher dimensions is false.°(X.2 H9(Un x N. M)) ~ M.from Chapter IV 477 concentrated on the closed line segment where X is not locally arcwise connected... probably all zero. and the fact. which is expected to be quite large. 10 is the composition of the edge homomorphism in the first spectral sequence of the double complex Lp.k.9 = C 'p (X. M)) Y9(X.1 M represents those classes in AH'(X. M) that are locally zero.6. l. for q > 1. ir) + H1(X.An. To see this.. M) ®°° 1 M by continuity II14. 25.. This is closed and each f 1(m) is taut and dl f '(m) is acyclic by IIExercise 58. iq) . ).) = H°(X.M*X+. E2'0 = H'(X. H°(X.. The spectral sequence can also be derived as the Leray spectral sequence of the projection 7r1 : N x N + N. from IIExercise 59. there is an exact sequence 00 0. Consequently we have that r(a (X. Therefore so that fart is the inverse sequence {An.
E"'q(il) = H"(il.Hq(rd)) = 0 for p < m and 0 $ q < n. The nonzero cases are E2P'3 = Hf(YB)®H. which implies that the edge homomorphism Hk(i1.(x.Co.A°) 1 .i)). we have Ao = Y .A°) . In the second spectral sequence of this double complex we have "E" = Hp(11.. In degree zero this composition is the identity. . E2'1 = H. for p = 0. and K2 = K3 = F. Thus the contention follows from 116.(X.q(11) = Hp(il.F). as is seen by chasing the exact commutative diagram 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 ry(1) ! 1 I'y(. where the coefficient sheaves are constant and either 0 or Z.2 H"(ry(d*)) = Hw(X.*q1(f))6) Hp+3(F. _d)) by 1114.') = EE'O » E. and A3 = F. Put K° = Y. 30. eq(X. l 0. Al = B .ko0 . d)). for the Fary spectral sequence. nq(X.2. K1 = B. Let Lp'q = Cp(i1. Then..i) 1 1 1 C . Thus HP(YB. Therefore this spectral sequence degenerates to the isomorphism H"(L') : H"(X...Xq(f))®H.. j) is isomorphic for k < min(n.(X.Cq(....Hq(e. m). m) and monomorphic for k = min(n...1') 1 0 C. for p# 0 by 1114. whence E2p.d°) .d) ' C .H' (L') .. Consequently.4)) H"(X.ry(..Hk(X. HI (*.d)) = r(' " (x.1.il) .C.1)) = Cp(U.. 31. are maps of fundamental connected sequences of functors of d.B).F. Solutions to Selected Exercises These are all exact functors of d.(X.1. yq3(f)).+1(BF. In the first spectral sequence ED"(11) = 'E"'q we have Ei.d) In the situation of IIIExercise 15.+'(B .(X.d')..(X. A2 = 0.rd) + C.B...d). EZ"'O = H'(Y . which are the edge homomorphisms.'). the derived maps Hy(X.478 B..q(U) = O'(U.10.1.+'(BF)®Hp+3(F).
'E°gN '+ E. The assumption that H"(r. the edge homomorphism C : Now. By hypothesis.5.) 33.r]) =Nr+2> Nr+1. note that the proof of IV2.N '' FN/FN1. Hence.Nr+l 5 r 'E°obN L+. But'E°ooN and E.N I do N N rdo. says (for X paracompact): If every neighborhood U of x E X contains a neigborhood V of x with aHk(U.Nr+1 since r . we have that 'FN/'FN_l = 'EOO.N IEr.: Hp2(B). as the proof shows. M) is an isomorphism for k < n and a monomorphism for k = n.(X"(2')) is just the canonical map B : H"(I'4(Y*)) I'. together with IV2.Nr+l YI r shows that 'E°0+1 = Ker'd°NN » Kerd°NN = E.N .M) zero. . then tl" is an isomorphism.from Chapter IV 479 Also.0 is the connecting homomorphism common At. d2 is an isomorphism. we have HN(I'4(r)) = 'FN D'FN1 3 and we deduce that'FN_l + FN_l in both cases.1  Hp(Y .F) Hp3(Y. In the first case. By IV2. By the solution of IVExercise 5. Thus 'FN/'FN1 = " E°bN = FN/FN1. M) + aHk(X.B) ® H'2(B . yielding the claimed isomorphism. r. Therefore the spectral sequence degenerates from E3'9 on.y"(?*)).F) ' Hn+l (Y .Nr+1 Er. then .FN as claimed. (Actually. M)). For the application to singular cohomology take.x) with yJV = 0.3 N E23.F). killing everything except the E2'3 terms.° .2 showed that 'E. as claimed.B) H"(1'o(Y')) . B) Hp2(B. F) = 0 since Y and F are both acyclic. kr(r) =Nr+#(Srn[0.B) . so that tl" is onto.nu(r* IU)) is zero for small U implies that 0 = 0. . F) . for example. whence E° .3 N He3(y .Hr (Y . M) .5. then the diagram Eor. For the second case. so that. r' _ 9'' (X. This implies that is onto.nk : Hk(X.(. E20'" = I'.2 also showed that 'Er. + E2'N. Consequently.Eo°o" .F) = H' (Y. 32. Let 'EDil = Ep'9(Y*) and EP'' = EP'Q(+A ). which implies that 'FN .(_T*)) H"(I' .N E°'N. giving H9(X) N E33. each point has a neighborhood V with AH"(X. for the filtrations of the total terms.F) H°(B .aHk(V. M) = Aeal(U ++ S* (U. '0°'N >+ E2N. If in addition. M) zero for all k < n. The proof of IV2. Thus. it is enough that for each y E aH" (X.'o" 2 EopoN' for p > 0. and we conclude that 'FN ' FN. d2 = `d2 +'A.M) + aH"(V. if we have proved that 'E°'N FErO. Thus d2 : 'A = 6 in the exact sequence E21. Then the result. 0.F) ® HP(F) lip4(B) and Hp2(B . where `d2 = 0 since E2'1 and E2'0 do not involve a E2+1. M) and each x E X there is a V = V(y.nk is an isomorphism for k < n and a monomorphism for k = n. which is soft when ' is paracompactifying. H'p3(Y . But HC (Y .
1.K) by V5. Hp (Z.10.(kh)'. g' `B) k..4. Then use that . The second is similarly induced by the coefficient sequence 0 + .He (U n V) + Hn +1(U n v) = 0 shows that 5'(X. The second follows similarly from the sequence 0 + Y` + Y% ® 22F2 . the last equality being by the definition of (kh). !f. with the homomorphism f. 11. Thus h. 5. The MayerVietoris sequence (coefficients in ..: ronu(!Y(. This shows that k.4..k'. YF + Fo((9(Y'IF) (9 llIF)X) 0.h.4') He (U n V) + Hn..du. = (gf). and plug the exact sequence 0 Y' + 0 into the functor f. andF=XU. . Let 2' = 1'(X. Then we have the diagram Hy (X. V5.f'g'') h. = g.6 when (d. This is an immediate consequence of V5. Let g : Y + Z and let k :. . V3. } shows that it satisfies condition (b).2 and VI3. Hp (Y. 8. The first sequence is induced by the exact coefficient sequence 0 + dv + Mu. and Yb ED 9.`IU) ® sheaves by V3. of V5.. 4F' +lF. which is exact on replete (9 .U).U) . Let 4> be a family of supports on Z.1c + 4'F.r' be a ghomomorphism.3. ® Mu. The solution is given in VI1... Solutions to Selected Exercises Solutions for Chapter V: 3. 6. Hp (Y. and the triangles commute by the definitions of h. f'ui (and conversely). and V5.A1U) gz C!nu(U. 7.. of (26) on page 301. whereG= XV.\ If. The solution is given in VI12.') is elementary.0.du + 0 via (34) on page 306 and (8) on page 292. r8) in which the square commutes by the naturality of f.3.f. M 0 HnM .4 [showing that I. This gives the first sequence.f'J6)=+HH (X. d) h'.3 when 4i is paracompactifying.B .=XU.) ®.(tY(2' ) (9 .h.\ 1s.sd) satisfies condition (a) of VExercise 3. and put 41 = 4i(c) and O = 1(c). III P _f.d)+HH (X. The solution is given in VI3.L). and continuity II14.IF(2(2' IF) (9 . F.5 applied to the direct system {. and. using (35) on page 306.&IF)]. 4.6.. can be defined as the composition Hp ° (X. 38) + Hp (Y.V) of h..A") I'4. Such a map h induces a homomorphism h' : W . (2(.. and k. = (kh).480 B. ..
19. where y # x. KnLEc}=4i#.) Now. 8N) Ho(8N) Ho(S' +S°) : Z®Z. 481 (a) 4i C T = W# _ {K I L E W . and all other terms are zero. for K E c(Y).{y}. Since X1(X) vanishes outside S1. Thus (f '4>)# = {KEc(Y)ILEc1 = {KEc(Y)jLE4? f'(L)nKEc} Lnf(K)Ec} = {K E c(Y) I f (K) E 4i#} = 4.#(c). Neither of these local sections extends to a global section. We have K'nKEc} (f'c)# = {KCXjK'Ef1((D) = {KCXILE4i => f'(L)nKEc}. (c) Recall that 4># (c) = {K E c(Y) I f (K) E 4i#} = {K E c(Y) I f (K) E 4i#} since K E c(Y) implies that f IK is closed and proper. since f IK is proper. Then s induces a local section of 3°1(X) near x that gives a generator at points in S1 to one side of x and 0 at points on the other side.'1(X)IS'. where N is a neighborhood of x having the structure of a 2disk punctured at x with an arc. Since c D c. Let 2' = . we have H'(X.''2(X)) Z. Consequently.{x}) and note that this has a basis consisting of the class s of the singular cycle given by a singular 1simplex running from the S' portion of N{x} through x and to the S2 portion.) Note that 2I U ZA ® ZB. Consequently. Also note that f (f 1(L)nK) = L n f (K). such sets K are in c(Y). {0}. Z) . Z) = 0. E2'2 = H"(X.2) Z.from Chapter V 17. K n L E c} D 4i by the definition of 4>#. 2'I U) = 0.{x}. Similarly let t be the class of such a 1simplex running from the S2 portion through x and to the S1 portion on the "opposite" side of x from that side along which s runs. We omit the details concerning the sheaf i "2 (X ).Y.X1(X)) H°(S'. On S1. and let A and B be the two rays from x making up U. At the point x we have . but s + t does come from a global section (since we arranged for $ and t to travel along S1 in the same direction).zti H'((0. N .:s H1(N. {y}) with coefficients in Se then shows that H'(S'.{x} it is constant with stalks Z.Z). Ho(S2. Hence also (4i#)## D D# and (4i##)# C 4i# by (a) applied to (b). Therefore we have EZ'' = Ho(X. The section given by t is 0 on the first of these sides and a generator on the other. There is only one topology consistent with these facts. and so f `(L) n K is compact s L n f (K) is compact. consider U = S1 . (We remark that 2' could be described as ZA ® ZB patched at the missing point y in an essentially unique manner. ZA) H'(A. (Then A n B = {x}.2').: Z for p = 0 and is zero for p # 0. The sheaf X1(X) is more difficult. Zs2) Hp(S2. Z) Z. 9) . To compute this. HP(U.Z) H2(S2. To understand the way the stalks fit together around x. H'(U.(X)) H'(S'.1(X)= . where x is the common point of the two spheres. .11. The exact sequence of the pair (S1. K n L E c} C {K I L E Z (b) 4i## = {K I L E c# . Ez'2 = E2'2 = H2(X. it is useful to think in terms of the singular homology of (N. It is clear that it vanishes on S2 . which is easy to understand and is isomorphic to ZS2.
for p # n. We have lip Hp(X. (Note that the proof applies to any field L of characteristic prime to ord G. I know of no way to prove it that is suitable for a first course in algebraic topology.Q) ` p(XIG. For X orientable it follows similarly from V12. If 7r : X by (13) on page 20 by definition.Q))y is a monomorphism onto the group (7r y"(X.: H"+' (X. this is isomorphic to H"(X.2. as claimed. seems surprisingly difficult to prove without advanced tools.(X. M. By VExercise 26 and duality. . in place of Q. This implies. 7"(X. L) = 0 in the general case.(e. .)=. U. then there are the maps Hp(U'. since G preserves orientation. 0) by V9. L) Hp(I.® ' w(x)=y 9(X . we have that *. . He' (X. X/G.d) 23.Q) Y. U. for U C X/G open.(Y. L) = 0 for all p > n. L) Hom(I. so that X/G is an nhmQ by V16. L) is flabby in the general case of an arbitrary separable metric ncm X. L)) . Also. Hom(H°(X. whence Ext(Hl (X. U. that H"+' (X.fr. = >9EG9.p. since X/G is locally connected.(. it follows that 7"(X.L) (9 lj Hp(X.(W.5 Hp(r. The exact sequence Hp'(U. Q))9 . The consequence that H'(U. L) + HP (X. M) = 0 for U open in R".(X. Since (ir (X. L). H'(U. for any Lmodule M. where this can be regarded as ordinary singular cohomology. Q))y of invariant elements. Since H' (X. Also. which is the diagonal in (D. so that X/G is orientable.1 and the proof of 1116. Q)= = 0.(liri r. Also note that X/G is dc' if X is clci by 1119.8 and duality that H"(X. Q. Ho(X. HP (X.Q) H"(X/G. L) is flabby by IIExercise 21. by the reverse of the reasoning above. These induce sheaf homomorphisms 7rYp(X. L) = 0 for p > n.3. L) da)) by definition since lir is exact by 1114. By (9) on page 292. U. Q) = 0forp n.(X. (X.2). It follows that Xn(X/G.7"(X. 28. Solutions to Selected Exercises 21.(li } (W. L) is free.Q) with ordG and µ.Q) ~ Hp(U.8(d).da) = ti m Hp(r. L) = 0 (see 1112. L) . whence Xp(X/G.(L).482 B. Since r (L) is the direct sum of copies of L over the compact components of X. U. L). = ordG # 0. Q). For an ncmr. By IIExercise 33. is an isomorphism factoring through 0. this is the direct product of copies of L over the compact components of X.) 26. Since flabbiness is a local property by IIExercise 10.Q)y Q.. L). L) . L) = 0.Q) 34 0 since A.: X"(X/G. First restrict attention to the case in which X is orientable and has no compact components. L) shows that Hp(X. I'(3"(X/G. M) = H.(7rXp(X.*.. µ. L) ® la)) ti H.
This is isomorphic to lirrr since K E P. so that we have that Ho (A.3 ranges over 4iIA. Since the union of an increasing sequence of compact subsets of X is paracompact.L)) = H_P_q(A.q = By (9) on page 292. . Note that this. Also. jg) _ Hn (X.A.A). L) = 0 in particular. together with VExercise 32 shows that the assumption that dim. 37..7. (X.. Under the hypotheses. = n U. By II16. Let A =n u. This implies.10.') = 0 fork > n.. then the basic spectral sequence of 8. the spectral sequence of V8.s1 . whence this is isomorphic to the "total" group Hn (X. by V14. and by 1116. which is compact and nonempty. Now Ez" = 0 for p+q < n. L) = 0 by (9) on page 292.21.L) = 0 for all open U C X.al) = 0 for p< n < oo. For p+ q = n. L) = 0 = Hom(H.L Y < oo in V8. X . Now the spectral sequence EZ'q = HP(X. or directly from II12.4 ti r8. x has a compact open neighborhood K. Here is another proof in the case L = Z (the argument also applies to L being a field). Therefore. d) is torsionfree. a contradiction.A = U X . L).(Y) ®.U..(On(X. But then H°(K..J1) = 0 fork > n by (14) on page 294. is paracompact..1 cannot be usefully weakened to the hypothesis that ip (f .from Chapter V 483 32.k(X. there exists an open paracompact subspace of X.1) shows that Hn (X. L) = H°(K.11+ 1(X .+1 C U.d)) = I'.1 implies that H.p > dim. L) = 0. whence Hk (X. Thus we may as well assume that X is para compact.L X < 1 +dimL X < 00 by 1116. and so dim.l)). Let x EX and construct a sequence of open neighborhoods U. The induced exact sequence 0= H. the only nonzero term in {E"'9} is E20' n = Hok(X. .IA. by (11) on page 293.1fC_q(X. i'k(X.* (U). for all i and with U1 compact.(U. _d) k Hn (X. (U. we see that HP (X. L). Hence Hom(H°(A.4 has E2. By tautness and the cohomology sequence of (X. then for k E Z there is an exact sequence 0 .1. f JA.14 dimL X = 0. of x in _X with U.L) = 0 for k > n and for k < 1. that Ext(H. a contradiction.(X.. X . If dimL X < oo and . But 11°(A. L) has L as a direct summand since A # 0. 33. . This implies. UM H4P. Al) where K by V9. n(X. Let Z = ctd on X. L) = 0 implies that K = 0. that H. fl) . X is totally disconnected..d X + 0. d) If M is torsionfree. (X) ®4. (U). Assume that On (X.5 has E2 'q = 0.L) of V8. LA by the definition of the latter. L) = 0 for all n.K.. 35. X . Then X ..X A. L) = 0. Consider the fcohomomorphism `8(Y) ®fd ^+ f'W. By VExercise 32 this vanishes for np > dimL K and hence for n .
(c'. (U. = 71n(Hq(F'). we claim that this induces a homology isomorphism Y.L) Pt shows that the latter sheaf is locally constant. L) = Hp+q(F).* (f. the induced maps Hp(I. s > n. Since Y is finitedimensional and 4i is paracompactifying.q = »n(H?(F).d))) .(Y) (& d)) fi. and using V12.484 B. p(f .Hp(I'l(.(f'e. Also assume that the Leray sheaf .d) since the direct image functor 58 + fB is exact here by IV7. this degenerates into the isomorphism .i'p(Y. an absurdity. L) is constant with stalks HP (F).) . Now. as we may. Suppose that Hq(F) = 0 unless s < q < t and that it is nonzero on the two ends of this interval. It suffices to prove this on the stalks at y E Y.)*flA.L) of V18.) being finitely generated. Thus s = n.4..5.. Let Hq(F) denote the stalk of .(X.(`'. and let Aa be the stalk at xQ E f 1(y) of 4. a e There is the commutative diagram 0. First. which is constant. and the one on the right is Hp(r4(f `e. using the basic spectral sequence V8. Assequence 'D. L) = H°(F).)®flAa 0'fl(Hp(K. p(Y. This can happen . Hp(I'o(f(`'. that Y is orientable and that i`(f. Solutions to Selected Exercises which corresponds to a homomorphism W. if s > n.d). (Y) (&.1d)(`Z.4. (Y) ®f d .).(g flA.(f(f's'.Hp_i(K. The term on the left is Hp (Y. 38. L) is constant. om(Hq(F). Then the map on the stalks at y is Hp(K.(Y)(& fd)) .Y_q(f. For = consider the spectral Xp+q(f. L) and assume that this sheaf is constant. Consequently. proving the contention.4. fd) by definition. By the fivelemma the map in the center is also an isomorphism. However.(Y) (9 fd) . which For G let Hq(F) denote the common stalk ofq(f .. L).1 in the same way as the Leray spectral sequence was used in the proof of V18. Then in the basic spec tral sequence E2P" = H. The term G°? X L)) survives and is isomorphic to the limit term Y°(f. L)) = H_p_q(U') the term EZ'' survives and shows that 0 0. 0 I I (9 I in which the isomorphisms on the ends are due to Hp(K.Hp(K.(X) (& d))) are isomorphisms by IV2. Let Kp = 'Bp(Y).2.(X.)+flHp(K.(Y) (& .(9flA. we derive the spectral sequence g2P".8.f (f' W. the same spectral sequence shows that HH(U') = 0.d) since 4i(c1d) = f `4) by IV5.) (9 HP(K. L)) Y' (f.L)) suming.(& A.4))) = H'"(X.
Therefore . L) # 0} and note that r < n = dimL Y.Z) H"'"(U. Now. We remark that X need not be a homology manifold in this situation. Condition (a) implies (b) by V18. Z) He (f 1(U).S) ti HQ"(F) and Hom(Hq"(F).Z)®Hom(H (U.2 . and rank HH (F) = rank H I"(F). L)1.) y6 0. Applying Hom(. Z) is an isomorphism by V16. and so n = r. (Y. L) is constant. whence n < r.1] x {0}). Z) = 0 for k > n + 1.4.k = survives and shows that 0. . Thus we need only show that (b) implies (c).k)hmz2.(U. and the result follows from 1116.3 and using that Hom(H. This follows immediately from the spectral sequence "Er" of V8. L).7i°.: H.7'e9(Y. . 42. we get the exact commutative diagram 0 y Hom(Hck(U.Z2). f could be the projection to the yaxis Y of X = Y U ([0.Z2)y 54 0.7f°t'(f. Now. The 0.Z2) l 1 Hnk1(V. Z) * Z2.(Y.Yvm(Ht(F). It follows that t .6.Z). Z2) . .r _< n + k < t. Note that dimz Y < n . 41.from Chapter V 485 only if .7i°r(Y.k = He (f'(U). for V C U another connected open neighborhood of y we have that Hn (f 1(V ). from which it follows that all these are all finitedimensional and S has rank one. L)) ~ .5. The groups in the middle are isomorphic to Z2 and so it follows that . 0 0 for some y E Y.16(g) since f 1(U) is not orientable.: Z2 by V16.Hnk1(U. Z) .Z)*Z2. contrary to Y being an (n . by V18.+'(U.t term of the spectral sequence survives to give the isomorphism .7(C"k1(Y. Thus Y is an nhmL. Z2) to II15. L). From the last two inequalities we get n + t . This shows that X need not even be finitedimensional.Z2) . both homological spectral sequences degenerate to the isomorphisms Hom(HH(F).Z) = Ezk. we know that Y is an (n .k = Ej_k. Z2).S) ~ Hq(F). L) .(Ht (F).%. Z). Another example is the onepoint union of a manifold Y with the Hilbert cube II°° with f being the quotient map identifying lI to a point. in the spectral sequence of V18. Z) = 0 = Hom(H. For example. In particular.Z'2) 0 Hom(Hck(V. Z).Z) Hm(U. But we had that r < n..k by IV8.t`I) = 0.r < k. Moreover. the term 0. We have Hck(U. Suppose that y E Y is such that f '(y) has no orientable neighborhood.k)hmz. Z).L)=0forp#n. `(U.7ret'(f. If m > n and U C X is open and paracompact.. PL.Z2).4. whence Ext(H+1(U.(Y. Then . By V14.7en(Y.12..2 r.7 we deduce that Hk (U. Let its common stalk be denoted by S 0 0. 39.16(d).(U.16.Y. whence n + k < t. Z). then Ext(H. Now let r = min (p I Y. H''(F) ti . Since X is orientable over Z2. Let U be a connected open neighborhood of y and consider the Leray spectral sequence of f 1(U) + U.
Let Vi = V n UT.t(V) . if necessary. Therefore V C Uo. Ho (Uo U . However. . ju # 0 whenever U # 0. y is in the image of this map. the diagram (4) on page 433 is valid for k = n + 1. 9 Ho(X) Hoc (X) ®Ho(X) Ho (X) by VExercise 9. Suppose that U = Uo + U1 is a decomposition of U into two disjoint open sets with x E Uo. where K ranges over compact subsets of X. By induction on k. Let y E HH(X. U Un is connected. In particular. it follows that the psuedocomponent of U containing x is open. U.t(U) is zero.931(U) M + 0. L) Ho (X. We can then reindex this collection such that (Uo U . Let 9)1 = Qosf)eaf (M).. t is an epiprecosheaf by VIExercise 1. . Since Ho(X. with U = Uo U . Then there is the local isomorphism h : 9)1 .. and indeed. . Since 9)t is a cosheaf and M is an epiprecosheaf. L). Thus we have the natural exact sequence 0 + . Consequently. . there is a compact set K such that y is in the image from Ho(K. The result follows. MayerVietoris diagram (coefficients in L) Ho(UnV) o Ho(U)ED Hoc (V) * Ho(UuV) o 0 0. [Note that this does not imply that Hn+1(21. L) is zero. since X is connected. )) is surjective.M.fi(U) . U Un) 2 Ho (X) is zero. such that each floc (U. By VIExercise 2.. we can assume that Uo U . Let W C Uo be an open neighborhood of x so small that . 5 o(2(.] 5. As the proof shows. Then.9)i(Ul) is zero. Since this is independent of the choice of the decomposition U = Uo U U1. : 9)1(V1) M is nonzero unless V1 = 0.R(W) . Cover K by sets Uo. This being true for all x and U implies that X is locally connected. .(X)) Hn+1 (X . this contradicts the fact that iv.fi = Kerh and (E = Coker h. L). L) = lir Ho(K. . Since by construction. Solutions to Selected Exercises Solutions for Chapter VI: 4. Then the commutative diagram ft(U) '' 9)1(Uo) ®9)1(U1) » M T M A(V) .486 B..R(V) is zero. Let U be an open neighborhood of the point x E X and let V C U be an open neighborhood of x so small that . L). U Uk and V = Uk+1 we have the exact commutative . Adding sets to this collection. But the component of this image in 9)1(U1) is zero since W C Uo. Let . U Uk) n Uk+l 0 0 for all 0 < k < n.. = 0. this shows that g = 0. 6. except that the horizontal maps on the right side are only epimorphisms. It follows that 91(V1) .. . that is not generally true. . y = 0.R(W) To T 931(V)  9)1(W) M shows that the image of 9)1(V) 2 9)1(U) equals the image of 9)1(W) 211(U).
Michigan Math. Annals of Math. II.. Jour. On the local properties of closed sets. [14] Bredon. and Williams. Seminaire. On characteristic classes of homogeneous spaces.... E. Proc. G. 15 (1965) 11151118. Topology 3 (1965) 115122. G. G. padic groups of transformations.. E. E.. Homology theory for locally compact spaces. Orientation in generalized manifolds and applications to the theory of transformation groups. [8] Borel... A. Amer. Annals of Mathematics Study. Jour. SpringerVerlag.M. Chicago (1970) 461469.. Cohomology fibre spaces. An example of anomalous singular homology. E... G.. Trans. New York (1972). Jour.. Michigan Math. Press (1993).. G. of Math. [7] Borel. The cohomology ring structure of a fixed point set. The Poincar6 duality in generalized manifolds.. 81 (1959) 315382.. and Hirzebruch. revisited. A. 46 (1960). Annals of Math.... and Borsuk.. A. E. E. Amer. Acad. of Math. [16] Bredon. (19] Bredon. C. Wilder manifolds are locally orientable. G. (18] Bredon. 89 (1961) 461513.... Pacific Jour..M. Markham Publ. Jour. M. Modern Algebraic Topology. E. et al. R. H. Math. G. Generalized manifolds. [5] Borel. Borel. [11] Bredon. Raymond. A.